1470 langues concernées
11623 titres trouvés
[507] [Anonymous] (1993) : Manuel de fulfulde
[21952] [Anonymous] (1---) : Etapes dans la découverte du système verbal en ntcham
[21955] [Anonymous] (1---) : Chokwe grammar notes
[21957] [Anonymous] (1---) : Tshivenda grammar notes
[21963] [Anonymous] (1---) : Grammaire kirega (dialecte kisile), non-publié
[21965] [Anonymous] (1---) : A grammatical sketch of the Kational dialect of the Tagbana language
[21967] [Anonymous] (1---) : Short grammar of the Zigula language
[21968] [Anonymous] (1---) : Kinyamwezi grammar and vocabulary
[21969] [Anonymous] (1---) : Basa-French beginner’s book
[21970] [Anonymous] (1---) : Essai sur la grammaire npongue
[21972] [Anonymous] (1---) : Suggestions for a Lontomba grammar
[21975] [Anonymous] (1---) : Essai de grammaire en dialecte djimini
[21976] [Anonymous] (1---) : Birifor grammar
[21978] [Anonymous] (1---) : Notes on the Zigua language
[21979] [Anonymous] (1---) : Prefatory grammar notes
[21981] [Anonymous] (19--) : A Maasai grammar for beginners
[21990] [Anonymous] (19--) : Kiswahili phrase book and glossary
[21992] [Anonymous] (19--) : Buli grammar
[21994] [Anonymous] (19--) : Abriss der kiHehe Grammatik
[21996] [Anonymous] (19--) : Maasai grammar and vocabulary
[21997] [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammar English-Kigwe (Sukuma)
[22003] [Anonymous] (19--) : Suggestions for a LoNtomba grammar
[22004] [Anonymous] (19--) : Bulu-French beginner’s book
[22005] [Anonymous] (19--) : KiSimbita grammar
[22006] [Anonymous] (19--) : Note on Kigwe grammar
[22012] [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammaire ki-sukuma
[22013] [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammar of the Kisukuma language
[22014] [Anonymous] (19--) : Outline of Sukuma grammar
[22021] [Anonymous] (1920) : Miners’ companion in Zulu (and Kitchen Kaffir)
[22024] [Anonymous] (1921) : Elementary Zulu
[22027] [Anonymous] (1923) : English-Yoruba phrase book
[22028] [Anonymous] (1924) : English-Ibo phrase book
[22031] [Anonymous] (1926) : Grammar sy’oluganda
[22034] [Anonymous] (1927) : A grammar of the Kipsigis and Nandi languages
[22038] [Anonymous] (1927) : Éléments de la grammaire mangala de l’Uelé, suivis d’un vocabulaire
[22039] [Anonymous] (1928) : Dholuo primer (Nilotic Kavirondo)
[22042] [Anonymous] (1928) : A dictionary with notes on the grammar of the Mashona language
[22045] [Anonymous] (1928) : Swahili phrases and large vocabulary
[22046] [Anonymous] (1928) : Vocabulario de Chimanhica
[22047] [Anonymous] (1929) : Sarufi ya kiswahili
[22048] [Anonymous] (1929) : Buku ya vahlayi: livre de lecture pour les Thonga du nord du Transvaal et de la province Mozambique
[22049] [Anonymous] (1929) : Buku da bahlayi: ledi da ku dama shipele
[22052] [Anonymous] (1929) : A guide and aid to Swahili examinations
[22053] [Anonymous] (1930) : Grammar la cinyanja
[22057] [Anonymous] (1931) : Petite grammaire de la langue du bas-Congo (kikongo)
[22066] [Anonymous] (1935) : Dholuo grammar, with some useful phrases and vocabulary of common words
[22072] [Anonymous] (1938) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans, Sesuto and Mine Kaffir
[22074] [Anonymous] (1939) : Dictionnaire français-kiHa
[22079] [Anonymous] (1940) : Kxasha-peu I: thutô ya Sesotho ê lekanyeditswe sekolo sa borutisi
[22081] [Anonymous] (1941) : An easy Zulu vocabulary and phrase book, with grammatical notes
[22092] [Anonymous] (1948) : Fanagalo postal course
[22095] [Anonymous] (1949) : Fanagalo postal course
[22096] [Anonymous] (1949) : Setswana and Xhosa grammatical terms
[22100] [Anonymous] (1951) : Kikongo unifié: grammaire et exercises
[22103] [Anonymous] (1951) : Gurune primer
[22106] [Anonymous] (1952) : Derivations of some Teso place-names
[22110] [Anonymous] (1953) : Buli primer
[22111] [Anonymous] (1953) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans and Fanakalo
[22112] [Anonymous] (1953) : Gurune primer
[22123] [Anonymous] (1957) : Elementos rudimentares de gramática portuguesa para uso dos vimbundos
[22126] [Anonymous] (1958) : Government Hausa examinations 1949-1959: selected
[22127] [Anonymous] (1958) : Runyoro-Rutooro orthography rules
[22129] [Anonymous] (1959) : A textbook of Nandi grammar and idiom, with exercises and vocabularies
[22139] [Anonymous] (1961) : Feesbundel vir Prof. Dr Jan Antonie Engelbrecht
[22141] [Anonymous] (1962) : Cimambwe grammar
[22147] [Anonymous] (1963) : Chichewa intensive course
[22149] [Anonymous] (1963) : Taalkundige opstelle van oud-studente aan Prof. Dr T. H. le Roux
[22151] [Anonymous] (1964) : Introductory Krio language training manual
[22152] [Anonymous] (1964) : Report of the Ateso orthography committee
[22153] [Anonymous] (1964) : Shona language lessons
[22156] [Anonymous] (1964) : Tjipeletana tjabana: a Tjikalanga reader
[22159] [Anonymous] (1965) : Chinyanja basic course
[22176] [Anonymous] (1968) : Shona companion
[22179] [Anonymous] (1969) : Chichewa intensive course
[22180] [Anonymous] (1969) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans and Fanakalo
[22183] [Anonymous] (1969) : KiSukuma language course
[22187] [Anonymous] (197-) : Maasai basic course
[22189] [Anonymous] (197-) : Tumbuka
[22190] [Anonymous] (1970) : Tumbuka grammar
[22206] [Anonymous] (1972) : Shona companion: a practical guide to Zimbabwe’s most widely spoken language
[22207] [Anonymous] (1972) : Fonologiya i morfonologiya afrikanskikh yazykov
[22216] [Anonymous] (1973) : Cimambwe grammar
[22217] [Anonymous] (1973) : Essays on literature and language presented to prof. T. M. H. Endemann by his colleagues
[22225] [Anonymous] (1974) : First steps in spoken Setswana
[22228] [Anonymous] (1975) : Suaheli für die Reise/Swahili for German-speaking travellers
[22229] [Anonymous] (1975) : Cours d’arabe égyptien parlé
[22238] [Anonymous] (1976) : Manuel pour lire et écrire la langue ngyemboon
[22243] [Anonymous] (1976) : 1875-1975: studies oor die afrikaanse taal
[22250] [Anonymous] (1978) : Manuel pour apprendre à lire et écrire la langue tikar
[22260] [Anonymous] (1979) : Tlhofofatso ketapele ya puo ya Setswana / Simplified introduction to Setswana grammar
[22265] [Anonymous] (1987) : Temne language manual
[22276] [Anonymous] (1981) : Opstelle oor taal- en letterkunde opgedra aan prof. J. A. Ferreira by sy aftrede
[22279] [Anonymous] (1982) : Nahawu pular: grammaire pular 2eme et 3e cycles
[22281] [Anonymous] (1982) : Éléments du grammaire lingala
[22286] [Anonymous] (1983) : Éléments de recherche sur la langue fon
[22313] [Anonymous] (1985) : A handbook of language study for Corps members (Izon)
[22316] [Anonymous] (1985) : Xhosa language: phrase dictionary and study guide
[22324] [Anonymous] (1987) : Bua Setswana
[22329] [Anonymous] (1987) : Langues tchadiques et non tchadiques en contact en Afrique centrale: actes de la table ronde franco-allemagne, Ivry (France), 8-12 décembre 1978
[22333] [Anonymous] (1988?) : Proceedings of the 17th annual conference on African linguistics
[22382] [Anonymous] (2000) : The structure of Setswana sentences: an introduction
[22385] [Anonymous] (2003) : Maninka sentence repetition test survey report: an investigation into the degree of bilingualism proficiency between Maninka of Kankan and Malinké, Kuranko, Sankaran, Konyanka, as well as other dialects of Maninka
[23607] [Anonymous] (1995) : Bemba (PST 1995 special lessons)
[23609] [Anonymous] (1996) : Language manual II - Sesotho
[23633] [Anonymous] (1985) : Krio language manual
[23923] [Anonymous] (1----) : Esquisse grammaticale lingombe
[24180] [Anonymous] (2001) : Cours d’alphabétisation en bainouke
[24181] [Anonymous] (1996) : Lexique bainouke / français
[27332] A.C. (2017) : Essai de Grammaire de la Langue de Viti - D’Après les Manuscripts des Missionaires Maristes Coordonnées
[27331] A.M.D.G. (2017) : Quelques principes grammaticaux de la langue Fang
[2] Aaron, Uche E. (1999) : Tense and aspect in Obolo grammar and discourse
[22763] Aaron, Uche E. (1996/97) : Grammaticalization of the verb ‘say’ to future tense in Obolo
[22764] Aaron, Uche E. (1996/97) : The category number in Obolo verbal morphology
[22765] Aaron, Uche E. (1992) : Reported speech in Obolo narrative discourse
[4] Abad, Isidoro (1928) : Elementos de la gramática bubi
[5] Abadir Abrahim (2003) : Dialectal comparison among Harar and Mecha Oromo: a case study through some selected issues in their phonology, morphology via social context
[26709] Abakah, Emmanuel N. (2010) : Tone and the Associative Construction in Akan
[10] Abalo, Malou , Alou Ewayi & Wiyao Blanzoua Kao (1980) : Travail de recherche en linguistique africaine
[11] Abangma, Samson Negbo (1981) : The use of modes in Denya discourse: a study in discourse analysis
[12] Abangma, Samson Negbo (1987) : Modes in Dényá discourse
[24106] Abangma, Samson Negbo (2002) : The Forms and Functions of Questions in Denya
[13] Abasheikh, Mohammad Imam (1976) : Reflexivization in Chimwi:ni
[14] Abasheikh, Mohammad Imam (1978) : The grammar of Chimwi:ni causatives
[16] Abayo, Adonijah (2003) : Swahili noun class system: a critical survey of the loanwords
[18] Abbakar, J. , A. Abbakar , Y. Addeep , A. Neetyo , M. Banaat , A. Yuunus & Jacques Fédry (1975) : Sironte dangla/Manuel de dangaléat (est) pour scolarisés
[19] Abbey, E. T. A. , Vincent Okunor & Emmanuel N. A. Mensah (1992) : Buli primer
[20] Abbi, Anvita (Ed) (1972) : Reduplication in South African languages: an areal, typological and historical study
[27] Abbott, Mary & Mary Steele (1973) : An introduction to learning Likpakpaln (Konkomba)
[33] Abdel-Hafiz, Ahmed Sokarno (1988) : A reference grammar of Kunuz Nubian
[26645] Abdel-Hafiz, Ahmed-Sokarno (2015) : Focus Constructions in Kunuz Nubian
[34] Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : Tamazight verb structure: a generative approach
[35] Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : A reference grammar of Tamazight: a comparative study of the Berber dialects of Ayt Ayache and Ayt Seghrouchen (Middle Atlas), Morocco
[23362] Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : A course in spoken Tamazight: Berber dialects of Ayt Ayache and Ayt Seghrouchen
[26018] Abdoulaye, Mahamane L. (2011) : Relative clauses in Hausa: A grammaticalization perspective
[27509] Abdoulaye, Mahamane L. (2008) : Perfectivity and time reference in Hausa
[38] Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1985) : Morphotonologie des formes aspectuelles, temporelles et modales affirmatives et non-dérivés du verbe en tubu
[39] Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1990) : Advancement and ascension to object in Hausa
[40] Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1991) : Derived direct objects in Hausa
[42] Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (2000) : Passive and grammaticalization in Hausa
[43] Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (2001) : The grammaticalization of Hausa zâa ‘be going’ to future
[22693] Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (2004) : Comitative, coordinating, and indusory constructions in Hausa
[23445] Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1999) : The development of the passive construction in Hausa
[23460] Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1993) : Aspects of Hausa morphosyntax in role and reference grammar
[48] Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1976) : Transitivity patterns in the Swahili clause
[56] Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1996) : Transitivity in Swahili
[60] Abdullahi, Mohamed Diriye (1997) : Parlons somali
[63] Abdurahman Worku (2000) : The Geto verb morphology
[27139] Abe, Maya (2017) : Relative Clause Constructions in Mbugu / Ma’a
[27793] Abe, Yuko (2020) : Bende
[65] Abeba Sirak (1986) : The structure of simple declarative sentences in Awngi
[66] Abebe Gebre-Tsadik (1982) : Derived nominals in Sidamo
[67] Abebe Gebre-Tsadik (1985) : An overview of the morphological structure of Sidamo verbs
[69] Abebe Gebre-Tsadik (1986) : Sidamo verbal phonology (generative approach)
[70] Abebe Lemessa (2001) : The structure of clauses in Burji
[72] Abega, Prosper (1968) : Le préfixe nominal ewondo
[73] Abega, Prosper (1969) : La grammaire de l’ewondo
[74] Abega, Prosper (1971) : Grammaire ewondo
[76] Abega, Prosper (1976) : L’organisation du verbe ewondo, suivie de quelques textes
[78] Abega, Prosper (1978) : Le notion de voix dans l’organisation du verbe éwondo (bati)
[24026] Abega, Prosper (1972) : L’ewondo par la grammaire et l’exercise
[79] Abel, Herbert (1921) : Die Verbalformen des abhängigen Satzes (Subjunktiv und Infinitive) im Nubischen
[25306] Abels, Klaus & Peter Kinyua Muriungi (2006) : The focus particle in Kitharaka
[80] Abera Nefa (1982) : Oromo verb inflection
[82] Aberash Tibebu (1985) : The verb phrase in Kefa
[83] Aberra Daniel (1987) : Verb morphology of Aari: some inflections and derivations
[84] Aberra Daniel (1993) : Verb complements in Aari
[85] Aberra Daniel (1994) : Verb-affixes in Ari
[86] Aberra Daniel (1994) : Word formation in Ari
[89] Abessolo Nnomo, Thierry & Luc Etogo Mbezele (Ed) (1982) : Éléments de grammaire éwondo
[24124] Abiodun, Michael A. (2005) : The derivation of genitive nouns in four Benue-Congo languages: Yoruba, Ukaan, Igede and Ebira
[23744] Abíso, Oríkì & Lawrence Olufemi Adéwolé (1991) : Some Yorùbá verb subclasses in GPSG
[94] Abney, S. (1987) : Extraction and pseudo-objects in Berber
[96] Abobuluyi, O. (1967) : Studies in the syntax of the standard Yoruba verb
[97] Abobuluyi, O. (1974) : Some traditional Yoruba ‘adverbs’ in true perspective
[99] Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1995) : Notes on focalization in Gungbe
[100] Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1996) : A propos de la syntaxe du gungbe
[101] Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1996) : On argumental topicalization in Gungbe
[102] Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1998) : Focus constructions and the focus criterion in Gungbe
[103] Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1999) : From the syntax of Gungbe to the grammar of Gbe
[104] Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1999) : A split IP and CP approach: evidence from Gungbe
[105] Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2003) : The morphosyntax of complement-head sequences: clause structure and word order patterns in Kwa
[22404] Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2003) : Object shift and verb movement in Gbe
[25232] Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2010) : The Morphosyntax of the Noun Phrase
[25236] Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2010) : C-Type Negation Markers on the Right Edge
[25230] Aboh, Enoch Oladé & James A. B. K. Essegbey (2010) : Topics in Kwa syntax
[25231] Aboh, Enoch Oladé & James A. B. K. Essegbey (2010) : The Phonology Syntax Interface
[25233] Aboh, Enoch Oladé & James A. B. K. Essegbey (2010) : General Properties of the Clause
[26317] Aboh, Enoch Oladé & Norval Smith (2012) : The morphosyntax of non-iconic reduplications: A case study in Eastern Gbe and the Surinam creoles
[23215] Abouba, Kamal (1993) : Morphologie nominale du chaoui
[106] Aboul-Fetouh, Hilmi M. (1969) : A morphological study of Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[109] Abraham, Roy Clive (1933) : The grammar of Tiv
[110] Abraham, Roy Clive (1934) : The principles of Hausa
[111] Abraham, Roy Clive (1935) : The principles of Idoma
[112] Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : The principles of Tiv
[114] Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : A Tiv reader for European students
[115] Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : An introduction to spoken Hausa, and Hausa reader for European students
[116] Abraham, Roy Clive (1941) : A modern grammar of spoken Hausa
[119] Abraham, Roy Clive (1951) : The Idoma language / Idoma wordlists / Idoma chrestomathy / Idoma proverbs
[120] Abraham, Roy Clive (1951) : The principles of Somali
[124] Abraham, Roy Clive (1959) : The language of the Hausa people
[136] Abu-Absi, Samir (1995) : Chadian Arabic
[135] Abu-Absi, Samir & A. Sinaud (1968) : Basic Chad Arabic: the pre-speech phase/Basic Chad Arabic: comprehension texts/Basic Chad Arabic: the active phase/Spoken Chad Arabic: intermediate
[144] Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1995) : Behaviour of the Sudanese Arabic verbal stems in Sudanese Hausa
[141] Abu-Manga, Al-Amin & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1988) : On the middle voice in African languages (Fulfulde and Somali)
[153] Abubakar, Abdulhamid (1993) : Reduplicated nouns in Hausa
[154] Abubakar, Abdulhamid (1995) : A further look on Hausa plurals
[150] Abubakar, Ayuba Tanko (1990) : An introductory Hausa morphology
[151] Abubakar, Ayuba Tanko (1990) : The morphosyntax of thematically transformed Hausa verbs
[28254] Abubakari, Hasiyatu (2019) : Contrastive focus particles in Kusaal
[28372] Abubakari, Hasiyatu (2017) : Ideophones in Kusaal
[28449] Abubakari, Hasiyatu (2021) : Noun class system of Kusaal
[27178] Abunya, Levina Nyameye & Nana Aba Appiah Amfo (2013) : Grammaticalization in Kaakyi: From a temporal adverb to a future tense marker
[157] Achab, Karim (2001) : Changement de fonction morpho-syntaxique: le cas du morphème de l’état construit en berbère
[158] Achab, Karim (2003) : Alternation of state in Berber
[26991] Achiri-Taboh, Blasius (2014) : The Ngamambo noun class system: concord and prefixhood
[26542] Ackerman, Farrell & John Moore (2013) : Objects in Moro
[20396] Adafre, Sisay Fissaha (2004) : Adding Amharic to a unification-based machine translation system: an experiment
[167] Adam, Hassan (1987) : Kiswahili: elementary course with key
[161] Adam, Jean Jerome (1954) : Grammaire composée mbede, ndumu, duma
[163] Adam, Jean Jerome (1969) : Grammaire ndumu-mbede
[23818] Adam, Yacoudima (1981) : Ebauche de grammaire kanuri
[182] Adams, Bruce (1984) : A tagmemic analysis of the Wolaitta language
[171] Adams, R. F. G. (1932) : A modern Ibo grammar
[173] Adams, R. F. G. (1939) : English-Efik, Efik-English dictionary
[175] Adams, R. F. G. (1943) : English-Efik, Efik-English dictionary
[178] Adams, R. F. G. (1952/53) : English-Efik/Efik-English dictionary
[28885] Adamu, Aisha Umar (2020) : The function of nonverbal regulators in Hausa face-to-face interaction
[185] Adana Siyom (1971) : Verbal morphology in Sidamo
[186] Adane Feleke (2001) : The verb phrase in Dorze
[28412] Adebayo, Taofeeq (2020) : Some Diachronic Changes in Yoruba Grammar
[28450] Adebayo, Taofeeq A. (2021) : Yorùbá Sentential Negative Markers
[28530] Adekpaté, Alain Albert (2016) : Affixes dérivationnels forts et faibles en agni et en baoulé
[27275] Adelberger, Jörg (2014) : Kupto and Kwami – on the relation between language, culture and ethnicity among the Southern Bole-Tangale Group
[218] Ademeyi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : Yoruba language simplified
[219] Ademeyi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : A companion to Yoruba language simplified
[224] Adeniran, Wale (1971) : An introduction to the phonology and grammar of the Owé dialect of Yoruba
[251] Adéníyì, Harrison (1988) : Aspects of the phonology and morphology of Èkìtì
[252] Adéníyì, Harrison (1997) : Phrasal morphology: the case of Yorùbá names
[25234] Adesola, Oluseye (2010) : The Non-agreeing Subject Resumptive Pronoun in Yoruba
[254] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1989) : Sequence and co-occurence of Yorùbá auxiliary verbs
[255] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1989) : Compounding in Yoruba
[256] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1989) : Some Yoruba quantifier words and semantic interpretation: a critique
[257] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1990) : Yoruba verbs as reinforcers: a critique
[258] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1991) : Some aspects of negation in Yoruba
[259] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1991) : The Yoruba imperative
[260] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1992) : A semantic analysis of the Yoruba modal verb: lè “can”
[262] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1993) : Negating the Yoruba universal quantifier: a semantic analysis
[263] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1999) : Negation in Ifè: a Yoruba dialect
[264] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (2000) : Head in Yoruba derived nouns
[23781] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (2000) : A dictionary of Yoruba phonology and grammar
[23782] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1988) : The categorial status and functions of the Yoruba auxiliary verbs, with some structural analysis in GPSG
[23820] Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1991) : Aspect and phase systems in Yoruba
[241] Adewole, Stephen Monday (1986) : A syntactic basis for noun classification in Swahili
[242] Adewole, Stephen Monday (1995) : Yoruba word formation processes
[243] Adewole, Stephen Monday (1997) : Reduplication en Yoruba
[246] Adeyanju, Thomas K. (1979) : English grammatical structure and the Hausa student: problem areas
[247] Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (19--) : Yoruba composition
[248] Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (19--) : Yoruba conversation
[249] Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : Yoruba language simplified
[250] Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : A companion to ‘Yoruba language simplified’
[269] Adive, John R. (1984) : A descriptive study of the verbal piece in Ebira
[22743] Adive, John R. (1989) : The verbal piece in Ebira
[270] Adive, John R. & Katharine Grace Lowry Barnwell (1984) : Writing primers for Nigerian languages
[26173] Adjei, Francisca Adzo (2012) : Temperature System of Siyasɛ and Ewe
[26983] Adjei, Francisca Adzo (2014) : Children’s use of nyá constructions in Ewe
[27309] Adjeoda, Dzifa (2008) : Eléments de morphosyntaxe du kebu, langue dite résiduelle du Togo
[274] Adjola, Nzonou Raphaël (1978) : Kabiye mavu [Kabiye grammar]
[27461] Adomako, Kwasi (2012) : Verbal nominalization as a derivational process: The case of Akan
[27482] Adomako, Kwasi (2017) : Morphophonological Analysis of Akan Female Family-Name Formation
[26759] Adopo, Assi Francois (2009) : Une Approche énonciative de la phrase en akye
[24403] Adoua, Jean-Marie (1984) : La Syntaxe du lingala
[24924] Adouna, Gbandi (2009) : Description phonologique et grammaticale du konkomba - Langue GUR du Togo et du Ghana - Parler de Nawaré
[24032] Adwiraah, Eleonore (1989) : Grammatik des Gworok (Kagoro) : Phonologie, Tonologie, Morphologie und Textanalyse
[285] Affuso, E. (1977) : I pronomi di I e II persona in semitico, egiziano e berbero
[286] Afido, Pedro J. & Manuel Trinta (1988) : Classes nominais e o systema de concordância na língua Makhuwa
[26699] Afola-Amey, Ufualè Christine (2009) : Temps, Aspect, Mode en ikposso
[306] Aftat, Mokhtar (1982) : The acquisition of negation and wh-questions in a Moroccan Arabic speaking four-year-old child
[27180] Agbedo, Christopher Uchenna (1997) : Patterns of Linguistic Variation and Change in Igbo: The Ezikeoba Dialect Example
[307] Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1993) : Verb serialization in Ewe
[308] Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1995) : Negation in Ewe
[311] Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1996) : The syntax of Ewe personal pronouns
[26431] Agbetsoamedo, Yvonne (2014) : Aspects of the Grammar and Lexicon of Sεlεε
[26987] Agbetsoamedo, Yvonne (2014) : Noun classes in Sɛlɛɛ
[25955] Agbo, Maduabuchi (2011) : The Syntax and Semantics of Igbo Verbs of Emotion
[28046] Agbo, Maduabuchi Sennen (2017) : The Morpho-syntactic Coding of Motion Events in Igbò
[28405] Agbo, Maduabuchi Sennen (2019) : A Typology of Ìgbò Comitative Constructions
[26719] Agbo, Maduabuchi Sennen & Lendzemo Constantine Yuka (2011) : Transitivity and double object construction in Igbò
[26615] Agegnehu, Getahun Amare (2014) : Definiteness in Argobba NPs
[23880] Agha-ah, Chiatoh Blasius (1993) : The noun class system of Mmen
[315] Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1971) : West African Pidgin English: simplification and simplicity
[320] Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1986) : Lecture notes on Edo syntax
[322] Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1991) : The tense system of Edo
[323] Aginsky, Ethel Gertrude (1935) : A grammar of the Mende language
[327] Aguadé, J. & M. Elyaacoubi (1995) : El dialecto arabe de Skûra (Marruecos)
[26687] Agyekum, Kofi (2008) : The language of Akan ideophones
[26995] Agyekum, Kofi (2015) : Ani ‘eye’ metaphorical expressions in Akan - Ani anhunu a ɛnyɛ tan, ‘If the eyes do not see it, it is not nasty.’
[27181] Agyeman, Nana (2016) : A descriptive grammar of Efutu (southern Ghana) with a focus on serial verb constructions: a language documentation study
[29057] Agyepong, Dorothy Pokua (2022) : The combinatorial patterns of twá 'to cut' in Asante-Twi (Akan): Multiple senses or contextual modulations?
[28413] Agyepong, Dorothy Pokua & E. Kweku Osam (2020) : The Semantics and Argument Realization Potentials of Akan Verbs of Separation
[26015] Ahland, Colleen (2010) : Noun incorporation and predicate classifiers in Gumuz
[27043] Ahland, Colleen (2017) : Daatsʼíin, a newly identified undocumented language of western Ethiopia: A preliminary examination
[28514] Ahland, Colleen (2012) : A Grammar of Northern and Southern Gumuz
[27890] Ahland, Michael (2019) : The development of subject case marking in Omotic Mao
[28916] Ahland, Michael (2015) : The functions of Non-Final verbs and their aspectual categories in Northern Mao (Omotic) narrative
[336] Ahmad, Mustapha (1994) : Aspects of Hausa compounding
[340] Ahmed Mohamed (1988) : The verb morphology of Dirs Somali of the Ogaden Region
[26529] Ahmed, Abdu (2014) : Complex Predicates in Amharic Counterfactual Antecedent Clauses
[28466] Ahmed, Hamid & Martine Vanhove (2004) : Contrastive negation in Beja: the auxiliary verb rib
[339] Ahmed, Mokhtar (1992) : Lehrbuch des Ägyptisch-Arabischen
[27885] Ahn, Dorothy & Jenneke van der Wal (2019) : What does that Lugwere demonstrative refer to? A semantic analysis of proximity and exteriority
[342] Ahrenberg, Lars (1982) : An account of verbal derivation in Swahili
[345] Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1986) : On the reconstruction of syntactic system in Berber-Lybic
[346] Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1988) : On verb stem markers in Cushitic languages in the light of Afro/Asiatic
[347] Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1988) : A structural and typological classification of Berber languages
[348] Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1995) : Split ergativity in Berber languages
[23221] Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. (2000) : Classifiers: a typology of noun categorization devices
[349] Aikhionbare, M. O. (1981) : Aspects of the syntax of Nigerian Pidgin English: relativization, focusing and negation
[351] Aikhionbare, M. O. (1989) : Aspects of the verb phrase in Edo
[350] Aikhionbare, M. O. & Beban Sammy Chumbow (1982) : Focus in Nigerian Pidgin English
[28426] Aina, Akindele A. & Oyè P. Táíwò (2021) : Ontology Annotation for Natural Language Development: A Yorùbá Noun Preliminary Model
[352] Ainsley, A. D. (1972) : The Bantu sentence
[355] Ajani, Timothy Temilela (2001) : Aspect in Yoruba and Nigerian English
[360] Ajello, Roberto (1984) : Substantives as predicates in Somali
[362] Ajello, Roberto (1995) : La focalizzizione in somali
[24850] Ajello, Roberto (2007) : The linguistic expression of spatial relation in the Gizey language
[361] Ajello, Roberto & Annarita Puglielli (1988) : More on “hybrid verbs” and other grammatical categories in Somali
[26982] Ajiboye, Emuobonuvie Maria (2014) : Compounding in Urhobo
[24120] Ajiboye, F. O. (2004) : The syntax of reflexive Yoruba epithets
[24123] Ajiboye, F. O. (2006) : A morpho-syntactic account of ni in Mọ̀bà Yorùbá
[364] Ajíbóyè, Oládiípo (2001) : A comparative study of Èdó and Yorùbá gerunds
[26066] Ajiboye, Oladiipo (2010) : Plural strategies in Yorùbá
[24568] Ajiboye, Oladiipo Jacob (2006) : Topics On Yoruba Nominal Expressions
[366] Ajólóre, Olusola (1974) : Learning to use Yoruba focus sentences in a multilingual setting
[23646] Akamba, Bawah & A. Crakye Denteh (1974) : Spoken Hausa for non-Hausa beginners
[26999] Akanbi, Timothy Adeyemi (2015) : A descriptive analysis of Àhàn interrogative sentences
[369] Akande, Akinmade Timothy (2003) : Acquisition of the inflectional morphemes by Nigeria learners of English language
[374] Akanlig-Pare, George (1999) : Nominal derivation in Buli
[22610] Akanlig-Pare, George & Michael J. Kenstowicz (Ed) (2003) : Studies in Buli grammar
[377] Akere, Funso (1978) : Grammatical competence and communicative competence in relation to the users of English as a second language
[28427] Akerele, Tosin (2021) : Embodied Conceptualisation in Yorùbá: Evidence from Spatial Topology
[385] Akhavan-Zandjani, Firouzeh (1990) : Untersuchungen zur Grammatik des Irangi anhand des Materials aus dem Nachlass Dr. Paul Berger
[28785] Akinbo, Samuel , Alexander Angsongna , Avery Ozburn , Murray Schellenberg & Douglas Pulleyblank (2022) : Velar Tap in Dàgáárè
[387] Akindele, Femi Dele (1991) : The organisation of repair in Yoruba conversation
[27133] Akinlabi, Akinbiyi & Oluseye Adesola (2017) : Unaccusative Constructions in Yorùbá
[394] Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (Ed) (1995) : Theoretical approaches to African linguistics
[399] Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Eno-Abasi E. Urua (2000) : Tone in Ibibio verbal reduplication
[401] Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Eno-Abasi E. Urua (2003) : Foot structure in the Ibibio verb
[398] Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & M. Liberman (2000) : The tonal phonology of Yoruba clitics
[400] Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (2001) : Tone in the infinitive in Kinande: an OT analysis
[28841] Akinlabi, Akinbiyi , Lee Bickmore , Michael Cahill , Michael Diercks , Laura J , Downing , James Essegbey , Katie Franich & Laura McPherson (eds.) (2021) : Celebrating 50 years of ACAL: Selected papers from the 50th Annual Conference on African Linguistics
[406] Akinnaso, Festus Niyi (1983) : The structure of divinatory speech: a sociolinguistic analysis of Yoruba “sixteen-cowry” divination
[409] Akintan, E. A. (1932) : Lecture on Yoruba language with special reference to its grammar
[410] Akintan, E. A. (1941) : First steps in Yoruba composition
[412] Akintan, E. A. (1943) : Second steps in Yoruba composition
[413] Akintan, E. A. (1945) : Modern grammar of Yoruba language
[414] Akintan, E. A. (1947) : Lecture on the fundamental principles of Yoruba language, and common errors in the writing of Yoruba words and sentences
[28319] Akintoye, Oluwole Samuel (2021) : Ìlàjẹ names: an appraisal of Yorùbá culture
[429] Aklilu Yilma (1994) : A sketch of the Nayi grammar
[430] Aklilu Yilma (1994) : [On Kefa Zone: Nayi (Nao)]
[435] Aklilu Yilma (1995) : Some notes on the Chara language: sound system and noun morphology
[436] Aklilu Yilma (1999) : Some notes on the phonology and morphology of Chara
[446] Akoha, A. B. (1980) : Quelques éléments d’une grammaire du fongbe: nominal et syntagme nominal
[448] Akouaou, A. (1976) : L’expression de la qualite en berbere: le verbe (parler de base, le Taselhit de Tiznit)
[450] Akpanyung, O. A. (1977) : An Efik language handbook for teachers
[26098] Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2010) : Focused Constituent Interrogatives in Lɛtɛ (Larteh)
[26619] Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2014) : Information Packaging – Focus Marking and Focus Constructions in Leteh (Larteh)
[26966] Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2012) : Compound formation in Lɛtɛ (Larteh)
[26996] Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2015) : Typology of Leteh (Larteh) restricted verbal clauses
[27068] Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2009) : Aspects of lete (larteh) grammar
[27458] Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2012) : Action nominalization in lɛtɛ
[27468] Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2013) : Expressing Property Concepts in Leteh (Larteh)
[451] Akrofi, C. A. (1931) : Twi kasa mmara [A Twi grammar book]
[455] Akrofi, C. A. (1937) : Twi kasa mmara [A Twi grammar book]
[457] Akrofi, C. A. (1943) : Twi kasa mmara [A Twi grammar book]
[453] Akrofi, C. A. & John A. R. Watt (1933) : Some peculiarities of Twi grammar
[454] Akrofi, C. A. & John A. R. Watt (1935) : Some points in Twi spelling
[459] Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1966) : Distributsia i grammaticheskoe znachenie predkornevykh affiksov v suahili [Distribution ad grammatical meaning of sub-root affixes of infinitive in Swahili]
[460] Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1973) : K voprosy o sisteme immenych klassov v yazyke kipare (dialekt asu) [On the question of the system of noun classes in Kipare (Asu dialect)]
[461] Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1974) : Morphonematicheskii analiz suffixov proizvodhnykh form glagola v yazyke suahili
[462] Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1977) : Imennye klassy yazyka kuria [Noun classes of Kuria]
[466] Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1997) : Kategorii vida, vremeni i nakloneniia v iazykakh bantu [The categories of aspect, tense and mood in Bantu languages]
[465] Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (1994) : Jazyk kuriia [Kuria grammar]
[28733] Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (2002) : Grammatika jazyka akwa
[467] Akuetey, Caesar (1989) : Etude des énoncés équatifs, locatifs et possessifs en ewe : problèmes du verbe «être»
[24143] Akuetey, Caesar A. (2003) : Le verbe zu en éwé ne marque pas par lui-même un changement dʼétat
[24144] Akuetey, Caesar A. (1995) : Should le and li be considered as dialectal variants in the Ewe language?
[26675] Akuetey, Caesar A. (2007) : Etude du marqueur ɖu en éwé
[28017] Akumbu, Pius W. (2019) : Noun class 9/10 tone in Central Ring Grassfields Bantu – An overview
[27352] Akumbu, Pius W. & Larry M. Hyman (2017) : Nasals and Low Tone in Grassfields Noun Class Prefixes
[28509] Akumbu, Pius W. & Roland Kießling (2020) : The expression of diminutivity in Central Ring Grassfields Bantu
[28764] Akumbu, Pius W. & Roland Kießling (2022) : The role of the Babanki noun phrase-final enclitic class marker
[23830] Akumbu, Pius Wuchu (1999) : Nominal phonological processes in Babanki
[27427] Akumbu, Pius Wuchu (2015) : Babanki verb tone
[25503] Akumbu, Pius Wuchu & Evelyn Fogwe Chibaka (2012) : A Pedagogic Grammar of Babanki – a Grassfields Language of Northwest Cameroon
[474] Alalou, Ali (2003) : The pragmatics and syntax of deixis in Tamazight (Berber): the case of the morphemes ‘d’ and ‘nn’
[473] Alalou, Ali & Patrick Farrel (1993) : Argument structure and causativization in Tamazigt Berber
[24955] Alamin Mubarak, Suzan (2006) : An Initial Description of Laggori Noun Morphology and Noun Phrase
[25504] Alamin Mubarak, Suzan (2012) : The Nominal and Verbal Morphology of Tima. A Niger-Congo Language Spoken in the Nuba Mountains
[26552] Alamin, Suzan (2013) : Tima adjectives
[26565] Alamin, Suzan (2013) : Verbs in Laggori
[26639] Alamin, Suzan (2014) : Noun Phrase Constructions in Nubian Languages: A Comparative Study
[28123] Alamin, Suzan (2020) : Word Order and Agreement in Tagoi
[25520] Alamin, Suzan , Gertrud Schneider-Blum & Gerrit J. Dimmendaal (2012) : Finding your way in Tima
[476] Alapini, Julien (1950) : Le petit dahoméen: grammaire, vocabulaire, lexique en langue du Dahomey
[477] Albarran, M. J. (1991) : Aspectos sintáctico-semânticos dos verbos locativos no português oral de Maputo
[23674] Albro, Daniel M. (1998) : Verb classes and verbal sufixation in Nawdem
[484] Alcock, J. L. (1994) : The genitive construction in Zulu
[485] Alcock, J. L. (2000) : Indefiniteness in the Zulu noun phrase (NP)
[487] Alcock, Katherine J. & Dumaris Ngorosho (2004) : Interaction between phonological and gramatical processing in single word production in Kiswahili
[27981] Aldawi, Maha Abdu Abdalla & Sawsan Abdel Aziz Mohammed Nashid (2018) : An initial sketch of the Tagom noun phrase
[489] Alemayehu Abebe (1990) : Relative clauses in Chaha: a GB approach
[493] Alemayehu Amanuel (2001) : Noun phrases in Anfillo
[494] Alemayehu Daniel (2003) : The noun phrase in Hadiyya
[495] Alemayehu Gurmu (1985) : The structure of simple sentences in Kistance
[496] Alemayehu H. Giorgis (1982) : The morphological analysis of the pronouns in Gogat
[497] Alemayehu Haile (1981) : Omotic and Kushitic verbal markers: a possible isogloss
[500] Alemayehu Haile (1993) : A sketch of the Mesketo grammar
[501] Alemayehu Haile (1993) : [Survey of the Ometo area]
[505] Alemgena Belete (2003) : Interrogative sentences in Oromo
[506] Alemtsehay Reta (1988) : Kebena verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[521] Alexandre, [Révérend] [Père] Gustave (1935) : Grammaire möré
[523] Alexandre, [Révérend] [Père] Gustave (1953) : La langue möré
[524] Alexandre, Pierre (1955) : Manuel élémentaire de la langue bulu, sud-Cameroun
[531] Alexandre, Pierre (1966) : Système verbal et prédicatif du bulu (Cameroun)
[532] Alexandre, Pierre (1966) : Préliminaire à une présentation des idéophones bulu
[533] Alexandre, Pierre (1967) : Langues et langage en afrique noire
[534] Alexandre, Pierre (1967) : Note sur la réduction du système des classes dans les langues véhiculaires a fonds bantu
[537] Alexandre, Pierre (1969) : Sur certain aspects contradictoires de l’expansion nominale en bulu (Cameroun)
[538] Alexandre, Pierre (1970) : Pre-initial elements in Bulu (A.74) nominals
[541] Alexandre, Pierre (1971) : L’imperialisme du genre I en bulu (groupe bantu A70 - Cameroun)
[542] Alexandre, Pierre (1972) : Languages and language in Black Africa
[543] Alexandre, Pierre (1972) : An introduction to languages and language in Africa
[544] Alexandre, Pierre (1981) : Les langues bantu: tableau d’ensemble; description sommaire de deux langues (swahili et bulu)
[27182] Alfira, David Abbi , Timothy Kuku Kafi , Hassan Kuwa Kaki , Ali Alaliim Hasan , Anjo Kuku Anjo , Dayan Kuku Jas & Sadik Kafi Sarukh (2016) : Caning Grammar Book
[550] Alhassoumi-Sow, Salamatou (1994) : Le gaawoore, un parler peul de l’ouest du Niger
[23154] Alhassoumi-Sow, Salamatou (2003) : Le gaawoore, parler des Peuls Gaawoobe (Niger occidentale)
[559] Ali Amante (2003) : Some problems and achievements in the codification (patterns) of Afaan Oromo
[28211] Ali, Mark , Scott Grimm & Adams Bodomo (2021) : A dictionary and grammatical sketch of Dagaare
[552] Ali, Saeed & Yèro Sylla (1977) : Perceptual transparency and relativization: a case study in Fula
[24863] Alidou, Ousseina (1988) : Tasawaq dʼIn-Gall. Esquisse linguistique dʼune langue dite ‘mixteʼ
[567] Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1987) : Essai de description de la langue bidya du Guéra (Tchad): phonologie, grammaire
[568] Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1987) : Les classes verbales en bidiya
[569] Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1987) : Extensions figées et productives en bidiya
[570] Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1988) : Transitivité et conjugaison à suffixes en bidiya
[577] Allan, Edward Jay (1975/76) : Inalienable possession in four Ethiopian languages
[23634] Allan, Edward Jay (1973) : A grammar of Buem, the Lelemi language
[584] Allan, Keith (1983) : Anaphora, cataphora and topic focusing: functions of the object prefix in Swahili
[585] Allan, Keith (1990) : Discourse stratagems in a Maasai story
[586] Allaoua, Abdelmadjid (1993) : Les verbes de qualité et quelques remarques sur ler pronoms personnels en berbère
[25665] Allaoua, Madjid (2011) : La construction passive en berbère
[587] Allard, Gilbert (1978) : Cours de chougoulé 1
[25402] Allati, Abdelaziz (2008) : Proto-berbère et proto-afro-asiatique: l'aspect
[605] Allen, Andrew S. (1993) : Ewe verbs in derivation and periphrastic constructions
[603] Allen, James P. (1981) : The inflection of the verb in the Pyramid Texts
[604] Allen, James P. (1986) : Essays on Egyptian grammar
[590] Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1936) : Swahili examinations
[596] Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1961) : The elision of the subjective prefix and the use of negative questions in Swahili
[25819] Allison, Sean (2009) : Derivation of the PAM System of Makary Kotoko
[27405] Allison, Sean (2017) : Conditional constructions in Makary Kotoko
[28199] Allison, Sean (2020) : A Grammar of Makary Kotoko
[28300] Allison, Sean (2015) : Borrowings? Yes! But diffusion? A case of language contact in the Lake Chad basin
[28306] Allison, Sean (2018) : The notion of ‘word’ in Makary Kotoko (Chadic, Cameroon)
[607] Allwood, Jens , Leif Grönkvist & A. P. Hendrikse (2003) : Developing a tagset and tagger for the African languages of South Africa, with special reference to Xhosa
[614] Alo, E. (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologie de la langue kaliko
[619] Alone, [Major] John Philip Herbert Mackenzie & David E. Stokes (1946) : The Alone-Stokes short manual of the Amharic language (with vocabularies)
[620] Alone, [Major] John Philip Herbert Mackenzie & David E. Stokes (1959) : The Alone-Stokes short manual of the Amharic language (with vocabularies)
[27977] Alshareef, Waleed (2018) : Genitive constructions in Abu Jinuk
[627] Alsina, Alex (1997) : A theory of complex predicates: evidence from causatives in Bantu and Romance
[623] Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1990) : The syntax of applicatives in Chichewa: problems for a theta theoretic asymmetry
[624] Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1991) : Object extraction and accessability of thematic information
[625] Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1993) : Object asymmetries in the Chichewa applicative construction
[626] Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1994) : Bantu multiple objects: analyse and fallacies
[629] Alton, Paula dʼ (1987) : Le Palor: esquisse phonologique et grammaticale d’une langue cangin du Sénégal suivi d’un lexique et de textes transcrits et traduits
[28385] Amaechi, Mary (2018) : Yes-No Question Formation in Igbo: The Phono-Syntax Interface
[28790] Amaechi, Mary & Doreen Georgi (2022) : Focus marking strategies in Igbo
[637] Amare, Getahun (1995) : Issues of time and place adverbs in Amharic
[24956] Amargira, Adelino (2006) : Derivational Forms and the Nature of Modifiers in Tennet
[638] Amatigue, Guirou (1987) : Aspects of Dogon sentence structure
[639] Amayo, Airen (1975) : The structure of verbal constructions in Edo (Bini)
[27277] Ambadiang, Théophile (2011) : Semantic structuring and nominalization processes: the case of agent and instrument nouns in Bantu languages
[645] Amborn, Hermann (1983) : Referenz und Abwehr: der sprachliche Niederschlag der gesellschaftlichen Sonderstellung von Lineage-Ältesten in der Burji-Konso Gruppe
[648] Amboulou, C. (1998) : Le mbochi: langue bantu du Congo-Brazzaville (zone C, groupe C20)
[24915] Ambouroue, Odette (2006) : De la tonalité des nominaux en orungu (B11b)
[25080] Ambouroue, Odette (2007) : Eléments de description de lʼorungu ; Langue bantu du Gabon (B11b)
[652] Ameka, Felix K. (1990) : The grammatical packaging of experiencers in Ewe: a study in the semantics of syntax
[653] Ameka, Felix K. (1991) : Ewe: its grammatical construction and illocutionary devices
[656] Ameka, Felix K. (1996) : Body parts in Ewe grammar
[657] Ameka, Felix K. (1999) : The typology and semantics of complex nominal duplication in Ewe
[660] Ameka, Felix K. (1999) : The progressive aspect in Likpe (Sekpele): implications for aspect and word order in Kwa
[661] Ameka, Felix K. (2002) : Constituent order and grammatical relations in Ewe
[22647] Ameka, Felix K. (2001) : Ideophones and the nature of the adjective word class in Ewe
[23524] Ameka, Felix K. (2005) : Forms of secondary predication in serializating languages: on depictives in Ewe
[23809] Ameka, Felix K. (2005) : Ewe serial verb constructions and their grammatical context
[24987] Ameka, Felix K. (1998) : Particules énonciatives en Ewe
[25224] Ameka, Felix K. (2008) : Aspect and modality in Ewe: a survey
[25237] Ameka, Felix K. (2010) : Information Packaging Constructions in Kwa: Micro-variation and Typology
[25960] Ameka, Felix K. (2012) : Ewe : its grammatical constructions and illocutionary devices
[26289] Ameka, Felix K. (2013) : Three-place predicates in West African serializing languages
[26698] Ameka, Felix K. (2009) : Verb extensions in Likpe (Sɛkpɛlé)
[659] Ameka, Felix K. & Emmanuel Kweku Osam (Ed) (1999) : New directions in Ghanaian linguistics: essays in honour of M.E. Kropp Dakubu, Florence A. Dolphyne and Alan S. Duthie
[27464] Ameka, Felix K. & James Essegbey (2013) : Serialising languages: Satellite-framed, verb-framed or neither
[25220] Ameka, Felix K. & Mary Esther Kropp Dakubu (2008) : Aspect and Modality in Kwa Languages
[25226] Ameka, Felix K. & Mary Esther Kropp Dakubu (2008) : Imperfective Constructions: Progressive and Prospective in Ewe and Dangme
[24168] Ameka, Felix. K. (2003) : Grammar and cultural practices: The grammaticalization of triadic communication in West African languages
[664] Amfani, A. H. (1995) : Double-determiner NP constructions in Hausa
[665] Amfani, A. H. (1995) : The ‘grade’ as a functional element and re-interpretation of relations in the Hausa verbal component
[667] Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2005) : Modal marking in Akan: the case of anka
[24733] Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2007) : Akan Demonstratives
[26049] Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2007) : Noun phrase and clausal connectives in Akan
[26722] Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2011) : The Dangme clausal connective n
[1213] Amha, Azeb (1989) : Verb morphology in Bodi
[1214] Amha, Azeb (1996) : Aspects of the verb in Ometo
[1215] Amha, Azeb (1993) : The case system in Basketto
[1216] Amha, Azeb (1994) : Ometo verb derivation: the case of Basketo, Male, Ko:rete and Kullo
[1217] Amha, Azeb (1995) : Case in Basketto
[1219] Amha, Azeb (2001) : The Maale language
[22675] Amha, Azeb (2001) : Ideophones and compound verbs in Wolaitta
[25755] Amha, Azeb (2010) : The converb in Wolaitta: form and functions
[26530] Amha, Azeb (2014) : Complex Predicates in Zargulla
[26586] Amha, Azeb (2013) : Directives to humans and to domestic animals – the imperative and some interjections in Zargulla
[26708] Amha, Azeb (2010) : From gender identification to assertion: on the use of -tte and -tta in Zargulla, an endangered Omotic language
[23810] Amha, Azeb & Gerrit Jan Dimmendaal (2005) : Verbal compunding in Wolaitta
[24760] Amidu, Assibi (2007) : Semantic Assignment Rules in Bantu Classes; A Reanalysis Based on Kiswahili
[668] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1980) : Locative marking and locative choice in Swahili and their semantic and grammatical implications
[669] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1982) : The myth of the infinitive class in Kiswahili
[670] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1982) : The elimination of number from an intra-linguistic analysis of Kiswahili gender and noun classes and its implications for class classification in Bantu
[671] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1983) : The great morpho-syntactic split and lexical shifts in Kiswahili
[673] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1993) : The case for a ‘progressive’ derivational affix in Kiswahili predicative items
[674] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1993) : Observations on some derivational affixes in Kiswahili
[675] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1994) : What is a class? A study of Kiswahili
[676] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1994) : A ‘progressive’ derivational verbid in Kiswahili predicative items?
[680] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1997) : Classes in Kiswahili: a study of their forms and implications
[681] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1997) : The problem of lexical cohesion and lexical structure in Bantu classes ; part 1
[682] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1998) : The problem of lexical cohesion and lexical structure in Bantu classes ; part 2
[683] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1998) : Exploring new horizons in Kiswahili class descriptions and linguistic theory
[684] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2001) : Argument and predicate relations in Kiswahili: a new analysis of transitiveness in Bantu
[685] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2004) : Kiswahili language description and translational grammars
[23147] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2004) : Reflexives and reflexivization in Kiswahili grammar
[25768] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2009) : Matrix Nominal Phrases in Kiswahili Bantu. A Study of their Effects on Argument Syntax
[26504] Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2013) : Objects and Complements in Kiswahili Clauses: A Study of their Mechanisms and Patterns
[686] Amman, Joachim (1---) : Chibeleketo cha bandu Bamwera/Die Sprache der Mwera
[692] Amoran, Omoniyi (1982) : Auxiliaries and time reference in Yoruba
[27311] Amoua, Kwamivi (2011) : Le système nominal du kebu
[698] Amuzu, Evershed Kwasi (1993) : Three-place predicates in Ewe
[702] Anagbogu, Philip N. (1987) : A grammar of Igbo nominalizations
[703] Anagbogu, Philip N. (1990) : The grammar of Igbo nominalizations
[704] Anagbogu, Philip N. (1995) : The strong boundary condition for compounds: the Igbo perspective
[705] Anaklet, G. P. (1980) : Description of derivational forms in Tumbuka
[709] Anbessa Teferra (1984) : Sidamo verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[711] Anbessa Teferra (1987) : Complement clauses in Sidamo: a transformational generative approach
[713] Anbessa Teferra (1991) : A skecth of Shabo grammar
[716] Anbessa Teferra (2000) : A grammar of Sidaama
[24823] Anbessa Teferra (2007) : The structure of Sidaama nouns
[26670] Anbessa Teferra (2014) : Sidaama (Sidaamu Afoo)
[24761] Anbessa Teferra, & Grover Hudson (2007) : Essentials of Amharic
[718] Andeme Allogo, M.-F. (1991) : Morpho-syntaxe du ntumu, dialecte fang
[725] Andersen, Torben (1981) : A grammar of Modo: a preliminary sketch
[726] Andersen, Torben (1984) : Aspect and word order in Moru
[728] Andersen, Torben (1986) : Verbal inflexion in Moru
[733] Andersen, Torben (1988) : Ergativity in Päri, a Nilotic OVS language
[734] Andersen, Torben (1988) : Consonant alternation in the verbal morphology of Päri
[738] Andersen, Torben (1991) : Subject and topic in Dinka
[740] Andersen, Torben (1992/94) : Morphological stratification in Dinka: on the alternations of voice quality, vowel length and tone in the morphology of transitive verbal roots in a monosyllabic language
[741] Andersen, Torben (1993) : Vowel quality alternation in Dinka verb inflection
[743] Andersen, Torben (1993) : Verbal roots and verbal inflection in Berta
[744] Andersen, Torben (1994) : From aspect to tense in Lulubo: morphosyntactic and semantic restructuring in a Central Sudanic language
[746] Andersen, Torben (1995) : Absolutive and nominative in Berta
[747] Andersen, Torben (1998) : Verb-coding in Madi relative clauses
[749] Andersen, Torben (1999) : Anti-logophoricity and indirect mode in Mabaan
[750] Andersen, Torben (1999) : Consonant alternation and verbal morphology in Mayak (northern Burun)
[751] Andersen, Torben (1999) : Vowel harmony and vowel alternation in Mayak (western Nilotic)
[753] Andersen, Torben (200-) : Layers of number inflection in Mabaan (western Nilotic)
[754] Andersen, Torben (2000) : Anywa and Päri, II: a morphosyntactic comparison
[755] Andersen, Torben (2000) : Number inflection in Mayak (northern Burun)
[756] Andersen, Torben (2002) : Studies in western Nilotic languages
[757] Andersen, Torben (2002) : Case inflection and nominal head marking in Dinka
[24643] Andersen, Torben (2006) : Layers of number inflection in Mabaan (Western Nilotic)
[25521] Andersen, Torben (2012) : Verbal directionality and argument alternation in Dinka
[26322] Andersen, Torben (2012) : Spatial roles and verbal directionality in Dinka
[26795] Andersen, Torben (2014) : Number in Dinka
[27752] Andersen, Torben (2019) : External possession of body-part nouns in Dinka
[27997] Andersen, Torben (2017) : Clausal constituent order and cross-reference in Jumjum
[28333] Andersen, Torben (2021) : External possession of body-part nouns in Jumjum: Possessor raising with possessum incorporation
[28441] Andersen, Torben (2020) : Multiple adnominal modification in Dinka Chaining construct states
[730] Andersen, Torben & Didiers L. Goyvaerts (1986) : Reflexivity and logophoricity in Moru-Madi
[761] Anderson, Earl J. (1948) : A Kipsigis grammar
[760] Anderson, George N. (1942) : Tentative studies in Ilamba grammar and phonetics
[762] Anderson, George N. (1956) : Iramba exercises
[25989] Anderson, Gregory D. S. (2011) : Auxiliary verb constructions in the languages of Africa
[27047] Anderson, Gregory D.S. (2017) : STAMP morphs in the Macro-Sudan Belt
[763] Anderson, Joan (1973) : A Turkana grammar for beginners
[768] Anderson, John (1979) : Serialisation, dependency and the syntax of possessives in Moru
[27060] Anderson, Jonathan (2010) : Preliminary to preliminary: Speech rhythm in Akan (Twi)
[26972] Anderson, Jonathan C. (2013) : Verb-internal compound formation in Akan
[758] Anderson, L. K. (1935) : The Bafia language: a preliminary statement
[767] Anderson, Stephen Craig (1979) : Verb structure
[769] Anderson, Stephen Craig (1980) : The noun class system of Amo
[770] Anderson, Stephen Craig (1980) : The noun classes of Ngyemboon-Bamileke
[775] Anderson, Stephen Craig (1983) : Tone and morpheme rules in Bamileke-Ngyemboon
[776] Anderson, Stephen Craig (1985) : Animate and inanimate pronominal systems in Ngyemboon-Bamileke
[778] Anderson, Stephen Craig & Bernard Comrie (Ed) (1991) : Tense and aspect in eight languages of Cameroon
[786] Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1992) : Khoisanspråkens typologiska profil(er)
[788] Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1993) : Khoisanspråk
[790] Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Tore Janson (1997) : Languages in Botswana: language ecology in southern Africa
[792] Andersson, Mikael , Annika Brännström & David Hjelm (1999) : Uppsats i språktypologi: iká
[26283] Andrason, Alexander (2012) : The Basse Mandinka “future”
[26980] Andrason, Alexander (2013) : Mapping the meaning of the be riŋ formation in Basse Mandinka
[27888] Andrason, Alexander (2019) : The map of ti in Kituba - testing and expanding the typological model of the polysemy of conjunctive coordinators
[28365] Andrason, Alexander (2019) : The conjunctive coordinator NA in Xhosa. Its categorial status and map of polyfunctionality
[25820] Andreas, Heike , Rudolf Leger & Ulrike Zoch (2009) : The Nyam language: first steps toward a grammatical description
[23792] Andreassen, Helene Norgaard (2002) : Pronouns
[794] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (19--) : Unpublished grammatical and lexical materials on Oromo and Somali
[801] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1960) : Pronominal and prepositional particles in northern Somali
[802] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1960) : The categories of number in noun forms in the Borana dialect of Galla
[803] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1961) : Notes on the substantive pronouns in Somali
[804] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1964) : The declensions of Somali nouns
[809] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1968) : Inflectional characteristics of the so-called ‘weak verbs’ in Somali
[812] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1969) : Some observations on hybrid verbs in Somali
[821] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1974) : Indicator particles in Somali
[822] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1975) : The role of indicator particles in Somali
[823] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1975) : Verbs with vocalic mutation in Somali and their significance for Hamito-Semitic comparative studies
[827] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1978) : The dichotomy between extensive and restricted verbal paradigms in Somali and its parallels in Oromo
[829] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1979) : The case system in Somali
[837] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1984) : The role of accentual patterns in subject/object differentiation in Somali and its parallels in Paranilotic languages
[840] Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1988) : Infills: nouns and verbs without lexical meaning in Somali poetry
[845] Anene, Mallam B. I. (19--) : Hausa made easy in Ibo and English languages
[846] Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1970) : La dérivation verbale dénominative dans les langues bantoues
[847] Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1971) : Aspects de la phonétique et de la morphologie de l’ewondo
[849] Angenot, Jean-Pierre & Wamushiya Ilunga Mukubi (1973) : Aspects de la grammaire générative et transformationelle de la langue akoose du Cameroun
[27243] Angenot, Jean-Pierre , Geralda de Lima Vitor Angenot & Daniel Mutombo Huta-Mukana (2013) : Comparison between the Ipala-Ngoya, Kimbundu and Umbundu tone-cases systems
[848] Angenot, Jean-Pierre , Wamushiya Ilunga Mukubi & Jacques L. Vincke (1973) : Introduction to a theory of marking and transposition in language: a transformational anti-grammar of the Koose language of Cameroon
[28590] Angitso, Michael Terhemen (2019) : A descriptive study of the Tiv nominal morphology
[28778] Angitso, Michael Terhemen (2022) : The Form and Function of Diminutive Particles in Tiv
[852] Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (1980) : The nominal phrase in Dagaari
[23555] Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (2003) : Aspect and the Dagaare verb
[861] Angot, A. M. (1946) : Grammaire anjouanaise
[862] Angoujard, Jean-Pierre (1980?) : Contribution à l’étude phonologique et morphologique de l’arabe tunisien
[864] Angoujard, Jean-Pierre & Michel Denais (1989) : Le pluriel brisé en tigrigna
[865] Angoujard, Jean-Pierre & Mohamed Moallin Hassan (1991) : Qualité vocalique, rythme et genre grammatical en somali
[28334] Angsongna, Alexander (2021) : Dàgáárè complex constructions: Serial verb constructions, multi-aspectual constructions and coordination
[28455] Angsongna, Alexander (2021) : Tone alternation in Dàgáárè verbs: Perfectives and Imperfectives
[870] Angulu, Elizabeth Mama (1985) : Componential analysis of Hausa verbs of motion: markedness and deixis
[875] Aning, Simon Kwasi (1998) : Nominal constructions in Akan
[884] Annett, Mary (1983) : L’expression de la localisation en langue mundani
[24921] Anonby, Erik John (2008) : Phonology and Morphology of Mambay (Niger-Congo, Adamawa)
[25600] Anonby, Erik John (2011) : A Grammar of Mambay. An Adamawa Language of Chad and Cameroon
[28468] Anonby, Erik John (2005) : Vestigial noun suffixes in Mambay (Adamawa): Vestiges of what?
[25319] Anonymous (2010) : Yasa-French wordlist
[25958] Ansah, Gladys Nyarko (2011) : Emotion Language in Akan: the Case of Anger
[28425] Ansah, Mercy Akrofi (2021) : An Account of Leteh Adpositions
[28431] Ansah, Mercy Akrofi (2021) : The Leteh Give-Verb Nὲ in Multiple Syntactic Contexts
[28456] Ansah, Mercy Akrofi (2021) : A Grammatical Description of Leteh Nominal Morphology
[28430] Ansah, Victoria Owusu (2021) : Morphophonology of Reduplication in Esahie
[891] Ansre, Gilbert (1962) : Conversational Ewe
[892] Ansre, Gilbert (1963) : Reduplication in Ewe
[895] Ansre, Gilbert (1966) : The grammatical units of Ewe: a study of their structure, classes and systems
[904] Antinucci, Francesco (1980) : The syntax of indicator particles in Somali. Part 2: the constructions of interrogative, negative and negative-interrogative clauses
[905] Antinucci, Francesco (1981) : Tipi di frasa
[903] Antinucci, Francesco & Annarita Puglielli (1980) : The syntax of indicator particles in Somali: relative clause construction
[906] Antinucci, Francesco & Annarita Puglielli (1984) : Relative clause constructions in Somali: a comparison between the northern and the coastal dialects
[907] Antonissen, R. (1942) : Handleiding in het Afrikaans: een practisch overzicht
[25566] Anyanwu, Ogbonna (2012) : The Ibibio locative copular constructions
[26859] Anyanwu, Ogbonna (2013) : Ibibio Causative and Anti-Causative Verb Alternations
[26824] Anyanwu, Ogbonna & Christie Omego (2015) : Aspects of Deverbal Nominalization in Tee
[911] Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (1996) : Aspects of Igbo grammar
[912] Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (1998) : Aspects of Igbo grammar: phonetics, phonology, morphology and the tonology of nouns
[25676] Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2010) : Tense, Aspect, and Mood in Benue-Congo Languages
[25778] Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2009) : Focus and topic in Southern Jukunoid: Yukuben and Akum
[26506] Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2013) : Reference Grammar of Yukuben (Jukunoid, Nigeria)
[27792] Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2020) : Yukuben
[913] Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (2003) : Gemination in the morphology of some African languages
[25667] Aoumer, Fatsiha (2011) : Une opposition perdue – la particule dite ‘d’approche’ ou la deixis verbale dans un parler kabyle de Bejaïa
[28255] Apel, Viktoria (2019) : Non-canonical switch-reference in Serer
[27498] Aplonova, Ekaterina (2017) : Morphologie verbale de la langue goo
[28369] Appah, Clement Kwamina Insaidoo (2016) : Akan verb-noun compounds
[917] Appiah, A. W. E. (1931) : A new script Fante primer
[919] Appleby, L. L. (1947) : A first Luyia grammar, with exercises
[920] Appleby, L. L. (1961) : A first Luyia grammar, with exercises
[922] Applegate, Joseph R. (1958) : An outline of the structure of Shilha
[924] Applegate, Joseph R. (1963) : The structure of Kabyle
[925] Applegate, Joseph R. (1963) : The structure of Shilha
[926] Applegate, Joseph R. (1966) : Spoken Kabyle: a basic course
[24569] Applegate, Joseph R. (1955) : Shilha: A Descriptive Grammar With Vocabulary and Texts
[928] Appleyard, David L. (1972) : /a-/ and /as-/ verb forms in Amharic
[929] Appleyard, David L. (1975) : A descriptive outline of Kemant
[931] Appleyard, David L. (1977) : A comparative approach to the Amharic lexicon
[933] Appleyard, David L. (1982) : Prepositional particles in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages
[935] Appleyard, David L. (1984) : The morphology of the negative verb in Agaw
[936] Appleyard, David L. (1984) : Possessive pronoun suffixes in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages
[937] Appleyard, David L. (1986) : The radical extension system of the verb in Agaw
[938] Appleyard, David L. (1986) : Agaw, Cushitic and Afroasiatic: the personal pronoun revisited
[939] Appleyard, David L. (1987) : A grammatical sketch of Khamtanga
[941] Appleyard, David L. (1988) : The Agaw languages: a comparative morphological perspective
[942] Appleyard, David L. (1988) : Gender in the inflexion of the noun in Agaw
[943] Appleyard, David L. (1988) : A definite article in Xamtanga
[944] Appleyard, David L. (1989) : The relative verb in focus constructions: an Ethiopian ara feature
[945] Appleyard, David L. (1990) : Prepositional particles in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages
[949] Appleyard, David L. (1992) : Vocalic ablaut and aspect marking in the verb in Agaw
[952] Appleyard, David L. (1995) : Colloquial Amharic: a complete language discourse
[958] Appleyard, David L. (2001) : The verb to say as a verb “recycling device” in Ethiopian languages
[964] Araby, S. A. el (1983) : Intermediate Egyptian Arabic: an intergrative approach
[966] Aramazani, Birusha (1975) : Description de la langue havu (bantu J 52): grammaire et lexique
[27183] Arams, Zachariah , Gideon Madaki & Mike Rueck (2017) : Igaw e Irɛm o Oye nIshɛ / Parts of Speech in the Ashe Language
[968] Arasanyin, Frank Ojo (1986) : Tense and aspect: a semantic approach to temporal codification in Yoruba
[974] Ard, Josh (1979) : A comparative and historical study of locative-based periphrastic verbal forms in Fula dialects
[25041] Areghan, Gloria (1983) : LʼESAN dʼUBIAJA : éléments de description dʼune langue du groupe èdo (Bendel State, Nigeria)
[23654] Aremu, J. Omotoso & Hans Wolff (1963) : Beginning Yoruba
[978] Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1982) : Murle grammar
[983] Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward , Nicky de Jong , Scott Randal & Peter Unseth (1997) : Interrogatives in Surmic languages and Greenberg’s universals
[985] Arenzano, I. dʼ (1940) : Grammatica della lingua galla
[987] Argaw, Makonnen & Gérard Philippson (1988) : Essai de description du parler maccha de la langue oromo
[993] Aristar, Anthony Rodrigues (1994) : Binder-anaphors and the diachrony of case displacement
[994] Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1983) : Le lamba de défalé: élément de description d’une langue gurunsi du Togo
[995] Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1983) : Le lamba de défalé: essai de morphologie et de structure
[996] Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1987) : Le lamba de défalé (langue gurunsi du Togo): phonologie et morphologie
[997] Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1988) : Une type particulier de morphème relateur en lamba
[27737] Arjava, Heini & Andrei Dumitrescu (2019) : Spatial forms and functions in isiNdebele: A 3D-stimulus field study
[1001] Armbruster, Charles Hubert (1960) : Dongolese Nubian: a grammar
[1003] Armor, Arthur (1---) : Notes on the grammar gramme of Sesotho
[1008] Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1963) : The Idoma verb
[1009] Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1963) : The subjunctive in Idoma
[1023] Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1989) : Idomoid
[1024] Arnaud, L. (192-) : Latino-Chinyanja grammatica II
[1025] Arnaud, L. (1922) : English grammar for Nyanja
[1026] Arnaud, L. (1922) : Latino-Chinyanja grammatica
[1029] Arnold, Thierry (1980) : La conjugaison composée en rwanda
[23120] Arnold, Thierry (1977) : Une spécificité de la grammaire du kinyarwanda: la conjugaison composée comme auxialisation du temps
[1030] Arnott, David Whitehorn (1956) : The middle voice in Fula
[1032] Arnott, David Whitehorn (1958) : The classification of verbs in Tiv
[1033] Arnott, David Whitehorn (1960) : Some features of the nominal class systems of Fulani in Nigeria, Dahomey and Niger
[1034] Arnott, David Whitehorn (1961) : The subjunctive in Fula: a study of the relation between meaning and syntax
[1035] Arnott, David Whitehorn (1964) : Downstep in the Tiv verbal system
[1037] Arnott, David Whitehorn (1966) : Nominal groups in Fula
[1038] Arnott, David Whitehorn (1967) : Some reflections on the content of individual classes in Fula and Tiv
[1039] Arnott, David Whitehorn (1970) : The nominal and verbal systems of Fula
[1040] Arnott, David Whitehorn (1970) : 1st and 2nd person pronominal forms in Fula
[1049] Arosi, J. T. & James James Ranisi Jolobe (1948) : Xhosa grammatical terminology/Amazwi emigaqo yentetho yesi Xhosa
[1052] Arthur, I. (1975?) : The Bijago language (Orango dialect)
[1055] Arua, Arua E. (2004) : Botswana English: some syntactic and lexical features
[1057] Arvanites, Linda (1979) : Two developments in Bantu negation: comparative evidence
[1058] Asamboa, Edenga (1986) : Phonologie et morphologie comparées d’une langue bantu et d’une langue non-bantu à classes: cas de lingombe et de mondunga
[1060] Asangama, Natisa (1983) : Le budu, langue bantu du nord-est du Zaïre: esquisse phonologique et grammaticale
[27485] Asante, Rogers Krobea (2018) : Coordination in Nkami
[27630] Asante, Rogers Krobea (2016) : Expressing Location and Disposition in Nkami
[28428] Asante, Rogers Krobea (2021) : A Survey of Property Encoding Expressions in Nkami
[27473] Asante, Rogers Krobea & George Akanlig-Pare (2015) : Animacy in Nkami
[27420] Asante, Rogers Krobea & Qiuwu Ma (2016) : Relative clause constructions in Nkami
[1063] Asfaw Amene (1993) : Relative clauses in Gumuz
[1064] Ashenafi Tesfay (1989) : The noun phrase in Shinasha
[1071] Ashton, Ethel O. (1935) : The structure of a Bantu language, with special reference to Swahili; or form and function through Bantu eyes
[1073] Ashton, Ethel O. (1944) : Swahili grammar (including intonation)
[1074] Ashton, Ethel O. (1945) : Notes on form and structure in Bantu speech
[1075] Ashton, Ethel O. (1947) : Swahili grammar (including intonation)
[1076] Ashton, Ethel O. , Enoch M. K. Mulira , E. G. M. Ndawula & Archibald Norman Tucker (1954) : A Luganda grammar
[28341] Asiimwe, Allen & Jenneke van der Wal (2021) : The multifunctionality of -o in Rukiga: pronoun, contrastive topic, and mirative marker
[1079] Askale Lemma (1994) : Word formation in Girirra
[1080] Askale Lemma (1998) : Verb formation in Girirra
[1081] Asmeret Kidane Mariam (1983) : The morphonemics of noun and verb in Tigrigna
[1083] Asmus, H. (1925) : Koptische Grammatik zum Gebrauch für Vorlesungen
[23861] Asobo, Irene Swiri (1989) : The noun class system of Kole
[26931] Asohsi, Melvice (2015) : Structural and Typological Approaches to Obang Grammar: a Grassfields Bantu Language of Cameroon
[28387] Asohsi, Melvice (2018) : Ideophones in Bafut
[1087] Asongwed, Tah (1980) : Sentence negation in Ngamambo
[1086] Asongwed, Tah & Larry Michael Hyman (1976) : Morphotonology of the Ngamambo noun
[1088] Aspesi, Francesco (1987) : Remarque sur la suffixation chamito-sémitique
[1090] Aspinion, Robert (1953) : Apprenons le berbère: initiation aux dialectes chleuhs
[26537] Asratie, Mulusew (2014) : Case Marking in Amharic Copular Constructions
[26751] Assanvo Amoikon D. (2013) : Détermination nominale de l’agni, langue Kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[26752] Assanvo Amoikon D. (2010) : La syntaxe de l’agni indénié
[26753] Assanvo Amoikon D. (2011) : Les traits sémantiques de l’agni indénié, langue Kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[26754] Assanvo Amoikon D. (2011) : Les marques d’accord de l’agni, langue Kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[1091] Assebe Buli (1981) : Oromo substantives: some aspects of their morphology
[26086] Assine, Pascal (2008) : Les énoncés à prédicat non verbal en kusanuaay : parler jóola de Guinée Bissau
[1093] Assirelli, Oddone (1945) : Il sistema pronominale nelle lingue etiopo-cuscitiche
[1095] Assobeatisio, Bafauʼndey (1985) : Les formes et les temps verbaux en kibudu
[1100] Aster Zewdie (1991) : Gumuz verb morphology
[28469] Atindogbé, Gratien (2011) : Negation in Lombe
[1101] Atindogbe, Gratien G. (1996) : Bankon (A40): éléments de phonologie, morphologie et tonologie
[25328] Atindogbé, Gratien G. (2011) : Encoding Ordinary Information through Emphatic Structure in Barombi
[25522] Atindogbé, Gratien G. (2012) : On the typology of directional verbs in Bantu A (Barombi, Isubu, Mokpe, and Oroko)
[27184] Atindogbe, Gratien G. (2013) : A grammatical sketch of Mòkpè (Bakweri), Bantu A20
[25939] Atindogbé, Gratien G. & Evelyn Fogwe Chibaka (2012) : Productive and Non-productive reduplication patterns in Bantu Zone A (Northwest) languages
[25329] Atindogbé, Gratien G.& Evelyn Fogwe Chibaka (2011) : Pronoun Serialisation in Kamtok: The Syntax-Semantic Interface
[25567] Atintono, Samuel A. (2012) : The basic locative construction in Gurene
[27062] Atintono, Samuel Awinkene (2013) : The semantics and grammar of positional verbs in Gurenε : a typological perspective
[25151] Atintono, Samuel Awinkene & Francisca Adjei (2009) : A Comparative Study on the Metaphorical Uses of Eat Verbs '̣Ɖu' In Ewe and ‘Di’ in Gurenɛ
[1103] Atkins, Guy (1950) : The parts of speech in Nyanja
[1106] Atkins, Guy (1954) : An outline of Hungu grammar
[1107] Atkins, Guy (1954) : The structure of the disyllabic tense suffix in Cokwe
[1108] Atkins, Guy (1955) : The one-word tenses in Cokwe
[1110] Atkins, Guy (1961) : Notes on the concords and classes of Bantu numerals
[25147] Atoyebi, Joseph Dele (2009) : Apparent Grammatical Tones in Ọ̀KỌ
[25677] Atoyebi, Joseph Dele (2010) : A Reference Grammar of Oko. A West Benue-Congo Language of North-Central Nigeria
[22838] Atoyebi, L. (1998) : The crucial question of the complex verb roots in Yoruba
[1113] Attal, Pierre (1999) : La négation en égyptien ancienne
[1116] Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1985) : Les emplois du curseur kóo en hawsa
[1117] Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1996) : Aspect, détermination, modalité et diathèse en hawsa
[1118] Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1998) : HAL ou l’ultime et le précoce en hawsa
[1119] Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1998) : Nouvelles considérations sur les emplois de sáy en hawsa
[1120] Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (2000) : L’opposition occurrence ouverte/occurrence fermée à travers le système aspectuel du hawsa
[24990] Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1998) : Le système aspecto-modal du Hawsa
[26017] Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (2010) : Emplois et valeurs de máa en hawsa
[26037] Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (2009) : Emplois et valeurs des marqueurs wáy et mànà en Hawsa
[1125] Augustiny, Julius (1929) : Laut- und Formenlehre der Sukuma-Sprache
[26238] Aunio, L. (2010) : Ikoma nominal tone
[27733] Aunio, Lotta & Axel Fleisch (2019) : Linguistic Diversity Research among Speakers of isiNdebele and Sindebele in South Africa
[28572] Aunio, Lotta , Holly Robinson , Tim Roth , Oliver Stegen & John B. Walker (2019) : The Mara languages JE40
[27741] Aunio, Lotta , Stephan Schulz , Nailya Philippova & Antti Olavi Laine (2019) : Nominal tone in isiNdebele
[1127] Austen, Cheryl Lynn (1975) : Aspects of Bukusu syntax and phonology
[1131] Avermaet, J. van (1942) : Spraakkundige termen in het lomongo ; deel 1
[1132] Avermaet, J. van (1943) : Spraakkundige termen in het lomongo ; deel 3
[25108] Avezac, Armand dʼ (1845) : Notice sur le pays et le peuple des Yébous en Afrique
[1136] Avolonto, Aimé B. (1992) : De l’étude sémantico-syntaxique des marqueurs préverbaux à la structure de la phrase en fòngbè
[1137] Avolonto, Aimé B. (1992) : Les particules modales en fongbe et la nature de INFL dans les phrases injoctives
[1138] Avolonto, Aimé B. (1993) : Arguments pour une projection injonctive: les particulares modales du fongbè
[1139] Avolonto, Aimé B. (1995) : Pour une approche minimaliste des verbes à objets inhérents en fongbe
[1140] Awad, Maher (1996) : On the function of the complementation na in Bolanci
[24851] Awagana, Ari (2007) : Lʼextension verbale en Buduma
[25371] Awagana, Ari (2003) : La pluralité verbale en buduma
[25744] Awagana, Ari (2010) : Coordination et subordination en buduma
[6132] Awagana, Elhadji Ari (2002) : Grammatik des Buduma: Phonologie, Morphologie, Syntax
[23885] Awah, Valerie Nahjella (1997) : Wh-movement in Mungaka: a generative approach
[1147] Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (1979) : Nominal classes and nominal concord in Kasem
[1149] Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (2000) : Criteria for the identification of the Kasem verb
[23547] Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (2003) : Criteria for noun classification in Kasem
[1162] Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1964) : The phonology and morpho-phonemics of Yoruba
[1163] Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1967) : Studies in the syntax of the Standard Yoruba verb
[1166] Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1970) : High-tone-junction-contracting verbs in Yoruba
[1167] Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1971) : ‘Splitting verbs’ in Yoruba
[1169] Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1973) : The modifying serial construction: a critique
[1170] Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1975) : On the subject concord prefix in Yoruba
[1171] Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1978) : Essentials of Yoruba grammar
[1175] Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1992) : Issues in the syntax of standard Yoruba focus constructions
[1178] Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1996) : Grading sentence patterns and structures in Yoruba and related languages
[23641] Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1971) : Peace Corps Yoruba course
[1174] Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (Ed) (1990) : Yoruba metalanguage
[23651] Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé & others (1969) : Introductory Kanuri / Introduction au kanouri
[1179] Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1974) : Studies in the syntax and semantics of Yoruba nominalizations
[1180] Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1974) : Yoruba gerundive structures and the notion of ‘target structures’
[1181] Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1981) : Nominal compound formation in Yoruba ideophones
[1182] Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1983) : On the development of the verb-infinitive phrase in Yorùbá
[1184] Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1986) : Reduplication and the status of ideophones in Yoruba
[1185] Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1988) : Complex predicates and verb serialization
[1186] Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1988) : Perspectives on verb serialization
[1187] Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1991) : The tense system of Yoruba
[1188] Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1995) : The role of functional categories in syntax: the Yoruba case
[1189] Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1997) : Object positions in Yoruba
[1191] Axmed Axmed, Jaamar (1978) : Naxawaha af Soomaaliga
[26184] Ayalew, Bezza Tesfaw (2011) : Causative of the 'Passive' in Amharic
[27185] Ayoola, Olasujo Julius (1986) : Aspects of the Phonology of Dája
[1208] Ayukachale, Peter Egbe (1976) : The noun class system in “Ngunaya” Ejagam
[1209] Ayuninjam, Funwi F. (1996) : A study of Mbili noun morphology
[1210] Ayuninjam, Funwi F. (1998) : A reference grammar of Mbili
[24571] Ayuninjam, Funwi F. (1994) : Mbili: A Linguistic Analysis
[1211] Ayyub, Abd al Rahman M. (1952) : The verbal system in a dialect of Nubian
[1212] Ayyub, Abd al Rahman M. (1968) : The verbal system in a dialect of Nubian (being a description of the verbal function in the structures called “relatio” and “relatio adjunct”, as spoken in the Halfa district)
[1220] Azer, H. A. (1985) : The expression of negation in Egyptian colloquial Arabic (ECA)
[1222] Aziza, Rose O. (2004) : Negation in southwestern Edoid: the case of Urhobo
[26042] Aziza, Rose O. (2008) : Neutralization of Contrast in the Vowel System of Urhobo
[22750] Azunda, U. A. (1987) : A contrastive study of affirmation and negation in Ikwere (Igwuruta)
[28830] Ba, Ibrahim (2018) : Factive Relative Clauses in Pulaar
[25962] Babaev, Kirill (2010) : Zialo: the Newly-Discovered Mande Language of Guinea
[25459] Babaev, Kirill V. (2010) : On the Reconstruction of Person Marking in South-Western Mande
[26688] Babaev, Kirill V. (2008) : Reconstructing Benue-Congo person marking I: Proto-Bantoid
[25060] Babaev, Kyrill V. (2008) : Reconstructing Proto-Benue-Congo person marking I: Proto-Bantoid
[25204] Babaev, Kyrill V. (2010) : Reconstructing Proto-Benue-Congo person marking II: Proto-Benue-Congo
[25205] Babaev, Kyrill V. (2010) : О реконструкции личных местоимений в праязыке ква [On the Reconstruction of Personal Pronouns in Proto-Kwa]
[25340] Babaev, Kyrill V. (2011) : On the reconstruction of some tense/aspect markers in Proto-Mande
[22553] Babalola, Emmanuel Taiwo (2005) : The nominal group modifier and qualifier structures in some American and Nigerian English-medium magazines
[27382] Babou, Cheikh Anta & Michele Loporcaro (2016) : Noun classes and grammatical gender in Wolof
[1235] Bach, E. (1970) : Is Amharic an SOV language?
[27186] Bachetti, Cláudio (2006) : Gramática da língua Ronga
[1240] Badameli-Kassan, Balaïbaou (1996) : Système verbal et énonciation en kabiyè (Togo)
[1241] Badameli-Kassan, Balaïbaou (2000) : De l’influence du ton du consecutif dans les formes de l’aoriste en kabiye
[1245] Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1986) : A phonetico-semantic analysis of verb+noun contraction in Yoruba
[1251] Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1995) : Backdrop declination in Kanuri
[1253] Bader, Yousef Farhan (1984) : Topics in Kabyle Berber phonology and morphology
[1255] Bader, Yousef Farhan & Michael J. Kenstowicz (1987) : Syllable and case in Kabylie Berber
[1258] Badie, Manglibè Joseph (19--) : Contribution a une étude morphosyntaxique du n’cam: parler du sous-groupe Gurma des langues Gur (Nord-Togo)
[5398] Badry, Fatima (1983) : Acquisition of lexical derivational rules in Moroccan Arabic: implications for the development of standard Arabic as a second language through literacy
[1262] Baertsch, (2001) : Morphological and syntactic aspects of negation in Lamnso
[1263] Baeteman, Joseph (1923) : Grammaire amarigna
[1265] Bafia, Anna (2000) : English within the context of native languages: contrastive interpretation of grammatical errors found in student’s dissertations
[1266] Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1970) : Aspects of nominalisation in Hausa
[1267] Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1971) : Lexicalist hypothesis and Hausa
[1269] Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1972) : NP complementation in Hausa
[1270] Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1976) : Subordinate adverbial clauses in Hausa
[1272] Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1977) : Reanalysing the Hausa causative morpheme
[1273] Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1977) : Causatives in Hausa
[1274] Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1978/84) : Yaren guddiranci
[1276] Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1987) : Hausa subordinate adverbial clauses: syntax and semantics
[1277] Bagein, R. P. (1951) : Grammaire kirundi à l’usage des commençants
[1283] Bah, A. (1974) : Étude morphologie du fulakunda
[26368] Bah, Abdoul (1974) : Étude morphologique du fulakunda
[26370] Bah, Mamadou Falilou (1974) : Structures syntaxiques et distribution des morphèmes de classe au sein de l'énoncé pular
[26371] Bah, Néné Youssouf (1974) : Étude sémantique, phonétique et intégration morphologique des emprunts du pular aux langues étrangères
[1284] Bah, O. S. (1974) : Étude du système de la conjugaison pular
[26372] Bah, Oumar Sylla (1974) : Étude du système de la conjugaison pular
[22644] Bahloul, Raja Mallek (1996) : Negation in French and Tunesian Arabic
[28067] Bahule, Orlando Albino (2017) : Aspects of verbal morphophonology of Cilenge with special reference to negation and tense markers
[1291] Bai-Sheka, Abou (1987) : Le fonctionnement du système des classes de lexèmes en temne
[1292] Bai-Sheka, Abou (1991) : Prédication non verbale en temne
[25390] Bai-Sheka, Abou (1981) : Le système nominal du temne
[27187] Bai, Wayo , Kefas Kogi & Naboth Musa (2017) : Íshaa Irhɛm Arherhe ri Idũya / Parts of Speech in the Duya Language
[1293] Baião, Domingos Vieira (1938) : Línguas de Angola: elementos de gramática ganguela, segundo os estudos do lecomte
[1295] Baião, Domingos Vieira (1939) : Elementos de gramática ganguela: idioma falado na região do Cubango província de Angola
[1297] Baião, Domingos Vieira (1940) : O kimbundu pratico ou guia de conversação em portugues-kimbundu: idioma falado nas regioes de Luanda e de Malange
[28831] Baier, Nico (2018) : Object Suffixes as Incorporated Pronouns in Seereer
[1300] Bailey, Richard W. (1984) : Notes on South African English
[1301] Bailey, Richard W. (1985) : South African English slang: form, function and origins
[1306] Bailleul, Charles (1976) : Cours pratique bambara. Partie III: types de phrases
[1307] Bailleul, Charles (1977) : Cours pratique bambara. Parties I-II
[24192] Bailleul, Charles (1986) : Sens originel des postpositions en bambara
[1312] Baird, Kathryn (1984) : The noun phrase in Mundani
[1314] Baj, G. (1---) : Linguistic guide on Madi language
[1315] Baka, Jean (2000) : L’adjectif en bantu
[27710] Baka, Jean (1992) : Essai de description du tso:tso, parler ko:ngo du Nord de l'Angola
[1318] Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (1997) : Morphologie du lokonda
[1319] Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (2001) : Equisse du parler lohangó
[1335] Baker, Mark C. (1988) : Theta theory and the syntax of applicatives in Chichewa
[1336] Baker, Mark C. (1990) : Elements of a typology of applicatives in Bantu
[1339] Baker, Mark C. (1992) : Thematic conditions on syntactic structures: evidence from locative applicatives
[23511] Baker, Mark C. (2005) : On verb-initial and verb-final word orders in Lokaa
[28353] Baker, Mark C. & Bleu Gildas Gondo (2020) : Possession and nominalization in Dan: Evidence for a general theory of categories
[1341] Baker, Mark C. & Osumuyimen Thompson Stewart (2001) : Unaccusativity and the adjective/verb distinction: Èdó evidence
[1342] Baker, Mark C. & Osumuyimen Thompson Stewart (2001) : Verb movement, objects and serialization
[26867] Baker, Mark , Ken Safir & Justine Sikuku (2013) : Complex Anaphora in Lubukusu
[1326] Baker, Philip (1972) : Kreol: a description of Mauritian Creole
[1331] Baker, Philip (1984) : Agglutinated French articles in Creole French
[1337] Baker, Philip (1990) : Kreol: a description of Mauritian Creole
[1340] Baker, Philip (1993) : Assessing the African contribution to French-based creoles
[1338] Baker, Philip & Anand Syea (1991) : On the copula in Mauritian Creole: past and present
[1328] Baker, Philip & Chris Corne (1982) : Isle de France creole: affinities and origins
[1344] Bakir, Abd el Mohsen (1983) : Notes on Late Egyptian grammar: a Semitic approach
[1345] Bakir, Abd el Mohsen (1984) : Notes on Middle Egyptian grammar
[27010] Bakpa, Mimboabe (2016) : Aspects de la négation de l’ànàá, variante ifè parlée à Kaboli (Togo)
[28643] Bakpa, Mimboabe & Manfred von Roncador (2012) : D2. Gangam
[28646] Bakpa, Mimboabe & Manfred von Roncador (2012) : D5. Moba
[27188] Bala, Joseph Philip & Jonathan Amos Tonga (2017) : Agab Ihari Ye Isɛb Koro Waci & Miamia / Parts of Speech in the Waci & Miamia Language
[1354] Baldé, O. P. (1975) : Les transformations passive et négative du pular
[26376] Baldé, Ousmane Paraya (1975) : Les transformations passive et négative du pular
[1352] Baldeh, Anja (2001) : Nominalderivation im Wolof
[25954] Baldi, Sergio (2011) : Emotions, Colours and Qualities: an Overview of Hausa Ideophones
[25630] Baldi, Sergio & Rudolf Leger (2011) : Some diachronic observations on gender and number in Bole-Tangale Languages
[1371] Balembo-Mfumu (1977) : Étude morphologique de la dérivation en laari H16f
[24223] Balenghien, Etienne (1984) : A propos de la syntaxe du bambara
[1372] Balep, Lydie Ngo (19--) : Essai d’analyse contrastive de la determination nominale en français et en bakaa
[23113] Ballarin, Hélène (1999) : L’analyse du texte en langue nawdm
[1376] Ballenghien, E. (1967) : Le système verbo-prédicatif sonike: parler de Nioro du Sahel
[1378] Balmer, William Turnbull & F. C. F. Grant (1929) : A grammar of the Fante-Akan language
[23786] Bals, Berit-Anne & Helene Norgaard Andreassen (2002) : Reduplication in progressive verb forms in Zina Kotoko
[1382] Baltazani, Mary (2002) : Case, tone, and intonation in Maa
[1383] Bamba, Moussa (1992) : De l’interaction entre tons et accents
[1386] Bambara, Eloi (1981) : Les catégories grammaticales en bisa, dialecte de Garango (Haute-Volta)
[1387] Bamgbose, Ayo (1961) : The nominal group in Yoruba and a comparison with the English nominal group
[1388] Bamgbose, Ayo (1963) : A study of the structures and classes in the grammar of modern Yoruba
[1389] Bamgbose, Ayo (1963) : The structure of the Yoruba predicator
[1390] Bamgbose, Ayo (1964) : Verb-nominal collocation in Yoruba: a problem of syntactic analysis
[1394] Bamgbose, Ayo (1965/66) : Nominal classes in Mbe
[1395] Bamgbose, Ayo (1966) : A grammar of Yoruba
[1397] Bamgbose, Ayo (1966/67) : Verbal classes in Mbe
[1399] Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : A short Yoruba grammar
[1400] Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : Tense/aspect forms in Mbe
[1410] Bamgbose, Ayo (1971) : The verb-infinitive phrase in Yoruba
[1414] Bamgbose, Ayo (1973) : The modifying serial construction: a reply
[1418] Bamgbose, Ayo (1974) : On serial verbs and verbal status
[1420] Bamgbose, Ayo (1975) : Relative clauses and nominalized sentences in Yoruba
[1422] Bamgbose, Ayo (1976) : Are Yoruba adverbs really nouns?
[1426] Bamgbose, Ayo (1980) : Questions and roles: the example of Yoruba
[1427] Bamgbose, Ayo (1980) : Pronouns, concord and pronominalization
[1438] Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Issues in the analysis of serial verb constructions
[1441] Bamgbose, Ayo (1983) : On timeless sentences in Yoruba
[1443] Bamgbose, Ayo (1985) : Negation and serial verbal construction types in Yoruba
[1449] Bamgbose, Ayo (1990) : Fonólójì àti gírámà yorùbá
[23752] Bamgbose, Ayo (1992) : Relativization or nominalization: a case of structure versus meaning
[24119] Bamgbose, Ayo (2000-01) : Coreferentiality and Focus in Textual Cohesion: Evidence from Yoruba
[1412] Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1972) : The Yoruba verb phrase: papers of the seminar on the Yorba verb phrase, Ibadan, 1-2 April, 1971
[1430] Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1982) : Yoruba metalanguage
[1460] Bamigboye, G. A. (1987) : A study of the noun phrase of Ayere
[23628] Bamiro, Edmund O. (1995) : Syntactic variation in West African English
[1467] Bancel, Pierre (1991) : The three-way vowel harmony in Nènì (Bantu A.44, Cameroon)
[1468] Banda, Felix (1992) : A lexical-semantic and syntactic-grammatical analysis of Zambian English: towards a ‘meaning-to-grammar hypothesis’ of classroom second language instruction
[28349] Banerjee, Neil (2019) : Templatic morphology through syntactic selection: Valency-changing extensions in Kinyarwanda
[28777] Banfegha, Fonkpu Charles (2020) : Negation in Lamnso
[1472] Bangamwabo, François-Xavier (1985) : L’expression de l’organisation de l’espace rwandais: les déictiques locatifs
[23879] Bangha, George F. (2003) : The Mmen noun phrase
[1476] Banjo, Ayo (1969) : A contrastive study of aspects of the syntactic and lexical rules of English and Yoruba
[1481] Banjo, Ayo (1974) : Sentence negation in Yoruba
[1489] Banjo, Ayo (1995) : On codifying Nigerian English research so far
[1493] Banksira, Degif Petros (1992) : La dérivation verbale en chaha
[1494] Banksira, Degif Petros (1994) : On prefix-necessitating stems in Chaha
[1496] Banksira, Degif Petros (1996) : Sur l’alternance inaccusative vs inergative en chaha
[1497] Banksira, Degif Petros (1996) : On the absence of AgrS: evidence from Ethiopian Semitic languages
[1500] Bannerman, Charles James (1944) : Ga wiemo mligblamo wolo ni tsoo wiemoi komekomei anitsumo - klenklen 1/A Ga grammar of function (stage 1), adapted from the Fante grammar of function
[1501] Bannerman, Charles James (1945) : Ga wiemo mligblamo wolo ni tsoo wiemoi komekomei anitsumo - klenklen 2/A Ga grammar of function (stage 2), adapted from the Fante grammar of function
[1502] Bannerman, Charles James (1948) : Ga grammar of function
[1503] Bannerman, Charles James (1968) : Ga grammar of function
[1504] Banoum, Bertrade B. Ngo-Ngijol (2004) : Bantu gender revisited through an analysis of Basaá categories: a typological perspective
[1505] Banti, Giorgio (1984) : Possessive affixes in the Somali area
[1506] Banti, Giorgio (1984) : The morphology of the nominative case in Somali
[1507] Banti, Giorgio (1986) : Reflections on derivation from prefix-conjugated verbs in Somali
[1508] Banti, Giorgio (1987) : Evidence for a second type of suffix conjugation in Cushitic
[1509] Banti, Giorgio (1988) : “Adjectives” in East Cushitic
[1511] Banti, Giorgio (1991) : Invariable verbal paradigms in some Omo-Tana languages
[1512] Banti, Giorgio (1991/92) : Some concord-less verbal paradigms in Omo-Tana
[1516] Banti, Giorgio (1998) : Saho
[25752] Banti, Giorgio (2010) : Remarks on the typology of converbs and their functional equivalents in East Cushitic
[26219] Bao Diop, Sokhna (2013) : Description du baynunk guñaamolo, langue minoritaire du sénégal : analyse phonologique, morphologique et syntaxique
[26888] Bao Diop, Sokhna (2015) : Les classes nominales en nyun gunyamolo
[27073] Bao Diop, Sokhna (2017) : Le baynunk guñaamolo - Une langue du sud du Sénégal
[27698] Bao Mingzhen (2012) : Prosody of Focus among Information Structures in Pulaar
[1518] Baptista, Marlyse (1994) : On the nature of “pa” in Capeverdean Creole and its possible source
[1519] Baptista, Marlyse (1995) : On the nature of pro-drop in Capeverdean Creole
[1520] Baptista, Marlyse (2003) : The syntax of Cape Verdean Creole: the Sotavento varieties
[27335] Barasa, David (2017) : Ateso Grammar - A Descriptive Account of an Eastern Nilotic Language
[28761] Barassounon, Pierre , Sanu Biɔ , Thébault Biɔ , Léonard Goragui & Jean Soutar (2017) : Dictionnaire bariba - français
[1531] Barber, Karin (1984) : Yoruba don un so 1: a beginner’s course in Yoruba
[1533] Barbera, Giuseppe Maria (1939/40) : Dizionario maltese-arabo-italiano, con una grammatica comparata arabo-maltese
[1537] Bargery, George Percival (19--) : Unpublished Hausa grammar and vocabulary notes
[24189] Bari, Abdulayi (1985) : Nòrònnaw -ma, -man, -lama bamanankan na. [Suffixes -ma, -man, -lama dans la langue bambara]
[24197] Bari, Abdulayi (1987-88) : Nynɔrɔ /mán/ sintin. [L'étymologie du préfixe mán.]
[1542] Barillot, Xavier (19--) : Morphophonologie gabaritique et information consonantique latente en somali et dans les langues est-couchitiques
[1550] Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (1927) : The use of the copula with the Kikuyu verb
[1551] Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (1951) : Studies in Kikuyu grammar and idioms
[1553] Barmou, Salifou (1995) : La catégorie nominale en hausa: comparaison avec le français
[1561] Barnard, Alan (1985) : A Nharo wordlist, with notes on grammar
[1562] Barnard, R. (1987) : Die situatief in Noord-Sotho
[1564] Barnard, R. (1988) : Relationship between situative and relative in Northern Sotho
[1566] Barnes, Bertram Herbert & Clement Martyn Doke (1929) : The pronunciation of the Bemba language
[1575] Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1966) : Notes on the Mbembe clause system: a preliminary analysis
[1577] Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1969) : The noun class system in Mbembe
[1578] Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1969) : A grammatical description of Mbembe (Adun dialect), a Cross-River language
[28223] Baron, Bertille (2019) : DP-internal structure and agreement in Nafara
[1581] Barr, L. I. (19--) : Manuscript outline of morphology of Lugbara
[1582] Barr, L. I. (1965) : A course in Lugbara
[1583] Barrena, Natalio (1957) : Gramatica annobonesa
[1593] Barreteau, Daniel (1983) : Description du mofu-gudur (langue de la famille tchadique parlée au Cameroun)
[1598] Barreteau, Daniel (1988) : Description du mofu-gudur (langue de la famille tchadique parlée au Cameroun)
[1599] Barreteau, Daniel (1988) : La transitivité en mofu-gudur
[22592] Barreteau, Daniel (1978) : Aspects de la morphologie nominal en mofu-gadar
[1591] Barreteau, Daniel & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1982) : La verbe en sibine
[1604] Barreteau, Daniel & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1990) : Les verbes monoradicaux dans les langues tchadiques
[1600] Barreteau, Daniel & Robert Hedinger (Ed) (1989) : Description de langues camerounaises
[1595] Barreteau, Daniel & Yves le Bléis (1987) : Lexèmes et thèmes verbaux en mafa
[1616] Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1985) : The syntax and interpretation of the relative clause construction in Swahili
[1617] Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1985) : o epenthesis: a positional treatment of Swahili pronominal clitics
[1618] Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1987) : Phonological allomorphy in Swahili: on the form of inanimate pronominal clitics
[1619] Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1988) : NP switch in inalienable possession constructions in Swahili
[1621] Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1995) : Subject and object markers as agreement and pronoun incorporation in Swahili
[1620] Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] & Michael Rochemont (1992/94) : On the syntax of possessor raising in Swahili
[1622] Barrie, E. (1996) : Teaching grammar of Pular
[1623] Barry, E. (1937) : An elementary Somali grammar
[1627] Barshi, Immanuel & Doris L. Payne (1996) : The interpretation of ‘possesser raising’ in a Maasai dialect
[23021] Barshi, Immanuel & Doris L. Payne (1998) : Argument structure and Maasai possessive interpretation: implications for language learning
[1629] Bartels, Eric (1984) : Experimental syntax and discourse analysis
[1628] Bartels, Francis Lodowic & J. A. Annobil (1948) : Mfantse nkasafua dwumadzi/A Fante grammar of function
[1634] Barthe, Albert (1952) : Manuel elementaire de conversation touaregue
[1635] Barton, Juxon (1921) : Turkana grammatical notes and vocabulary
[1637] Barwani-Sheikh, Sauda & Eleonore Adwiraah (1990) : Die deutschsprachigen Swahili-Lehrbücher: ein Überblick
[24957] Bashir, Abeer (2006) : Morphophonemic Alternations in Jumjum Number Formation
[26646] Bashir, Abeer (2015) : Address and Reference Terms in Midob (Darfur Nubian)
[27982] Bashir, Abeer (2018) : Noun class genders in Tagoi
[26230] Bassène, Alain Christian (2012) : Concurrence entre critères morphologiques et critères sémantiques dans les accords de classe: le cas du jóola banjal
[24044] Bassène, Alain-Christian (2006) : Description du jóola Banjal (Sénégal)
[24762] Bassène, Alain-Christian (2007) : Morphosyntaxe du jóola banjal ; Langue atlantique du Sénégal
[25026] Bassène, Alain-Christian (2009) : Propriétés d'encodage et de comportement des constructions ditransitives en jóola banjal
[26623] Bassène, Alain-Christian (2015) : L'indexation du sujet et de l'objet dans les langues atlantiques nord
[26882] Bassène, Alain-Christian (2015) : Accords de classe et référence générique dans les parlers joola
[26890] Bassène, Alain-Christian (2015) : Les classes nominales du biafada
[26218] Bassene, Mamadou (2012) : Morphophonology of Joola Eegimaa
[27409] Bassene, Mamadou (2017) : Conditionals in Jóola Eegimaa: A descriptive analysis
[1649] Basset, André (1929) : La langue berbère; morphologie; le verbe; étude de thèmes
[1651] Basset, André (1932) : Note sur l’état d’annexion en berbère
[1652] Basset, André (1932) : Note sur le genre dans le nom et dans verbe en berbère
[1653] Basset, André (1933) : Note sur l’élément démonstratif en berbère
[1656] Basset, André (1934) : Le système grammatical du berbère
[1660] Basset, André (1934/37) : Entretien sur la détermination et l’indétermination: berbère
[1667] Basset, André (1935) : Probleme verbal dans le parler berbere de Siwa
[1668] Basset, André (1935/45) : Siwa et Aoudjila: probleme verbal berbere
[1677] Basset, André (1937/40) : Un pluriel devenu singulier en berbère
[1679] Basset, André (1938) : Le nom de l’étable en Kabylie et la flexion du participe
[1689] Basset, André (1942) : Sur le pluriel nominal berbère
[1691] Basset, André (1943/45) : Sur la structure et la terminologie du verbe berbere
[1699] Basset, André (1945/48) : Sur la proposition indépendante et la proposition relative en berbère
[1700] Basset, André (1945/48) : La proposition sans verbe en berbère
[1709] Basset, André (1948/51) : Determination et indetermination du nom en berbere
[1712] Basset, André (1948/51) : Sur le participe berbére
[1721] Basset, André (1951/54) : Sur berbère Aït Sadden it(t)h ‘parce que’ et la formation du système conjonctif
[1722] Basset, André (1951/54) : Sur l’evolution actuelle du preterif negatif en berbère
[1723] Basset, André (1951/54) : Sur un theme berbere d’aoriste intensif insolite
[1725] Basset, André (1952) : La langue berbère
[1729] Basset, André (1954) : Sur le participe dans le parler berbère d’Ait Sadden
[1730] Basset, André (1954/57) : ‘n’ devant complement de nom en berbère
[1708] Basset, André & André Picard (1948) : Éléments de grammaire berbère (Kabylie-Irjen)
[1674] Basset, André & J. Crouzet (1937) : Cours de berbère: parlers de la kabylie
[24074] Basso Marques, João (1947) : Aspectos do problema da semelhança da língua dos papéis, manjacos e brames
[27754] Bassong, Paul Roger (2019) : Regular and copular fragments in Basaá
[1739] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1971) : Les substantifs à suffixe thématique
[1746] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1980) : Statistique grammaticale et innovations en bantoue
[1747] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : Essai de classification de quatre-vingts langues bantoues par la statistique grammaticale
[1748] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : La finale verbale ‘-ide’ et l’imbrication en bantoue
[1750] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : L’adjectif
[1751] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : Les formes pronominales: connectifs possessifs, demonstratifs, numéraux, interrogatifs, substitutifs, ‘tout / seul / même / autre’
[1752] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1985) : Les relations sémantiques dans les langues bantoues
[1753] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1986) : Les suffixes causatifs dans les langues bantoues
[1755] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1989) : El prefijo locativo de la clase 18 y la expresión del progresivo presento en Bantu
[1756] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1989) : Les déverbatifs bantous en -e
[1757] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1994) : Reconstruction formelle et sémantique de la dénomination de quelques mammifères en bantou
[1758] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1994) : Essai d’analyse des formatifs de type -a- en bantou central
[1764] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (2003) : The interlacustrine group (Zone J)
[24916] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (2006) : Un PV i̧- à la première personne du singulier en bantou
[1744] Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Bernard de Halleux (1979) : Statistique lexicale et grammaticale pour la classification historique des langues bantoues
[1768] Bates, George Latimer & Silas Franklin Johnson (1926) : Handbook of Bulu, with Bulu-English vocabulary
[1771] Batibo, Herman M. (1977) : Le kesukuma, langue bantou de Tanzanie: phonologie et morphologie
[1775] Batibo, Herman M. (1985) : Le kesukuma (langue bantou de Tanzanie): phonologie, morphologie
[1779] Batibo, Herman M. (1987) : Le statut morphosyntaxique du referent sujet en langues bantu
[1780] Batibo, Herman M. (1988) : Root affixation rules in Zairean Swahili as evidence of earlier Bantu rules
[1792] Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : Morphological and semantic regularity in lexical expansion process: the case of nominal derivation in Kiswahili
[1811] Batibo, Herman M. (1999) : The grammaticalization process in Setswana
[25822] Batic, Gian Claudio (2009) : Imaginative Dimension and Experiential Constructions in Hausa and Bole
[1825] Bature, Abdullahi (1990) : Prosodic constituency and Hausa verbs
[1832] Baudet, Guibert (1947) : Eléments de grammaire kinande, suivis d’un vocabulaire kinande-français et français-kinande
[23527] Baudin, Noël (1966) : Grammaire yoruba
[1836] Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1966) : The locative in Tsonga
[1837] Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1967) : Introductory remarks on the copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 1
[1838] Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1968) : The copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 2
[1840] Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1969) : The copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 3
[1842] Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1970) : Introduction to the grammar of Xironga
[1851] Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1981) : Notes on Tsonga noun classes 1a and 5a
[1853] Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1985) : Pre-Tsonga noun class prefixes and verb suffixes
[1854] Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1987) : Analytical Tsonga grammar
[1857] Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1997) : Languages of the Eastern Caprivi
[1848] Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (Ed) (1978) : Proceedings of the 2nd African languages congress of UNISA/Tweede Afrikatale-kongres van UNISA
[24572] Baumbach, Jean Marie (1997) : A Brief Linguistic Sketch of Wodaabe Fulfulde Including Consonant Alternation
[1862] Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1981) : Lango: some morphological changes in verb paradigm
[1863] Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1982) : Aspects of morphological and syntactic divergence in Lango and Acholi
[1864] Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1983) : Morphological and syntactic divergence in Lango and Acholi
[1865] Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1989) : The ki-verb construction in Acholi: grammaticalization of a resultative morpheme
[1866] Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1995) : The obligation modality in western Nilotic languages
[1867] Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1996) : Body parts in Acholi: alienable and inalienable distinctions and extended uses
[1868] Bawman, E. (1949) : Gramática lomué
[28544] Baxter, Benjamin (2016) : Agreement Patterns in Shona Locative Inversion
[1871] Baye Yimam (1981) : Oromo substantives: some aspects of their morphology
[1872] Baye Yimam (1986) : The phrase structures of Ethiopian Oromo
[1873] Baye Yimam (1987) : Relative clauses in Oromo
[1874] Baye Yimam (1988) : Towards a definition of the nominal specifiers in Amharic
[1875] Baye Yimam (1988) : The subject of infinitives in Oromo
[1876] Baye Yimam (1988) : Focus in Oromo
[1877] Baye Yimam (1990) : The structure of Zayse NPs
[1878] Baye Yimam (1993/94) : YäAmarenya säwasew [Grammar of Amharic]
[1879] Baye Yimam (1994) : Some aspects of Zergulla morphology
[1881] Baye Yimam (1999) : Root reductions and extensions in Amharic
[27083] Baye Yimam (2006) : A general Description of Mao
[1882] Bayisa-ba-Nkaniku (1975) : Étude comparative des formes pronominales en français et en manyaanga
[1884] Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1974?) : Éléments de grammaire mbudza: phonologie et morphologie
[1885] Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1978) : Pronom de liaison en bantu: le cas du kinande (D.42)
[1886] Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1982) : Le kinande, langue bantue de l’est du Congo (D 42): phonologie et morphologie
[1887] Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1983) : Synthématique du verbe nande (D 42)
[1891] Beacham jnr, Charles Gordon (1968) : The phonology and morphology of Yom
[1893] Beardsley, R. Brock & Carol M. Eastman (1971) : Markers, pauses and code switching in bilingual Tanzanian speech
[1895] Bearth, Thomas (1969) : Phrase et discours en toura
[1896] Bearth, Thomas (1971) : L’énoncé toura (Côte d’Ivoire)
[1898] Bearth, Thomas (1986) : L’articulation du temps et de l’aspect dans le discours toura
[1899] Bearth, Thomas (1993) : Satztyp und Situation in einigen Sprachen Westafrikas
[1900] Bearth, Thomas (1994) : Wortstellung, Topik und Fokus
[1901] Bearth, Thomas (1994) : Sein und Nichtsein/Kuwa na kutokuwa
[1903] Bearth, Thomas (1995) : Nominal periphrasis and the origin of the predicative marker in Mande languages: an alternative view
[1904] Bearth, Thomas (1997) : Inferential and counter-inferential grammatical markers in Swahili dialogue
[1905] Bearth, Thomas (1998) : Toura
[1906] Bearth, Thomas (1999) : The contribution of African linguistics towards a general theory of focus: update and critical review
[1907] Bearth, Thomas (2003) : Syntax
[22930] Bearth, Thomas (1987/88) : La logique des focalisations: le cas du toura
[22957] Bearth, Thomas (1982) : Diversité fonctionelle dans la phrase toura
[24986] Bearth, Thomas (1998) : Procédés de cohésion dans le discours
[1908] Beaton, Arthur Charles (1968) : A grammar of the Fur language
[1910] Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa (1996/97) : Exploration of the semantic difference between the two negative markers ha- and (-)si(-) in Swahili
[1911] Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa (1999) : Formatives of tense, aspect, mood and negation in the verbal construction of standard Swahili
[1912] Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa , Derek Nurse & Sarah Rose (2004) : Pronominal object marking in Bantu
[1916] Beavon, Keith H. (1979) : Studies in the discourse grammar of Konzime, a Bantu language of Cameroon
[1917] Beavon, Keith H. (198-) : The relative clause in Koozime
[1918] Beavon, Keith H. (198-) : Provisional description of the segmental phonemes and noun classes of the Mpyémó language (Bìjúgí dialect)
[1920] Beavon, Keith H. (1983) : Expressions of location in Koozime
[1922] Beavon, Keith H. (1984) : A partial typology of Konzime (Bantu) discourse
[1924] Beavon, Keith H. (1985) : Two relativization strategies in Koozime discourse
[1925] Beavon, Keith H. (1986) : Anaphora, pronouns and reference in Konzime
[1928] Beavon, Keith H. (1991) : Koozime verbal system
[23334] Bebey, Moukodi C. (1981) : Étude du système verbo-temporel français-douala: étude linguistique constrastive, le mode indicatif
[1929] Becher, Jutta (1991) : Untersuchungen zu den Verbalweiterungen des Wolof
[23324] Becher, Jutta (2002) : Verbalextensionen in den atlantischen Sprachen
[23326] Becher, Jutta (2003) : Experiencer constructions in Wolof
[23327] Becher, Jutta (2005) : Ditransitive Verben und ihre Objekte im Wolof: Positionsregeln und Kombinierbarkeit
[24381] Becher, Jutta (2001) : Untersuchungen zum Sprachwandel im Wolof aus diachroner und synchroner Perspektive
[28470] Becher, Jutta (2002) : The middle form in Wolof
[1931] Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (1985) : “Du bist, was du hast” - Zur Entstehung neuer Personalpronomen im Tu Bedawie (Beja)
[25403] Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (2008) : The Classification of Cushitic and Omotic: a Critique
[1939] Bechon, S. (2000) : Description de la langue sangu, langue bantu du sud-ouest de la Tanzanie
[1956] Becker-Donner, Etta (1940) : Die Sprache der Mano
[1958] Becker-Donner, Etta (1965) : Die Sprache der Mano
[28354] Becker, Laura & Gertrud Schneider-Blum (2020) : Morphological marking of contrast in Tima
[28227] Becker, Laura , Imke Driemel & Jude Nformi Awasom (2019) : Focus in Limbum
[1959] Beckett, H. W. (1951) : Handbook of Kiluba
[1964] Beckman, Jill N. (2001) : Partial copying and emergent unmarkedness in Igbo reduplication
[2339] Bécuwe, Jacques (1982) : Éléments de phonologie et de grammaire du lobiri (parler de Bouna, Côte d’Ivoire)
[1967] Bedou-Jondoh, Edina Ayaba Elemawusi (1980) : Some aspects of the predicate phrase in Gegbe
[22909] Bedrosian, Patricia L. (1996/97) : The Mboshi noun class system
[28878] Beermann, Dorothee & Lars Hellan (2020) : Enhancing grammar and valence resources for Akan and Ga
[1970] Beeton, D. R. (1968) : Some aspects of English usage in South Africa
[1973] Begos, Nettabai (2000) : Beginner’s course in Blin language
[1974] Beguinot, Francesco (1924) : Il berbero Nefûsi di Fassâto: grammatica, testi raccolti dalla viva voce, vocabolarietti
[1983] Beguinot, Francesco (1931) : Il berbere Nefusi di Fassato
[1993] Behailu Abbebe (1986) : A brief morphological study of nouns, verbs and the structure of simple sentences in Gumuz
[1995] Behnk, Frida (1930) : Grammatik der Texte aus El-Amarna
[23696] Behrs, Jan & others (1980) : Learning Chichewa: teacher’s manual
[2000] Beinlich, H. & M. Saleh (1989) : Corpus der hieroglyphischen Inschriften aus dem Grab des Tutanchamon, II: Konkordanz der Nummersystem des “Journal d’Entree” des Ägyptischen Museum Kairo
[2003] Bekale Seyoum (1989) : The case system in Wolayta (generative approach)
[2005] Belay Tefera (2001) : The structure of the verb phrase in Ennemor
[27633] Belkadi, Aicha (2016) : Associated Motion Constructions in African Languages
[23414] Bell, Arthur (2001) : Origins of negative concord in Afrikaans
[2021] Bell, Arthur & Paul Washburn (Ed) (2001) : Khoisan: syntax, phonetics, phonology and contact
[2009] Bell, Christopher Richard Vincent (1953) : The Somali language
[2008] Bell, Christopher Richard Vincent & George Wynn Brereton Huntingford (1942) : Kiswahili
[23638] Bellama, David & others (1983) : An introduction to Cameroonian Pidgin: student’s book
[25332] Belliard, François (2005) : Instruments, chants et performances musicales chez les Kwakum de l’arrondissement de Doume (Est-Cameroun). Etude ethnolinguistique de la conception musicale d’une population de langue bantoue A91.
[25333] Belliard, François (2007) : Parlons kwàkúm. Langue bantu de l’est Cameroun : langue et culture.
[2023] Bellon, Immanuel (1955) : Twi lessons for beginners, including grammatical guide and numerous idioms and phrases
[2024] Bellon, Immanuel (1965) : Twi lessons for beginners, including a grammatical guide and numerous idioms and phrases
[2025] Bellusci, David Christian (1991) : Serialization patterns in Shona verbal morphology
[2026] Bellusci, David Christian (1993) : Bantu: from SOV to SVO
[22641] Belnap, R. Kirk (1993) : The meaning of deflected/strict agreement variation in Cairene Arabic
[2034] Bemon-Musubao, B. (1971) : Éléments de grammaire mbudza: phonologie et morphologie
[2039] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1968) : Amharic verb morphology: a generative approach
[2061] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1979) : Gumuz: a sketch of grammar and lexicon
[2069] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1983) : Majang phonology and morphology
[2076] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : Asymmetrical case correspondences in Ethio-Semitic
[2077] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : A note on the copula and genitive in Oromo
[2082] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1989) : Nilo-Saharan pronouns/demonstratives
[2086] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : A survey of Omotic grammemes
[2088] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : Gender in Omotic
[2094] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1994) : Comparative Aroid (South Omotic): syntax and morphosyntax
[2096] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Kunama
[2098] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Saharan and Nilo-Saharan verb paradigms: typological and genetic resemblances?
[2102] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : The Nilo-Saharan languages: a comparative essay
[2106] Bender, Marvin Lionel (1997) : The Nilo-Saharan languages: a comparative essay
[2108] Bender, Marvin Lionel (2000) : Nilo-Saharan
[2109] Bender, Marvin Lionel (2000) : Comparative morphology of the Omotic languages
[2116] Bender, Marvin Lionel (2005) : The East Sudanic languages: lexicon and morphology
[2072] Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1983) : Nilo-Saharan language studies
[2059] Bender, Marvin Lionel & Fulass Hailu (1978) : Amharic verb morphology: a generative approach
[2114] Bender, Marvin Lionel , Gábor Takács & David L. Appleyard (Ed) (2003) : Selected comparative-historical Afrasian linguistic studies, in memory of Igor M. Diakonoff
[2117] Bendjaballah, Sabrina (1995) : Aspects de la morphologie verbale du berbère (kabyle)
[2119] Bendjaballah, Sabrina (1998) : Aspects apophoniques de la vocalisation du verbe berbère (kabyle)
[2120] Bendjaballah, Sabrina (200-) : Trois figures de la structure interne des gabarits: activité morphologique du niveau squelettal des representations phonologiques en berbere, somali, bedja
[2122] Bendjaballah, Sabrina (2003) : The internal structure of the determiner in Beja
[2123] Bendjaballah, Sabrina (2003) : La rôle morphologique du squelette: une analyse du déterminant en bédja
[2121] Bendjaballah, Sabrina & Patricia Cabredo Hofherr (2003) : The genitive in Somali
[2127] Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1965) : Problems in the analysis of sentences and clauses in Bimoba
[2129] Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1968) : Verb clusters in Izi
[2141] Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (Ed) (1989) : The Niger-Congo languages: a classification and description of Africa’s largest language family
[2128] Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor & Inge Meier (1967) : Some contrasting features of the Izi verbal system
[2135] Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Donna Skitch & Esther Cresmann (1973) : Duka sentence, clause and phrase
[2140] Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Elizabeth J. Olsen & Ann R. White (1989) : Dogon
[2134] Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Esther Cresmann & Donna Skitch (1971) : The nominal phrase in Duka
[24743] Benítez-Torres, Carlos M. (2009) : Inflectional vs. Derivational Morphology in Tagdal: A Mixed Language
[28510] Benítez-Torres, Carlos M. (2021) : A Grammar of Tagdal: a Northern Songhay language
[2148] Benmamoun, Elabbas (2003) : Agreement parallelism between sentences and noun phrases: a historical sketch
[22432] Bennett, Michael Eric (1986) : Aspects of the simple clause in Malagasy: a stratificational approach
[2151] Bennett, Patrick R. (1969) : A comparative study of four Thagicû verbal systems
[2152] Bennett, Patrick R. (1970) : The problem of class in Kikuyu
[2157] Bennett, Patrick R. (1974) : Tone and the Nilotic case system
[2169] Bennett, Patrick R. (1986) : Grammar in the lexicon: two Bantu cases
[2167] Bennett, Patrick R. , Ann [Joyce] Biersteker , Waithira [Lucy] Gikonyo , Susan Hershberg , Joel Kamande , Carolyn Harford [Perez] & Martha Swearingen (1985) : Gîkûyû nî kîoigire: a first course in Kikuyu
[2162] Bennett, Tina L. (1977) : Interrogatives
[2172] Bennie, William Govan (1939) : A grammar of Xhosa for the Xhosa-speaking
[2173] Benoist, Jean-Paul (1969) : Grammaire gouro (groupe mandé, Côte d’Ivoire)
[28144] Benson, Peace (2020) : Ideophones in Dzə (Jenjo), an Adamawa language of Northeastern Nigeria
[22931] Bentinck, Julie (1980) : Un suffixe mystérieux en niaboua
[22964] Bentinck, Julie (1980) : Les propositions séquentielles en niaboua: propositions dépendantes ou indépendentas?
[2181] Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1995) : The syntactic effects of animacy in Bantu languages
[2182] Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1997) : Variation in Bantu verbal agreement
[2183] Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1998) : The marking of grammatical relations in Swahili
[2184] Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1999) : Head-marking vs dependent-marking in Swahili, Kikuyu and Chichewa
[23608] Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1995) : Animacy and pronominal systems in Bantu
[2185] Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (2001) : Chichewa
[2187] Bentolila, Alain (1970) : Les systèmes verbaux créoles: comparaisons avec les langues africaines
[2186] Bentolila, Fernand (1969) : Les modalites d’orientation du proces en berbère ; partie 1
[2188] Bentolila, Fernand (1970) : Les modalites d’orientation du proces en berbère ; partie 2
[2189] Bentolila, Fernand (1979) : Les valeurs modales en berbère (parler des Aït Seghrouchen d’Oum Jeniba, Maroc central)
[2190] Bentolila, Fernand (1981) : Grammaire fonctionelle d’un parler berbère: Aït Seghrouchen d’Oum Jeniba (Maroc)
[2196] Berchem, Jörg (1991) : Referenzgrammatik des Somali
[24207] Bergelson, Mira (1991) : La dérivation des constructions verbales et la catégorie transitivité/intransitivité en bambara
[2198] Berger, Paul (1937/38) : Die mit B. -île gebildeten Perfektstämme in den Bantusprachen
[2201] Berger, Paul (1943) : Überlieferung der Kindiga mit sprachlichen Notizen
[27090] Bergfjord, Idar (2013) : Issues in Borna Phonology
[2208] Bergman, Elizabeth M. (2002) : Spoken Sudanese Arabic: grammar, dialogues and glossary
[23052] Bergman, Richard K. (1981) : An outline of Igede grammar
[2209] Bergsträsser, Gotthelf (1928) : Einführung in die semitischen Sprachen
[2210] Bergsträsser, Gotthelf (1983) : Introduction to the Semitic languages
[2211] Bergvall, Victoria L. (1983) : Wh-questions and island constraints in Kikuyu: a reanalysis
[2212] Bergvall, Victoria L. (1985) : A typology of empty categories for Kikuyu and Swahili
[2213] Bergvall, Victoria L. (1987) : Focus in Kikuyu and universal grammar
[2214] Bergvall, Victoria L. (1987) : The position and properties of in situ and right-moved questions in Kikuyu
[2220] Berjaoui, Nasser (2000) : A grammar of Moroccan Arabic
[27456] Bernander, Rasmus (2018) : The grammaticalization of -kotok- into a negative marker in Manda (Bantu N.11)
[27526] Bernander, Rasmus (2018) : The neuter in Manda, with a focus on its reinterpretation as passive
[27661] Bernander, Rasmus (2017) : Grammar and grammaticalization in Manda: An analysis of the wider TAM domain in a Tanzanian Bantu language
[28769] Bernander, Rasmus & Antti Laine (2020) : The formation of existential constructions in Western Serengeti: a micro-comparative exploration of variation and change
[2222] Bernarder, Elisabeth (1969) : Swahili
[25568] Berndt, Wolfgang (2012) : A cognitive approach to the functions of the particle me in Joola-Banjal
[2250] Berry, Elaine (1972) : The sentence structure of Yakurr
[2232] Berry, Jack (1952) : Structural affinities of the Volta River languages and their significance for linguistic classification
[2238] Berry, Jack (1958) : Nominal classes in Hu-Limba
[24341] Berry, Jack (1959) : The structure of the noun in Kisi
[24343] Berry, Jack (1960) : A note on Voice and Aspect in Hu-Limba
[23644] Berry, Jack & Agnes Akosua Aidoo (1975) : An introduction to Akan
[2279] Berthoud, Paul (1920) : Eléments de grammaire ronga
[27599] Bertinetto, Pier Marco & Talatou Clémentine Pacmogda (2013) : Le système aspecto-temporel du moore
[2285] Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1990) : The use of Swahili verbal markers in narrative and non-narrative literary discourse
[2287] Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1994) : Zwei homonyme ka-Markierer
[2288] Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1994) : Idiomatische Wendungen
[2289] Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1997) : Swahili verbs in modern fiction
[25859] Bertoncini, Elena (2009) : Sheshe babu kubwa: Oral features in a Swahili newspaper
[2293] Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1985) : A study of tense and aspect in Shambala
[2294] Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1989) : Mood in Bantu languages: an exemplification from Shambala
[2295] Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1989) : A study of tense and aspect in Kishambala
[2298] Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1993) : A classified vocabulary of the Shambala language with outline grammar
[2299] Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (2000) : Miundo ya urejeshi katika Kishambala
[27411] Bessala Ndzana Biloa, Gaston & Francine Moguo Fotso (2017) : The conditional mood in Ghomálaʼ
[23659] Bessong, Dieudonne P. Aroga (1982) : La traduction des formes verbales du present français en bafia
[2300] Bessong, Dieudonne P. Aroga & Igor A. Melʼcuk (1983) : Un modèle formel de la conjugaison bafia (à l’indicatif)
[2301] Best, Günter (1981) : Eine Typologie der Verben zu prä- und postnuptialen/konkubinalen Stadien bei den Turkana, NW Kenia
[2306] Besten, Hans den (1985) : Double negation and the genesis of Afrikaans
[2307] Besten, Hans den (1985) : Die doppelte Negation im Afrikaans und ihre Herkunft
[2310] Betbeder, Paul & John Jones (1949) : A handbook of the Haya language
[2314] Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (196-) : Unpublished notes on Tsonga
[2315] Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1961) : The qualificative and the pronoun in Tsonga
[2317] Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1963) : A restatement of the Zulu verb conjugation ; part 1
[2318] Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1963) : The verb in Zulu ; part 1
[2319] Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1964) : A restatement of the Zulu verb conjugation ; part 2
[2320] Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1964) : The verb in Zulu ; parts 2-3
[2321] Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1965) : The verb in Zulu
[2322] Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1966) : The perfect tense in Zulu
[2323] Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1966) : The verb in Zulu ; part 4
[2325] Beyer, Gottfried A. (1920) : Handbook of the Pedi-Transvaal-Suto language: practical grammar with exercises, phrases, dialogues and vocabularies
[2331] Beyer, Klaus (1998) : Quelques idées sur les champs sémantiques et culturelles dans les langues oti-volta
[2332] Beyer, Klaus (2000) : La morphologie du verbe en pana
[25030] Beyer, Klaus (2006) : La langue pana (Burkina Faso et Mali) : description linguistique, lexique, textes
[25184] Beyer, Klaus (2009) : Double negation-marking: A case of contact-induced grammaticalization in West Africa?
[27759] Beyer, Klaus (2020) : Morphology
[27960] Beyer, Klaus (2018) : Coding the presentational function in Pana (Gur) – How pragmatics explains variation
[27998] Beyer, Klaus (2017) : Grammaticalization as it happens? A usage-based approach to morphosyntactic variation in Pana
[28471] Beyer, Klaus (2005) : Focus and negation in Pana: a common source for different functions?
[28652] Beyer, Klaus (2012) : F1. Bwamu
[28653] Beyer, Klaus (2012) : G1. Koromfe
[28654] Beyer, Klaus (2012) : H1. Pana
[28655] Beyer, Klaus (2012) : H2. Samoma
[26325] Biagui, Noël-Bernard (2012) : Le gúbaher, parler baïnouck de Djibonker (Basse-Casamance, Sénégal)
[2344] Biandji, Dieudonné (1989) : La classification nominale de la langue mpyemo
[2345] Biandji, Dieudonné (1991) : Le verbe en mpyémo, langue bantu
[26595] Biaye, Séckou (2012) : Le système nominal d’un dialecte balante : le ganjaa
[27744] Biaye, Séckou (2005) : Les pronoms en balante (dialecte ganja)
[26884] Biaye, Séckou & Denis Creissels (2015) : Les classes nominales en balant ganja
[2348] Bibang-Oyee, Julián & Jesucristo Riquelme Pomares (1990) : Curso de lengua Fang
[2349] Biber, Douglas (1982) : Accent on the Central Somali nominal system
[2350] Biber, Douglas (1984) : The diachronic development of preverbal case marker in Somali
[2356] Biber, Douglas (1995) : Grammatical description of linguistic features in Somali - Appendix 3
[2357] Biberauer, Theresa (2001) : Synchronic language change in Afrikaans and the perennial V2 puzzle: considering new data
[2359] Bickerton, Derek (1989) : Seselwa serialization and its significance
[2360] Bickford, J. Albert (1986) : Possessor ascension in Kinyarwanda
[24729] Bickmore, Lee (2007) : High-toned Mora Insertion Between Onsetless Morphemes in Cilungu
[27622] Bickmore, Lee (2014) : Cilungu Tone Melodies - A Descriptive and Comparative Study
[27644] Bickmore, Lee (2018) : Contrast Reemergence in the Aushi Subjunctive
[26292] Bickmore, Lee S. & Nancy C. Kula (2013) : Ternary spreading and the OCP in Copperbelt Bemba
[2364] Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1990) : Branching nodes and prosodic categories: evidence from Kinyambo
[2374] Bidaud, L. & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1982) : Manuel de langue peule: dialecte de liptako (Dori - Haute-Volta)
[2375] Biddulph, Joseph (1983) : A guide to Ge‘ez: the liturgical language of Ethiopia
[2376] Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : Introduction to Bushman
[2377] Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : An introduction to Luo (Victoria Nyanza Region, Kenya): being an analysis of the usage & structures of the Luo New Testament, a window into a language of the Nilotic group: with brief remarks on Acoli (Acholi) (Uganda)
[2378] Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : ‘Mbèni yanga ato mbéra’...: a brief description of the Sango language, Central African Republic
[2379] Biddulph, Joseph (1987) : Roots: a Mandingo grammar
[2380] Biddulph, Joseph (1988) : Sango: an Esperanto of Africa
[2381] Biddulph, Joseph (1988) : Fernandian: the Bubi language of Bioco/Fernando Po (some notes and comments)
[2382] Biddulph, Joseph (1992) : A short Ibo grammar
[2383] Biddulph, Joseph (1993) : Meet me in Windhoek: notes on four Bantu languages of Namibia
[2387] Biddulph, Joseph (1999) : Kanuri: the Bornuese language of northern Nigeria and adjacent regions
[2392] Biehler, Edward (1927) : English-Chiswina dictionary with an outline Chiswina grammar
[2393] Biehler, Edward (1950) : A Shona dictionary, with an outline Shona grammar
[2394] Biersteker, Ann [Joyce] (1984) : Verbal and case role patterning in Embu tales
[2399] Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1987) : Ju|wasi lessons
[2405] Bigangara, Jean-Baptiste (1982) : Eléments de linguistique burundaise
[26941] Bii, John Kibet (2014) : Reciprocals in Kipsigis
[26943] Bii, John Kibet & Andrew Kiprop Chelimo (2014) : Benefactives in Kipsigis: A Feature-Checking Analysis
[26942] Bii, John Kibet , Mary Lonyangapuo & Andrew Kiprop Chelimo (2014) : Verbal Extensions in Kipsigis
[23833] Bila, Emmanuel Neba (1986) : A semantic-syntactic study of the Bafut verb
[2411] Bill, Mary C. (1995) : Berthoud’s ‘Leçons de sigwamba’ (1883): the first Tsonga grammar
[2412] Biloa, Edmond (1989) : Tuki gaps: null resumptive pronouns or variables?
[2413] Biloa, Edmond (1990) : Resumptive pronouns in Tuki
[2414] Biloa, Edmond (1993) : Clitic climbing in Bantu
[2415] Biloa, Edmond (1995) : Functional categories and the syntax of focus in Tuki
[2416] Biloa, Edmond (1996/97) : Agreement and verb movement in Ewondo
[2417] Biloa, Edmond (1997) : Tuki
[2418] Biloa, Edmond (2001) : Data building for a syntactic analysis of an African language
[22586] Biloa, Edmond (1992) : The syntax of operator constructions in Tuki
[22596] Biloa, Edmond (1997) : Functional categories and the syntax of focus in Tuki
[2420] Bilodeau, Jacques (1979) : Sept contes sangu dans leur contexte et linguistique: éléments de phonologie du sangu, langue bantou de Tanzania; textes des contes avec traduction et notes
[2421] Bilongo Bweya, Nʼzemba-Baala (1971/72) : Essai d’une morphologie comparée des formes nominales et pronominales des langues sonde et ngongo
[2427] Bing, Janet [Mueller] & John Duitsman (1993) : Postpositions and the valency marker in Krahn: monosemy vs polysemy
[2430] Binyam Ephrem (2003) : Interrogative sentences in Burji
[2431] Binyam Sisay (2001) : The structure of the noun phrase in Koorete
[27120] Binyam Sisay Mendisu (2016) : Notes on Nominal Demonstratives in Arbore
[27113] Binyam Sisay Mendisu, & Moges Yigezu (2014) : Notes on Copula Constructions in Hamar
[27089] Binyam Sisay Mendisu, & Tsehay Mengesha (2010) : Notes on Agreement Marking in Borna (Shinasha)
[2432] Binyam Tibebu (2003) : Relative clauses in Ochollo
[2433] Bird, Charles Stephen (1968) : Aspects of Bambara syntax
[2434] Bird, Charles Stephen (1968) : Relative clauses in Bambara
[2438] Bird, Charles Stephen & Mamadou Kanté (1976) : An ka bamanankan kalan/Intermediate Bambara
[2440] Bird, Charles Stephen , John Priestley Hutchison & Mamadou Kanté (1977) : An ka bamanankan kalan/Beginning Bambara
[2445] Birkeli, Emil (1---) : Bausi, Malagasy, Bisa and Lala
[2448] Bisang, Walter & Remi Sonaiya (1997) : Perfect and beyond, from pragmatic relevance to perfect: the Chinese sentence-final particle le and Yoruba ti
[2453] Bishop, H. L. (1922) : The “descriptive complement” in the Shironga language compared with that in Sesotho and Zulu
[2454] Bishop, H. L. (1925) : On the use of the proclitic ‘a’ in si-Ronga
[28408] Bisilki, Abraham Kwesi (2019) : Body-Part Terms in Likpakpaln
[28791] Bisilki, Abraham Kwesi (2022) : Focus marking and dialect divergence in Līkpākpáln (Konkomba)
[28378] Bisilki, Abraham Kwesi & Rebecca Atchoi Akpanglo-Nartey (2017) : Noun pluralisation as a dialect marker in Līkpākpáln ‘Konkomba’
[2461] Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (1988) : Le système verbal du bàsàa
[23948] Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (1984) : Le basaá parlé à Omeng
[2462] Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (1996/97) : Le vocatif en bantou
[2463] Biton, Alexander (1969) : Dictionnaire ndumu-mbede-français et français-ndumu-mbede
[2464] Bittremieux, Leo (19--) : Grammaire du dialecte ancien du yombe, non-publié
[2465] Bittremieux, Leo (1922) : Mayombsch idioticon
[2466] Bittremieux, Leo (1926) : Onomatopee en werkwoord in ’t kongoleesch
[2467] Bittremieux, Leo (1927) : Mayombsch idioticon
[2469] Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : De spraakkundige prefixen en het wegwallen van sommige prefixen in het Kikongo
[2471] Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : De weglating van het prefix in het Kikongo
[2473] Bittremieux, Leo (1944) : De spraakkundige prefixen in het Kikongo
[2475] Bittremieux, Leo (1946) : Het bantoe koppelwoordje -a
[2478] Bizimana, Simon (1985) : Accords morphosyntaxiques en rwandais
[2480] Black, K. & Mrs K. Black (1971) : The Moro language: grammar and dictionary
[2490] Blackings, Mairi & Nigel Fabb (2003) : A grammar of Ma’di
[2497] Blanc, Jean-François (1---) : Le verbe urhobo
[2500] Blanchon, Jean Alain (1980) : La numération
[2501] Blanchon, Jean Alain (1980) : La relativisation
[2502] Blanchon, Jean Alain (1984) : Présentation du yi-lumbu dans ses rapport avec le yi-punu et le ci-vili à travers un conte traditionnel
[2504] Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Les classes nominales 9, 10 et 11 dans le groupe bantou B40
[2505] Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Les voyelles finales des nominaux en i-nzèbi (B52)
[2512] Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990) : Noms composés en massango et en nzèbi de Mbigou (Gabon)
[2518] Blanchon, Jean Alain (1997) : Les formes nominales de citation a prefixe haut en pounou (bantu B43)
[2522] Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999) : Douze études sur les langues du Gabon et du Congo-Brazzaville
[2523] Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999) : Présentation du yi-lumbu dans ses rapport avec le yi-punu et le ci-vili à travers un conte traditionnel
[2503] Blanchon, Jean Alain & François Nsuka-Nkutsi (1984) : Détermination des classes tonales des nominaux en ci-vili, i-sangu et inzèbi
[2517] Blanchon, Jean Alain & Jean-Noël Nguimbi Mabiala (1993) : Défini, référentiel et générique en kiyoombi: étude synchronique
[2515] Blanchon, Jean Alain & M. Alihanga Martin (1992) : Notes sur la morphologie du lempiini de Eyuga
[2528] Blaser, Walter (1939) : Bedeutungsbildung auf der Struktur gebogen und zusammen in der Ewe-Sprache
[2530] Blass, Regina (1983) : A note on double negation marking in Sissala
[2531] Blass, Regina (1990) : Relevance relations in discourse: a study with special reference to Sissala
[2532] Blass, Regina (1998) : Contrastive focus and cognitive elimination in Sissala
[22860] Blass, Regina (1988) : Discourse connectivity and constraints on relevance in Sissala
[22864] Blass, Regina (1989) : Baa in Sissala: truth-conditional or non-truth-conditional particle?
[2536] Blazek, Václav (1995) : The microsystem of personal pronouns in Chadic, compared with Afroasiatic
[2541] Blecke, Thomas (1988) : Die Funktion des Morphem tùn im Bambara: eine Analyse im System von Tempus, Aspekt und Modus
[2542] Blecke, Thomas (1994) : Vollverb, Kopula, Postposition: das Morphem yé im Bambara
[2543] Blecke, Thomas (1996) : Lexikalische Kategorien und grammatische Strukturen im Tigemaxo (Bozo, Mande)
[2544] Blecke, Thomas (1998) : Nomen, Verb und (Proto-)West-Mande-Syntax: neue Evidenz aus den Bozo-Sprachen
[24221] Blecke, Thomas (2004) : La fonction du morphème tùn en bambara (temps, aspect, mode)
[25569] Blecke, Thomas (2012) : The grammar of action nominals in Tigemaxo (Bozo)
[28182] Blecke, Thomas (2021) : Antipassive constructions in Tigemaxo (Bozo)
[2548] Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1927) : The distribution of Bushman languages in South Africa
[2550] Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1928/29) : Bushman grammar: a grammatical sketch of the language of the |Xam-ka-!k’e ; part 1
[2551] Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1929) : Comparative vocabularies of Bushman languages
[2552] Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1929/30) : Bushman grammar: a grammatical sketch of the language of the |Xam-ka-!’e (continuation) ; part 2
[2553] Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1931) : The Hadzapi or Watindiga of Tanganyika territory
[2556] Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1937) : Grammatical notes and texts in the |Auni language
[2561] Bleek, Dorothea Frances (2000) : Notes on the language of the //N!ke or Bushmen of Griqualand West [edited by Tom Güldemann]
[2594] Bléis, Yves le & Daniel Barreteau (1987) : Les extension verbales en mafa
[2562] Blejer, Hatte Anne Rubenstein (1986) : Discourse markers in Early Semitic, and their reanalyses in subsequent dialects
[27990] Blench, Roger M. (2018) : Do Heiban and Talodi form a genetic group and how are they related to Niger-Congo?
[2566] Blench, Roger M. (1989) : Nupoid
[2587] Blench, Roger M. (2000) : Transitions in Izere nominal morphology and implications for the analysis of Plateau languages
[23548] Blench, Roger M. (2003) : Plural verb morphology in Vagla
[25632] Blench, Roger M. (2011) : Mwaghavul pluractional verbs
[26514] Blench, Roger M. (2013) : Mwaghavul expressives
[26567] Blench, Roger M. (2013) : Introduction to the Temein languages
[26571] Blench, Roger M. (2013) : Splitting up Kordofanian
[28105] Blench, Roger M. (2020) : The Phonology and Noun Morphology of Yi Kitʊlε, an Adamawa Language of East-Central Nigeria
[28282] Blench, Roger M. (2014) : An Introduction to Zul
[28473] Blench, Roger M. (2020) : The East Kainji languages of Central Nigeria
[28604] Blench, Roger M. (2018) : Nominal affixing in the Kainji languages of northwestern and central Nigeria
[28605] Blench, Roger M. (2018) : Nominal affixes and number marking in the Plateau languages of Central Nigeria
[28893] Blench, Roger M. (2022) : The relevance of Bantoid for the reconstruction of Proto-Bantu verbal extensions
[25824] Blench, Roger M. & Antony Ndamsai (2009) : An introduction to Kirya-Konzəl: A Central Chadic language of Eastern Nigeria
[25326] Blench, Roger M. & Daniel Gya (2011) : Rigwe Pronouns
[27901] Blench, Roger M. & Michael Bulkaam (2020) : An introduction to Mantsi, a South Bauchi language of Central Nigeria
[26772] Blench, Roger M. & Stuart McGill (2012) : The Kainji languages of Northwestern and Central Nigeria
[2595] Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1967) : Selected problems in noun morphology in the Aussa dialect of ‘Afar
[2596] Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1969) : ‘Afar nominals
[2602] Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1976) : Proportional relations and synchronic developments in ‘Afar morphology
[2603] Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1977) : A generative grammar study of Afar
[2605] Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1980) : Bible translation from SVO to SOV languages in Ethiopia
[2606] Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1981) : A generative grammar of Afar
[2607] Bliese, Loren Frecerick & Sokka Gignarta (1986) : Konso exceptions to SOV typology
[26205] Bliss, Heather (2009) : Comparing APPLs and Oranges: The Syntax of Shona Applicatives
[2609] Bloch, Ariel A. (1991) : Studies in Arabic syntax and semantics
[2613] Blois, Kornelis Frans de (1970) : The augment in Bantu languages
[2617] Blok, H. P. (1949) : Opmerkingen naar aanleiding van eenige Bantoe-werkwoordsformen
[2619] Blok, H. P. (1951) : Iets over die zogenaamde “geïntensiveerde” fonemen in het Ganda en Nyoro
[2628] Blommaert, Jan (1986) : Notes on the Bantu ku-prefix
[2631] Blommaert, Jan (1992) : Codeswitching and the exclusivity of social identities: some data from Campus Swahili
[26132] Blood, Cynthia L. (1999) : The Oku noun class system
[27348] Bloom Ström, Eva-Marie (2015) : The word order in Swahili adnominal constructions with locative demonstratives
[28439] Bloom Ström, Eva-Marie (2020) : The existential in Xhosa in relation to indefiniteness
[2639] Bloom, J. (1968) : Studies on child grammar
[2642] Blount, Ben G. (1969) : An outline of Luo grammar - Appendix A
[2641] Blount, Ben G. & Elise Padgug-Blount (19--) : Luo-English dictionary, with notes on Luo grammar
[28359] Blum, Mirella L. (2021) : On the nature of adjectives: evidence from Dinka
[2649] Boadi, Lawrence A. (1965) : Some Twi phrase structure rules
[2650] Boadi, Lawrence A. (1968) : Some aspects of Akan deep syntax
[2652] Boadi, Lawrence A. (1972) : The development of some affixes in the Bia and Central Akan subgroups of Tano
[2655] Boadi, Lawrence A. (1990) : Questions in Akan
[23656] Boadi, Lawrence A. (1975) : The associative in Akan: a semantic interpretation
[25221] Boadi, Lawrence A. (2008) : Tense, Aspect and Mood in Akan
[2659] Boakey, Paul (1982) : Syntaxe de l’achanti: du phonème à la phrase ségmentée
[26448] Bobuafor, Mercy (2013) : A grammar of Tafi
[26449] Bobuafor, Mercy (2009) : Noun classes in Tafi: A preliminary analysis
[27879] Bobuafor, Mercy (2018) : Separation events in Tafi language and culture
[27925] Bobuafor, Mercy (2020) : When numerals agree and don't agree: The case of Tafi
[2667] Boceguillas, J. deʼ (1922) : Notions grammaticales sur la langue galla ou oromo
[28837] Bochnak, M. Ryan (2018) : Two-place exceed comparatives in Luganda
[28225] Bochnak, M. Ryan & Martina Martinović (2019) : Optional past tense in Wolof
[28838] Bochnak, M. Ryan & Peter Klecha (2018) : Temporal remoteness and vagueness in past time reference in Luganda
[24574] Bode, Oduntan Gbolahan (2000) : Yoruba Clause Structure
[27291] Bodian, Lamine (2014) : Morphosyntaxe du guñaamolo, parler de baïnounk de Niamone
[27326] Bodian, Lamine (2017) : Morphosyntaxe du guñaamolo, parler de baïnounk de niamone
[2670] Bodomo, Adams B. (1993) : Dagaare syntax: a two-level X-bar account
[2671] Bodomo, Adams B. (1993) : Complex predicates and event structure: an intergrated analysis of serial verb constructions in the Mabia languages of West Africa
[2672] Bodomo, Adams B. (1994) : The noun class system of Dagaare: a phonology-morphology interface
[2675] Bodomo, Adams B. (1996) : Linguistic relativity and the Mabia temporal system: evidence from Dagaare and Dagbane
[2677] Bodomo, Adams B. (1997) : Paths and pathfinders: exploring the syntax and semantics of complex verbal predicates in Dagaare and other languages
[2679] Bodomo, Adams B. (1997) : The structure of Dagaare
[2680] Bodomo, Adams B. (1998) : Serial verb constructions as complex predicates in Dagaare and Akan
[2681] Bodomo, Adams B. (1999) : The syntax of serial verbs in Dagaare
[2682] Bodomo, Adams B. (2000) : Dàgáárè
[2684] Bodomo, Adams B. (2001) : The temporal systems of Dagaare and Dagbane: re-apraising the philosophy of linguistic diversity
[2686] Bodomo, Adams B. (2004) : The syntax of nominalized complex verbal predicates in Dagaare
[23675] Bodomo, Adams B. & Ken Hiraiwa (2004) : Relativization in Dagaare
[23485] Bodomo, Adams B. , Charles Ofosu Marfo , A. Cunningham & Sally Y. K. Mok (2006) : A Unicode keyboard for African languages: the case of Dagaare and Twi
[2689] Boeck, Egide de (1920) : Leçons élémentaires de lingala, suivies d’un vocabulaire et de conversations pratiques
[2690] Boeck, Egide de (1927) : Cours théorique et pratique de Lingala, avec vocabulaire et phrases usuelles
[2694] Boeck, Egide de (1940) : Tegenwoordige tijd in de congoleesche talen
[2696] Boeck, Egide de (1942) : Cours théorique et pratique de Lingala, avec vocabulaire et phrases usuelles
[2693] Boeck, J. de (1939) : Spraakkunst van het Lokonda [manuscrit remanié par N. van Everbroeck]
[2697] Boeck, L. B. de (1945) : Vergelijkende grammatica der Negertalen
[2702] Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : Les prépréfixes dans les langues bantoues du nord-ouest du Congo Belge
[2710] Boeck, L. B. de (1952) : Grammaire du mondunga (Lisala, Congo Belge)
[2711] Boeck, L. B. de (1952) : Manuel de lingala, tenant compte du langage parlé et du langage littéraire
[2714] Boeke, Johanna du Pisani (1976) : Konfrontative Untersuchungen zum Plural des Substantivs im Afrikaansen und im Deutschen
[2725] Bofula, Lobebe (1977) : Étude des performatifs en kesengele approche: sémantique générative
[2727] Bogers, Koen (1986) : A structural analysis of an Avokaya orphan tale: a preliminary investigation
[2728] Bogny, Yapo Joseph (1994) : Syntaxe du ngwla, langue kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[22607] Bogny, Yapo Joseph (2005) : La réduplication des verbes monosyllabiques dans les langues kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[2729] Bohas, Georges & J.-P. Guillaume (1984) : Études des théories des grammariens arabes
[3094] Böhm, Gerhard (1983) : Zwei Typen “ergativsprachlicher” Prädikation in tschadischen Sprachen
[3095] Böhm, Gerhard (1983) : Der Bau des Prädikats in den Agau-Sprachen
[3096] Böhm, Gerhard (1984) : Grammatik der Kunama-Sprache
[3097] Böhm, Gerhard (1985) : Khoe-Kowap: Einführung in die Sprache der Hottentotten, Nama-dialekt
[3100] Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Präfixkonjugation und Suffixkonjugation in den omotischen Sprachen
[3101] Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Leo Reinisch: ‘Das persönliche Fürwort und die Verbalflexion in den chamito-semitischen Sprachen’
[3103] Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Diskussionsbeitrag zu Reinischs Werk über das Kunama: einige Beobachtungen zum Bau des Prädikats
[3104] Böhm, Gerhard (1989) : Rekonstruktion des semitohamitischen Stativs in tschadischen Sprachen
[3105] Böhm, Gerhard (1991) : Zur Deklination des Nomens in den omotischen Sprachen
[3107] Böhm, Gerhard (1996) : Das “gebrochene” Femininum des Semitohamitischen
[27453] Bohnhoff, Lee & Mary Dalrymple (2018) : Applicatives in Ya̧g Dii: Morphological and syntactic implications
[2731] Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1971) : An outline of Duru phonology and grammar
[2732] Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1972) : Introduction à la phonologie et à la grammaire duru
[2735] Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1986) : Yag Dii (Duru) pronouns and possessive adjectives
[25379] Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (2010) : A description of Dii - Phonology, Grammar and Discourse
[2736] Bohnhoff, Lee Edward & Raymond Boyd (2003) : Les marqueurs de proposition en langue dii (yag dii)
[24673] Bohoussou, Amani (2008) : Lʼénoncé complexe du nànáfwɛ̂
[28169] Boilat, David [Abbé] (1858) : Grammaire de la langue woloffe
[26160] Bokamba, Eyamba G. (2012) : A Polylectal Grammar of Lingála and Its Theoretical Implications
[2738] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1974) : A counter example to Bach’s “questions”
[2739] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1975) : Observations on the immediate dominance constraint, topicalization and relativization
[2740] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : Relativization in Bantu languages revisited
[2742] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : Question formation in some Bantu languages
[2743] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : On the syntax and semantics of Wh-questions in Kikongo and Kiswahili
[2744] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : On the syntax and semantics of derivational verb suffixes in Bantu languages
[2748] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1977) : The impact of multilingualism on language structures: the case of central Africa
[2751] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1979) : Inversion as grammatical relation chaning rules in Bantu languages
[2758] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1985) : Verbal agreement as a noncyclic rule in Bantu
[2761] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1988) : Code-mixing, language variation and linguistic theory: evidence from Bantu languages
[2762] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1989) : Are there syntactic constraints on code-mixing?
[2769] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1993) : Language variation and change in pervasively multilingual societies: Bantu languages
[2745] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1976) : Papers on African linguistics
[2749] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Mallafe Dramé (1978) : Where do relative clauses come from in Mandingo?
[2760] Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Nkonko Mudipanu Kamwangamalu (1987) : The significance of code-mixing to linguistic theory: evidence from Bantu languages
[2737] Bokamba, G. D. (1971) : Specificity and definiteness in Dzamba
[2772] Bokula, F.-X. (1966) : Eléments de grammaire et de vocabulaire de la langue bodo
[2773] Bokula, F.-X. (1970) : La langue bodo: formes nominales
[2774] Bokula, F.-X. (1971) : Formes nominales et pronominales en mba
[2775] Bokula, F.-X. (1976) : La phrase mba: étude de sémantique générative
[2777] Bokula, F.-X. (1980) : Les prédicates non-verbaux en mba
[2778] Bokula, Moiso (1982) : Étude comparée des langues ndunga et mba (Zaïre)
[2779] Bokula, Moiso (1982) : A propos de l’application des règles transformationelles en kiswahili
[2780] Bokula, Moiso (1983) : Formes pronominales comparées en ndunga et mba
[2782] Bokula, Moiso (1983) : Le lingala au Zaire: défense et analyse grammaticale
[2790] Bokungulu, Bonsao wa Yotsi (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique: formes nominales et pronominales de la langue ndengese
[2791] Bolados Carter, A. (1---) : Elementos de la gramatica pamue
[2793] Bold, John D. (1951) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2795] Bold, John D. (1953) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2796] Bold, John D. (1955) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2797] Bold, John D. (1958) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2798] Bold, John D. (1964) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo, the lingua franca of southern Africa
[2799] Bold, John D. (1968) : Fanagalo: phrase-book, grammar, dictionary
[2800] Bold, John D. (1977) : Fanagalo: phrase-book, grammar, dictionary
[2801] Bold, John D. (1990) : Fanagalo: phrasebook, grammar, dictionary
[2803] Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1978) : Problématique des séries verbales avec application au gen
[2805] Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1983) : Systématique phonologique et grammaticale d’un parler ewe: le gen-mina du sud-Togo et sud-Bénin
[2807] Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1983) : La classification nominale en ega
[25290] Bôle-Richard, Rémy (2006) : Variations actancielles : la voix causative en Ega
[2813] Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1987) : El aumento o actualizador definido en lengua bubi
[2814] Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1991) : Curso de lengua bubi
[28580] Bollaert, Flore (2017) : The synchronic phonology and nominal morphology of Sagala (Bantu G39, Tanzania): A preliminary study
[28340] Bollaert, Flore , Sara Pacchiarotti & Koen Bostoen (2021) : The Noun Class System of Bwala, an Undocumented Teke Language from the DRC (Bantu, B70z)
[2815] Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1977) : Le créole français des Seychelles: esquisse d’un grammaire, textes, vocabulaire
[2817] Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1977?) : Le créole français des Seychelles: esquisse d’un grammaire, textes, vocabulaire
[28867] Bombay, Elaine (2010) : Enquête sociolinguistique sur les parlers Bayo, Morbo, Morom, and Bolong du Tchad
[2825] Bon, G. (1953) : Grammaire l’élé
[2827] Bona-Baisi, Ignace J. (1960) : Amateca g’oruhaya (gramatica)
[2829] Bonalumi, João (1965) : Lingua makua-lomwe-portuguàs
[2830] Bonato, Jasmin (1998) : Die Tempus-/Aspektsystem des Twi (Akan): eine Forschungsgeschichte
[23773] Bond, Oliver (2006) : A broader perspective on Point of View: logophoricity in Ogonoid languages
[25746] Bondarev, Dmitry (2010) : Complex clauses in Old Kanembu/LG
[28187] Bondarev, Dmitry (2021) : Absolute-relative tense in Old Kanembu: foregrounding by posterior taxis
[28474] Bondarev, Dmitry (2005) : In search of the Saharan inflectional verbal paradigms in Old Kanembu
[28750] Bondarev, Dmitry (2022) : Affix ki in Old Kanembu verbs: A backgrounding progressive-completive category
[25647] Bondarev, Dmitry , Philip J. Jaggar , Doris Löhr & Abba Isa Tijani (2011) : Differential subject marking in Kanuri. Agentivity, pragmatics, and split-intransitive
[25570] Bondéelle, Olivier (2012) : Alternations of emotion verb-noun roots in Wolof – Analogy between verbs and nouns
[25952] Bondéelle, Olivier (2011) : From Body to Emotion in Wolof: a Phraseology Process
[2832] Bongo, A. (1968) : Esquisse de phonologie et morphologie de la langue nkucu, dialecte ohendo
[2833] Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1940) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 1
[2834] Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1947) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 2
[2836] Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1952) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 3
[2837] Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1956) : Grammaire pounoue et lexique pounou-français
[2847] Bonvini, Emilio (1986) : De l’invariance à la variance: étude grammaticale du kàsim (Burkina Faso)
[2849] Bonvini, Emilio (1988) : Prédication et énonciation en kàsim
[2850] Bonvini, Emilio (1988) : Séquence de propositions en kasim
[2851] Bonvini, Emilio (1990) : La négation en kasim: facettes d’une asymétrie
[2852] Bonvini, Emilio (1992) : La construction sérielle: une structure cognitive? L’exemple du kasim (Burkina Faso)
[2854] Bonvini, Emilio (1997) : A propos de l’adjectif en kasim
[24272] Boone, Douglas , Mike Boling , Lamine Silue & Mary Anne Augustin (1999) : Enquête sur les dialectes mandé nord de Côte d'Ivoire
[2863] Bootaan, Cabdulqaadir F. (2003) : Mahuraan: “lama huraan waa caxska jiilaall”
[2864] Booysen, J. M. (1982) : Otjiherero: ’n volledige grammatika met oefeninge en sleutels in Afrikaans
[25571] Borchardt, Nadine (2012) : Agreement in Ikaan compound numerals
[25609] Borchardt, Nadine (2011) : A morphosyntactic categorization of Ikaan numerals
[25967] Borchardt, Nadine (2011) : The Numeral System of Ikaan,a Benue-Congo Language of Nigeria
[27745] Borchardt, Nadine (2012) : The verbal system in Gyeli
[2867] Borello, Mario (1939) : Grammatica di lingua galla, I: fonetica e morfologia
[2868] Borello, Mario (1995) : Vocabulario galla-italiano, italiano-galla
[2869] Borello, Mario (1995) : Dizionario oromo-italiano/Oromo-Italian dictionary
[2870] Borer, Hagit & Y. Aoun (Ed) (1981) : Theoretical issues in the grammar of Semitic languages
[2884] Borowsky, Toni (1995) : Hausa plurals and optimality
[2886] Bosch, Sonja E. (1985) : Subject and object agreement in Zulu
[2889] Bosch, Sonja E. (1995) : The nature of ‘possession’ in Zulu - a re-examination
[2891] Bosch, Sonja E. (1997) : Possible origins of the possessive particle -ka- in Zulu
[2893] Bosch, Sonja E. (2000) : On the conceptualization of possession in Zulu
[2894] Bosch, Sonja E. (2001) : Project on computational morphology (with special reference to Zulu) within the framework of human language technologies
[2896] Bosch, Sonja E. & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (2002) : ‘Abbreviated nouns’ in African languages: a morphological, semantic and lexicographic perspective
[2890] Bosch, Sonja E. & George Poulos (1996) : The categorial status of the possessive in Zulu: a new perspective
[2895] Bosch, Sonja E. & Laurette Pretorius (2002) : The significance of computational morphological analysis for Zulu lexicography
[2887] Bosch, Sonja E. & P. C. Taljaard (1989) : Handbook of IsiZulu
[26111] Bosch, Sonja E. , Laurette Pretorius & Axel Fleisch (2008) : Experimental Bootstrapping of Morphological Analysers for Nguni Languages
[27688] Bose, Paulin Baraka & Nico Nassenstein (2016) : Morphosyntactic core features of Kivu Swahili: A synopsis
[28350] Bossi, Madeline & Michael Diercks (2019) : V1 in Kipsigis: Head movement and discourse-based scrambling
[2911] Bostoen, Koen (1999) : Katanga Swahili: the particular history of a language reflected in her structure
[23244] Bostoen, Koen (2005) : Comparative notes on Bantu agent noun spirantization
[24639] Bostoen, Koen (2008) : Bantu Spirantization : Morphologization, lexicalization and historical classification
[28565] Bostoen, Koen (2019) : Reconstructing Proto-Bantu
[28888] Bostoen, Koen (2022) : An introduction to Reconstructing Proto-Bantu Grammar
[26630] Bostoen, Koen & Jean-Pierre Donzo Bunza (2013) : Bantu-Ubangi language contact and the origin of labial-velar stops in Lingombe (Bantu, C41, DRC)
[25272] Bostoen, Koen & Léon Mundeke (2011) : Passiveness and inversion in Mbuun (Bantu B87, DRC)
[26022] Bostoen, Koen & Léon Mundeke (2011) : The causative/applicative syncretism in Mbuun (Bantu B87, DRC): Semantic split or phonemic merger?
[27238] Bostoen, Koen & Léon Mundeke (2012) : Subject marking, object-verb order and focus in Mbuun (Bantu, B87)
[28556] Bostoen, Koen & Mark Van de Velde (2019) : Introduction
[28896] Bostoen, Koen & Rozenn Guérois (2022) : Reconstructing suffixal phrasemes in Bantu verbal derivation
[26088] Bostoen, Koen & Yolande Nzang-Bie (2010) : On how “middle” plus “associative/reciprocal” became “passive” in the Bantu A70 languages
[26223] Bostoen, Koen , Ferdinand Mberamihigo & Gilles‑Maurice De Schryver (2012) : Grammaticalization and subjectification in the semantic domain of possibility in Kirundi (Bantu, JD62)
[28887] Bostoen, Koen , Gilles-Maurice de Schryver , Rozenn Guérois & Sara Pacchiarotti (eds.) (2022) : On reconstructing Proto-Bantu grammar
[26609] Bostoen, Koen , Sebastian Dom & Guillaume Segerer (2015) : The antipassive in Bantu
[3113] Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1970) : Nexus et nominaux en basaá
[3115] Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1977) : L’adjectif qualicatif dans trois langues bantu du nord-ouest: duala, basaa, bulu
[3117] Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1985) : Les classes nominales en douálá
[2918] Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1997) : La nominalisation en yasa
[2919] Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1998) : Temps verbaux et aspects du yasa
[23847] Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1986) : Les substituts ou representants en ba sa a
[26726] Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (2011) : Les verbes dérivés du yasa
[26727] Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (2011) : Le préfixe nominal yasa
[2930] Botha, J. J. (1974) : Die kwalifikatief in Xhosa
[2931] Botha, J. J. (1975) : Die saamgestelde onderwerp in Xhosa
[2929] Botha, J. P. (1973) : Die adjektief as voorbepaling in Afrikaans
[2920] Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1920) : Grammar of Afrikaans
[2922] Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1923) : Afrikaanse grammatika
[2925] Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1938) : Practical Afrikaans for English-speaking students
[2926] Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1940) : Practical Afrikaans for English-speaking students
[2927] Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1950) : Practical Afrikaans for English-speaking students
[2933] Botha, Rudolf P. (1980) : Word-based morphology and synthetic compounding
[2937] Botha, Rudolf P. (1988) : Form and meaning in word formation: a study of Afrikaans reduplication
[2938] Botha, Rudolf P. (1988) : Semantic evidence against the autonomy of the lexicon
[2935] Botha, Thereza (1981) : Generalizations about synthetic compounding in Afrikaans
[2940] Botha, Willem J. (1996) : Spatial deixis in Afrikaans dictionaries
[2941] Botha, Willem J. (1997) : Mental contact: the category die ‘the’ in Afrikaans
[26033] Botne, Robert (2009) : The curious case of auxiliary –many’a in Lwitaxo
[26052] Botne, Robert (2006) : Motion, time, and tense: on the grammaticization of come and go to future markers in Bantu
[26239] Botne, Robert (2010) : Perfectives and perfects and pasts, oh my!: On the semantics of -ILE in Bantu
[28578] Botne, Robert (2019) : Chimpoto N14
[28502] Botne, Robert & Tiffany L. Kershner (2000) : Time, tense, and the perfect in Zulu
[2943] Botne, Robert Dale (1981) : On the nature of tense and aspect: studies in the semantics of temporal reference in English and Kinyarwanda
[2944] Botne, Robert Dale (1982) : La sémantique du temps en kinyarwanda
[2945] Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : The semantics of tense in Kinyarwanda
[2946] Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : La sémantique du temps en kinyarwanda
[2947] Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : On the notion “inchoative verb” in Kinyarwanda
[2949] Botne, Robert Dale (1987) : Semantics and pragmatics of tense in Kikerebe and Kinyarwanda
[2950] Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : The function of auxiliary -bá in Kinyarwanda
[2951] Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : Reconstruction of a grammaticalized auxiliary in Bantu
[2952] Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : Quelques remarques sur les roles du morpheme -ra-: une response a Y. Cadiou
[2953] Botne, Robert Dale (1989/90) : The historical relation of Cigogo to Zone J languages
[2954] Botne, Robert Dale (1990) : The origins of the remote future formatives in Kinyarwanda, Kirundi, Giha (J61)
[2956] Botne, Robert Dale (1991) : Variation and word formation in Proto-Bantu: the case of *-yikad-
[2960] Botne, Robert Dale (1993) : Differenciating the auxiliaries -ti and -va in Tumbuka (N.21)
[2964] Botne, Robert Dale (1995) : The pronominal origin of an evidential
[2965] Botne, Robert Dale (1998) : The evolution of future tenses from serial ‘say’ constructions in central eastern Bantu
[2968] Botne, Robert Dale (1999) : Future and distal -ka-’s: Proto-Bantu or nascent form(s)?
[2969] Botne, Robert Dale (2003) : Lega (Beya dialect) (D25)
[2970] Botne, Robert Dale (2003) : Dissociation in tense, realis and location in Chindali verbs
[2971] Botne, Robert Dale (2004) : Specificity in Lusaamia infinitives
[2972] Botne, Robert Dale (2005) : Cognitive schemas and motion verbs: ‘coming’ and ‘going’ in Chindali (Eastern Bantu)
[26423] Botne, Robert Dale (2014) : Resultatives, Remoteness, and Innovation in Eastern and Southern Bantu T/A Systems
[27056] Botne, Robert Dale (2010) : Three properties of temporal organization in Bantu T/A systems
[27551] Botne, Robert Dale (2006) : A Grammatical Sketch of the Lusaamia Verb
[2966] Botne, Robert Dale & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (1998) : Asymmetric corodination in Lega
[2962] Botne, Robert Dale & Kisanga Salama-Gray (1994) : A Lega and English dictionary, with an index to Proto-Bantu roots
[22622] Botne, Robert Dale & Rose Vondrasek (Ed) (2002) : Explorations in African linguistics: from Lamnso to Sesotho
[25675] Boucherit, Aziza (2011) : Arbitraire, motivation et référent dans des composés nominaux en berbère
[23910] Bouh Ma Sitna, Charles Lwanga (2004) : Le syntagme nominal du yasa
[2976] Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1994) : L’accord des adjectifs du protobantou en zone H
[2977] Boukar-Selim, Laumagi ga B. (19--) : Linguistique contrastive et didactique des langues: étude de grammaire contrastive de l’anglais, du français, et du ngambay (Tchad)
[24636] Boukari, Oumarou (2008) : Songhay-Zarma
[859] Boukhris, Fatima (1989) : Le verbe en tamazight: lexique et morphologie (parlers des Zemmours)
[25759] Boukhris, Fatima (2010) : La variation morphosyntaxique en amazighe – position et ordre des pronoms clitiques
[2983] Boum, Marie Anne (1980) : Le groupe menchum: morphologie nominale
[2984] Boum, Marie Anne (1981) : Le syntagme nominal en modele
[2985] Boum, Marie Anne (1983) : L’expression de la localisation en basaá
[14889] Boumalk, Abdallah (2004) : Manuel de conjugaison du tachelhit (langue berbère du Maroc)
[2986] Bouman, A. C. (1926) : Onderzoekingen over Afrikaanse sintaksis
[2988] Boungou, Pierre (19--) : Étude morphologique du bembe
[2991] Bouquiaux, Luc (1963) : Le parler birom de Du (Nigeria septentrional): phonologie et morphologie
[2994] Bouquiaux, Luc (1967) : Le système des classes nominales dans quelques languages (birom, ganawuri, anaguta, irigwe, kaje, rukuba) appartenant au groupe “Plateau” (Nigéria central) de la sous-famille Bénoué-Congo
[2997] Bouquiaux, Luc (1970) : La langue birom (Nigéria septentrional): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[3009] Bouquiaux, Luc (1981) : Le birom
[3004] Bouquiaux, Luc (Ed) (1980) : L’expansion bantoue: actes du colloque international du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Viviers 4-16 avril 1977
[3006] Bouquiaux, Luc , Larry Michael Hyman & Jan Voorhoeve (Ed) (1980) : Les classes nominales dans le bantou des Grassfields = L’expansion bantoue: actes du colloque international du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Viviers 4-16 avril 1977
[3017] Bourguet, Pierre du (1971) : Grammaire égyptienne, moyen empire pharaonique: méthode progressive basée sur les armatures de cette langue
[3018] Bourguet, Pierre du (1976) : Grammaire fonctionelle et progressive de l’Egyptien demotique
[3019] Bourguet, Pierre du (1980) : Grammaire égyptienne, moyen empire pharaonique: méthode progressive basée sur les armatures de cette langue
[3020] Bourquin, Walther (1922) : The prefix of the locative in Kafir
[3022] Bourquin, Walther (1927) : Die Sprache der Phuthi
[3024] Bourquin, Walther (1946) : The so-called article in Xhosa
[3025] Bourquin, Walther (1949) : The use of the demonstrative pronoun in Xhosa
[3028] Bourquin, Walther (1952) : Notes on the concords in Xhosa, Zulu and Sotho, their differences and general aspects
[3031] Boursier, Daniel , Jean Mokoto & Ursula Wiesemann (1984) : Les verbes en bangando
[28540] Boutin, Akissi Béatrice (2006) : Adpositions locatives en français de Côte d’Ivoire, en dioula et en baoulé
[3033] Boutin, Pierre (1981) : Éléments pour une systématique du fɔ́ndɔ́ndɔ́, parler “senoufo” du nord de la Côte d’Ivoire
[27280] Boutin, Pierre (1982) : Relations de détermination en fodonon (parler sénoufo de la région de Dikodougou, Côte d'Ivoire)
[27880] Boutwell, Richard L. (2018) : Speaker attitude and demonstrative choice in Ncane (Beboid)
[27933] Boutwell, Richard L. (2020) : A grammar of Nchane: A Bantoid (Beboid) language of Cameroon
[3037] Bowern, Claire & Victoria Lotridge (Ed) (2002) : Ndebele
[23066] Bowman, Heidi (1978) : A stratificational analysis of Hausa
[3039] Boyce, William Binnington (1956) : Grammar of the Kafir language
[3058] Boyd, Ginger (2000) : The role of tense and aspect in Mbodomo narrative discourse
[3043] Boyd, Raymond (1980) : Étude zandé (langue oubanguienne, dialecte de la République Centrafricaine)
[3048] Boyd, Raymond (1989) : Adamawa-Ubangi
[3050] Boyd, Raymond (1989) : Number systems in the Adamawa branch of Niger-Congo
[3053] Boyd, Raymond (1995) : Le zande
[3054] Boyd, Raymond (1995) : De l’expression et de l’expressivité en morphologie: analyse comparée de la dérivation verbale en zande et en nzakala
[24458] Boyd, Raymond (2004) : The syntax and semantics of the Chamba-Daka verbal noun
[24926] Boyd, Raymond (1999) : A Linguistic Sketch of Tiba (Gà), Part 1
[24927] Boyd, Raymond (1999) : A Linguistic Sketch of Tiba (Gà), Part 2
[25389] Boyd, Raymond (1999) : A Linguistic Sketch of Tiba (Gà)
[25748] Boyd, Raymond (2010) : Subordination from a Chamba-Daka perspective
[3052] Boyd, Raymond (Ed) (1995) : Le système verbal dans les langues oubanguiennes
[26746] Boyd, Raymond & Isa Sa’ad (2010) : A Chamba-English Dictionary
[3056] Boyd, Virginia L. (1997) : A phonology and grammar of Mbodomo
[1824] Boyeldieu, Pascal (2004) : Les pronoms logophoriques dans les langues d’Afrique centrale
[3062] Boyeldieu, Pascal (1975) : Études yakoma, langue du groupe oubanguien (RCA): morphologie, synthématique
[3065] Boyeldieu, Pascal (1980) : Niellim et tula (langues ‘adamawa’): concordances morphologiques (pluriels nominaux)
[3070] Boyeldieu, Pascal (1983) : Vestiges de suffixes de classes nominales dans les langues du groupe boua (Tchad - Adamawa 13 de J.-H. Greenberg)
[3071] Boyeldieu, Pascal (1985) : La langue lua (‘niellim’), groupe boua, Moyen-Chari, Tchad: phonologie, morphologie, dérivation verbale
[3075] Boyeldieu, Pascal (1987) : Les langues fer (“kara”) et yulu du nord Centrafricain: esquisses descriptives et lexiques
[3083] Boyeldieu, Pascal (1992) : La langue bagiro (République Centrafricaine): systématique, textes, lexique
[3087] Boyeldieu, Pascal (1995) : Le yakoma
[3089] Boyeldieu, Pascal (2000) : La langue bagiro (République Centrafricaine): systématique, textes, lexique
[24429] Boyeldieu, Pascal (2007) : Compound Verbs and Modalities of Process in Yulu (Central Sudanic)
[24629] Boyeldieu, Pascal (2008) : Dadjo-Sila
[24638] Boyeldieu, Pascal (2008) : Yulu
[24905] Boyeldieu, Pascal (2008) : Logophorique et imminence/immédiateté en yakoma
[26243] Boyeldieu, Pascal (2009) : Adjectifs et qualification en dadjo-Sila
[27786] Boyeldieu, Pascal (2020) : Central Sudanic
[28143] Boyeldieu, Pascal (2020) : Personal pronouns in Bua languages
[3078] Boyeldieu, Pascal & France Cloarec-Heiss (1989) : Les déterminations “directe” et “indirecte” du nom dans des langues d’Afrique centrale
[7109] Boyeldieu, Pascal & Pierre Nougayrol (2004) : Les marques personnelles des langues SBB : traits systématiques et perspectives historiques
[28139] Boyeldieu, Pascal , Raimund Kastenholz , Ulrich Kleinewillinghöfer & Florian Lionnet (2020) : The Bua group noun class system: looking for a historical interpretation
[3092] Boyi, Jean (1983) : Le munzombo (langue oubanguienne): étude du nom
[27419] Bøegh, Kristoffer Friis , Aymeric Daval-Markussen & Peter Bakker (2016) : A phylogenetic analysis of stable structural features in West African languages
[28463] Brack, Matthias & Marie-Goretti Musoni (2021) : Wörterbuch Kinyarwanda–Deutsch mit Einführung in Sprache und Grammatik.
[3122] Braconnier, Cassian (1989) : Dioula d’Odienné (parler de Samatiguila): dictionnaire et études de linguistique descriptive
[3124] Braconnier, Cassian (1990) : Le ‘morphème tonal d’énoncé incomplet’ du dioula d’Odienné
[3125] Braconnier, Cassian (1991) : La forme verbale en -rà du dioula d’Odienné
[3126] Braconnier, Cassian (1991) : Éléments de syntaxe du verbe en dioula d’Odienné
[3127] Braconnier, Cassian (1991) : Inaccompli neutre et infinitif en ká du dioula d’Odienné: constructions nominales ou constructions verbales?
[3128] Braconnier, Cassian (1992) : Dernières nouvelles d’Odienné: ka ‘infinitival’ mandingue est bel et bien un C!
[3129] Braconnier, Cassian (1992) : Encore le -rà d’Odienné
[3130] Braconnier, Cassian (1993) : Quelques aspects du passif mandingue dans sa version d’Odienné
[24241] Braconnier, Cassian (1987-88) : Ko/nko à Samatiguila
[24242] Braconnier, Cassian (1983) : L'inaccompli neutre en Dioula d'Odienné : construction nominale ou verbale ?
[3132] Bradfield, M. (1977) : It in Iraqw: an analysis of the object selector series of the Iraqw verb
[3134] Bradley, V. M. (1971) : Jibu narrative discourse structure
[3140] Bradshaw, Richard & Joel Bombo-Konghozaud (1997) : The Sango language and Central African culture, 1: basic concepts, grammar and vocabulary
[3145] Braga, Maria Luiza (1982) : Left-dislocation and topicalization in Capeverdean Creole
[3146] Braga, Maria Luiza (1987) : Deslocamentos para a esquerda e topicalizaçoes no crioulo caboverdiano
[28792] Branan, Kenyon & Colin Davis (2022) : Edges and extraction: Evidence from Chichewa
[27190] Brand, Roger (1999) : La langue wéménugbé
[3158] Brandon, Frank Roberts (1974) : The structure of the verb in Swahili
[3159] Brandon, Frank Roberts (1975) : A constraint on deletion in Swahili
[3190] Brassil, Dan (2003) : Patterns in Kirundi reduplication
[3196] Brauner, Siegmund (1973) : Probleme der Wortartenklassifizierung im Bambara und ihre Nutzung für die Lehre der Sprache
[3197] Brauner, Siegmund (1974) : Lehrbuch des Bambara
[3199] Brauner, Siegmund (1979) : Aktuelle Tendenzen der Entwicklung der Konkordanzbeziehungen im Swahili
[3207] Brauner, Siegmund (1990) : Zur Prosodik (Intensität) moderner Nominalkompositionen des Swahili
[3209] Brauner, Siegmund (1993) : Innovationsprozesse im Verbalsystem des Shona
[3210] Brauner, Siegmund (1995) : A grammatical sketch of Shona, with historical notes
[3211] Brauner, Siegmund (1998) : Die Bantuperfekt und sein Schicksal im Schona
[3213] Brauner, Siegmund (2000) : Die Mande-Sprachen: Gliederung, Strukturen
[3198] Brauner, Siegmund & Irmtraud Herms (1979) : Lehrbuch des modernes Swahili
[3193] Brauner, Siegmund & Joseph Kasella Bantu (1964) : Lehrbuch des Swahili
[3194] Brauner, Siegmund & Michael G. Ashiwaju (1965) : Lehrbuch der Hausa-Sprache
[3208] Brauner, Siegmund & Samson Huni (1993) : Einführung ins Schona
[3220] Breedveld, J. O. (1995) : Form and meaning in Fulfulde: a morphonological study of Maasinankore
[24914] Breedveld, J.O. (1995) : The semantic basis of noun class systems: the case of the Ki and Nge classes in Fulfulde
[3221] Breeze, Mary J. (1986) : Personal pronouns in Gimira (Benchnon)
[3223] Breeze, Mary J. (1990) : A sketch of the phonology and grammar of Gimira (Benchnon)
[3227] Bremicker, Ursula (1---) : Description systematique du waama (langue voltaïque du Benin): phonologie, grammaire
[3253] Bresnan, Joan (1990) : African languages and syntactic theories
[3254] Bresnan, Joan (1991) : Locative case vs. locative gender
[3256] Bresnan, Joan (1993) : Interaction between grammar and discourse in Chichewa (Bantu)
[3257] Bresnan, Joan (1994) : Locative inversion and the architecture of universal grammar
[3259] Bresnan, Joan (1995) : Category mismatches
[3260] Bresnan, Joan (1997) : Mixed categories and head sharing constructions
[3261] Bresnan, Joan & Adams B. Bodomo (1997) : A note on Dagaare action nominalization as mixed categories
[3251] Bresnan, Joan & Jonni M. Kanerva (1989) : Locative inversion in Chichewa: a case study in factorization in grammar
[3255] Bresnan, Joan & Jonni M. Kanerva (1992) : The thematic hierarchy and locative inversion in UG: a reply to Schachter’s comments
[3250] Bresnan, Joan & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (1988) : Applicatives in Kivunjo (Chaga): implications for argument structure and syntax
[3252] Bresnan, Joan & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (1990) : Object asymmetries in comparative Bantu syntax
[3245] Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1985) : Verb agreement in Chichewa
[3246] Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1986) : Grammatical and anaphoric agreement
[3247] Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3248] Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3249] Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3258] Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1995) : The lexical integrity principle: evidence from Bantu
[23418] Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1985) : On topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3262] Breton, F. H. le (1936) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3263] Breton, F. H. le (1937) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3264] Breton, F. H. le (1940) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3265] Breton, F. H. le (1941) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3266] Breton, F. H. le (1948) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3267] Breton, F. H. le (1951) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3268] Breton, F. H. le (1958) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3269] Breton, F. H. le (1968) : Up-country Swahili exercises (Swahili simplified), for the farmer, merchant, businessman and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country African
[3276] Briggs, K. (1972) : An introductory description of the Bete language
[26293] Brillman, Ruth (2013) : Second person agreement allomorphy in Masarak
[27156] Brindle, Jonathan (2017) : A dictionary and grammatical outline of Chakali
[24744] Brindle, Jonathan Allen (2009) : On the Identification of Noun Class and Gender Systems in Chakali
[27378] Brindle, Jonathan Allen (2015) : Waali plural formation: a preliminary study on variation in noun class realization
[27471] Brindle, Jonathan Allen (2015) : The multiple senses of sɔ in Sigu
[26152] Brindle, Jonathan Allen & Samuel Awinkene Atintono (2012) : A Comparative Study of Topological Relation Markers in Two Gur Languages: Gurenɛ and Chakali
[26998] Brindle, Jonathan , Mary Esther Kropp Dakubu & Ọbádélé Kambon (2015) : Kiliji, an unrecorded spiritual language of eastern Ghana
[28986] Brinneman, Carol & Neal Brinneman (eds.) (2015) : Lama – French – English Dictionary
[22916] Brinneman, Carol G. (1983) : La dichotomie thème-rhème dans un texte non-narratif godié
[22965] Brinneman, Carol G. (1983) : Prèmiers pas vers une grammaire sociale en godié
[23119] Brinneman, R. Neal (1983) : Rélations interpropositionelles temporelles dans le lama
[24555] Brinneman, Richard Neal (1978) : Une grammaire du lamba
[25027] Brisard, Frank & Michael Meeuwis (2009) : Present and perfect in Bantu: The case of Lingála
[26826] Brito, José António , Gabriela Matos & Fernanda Pratas (2015) : Comitative Coordination in Capeverdean
[3288] Brockelmann, Carl (1950) : Abessinische Studien
[23286] Brockelmann, Carl (1928) : Kurzgefasste vergleichende Grammatik der semitischen Sprachen: Elemente der Laut- und Formenlehre
[3289] Brockett, A. A. (1985) : The spoken arabic of Khâbûra on the Bâtina of Oman
[3290] Brockmann, Heinrich (1941) : Einführung in die Hererosprache
[3292] Broekman, Henry (1997) : African languages and syntactic generation
[3293] Brokensha, David W. (Ed) (1972) : Akwapim handbook
[27484] Broohm, Obed Nii (2017) : Noun Classification in Esahie
[28407] Broohm, Obed Nii (2019) : Lexical and Clausal Nominalization in Esahie: A Descriptive Account
[3297] Brooks, Bryan (1991) : Pluractional verbs in African languages
[3299] Broomfield, G. W. (1931) : The re-bantuization of the Swahili language
[3300] Broomfield, G. W. (1931) : Sarufi ya kiswahili
[3312] Bross, Michael (1988) : Materialen zur Sprache der Ndam von Dik (Rep. Tchad): Untersuchungen zur Phonologie und Morphologie
[24329] Bross, Michael (2006) : Factors for the Distribution of the Definite Article - A corpus based study on L1 and L2 Hausa from Maiduguri
[3322] Brousseau, Anne-Marie (1993) : Réalisations syntaxiques et représentations sémantiques des instruments en fongbè
[3320] Brousseau, Anne-Marie & John S. Lumsden (1992) : Nominal structures in Fongbe
[3342] Brown-Edminston, A. B. (1932) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bushonga or Bukuba language
[3338] Brown, D. Richard (1991) : Information focus in Kresh
[3341] Brown, D. Richard (1994) : Kresh
[27067] Brown, E. K. (1975) : Towards a case grammar of Twi
[3336] Brown, E. U. (1989) : The verbal system of the Emohua and the Igwarutura dialects of Ikwere: a comparative study
[3325] Brown, P. P. & T. Scragg (1948) : Common errors in Gold Coast English
[3327] Brown, S. (1958) : A Mende grammar with tones
[3347] Browne, Gerald M. (2002) : Grammar of Old Nubian
[22853] Brückner, Kathrin (1987) : The particle of contrast maa in Waama
[3348] Bruens, A. (1937) : A grammar of Lundu
[3350] Bruens, A. (1948) : Het Londo (Brits-Kameroen)
[28362] Bruggeman, Anna , Timo B. Roettger & Martine Grice (2017) : Question Word Intonation in Tashlhiyt Berber: Is ‘high’ good enough?
[25671] Brugnatelli, Vermondo (2011) : Négations, participes et figement en berbère: nouvelles hypothèses
[3358] Brungard, [Révérend] [Père] Antoine (1937) : Grammaire et dictionnaire kabrè
[3359] Brunner, Hellmut (1961) : Abriss der mittelägyptischen Grammatik zum Gebrauch in akademischen Vorlesungen
[3361] Brunner, Hellmut (1967) : Abriss der mittelägyptischen Grammatik zum Gebrauch in akademischen Vorlesungen
[3363] Brunner, Hellmut (1979) : An outline of Middle Egyptian grammar, for use in academic instruction
[3365] Brunner, Hellmut & Boyo G. Ockinga (1998) : A concise grammar of Middle Egyptian: an outline of Middle Egyptian grammar
[3366] Brunner, Hellmut & Boyo G. Ockinga (1998) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik: Abriss der mittelägyptischen Grammatik von Hellmut Brunner in Neubearbeitung
[3367] Bruno, Biancamaria (1980) : La derivazione in somalo
[3368] Bruno, Biancamaria (1984) : Notes on denominal verbal derivation in Somali
[3370] Brunot, Louis (1950) : Introduction à l’arabe marocain
[3372] Brustad, Kristen E. (2000) : The syntax of spoken Arabic: a comprehensive study if Moroccan, Egyptian, Syrian and Kuwaiti dialects
[3378] Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1937) : The “archaic” perfect tense in old and modern Swahili
[3385] Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1955) : The verb in the Tama and Didinga groups
[3388] Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1968) : The *N/*K languages of Africa
[3389] Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1971) : The verb classes in the East Saharan languages
[24937] Bryant, Michael (2007) : -Ni as a Marker of Discourse Resolution in Tirmaga
[22986] Bryant, Michael Grayson (1999) : Aspects of Tirmaga grammar
[27191] Bryant, Michael , Barari Siralugu , Kite Siralugu , Barlusa Olekurɔbhatɔ & Olerɛghɛ Munyagi (2011) : A Brief Grammar of the Suri Language
[23063] Brye, Elizabeth (1991) : Feature marking peak in Hausa folk tales
[3406] Bryson, S. M. (1940) : Nandi grammar with sentences showing the various parts of speech
[3408] Brzuski, Witold K. (1967) : Les verbes amhariques en contexte guèze dans les chroniques royales éthiopiennes
[3410] Buba, Malami (1997) : Deixis (demonstratives and adverbials) in Hausa
[3411] Buba, Malami (1997) : The deictic particle DIN in Hausa
[3412] Buba, Malami (2000) : The pragmatics of addressee-based Hausa demonstratives
[3413] Buba, Malami (2000) : On the deictic features of speaker-based Hausa demonstratives
[3409] Buba, Malami & Philip John Jaggar (1994) : The space and time adverbials NAN/CAN in Hausa: cracking the deictic code
[3415] Buchanan, Patricia (1996/97) : The Munukutuba noun class system
[3414] Buchanan, Patricia & Jeannine Wadlegger (1974) : Concord in Tswana locatives
[3418] Buck, Adriaan de (1944) : Egyptische grammatica
[3419] Buck, Adriaan de (1952) : Grammaire elementaire du moyen egyptienne
[3420] Buckley, Eugene (1993) : Edge-in association and OCP ‘violations’ in Tigrinya
[3436] Budge, Ernst Alfred Wallis (1951) : Egyptian language: easy lessons in Egyptian hieorglyphics with sign list
[3437] Buell, Leston (2000) : Swahili relative clauses
[3438] Buell, Leston (2002) : Swahili amba-less relatives without head movement
[24751] Buell, Leston (2009) : Evaluating the Immediate Postverbal Position as a Focus Position in Zulu
[25214] Buell, Leston (2005) : Issues in Zulu Verbal Morphosyntax
[24693] Buell, Leston & Mariame Sy (2006) : Affix Ordering in Wolof Applicatives and Causatives
[26026] Buell, Leston Chandler (2012) : Class 17 as a non-locative noun class in Zulu
[26071] Buell, Leston , Jenneke van der Wal & and Kristina Riedel (2011) : What the Bantu languages can tell us about word order and movement
[3441] Bugingo, T. B. M. (1980) : Some dependency relations between verbs and nouns in Haya
[3442] Bugingo, T. B. M. (1989) : The -an- morpheme in Swahili
[26533] Bulakh, Maria (2014) : Multiple Exponence in the Long Prefix Conjugation of the Transversal South Ethio-Semitic Languages
[3455] Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Notions de grammaire: dialecte kinuni, parlé à bandundu
[3456] Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Notions de grammaire et début de vocabulaire de kisaghata
[3461] Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1949) : Manuel de linguistique bantoue
[3476] Bulley, M. W. (1925) : A manual of Nyanja, as spoken on the shores of Lake Nyasa, for the use of beginners
[3478] Bunduki, P. (1965) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue pheende
[24395] Bunkheti, Kifindi (1997) : Recherches en grammaire du suku, langue bantu (H.32) de la vallée du Kwango (Angola-Kongo (Zaïre))
[3480] Bunkowske, Eugene Walter (1976) : Topics in Yala grammar
[3481] Bunkowske, Eugene Walter (1976) : What’s a word?
[3483] Burbridge, A. (1938) : The use of the ideophone
[3484] Buret, M.-T. (1944) : Cours gradué d’arabe marocain
[3485] Buret, M.-T. (1952) : Cours gradué d’arabe marocain: grammaire, prononciation, vocabulaire, exercises
[3487] Burgers, M. P. O. (1963) : Teach yourself Afrikaans
[3488] Burk, Ellen I. (1940) : A small handbook of the Kilega language
[27034] Burkholder, Ross (2017) : The syntactic structure of negation in Ndebele
[3490] Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1976) : A comparison of variable nouns in Anyi-Sanvi and Nzema
[22913] Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1983) : Volta-Bandama language structures
[22958] Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1988) : Personal pronouns in Anyi and related languages
[26861] Burns, Roslyn (2013) : Abo Optional Anti-Agreement
[3493] Burns, S. J. (1947) : Unpublished notes towards a grammar of the Koma language
[3495] Burquest, Donald A. (1972) : A grammar of Angas
[3498] Burquest, Donald A. (1981) : Evidence for object-verb ordering in Chadic
[3499] Burquest, Donald A. (1986) : The pronoun system of some Chadic languages
[3500] Burquest, Donald A. (1989) : A note on Hausa plurals
[3501] Burquest, Donald A. (1999) : Is there PRO in Hausa? Ganii yaa fi jiì
[23044] Burquest, Donald A. (1992) : An introduction to the use of aspect in Hausa narratives
[3504] Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het luba: het ‘hoofdtelwoord’
[3505] Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Tonologisch onderzoek van de copula di in het tshiLuba
[3506] Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Het partikel -A in het tshiLuba
[3507] Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het aanwijzend woord in het tshiLuba
[3508] Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het substitutieve pronomen in het tshiLuba
[3515] Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1952) : Le numéraux en amashi
[3517] Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1954) : Inleiding tot de studie van de Kongolese bantoetalen/Introduction à l’étude des langues bantoues du Congo Belge
[3518] Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1969) : Problemen en inventarisatie van de verbale strukturen in het Dho Alur (Nordoost-Kongo)
[3519] Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1969) : Die konnektieve konstruktie in het Swahili
[3520] Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1971) : Die possessiefe konstruktie in het Swahili
[3525] Burton, G. S. M. (1934) : Sudan Arabic notebook
[3526] Burton, Michael & Lorraine Kirk (1976) : Semantic reality of Bantu noun classes: the Kikuyu case
[3531] Busse, Joseph (1943) : Lautlehre und Grammatik des Nyiha (Deutsch-Ostafrika)
[3532] Busse, Joseph (1960) : Die Sprache der Nyiha in Ostafrika
[3539] Buth, Randall (1981) : Ergative word order: Luwo is OVS
[3540] Buthelezi, Qedusizi Elizabeth (1995) : South African Black English: lexical and syntactic characteristics
[3544] Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1966) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue ngwii
[3545] Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1970) : Esquisse de grammaire de lingala
[3546] Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre & Achille Emiel Meeussen (1971) : Notes mbuum, non-publié
[3554] Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa & Sarah Tenenbaum (1976) : Agreement and word order: a case for pragmatics in Haya
[3557] Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , Alessandro Duranti & Larry Michael Hyman (Ed) (1977) : Haya grammatical structure: phonology, grammar, discourse
[3552] Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , U. A. Turuka & Saida Yahya-Othman (1973) : Some notes on force and instrument in Swahili and Haya: a comparative survey
[3560] Bynoe-Andriolo, Esla Y. & Mohamed Sorie Yillah (1975) : Predicative clefting in Afro-European creoles
[3563] Bynon, Theodora & Michael Mann (1973) : Papers on ‘Comparative Bantu’: an introduction
[23717] Byrd, Steven (2005) : Calunga, an Afro-Brazilian speech of the Triângulo Mineiro: its grammar and history
[3572] Cachia, Pierre (1974) : Al-Arif: a dictionary of grammatical terms, Arabic-English, English-Arabic
[3575] Cadi, Kaddour (1987) : Système verbal rifain: forme et sens
[3576] Cadiou, Yves (1983) : La structure du mot en kiyarwanda
[3577] Cadiou, Yves (1985) : Sur un problème de syntaxe: la relation verbe-complément en kinyarwanda
[3578] Cadiou, Yves (Ed) (1985) : Le kinyarwanda: études de morpho-syntaxe
[3580] Cadwell, R. (1955) : Chinyanja simplified
[3581] Caeneghame, R. van (1943) : Het prefix ka-tu in Luba
[3582] Caeneghame, R. van (1946) : Het prefix ku
[26165] Caesar, Regina Oforiwah (2012) : Negation in Dangme
[28825] Caesar, Regina Oforiwah & Yvonne Akwele Amankwaa Ollennu (2018) : A morphosyntactic analysis of adjectives in two Kwa languages: Ga and Dangme
[26144] Cahill, Michael (2012) : Polar Question Intonation in Kɔnni
[3595] Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2000) : The phonology of Konni verbs
[3598] Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2000/01) : Noun classes and phonology in Konni
[24739] Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2009) : Konni Vowel Feature Spread across Consonants
[23067] Cain, Bruce (1991) : A discourse analysis of the Hausa fable ‘The hyena and the drum’
[3602] Caitucoli, Claude (1978) : Schèmes tonals et morphologie du verbe en masa
[3604] Caitucoli, Claude (1986) : Douze contes masa, avec une introduction grammaticale
[3605] Calabrese, A. (1987) : Focus structure in Berber: a comparative analysis with Italian
[3606] Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1963) : Syntaxe des particules ‘subordinatives’ en dogon
[3608] Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1967) : Essai d’étude stylistique d’un texte dogon
[3612] Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1972) : L’expression du temps en dogon de Sanga
[24065] Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1956) : Les dialectes dogon
[24066] Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1963) : Le verbe dogon
[3616] Calice, F. (1928) : Die Entstehung der koptischen Eigenschaftsverben
[3619] Callender, John B. (1975) : Afroasiatic cases and the formation of Ancient Egyptian constructions with possessive suffixes
[3620] Callender, John B. (1975) : Middle Egyptian
[3621] Callender, John B. (1984) : Studies in the nominal sentence in Egyptian and Coptic
[3624] Callinan, Lynne (1986) : Sentence constructions in Avokaya
[3625] Callow, John C. (1965) : Kasem nominals: a study in analysis
[3628] Callow, John C. (1971) : Derivation in Kasem
[3627] Callow, Kathleen (1966) : Preliminary notes on serial constructions in Kasem
[23014] Callow, Kathleen (1968) : A hierarchical study of neutralization in Kasem
[3629] Calonne-Beaufaict, A. de (19--) : Les Ababua
[3630] Calteaux, K. V. (1987) : Die demonstratief in Noord-Sotho
[23699] Calteaux, Karen (1996) : Standard and non-standard African language varieties in the urban areas of South Africa
[26379] Camara, Dramane (1975) : Étude du système de conjugaison en maninka
[3635] Camara, Joseph (1---) : Essai d’une description morphosyntaxique du constituant verbal en malinke de Guinée
[26380] Camara, Sékou (1976) : Étude d'une variante dialectale du maninka : le sankarankan de Faranah
[3638] Camburn, Janet K. (1984) : A relational grammar approach to Kera syntax
[3644] Cammenga, Jelle (2002) : Phonology and morphology of Ekegusii, a Bantu language of Kenya
[23577] Cammenga, Jelle (2002) : Igikuria phonology and morphology, a Bantu language of south-west Kenya and north-west Tanzania
[3643] Cammenga, Jillert (1994) : Kuria phonology and morphology
[26992] Campbell, Akua A. (2014) : Motion expression in Gã narratives
[3647] Campbell, Richard (1988) : Verbal inflection in Kwawu Akan
[3648] Campbell, Richard (1992) : Serial verbs and unaccusativity
[3649] Campbell, Richard (1998) : A note on subject clitics in Akan
[3651] Cancella, Luíz (1920) : Elementos para o estudo do Kimbundu
[3655] Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3656] Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3657] Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : Subclasses of Zulu nouns
[3658] Canonici, Noverino N. (1991) : Xhosa and Zulu compared: a simple intrductin to Xhosa from a Zulu point of view
[3659] Canonici, Noverino N. (1991) : A manual of comparative Bantu studies
[3660] Canonici, Noverino N. (1992) : Swati and Zulu compared: Swati from a Zulu point of view
[3661] Canonici, Noverino N. (1993) : A manual of comparative Bantu studies
[3662] Canonici, Noverino N. (1993) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3663] Canonici, Noverino N. (1994) : The Nguni languages: a simple presentation and comparison of Zulu, Xhosa and Swati
[3664] Canonici, Noverino N. (1994) : Elements of Zulu morpho-syntax
[3668] Cantineau, Jean (1946) : Les parlers arabes du Hôrân: notions générales, grammaire
[3670] Cantrell, J. V. (1946) : Some aspects of Mpondo and its relation to Xhosa and Zulu
[3671] Cantrell, J. V. (1967) : The verbal root in Xhosa, its component radicals and extensions
[3672] Cantrell, J. V. (1969) : The verbal root in Xhosa, its component radicals and extensions
[3673] Cantrell, J. V. (1972) : The shape of the Xhosa root as it occurs in the verbal stem ; part 1
[3674] Cantrell, J. V. (1973) : The shape of the Xhosa root as it occurs in the verbal stem ; part 2
[3675] Cantrell, J. V. (1974) : Some characteristics of Mpondo
[3676] Cantrell, J. V. (1975) : The relationship between Mpondo and Xesibe dialects
[3677] Canu, Gaston (1967) : Les classes nominales en mò:re
[3680] Canu, Gaston (1973) : Description synchronique de la langue mò:ré (dialecte de Ouagadougou)
[3681] Canu, Gaston (1976) : La langue mò:re, dialecte de Ouagadougou, Haute-Volta: description synchronique
[3682] Canu, Gaston (1981) : Le mò:re
[24278] Canut, Cécile (1996) : Instabilité des usages et non fermeté du système manding au Mali
[3698] Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1987) : Renaissance du gbe (une langue de l’Afrique occidentals): réflexions critiques et constructives sur l’eve, le fon, le gen, l’aja, le gun
[3701] Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1989) : Defoid
[3712] Caponigro, Ivano (2003) : Unbalanced coordination in Maasai
[3718] Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1972) : Études et documents sara-bongo-baguirmiens
[3735] Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1981) : Le mbai-moïssala
[3743] Carden, Guy (1993) : The Mauritian Creole lekor reflexive: substrate influence on the target-location parameter
[3744] Cardinall, Alan Wolsey (1920) : The natives of the northern territories of the Gold Coast
[24624] Cardona, Giorgio Raimondo (1977) : Profilo della lingua nzema
[3755] Carlin, Eithne B. (1993) : Das So: eine Kuliak-Sprache aus Uganda
[3756] Carlin, Eithne B. (1993) : The So language
[3759] Carlson, Robert J. (1991) : Grammaticalization of postpositions and word order in Senufo languages
[3760] Carlson, Robert J. (1992) : Narrative, subjunctive and finiteness
[3761] Carlson, Robert J. (1994) : A grammar of Supyire
[3763] Carlson, Robert J. (2000) : Event-views and transitivity in the Supyire verbal system
[23032] Carlson, Robert J. (1993) : A sketch of Jo: a Mande language with a feminine pronoun
[23034] Carlson, Robert J. (1998) : Wuu supyire sem? Ecrivons le supyiré: orthographe er grammaire pratiques du supyiré de Kampolondougou
[23550] Carlson, Robert J. (2003) : Reflexives and reciprocals in Supyire
[3764] Carmichael, Lesley (1999) : The morphosyntactic structure of NPs in Ronga
[3770] Carnochan, Jack (1962) : The category of number in Igbo grammar
[3773] Carnochan, Jack (1970) : Categories of the verbal piece in Bachama
[3778] Caron, Bernard (1986) : Les accomplis I et II du haoussa et la subordination
[3779] Caron, Bernard (1987) : Description d’un parler haoussa de l’Ader (République du Niger)
[3780] Caron, Bernard (1987) : Classes verbales et extensions en haoussa de l’Ader
[3781] Caron, Bernard (1987) : Quelques perspectives sur le causatif haoussa fournies par le dialecte de l’Ader
[3782] Caron, Bernard (1988) : Passif et types de procès en haoussa
[3783] Caron, Bernard (1989) : The verbal system of Ader Hausa
[3784] Caron, Bernard (1989) : A propos de l’“accompli” haoussa et des perfecto-prèsents dans quelques langues d’Afrique de l’Ouest et d’ailleurs
[3786] Caron, Bernard (1990) : La négation en haoussa
[3787] Caron, Bernard (1990) : Note sur le ba final de l’accompli négatif en haoussa
[3788] Caron, Bernard (1991) : Le haoussa de l’Ader
[3790] Caron, Bernard (1998) : La focalisation
[3792] Caron, Bernard (2000) : Assertion et préconstruit: topicalisation et focalisation dans les langues africaines
[24049] Caron, Bernard (2001) : Guus, aka Sigidi (Chadic, West-B, South-Bauchi): Grammatical notes and vocabulary
[24050] Caron, Bernard (2002) : Dott, aka ZoDi: Grammatical notes, vocabulary, text
[24430] Caron, Bernard (2005) : Za:r (Dictionary, grammar, texts)
[24431] Caron, Bernard (2006) : South-Bauchi West Pronominal and TAM Systems
[24459] Caron, Bernard (2006) : Condition, topic and focus in African languages: why conditionals are not topics
[25409] Caron, Bernard (2008) : Bu:, aka Zaranda (Chadic, South-Bauchi West): Wordlist and Grammatical Notes
[26797] Caron, Bernard (2014) : Number in South-Bauchi West languages (Chadic, Nigeria)
[3791] Caron, Bernard (Ed) (2000) : Topicalisation et focalisation dans les langues africaines
[3797] Carreira, António & João Basso Marques (1947) : Subsídios para o estudo da língua Manjaca
[3800] Carrell, Patricia L. (1970) : A transformational grammar of Igbo
[3811] Carrington, John F. (1949) : Esquisse de la langue mba (kimanga)
[3818] Carrington, John F. (1972) : Esquisse de grammaire lokele, non-publié
[3820] Carrington, John F. (1977) : Esquisse morphologique de la langue likile (Haut-Zaïre)
[3824] Carstens, Vicky May (1985) : Wh-movement in Yoruba
[3825] Carstens, Vicky May (1986) : Proper government in Yoruba
[3826] Carstens, Vicky May (1986) : Proper government in Yoruba
[3827] Carstens, Vicky May (1991) : The syntax and morphology of determiner phrases in Kiswahili
[3828] Carstens, Vicky May (1993) : On nominal morphology and DP structure
[3829] Carstens, Vicky May (1997) : Empty nouns in Bantu locatives
[3831] Carstens, Vicky May (2005) : Agree and EPP in Bantu
[3830] Carstens, Vicky May & Frederick Parkinson (Ed) (1999) : Advances in African linguistics: papers presented at the 28th annual conference on African linguistics, held July 18-22, 1977, Cornell University
[3832] Carter, Hazel (19--) : An outline grammar of Tonga
[3833] Carter, Hazel (19--) : Conversational Shona
[3837] Carter, Hazel (1964) : Some problems of double prefix distribution in Northern Rhodesian Tonga
[3839] Carter, Hazel (1970) : Consonant reinforcement and Kongo morphology
[3843] Carter, Hazel (1973) : Syntax and tone in Kongo
[3846] Carter, Hazel (1974) : Negative structures in the tone-phrasing system of Kongo
[3855] Carter, Hazel (1987) : Kongo language course = Maloïngi makikongo: a course in the dialect of Zoombo, northern Angola
[25240] Carter, Hazel (2002) : An Outline of Chitonga Grammar
[3849] Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1979) : Kuverenga chishóna: an introductory Shona reader with grammatical sketch
[3852] Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1981) : Shona language course
[3854] Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1986) : Kuverenga chishóna: an introductory Shona reader with grammatical sketch
[3840] Carter, Hazel & João Makondekwa (1970) : Kongo course/Maloongi makikoongo (dialect of Zoombo, Angola)
[3856] Carteron, Michel (1966) : Essai de grammaire de la langue baoulé
[3857] Carteron, Michel (1972) : Étude de la langue baoulé
[3858] Carteron, Michel (1975) : Étude de la langue baoulé
[3859] Carton Dibeth, Catherine (1988) : Manuel de conversation, somali-français, suivi d’un guide de Djibouti
[23015] Casali, Roderic F. (1995) : An overview of the Nawuri verbal system
[3870] Casalis, [J.] Eugène (1930) : Sesuto and English exercises
[3872] Casalis, [J.] Eugène (1938) : Sesuto and English exercises
[27877] Casaretto, Antje , Gerrit J. Dimmendaal , Birgit Hellwig , Uta Reinöhl & Gertrud Schneider-Blum (2020) : Roots of Ergativity in Africa (and Beyond)
[23740] Casimir, Katia Kamara (1988) : Lexicon der Tagbana-Sprache
[3878] Cassett, A. (192-) : Citonga grammar and vocabulary for use of settlers between Livingstone and Kafue
[28610] Cassetta, Peter & Lydia Cassetta (1994) : The Ugare noun class system
[3892] Castelain, J. (1952) : La langue guerzé
[3893] Castellino, Giorgio (1975) : Gender in Cushitic
[3894] Castellino, Giorgio (1978) : The case system of Cushitic in relation to Semitic
[3896] Castro, [Padre] Francisco Manuel de (1933) : Apontamentos sobre a língua èmakua: gramática, vocabulário, contos e dialecto de Angoche
[3897] Castro, [Padre] Francisco Manuel de (1934) : Apontamentos da língua emacua
[27894] Catling, Amy & Maarten Mous (2019) : Using a discourse adverb to correct expectations an analysis of mak in Iraqw: an analysis of mak in Iraqw
[3901] Caubet, Dominique (1986) : Les deux parfaits en arabe marocain
[3902] Caubet, Dominique (1993) : L’arabe marocain
[3903] Caumartin, P. B. (1---) : Runyoro grammar
[3906] Cavallera, Giovanni (1939) : Grammatica della lingua oromo
[3910] Cele, John F. (1973) : Nasi-ke isiZulu/So this is Zulu! A basic Zulu grammar suitable for higher primary and junior secondary pupils
[3911] Cellier, P. (1985) : Resumé des règles syntaxiques du creole réunionnais
[3913] Centis, Gino (1985) : Método macua
[3915] Cernicenko, A. S. (1969) : Soglasovatel’nye modeli i sistema imenych klassov v jazyke Luganda [Congruence model and system of nominal classes in Luganda]
[3916] Cernicenko, A. S. (1969) : Klassy v jazyke Luganda [Classes in the Luganda language]
[3917] Cerny, Jaroslav (1950?) : On the origin of the Egyptian conjunctive
[3919] Cerny, Jaroslav , Sarah Israelit-Groll & Christopher Eyre (1975) : A late Egyptian grammar
[3921] Cerny, Jaroslav , Sarah Israelit-Groll & Christopher Eyre (1978) : A late Egyptian grammar
[3922] Cerny, Jaroslav , Sarah Israelit-Groll & Christopher Eyre (1984) : A late Egyptian grammar
[3923] Cerny, Jaroslav , Sarah Israelit-Groll & Christopher Eyre (1993) : A late Egyptian grammar
[3928] Cerulli, Enrico (1931/34) : Le mode relatif dans les langues couchitiques
[3942] Cerulli, Enrico (1948/51) : Sur la conjugaison en couchitique
[3945] Cerulli, Enrico (1971) : Note sul linguaggio cuscitico dei Kambatta
[3950] Chaara, Fadoua (2003) : Die interaktion der Aspektsemantik mit dem Lexikon im Marokkanisch-Arabischen
[3954] Chafulumira, E. W. (1966) : Grammar wa Chinyanja
[3956] Chagas, Jeremy E. (1977) : The preprefix
[3958] Chaine, Marius (1933) : Éléments de grammaire dialectale copte
[3960] Chaine, Marius (1938) : Grammaire éthiopienne
[3961] Chaine, Marius (1938/42) : Notions de langue égyptienne
[3962] Chaker, Salem (1973/79) : Les racines berbères trilitères à 3ème radicale alternante
[3964] Chaker, Salem (1978) : Un parler berbère d’Algerie (Kabylie): syntaxe
[3965] Chaker, Salem (1983) : Un parler berbère d’Algerie (Kabylie): syntaxe
[3968] Chaker, Salem (1995) : Linguistique berbère: études de syntaxe et de diachronie
[7630] Chaker, Salem (2004) : Les paradigmes personnels du berbère
[23136] Chaker, Salem (1996) : Manuel de linguistique berbère II: syntaxe et diachronie
[23178] Chaker, Salem (1995) : Données exploratoires en prosodie berbère, 2: intonation et syntaxe en kabyle
[23179] Chaker, Salem (1997) : Quelques faits de grammaticalisation dans le système verbal berbère
[23180] Chaker, Salem (1996) : Remarques préliminaires sur le négation en berbère
[3970] Chaker, Salem & Andrzej Zaborski (Ed) (2000) : Études berbères et chamito-sémitiques: mélanges offerts à Karl-G. Prasse
[3969] Chaker, Salem & Dominique Caubet (Ed) (1996) : La négation en berbère et en arabe maghrébin
[25760] Chakiri, Malika (2010) : La locution nominale en tamazighte, aspects morphologique et syntaxique
[3973] Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (1986) : L’accentuation du verbal en shindzuani (anjouanais, Iles Comores)
[3976] Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (199-) : Comorien
[3977] Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (1991) : Le shindzuani (Comores): phonologie, morphologie, lexique
[3978] Chamberlain, G. D. (1930) : A brief account of the Brissa language
[3979] Chamora, Berhanu & Robert Hetzron (2000) : Inor
[3982] Chanakira, Elijah J. (196-) : Shona grammar for junior secondary schools
[3987] Chanda Chibila, Musamba (1975) : Éléments de grammaire générative et transformationnelle de la langue nkore
[3983] Chanda, Musamba V. (1986) : Notes on Wongo phonology and morphology
[3989] Chanfi, Djae Ahamada (1990) : Le syntagme nominal en comorien
[3990] Chanfi, Djae Ahamada (1991) : Les formes verbales fléchies du comorien
[3991] Chantoux, R. P. A. (1954) : Essai de grammaire gourmantché
[3993] Chantoux, R. P. A. , A. Gontier & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1968) : Grammaire gourmantché
[3994] Chaphole, S. R. (1988) : A study of the auxiliary in Sesotho
[3995] Chaphole, S. R. (1992) : The tense system of Southern Sotho
[3997] Charette, Monik (1982) : La construction associative en bété de Gbadi
[3998] Charette, Monik (1982) : Les traits morpho-syntaxiques (des dialectes dida)
[4000] Charles-Luce, Jan (1986) : Comparison in Bambara: an infinitival verb phrase
[4001] Chataignier, A. (1951) : La conception malinké de la personnalité humaine révélée par l’usage des possessifs
[27527] Chavula, Jean (2018) : The polysemy of the neuter extension -ik in Citumbuka (N21) and Citonga (N15)
[26930] Chavula, Jean Josephine (2016) : Verbal derivation and valency in Citumbuka
[27919] Chavula, Jean Josephine (2020) : The polysemy of the reciprocal extension -an- in Citumbuka (N21)
[4013] Chawner, C. A. (1938) : Step by step Thonga: a series of lessons in the Thonga language
[4015] Chebanne, Andy M. (1991) : Étude contrastive des constructions verbales en tswana et en français
[4016] Chebanne, Andy M. (1993) : A Kalanga summary grammar
[4021] Chebanne, Andy M. (1996) : Intersuffixing in Setswana
[4024] Chebanne, Andy M. (2000) : The Sebirwa language: a synchronic and diachronic account
[23605] Chebanne, Andy M. (1992) : The Setswana i(n) verbal prefix
[23606] Chebanne, Andy M. (1993) : The imbrication of suffixes in Setswana
[4019] Chebanne, Andy M. & Michael K. Rodewald (1994) : Kalanga tone and word division
[4031] Chelo, Lotsima (1973) : Phonologie et morphologie de la langue olombo (turumbu)
[4045] Chéron, Georges (1925) : Le dialecte sénoufo du Minianka: grammaire, textes et lexiques
[4041] Chesswas, John Douglas (1954) : The essentials of Luganda
[4042] Chesswas, John Douglas (1959) : The essentials of Luganda
[4043] Chesswas, John Douglas (1963) : The essentials of Luganda
[4044] Chesswas, John Douglas (1967) : The essentials of Luganda
[25263] Cheucle, Marion (2008) : Vers une description de la langue bekwel (A85b) du Gabon : approche synchronique, approche diachronique
[26487] Cheucle, Marion (2014) : Etude comparative des langues makaa-njem (bantu A80) : phonologie, morphologie, Lexique - Vers une reconstruction du proto-A80
[27439] Chia, Emmanuel N. , Vincent A. Tanda & Ayu’nwi N. Neba (eds) (2011) : The Bafaw language (Bantu A10)
[4047] Chiamo, G. (1938) : Brevi appunti di lingua uollamo
[25727] Chibaka, Evelyn Fogwe (2010) : The Invisible Perception Verbs Comparison in Mankon and Metaʔ Succession-Induction Traditional Rites
[26493] Chibaka, Evelyn Fogwe (2014) : Akum, Ala’atening and Mankon: Dialects or Languages? A Scientific Contribution to the Language-Dialect Problem.
[26934] Chibaka, Evelyn Fogwe (2006) : A Grammatical Description of Metta (Cameroon) in Relation to Focus Parametric Variation: Evident in Focalisation and wh-fronted Questions
[26935] Chibaka, Evelyn Fogwe (1998) : The noun class system of Metaʔ
[25779] Childs, G. Tucker (2009) : Focus in Mani and Kisi
[25949] Childs, G. Tucker (2011) : A Grammar of Mani
[26034] Childs, G. Tucker (2009) : What happens to class when a language dies? Language change vs. language death
[26061] Childs, G. Tucker (2005) : The S-Aux-O-V-Other Syntagm In Atlantic
[4063] Childs, George Tucker (1982) : The evolution of noun class markers in southern West Atlantic languages
[4064] Childs, George Tucker (1983) : Noun class affix renewal in south West Atlantic
[4066] Childs, George Tucker (1988) : The phonology of Kisi ideophones
[4068] Childs, George Tucker (1989) : Where do ideophones come from?
[4070] Childs, George Tucker (1994) : Expressiveness in contact situations: the fate of African ideophones
[4073] Childs, George Tucker (1994) : African ideophones
[4075] Childs, George Tucker (1995) : A grammar of Kissi, a southern Atlantic language
[4076] Childs, George Tucker (1996) : Where have all the ideophones gone? The death of a word category in Zulu
[4077] Childs, George Tucker (1997) : The status of Isicamtho, an Nguni-based urban variety of Soweto
[4079] Childs, George Tucker (2004) : An introduction to African linguistics
[4081] Chilipaine, Francis Aliponse (1992) : Expressions of tense and aspect in Chichewa
[4082] Chilipaine, Francis Aliponse (1994) : Morpho-syntaxe contrastive du verbe français-chichewa (Malawi)
[28402] Chima, Ochu Michael (2019) : A Corpus-Driven Study of Multiword Expressions in Igbo
[4092] Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1992) : Report on the African Languages Lexicon Project (ALLEX): planning and training workshop, Harare, 21-25 September 1992
[4095] Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1993) : The ALLEX project: first progress report
[4096] Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1993) : Report on the second ALLEX project: planning and training workshop, Harare, 20-24 September, 1993
[4099] Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1995) : Report on the third ALLEX project: planning and training workshop, Harare, 19-24 September, 1994
[4102] Chimombo, Moira [Primula] [Frances] (1987) : Early stages in the acquisition of Chichewa negation
[4103] Chimombo, Moira [Primula] [Frances] & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1989) : Interaction of tone, syntax and semantics in the acquisition of Chichewa negation
[4109] Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1963) : The category number in Nzema
[4113] Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1971) : Variable nouns in Nzema
[4114] Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1976) : Reciprocal clauses in Nzema
[24175] Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1973) : The aspects of causativity in Nzema
[4116] Chinjavata, James C. (1958) : Luvale note book
[4117] Chiomio, Giovanni (1938) : Brevi appunti di lingua uollamo (A.O.I.): grammatica e dizionario
[4119] Chiomio, Giovanni (1948) : L’articolo determinativo proclitico in alcune lingue e dialetti bantu
[28880] Chivir Adzer, Vanessa (2020) : Tiv compounds and compouding
[4132] Cho Eun, & Kunio Nishiyama (1999) : Yoruba predicate clefts from a comparative perspective
[4135] Choe, H.-S. (1987) : An SVO analysis of VSO languages and parametrization: a study of Berber
[4138] Chomba, D. S. (1975) : The verbal morphology of Pimbwe
[28788] Choti, Jonathan (2022) : The augment in Haya and Ekegusii
[4141] Christaller, Johann Gottlieb (1933) : Dictionary of the Asante and Fante language called Tshi (Twi)
[25693] Christiansen-Bolli, Regula (2010) : A Grammar of Tadaksahak. A Berberised Songhay Language of Mali
[4147] Christiansen, Niels & Regula Christiansen (2002) : Some verb morphology features of Tadaksahak, or: Berber or Songhay, this is the question
[24938] Christiansen, Niels & Regula Christiansen (2007) : Tadaksahak Verb Morphology with Reference to Berber and Songhay Origins
[4148] Christiansen, Regula & Stephen H. Levinsohn (2003) : Relative clauses in Tadaksahak
[4149] Christie, J. J. (1970) : Locative, possessive and existential in Swahili
[4156] Chumbow, Beban Sammy (1978) : Pidgin English and the role of simplification and restructuring in pidginization and creolization
[26019] Chumbow, Beban Sammy & Ayu'nwi N. Neba (2011) : Tone raising and tone lowering in Bafut
[4161] Chumbow, Beban Sammy & Pius Ngwa Tamanji (1994) : Bafut
[4165] Church, E. D. (1981) : Le système verbal du wolof
[4166] Church, E. D. (1983) : Le système verbal du wolof
[4168] Churma, Donald G. (1982) : Rule inversion in Chadic: a closer look
[4172] Churma, Donald G. (1988) : Consonant gradation in Fula suffixes: the ugly truth
[26735] Cissé, Mamadou (2015) : Grammaire bilingue wolof-français - Une approche intersystémique
[4177] Cisse, Momar (1987) : Expression du temps et de l’aspect dans la communication linguistique: analyse de quelques enonces du français, langue dite a temps et du wolof, langue dite a aspects dans le cadre de la de la theorie generale de l’enonciation
[26763] Cissé, Momar (2011) : L’aspect verbal en wolof et en français : proposition d’une grille d’analyse sémantico-référentielle dans une perspective comparative
[4182] Clamons, Cynthia Robb (1989) : Modification of the gender system in the Wollegan dialect of Oromo
[4184] Clamons, Cynthia Robb (1993) : Gender assignment in Oromo
[4185] Clamons, Robbin (1995) : How recent contact erased ancient traces in the gender systems of the Oromo dialects
[4183] Clamons, Robbin , Ann E. Mulkern & Gerald Sanders (1993) : Salience signalling in Oromo
[4186] Clamons, Robbin , Ann E. Mulkern , Gerald Sanders & Nancy Stenson (1999) : The limits of formal analysis: pragmatic motivation in Oromo grammar
[4187] Clark, D. (1---) : Akarimojong manuscript grammar
[4188] Clark, David J. (1969) : A grammatical study of Ekpeye
[4190] Clark, David J. (1972) : A four-term person system and its ramifications
[22755] Clark, David J. (1974) : The classification of verbal suffixes in Ekpeye
[4193] Clark, Mary Morris (1988) : An accentual analysis of the Zulu noun
[23593] Clark, Raymond C. & Ann Katherine Hawkinson (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: teacher’s handbook
[23586] Clark, Raymond C. & David B. Hopkins (1979) : Setswana: teacher’s handbook
[23688] Clark, Raymond C. & others (1979) : Mauritanian Arabic: teacher’s handbook
[4202] Claudi, Ulrike (1985) : Zur Enstehung von Genussystemen: Überlegungen zu einigen theoretischen Aspekten, verbunden mit einer Fallstudie des Zande
[4205] Claudi, Ulrike (1985) : How to explain an alleged, disproved, but nevertheless existing gender distinction in Dizi
[4206] Claudi, Ulrike (1988) : The development of tense/aspect marking in Kru languages
[4208] Claudi, Ulrike (1993) : Die Stellung von Verb und Objekt in Niger-Kongo-Sprachen: ein Beitrag zur Rekonstruktion historischer Syntax
[4209] Claudi, Ulrike (1994) : Word order change as category change: the Mande case
[4210] Claudi, Ulrike (1995) : Die Beziehung zwischen Relativsatz und Genitivattribut im Amharischen
[4211] Claudi, Ulrike (1997) : Some thoughts on the origin of gender marking (or, Wings were not developed for flying)
[25523] Claudi, Ulrike (2012) : Who moves, and why? Somali deictic particles
[4203] Claudi, Ulrike & Bernd Heine (1985) : From metaphor to grammar: some examples from Ewe
[4207] Claudi, Ulrike & Bernd Heine (1989) : On the nominal morphology of ‘alienability’ in some African languages
[4204] Claudi, Ulrike & Fritz Serzisko (1985) : Possession in Dizi: inalienable or not?
[26495] Claudi, Ulrike & Johannes Ayao Ossey (2013) : Basic Ewe for Foreign Students
[4212] Claughton, John S. (1983) : The tones of Xhosa inflections
[4214] Clawson, Donna Marie (1996) : The morphosyntax and morphophonology of the Wolaitta verb voice
[4217] Cleire, R. (1941) : Le sens des préfixes nominaux en mashi
[4219] Cleire, R. (1955) : Grammaire mashi
[4220] Clemens, G. (1952) : Essai de grammaire sénoufo-tagwana (Côte d’Ivoire)
[4221] Clements, George N. (1972) : The verbal syntax of Ewe
[4223] Clements, George N. (1975) : The logophoric pronoun in Ewe: its role in discourse
[4230] Clements, George N. (1984) : Binding domains in Kikuyu
[4234] Clements, George N. (1989) : African linguistics and its contributions to linguistic theory
[4241] Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1920) : Supplément à la grammaire pratique de la langue luba
[4244] Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1925) : Le verbe en langue luba
[4245] Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1929) : Nouvelle grammaire luba
[4253] Clercq, J. C. de (1958) : Die kopulatief of nie-verbale predikaat in Nguni en Sotho: met besondere verwysing na Zulu en Suid-Sotho
[4255] Clercq, J. C. de (1961) : Verledetyd, subjunktief en konsekutief in Zoeloe
[4242] Clercq, L. de (1921) : Grammaire du kiyombe
[4243] Clercq, L. de (1921) : Le verbe kikongo
[4257] Clermont, J. (1948) : Manuel de conversation franco-arabe: dialecte tunisien avec pronociation figurée en français
[22375] CLNK (1999) : Tɔm kpou kabɩyɛ-fransɩɩ - Dictionnaire kabiyè-français (avec lexique français-kabiyè et esquisse de gramaire kabiyè)
[4264] Cloarec-Heiss, France (1969) : Banda-linda de Ippy. I: phonologie, dérivation et composition; II: les modalités personnelles dans quelques langues oubanguiennes (discours direct, discours indirect)
[4265] Cloarec-Heiss, France (1972) : Le verbe banda
[4268] Cloarec-Heiss, France (1981) : Le banda
[4269] Cloarec-Heiss, France (1982) : Emphase et condition en banda-linda
[4270] Cloarec-Heiss, France (1986) : Dynamique et équilibre d’une syntaxe: le banda-linda de Centrafricaine
[4273] Cloarec-Heiss, France (1995) : Le banda-linda
[4275] Cloarec-Heiss, France (2000) : Focalisation et topicalisation en banda-linda
[4276] Cloarec-Heiss, France (2003) : Les modeles de dérivation en banda: regard diachronique
[27592] Cloarec-Heiss, France (1985) : Classes verbales et coalescence en banda-linda
[22621] Clopper, Cynthia G. (2001) : The Nzema verbal phrase: an optimality theoretic account
[4277] Closs Traugott, Elizabeth (1967) : Some copula constructions in Swahili
[4278] Closs Traugott, Elizabeth , Ali Kondo & Salma Mbaye (1967) : Some copula patterns in standard Swahili
[4279] Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1968) : ’n Ondersoek na die variante van die deverbale suffiks [er] in Afrikaans
[26794] Cobbinah, Alexander & Friederike Lüpke (2014) : When number meets classification ; The linguistic expression of number in Baïnounk languages
[26220] Cobbinah, Alexander Yao (2012) : Nominal classification and verbal nouns in Baïnounk Gubëeher
[27393] Cobbinah, Alexander Yao (2017) : Suffixed plurals in Baïnounk languages: Agreement patterns and diachronic development
[25385] Cocchi, Gloria (2008) : Verbal Extensions in Tshiluba
[26301] Cocchi, Gloria (2000) : Locative constructions in Bantu
[26302] Cocchi, Gloria (2003) : copulas in bantu: hints for verb movement
[26303] Cocchi, Gloria (2004) : Relative clauses in Bantu: affixes as relative markers
[26305] Cocchi, Gloria (1998) : On true double object constructions in Tshiluba
[26306] Cocchi, Gloria (1992) : Lingue che ammettono due veri accusativi: il caso del tshiluba
[4302] Coertze, Pieter Johannes (1936) : Die betekenis en funksie van die voorvoegsel van die sewende klas van selfstandige naamwoorde in die Sotho-Tswana groep van bantoetale
[4307] Coetzee, Abel J. (1958) : Teenstellings in die taal
[4310] Coeur, Charles le (1950) : Dictionnaire ethnographique téda, précédé d’un lexique français-téda
[4311] Coeur, Charles le (1956) : Grammaire et textes teda-daza
[4332] Cohen, David (1963) : Le dialecte arabe hassaniya de Mauritanie (parler de la Gebla)
[4335] Cohen, David (1969/70) : L’inaccompli en -n- du bedja et le système verbale chamito-sémitique
[4339] Cohen, David (1972) : La mutation aspective-temporelle dans quelques langues couchitiques et le système verbal chamito-sémitique
[4341] Cohen, David (1974) : Alternances vocaliques dans le système verbal couchitique et chamito-sèmitique
[4342] Cohen, David (1975) : Le parler arabe des Juifs de Tunis, II: étude linguistique
[4344] Cohen, David (1984) : La phrase nominale et l’évolution du système verbal en sémitique
[4350] Cohen, David & Catherine Taine-Cheikh (2000) : A propos du zénaga, vocalisme et morphologie verbale en berbère
[4352] Cohen, David , Marie-Claude Simeone-Senelle & Martine Vanhove (2002) : The grammaticalization of “say” and “do”: an areal phenomenon in East Africa
[4349] Cohen, Kevin Bretonnel (2000) : Aspects of the grammar of Kukú
[4313] Cohen, Marcel (1921) : La forme verbale égyptienne dite pseudo-participe
[4315] Cohen, Marcel (1924) : Le système verbale sémitique et l’expression du temps
[4317] Cohen, Marcel (1926/27) : Du verbe sidama dans le groupe couchitique
[4319] Cohen, Marcel (1927) : La gémination dans les formes verbales et dans les pronoms suffixes du verbe en tigrigna et autres langues modernes de l’Abyssinie
[4321] Cohen, Marcel (1933) : Les résultats acquis de la grammaire comparée chamito-sémitique
[4322] Cohen, Marcel (1934) : Sur l’affixe N dans les verbes expressifs de diverses langues chamito-sémitiques
[4324] Cohen, Marcel (1995 [1936, 1970]) : Traité de langue amharique (Abyssinie)
[4326] Cohen, Marcel (1945/48) : À propos du classement de la forme d’habitude dans la grammaire berbère
[4336] Cohen, Marcel (1970) : Traité de langue amharique (Abyssinie)
[4355] Coker, Increase H. E. (1954) : Grammar of African names: an outline guide to the study and appreciation of African names selected from the Akan (Gold Coast), Yoruba, Ibo, Ijaw and Efik-Ibibio language groups
[4356] Colby, James (1961) : Danakil grammar (Lessons 1-16)
[4357] Colby, James & Enid M. Parker (1967) : Afar pedagogical grammar (lessons 1-16)
[4362] Cole, Desmond Thorne (1952) : Introductory notes on the Tswana language
[4365] Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955) : Notes on Mokwena
[4366] Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955) : An introduction to Tswana grammar
[4367] Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955/75) : An introduction to Tswana grammar
[4369] Cole, Desmond Thorne (1959) : The grammatical structure of Zulu - Notes and news
[4378] Cole, Desmond Thorne (1964) : Some features of Ganda linguistic structure
[4379] Cole, Desmond Thorne (1965) : Some features of Ganda linguistic structure
[4380] Cole, Desmond Thorne (1967) : The prefix of Bantu noun class 10
[4381] Cole, Desmond Thorne (1967) : Some features of Ganda linguistic structure
[4384] Cole, Desmond Thorne (1971) : Fredoux’s sketch of Tswana grammar
[4386] Cole, Desmond Thorne (1972) : Bushman languages
[4375] Cole, Desmond Thorne & Dingaan Mpho Mokaila (1962) : A course in Tswana
[4387] Cole, J. & C. Tenny (1987) : Coordination in Berber
[24344] Coleman, William L. & Panda Kamara (1967) : Temne Short Basic Course
[4398] Collard, H. J. (1920) : Petite grammaire du lala-lamba, tel qu’il se parle de Sakania à Elisabethville
[4399] Colldén, D. & Lisa Colldén (197-) : Kisakata, grammatik
[4401] Colle, [Révérend] [Père] (19--) : Éléments de grammaire et de vocabulaire du mahavu
[4402] Colle, P. (1928) : Inleiding tot de Samenspraak in de Swahilische taal, voorafgegaan door een korten inhoud der Swahilische spraakleer
[4405] Colley, Ebrima (1995) : Mandinka grammar manual
[4408] Collins, B. (1958) : Elementary Tonga grammar with exercises and key
[4410] Collins, B. (1962) : Tonga grammar
[26932] Collins, Chris & Jeffrey S. Gruber (2014) : A Grammar of ǂHòã
[24737] Collins, Chris & Komlan E. Essizewa (2007) : The Syntax of Verb Focus in Kabiye
[4413] Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (1992) : Case in Ewe and Yoruba
[4414] Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (1993) : Topics in Ewe syntax
[4415] Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (1998) : Plurality in Hoan
[4416] Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2001) : Aspects of plurality in €Hoan
[4417] Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2001) : The internal structure of verbs in Ju|’hoan and €Hoan
[4418] Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2002) : Multiple verb movement in €Hoan
[4419] Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2003) : The internal structure of vP in Ju|’hoansi and €Hoan
[23412] Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2001) : Multiple verb movement in €Hoan
[26063] Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2004) : The Absence Of The Linker In Double Object Constructions In N|uu
[25603] Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] & Levi Namaseb (2011) : A Grammatical Sketch of N|uuki with Stories
[4412] Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] & Victor B. Manfredi (Ed) (1992) : Proceedings of the Kwa comparative syntax workshop
[4426] Colombel, Véronique de (1987) : Classes verbales en ouldémé?
[4427] Colombel, Véronique de (1987) : Les extensions verbales productives, mifigées ou fossilisées en langue ouldémé
[4428] Colombel, Véronique de (1988) : La transitivité en ouldémé: dynamique structurelle et diachronie
[4429] Colombel, Véronique de (1990) : Inventaire des morphèmes et racines verbales en tchadique central: des verbes monoradicaux aux polyradicaux
[4431] Colombel, Véronique de (1997) : La langue ouldémé, nord-Cameroun: précis de grammaire, texte, lexique
[4432] Colombel, Véronique de (1998) : Les pronoms dans une dizaine de langues des monts du Mandara (avec tableaux comparatifs des pronoms)
[4433] Colombel, Véronique de (2000) : La pluralité verbale dans une dizaine de langues des monts du Mandara
[4434] Colombel, Véronique de (2003) : Localisation et mouvement dans le sytagme verbal du groupe tchadique central
[24859] Colombel, Véronique de (2003) : Grammaticalisation et ordre des unités dans dix langues du groupe tchadique-central
[24979] Colombel, Véronique de (2005) : La langue ouldémé, nord-Cameroun: grammaire, texte, dictionnaire
[24807] Coly, Jules Jacques Georges (2007) : L'encodage de la localisation, de la direction et de la manière en kuwaataay
[25243] Coly, Jules Jacques Georges (2010) : Morphosyntaxe du kuwaataay (Sénégal)
[26084] Coly, Jules Jacques Georges (2012) : Morphosyntaxe du kuwaataay (Sénégal)
[27271] Coly, Jules-Jacques (2014) : Noun formation strategies in Maaka
[27251] Coly, Jules-Jacques & Anne Storch (2017) : Semantics of number marking in Maaka
[4437] Combrink, Johan G. H. (1968) : Afrikaanse semantiek
[4440] Combrink, Johan G. H. (1974) : Soek: Afrikaans se fleksie
[26560] Comfort, Jade (2013) : Converbs in Uncunwee (Kordofan Nubian)
[26572] Comfort, Jade (2014) : Verbal Number in the Uncu Language (Kordofan Nubian)
[25610] Comfort, Jade & Angelika Jakobi (2011) : The verb ‘to give’ as a verbal extension in Uncunwee (Kordofan Nubian)
[28452] Compes, Isabel (2021) : The morphology of argument marking in Zaghawa-Wagi
[24169] Comrie, Bernard (2003) : West African logophorics and the typology of reference-tracking
[28793] Cong, Yan & Deo Ngonyani (2022) : A syntactic analysis of the co-occurrence of stative and passive in Kiswahili
[27130] Connell, Bruce & Hannah Im (2017) : Question Prosody in Mambila
[4450] Connell, Bruce A. (1987) : Noun classification in Lower Cross
[25548] Connell, Bruce , William Bennett , Inoma Essien , Ebitare Obikudo , Akin Akinlabi & Ozo-mekuri Ndimele (2012) : Defaka and Ịjọ – A reassessment of the Ijoid relationship
[4470] Connelly, Michael J. (1984) : Basotho children’s acquisition of noun morphology
[4471] Connelly, Michael J. (1987) : Basotho children’s early development of speech
[4472] Conradie, C. J. (1997) : Preterite loss in early Afrikaans
[4473] Conradie, Simone (2002) : Parameter resetting in the second language acquisition of Afrikaans: the SIP and the V2 parameter
[4485] Conti Rossini, Carlo (1940) : Lingua tigrina, I: elementi grammaticali ed esercizi
[4486] Conti Rossini, Carlo (1941) : Grammatica elementare della lingua etiopica
[24660] Contini-Morava, Ellen (2008) : Human relationship terms, discourse prominence, and asymmetrical animacy in Swahili
[4487] Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1974) : Semantics of the Swahili locative system
[4488] Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1976) : Statistical demonstration of a meaning: the Swahili locatives in existential assertions
[4489] Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1977) : What is a “negative equivalent”? Data from the Swahili tenses
[4490] Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1983) : Tense and non-tense in Swahili grammar: semantic asymmetry between affirmative and negative
[4491] Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1983) : Relative sense in discourse: the inference of time orientation in Swahili
[4492] Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1989) : Discourse pragmatics and semantic categorization: the case of negation and tense-aspect with special reference to Swahili
[4493] Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1991) : Negation, probability and temporal boundedness: discourse functions of negative tenses in Swahili narrative
[4494] Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1996) : ‘Things’ in a noun class language: semantic functions of agreement in Swahili
[4495] Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1997) : Noun classification in Swahili: a cognitive-semantic analysis using a computer database
[4497] Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (2000) : Noun class as number in Swahili
[22636] Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (2002) : (What) do noun class markers mean?
[4513] Cook, Clare (2004) : Extraction marking vs scope-marking in Nêhiyawêwin and Yorùbá
[4505] Cook, Thomas Louis (1969) : A brief note on Efik noun and adjective prefixes
[4512] Cook, Thomas Louis (2002) : Focus in Efik
[27881] Cook, Toni (2018) : The inclusion of prefixal material in Zulu reduplication
[4516] Cooper, Paul V. & Oliver Rice (1965) : Tumbuka basic course: lessons 1-30 with pre-recorded tapes
[23643] Cooper, Paul V. & Oliver Rice (1966) : Djerma basic course
[4519] Cooper, Robin (1974) : Some problems for a higher clause
[4520] Cooper, Robin (1976) : Lexical and nonlexical causatives in Bantu
[4531] Coopmans, Peter (1994) : Comments on the paper by Ouhalla
[4532] Cope, Anthony T. (1956) : An investigation into the tonal system of Zulu, with special reference to nouns
[4533] Cope, Anthony T. (1957) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[4534] Cope, Anthony T. (1959) : The grammatical structure of Zulu - Notes and news
[4536] Cope, Anthony T. (1963) : Nomino-verbal constructions in Zulu
[4537] Cope, Anthony T. (1966) : Zulu phonology, tonology and tonal grammar
[4540] Cope, Anthony T. (1982) : Zulu: a comprehensive course in the Zulu language
[4541] Cope, Anthony T. (1983) : Zulu: a comprehensive course in the Zulu language
[4542] Cope, Anthony T. (1984) : An outline of Zulu grammar
[4543] Cope, Anthony T. (1984) : Zulu: a comprehensive course in the Zulu language
[22903] Cope, Pamela S. (1993) : The plural in Lele
[4548] Corbett, Greville G. (1991) : Gender
[4546] Corbett, Greville G. & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1987) : Gender agreement in Chichewa
[4547] Corbett, Greville G. & Richard J. Hayward (1987) : Gender and number in Bayso
[4550] Cordell, E. A. (1963) : Course in Shona
[4549] Cordell, O. T. (1941) : Gogo grammar, exercises, etc.
[4556] Corne, Chris (1970) : Essai de grammaire du créole mauricien
[4557] Corne, Chris (1973) : Tense and aspect in Mauritian Creole
[4558] Corne, Chris (1974/75) : Tense, aspect and the mysterious i in Seychelles and Reunion Creole
[4559] Corne, Chris (1977) : Seychelles Creole grammar: elements for Indian Ocean proto-Creole reconstruction
[4560] Corne, Chris (1982) : A constrastive analysis of Reunion and Isle de France Creole French: two typologically diverse languages
[4561] Corne, Chris (1988) : Mauritian Creole reflexives
[4562] Corne, Chris (1995) : Nana k nana, nana k napa: the paratactic and hypotactic relative clauses of Reunion Creole
[4568] Cortade, Jean-Marie (1969) : Essai de grammaire touareg (dialecte de l’Ahaggar)
[4569] Corum, Claudia (1991) : An introduction to the siSwati language: lessons and glossary
[23691] Corum, Claudia (1980) : SiSwati special skills handbook
[23685] Corum, Claudia & Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle Kunene (1980) : SiSwati communication and culture handbook
[4573] Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : The Zigula verb
[4585] Cosper, Ronald (1998) : Polci
[4586] Cosper, Ronald (1999) : Barawa lexicon: a wordlist of eight South Bauchi (West Chadic) languages - Boghom, Buli, Dott, Geji, Jimi, Polci, Sayanci and Zul
[25410] Cosper, Ronald (2008) : Cross-Validation of Lexical Data in Chadic: A Comnparison of Sources in South Bauchi
[4588] Coulibali, Diokolo Adama (1992) : [Reflexive constructions in Bambara: morphological, syntactical and semantical classification of the reflexive verbs]
[4590] Coulibaly, B. (1984) : Le jula véhiculaire de Haute-Volta: phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe et règles de transcription
[24255] Coulibaly, Bakary (1987-88) : Séquences médiates et immédiates dans le syntagme complétif du jula
[4591] Coupez, André (1954) : Études sur la langue luba
[4593] Coupez, André (1955) : Esquisse de la langue holoholo
[4598] Coupez, André (1961) : Grammaire rwanda simplifiée
[4600] Coupez, André (1967) : Notes rwanda
[4602] Coupez, André (1969) : Une leçon de linguistique
[4607] Coupez, André (1978) : Manuel de grammaire rwanda
[4610] Coupez, André (1980) : Abrégé de grammaire rwanda
[4615] Coupez, André (1983) : Le rwandais, langue piégée
[4617] Coupez, André (1984) : Substantif, adjectif et mixte trois types de noms en rwanda (Bantou J61)
[4618] Coupez, André (1985) : La dérivation verbale en rwanda (bantou J.61)
[4622] Coupez, André (1997) : Les variantes du suffixe causatif en rwanda
[4621] Coupez, André & Simon Bizimana (1988) : Les évitements verbaux en rwanda
[4599] Coupez, André , Thomas Kamanzi & Firmin M. Rodegem (1961) : Méthode rwanda à l’usage des européens
[25123] Courboin, Albert (1908) : ‘Bangalaʼ, langue commerciale du haute-Congo: éléments et manuel de conversation; lexique
[4628] Courtenay, Karen R. (1976) : Ideophones defined as a phonological class: the case of Yoruba
[28692] Courtois, Victor José (1900) : Elementos de gramática tetense, lingua chi-nyungue, idioma fallado no districto de Tete e em toda a vasta região do Zambeze inferior
[4633] Couto, Hildo Honório do (1994) : As partículas exclusivas no crioulo guineense
[4634] Couto, Hildo Honório do (1995) : Exclusive particles (ideophones) in Guinea-Bissau Creole
[25203] Cover, Rebecca Tamar (2010) : Aspect, Modality, and Tense in Badiaranke
[4639] Cowan, J. Ronayne (1981) : The syntax of Baka and Kresh
[4640] Cowan, J. Ronayne (1984) : Evidence for the AUX cliticization hypothesis from Nuer
[4638] Cowan, J. Ronayne & Russell Galen Schuh (1976) : Spoken Hausa
[4642] Cowley, Roger (1969) : A and B verbal stem type in Amharic
[4646] Cox, Elizabeth E. (1970) : Kirundi grammar
[4648] Cox, Monica E. (1978) : Le système des classes nominales en n’tcham
[4649] Cox, Monica E. (1986) : Esquisse de la grammaire du ntcham
[4650] Cox, Monica E. (1998) : Description grammaticale du ncam (bassar), langue gurma du Togo et du Ghana
[4653] Crabb, David Wendell (1967) : Noun classes in Cross River I (bè-ndì) languages
[4656] Crabtree, William Arthur (1921) : A manual of Lu-Ganda
[4658] Crabtree, William Arthur (1922) : Primitive speech
[4659] Crabtree, William Arthur (1923) : Elements of Luganda grammar, together with exercises and vocabulary
[4664] Craene, Robert de (1986) : Le verbe conjugué en tem
[28577] Crane, Thera (2019) : Totela K41
[25437] Crane, Thera M. , Larry M. Hyman & Simon Nsielanga Tukumu (2011) : A Grammar of Nzadi [B865] : A Bantu Language of Democratic Republic of Congo
[15558] Crane, Thera Marie (2011) : Beyond Time: Temporal and Extra-temporal Functions of Tense and Aspect Marking in Totela, a Bantu Language of Zambia
[26153] Crane, Thera Marie (2012) : Completion and Dissociation in Totela Tense and Aspect
[26224] Crane, Thera Marie (2012) : -ile and the pragmatic pathways of the resultative in Bantu Botatwe
[28918] Crane, Thera Marie (2015) : The roles of Dissociative and (Non-)Completive morphology in structuring Totela (Bantu) narratives
[27664] Crane, Thera Marie & Bastian Persohn (2019) : A Model-Theoretic Discussion of Bantu Actionality
[28453] Crane, Thera Marie & Bastian Persohn (2021) : Actionality and aspect in Southern Ndebele and Xhosa, two Nguni languages of South Africa
[4670] Crass, Joachim (2002) : Die Grammatikalisierung des Verbes ‘sagen’ im Beria
[24064] Crass, Joachim (2007) : Copula constructions in Kʼabeena and Libido
[24076] Crass, Joachim (2007) : Grammatical borrowing in Kʼabeena
[24081] Crass, Joachim (2007) : Highland East Cushitic
[24820] Crass, Joachim (2007) : Libido
[26534] Crass, Joachim (2014) : The Asymmetry of Verbal Markedness in Libido
[28161] Crass, Joachim (2005) : Das K'abeena. Deskriptive Grammatik einer hochlandostkuschitischen Sprache
[28475] Crass, Joachim (2005) : The copulas of K'abeena: form, function and origin
[4671] Crass, Joachim & Angelika Jakobi (2004) : Grammaire descriptive du beria: le dialecte kube
[22023] Crass, Joachim & Ronny Meyer (Eds) (2007) : Deictics, Copula and Focus in the Ethiopian Convergence Area
[24821] Crass, Joachim, Girma A. Demeke, Ronny Meyer, and Andreas Wetter (2005) : Copula and focus constructions in selected Ethiopian languages
[4676] Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1933) : Outlines of a Nuer grammar
[4677] Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1938) : A study of the Acooli language: grammar and vocabulary
[4678] Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1955) : A study of the Acooli language: grammar and vocabulary
[4679] Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1960) : Notes on the Lango-Miru and on the Labwoor and Nyakwai
[4680] Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1960) : A study of the Logbara (Ma’di) language: grammar and vocabulary
[4681] Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1960) : Logbara grammar
[4682] Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1967) : General sketch grammar and vocabulary of the language of the Ik (alias Teuso): Kang’ole
[4683] Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1978) : A study of the Pokot (Suk) language: grammar and vocabulary
[4685] Creider, Chet A. (1975) : The semantic system of noun classes in Proto-Bantu
[4688] Creider, Chet A. (1976) : The verb in Kipsigis
[4690] Creider, Chet A. (1977) : Functional sentence perspective in a verb-initial language
[4701] Creider, Chet A. (1989) : The syntax of the Nilotic languages: theme and variations
[4703] Creider, Chet A. (1996) : Morphological parsers for Nilotic languages: problems and solutions
[23664] Creider, Chet A. (2002) : The semantics of participant types in derived verbs in Nandi
[4704] Creider, Chet A. & Franz Rottland (1996) : Datooga nominals: the morphologization of vowel harmony
[4705] Creider, Chet A. & Franz Rottland (1997) : Noun classification in southern Nilotic: Datooga
[4686] Creider, Chet A. & J. Peter Denny (1975) : The semantics of noun classes in Proto-Bantu
[4700] Creider, Chet A. & Jane Tapsubei Creider (1989) : A grammar of Nandi
[4710] Creissels, Denis (1979) : Le comitatif, la coordination et les constructions dites ‘possessives’ dans quelques langues africaines
[4714] Creissels, Denis (1983) : Eléments de grammaire de la langue mandinka
[4715] Creissels, Denis (1983) : Réflexions sur le système prédicatif du bambara
[4716] Creissels, Denis (1986) : Le système prédicatif du kagoro
[4719] Creissels, Denis (1991) : Description des langues négro-africaines et théorie syntaxique
[4724] Creissels, Denis (1994) : La tonalité des finales verbales et la distinction entre formes verbales conjointes et formes verbales disjointes en tswana
[4726] Creissels, Denis (1996) : Conjunctive and disjunctive verb forms in Setswana
[4728] Creissels, Denis (1997) : Postpositions as a possible origin of certain predicative markers in Mande
[4730] Creissels, Denis (1998) : Auxiliaries et auxiliarisation: l’exemple du tswana
[4735] Creissels, Denis (2000) : Typology
[4738] Creissels, Denis (2002) : Valence verbale et voix en tswana
[22677] Creissels, Denis (2001) : Setswana ideophones, whither hence? The need for a social theory of ideophones
[24186] Creissels, Denis (1981) : L'étymologie des prédicatifs d'identification des parlers bambara et jula : yé et dòn-dò-lò
[24239] Creissels, Denis (1989) : Structures syllabiques du dialonké de Faleya
[24259] Creissels, Denis (1982) : Note de lecture : Une contribution à l'étude du jula de Côte d'Ivoire
[24262] Creissels, Denis (1987-88) : Esquisse du système tonal du korokan
[24263] Creissels, Denis (1984) : Le système des marques prédicatives eu korokan
[24264] Creissels, Denis (1988) : Elements de phonologie du koyaga de Mankono (Côte-d'Ivoire)
[24273] Creissels, Denis (1990) : Le pronom N! et l'article N! dans les langues mandé-nord
[24276] Creissels, Denis (1985) : Les verbes statifs dans les parlers manding
[24282] Creissels, Denis (1997) : Une tentative d'explication de particularités typologiques de la négation en mandingue
[24283] Creissels, Denis (2004) : L'occlusive vélaire sonore g et les labio-vélaires (w, gw, kw, gb, kp) en mandingue
[24293] Creissels, Denis (1982) : Note sur les prédicatifs du maukakan
[24309] Creissels, Denis (1992) : La voix en soninké
[25055] Creissels, Denis (2009) : Le malinké de Kita. Un parler mandingue de l’ouest du Mali
[25079] Creissels, Denis (2001) : Catégorisation et grammaticalisation : la relation génitivale en mandingue
[26235] Creissels, Denis (2011) : Tswana Locatives and their Status in the Inversion Construction
[26261] Creissels, Denis (2013) : Le maninka du Niokolo (Sénégal oriental), esquisse phonologique et morphosyntaxique, liste lexicale, textes glosés
[26878] Creissels, Denis (2015) : Typologie des classes nominales dans les langues atlantiques
[27168] Creissels, Denis (2016) : The conjoint/disjoint distinction in the tonal morphology of Tswana
[27499] Creissels, Denis (2018) : La catégorie des verbes statifs dans le système morphosyntaxique du soninké
[27681] Creissels, Denis (2019) : Existential predication in the languages of the Sudanic belt
[28039] Creissels, Denis (2016) : Additive Coordination, Comitative Adjunction, and Associative Plural in Tswana
[28178] Creissels, Denis (2021) : The detransitivizing suffi x -i and the reconstruction of Pre-Proto-Mande constituent order
[28367] Creissels, Denis (2017) : Atypical objects in Soninke (West Mande)
[29056] Creissels, Denis (2023) : The circumstantial forms of Tswana verbs and the notion of participle
[28740] Creissels, Denis & Alain Christian Bassène (2022) : The emergence of an alternative set of prefixes in the class inflection of adnominals and pronouns in Jóola Fóoñi (Atlantic)
[27695] Creissels, Denis & Alain-Christian Bassène (2013) : Valency patterns for bivalent verbs in two West African languages: Mandinka (Mande) and Jóola Banjal (Atlantic)
[26778] Creissels, Denis & Anna Marie Diagne (2013) : Transitivity in Bakel Soninke
[4707] Creissels, Denis & Jérémie Kouadio NʼGuessan (1977) : Description phonologique et grammaticale d’un parler baoulé
[26877] Creissels, Denis & Konstantin Pozdniakov (2015) : Les classes nominales dans les langues atlantiques
[26594] Creissels, Denis & Séckou Biaye (2016) : Le balant ganja : Phonologie, morphosyntaxe, liste lexicale, textes
[24286] Creissels, Denis & Sidia Jatta (1981) : La composition verbale en mandinka
[4731] Creissels, Denis & Stéphane Robert (1998) : Morphologie verbale et organisation discursive de lʼénoncé : lʼexemple du tswana et du wolof
[24386] Creissels, Denis & Sylvie Voisin-Nouguier (2008) : The verbal suffixes of Wolof coding valency changes and the notion of co-participation
[25497] Creissels, Denis , Gerrit Jan Dimmendaal , Zygmunt Frajzyngier & Christa König (2007) : Africa as a morphosyntactic area
[26894] Creissels, Denis , Sokhna Bao Diop , Alain‑Christian Bassène , Mame Thierno Cissé , Alexander Cobbinah , El Hadji Dieye , Dame Ndao , Sylvie Nouguier‑Voisin , Nicolas Quint , Marie Renaudier , Adjaratou Sall & Guillaume Segerer (2015) : L'impersonnalité dans les langues de la région sénégambienne
[4739] Crema [Chogatambule], Egidio (1987) : Sarufi ya lugha ya Kihehe [Grammar of the Hehe language]
[4742] Cremer, Jean (1924) : Grammaire de la langue kasséna ou kassené, parlée au pays des gourounsi
[4754] Crisp, William (1924) : Notes towards a Secoana grammar with a series of exercises
[4755] Cristini, Giovanni (2000) : Nouvelle grammaire kirundi/Indimburo y-ikirundi
[4760] Crosby, J. (1966) : The morphology of the substantive in Ncheu
[4758] Crosby, K. H. (1939) : A study of the Mende language
[4759] Crosby, K. H. (1944) : An introduction to the study of Mende
[4764] Crouch, Marjorie & Anthony Joshua Naden (Ed) (1998) : A semantically-based grammar of Vagla
[25517] Crozier, David (2012) : From verb morphology to discourse in Central Kambari
[22758] Crozier, David Henry (1984) : A study of the discourse grammar of Cishingini
[4769] Crum, Walter Ewing (1930) : Ein neues Verbalpräfix im Koptischen
[23110] Crunden, Sheila M. (1984) : An initial study of prominence in Bassar discourse
[4777] Cruz, Maxime S. C. da (1992) : Semantic restrictions on serial verb constructions with ‘take’ and ‘hold’ in Fon
[4779] Cruz, Maxime S. C. da (1993) : Contribution à l’étude de la négation en fongbé
[26162] Crysmann, Berthold (2012) : HaG — A Computational Grammar of Hausa
[26166] Crysmann, Berthold (2012) : On the Categorial Status of Hausa Genitive Prepositions
[4780] Cuenot, J. (1952) : Essai de grammaire bobo-oulé (dialecte de Massala)
[4782] Cullen, Wendy Ruth (1999) : Tense and aspect in Lubwisi narrative discourse
[4784] Culy, Christopher (1991) : Command and Fula dum pronominals
[4786] Culy, Christopher (1996) : Agreement in Fula pronouns
[4788] Culy, Christopher (2002) : The logophoric hierarchy and variation in Dogon
[26463] Culy, Christopher (1990) : The Syntax and Semantics of Internally Headed Relative Clauses
[26464] Culy, Christopher (1990) : Grammatical Relations and Verb Forms in Internally Headed Relative Clauses
[26465] Culy, Christopher (1994) : A Note on Logophoricity in Dogon
[26466] Culy, Christopher (1995) : Ambiguity and Case Marking in Donno so (Dogon)
[26467] Culy, Christopher (1997) : Logophoric Pronouns and Point of View
[26468] Culy, Christopher (2002) : The Logophoric Hierarchy and Variation in Dogon
[4783] Culy, Christopher & B. Gnalibouly Dicko (1988) : Fula makko and theories of anaphora
[4787] Culy, Christopher & Sarah M. B. Fagan (2001) : The history of the middle in Dogon
[4785] Culy, Christopher , Koungarma Kodio & Patrice Togo (1992/94) : Dogon pronominal systems: their nature and evolution
[25153] Cumbane, Rui Marcelino Matsimbe (2009) : Introducing Double Object Construction in Xitshwa and in Portuguese as Second Language
[4789] Cuny, Albert (1930) : La catégorie de duel dans les langues indo-européennes et chamito-sémitiques
[26584] Cupi, Loredana , Sara Petrollino , Graziano Savà & Mauro Tosco (2013) : Preliminary notes on the Hamer verb
[4792] Curnow, Thomas Jowan (2002) : Three types of verbal logophoricity in African languages
[4794] Curtis, Emily (2002) : Consonant-count and a Hausa plural
[4795] Cutler, Sue A. & Abu Varflai Talawoley (1981) : A learner directed approach to Maniyaka: a handbook on communication and culture with dialogs, texts, cultural notes, exercises, drills, and instructions
[23625] Cutler, Sue A. & David J. Dwyer (1981) : Maniyaka: a reference handbook of phonetics, grammar, lexicon and learning procedures
[4798] Cyffer, Norbert (1974) : Syntax des Kanuri, Dialekt von Yerwa (Maiduguri)
[4801] Cyffer, Norbert (1977) : The syntactic behaviour of verbal nouns in Kanuri (Nigeria)
[4802] Cyffer, Norbert (1978) : Die Verbalstruktur im Kanuri
[4813] Cyffer, Norbert (1991) : The Zaghawa verb structure and its relation to other Saharan languages
[4817] Cyffer, Norbert (1995) : The concept of space and the TAM system in Saharan languages
[4819] Cyffer, Norbert (1996) : Spatial relations in Kanuri
[4823] Cyffer, Norbert (1997) : Basic structures of the Kanuri language
[4825] Cyffer, Norbert (1998) : A sketch of Kanuri
[4827] Cyffer, Norbert (2000) : Linguistic properties of the Saharan languages
[4828] Cyffer, Norbert (2000) : Areale Merkmale im TAM-System und in der Syntax der saharanischen Sprachen
[25178] Cyffer, Norbert (2009) : Negation patterns in Kanuri
[25611] Cyffer, Norbert (2011) : Konzepte von Richtung, Raum und Referenz: Prozesse der Grammatikalisierung im Kanuri
[25745] Cyffer, Norbert (2010) : GA, RO & Co: Strategies of complementation and subordination in Kanuri
[25787] Cyffer, Norbert (2009) : Cause and reason in Kanuri: The impact of areality on linguistic change
[27253] Cyffer, Norbert (2017) : Plurality and pluractionality in Kanuri
[27784] Cyffer, Norbert (2020) : Saharan
[4812] Cyffer, Norbert , Shettina Umara Bulakarima & Yaganami Karta (1991) : We learn Kanuri
[25694] Cyffer, Norbert , Shettina Umara Bulakarima & Yaganami Karta (2010) : We learn Kanuri. Dialogues and Translations
[4833] Czermak, Wilhelm (1929) : Zum Gebrauch des Infinitivs als ‘Futurum’ im Somali
[4834] Czermak, Wilhelm (1931) : Der Rytmus der koptischen Sprache und seine Bedeutung in der Sprachgestaltung
[27288] Dabo, Mamadou (2013) : La morphosyntaxe de l'édammé (langue atlantique jóola du nord-ouest de la Guinée-Bissau)
[24408] Dacko, Bruno (1978?) : Le Ngbaka Bobangui : Esquisse phonologique - Etude de lʼénoncé minimal et des nominaux
[4842] Dada, J. L. (1976) : The phonology and noun classes of Agoi
[27004] Dada, Samuel Ayodele (2015) : Aspects of Compounding in Yoruba
[4848] Daeleman, Jan (1961) : Kiholu (notes provisoires)
[4849] Daeleman, Jan (1966) : Morfologie van naamwoord en werkwoord in het Kongo (Ntandu) met ontleding van het foneemsystem
[4852] Daeleman, Jan (1977) : A comparison of some zone B languages in Bantu
[4853] Daeleman, Jan (1980) : Fréquence des préfixes dans les anthroponymes et des toponymes bantu
[4861] Daeleman, Jan (2004) : Notes grammaticales et lexique du kiholu
[4864] Daget, Jacques , M. Konipo & M. Sanankoua (1953) : La langue bozo
[4865] Dagnac, Anne (1---) : Français d’Afrique, norme, variation: le cas de la presse ecrite en Cote d’Ivoire et au Mali
[4866] Dahda, Antoine al (1982) : Dictionary of universal Arabic grammar, in charts and tables
[4867] Dahda, Antoine al (1988) : Dictionary of terms of declension and structure in universal Arabic grammar: English-Arabic and Arabic-English
[4874] Dahl, Östen (1984) : Sketch of the TMA system of Beja
[4876] Dahlgren, Sven-Olof (1998) : Word order in Arabic
[4878] Dakay, T. (1973) : Grammaire pratique de bamileke-fe’efe’e
[4914] Dale, Desmond (1968) : Shona companion
[4915] Dale, Desmond (1972) : Shona companion
[4917] Dale, Desmond (1981) : Shona mini companion: a guide to beginners
[4920] Daleman, Jan (1966) : Morfologie van naamword en werkwoord in het Kongo (Ntandu)
[4927] Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1976) : Passivizing locatives in OluTsootso
[4928] Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1976) : Locative NPs, locative suffixes and grammatical relations
[4931] Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1977) : Past tense formation on (Oru)Haya
[4933] Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1977) : Personal pronouns, object markers and syntactic evidence in Dho-Luo
[4934] Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1978) : Inaccessibility and denotional nominal marking in Iraqw
[4935] Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1978) : The syntax and semantics of the morpheme ni in Ki Vunjo (Chaga)
[4936] Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1979) : Subject identification strategies and free word order in Sandawe
[4937] Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1979) : The syntax and semantics of the morpheme ni in Kivunjo (Chaga)
[4939] Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1986) : /-a/ reduction phenomena in Luyia
[4929] Dalgish, Gerard Matthew & Gloria Sheintuch (1976) : On the justification for language-specific sub-grammatical relations
[4932] Dalgish, Gerard Matthew & Gloria Sheintuch (1977) : On the justification for language-specific sub-grammatical relations
[4943] Dalrymple, Mary , Sam A. Mchombo & Stanley Peters (1994) : Semantic similarities and syntactic contrasts between Chichewa and English reciprocals
[4948] Dammann, Ernst (1934/35) : Zur Kenntnis der Zaramo
[4950] Dammann, Ernst (1950/51) : Das Demonstrativ in Bantu-Sprachen
[4951] Dammann, Ernst (1951/52) : Die Präformativa der Demonstrativpronomina in den Bantusprachen
[4952] Dammann, Ernst (1952) : Zur Bedeutung der Demonstrativa in Bantu-Sprachen
[4953] Dammann, Ernst (1952/53) : Die Suffixe der Demonstrativa in Bantusprachen
[4955] Dammann, Ernst (1954) : Reziprok und Assoziativ in Bantusprachen
[4956] Dammann, Ernst (1954/56) : Verwendung und Bedeutung von B. gi
[4957] Dammann, Ernst (1956) : Das situative Formans ki in einigen Bantusprachen
[4960] Dammann, Ernst (1957) : Studien zum Kwangali: Grammatik, Texte, Glossar
[4962] Dammann, Ernst (1958/59) : Die sogenannten Kausativa auf -eka in Bantusprachen
[4963] Dammann, Ernst (1959) : Inversiva und Repetitiva in Bantusprachen
[4966] Dammann, Ernst (1961) : Das Applikativum in den Bantusprachen
[4968] Dammann, Ernst (1962/63) : Kontaktiva in Bantusprachen
[4969] Dammann, Ernst (1962/63) : Zur Kenntnis des Kwambi
[4970] Dammann, Ernst (1963/64) : Tierbezeichungen in der 3/4 Nominalklasse der Bantusprachen
[4971] Dammann, Ernst (1966) : Das Determinativum im Swahili
[4972] Dammann, Ernst (1967) : Der ‘inhumane Akkusativ’ und das Applikativum der Bantusprachen
[4974] Dammann, Ernst (1969) : Der sog. Artikel im Zaramo
[4982] Dammann, Ernst (1971) : Vom Satz zum Wort in Bantusprachen
[4987] Dammann, Ernst (1977) : Das ‘-o of reference’ in Bantusprachen
[4989] Dammann, Ernst (1978) : Das Futurum in einigen Bantusprachen
[4991] Dammann, Ernst (1983) : Extensiva in Bantusprachen
[4994] Damtew Daniel (2000) : Compounding in Konso
[4997] Dangel, R. (1929) : Grammatische Skizze der Yergum-Sprache
[4999] Danon-Boileau, Laurent & Aliou Mohamadou (1994) : Façons de penser, façons de parler: les classes nominales du peul
[5001] Danti, Alexis Lagivoro (2001) : Kasem word-formation processes
[28170] Dard, Jean (1826) : Grammaire wolofe: méthode pour étudier la langue des noirs qui habitent les royaumes de Bourba-Yolof, de Walo, de Damel, de Bour-Sine, de Saloume, de Baole, en Sénégambie
[5004] Darden, Bill (1992) : The Cairene Arabic verb without form classes
[26151] Darmon, Chloé (2012) : Light Verb Constructions in Xamtanga and in the Ethiopian Linguistic Area
[26532] Darmon, Chloé (2014) : Benefactive Applicative Periphrases with yiw- ‘give’ in Xamtanga
[27367] Darmon, Chloé (2015) : A morphosyntactic description of Xamtanga - An Agaw (Central Cushitic) language of the northern Ethiopian highlands
[5011] Davey, Anthony S. (1965) : Morphology of the substantive in Subiya
[5012] Davey, Anthony S. (1973) : The moods and tenses of the verb in Xhosa
[5014] Davey, Anthony S. (1984) : Adjectives and relatives in Zulu
[5015] Davey, Anthony S. (1988) : The tone of the past subjunctive negative in Zulu
[28147] David, Oana (2015) : Metaphor, metonymy, and category structure in Sereer-Saloum noun classes
[5023] Davidson, J. (1953) : Les verbs défectives dans la langue ngombe
[5031] Davies, William D. (1997) : Relational succession in Kinyarwanda possessorm ascension
[23419] Davies, William D. (1994) : Resuscitating the relational succession law in Kinyarwanda
[5035] Davis, Anthony R. (1985) : Syntactic binding and relative aspect markers in Hausa
[25460] Davydov, Artem (2010) : Historical Morpholog'j of Personal Pronouns in Manding
[5039] Dawkins, C. H. (1969) : The fundamentals of Amharic
[22941] Dawson, Keith (1982) : Remarks on negation in Tepo Krou
[23599] Day, Richard R. & Albert B. Saraka (1968) : An introduction to spoken Baoule: preliminary text
[28701] de Boeck, Egide (1904) : Grammaire et vocabulaire du lingala, ou langue du haut-Congo
[24777] De Cat, Cécile & Katherine Demuth (2008) : The Bantu-Romance Connection; A comparative investigation of verbal agreement, DPs, and information structure
[25372] De Dominicis, Amedeo (2003) : Tone or Pitch Accent in Masa?
[24967] De Jong, Nicky (2006) : The Verbal Matrix in Didinga
[26240] De Luna, Kathryn M. (2010) : Classifying Botatwe: M60 languages and the settlement chronology of south central Africa
[26241] De Schryver, Gilles‑Maurice & Minah Nabirye (2010) : A quantitative analysis of the morphology, morphophonology and semantic import of the Lusoga noun
[28358] De Veaugh-Geiss, Joseph P. (2021) : nà-Cleft (non-)exhaustivity: Variability in Akan
[26895] de Wit, Gerrit (2015) : Liko Phonology and Grammar - A Bantu language of the Democratic Republic of the Congo
[5045] DeBose, Charles E. (1974) : Papiamento plurals
[5048] Decapmaker, J. (1954) : L’emploi du passif dans le langage des Bakongo
[5254] Déchaine, Rose-Marie (1992) : Inflection in Ìgbo and Yorùbá
[5256] Déchaine, Rose-Marie (2001) : On the left edge of Yorùbá complements
[5255] Déchaine, Rose-Marie & Victor B. Manfredi (Ed) (1997) : Object positions in Benue-Kwa: papers from a workshop at Leiden University, June 1994
[28694] Declercq, Auguste (1900) : Eléments de la langue kanioka
[5051] Deed, Florence Instone (1939) : Ideophones and onomatopoetics in Swahili
[5052] Deed, Florence Instone (194-) : Giryama exercises
[5055] Deen, Kamil Ud (2003) : Agreement-less declaratives in Nairobi Swahili
[23317] Deen, Kamil Ud (2004) : The acquisition of inflectional prefixes in Nairobi Swahili
[23805] Deen, Kamil Ud (2005) : The acquisition of Swahili
[23986] Deen, Kamil Ud (2006) : Subject agreement in Nairobi Swahili
[25598] Defina, Rebecca (2012) : Aspect and Modality in Avatime
[5058] Dejeneie Leta (1975) : Oromo for beginners: language materials
[5059] Dejeneie Leta (1980) : Verbs in Oromo sentence patterns
[5061] Dekydtspotter, L. (1992) : The syntax of predicate clefts
[5062] Delaforge, M. (1947) : Grammaire et méthode bambara
[5067] Delafosse, Maurice (1927) : Classes nominales en wolof
[5069] Delafosse, Maurice (1929) : La langue mandingue et ses dialectes (malinké, bambara, dioula), I: introduction, grammaire, lexique français-mandingue
[5075] Delano, Isaac O. (1958) : Atúmò ede Yoruba (A short Yoruba grammar and dictionary)
[5077] Delano, Isaac O. (1965) : A modern Yoruba grammar
[5080] Deleu, (1934) : Essai de grammaire kilendu
[5086] Delille, A. (1935) : Inleiding tot de Chichoksche spraakleer
[5087] Delisle, Gilles L. (1975) : Non-standard concord and the marking hypothesis
[5088] Delius, Siegfried (1927) : Grammatik der Suaheli-Sprache
[5089] Delius, Siegfried (1939) : Wegweiser in die Suaheli-Sprache
[5092] Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1989) : Clitic ordering, morphology and phonology in the verbal complex of Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber ; part 1
[5093] Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1991) : Clitic ordering, morphology and phonology in the verbal complex of Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber ; part 2
[5095] Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1992) : Quantitative transfer in the nonconcatenative morphology of Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber
[5103] Delord, Jacques (19--) : Grammaire abrégée du kabiye
[5105] Delord, Jacques (1963) : Morphologie abrégée du kabrè
[5109] Delord, Jacques (1976) : La kabiye
[5110] Delord, Jacques (1988) : Les dialectes kabiye: études synoptique et comparative
[5111] Delord, Jacques (2000) : La langue kabiye et ses divers aspects: correspondance avec le Comité de Langue Nationale Kabiye (CLNK)
[5115] Delplanque, Alain (1986) : Le syntagme verbal en dagara
[5116] Delplanque, Alain (1987) : Les verbes de jugement en dagara (Burkina Faso)
[5117] Delplanque, Alain (1990) : Assertion et mode en dagara
[5118] Delplanque, Alain (1995) : Que signifient les classes nominales: l’exemple du mooré, langue gur
[5119] Delplanque, Alain (1997) : L’adjectif et l’expression de la qualité en dagara
[5120] Delplanque, Alain (1998) : Focalisation et identification en dagara
[5121] Delplanque, Alain (2000) : Perspective temporelle et valeurs modales des marques de conjugaison: le cas de wa et ti en dagara
[5122] Delplanque, Alain (2000) : La place du contexte dans une théorie de lʼénoncé: topicalisation et focalisation en dagara
[24317] Delplanque, Alain (1987-88) : A propos du plan de description grammaticale de M. Houis
[24989] Delplanque, Alain (1998) : Le mythe des “séries verbales”
[27157] Delplanque, Alain (2012) : Le dagara-lobr
[5123] Deltel, J.-R. (1968) : Le créole de la Réunion
[5125] Dem, Sierra (1995) : Wollof grammar manual
[5126] Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1969) : Verbal constructions in the Korekore dialect
[5128] Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1978) : Reduplication in Shona and its semantic effect
[5129] Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1979) : A syntactic classification of non-auxiliary verbs in Shona
[5130] Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1979) : The syntax of sentential complements in Shona
[5131] Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1981) : Remarks on some syntactic noun features in Shona
[5132] Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1987) : The structure and function of the noun phrase in Shona
[5133] Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1987) : A linguistic study of the verb in Korekore
[5135] Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1993) : C. M. Doke’s contribution to Shona linguistic studies
[5136] Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1995) : Secondary noun prefixes taken further with special reference to Shona
[23788] Demeke, Girma A. (2002) : The syntax of DPs
[24650] Demeke, Girma A. & Ronny Meyer (2007) : Topics and topicalization in Amharic
[5137] Demolin, Didier & Didiers L. Goyvaerts (1986) : Some aspects of Madi phonology and morphology
[5152] Dempwolff, Otto (1927) : Die Hervorhebung von Satzteilen als Anlass zur Verwendung besonderer Wortformen
[5153] Dempwolff, Otto (1931/98) : Induktiver Aufbau des Urbantu
[5154] Dempwolff, Otto (1934/35) : Einführung in die Sprache der Nama-Hottentotten
[5159] Demuth, Katherine Alison (1986) : Prompting routines in the language socialization of Basotho children
[5160] Demuth, Katherine Alison (1987) : Pragmatic functions of word order in Sesotho acquisition
[5161] Demuth, Katherine Alison (1988) : Noun classes and agreement in Sesotho acquisition
[5163] Demuth, Katherine Alison (1989) : Discourse functions of independent pronouns in Setswana
[5167] Demuth, Katherine Alison (1990) : Locatives, impersonals and expletives in Sesotho
[5169] Demuth, Katherine Alison (1992) : The acquisition of Sesotho
[5174] Demuth, Katherine Alison (1998) : Argument structure and the acquisition of Sesotho applicatives
[5177] Demuth, Katherine Alison (2000) : Bantu noun class systems: loan word and acquisition evidence of semantic productivity
[5178] Demuth, Katherine Alison (2003) : The acquisition of Bantu languages
[5172] Demuth, Katherine Alison & Carolyn Harford [Perez] (1996) : Verb raising and subject inversion in Bantu relatives
[5175] Demuth, Katherine Alison & Carolyn Harford [Perez] (1999) : Verb raising and subject inversion in Bantu relatives
[22624] Demuth, Katherine Alison & Christopher Odato (2002) : The acquisition of Sesotho double object constructions
[5171] Demuth, Katherine Alison & Jeffrey S. Gruber (1995) : Constraining XP-sequences
[5162] Demuth, Katherine Alison & Mark Johnson (1989) : Interaction between discourse functions and agreement in Setswana
[5165] Demuth, Katherine Alison & Mark Johnson (1989) : Discourse functions of agreement in Setswana
[5155] Demuth, Katherine Alison & Tholoana Sekhesa (1978/79) : Basic Sesotho: an oral approach - lessons and glossary
[5157] Demuth, Katherine Alison , Nicholas G. Faraclas & Lynell Marchese (1985) : Niger-Congo noun class and agreement systems in historical and acquisition perspective
[5158] Demuth, Katherine Alison , Nicholas G. Faraclas & Lynell Marchese (1986) : Niger-Congo noun classes and agreement systems in language acquisition and historical change
[5179] Demuth, Katherine Alison , ʼMalillo Matshepo Machobane , Francina L. Moloi & Christopher Odato (2005) : Learning animacy hierarchy effects in Sesotho double object constructions
[5180] Denais, Michel (1990) : Éléments de phonologie et de morphologie tigrina (éthiopien septentrional)
[5181] Denais, Michel (1994) : “Éléments” pour une réinterprétation de la suffixation en tigrigna
[5184] Denguika, Paul (1980) : Le phenomene de la derivation dans le conte kamba
[5192] Dennis, James Peter Lindsay (1984) : A semantic study of aspect in Krio
[5194] Denny, J. Peter & Chet A. Creider (1976) : The semantics of noun classes in Proto-Bantu
[5195] Denny, J. Peter & Chet A. Creider (1986) : The semantics of noun classes in Proto Bantu
[5196] Denolf, P. (1932) : Lukuba, taal der Bakuba, in ’t bizonder de gewesttaal der Mpianga
[23647] Denteh, A. Crakye (1974) : Spoken Twi for non-Twi speakers
[23649] Denteh, A. Crakye & Abudulai al Hassan (1974) : Spoken Dagbani for non-Dagbani speakers
[23648] Denteh, A. Crakye & K. K. Keelson (1974) : Spoken Fante for non-Fante speakers
[24086] Denteh., A. C. (1982) : Some Genitive Constructions in Akyem/Asante Twi
[5205] Depuydt, Leo (1993) : Conjunction, contiguity, contingency: on relationships between events in the Egyptian and Coptic verbal systems
[5207] Depuydt, Leo (1999) : Fundamentals of Egyptian grammar
[5206] Depuydt, Leo (Ed) (1996) : Catalogue of coordinates and satellites of the Middle Egyptian verb: material for Egyptian grammar
[5209] Der-Houssikian, Haig (1970) : The identity of nominal, verbal and adjective roots in Swahili
[5213] Der-Houssikian, Haig (1974) : The semantic content of class in Bantu and its syntactic significance
[5214] Der-Houssikian, Haig (1980) : Tem special skills handbook
[5215] Der-Houssikian, Haig (1980) : Tem grammar handbook
[5258] Déreau, Léon (1955) : Cours de kikongo
[25301] Dereau, Léon (1955) : Cours de kikôngo
[5216] Dereje Sebsibie (2001) : Noun morphology of Shekka
[24277] Derive, Marie-Joseph (1985) : Etude comparée des parlers manding de Côte-d'Ivoire
[24275] Derive, Marie-Josephe (1981) : Variations dialectales de certaines marques prédicatives des parlers manding ivoiriens
[5225] Desta Tito (1989) : Nominalisation patterns in Hadiyya
[5228] Destaing, Edmond (1921) : Note sur l’élément démonstratif en berbère
[5230] Destaing, Edmond (1934/37) : Sur les pronoms walli, wanna
[5231] Destaing, Edmond (1934/37) : Note sur le verbe passif
[5235] Destaing, Edmond (1937/40) : Remarques sur la qualification en Tachelhait du Sous (Maroc)
[28101] Destaing, Edmond (2007) : Etude sur le dialecte berbère des Beni-Snous - volume 1
[28102] Destaing, Edmond (2007) : Etude sur le dialecte berbère des Beni-Snous - volume 2
[28844] Dettweiler, Stephen (2021) : Subordinate clauses in Dadiya: Field research on the use of enclitic -I
[5266] Dévaud, E. (1928) : Études et notes de grammaire, de lexicologie, de paléographie égyptienne et coptes
[28845] Devlin, Kerri , Blake Lehman , Travis Major & Harold Torrence (2021) : A note on wh-questions in Avatime
[24763] Devos, Maud (2007) : A Grammar of Makwe
[26246] Devos, Maud (2008) : The expression of modality in Shangaci
[27165] Devos, Maud (2016) : Shangaji paired tenses: Emergence of a cj/dj system?
[27923] Devos, Maud (2020) : Plural number in Shangaji nominal morphology
[26308] Devos, Maud & Johan van der Auwera (2013) : Jespersen cycles in Bantu: double and triple negation
[26225] Devos, Maud & Koen Bostoen (2012) : Bantu do/say polysemy and the origins of a quotative in Shangaci
[28902] Devos, Maud & Rasmus Bernander (2022) : Proto-Bantu existential locational construction(s)
[27641] Devos, Maud , Manoah-Joël Misago & Koen Bostoen (2017) : A Corpus-based Description of Locative and Non-locative Reference in Kirundi Locative Enclitics
[26242] Devos, Maud , Michael Kasombo & Johan Van Der Auwera (2010) : Jespersen cycles in Kanincin: double, triple and maybe even quadruple negation
[5247] Dewees, John W. (1971) : The role of syntax in the occurence of the initial vowel in Luganda and some other Bantu languages
[5250] Dez, Jacques (1977) : La syntaxe du malgache
[5251] Dez, Jacques (1980) : Structure de la langue malgache
[5253] Dezeeuw, Peter [Howard] & Rexanna Kruah (1981) : A learner directed approach to Mano: a handbook on communication and culture with dialogs, texts, cultural notes, exercises, drills, and instructions
[26236] Di Carlo, Pierpaolo (2011) : Lower Fungom Linguistic Diversity and its Historical Development: Proposals from a Multidisciplinary Perspective
[26432] Di Garbo, Francesca (2014) : Gender and its interaction with number and evaluative morphology: An intra- and intergenealogical typological survey of Africa
[5271] Dia, Papa Amadou (19--) : Elaboration d’une terminologie grammaticale en wolof: metalangage en langue maternelle, manuel de grammaire pour les lycees
[5276] Diagana, Ousmane Moussa (1980) : Approche phonologiques et morphologique du parler soninké de Kaédi (Mauritanie)
[5277] Diagana, Ousmane Moussa (1984) : Le parler soninké de Kaédi (Mauritanie): syntaxe et sens
[22497] Diagana, Ousmane Moussa (1995) : La langue soninké: morphosyntaxe et sens
[5279] Diagana, Yacouba (1994) : Eléments de grammaire du soninké
[24305] Diagana, Yacouba (1987) : La focalisation en soninké
[6458] Diagne, Anna Marie (2006) : Phonologie et morphologie du soninke : une analyse non linéaire
[24838] Diagne, Anna Marie (2008) : Le marquage de la focalisation en soninké
[24844] Diagne, Anna Marie (2008) : Phonologie et morphologie du soninke : une analyse non linéaire
[26885] Diagne, Anna Marie (2015) : Le palor et le ndut – deux langues atlantiques sans classes nominales
[24931] Diagne, Mbacké (2009) : Le Bayot : Langue Atlantique Nord, groupe bak, sous groupe jóola
[25062] Diagne, Mbacké (2009) : Bref aperçu grammatical et lexical du bayot-kugere
[26881] Diagne, Mbacké (2015) : Classes nominales en bayot kugere
[5281] Diagne, Pathé (1971) : Grammaire du wolof moderne
[5283] Diakifukila, Nl. (1981) : Quelques considérations morpho-sémantiques des formes pronominales en kimanyanga
[26382] Diakité, Alhassane & Ibrahim Diakité (1974) : Étude descriptive du pular
[5293] Dial, Abdoulaye (1994) : Apprentissage rapide du wolof (jàng wolof)
[5294] Dial, Abdoulaye (1994) : Grammaire wolof (roofoo-gi-baat wolof)
[5296] Diale, Makhanese Pienaar (2004) : The application of suffixes to Northern Sotho words: a morphological and semantic study
[5297] Diall, Gouro Hamsamba (199-) : Paradigmatika i funksionirovanije pronominalnoj sistemy: na materiale fulfulde
[5300] Diallo, Abdourahmane (1989) : Les constraintes phonotactiques en pular: compte-rendu critique de ‘Phonologie et morphologie lexicales: les classes nominales en peul (fula)’ de Carole Paradis
[5304] Diallo, Abdourahmane (1999) : Grammaire descriptive du pular du Fuuta Jaloo (Guinée)
[26928] Diallo, Abdourahmane (2014) : Constructions copulatives en peul
[27193] Diallo, Abdourahmane (2015) : Précis de grammaire et de lexique du peul du Fouta Djallon
[28321] Diallo, Abdourahmane (2020) : Position et location en peul, l’usage de ka au Fouta Djallon
[26383] Diallo, Kadidiatou (1974) : Réflexions sur les rapports entre classes nominales et catégorie sémantique en pular
[5301] Diallo, M. S. (1989) : Le système vocalique et le système consonantique du peul (pulaar): compte-rendu critique de ‘Phonologie et morphologie lexicales: les classes nominales en peul (fula)’ de Carole Paradis
[5303] Diallo, M. S. (1992) : La suffixation verbale en pulaar (peul): phonologie et morphologie des suffixes verbaux dans le P.F-D. (Guinée)
[26386] Diallo, Mamadou Saliou (1976) : Étude comparative des systèmes nominaux pular et kisiei
[26387] Diallo, Mamadou Sanoussi (1974) : Les substituts nominaux du pular
[5299] Diallo, Mohamadou (1988) : Eléments de systématique et de dialectologie du marka-kan (Burkina-Faso)
[24292] Diallo, Mohamadou (2000) : Les parlers marka au Burkina Faso: contrastes au niveau grammatical
[26388] Diallo, Saliou (1978) : Étude du système nominal landuma
[26389] Diallo, Yaya Pellel (1974) : L'expressivité du pular
[5306] Dialo, A. (1981) : Structures verbales du wolof contemporain
[5307] Dialo, A. (1983) : Éléments systématiques du wolof contemporain
[25022] Dialo, Amadou (1985) : Les propositions subordonnées relatives du wolof contemporain
[26390] Diané, C. Oumar (1975) : L'expressivité en maninka
[26764] Diane, Oscar Ambemou (2012) : Les noms complexes de l’akyé, langue kwa de côte d’ivoire : composés ou syntagmes ?
[5342] Diarra, Boubacar (1988?) : Gramática kimbundu
[5343] Diarra, Boubacar (1989) : Gramática kikongo
[5345] Diarra, Boubacar (1988) : Gramática cokwe
[5346] Diarra, Boubacar (1990) : Gramática oxikwanyama
[5347] Diarra, Sékou Oumar (1992) : Eléments de description du fuladugukakan de sébékoro (parler manding du Mali)
[5350] Diata, M. (1981) : Étude descripto-comparative des démonstratifs soonde (H56), suku (H32) et mbala (H41)
[22495] Diatta, Christian Sina (1999) : Parlons jola: langue et culture des Diolas (Sénégal)
[25125] Diatta, Marie Michèle (2006) : La détermination nominale du diola Bliss, parler de Niomoune
[25126] Diatta, Marie Michèle (2007) : Les pronoms en jóola bliss (parler de Niomoune)
[5358] Dickens, Patrick John (1977) : Grammar simplification via rule inversion: the effect of historical deletion of nasals on modern Sotho
[5359] Dickens, Patrick John (1977) : Source and goal in !Xõ
[5362] Dickens, Patrick John (1984) : Qhalaxari verb tone classes
[5365] Dickens, Patrick John (1986) : Tone in Qhalaxarzi main verb constructions
[5369] Dickens, Patrick John (1992) : Ju|’hoan manuscript grammar
[5372] Dickens, Patrick John (1997) : Relative clauses in Ju|’hoan
[26427] Dickens, Patrick John (2005) : A Concise Grammar of Ju/’hoan ; With a Ju/’hoan-English Glossary and a Subject Index
[5360] Dickens, Patrick John & Anthony Traill (1977) : Collective and distributive in !Xõo
[5373] Diem, Werner (1986) : Alienable und inalienable Possession im Semitischen
[5374] Diem, Werner (1987) : Alienable und inalienable Relation in Semitischen
[23662] Dienst, Stefan (2004) : Nominalmorphologie und Numerus im Bobo (Mande)
[26185] Diercks, Michael (2011) : Incorporating Location in Argument Structure: The Lubukusu Locative Clitic
[28338] Diercks, Michael (2010) : Agreements with subjects in Lubukusu
[28256] Diercks, Michael & Meghana Rao (2019) : Upward-oriented complementizer agreement with subjects and objects in Kipsigis
[26829] Diercks, Michael , Rodrigo Ranero & Mary Paster (2015) : Evidence for a Clitic Analysis of Object Markers in Kuria
[27425] Diercks, Michael , Rodrigo Ranero & Mary Paster (2015) : Agreement with conjoined arguments in Kuria
[5376] Dieterlen, G. (1940) : Notes sur les Kourouma du Yatenga et de l’Empire de Wagadugu
[5377] Dietsch, M. (1988) : Zum Kausativ amharischer Simplexverben
[25156] Dièye, El Hadji (2009) : Morphologie Verbale Du Lehar
[25355] Dièye, El Hadji (2011) : Description d’une langue Cangin du Sénégal : le laalaa (léhar)
[26886] Dieye, El Hadji (2015) : Les classes nominales en laalaa (léhar)
[24399] Dieye, Modou (1987) : Essai de description dʼune variante dialectale du soninke
[5384] Dihoff, Ivan R. (1971) : The Hausa noun plural: a preliminary classification
[5390] Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1977) : Le sango s’écrit aussi: esquisse linguistique du sango, langue nationale de l’Empire centrafricain
[5391] Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1978) : Grammaire sango: phonologie et syntaxe
[5396] Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1988) : Aspects, modes et temps en sango
[5400] Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1995) : Le sango
[22405] Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (2003) : Ostension, topicalisation et focalisation en sängö
[5403] Diller, Jason , Kari Jordan-Diller & Cameron Hamm (2002) : Sentence repetition testing (SRT) and language shift survey of the Tuki language
[22629] Dillon, Caitlin (2003) : Verbs of motion in Nigerian Pidgin English: manner, direction and serial verb constructions
[25812] Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2009) : Reconstructing the Historical Development of Nilotic: A Testcase for Cladistic and Rhizotic Models of Genetic Affinity
[26012] Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2010) : Differential Object Marking in Nilo-Saharan
[27194] Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2017) : Areal Contact in Nilo-Saharan
[27991] Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2018) : Reconstructing Katloid and deconstructing Kordofanian
[27755] Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. & Rainer Vossen (eds) (2020) : The Oxford Handbook of African Languages
[5405] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1976) : Aspekt van het Basaá
[5407] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1981) : On verbal derivation in Nilotic: the case of Turkana
[5410] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : The Turkana language
[5411] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : The two morphological classes in Nilotic
[5412] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : Topics in the grammar of Turkana
[5413] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : Turkana as a verb-initial language
[5416] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1985) : Prominence hierarchies and Turkana syntax
[5418] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1986) : Notes on Avokaya
[5421] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1987) : Drift and selective mechanisms in morphological changes: the Eastern Nilotic case
[5422] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1987) : Krongo: between universal, areal and genetic norms [= book review: ‘Die Krongo-Sprache’ by Mechthild Reh]
[5424] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1988) : Aspects du Basaa (bantou Zone A. Cameroun)
[5426] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1991) : The geometry of verb paradigms in Teso-Turkana
[5431] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1993) : Conversational implicatures, metonymy and attitude markers in Turkana speech acts
[5436] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1995) : The emergence of tense marking in the Nilotic-Bantu borderland as an instance of areal adaptation
[5439] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1996) : Attitude markers and conversational implicatures in Turkana speech acts
[5442] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1998) : A syntactic typology of the Surmic family from an areal and historical-comparative point of view
[5443] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2000) : Morphology
[5444] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2000) : Number marking and noun categorization in Nilo-Saharan languages
[5446] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2001) : Language shift and morphological convergence in the Nilotic area
[5447] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2001) : Logophoric marking and represented speech in African languages as evidential hedging strategies
[5450] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2002) : Colourful psi’s sleep furiously: depicting emotional states in some African languages
[5451] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2003) : Locatives as core constituents
[23522] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2005) : Secondary predicates and adverbials in Nilotic and Omotic: a typological comparison
[25502] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2007) : Africa's verb-final languages
[5415] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (Ed) (1985) : Current approaches to African linguistics III: proceedings of the 14th annual conference on African linguistics, University of Wisconsin, Madison
[5438] Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan & Franz Rottland (1996) : Projective space and spatial orientation in some Nilotic and Surmic languages
[25353] Dingemanse, Mark (2011) : The Meaning and Use of Ideophones in Siwu
[27265] Dingemanse, Mark (2017) : Expressiveness and system integration: On the typology of ideophones, with special reference to Siwu
[24379] Diop, Abdou Kounta (2001) : Dialectologie wolof : étude comparée du lebou de Ouakam et du wolof dit standard
[27289] Diop, Abdou Kounta (1994) : Contribution à l'étude dialectologique du wolof : le lebou de Ouakam
[5459] Diop, Amadou Moustapha (19--) : Les classificateurs et quelques operateurs de groupe nominal en wolof: étude metaoperationelle contrastive (wolof, anglais, francais)
[24376] Diop, Arame , Maurice Calvet & Jean Léonce Doneux (1974) : La morphologie du wolof fondamental. Evaluation dʼune méthode statistique
[5468] Dioubaté, S. (1988) : Les constructions thématiques en pular, vers une analyse fonctionelle
[5470] Diouf, Jean-Léopold (1994) : Une approche du passif en wolof par la relation prédicative
[5471] Diouf, Jean-Léopold (1998) : Précis de grammaire wolof
[5473] Diouf, Jean-Léopold (2001) : Grammaire du wolof contemporain
[28168] Diouf, Jean-Léopold (2009) : Grammaire du wolof contemporain
[5469] Diouf, M. J.-B. (1985) : Das Verbalsystem des Wolof
[5474] Dirive, L. (1981) : Eléments de la morphologie lendu
[8210] Dittemer, Clarissa , Dimytr Ibriszimow & Karsten Brunk (2004) : Les pronoms en tchadique : vue d’ensemble
[5481] Ditters, E. (1992) : A formal approach to Arabic syntax
[5482] Divage, P. (2002) : Fonologia da causativização em Gitonga
[5484] Djamba, Ndjeka (1983) : Idéophones en otetela (C.71): essai d’analyse
[5485] Djarangar, Djita Issa (19--) : Description phonologique et grammaticale du bedjond, parler Sara de Bediondo/Tchad
[5486] Djarangar, Djita Issa (1988) : Le système tonal du bedjonde (sara/Tchad)
[5487] Djarangar, Djita Issa (1989) : Description phonologique et grammaticale de bédjonde, parler sara de Bédiondo, Tchad
[23952] Djiobie, Léopold (2001) : Morphologie nominale du ngombale
[25943] Djomeni, Gabriel Delmon (2012) : A morpho-syntactic account of reduplication in Béèmbéléè
[26739] Djomeni, Gabriel Delmon (2014) : A Descriptive Grammar of Bə̀mbələ̀
[23905] Djouonzo, Bernadette Florette (2005) : Nom en tèbèyà: morphologie et syntaxe
[23834] Djoupée, Bertille (2002) : Morphologie nominale du baka
[24152] Djoupée, Bertille (2005) : Les nominaux à expansion en baka
[27137] Djoupée, Bertille (2017) : La prédication nominale en ɓaka
[5505] Dlali, Mawande (2003) : The speech act of complaint in IsiXhosa
[5507] Dlayedwa, Ntombizodwa Cynthia (2002) : Valency-reducing processes in Xhosa
[5508] Dlouhy, Robert John (1981) : A tagmemic analysis of conversational exchanges in a Swahili folktale
[23411] Dobashi, Yoshihito (2001) : Agrement and word order in Sandawe
[5514] Dodt, Wolfgang (1994) : Der Relativsatz
[5518] Doke, Clement Martyn (1921) : Some notes on the infinitive in Bantu
[5519] Doke, Clement Martyn (1922) : The grammar of the Lamba language
[5529] Doke, Clement Martyn (1927) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5530] Doke, Clement Martyn (1927) : The significance of class 1a of Bantu nouns
[5534] Doke, Clement Martyn (1928) : The need for a Bantu classification in Bantu grammar
[5535] Doke, Clement Martyn (1929) : The problem of word-division in Bantu, with special reference to the language of Mashonaland
[5537] Doke, Clement Martyn (1931) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5546] Doke, Clement Martyn (1935) : Bantu linguistic terminology
[5549] Doke, Clement Martyn (1936) : Word division and grammatical classification in Swahili
[5551] Doke, Clement Martyn (1937) : Language
[5553] Doke, Clement Martyn (1938) : Textbook of Lamba grammar
[5555] Doke, Clement Martyn (1939) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5560] Doke, Clement Martyn (1943) : Text book of Lamba grammar
[5562] Doke, Clement Martyn (1943) : Outline grammar of Bantu
[5563] Doke, Clement Martyn (1944) : Conjunctive writing for Bantu languages
[5565] Doke, Clement Martyn (1947) : Text-book of Zulu grammar
[5566] Doke, Clement Martyn (1945) : Bantu: modern grammatical, phonetical, and lexicological studies
[5572] Doke, Clement Martyn (1950) : Bantu languages, inflexional with a tendency towards agglutination
[5574] Doke, Clement Martyn (1954) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5575] Doke, Clement Martyn (1954) : The Southern Bantu languages
[5577] Doke, Clement Martyn (1955) : Zulu syntax and idiom
[5590] Doke, Clement Martyn (1963) : Graded Lamba grammar and exercises
[5591] Doke, Clement Martyn (1963) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5540] Doke, Clement Martyn & E. W. Grant (1932) : Graded Zulu exercises
[5567] Doke, Clement Martyn & E. W. Grant (1946) : Graded Zulu exercises
[5579] Doke, Clement Martyn & S. M. Mofokeng (1957) : Textbook of Southern Sotho Grammar
[5593] Doke, Clement Martyn & S. M. Mofokeng (1985) : Textbook of Southern Sotho Grammar
[5603] Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1973) : Glagolnye okonchaniia v vostochno-sidamskikh i irakvskikh iazykakh [Verb endings in the East Sidamo and Iraqw languages]
[5607] Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1986) : Semitic nomina segolata in Ethiopian
[5610] Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1988) : On etymology of pronouns and classification of the Chadic languages
[5611] Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1999) : On the origin of the Hebrew nota accusativi ?et-?Et and the t-accusative in Akkadian, Agaw and Saho
[5614] Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1971) : A classification of Akan verb stems
[5619] Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1986) : Tone and grammar in Akan: the tone of possessive constructions in the Asante dialect
[5620] Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1987) : On negating the consecutive verb in Akan
[5623] Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1996) : A comprehensive course in Twi (Asante), for the non-Twi learner
[26655] Dom, Sebastian , Guillaume Segerer & Koen Bostoen (2015) : Antipassive/associative polysemy in Cilubà (Bantu, L31a) - A plurality of relations analysis
[27525] Dom, Sebastian , Leonid Kulikov & Koen Bostoen (2018) : Valency-decreasing derivations and quasi-middles in Bantu: A typological perspective
[28874] Dombrovsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2020) : Categorization of phasal polarity items in Bambara (Mande)
[5624] Dombrowski, Franz Amadeus (1984) : Einige Beobachtungen zur Bildung von Verbalstämmen im Bilin
[5626] Dombrowski, Franz Amadeus (1988) : Bilin and Awngi verbal systems: a critical evaluation of passive extensions
[5630] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (1998) : Contact minyanka-bambara: l’exemple de la relativisation
[5631] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (1999) : Phénomènes de contact entre les langues minyanka et bambara (sud du Mali)
[24647] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2006) : La négation dans les énoncés simples et complexes en kar (Senufo)
[24808] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : Motion events in Kar
[25524] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2012) : Grammaticalization of the deictic verbs ‘come’ and ‘go’ in Syer
[26027] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2012) : Motion events in Bambara (Mande)
[27397] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2015) : A grammar of Syer (Western Karaboro, Senufo); phonology, morphology, argument realization
[27678] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2020) : Conditional-Relatives in Senufo and Manding
[27963] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2018) : Relative clauses in Syer (Western Karaboro, Senufo, Gur)
[28656] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2012) : J1. Syer
[28674] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : G1. Minyanka
[28675] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : G2. Supyire
[28676] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : G3. Secete (Tagba)
[28677] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : G4. Kar
[28678] Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : G5. Tenyer
[24109] Domché-Téko, Engelbert (2000-01) : Le locatif en ghomalaʼ
[5633] Domenichini-Ramiaramanana, Bakoly (1976) : Le malgache: essai de description sommaire
[5634] Domingue, N. (1984) : Syntactic innovations in Mauritian Bhojpuri
[5636] Donaldson, Bruce C. (1988) : The influence of English on Afrikaans
[5637] Donaldson, Bruce C. (1993) : A grammar of Afrikaans
[5638] Donaldson, Bruce C. (2000) : Colloquial Afrikaans: the complete course for beginners
[27491] Donaldson,Coleman (2016) : Manding reflexive verb constructions and registers in Jula of Burkina Faso
[5640] Doneux, Jean Léonce (1967) : Données sur la classe 15 nominale en bantou
[5641] Doneux, Jean Léonce (1967) : Le manjaku: classes nominales et questions sur l’alternance consonantique
[5643] Doneux, Jean Léonce (1968) : Esquisse grammaticale du dan
[5645] Doneux, Jean Léonce (1971) : Deux études sur les interrogatifs en zone J du bantu
[5646] Doneux, Jean Léonce (1974) : Approche morphophonologique de deux points limités dans les langues africaines du groupe atlantique
[24035] Doneux, Jean Léonce (1993) : Syllabus du cours de description du manjaku
[24042] Doneux, Jean Léonce (1984) : Eléments de grammaire balante
[24045] Doneux, Jean Léonce (1976) : Lʼensemble joola : 1. le kwatay.
[24046] Doneux, Jean Léonce (1991) : La place de la langue buy dans le groupe atlantique de la famille kongo-kordofan
[24349] Doneux, Jean Léonce (1969) : La langue manjaku et lʼalternance consonantique initiale
[27530] Doneux, Jean-Léonce (sd) : Lexique comparatif buy et jaaxet
[5653] Dong, D. A. (1981) : The verb phrase in Dagaare
[5655] Donne, A. C. (1929) : A guide and aid to Swahili examinations
[5657] Donnelly, Simon Scurr (1991) : Phonology and morphology of the noun in Yeeyi
[5660] Donwa-Ifode, Shirley O. (1976) : The phonology and noun class system of Agoi
[26479] Donzo Bunza, Jean-Pierre (2014) : L'idéophone en Ebwela, language Bantoue du nord-ouest de la RD Congo
[26631] Donzo Bunza, Jean-Pierre (2015) : Langues bantoues de l’entre Congo-Ubangi (RD Congo) : Documentation, reconstruction, classification et contacts avec les langues oubanguiennes
[5668] Doret, Eric (1981) : Old and Middle Egyptian narrative verbal system
[5670] Dornan, Samuel Shaw (1921) : Tati Bushmen
[24745] Dorvlo, Kofi (2009) : Does Logba Have an Adjective Class?
[24920] Dorvlo, Kofi (2008) : A Grammar of Logba (Ikpana)
[25103] Dorvlo, Kofi (2009) : Noun class system and agreement patterns in Logba (Ikpana)
[26696] Dorvlo, Kofi (2009) : Focus in Logba
[27908] Dorvlo, Kofi (2020) : Language of reconciliation: Airing grievances during the Hogbetsotso
[26394] Doualamou, Germain (sd.) : Étude phonologique du kpelewo
[28511] Dow Smith Paterson, Rebecca (2019) : Nominalization and Predication in U̠t-Ma'in
[5675] Dowling, Tessa (1998) : Speak Xhosa with us
[5676] Downey, [Miss] (1---) : KiSukuma grammar, with a suggested seven-vowel orthography for kiSukuma
[27605] Downing, Laura (2014) : Melodic Verb Tone Patterns in Jita
[5677] Downing, Laura J. (1988) : Tonology of noun-modifier phrases in Jita
[5685] Downing, Laura J. (1995/97) : Correspondence effects in Siswati reduplication
[5687] Downing, Laura J. (1999) : Verbal reduplication in three Bantu languages
[5689] Downing, Laura J. (2000) : Morphological and prosodic constraints on Kinande verbal reduplication
[5696] Downing, Laura J. (2004) : Bukusu reduplication
[23230] Downing, Laura J. (2005) : Morphology conditions minimality in Bantu languages
[23232] Downing, Laura J. (2005) : Jita causative doubling and paradigm uniformity
[25699] Downing, Laura J. (2010) : Prosodic Phrasing in Relative Clauses – A Comparative Look at Zulu, Chewa and Tumbuka
[26147] Downing, Laura J. (2012) : On the (Non-)congruence of Focus and Prominence in Tumbuka
[26852] Downing, Laura J. (2013) : Issues in the Phonology-Syntax Interface in African Languages
[26020] Downing, Laura J. & Al Mtenje (2011) : Prosodic phrasing of Chichewa relative clauses
[28564] Downing, Laura J. & Lutz Marten (2019) : Clausal morphosyntax and information structure
[5699] Downing, Laura J. , Al[fred] D. Mtenje & Bernd Pompino-Marshall (2004) : Prosody and information structure in Chichewa
[27497] Dramé, Djibril (2017) : Contribution à la dialectologie du soninké : Correspondances phonologiques entre le parler du Kíngí et le parler du Jàahúnú
[26395] Dramé, Malamine (1976) : Description générale du diakanké de Guinée
[5701] Dramé, Mallafe (1981) : Aspects of Mandingo grammar
[25014] Dramé, Mallafé (1985) : Les propositions relatives en mandinka
[27324] Dramé, Mamour (2012) : Phonologie et morphosyntaxe comparees de trois dialectes wolof
[5702] Dramé, Man Lafi (Ed) (2003) : Parlons mandinka
[5705] Dressler, W. (1968) : Studien zur verbalen Pluralität
[5707] Drewes, A. J. (1960) : Le type verbal k’atala en gurage oriental
[5708] Drexel, Albert (1921/22) : Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen ; Teil 1
[5709] Drexel, Albert (1923/24) : Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen ; Teil 2
[5713] Drexel, Albert (1925) : Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen ; Teile 3-4
[5717] Drexel, Albert (1929) : Das grammatische Geschlecht im Nama und Sandawe
[5718] Drexel, Albert (1929) : Von Entstehungswert der grammatischen Genuswörter
[5722] Driberg, Jack H. (1923) : The Lango: a Nilotic tribe of Uganda
[5725] Driever, Dorothea (1972) : Überlegungen zur Rollenstruktur deverbativer Verben im Swahili
[5726] Driever, Dorothea (1976) : Aspects of a case grammar of Mombasa Swahili, with special reference to the relationship between informant variation and some sociological features
[5729] Drolc, Ursula (1991) : Zum Perfekt im Swahili: theoretische Grundlagen und Corpusanalyse
[5730] Drolc, Ursula (1992) : On the perfect in Swahili
[24809] Drolc, Ursula (2007) : Motion verbs in Ki-Laala
[5735] Dryer, Matthew S. (1983) : Indirect objects in Kinyarwanda revisited
[25188] Dryer, Matthew S. (2009) : Verb-object-negative order in central Africa
[5736] Drysdale, J. G. S. (1953) : Some notes on the Somali language for beginners
[5737] Drysdale, J. G. S. (1959) : Somali primer
[28419] Duah, Reginald Akuoko & Obadele Kambon (2020) : On the Structure of Causatives in Akan
[26186] Duarte, Fábio Bonfim (2011) : Tense Encoding, Agreement Patterns, Definiteness and Relativization Strategies in Changana
[23429] Dube, Sibusisiwe (2000) : The nature of the initial state Zulu L2 grammar and subsequent interlanguage development
[5741] Dubinsky, Stanley & Mazemba Nzwanga (1994) : A challenge to Burzio’s generalization: impersonal transitives in Western Bantu
[5742] Dubinsky, Stanley & Silvester Ron Simango (1996) : Passive and stative in Chichewa: evidence for modular distinctions in grammar
[5740] Dubinsky, Stanley , Maria-Rosa Lloret-Romañach & Paul Newman (1988) : Lexical and syntactic causatives in Oromo
[5743] Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1970) : [Grammatical description of Bantu languages]
[5745] Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1974) : [Systems of verbal tenses in the Rwanda language]
[5746] Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1975) : [Verbal categories of mood and tense the Rwanda language]
[5748] Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1976) : [Grammatical and phonetic essay on the Rwanda language]
[5750] Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1979) : Yazyk ruanda
[5751] Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1979) : [The main word-building means in the Rwanda language]
[5752] Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1984) : The Rwanda language
[5753] Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1988) : [Forms and functions of the article in the Somali language]
[5754] Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1988) : [Attributive verbs as a special word class in the Somali languages]
[5755] Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1988) : Peculiarities of noun word-building in the Somali language
[5756] Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1990) : Sovremennyi somaliiskii iazyk [Modern Somali language]
[5759] Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (2003) : A grammatical sketch of Somali
[5761] Ducati, Bruno (1936) : Corso di lingua galla in dodici lezioni
[5763] Ducos, Gisèle E. (1971) : La structure du badiaranké de Guinée et du Sénégal: phonologie et syntaxe
[23083] Duerksen, John (1996) : Two methods for modelling morphological fusion
[5771] Duff, Frederico (1935) : Breve método de ensino nyaneka-português para os catequistas
[5777] Dugast, Idelette (1971) : Grammaire du tùnen
[5784] Duke, Daniel [Joseph] (2001) : Aka as a contact language: sociolinguistic and grammatical evidence
[5786] Dumestre, Gérard (1971) : Cours de dioula à l’usage des volontaires du corps de la paix
[5798] Dumestre, Gérard (1987/94) : Le bambara du Mali: essais de déscription linguistique
[5804] Dumestre, Gérard (1998/99) : Cours de grammaire bambara
[5805] Dumestre, Gérard (2003) : Grammaire fondamentale du bambara
[24188] Dumestre, Gérard (1981) : ŋ / w en bambara
[24190] Dumestre, Gérard (1985) : L'argot bambara: une première approche
[24193] Dumestre, Gérard (1986) : Les syntagmes à formants permutables du bambara
[24198] Dumestre, Gérard (1987-88) : Remarques sur la construction attributive en bambara
[24201] Dumestre, Gérard (1989) : Quelques observations à propos des circonstants et des postpositions en bambara
[24202] Dumestre, Gérard (1989) : A propos de l'ordre des compléments en bambara
[24204] Dumestre, Gérard (1981) : La morphologie verbale en bambara
[24205] Dumestre, Gérard (1990) : Note sur le morphème de l'hypothétique négatif bìlen en bambara
[24213] Dumestre, Gérard (1997) : A propos d'éléments transcatégoriels en bambara
[24214] Dumestre, Gérard (1999) : Des auxiliaires en bambara
[24218] Dumestre, Gérard (2001) : Les locutions postpositives du bambara
[24219] Dumestre, Gérard (2004) : Note sur un tropisme móri bámanan en bambara
[24220] Dumestre, Gérard (1982) : Relations entre propositions dans l'énoncé complexe en bambara
[24222] Dumestre, Gérard (1983) : Les conglomérés en bambara
[24225] Dumestre, Gérard (1984) : Contribution à l'étude des tons du bambara
[24289] Dumestre, Gérard (1982) : Note sur les adverbes idéophoniques du mandinka
[24433] Dumestre, Gérard (2006) : Bamanankan Mab?n [grammaire du bambara, en bambara, rédigée avec un groupe de linguistes et pédagogues maliens]
[24903] Dumestre, Gérard (2008) : Typologie des énoncés complexes en bambara : traits généraux
[24992] Dumestre, Gérard (1998) : Les idéophones : le cas du bambara
[25486] Dumestre, Gérard (2011) : A propos des adverbes du bambara, ou de l’art d’accommoder les restes.
[5789] Dumestre, Gérard & Georges L. A. Retord (1974) : Kó dì? Cours de dioula
[5793] Dumestre, Gérard & Georges L. A. Retord (1981) : Kó dì? Cours de dioula
[24229] Dumestre, Gérard & Michiyo Hosaka (2000) : Observations sur le parler bambara de Kolona (sud Mali)
[28258] Duncan, Philip T. , Travis Major & Mfon Udoinyang (2019) : Verb and predicate coordination in Ibibio
[28832] Duncan, Philip T. , Travis Major & Mfon Udoinyang (2018) : Searching high and low for focus in Ibibio
[27195] Dundaa, Mark Gandaa (2013) : Aspects of Birfor phonology
[5812] Dunham, Margaret (1994) : Première approche des sons du tshitshopi, langue bantu S61 du Mozambique
[5813] Dunham, Margaret (1995) : Esquisse syntaxique du cicopi, langue bantu S61 du Mozambique
[5816] Dunham, Margaret (2005) : Éléments de description du langi, langue bantu F.33 de Tanzanie
[5817] Dunham, Margaret (2004) : On The Verbal System In Langi, A Bantu Language Of Tanzania (F.33)
[5818] Dunigan, M. (1994) : The clausal structure of Wolof: a study of focus and cliticization
[5820] Dunn, E. N. (1974) : Hausa plurals: a stratificational restatement
[5823] Dunstan, Elizabeth (1963) : Conjugation in Ngwe
[5831] Dunstan, Elizabeth (1971) : Noun class systems in Mbam-Nkam
[5832] Duperray, Bernard (1953) : Grammaire ngambay elementaire
[21776] Durand, Olivier (1998) : Lineamenti di lingua berbera: varietà tamazight del Marocco centrale
[5843] Duranti, Alessandro (1977) : Relative clauses
[5844] Duranti, Alessandro (1977) : Contributi delle lingue bantu alla teoria della grammatica relazionale
[5845] Duranti, Alessandro (1979) : Object clitic pronouns in Bantu and the topicality hierarchy
[5842] Duranti, Alessandro & Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo (1977) : On the notion of ‘direct object’
[5849] Duthie, Alan S. (1996) : Introducing Ewe linguistic patterns: a textbook of phonology, grammar and semantics
[5853] Dwyer, David J. (1968) : An introduction to West African Pidgin English
[5857] Dwyer, David J. (1976) : The analysis of Bambara polarization
[5861] Dwyer, David J. (1981) : Lorma: a reference handbook of phonetics, grammar, lexicon and learning procedures
[5864] Dwyer, David J. (1985) : The evolutionary morphology of southwestern Mande definite articles
[5867] Dwyer, David J. (1989) : Mande
[5852] Dwyer, David J. & David Smith (1966) : An introduction to West African Pidgin-English
[5860] Dwyer, David J. , P. Bodegie & J. D. Bague (1981) : A learner directed approach to Lorma: a handbook on communication and culture with dialogs, texts, cultural notes, exercises, drills, and instructions
[28150] Dyachkov, Vadim (2019) : A grammar of Tomo Kan Dogon
[28716] Dyachkov, Vadim (2021) : When Gur class markers are absent: suffix omission in Natioro
[28875] Dyachkov, Vadim (2020) : Ma-causatives in Tomo Kan Dogon: between causatives and passives
[26396] Dyallo, Ibrahima Sory (1973) : La dérivation en pular du Futa Dyalo et recherche d'une méthode de création de nouveaux mots
[5875] Dyk, P. R. van (1960) : ’n Studie van Lala: sy fonologie, morfologie en sintaksis
[5878] Dysart, J. P. (1---) : Chindau lessons
[24141] Dzameshie, Alex K. (1998-99) : Structures of Coordination in Ewe
[5883] Dzokanga, Adolphe (1979) : Dictionnaire lingala-français suivi d’une grammaire
[5887] Dzokanga, Adolphe (1995) : Grammaire pratique du lingala illustrée
[25025] Dzokanga, Adolphe (2003) : Grammaire pratique du lingala
[5884] Dzokanga, Mwana-mboka (1979) : Dictionnaire sémantique illustré lingala-français
[5880] Dzʼba, Dheli Susa (1972) : Esquisse grammaticale du bira
[5895] Eastlack, Charles (1968) : The noun classes in Ngemba
[5896] Eastlack, Charles (1972) : The personal pronouns of Ngemba
[5898] Eastman, Carol M. (1967) : An investigation of verbal extension in Kenya coastal dialects of Swahili, with special emphasis on KiMwita
[5899] Eastman, Carol M. (1969) : A descriptive statement of the operative verbal extensions in Swahili
[5900] Eastman, Carol M. (1969) : The status of the reversive extension in modern Kenya coastal Swahili
[5904] Eastman, Carol M. (1980) : Concordial agreement in Lamnso
[5912] Eastman, Carol M. (1991) : Loanwords in Swahili nominal inflection
[25160] Eaton, Helen (2010) : Information structure in Sandawe texts
[25892] Eaton, Helen (2008) : Object marking and aspect in Sandawe
[27806] Eaton, Helen (2020) : Sandawe
[28576] Eaton, Helen (2019) : Vwanji G66
[28915] Eaton, Helen (2015) : Main event line structure and aspect in Sandawe narratives
[5917] Eaton, Helen Catherine (1997) : The Barabaig noun
[5918] Eaton, Helen Catherine (2001) : Word order and focus in the Sandawe irrealis
[5919] Eaton, Helen Catherine (2002) : The grammar of focus in Sandawe
[23866] Ebah, Lydia Ebude (1990) : The noun class system of Lefo’
[5921] Ebanda, wa Kalema (1991) : Le kpala, un parler oubanguien
[5925] Eberle, [P.] Erich (1953) : Kiswahili: ein Führer in die Anfangsgründe
[5926] Eberle, [P.] Erich & [Kapitän] Hilmar Pfenniger (1961) : Kiswahili: ein systematischer Lehrgang
[23351] Eberle, Andrea & Regina Schulz (2004) : Koptisch: ein Leitfaden durch das Saïdische
[5927] Eberle, Eva-Maria (2001) : Zur Grammatikalisierung von Adpositionen in den Mande-Sprachen: ein Vergleich
[5929] Ebermann, Erwin (1990) : Possessivsätze im Samo von Bangasoko (Burkina Faso)
[5931] Ebermann, Erwin (1993) : Zur Entstehung des Kausativpräfixes ‘la-’ im Manding
[25186] Ebermann, Erwin (2009) : From double negation to portmanteau: Comparative sentence negation in Northern Samo
[5938] Ebert, James I. (1978) : Lexical root and affixes in Kera
[5935] Ebert, Karen H. (1976) : Sprache und tradition der Kera (Tschad). Teil II: Lexicon/Lexique
[5936] Ebert, Karen H. (1977) : Definiteness in Kera
[5937] Ebert, Karen H. (1977) : Some aspects of the Kera verbal system
[5939] Ebert, Karen H. (1979) : Sprache und tradition der Kera (Tschad). Teil III: Grammatik
[5940] Ebert, Karen H. (1987) : Discourse function of motion verbs in Chadic
[5941] Ebert, Karen H. (2003) : ‘Come’ and ‘go’ as discourse connectors in Kera and other Chadic languages
[5942] Ebner, Fr. Elzear P. (1951) : Grammatik des Neu-Kingoni
[5944] Ebner, Fr. Elzear P. (1957) : Grammatik der kiMatengo-Sprache
[5946] Ebobissé, Carl (1979) : Die Morphologie des Verbs im Ost-Dangaleat (Gurea, Tschad)
[5947] Ebobissé, Carl (1985) : Les classes nominales de la langue oli
[5948] Ebobissé, Carl (1987) : Les verbaux de dangaleat de l’est (Guera, Tchad): lexique français-dangaléat et allemand-dangaléat
[5952] Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1960) : Morfologia y sintaxis de la lengua bujeba
[5954] Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1967) : Evolución de la clasificación nominal en las lenguas bantúes de la zona norte-oeste
[5955] Echeruo, Michael J. C. (1995) : The case-tone factor in Igbo nouns, with special reference to the Igbo associative construction
[5957] Echeruo, Michael J. C. (1998) : The case-tone factor in Igbo nouns, with special reference to the Igbo associative construction
[5962] Edegbe, J. U. (1936) : Benin English grammar
[5963] Edel, Elmar (1955/64) : Altägyptische Grammatik
[25252] Edelsten, Peter & Chiku Lijongwa (2010) : A Grammatical Sketch of Chindamba. A Bantu language (G52) of Tanzania
[5967] Edenmyr, Niklas (2000) : Locative nouns in four Bantu languages
[5968] Edenmyr, Niklas (2001) : Focus control in Kirundi
[5969] Edenmyr, Niklas (2004) : The semantics of Hadza gender assignment: a few notes from the field
[5971] Edgar, John T. (1989) : A Masalit grammar, with notes on other languages of Darfur and Wadai
[5974] Edgar, John T. (1991) : Allomorphy of the second person singular prefix in Maba group verbs
[5977] Edgerton, William F. (1935) : On the origin of certain Coptic verbal forms
[5979] Edmiston, Althea Brown (1940) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bushonga or Bukuba language, as spoken by the Bushonga or Bukuba tribe who dwell in the Upper Kasai District, Belgian Congo, Central Africa
[5982] Edmondson, Eileen (1966) : Nouns of Etung classified by their singular-plural prefix pairs
[23064] Edmondson, Eileen & Kenneth Lee Pike (1970) : Ranking in singular-plural prefix pairs
[5981] Edmondson, Tom (1966) : Preliminary description of some verb structures in Etung
[26535] Edzard, Lutz (2014) : The Finite / Infinite Dichotomy in a Comparative Semitic Perspective
[5989] Eeden, B. I. C. van (1936) : The grammar of Soli
[5990] Eeden, B. I. C. van (1941) : Inleiding tot die studie van Suid-Sotho
[5991] Eeden, B. I. C. van (1943) : Praktiese Suid-Sotho-lesse
[5992] Eeden, B. I. C. van (1956) : Zoeloe-grammatika
[5993] Efebo, L. A. (1967) : Nembe language made easy: Mie lokomote nembe bibi
[6001] Egbe, Daniel I. (1981) : Aspects of English grammar and usage
[6002] Egberipou, O. A. & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1994) : Izon tolumo/Learn Izon
[6008] Egbokhare, Oisaghaede Francis (2000) : Consonant meanings in Emai ideophones
[22676] Egbokhare, Oisaghaede Francis (2001) : Phonosemantic correspondences in Emai attributive ideophones
[28478] Egner, Inge (2005) : Applicative marking in Kru
[6011] Egner, Ingeborg (1980) : Prolongation du radical verbal et changement de la valence du verbe en wobé
[6012] Egner, Ingeborg (1988) : Analyse conversationelle de l’échange réparateur en wobé: parler wee de Côte d’Ivoire
[6013] Egner, Ingeborg (1989) : Précis de grammaire wobé
[22929] Egner, Ingeborg (1995) : Le rôle de l’intermédiaire dans l’échange de nouvelles en godié (langue kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[6010] Egner, Ingeborg & Verena Hofer (1978) : Information marquée dans la proposition wobé
[6014] Eguchi, Paul Kazuhisa (1971) : Esquisse de la langue mambai
[6015] Eguchi, Paul Kazuhisa (Ed) (1974) : Fulfulde (West Africa, northern Camerounian dialect)
[28318] Ehineni, Taiwo O. (2021) : Construction schemas in Yoruba compounding: focus on personal names
[25349] Eichholzer, Erika (Ed) (2002) : Version préliminaire d’un Dictionnaire Ghomala’ - Français / Français - Ghomala’
[6069] Einhorn, E. & L. Siyengo (1990) : Xhosa: a concise manual
[6071] Eisele, John C. (1990) : Time reference, tense and formal aspect in Cairene Arabic
[6072] Eisele, John C. (1992) : Cairene Arabic auxiliaries and the category AUX
[6074] Eisele, John C. (1999) : Arabic verbs in time: tense and aspect in Cairene Arabic
[22638] Eisele, John C. (1990) : Aspectual classification of verbs in Cairene Arabic
[6076] Eiselen, W. W. M. (1927) : Nasalverbindungen im Thonga
[6079] Ejele, P. E. (1986) : Transitivity, tense and aspect in Esan
[6080] Ejele, P. E. (1990) : Morphological characterizations relevant for syntactic constructions: the case in Esan
[6081] Ejele, P. E. (1995) : The semantics of negation
[6082] Ejele, P. E. (2000/01) : The syntax and semantics of tense markers in Esan
[24127] Ejele, P. E. (2000-01) : Durativity, Punctuality, and the Imperfective Paradox: The Case in Esan
[24128] Ejele, P. E. (2002) : Temporal Distinctions as Bases for the Semantic Classification of Verbs: Insights from Esan
[24129] Ejele, P. E. (2003) : Aspectual Contrasts in Esan
[6084] Eke, U. K. (1985) : Eléments de description de l’igbo d’Ohafia
[6085] Ekere, Michael (1987) : The ideophone in Ibibio
[6086] Ekere, Michael (1991) : The tense system of English
[6087] Eklo, Alubue Amavi (1987) : Le kposso de tomégbé (Togo): phonologie, grammaire, textes, lexiques kposso-français
[6092] Eksell Harning, Kerstin (1980) : The analytic genitive in the modern Arabic dialects
[6093] Eksteen, L. C. (1966) : Die leksikale definisie: ’n leksikografiese ondersoek
[6097] Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde (1976) : An alternative to lexical insertion for Yorùbá complex nouns
[6098] Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde (1977) : Lexical nominalizability restriction in Yorùbá
[6099] Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde (1981) : Yoruba serial verb string commutability constraint
[6100] Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde & Festus Niyi Akinnaso (1983) : Yoruba serial verb string commutability constraints
[353] El Aissati, Abderrahman (2001) : Word order change in Berber
[26644] El-Guzuuli, El-Shafie (2015) : The Uses and Orthography of the Verb “Say” in Andaandi (Nile Nubian)
[6103] Elderkin, Edward Derek (1972) : The verb in Dahalo
[6105] Elderkin, Edward Derek (1974) : The phonology of the syllable and the morphology of the word in Dahalo
[6109] Elderkin, Edward Derek (1983) : Tanzanian and Ugandan isolates
[6110] Elderkin, Edward Derek (1986) : Diachronic inferences from basic sentence and noun structure in central Khoisan and Sandawe
[6113] Elderkin, Edward Derek (1988) : A note on ? as a plural marker in Iraqw nouns
[6114] Elderkin, Edward Derek (1988) : Person and number markers in Iraqw verbs
[6116] Elderkin, Edward Derek (1991) : Clause structure and tone in Sandawe
[6124] Elderkin, Edward Derek (2003) : Herero (R31)
[6125] Elders, Stefan (1989) : Jabeessituu: focus in het Wellegga Oromo
[6127] Elders, Stefan (2000) : Grammaire mundang
[6128] Elders, Stefan (2004) : Distributed predicative syntax in Doyayo: constituent order alternations and cliticization
[22678] Elders, Stefan (2001) : Defining ideophones in Mundang
[24878] Elders, Stefan (2008) : Grammaire kulango (parler de Bouna, Côte dʼIvoire)
[28673] Elders, Stefan (2007) : F. Kulango
[6126] Elders, Stefan & Maarten Mous (1991) : The adverbial qo in Iraqw
[12228] Elfitoury, Abubaker Abdalla (1976) : A descriptive grammar of Libyan Arabic
[24575] Elias, David Lyndon (2005) : Tigre of Habab: Short Grammar and Texts From the Rigbat People
[26933] Elias, David Lyndon (2014) : The Tigre Language of Gindaˁ, Eritrea
[6135] Elias, Philip (1979) : The paradigm of the noun in Oromo (Wollega)
[6143] Elimelech, Baruch (1976) : A tonal grammar of Etsako
[6144] Elimelech, Baruch (1976) : Pluralization and noun-class remnants in Etsako
[6145] Elimelech, Baruch (1978) : A tonal grammar of Etsako
[24576] Elimelech, Baruch (1976) : A Tonal Grammar of Etsako
[28537] Ella, Régis Ollomo (2012) : Le pluriel en fang ntumu
[6150] Ellis, Jeffrey & Lawrence A. Boadi (1968) : “To be” in Twi
[6151] Ellison, Randall Erskine (1937) : An English-Kanuri sentence book
[6157] Elmslie, Walter Angus (1923) : Introductory grammar of the Tumbuka language
[6158] Elokey, Emadiba (1986) : Formes verbales et pronominales comparées des dialectes ngombe de Dianga et de Bonjale
[22648] Elomari, Abdessalam (1998) : The unoptionality of resumptive pronouns: the case of Moroccan Arabic
[6161] Elphinstone, [Sir] Howard (1946) : Road to Swahili
[6162] Elphinstone, [Sir] Howard (1949) : The standard Swahili examination
[6163] Elphinstone, [Sir] Howard (1951) : Road to Swahili
[6164] Elson, Benjamin F. (Ed) (1986) : Language in global perspective: papers in honor of the 50th anniversary of the Summer Institute of Linguistics 1935-1985
[6175] Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1983) : Noun class prefixes in proto-Edoid
[6176] Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1984) : Morphology of the gerund in Degema and its reconstruction in proto-Edoid
[6181] Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1989) : Edoid
[24664] Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1976) : Noun class vestiges in Dẹgẹma
[6169] Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] & Klaus Schubert (1976) : Noun class and concord in Oloma
[6189] Emanatian, Michele (1990) : The Chaga consecutive construction
[6190] Emanatian, Michele (1991) : Point of view and prospective aspect
[6191] Emanatian, Michele (1992) : Chagga ‘come’ and ‘go’: metaphor and the development of tense-aspect
[6192] Emanatian, Michele (1992) : Point of view and prospective aspect (corrected version)
[26685] Eme, Cecilia A. & Davidson U. Mbagwu (2008) : Igbo na + participle: a semantic examination
[6195] Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1975) : Aspects of the Igbo verb
[6196] Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1978) : Elements of modern Igbo grammar: a descriptive approach
[6199] Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1983) : Verb derivational inflection
[6202] Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1985) : Auxiliaries in Igbo syntax: a comparative study
[6208] Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1991) : The tense system of Igbo
[6209] Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue & Ozo-mekuri Ndimele (Ed) (1995) : Issues in African languages and linguistics: essays in honour of Kay Williamson
[6206] Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue , J. U. Ugoji , I. A. O. Umeh & others (Ed) (1990) : Igbo metalanguage
[6215] Emuekpere-Masagbor, Grace (2000/01) : Functional categories and verb movement in Ivie
[25101] Emuekpere-Masagbor, Grace (1997) : Preverbal subject markers in Ivie
[6216] Endemann, Ch. (1---) : Versuch einer Venda-Grammatik
[6219] Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1939) : Handleiding by die aanleer van Transvaal-Sotho (Sepedi)
[6227] Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1966) : ’n Voorlopige ondersoek na aspekverskynsels in Noord-Sotho
[6241] Engda Wolde-Semayat (1992) : The structure of the noun phrase in Ari
[6243] Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1925) : Suffixbildung in den südafrikanischen Bantusprachen mit besonderen Berücksichtigung hottentottischer Einflüsse
[6245] Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1928) : Studies oor die Korannataal
[6246] Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1943) : Zoeloe-leerboek
[6247] Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1957) : Notes on the imperative in Zulu
[6250] Engelmann, Gudrun (1966) : Umtersuchungen zum Verbsystem des Altsuaheli
[6253] England, Nora C. & William A. Ladusaw (1985) : Question formation in Kusaal
[27196] Englebretson, Robert & Wambũi Mũringo Wa-Ngatho (2015) : A Basic Sketch Grammar of Gĩkũyũ
[6257] Englund, Gertie (1988) : Middle Egyptian, an introduction
[6258] Englund, Gertie (1995) : Middle Egyptian, an introduction
[6263] Ennaji, Moha (1985) : Contrastive syntax: English, Moroccan Arabic and Berber complex sentences
[6265] Ennaji, Moha (2001) : The construct state in Berber
[6267] Ennaji, Moha (2003) : The structure of clitic constructions in Berber
[25666] Ennaji, Moha (2011) : Le causatif en amazighe
[6266] Ennaji, Moha & Fatima Sadiqi (2003) : Subject, accusative and dative clitics in Berber
[6270] Ennulat, Jürgen & Hélène Ennulat (1971) : Outline grammar of Fali
[6271] Epale, S. J. (1973) : Essentials in Douala grammar
[6272] Epanga, Pombo (1981) : Les codes dialogiques en lingala de la zone de Bumba
[6273] Epée, Roger (1973) : Notes on deverbal derivational morphology in Duala
[6274] Epée, Roger (1975) : The case for a focus position in Duala
[6275] Epée, Roger (1976) : On some rules that are not successive cyclic in Duala
[6276] Epée, Roger (1976) : Generative syntactic studies in Duala
[6278] Erasmus, J. S. & Kenneth L. Baucom (1976) : Fanakalo through the medium of English: a language laboratory course
[6283] Erickson, D. H. (1988) : The morphology and syntax of Shona: a lexical approach
[6280] Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson (198-) : Kiswahili 1
[6281] Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson (198-) : Kiswahili 2
[6282] Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson (198-) : Kiswahili grammar notes
[24234] Erman, Anna (2005) : Le grammaticalisateur -ga en dan-blo
[6287] Ermann, Adolf (1928) : Ägyptische Grammatik
[6288] Ermann, Adolf (1933) : Neuägyptische Grammatik
[25780] Ermisch, Sonja (2009) : Focus and topic constructions in Akan
[25054] Ermisch, Sonja (Ed) (2009) : Focus and Topic in African Languages
[6292] Ernst, Urs (1991) : Temps et aspects en kako
[6294] Ernst, Urs (1992) : Esquisse grammaticale du kako
[6295] Ernst, Urs (1995) : Les formes verbales du kako
[25248] Ernst, Urs (1998) : Le groupe verbal et ses éléments en kakɔ (1ère partie)
[25249] Ernst, Urs (1994) : Impératif et injonctif en kakɔ
[25250] Ernst, Urs (1995) : Les formes verbales du kakɔ
[25525] Ernszt, Martina (2012) : On the different uses of the deictic directional verbs ‘go’ and ‘come’ in N||ng
[6300] Eshetu Alem (1998) : Amharic for foreign beginners
[6301] Eshetu Kebede (1981) : The verb ‘to be’ in Oromo
[6302] Esono, Salvador Ndongo (1956) : Gramática pamue
[23901] Essamba, Michelle (2002) : Le syntagme nominal du sámbá
[26167] Essegbey, James (2012) : Aspectual Contrasts in Tutrugbu (Nyagbo)
[26693] Essegbey, James (2009) : Noun classes in Tutrugbu
[26712] Essegbey, James (2010) : Locative expression in Tutrugbu: Losing typological characteristics due to contact
[26870] Essegbey, James (2013) : Touch Ideophones in Nyagbo
[28201] Essegbey, James (2019) : Tutrugbu (Nyangbo) Language and Culture
[6304] Essegbey, James A. B. K. (1993) : The X-bar theory and the Ewe noun phrase
[6305] Essegbey, James A. B. K. (1994) : Towards a multi-faceted account for the binding of the logophor ‘ye’ in Ewe
[6306] Essegbey, James A. B. K. (1994) : The anaphoric phenomena of Ewe
[6307] Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2004) : Auxiliaries in serialising languages: on COME and GO verbs in Sranan and Ewe
[22406] Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2003) : On definiteness asymmetry in double object constructions
[25225] Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2008) : The potential morpheme in Ewe
[25238] Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2010) : Inherent Complement Verbs and the Basic Double Object Construction in Gbe
[6314] Essen, Otto von (1966) : Zur Intonation der Frage im Nama-Hottentottischen
[6320] Essien, Okon E. (1972) : The reflexive in Efik
[6321] Essien, Okon E. (1974) : Pronominalization in Efik
[6322] Essien, Okon E. (1975) : Personal pronouns in indirect discourse in Efik
[6323] Essien, Okon E. (1978) : Possessive pronominalization and the so-called picture nouns in Efik
[6328] Essien, Okon E. (1982) : The so-called reflexive pronouns and reflexivization in Ibibio
[6331] Essien, Okon E. (1983) : Verbal derivation in Ibibio
[6332] Essien, Okon E. (1983) : The tense system of Ibibio
[6336] Essien, Okon E. (1985) : Negation in Ibibio: a syntactic-phonological process
[6337] Essien, Okon E. (1990) : A grammar of the Ibibio language
[6338] Essien, Okon E. (1990) : La construction syntaxique avec l’opérateur ’kè en ibibio
[6340] Essien, Okon E. (1991) : The tense system of Ibibio revisited
[6339] Essien, Okon E. (Ed) (1991) : The tense systems of Nigerian languages and English
[6327] Essien, Udo [Ekanem] & Thomas Louis Cook (1982) : A brief introduction to Efik
[6345] Essilfie, Thomas (1999) : Space, time and agency in Akan: syntactic and semantic interconnections in locative sentences
[6347] Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1972) : L’ewondo par la grammaire et l’exercice
[6349] Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1980) : Morphologie nominale du tuki (langue sanaga)
[6351] Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1993) : Description synchronique de l’ewondo (bantou A 72a du Cameroun): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[6352] Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (2000) : L’ewondo, langue bantu du Cameroun: phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[6354] Essuah, J. Amihere (1965) : Nzema grammar
[6366] Etsio, Edouard (2003) : Parlons lingala: tobala lingala
[22494] Etsio, Edouard (1999) : Parlons teke: langue et culture Congo et Gabon
[6367] Etuembo, N. (1981) : Essai d’une analyse descriptivo-comparative des démonstratifs en bolia (C35b), sengele (C33) et ngombe (C41)
[6369] Eulenberg, John Bryson (1971) : A new look at the predication particles in Hausa
[6370] Eulenberg, John Bryson (1971) : Conjunction reduction and reduplication in African languages
[6371] Eulenberg, John Bryson (1972) : Complementation phenomena in Hausa
[6368] Eulenberg, John Bryson & J. T. Ritter (197-) : A generative characterisation of the subjunctive in Hausa
[6403] Éva, Hompó (1990) : Grammatical relations in Gamo: a pilot sketch
[6374] Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (19--) : Unpublished notes on the Anuak language
[6381] Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1962) : Ideophones in Zande
[6383] Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1965) : An Efik grammar
[6373] Evans, M. S. (1980) : A surface word-order typology of Tswana
[6384] Everbroeck, N. van (19--) : Schets van spraakkunst van het lokonda
[6386] Everbroecke, René V. van (1958) : Grammaire et exercises lingala
[6387] Everbroecke, René V. van (1969) : Le lingala: parlé et écrit
[28549] Evouna, Jacques (2017) : La morphologie nominale en èwòndò : la double préfixation
[6389] Ewayi, Alou (1983) : Classification et conjugaison des verbes kabiye
[6391] Eyassu Nega (2003) : The morphology of Endegegne
[6392] Eyasu Haylu (2001) : The structure of noun phrases and dependent clauses in Tenaro
[6394] Eynde, F. van der (1944) : Grammaire swahili, suive d’un vocabulaire
[6395] Eynde, F. van der (1949) : Swahili spraakkunst
[22551] Eynde, J. van den (1955) : Grammatikale studie van het Tshishokwe met een proeve van vergelijkende klankleer van het Tshishokwe
[6396] Eynde, Karel van den (1960) : Fonologie en morfologie van het Cokwe
[6397] Eynde, Karel van den (1968) : Éléments de grammaire yaka: phonologie et morphologie flexionelle
[24822] Eyob Kelemework (2006) : Word formation in Gedeo
[28160] Eyob Kelemework Wolde (2016) : A grammar of Gedeo: A Cushitic language of Ethiopia
[6398] Eze, Smart N. (1980) : Nigerian Pidgin English sentence complexity
[28151] Ezenwafor, Chikelu Ihunanya (2017) : A Grammatical Sketch of Etulo
[25997] Faaß, Gertrud , Ulrich Heid , Elsabe Taljard & Danie Prinsloo (2009) : Part-of-Speech Tagging of Northern Sotho: Disambiguating Polysemous Function Words
[6405] Fabb, Nigel (1992) : The licensing of Fon verbs
[6406] Fabb, Nigel (1992) : Reduplication and object movement in Ewe and Fon
[6410] Faber, Alice (1991) : The diachronic relationship between negative and interrogative markers in Semitic
[6420] Fabre, Anne Gwenaëlle (2003) : Étude du samba leko parler d’Allani (Cameroun du Nord, famille Adamawa)
[25350] Fabre, Anne Gwenaëlle (2001) : Étude du samba leko - parler, d’Allani (Nord du Cameroun, famille Adamawa)
[26010] Fabre, Gwenaëlle (2009) : Sérialisation et hiérarchisation dans le système verbal du samba leko, langue adamawa du nord-cameroun
[28141] Fabre, Gwenaëlle (2020) : The control marker na᷆ ~ na᷄w in Samba Leko, a language spoken in Cameroon - Nigeria
[28325] Fabre, Gwenaëlle (2020) : La main abstraite, analyse d’un élément polyfonctionnel en samba leko, langue Adamawa du Cameroun
[6421] Fabrio, R. del & F. Petterlini (1977) : Gramática kikongo
[6518] Fábùnmi, Felix Abídèmí (2001) : Notes on tense and aspect in the Ijesa dialect of Yoruba
[6519] Fábùnmi, Felix Abídèmí (2003) : A GPSG appraisal of sequential distribution of auxiliary verbs in Ìjesà dialect of Yorùbá
[26101] Fábùnmi, Felix Abídèmí (2009) : A GPSG Structure of Aspect in Yorùbá Àkókó
[6422] Fachner, Regine Koroma (1988) : Das Nominalsyntagma im Gola
[6423] Fachner, Regine Koroma (1990) : The noun phrase in Gola
[6424] Fachner, Regine Koroma (1994) : Die Morphosyntax des Gola
[22491] Fadaïro, Dominique (2001) : Parlons fon: langue et culture ddu Bénin, bilingue français-fon
[6430] Fagan, E. (1984) : An examination of prison gang language: analysis of a letter
[6433] Fagborun, J. Gbenga (1993) : Concession and atemporal nígbàtí in Yoruba
[6434] Fagborun, J. Gbenga (1994) : The Yoruba koiné: its history and linguistic innovations
[6437] Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1982) : Syntactic expansions in text: beyond SVO in Pulaar oral narrative performance
[6438] Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1983) : Discourse strategies in Pulaar: the use of focus
[6439] Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1984) : A practical guide and reference grammar to the Fulfulde of Maasina
[6440] Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1987) : Pular: a guide for the dialect of Fuuta Djalon (Guinea)
[6442] Fagerli, Ole T. (1993) : Affix order in Fulfulde and the scope in interpretation
[6443] Fagerli, Ole T. (1994) : Verbal derivations in Fulfulde
[6444] Fagerli, Ole T. (1995) : Benefactive constructions: a typological study
[6450] Fajen, J. (1970) : A manual of Kukele
[24706] Fakoya, Adeleke A. (2006) : Response-Comment Elements in Yorùbá Conversational Discourse
[6456] Fal, Arame (1999) : Précis de grammaire fonctionnelle de la langue wolof
[24347] Fal, Arame (1980) : Les nominaux en serer-siin (parler de Jaxaaw)
[25933] Fannami, Muhammad & Mohammed Aminu Mu'azu (2012) : An introduction to morphology and syntax of the Kanuri language
[6467] Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1984) : Tone, stress and the Obolo verb focus system
[6469] Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1984) : A grammar of Obolo
[6475] Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1986) : Cross River as a model for the evolution of Benue-Congo nominal class/concord systems
[6476] Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1986) : Pronouns, creolization and decreolization in Nigerian Pidgin
[6478] Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1987) : Creolization and the tense-aspect-modality system of Nigerian Pidgin
[6480] Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1989) : Cross River
[6482] Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1991) : The pronoun system in Nigerian Pidgin: a preliminary study
[6486] Farghaly, Ali Ahmed Sabry (1981) : Topics in the syntax of Egyptian Arabic
[6488] Farina, Felice (19--) : Karimojong grammar and dictionary
[6491] Farina, Felice (1964) : Karimojong grammar
[6489] Farina, J. (1927) : Grammaire de l’ancien égyptien
[6495] Farinha, António Lourenço (1946) : Elementos de gramática landina
[28598] Faris, James C. (1978) : Nominal classes of the Southeastern Nuba: Implications for linguistic science
[6498] Farnsworth, E. M. (1952) : A Kamba grammar
[6499] Farnsworth, E. M. (1957) : A Kamba grammar
[6507] Faulkner, Raymond Oliver (1929) : The plural and dual in old Egyptian
[6510] Faure, P. (1969) : Introduction au parler arabe de l’est du Tchad
[27390] Faust, Noam (2017) : How low can you go? A note on vowel mutation in Nuer
[28055] Faust, Noam (2019) : Minding the Gaps in the Wolane Verbal System
[28347] Faust, Noam (2017) : Get that into your head: Tigre vowel harmonies as templatic
[24355] Faye, Souleymane (1982) : Morphologie du verbe sérère
[26281] Faye, Souleymane (2013) : Grammaire dialectale du seereer
[28588] Faye, Souleymane (1985) : Morphologie du nom sérère
[26215] Faye, Souleymane & Hillebrand Dijkstra (2005) : Glottalisées du sereer-siin, du saafi-saafi et du noon du Sénégal
[24918] Faye, Souleymane & Maarten Mous (2006) : Verbal system and diathesis derivations in Seereer
[6514] Faye, W. (1983) : Quelques aspects syntaxiques du wolof et du sérère
[6513] Faye, Waly Coly (1979) : Etude morphosyntaxique du sereer singandum (région de Jaxaaw-Ñaaxar)
[24356] Faye, Waly Coly (1981) : Précis grammatical de sérère
[25015] Faye, Waly Coly (1985) : La relative dans les langues du groupe ouest-atlantique : Le cas du sereer et wolof
[26213] Faye, Waly Coly (1993) : Les pronoms personnels en sereer siingandum
[26214] Faye, Waly Coly (2005) : La classification nominale en sereer singadum
[28589] Faye, Yacine (2010) : Le nom et ses déterminants en sereer a sex : parler du Joobaas
[6583] Fédry, Jacques (1969) : Syntagmes de détermination en dangaléat
[6587] Fédry, Jacques (1971) : Masculine, féminin et collectif en dangaléat
[6590] Fédry, Jacques (1981) : Le dangaléat
[6592] Fédry, Jacques (1990) : Verbes monosyllabiques en dangaléat
[6591] Fédry, Jacques , K. Danay , M. N. Makodé & Tondo (1981) : Jì-ndóò ká tàjéy (kíyobe)/Initiation à la langue kaba (kyabé)
[6524] Fehderau, W. Harold (1962) : Descriptive grammar of the Kituba language: a dialectal survey
[6525] Fehderau, W. Harold (1967) : The origin and development of Kituba, lingua franca kikongo
[28335] Fehn, Anne-Maria (2021) : Kuvale: A Bantu language of southwestern Angola
[29045] Fehn, Anne-Maria (2023) : Is Ts’ixa (Kalahari Khoe) a dialect of Shua? A comparative take on nominal gender marking and alignment patterns
[6527] Fehri, Abdelkader Fassi (1981) : La linguistique arabe: forme et interpretation
[6528] Fehri, Abdelkader Fassi (1993) : Issues in the structure of Arabic words and clauses
[6530] Fekadie Baye (1988) : Shinasha noun and verb morphology
[6531] Fekede Menuta (1989) : Noun morphology of K’ebena
[6532] Fekede Menuta (2001) : Morphology of Eza
[24824] Fekede Menuta (2007) : An overview of Qebena noun morphology
[6535] Fell, J. R. (1928) : Second Tonga primer: buku diabili dia ku bala
[28616] Fell, J.R. (1918) : Tonga Grammar
[6597] Féral, Carole de (1989) : Pidgin English du Cameroun: description linguistique et sociolinguistique
[6539] Feral, G. (1951) : Morphologie du verbe dans le dialecte hassane
[6543] Fermo, Giuseppe da (1938) : Grammatica della lingua cunama
[27627] Fernandes, Gonçalo (2015) : The First Known Grammar of (Kahenda-Mbaka) Kimbundu (Lisbon 1697) and Álvares' ars minor (Lisbon 1573)
[6556] Ferrão, Domingos (1970) : Grammatica cinyungwe
[6557] Ferrão, Domingos (1970) : Curso de cinyungwe - ‘Método progressivo’
[26039] Ferrari-Bridgers, Franca (2009) : Luganda verb morphology: a new analysis of the suffixes [-YE] and [-A] and their distribution across the indicative, subjunctive and imperative moods
[27544] Ferrari, Aurélia , Marcel Kalunga & Georges Mulumbwa (2014) : Le swahili de Lubumbashi : Grammaire, Textes, Lexique
[6547] Ferrario, Benigno (1923) : La conjugazione cuscitica ed il problema della affinità e delle origini
[6549] Ferrario, Benigno (1940) : Il pronome personale cuscitico
[6560] Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1948) : Klank- en vormleer van Lovedu
[6562] Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1961) : Die gesnedenheid van foneemverbindings in Sotho
[6564] Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1964) : ’n Leerboek vir suid-Sesotho
[6568] Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1973) : Order-prioriteite vir die kwalifikatiewe in Suid-Sotho
[6571] Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1977) : Morfologie van die voornaamwoorde in die Sothotale
[6565] Ferreira, Jan Abraham & Adam Tsele Malepe (1968) : Tswana-leerboek
[6570] Ferreira, Jan Abraham & Adam Tsele Malepe (1977) : Tswana-leerboek
[6559] Ferreira, M. (1937) : Cinyanja hulpboekie
[22612] Ferreira, Marcelo & Heejeong Ko (2003) : Questions in Buli
[6573] Ferry, Marie-Paule (1968) : Deux langues tenda du Sénégal oriental, basari et bedik
[6575] Ferry, Marie-Paule (1971) : Les affixes nominaux et leur rôle grammatical dans la phrase basari
[6576] Ferry, Marie-Paule (1972) : L’expression du temps chez les bedik et les basari du Sénégal oriental
[6577] Ferry, Marie-Paule (1981) : Le basari
[24082] Ferry, Marie-Paule & Konstantin Pozdniakov (2001) : Dialectique du régulier et de lʼirrégulier : le système des classes nominales dans le groupe tenda des langues atlantiques
[6581] Fetters, Emma Lou (1983) : A contrastive analysis of the simple locative construction in Siswati and English
[6598] Fiedler, Ines (1994) : Zur Bildung des progressivs im Aja
[24925] Fiedler, Ines (2007) : Focus Expressions in Foodo
[25572] Fiedler, Ines (2012) : Predicate-centered focus in Gbe
[25615] Fiedler, Ines (2011) : Attributive possession and the alienability split in Gbe
[26564] Fiedler, Ines (2013) : Complex predicates in Ama
[27167] Fiedler, Ines (2016) : Conjoint and disjoint verb forms in Gur? Evidence from Yom
[27999] Fiedler, Ines (2017) : The structuring of information in natural discourse in Ama (Nyimang)
[28649] Fiedler, Ines (2012) : E1. Yom
[28650] Fiedler, Ines (2012) : E2. Nawdm
[28651] Fiedler, Ines (2012) : E3. Yom-Nawdm: Comparative notes
[23559] Fiedler, Ines & Anne Schwarz (2005) : Out-of-focus encoding in Gur and Kwa
[26694] Fiedler, Ines & Anne Schwarz (2009) : Focal aspects in the Lelemi verb system
[26310] Fiedler, Ines & Stefanie Jannedy (2013) : Prosody of focus marking in Ewe
[6601] Fiedorova, N. G (1963) : [A Swahili textbook]
[6603] Fikhman, B. S. (1963) : Materialy po izucheniyi glagola v yazyke Khausa [Materials on the analysis of the verb in the Hausa language]
[26862] Finer, Daniel (2013) : Deriving Turkana Word Order: Head-Movement and Topicality
[25995] Finkel, Raphael & Odetunji Ajadi Odejobi (2009) : A Computational Approach to Yorùbá Morphology
[6620] Finlayson, Rosalie (1992) : From past to present dynamics in Xhosa
[6622] Finlayson, Rosalie (1995) : Women’s language of respect: isihlonipha sabafazi
[6623] Finlayson, Rosalie & Sarah Slabbert (1997) : “I’ll meet you halfway with language”: code-switching within a South African urban context
[6624] Finlayson, Rosalie & Sarah Slabbert (1997) : “We just mix”: code switching in a South African township
[6629] Finney, Malcolm Awadajin (1991) : Verb serialization and theta role assignment in Krio
[6631] Finney, Malcolm Awadajin (2003) : Substratal influence on the morphosyntactic properties of Krio
[24160] Finney, Malcolm Awadajin (2002) : Compounding and Reduplication in Krio
[6634] Firchow, O. (1953) : Grundzüge der Stilistik in den alt-ägyptischen Pyramidentexten
[6635] Firehiwat Takele (2001) : The noun phrase in Nayi
[28158] Firew Girma Worku (2020) : A Grammar of Mursi, a Nilo-Saharan Language
[28202] Firew Girma Worku (2021) : A Grammar of Mursi, a Nilo-Saharan Language
[6643] Firoo, Londoo (2003) : Mandinka kango taamañaa
[6644] Fisch, Maria (1977) : Einführung in die Sprache der Mbukushu, Ost Kavango, Namibia
[6649] Fisch, Maria (1998) : Thimbukushu grammar
[24559] Fisch, Rudolf (1912) : Grammatik der Dagomba-Sprache
[6650] Fischer, [Père] François (1949) : Grammaire-dictionnaire comorien
[28294] Fish, Roderick (2020) : Swahili Conditional Constructions in Embodied Frames of Reference: Modeling Semantics, Pragmatics, and Context-sensitivity in UML Mental Spaces
[22968] Fisher, Alan (1980) : La marque du déclaratif en guéré
[6660] Fisseha Hailu (1984) : Noun morphology of Yamsa
[6661] Fivaz, Derek (1963) : Some aspects of the ideophone in Zulu
[6663] Fivaz, Derek (1970) : Shona morphophonemics and morphosyntax
[6667] Fivaz, Derek (1984) : Predication in Ndonga
[6668] Fivaz, Derek (1986) : A reference grammar of Oshindonga
[6669] Fivaz, Derek (2003) : A reference grammar of Oshindonga
[6662] Fivaz, Derek & Jeanette Ratzlaff (1969) : Shona language lessons
[23437] Flaherty, F. (1974) : The N-prefix in Swahili
[6675] Fleisch, Axel (1995) : Tempusaspekt und Modalität im Herero anhand von fiktiven und dokumentarischen erzähltexten
[6676] Fleisch, Axel (2000) : Lucazi grammar: a morphosemantic analysis
[23401] Fleisch, Axel (2005) : A cognitive semantic approach to the linguistic construal of UPPER SPACE in Southern Ndebele
[24810] Fleisch, Axel (2007) : Orientational clitics and the expression of path in Tashelhit Berber (Shilha)
[25526] Fleisch, Axel (2012) : Directionality in Berber – Orientational clitics in Tashelhiyt and related varieties
[25669] Fleisch, Axel (2011) : Construing motion in Berber
[25842] Fleisch, Axel (2009) : Structure de l'information : une comparaison du tachelhit avec le taqbaylit
[27813] Fleisch, Axel (2020) : Cognition and language
[6670] Fleisch, Henri (1944) : Les verbes à allongement vocalique interne en sémitique
[6677] Fleischer, C. F. (1924) : A new English-Ga method
[22933] Fleming, Caroline Brevard (1995) : An introduction to Mona grammar
[6696] Fleming, Harold C. (1990) : A grammatical sketch of Dime (Dim-Af) of the lower Omo
[22918] Flik, Eva (1978) : Dan tense-aspect and discourse
[6709] Floor, Sebastian (1999) : The spirit world and spiritual beings in Mwani culture and language: perspectives on the worldview of an African Islam-animistic people
[6710] Floor, Sebastian (1999) : Confirmative demonstratives
[23036] Floor, Sebastian (2000) : Mwani grammatical sketch
[23039] Floor, Sebastian (2004) : Tense-aspect switching in Mwani: the consecutive -ki- and the perfect verbs in narratives
[6711] Florez, Fr. J. (1---) : An introduction to the Pokot grammar
[6713] Fluckiger, Cheryl A. & Annie H. Whaley (1981) : The uses of three prepositions in Mandara
[6714] Fluckiger, Cheryl A. & Annie H. Whaley (1983) : Four discourse particles in Mandara
[26398] Fofana, Mori Saïdou (1977) : Description générale d'une variante du soso : le soso de Möriya
[6726] Fofana, Mori-Seyidou (1993) : [Syntax of a simple sentence in an analytical language]
[28703] Fokken, A. (1905) : Das Kisiha
[6732] Folarin, Antonia Yetunde (1988) : Prefix oni in Yoruba
[23056] Follingstad, Carl M. (1994) : Thematic development and prominence in Tyap discourse
[23057] Follingstad, Carl M. (1995) : ‘hinneh’ and focus function with application to Tyap
[23068] Follingstad, Carl M. (1991) : Aspects of Tyap syntax
[6733] Folorunso, Abayomi Kizito (19--) : Pronoms et reprises dans le discours ecrit en français et en yoruba
[6832] Fölscher, S. (1990) : Die adjektief in Zulu
[28366] Fominyam, Henry Z. (2018) : Inverting the subject in Awing
[28448] Fominyam, Henry Zamchang & Doreen Georgi (2021) : Subject marking in Awing
[28364] Fongang, Leonel Tadjo (2020) : Polar Questions in Ŋgə̂mbà (Grassfields Bantu): A Cartographic Approach
[6737] Fontaney, V. Louise (1980) : Le verbe lexical
[6738] Fontaney, V. Louise (1980) : Le verbe
[6739] Fontaney, V. Louise (1984) : Notes towards a description of Teke (Gabon)
[6740] Fontaney, V. Louise (1988) : Mboshi: steps towards a grammar ; part 1
[6741] Fontaney, V. Louise (1989) : Mboshi: steps towards a grammar ; part 2
[6752] Ford, Carolyn M. (1991) : Notes on the phonology and grammar of Chaha Gurage
[6743] Ford, Kevin C. (1971) : Aspects of Avatime syntax
[28597] Ford, Kevin C. (1971) : Noun classes, concord and markedness in Avatime
[6753] Fordyce, James F. (1978) : Grammatical parameters of the idiophone in Yoruba
[6755] Forgar, H. & J. de Fruyt (196-) : Tswana for English-speaking students
[6756] Forgar, H. & J. de Fruyt (1968) : Tswana for English-speaking students
[6757] Forges, Germaine (1977) : Le kela, langue bantoue du Zaïre (zone C): esquisse phonologique et morphologique
[6758] Forges, Germaine (1978) : Phonologie et morphologie du kwezo
[6759] Forges, Germaine (1983) : La classe de l’infinitif en bantou
[6760] Forges, Germaine (1983) : Phonologie et morphologie du kwezo
[6767] Fortier, Joseph (1971) : Grammaire mbaye-moïssala
[6769] Fortune, George (1949) : The conjugation of inchoative verbs in Shona
[6770] Fortune, George (1950) : “To be” and “to have” in Shona
[6771] Fortune, George (1950) : The morphology of central Shona
[6772] Fortune, George (1955) : An analytical grammar of Shona
[6773] Fortune, George (1957) : Elements of Shona (Zezuru dialect)
[6775] Fortune, George (1962) : Ideophones in Shona: an inaugural lecture
[6779] Fortune, George (1968) : Predication of ‘being’ in Shona
[6780] Fortune, George (1969) : Shona grammatical constructions I
[6782] Fortune, George (1970) : The references of primary and secondary noun prefixes in Zezuru
[6784] Fortune, George (1971) : Some notes on ideophones and ideophonic constructions in Shona
[6787] Fortune, George (1973) : Transitivity in Shona
[6789] Fortune, George (1977) : Shona grammatical constructions II
[6790] Fortune, George (1977) : An outline of Lozi
[6792] Fortune, George (1980) : Shona grammatical constructions I
[6793] Fortune, George (1984) : Shona grammatical constructions II
[6794] Fortune, George (1985) : Shona grammatical constructions I
[6798] Foster, C. S. (1960) : Lessons in Kikaonde
[6800] Foster, Deborah Dene (1984) : Structure and performance of Swahili oral narrative
[28020] Fotso, Hugues Carlos Gueche (2019) : Multiverb constructions and the homorganic nasal in Ndaʔndaʔ
[28715] Fotso, Hugues Carlos Gueche (2021) : Noun formation processes in Nda’nda’
[6802] Foucauld, [Frère] Charles de (1920) : Notes pour servir à un essai de grammaire touarègue, dialecte de l’Ahaggar
[6806] Fourie, David J. (1989) : Modality in Isizulu
[6807] Fourie, David J. (1990) : Die hulpwerkwoord in Zulu
[6809] Fourie, David J. (1991) : The noun classes and nominal extensions of Mbalanhu
[6810] Fourie, David J. (1991) : On the modal system of Ndonga
[6813] Fourie, David J. (1992) : Nominal qualifiers in Mbalanhu: quantitatives and enumeratives
[6815] Fourie, David J. (1993) : Mbalanhu absolute and demonstrative “pronouns”
[6816] Fourie, David J. (1993) : Mbalanhu
[6817] Fourie, David J. (1993) : The subject-, object- and possessive concords of Mbalanhu
[6818] Fourie, David J. (1993) : The nominal classes of Ngandjera
[6820] Fourie, David J. (1993) : Basic conjugation of the Mbalanhu verb
[6821] Fourie, David J. (1994) : Kwambi subject, object and possessive concords
[6823] Fourie, David J. (1997) : The linguistic position of Oshimbalanhu within the Wambo group
[6830] Fox-Pitt, [Commander] Thomas Stanley Lane (1939) : Chibemba note book: a short list of words [...] with an elementary grammar of the language of the Awemba tribe of Northern Rhodesia
[6831] Fox-Pitt, [Commander] Thomas Stanley Lane (1950) : Chibemba note book
[6827] Fox, I. (1950) : Juta’s first Zulu manual with vocabulary
[6829] Fox, Joshua (1997) : Handbook of Semitic languages
[6828] Fox, Samuel E. (1982) : The structure of the morphology in Cairene Arabic
[25322] Frajzyngier, Zygmund (2011) : Point of View of the Subject: Possessive Subject Pronouns in Wandala
[27541] Frajzyngier, Zygmund (2008) : A grammar of Gidar
[6835] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1965) : An analysis of intensive forms in Hausa verbs
[6836] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1965) : An analysis of the Awutu verb
[6837] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1968) : An analysis of the Awutu verb
[6840] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1977) : On the intransitive copy pronouns in Chadic
[6841] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1977) : The plural in Chadic
[6844] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1981) : Pre-pronominal markers in Chadic: problems and hypotheses
[6845] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1982) : Another look at West Chadic verb classes
[6846] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1982) : The underlying form of verb in proto-Chadic
[6847] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1983) : Marking syntactic relations in proto-Chadic
[6848] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1983) : On the form and function of pre-pronominal markers in Chadic
[6849] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1984) : On the proto-Chadic syntactic pattern
[6850] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1984) : Theory and method of syntactic reconstruction: implications from Chadic
[6851] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1984) : Ergativity and nominative-accusative features in Mandara
[6853] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1985) : ‘Causative’ and ‘benefactive’ in Chadic
[6854] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1985) : Interrogative sentences in Chadic
[6855] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1985) : Borrowed logophoricity?
[6856] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1986) : From preposition to copula
[6857] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1987) : Encoding locative in Chadic
[6858] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1987) : The relative clause in proto-Chadic
[6859] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1988) : Semantic determinants of syntactic frames in Mopun (Nigeria)
[6860] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1989) : A grammar of Pero
[6862] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1991) : Typology of complex sentence in Mupun
[6863] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1991) : A man and a woman, or gender marking in a nominal system
[6865] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1993) : A grammar of Mupun
[6866] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1995) : Two complementizers in Lele
[6867] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1996) : Grammaticalization of the complex sentence: a case study in Chadic
[6868] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1997) : Bidirectionality of grammaticalization
[6869] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2000) : Coding of the reciprocal function: two solutions
[6870] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2001) : A grammar of Lele
[6872] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2002) : Studies in Chadic morphology and syntax
[24170] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2003) : Tense and aspect as coding means for information structure: A potential areal feature
[25541] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2012) : Coding relations between the verb and noun phrases in Afroasiatic – A sketch of typological explanations
[26290] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2013) : Indirect object and benefactive predications in Chadic: A typological sketch
[27800] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2020) : Wandala
[6861] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (Ed) (1989) : Current progress in Chadic linguistics: proceedings of the international symposium on Chadic linguistics, Boulder, Colorado, 1-2 May, 1987
[23488] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Eric Johnston (2005) : A grammar of Mina
[6871] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Erin Shay (2002) : A grammar of Hdi
[6873] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Muhammad M. Munkaila (2004) : Point of view of the subject as a grammatical category
[6874] Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Muhammad M. Munkaila (2004) : Grammatical and semantic relations in Hausa: the categories ‘point of view’, ‘goal’ and ‘affected object’
[23687] Francis, Timothy P. & Stephen Hanchey (1979) : Mauritanian Arabic: grammar handbook
[6879] Frankl, P. J. L. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1993) : The indifference to gender in Swahili and other Bantu languages
[6881] Frankl, P. J. L. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1994) : Diminutives and insignificance, augmentatives and “monstrosity”: examples of class re-assignment in Swahili
[6885] Fransen, Margo A. E. (1995) : A grammar of Limbum, a Grassfields Bantu language spoken in the North-West Province of Cameroon
[6886] Frantz, Donald G. (1983) : Advancements to direct object in Chi-Mwi:ni
[6890] Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1931) : Thellenyane: ’n handleiding van Noord-Sotho vir beginners in Afrikaans
[6891] Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1931) : Motsosha-lenyôra (seripa sa I, sa II): pukana ya thutô ya polêlô ya Sesotho e e lekanetshexo
[6888] Franz, Gottfried Heinrich & T. P. Mathabathe (1924?) : An outline of English-Transvaal-Sesotho grammar and composition
[6902] Fredriksson, Pontus (1998) : Practically Kiswahili sanifu (Practically pure Swahili): a study on Swahili-English code-switching in Tanzania
[6903] Fredriksson, Pontus (1998) : Notes on Ika verbs
[6912] Frick, Esther (1978) : The verbal system in Dghwede
[6914] Friedländer, Marianne (1974) : Lehrbuch des Susu
[6916] Friedländer, Marianne (1992) : Lehrbuch des Malinke
[25461] Friedman, Harold (2010) : Quelques remarques sur les marques personnelles de l'Ebira
[25247] Frieke-Kapper, Claertje (2007) : The Creative Use of Genre Features: Continuity and Change in Patterns of Language Use in Budu, a Bantu Language of Congo (Kinshasa)
[6922] Friesen, Lisa (2002) : Valence change and Oroko verb morphology (Mbonge dialect)
[6925] Froger, Fernand (1923) : Manuel pratique de langue môré (mossi du cercle de Ougadougou, colonie de la Haute-Volta, A.O.F.)
[6937] Frydenlund, M. & K. Svensen (1967) : Amharic for beginners
[6938] Fudeman, Kirsten A. (2000/01) : Contrastive focus in the Ganja dialect of Balanta
[6939] Fudeman, Kirsten A. (2004) : Adjectival agreement vs adverbial inflection in Balanta
[23417] Fudeman, Kirsten A. (1999) : Topics in the morphology and syntax of Balanta, an Atlantic language of Senegal
[27917] Fufa, Tolemariam (2020) : Types of impersonal causative in Afan Oromo
[6940] Fujii, S. (Ed) (1989) : Egyptian Arabic
[6947] Fulass Hailu (1968) : Notes on the verbal noun and possession markers
[6948] Fulass Hailu (1972) : On Amharic relative clauses
[22727] Funck, Angelica von (1986) : Fur, a Nilo-Saharan language of the Sudan Republic: phonology and morphology
[22740] Funnell, Barry John (2004) : A contrastive analysis of two standardised varieties of Sena
[6952] Furere, M. (1967) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue nande
[6955] Furniss, Graham (1981) : Hausa disyllabic verbs: comments on base forms and extensions
[6956] Furniss, Graham (1983) : The 4th grade of the verb in Hausa
[6957] Furniss, Graham (1983) : Aspects of style and meaning in the analysis of a Hausa poem
[6959] Furniss, Graham (1991) : Second level Hausa: grammar in action
[6958] Furniss, Graham & Philip John Jaggar (Ed) (1988) : Studies in Hausa language and linguistics (in honour of F. Parsons)
[28770] Furomoto, Makoto (2020) : Come to the future, come to the past: Grammaticalisation of Kimakunduchi COME
[28765] Furumoto, Makoto & Hannah Gibson (2022) : Variation in Kimakunduchi and Standard Swahili: Insights from verbal morphosyntax
[6961] Fusella, L. & A. Girace (1937) : Dizionario pratico e frasario per conversazione italiano-amarica (con elementi di grammatica)
[6965] Fyodorova, N. G. (1965) : Osnovnye sposoby imennogo slovoobrazovaniya v yazyke suahili
[6970] Gachanja, Muigai wa (1987) : The Gikuyu folk story: its structure and aesthetics
[6972] Gadalla, Hassan A. H. (2000?) : Comparative morphology of Standard Egyptian Arabic
[6974] Gadelii, Karl Erland (1997) : Languages - Appendix I
[6976] Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998) : A sketch of Xitshwa grammar
[6977] Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998) : A typological comparison between West African and Bantu languages
[6978] Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998/99) : Collected working notes on Ìká: grammar; clause structure; argument structure; more on clause structure
[6979] Gadelii, Karl Erland (1999) : Comparação entre variedades de língua emákhuwa faladas no província de Nampula, Moçambique
[6981] Gadelii, Karl Erland (2002) : Pronominal syntax in Maputo Portuguese from a comparative Creole and Bantu perspective
[22407] Gadelii, Karl Erland (2003) : Why are Chomskyan linguists not interested in Bantu languages?
[24327] Gaden, [Le Commandant] Henri (1908) : Essai de grammaire de la langue baguirmienne (territoire du Tchad), suivi de dialogues et de vocabulaires baguirmien-français et français-baguirmien
[6985] Gadou, Henri (1992) : Quelques aspects des processus phonologiques, morphologiques et énonciatifs de la langue yaouré
[6988] Gajdos, Martina (2004) : Fulfulde: Lehrbuch einer westafrikanischen Sprache
[6989] Gakinabay, Mayange & Ursula Wiesemann (1986) : Les styles de discours en sar et leur mode d’emploi
[6990] Galadanci, Muhammad Kabir Mahmud (1969) : The simple Hausa nominal phrase
[6991] Galadanci, Muhammad Kabir Mahmud (1971) : Ideophones in Hausa
[6992] Galadanci, Muhammad Kabir Mahmud (1972) : The structure and syntactic function of compound nouns in Hausa
[6993] Galadanci, Muhammad Kabir Mahmud (1976) : An introduction to Hausa grammar
[7012] Galand-Pernet, Paulette (1987) : S berbère, phonème, morphème
[6997] Galand, Lionel (1966) : Les pronoms personnels en berbère
[7002] Galand, Lionel (1987) : Les emplois de l’aoriste sans particule en berbère
[7006] Galand, Lionel (1992) : Le problème du mot en berbère
[7007] Galand, Lionel (1994) : La négation en berbère
[25412] Galand, Lionel (2008) : Sur la finale instable -u de certains parlers touaregs méridionaux
[27593] Galand, Lionel (1985) : Exemples berbères de la variation d'actance
[27594] Galand, Lionel (1987) : Redistribution des rôles dans l'énoncé verbal en berbère
[7013] Galbané, Adama (1985) : Éléments de phonologie et de grammaire du bisa (étude synchronique du bisa barka)
[7015] Galley, Samuel (1964) : Dictionnaire fang-français et français-fang, suivi d’une grammaire fang
[24281] Galtier, Gérard (1981) : Problèmes dialectologiques et phonographématiques des parlers mandingues
[24384] Galvagny, Marie-Hélène (1984) : Lʼorganisation syntaxique et énonciative de la phrase en diola karon
[7020] Gamal-Eldin, Saad M. (1967) : A syntactic study of Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[26864] Gambarage, Joash Johannes (2013) : The Pre-prefix in Nata: An Interface Account
[7022] Gamble, David Percy (1949) : Mandinka grammar
[7023] Gamble, David Percy (1949) : Notes on Mandinka
[7024] Gamble, David Percy (1958) : Elementary Wolof grammar
[7029] Gamble, David Percy (1987) : Elementary Mandinka
[7031] Gamble, David Percy (1991) : Elementary Gambian Wolof grammar
[27440] Gamble, David Percy (1957) : The Wolof of Senegambia - Together with Notes on the Lebu and the Serer
[7027] Gamble, David Percy , Linda K. Salmon & Mary Umah Baldeh (1982) : Firdu-Fula grammar (Gambian dialect)
[7032] Gamble, David Percy , Linda K. Salmon & Mary Umah Baldeh (1993) : Firdu-Fula grammar (Gambian dialect)
[27123] Gamille, Lea Ghislaine (2013) : Elements de description phonologique et morphologique du Lumbu, langue bantu (B44) du Gabon parlée à Mayumba
[7043] Ganzania, R. (1972) : Aspects phonologiques et morphologiques du koyo
[25357] Garad, Abdurahman & Ewald Wagner (1998) : Harari -Studien. Texte mit Übersetzung, grammatischen Skizzen und Glossar
[7048] Garber, Anne Elizabeth (1980) : Word order change and the Senufo languages
[7050] Garber, Anne Elizabeth (1998) : Participant reference in Sicite (Tagba Senufo): the role of the emphatic pronoun in narrative discourse
[7055] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1921) : The relative form in Egyptian in the light of comparative syntax
[7056] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1921) : On certain participial formations in Egyptian
[7058] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1923) : A hitherto unnoticed negative in Middle Egyptian
[7059] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1924) : The term pr-n-st’ in Pap. Mayer
[7060] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1927) : Egyptian grammar, being an introduction to the study of hieroglyphs
[7061] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1928) : The Egyptian split infinitive and the origin of the Coptic conjunctive tense
[7064] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1930) : The origin of certain Coptic grammatical elements
[7065] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1933) : The supposed particle n
[7066] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1934) : Two employments of the independent pronoun
[7079] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1948) : Adversaria grammatica, I: the negative relative adjective
[7080] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1950) : Egyptian grammar: being an introduction to the study of hieroglyphs
[7081] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1957) : Egyptian grammar: being an introduction to the study of hieroglyphs
[7082] Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1966) : Egyptian grammar: being an introduction to the study of hieroglyphs
[7067] Gardiner, Alan Henderson & [Mme] Gauthier-Laurent (1935) : Supplement to Gardiner’s Egyptian grammar
[7091] Garrett, Andrew (1990) : Applicatives and preposition incorporation
[7092] Garry, Jane & Carl Rubino (Ed) (2001) : Facts about the world’s languages: an encyclopedia of the world’s major languages, past and present
[7096] Gary, Judith Olmstedt (1977) : Object formation rules in several Bantu languages
[7097] Gary, Judith Olmstedt (1977) : Implications for universal grammar of object-creating rules in Luyia and Mashi
[7098] Gary, Judith Olmstedt (1978) : Objectivization in Bantu languages: a comparative analysis of Kinyarwanda, Mashi and Luyia
[7093] Gary, Judith Olmstedt & Edward L. Keenan (1976) : Grammatical relations in Kinyarwanda and universal grammar
[7094] Gary, Judith Olmstedt & Edward L. Keenan (1977) : Grammatical relations in Kinyarwanda and universal grammar
[7095] Gary, Judith Olmstedt & Edward L. Keenan (1977) : On collapsing grammatical relations in Kinyarwanda
[7099] Gasana, Anastase (1981) : Dérivation verbale et nominale en kinyarwanda, langue bantoue du Rwanda
[7100] Gasana, Anastase (1983) : Détermination de catégories grammaticales du kinyarwanda
[7102] Gaskin, E. A. L. (1928) : Outline of Duala grammar
[7104] Gaskins, Leanne Jean (1980) : The syntax of Middle Egyptian relative clauses
[7105] Gasparini, Armido (1978) : Grammatica pratica della lingua sidamo
[7107] Gasparini, Armido (1994) : Grammatica gede’o
[22729] Gasparini, Armido (1947) : Elementi di grammatica Gumus con frasi, testo e dizionario
[22672] Gasser, Marcel (1983) : Topic continuity in written Amharic narrative
[23098] Gasser, Marcel (1988) : The use of completive and incompletive aspect in Nawdm narrative discourse
[23108] Gasser, Marcel (1984) : Manuel pour apprendre la langue nawdm
[28794] Gatchalian, Terrance , Rachel Lee & Carolin Tyrchan (2022) : Propositional attitude verbs and complementizers in Medumba
[7112] Gauton, Rachélle (1990) : Adjektiewe en relatiewe in Zulu
[7113] Gauton, Rachélle (1994) : Towards a recognition of a word class ‘adjective’ for Zulu
[7114] Gauton, Rachélle (1999) : Locative prefix stacking as an earlier viable locatising strategy in Bantu
[7115] Gauton, Rachélle (2000) : Locative classes in Bantu: the case for recognizing two additional locative noun class prefixes
[7116] Gauton, Rachélle , Gilles-Maurice de Schryver & Linkie Mohlala (2004) : A corpus-based investigation of the Zulu nominal suffix -kazi: a preliminary study
[28171] Gaved, Timothy J. D. (2020) : Grammar of Mankanya - An Atlantic language of Guinea-Bissau, Senegal and the Gambia
[7118] Gaye, Jules A. de & W. S. Beecroft (1923) : Yoruba grammar
[7119] Gaye, Jules A. de & W. S. Beecroft (1923) : Yoruba composition
[7120] Gaye, Pape-Amadou (1980) : Practical course in Wolof: an audio-aural approach, student’s manual
[24340] Gaynor, Lili (sd) : Structure and function of Papel
[26226] Gbegble, Nada & Jan Nuyts (2012) : The expression of epistemic modality in Ewe
[7123] Gbéto, Flavien (1995) : Le trait voisé et son fonctionnement dans un cas spécifique de redoublement en maxi, dialecte gbe
[7126] Gbéto, Flavien (1997) : Morphophonologische Untersuchung des Maxi, Dialekt des Gbe: ein Abriss
[28480] Gbéto, Flavien (2004) : Assimilation des pronoms objets des trois personnes du singulier en xwela, dialecte gbe du Bénin
[7129] Gblem [Poidi], Honorine Massanvi (1995) : Description systématique de l’igo, langue du sud-ouest du Togo
[23107] Gblem [Poidi], Honorine Massanvi (1989) : Le système nominal de l’igo-ahlo: étude preliminaire
[27199] Gborsi, Divine Korml (2015) : Aspects of Tùtrùgbù (Nyagbo) phonology
[7131] Gebert, Lucyna (1984) : Absolute constructions in Somali
[7132] Gebert, Lucyna (1986) : Focus and word order in Somali
[7133] Gebert, Lucyna (1988) : Universal hierarchy of topicality and Somali syntax
[7130] Gebert, Lucyna & Mansuur Cabdallah Cumar (1984) : Struttura del focus in dabarre
[7134] Gebhart, Ute (1991) : Vergleichende Untersuchungen zu seriellen Verbalkonstruktionen im West African Pidgin English and Krio
[68] Gebre-Tsadik, Abebe , Margaret Sim , Ronald J. Sim , Charlotte Wedekind & Klaus Wedekind (Ed) (1985) : The verb morphophonemics of five Highland East Cushitic languages, including Burji
[26150] Gebregziabher, Keffyalew (2012) : The Alienable-Inalienable Asymmetry: Evidence from Tigrinya
[28846] Gebregziabher, Keffyalew (2021) : Clitics or agreement markers: A view from Tigrinya clausal possession and modal necessity
[7137] Gebrew Tulu (2003) : The morphology of Gawwada
[7138] Gecaga, Bethuel Mareka & William Hay Kirkaldy-Willis (1953) : A short Kikuyu grammar
[7140] Gecaga, Bethuel Mareka & William Hay Kirkaldy-Willis (1955) : A short Kikuyu grammar
[7150] Gelderen, Elly van (1996) : Parametrizing agreement features in Arabic, Bantu languages and varieties of English
[28505] Gensler, Orin D. (2020) : Grammaticalization of qәl ‘gourd’ in Amharic
[7153] Gensler, Orin David (1980) : Verbal morphotonemics of Bakweri
[7154] Gensler, Orin David (1981) : The representation of vocalic object-affixes and tense-affixes in the Bakweri verb
[7155] Gensler, Orin David (1994) : On reconstructing the syntagm S-Aux-O-V-Other to Proto-Niger-Congo
[7156] Gensler, Orin David (1997) : Grammaticalization, typology and Niger-Congo word order: progress on a still-unsolved problem
[12661] George Madugu, Isaac S. (1971) : The a construction in Nupe: perfective, stative, causative or instrumental
[12662] George Madugu, Isaac S. (1975) : A grammar of Kwa-type verb specialization: its nature and significance in current generative theory
[12664] George Madugu, Isaac S. (1976) : Verb serialization and lexical decomposition
[12665] George Madugu, Isaac S. (1979) : Auxiliary verbs in Nupe and diachrony
[12666] George Madugu, Isaac S. (1979) : The Nupe verb and diachrony
[12667] George Madugu, Isaac S. (1982) : The na...na construction in Nupe
[12668] George Madugu, Isaac S. (1982) : The Yoruba ní-object construction in pragmatic perspective
[12669] George Madugu, Isaac S. (1984) : Quantifiers and negation in Nupe
[12670] George Madugu, Isaac S. (1985) : Complex verbs in Nupe and Yoruba
[12671] George Madugu, Isaac S. (1995) : Category incorporation in West African languages
[7160] Georgi, C. (1934) : Kisuaheli
[7230] Gérard, [Révérend] [Père] (1924) : La langue lebéo, grammaire et vocabulaire
[7168] Gerber, C. (1955) : Die relatiefkonstruktie in Suid-Sotho
[7170] Gerbinis, M. L. (Ed) (1964) : La langue malgache enseignée suivant la méthode directe
[7172] Gerdts, Donna B. & Lindsay J. Whaley (1991) : Locatives vs. instrumentals in Kinyarwanda
[7173] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1967) : Analytische und vergleichende Untersuchungen zu einigen zentralnigerianischen Klassensprachen
[7174] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1967/68) : Analytische und vergleichende Untersuchungen zu einigen zentralnigerianischen Klassensprachen ; Teil 1
[7175] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1968/69) : Analytische und vergleichende Untersuchungen zu einigen zentralnigerianischen Klassensprachen ; Teile 2-4
[7177] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1969/70) : Analytische und vergleichende Untersuchungen zu einigen zentralnigerianischen Klassensprachen ; Teil 5
[7178] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1971) : Stammerweiterungen in den Verben einiger zentralnigerianischer Klassensprachen
[7180] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1972/73) : Abriss der Nominalenklassen im Koro, North-Central State, Nigeria
[7182] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1974) : Pi-, hi-, fi-, bi- und bu- in den Plateausprachen Nordnigerias: Klasse neun/zehn oder Klasse neunzehn?
[7196] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1984) : More on the verbal system of Zarek (northern Nigeria)
[7204] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1988) : A note on verbal extensions in Jarawan Bantu
[7205] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1988) : Auf- und Abbau von nominalen Klassensystemen
[7206] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1988) : Bemerkungen zur Morpho(no)logie des Kwoi
[7207] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1989) : Kainji and Platoid
[7211] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1994) : Serialverbkonstruktionen in den Plateausprachen Nordnigerias
[7212] Gerhardt, Ludwig (1994) : Western Plateau as a model for the evolution of Benue-Congo nominal class systems
[7215] Gerhardt, Ludwig (2002) : Pluraktionale Verben in einigen Benue-Congo-Sprachen des nigerianischen Plateaus, I: allgemeines, das suffix *S, seine Varianten, seine Kombinationen
[25104] Gerhardt, Ludwig (2005) : Bemerkungen zum Ayu (Südwest-Plateau, Nigeria)
[28503] Gerhardt, Ludwig (2020) : Verbal pluralization strategies in Plateau
[7202] Gerhardt, Phyllis (1987) : Aspect in Nugunu
[7208] Gerhardt, Phyllis (1989) : Les temps en nugunu
[28599] Gerhardt, Phyllis (1984) : Les classes nominales en gunu
[27646] Gerlach, Linda (2018) : Palatization in ǂ'Amkoe
[23078] Gero, Marcia L. & Stephen H. Levinsohn (1993) : The -mi and -e morphemes in Joola-Fogny
[26807] Gerrit, Dimmendaal (2012) : Metrical structures: A neglected property of Nilotic (and other African language families)
[7222] Gessner, Suzanne , S. Oh & K. Shiobara (Ed) (2001) : Current research on African languages and linguistics
[27119] Getachew Gebru, & Hiroshi Yoshino (2015) : Survey on the Noun Morphology of ʻAle
[7225] Getahun Amare (1991) : The noun phrase structure in Hamer
[27452] Getahun, Amare (2018) : The structure of Argobba nominal phrase
[7226] Getatchew Haile (1967) : Demonstrative pronouns in Amharic
[7227] Getatchew Haile (1971) : The suffix pronouns in Amharic
[28758] Gewta, Fekede Menuta (2022) : Verbal Extension and Valence in Gumer Variety of Gurage
[24746] Gibbard, George , Hannah Rohde & Sharon Rose (2009) : Moro Noun Class Morphology
[27887] Gibson, Hannah & Lutz Marten (2019) : Probing the interaction of language contact and internal innovation : four case studies of morphosyntactic change in Rangi
[27628] Gibson, Hannah & Vera Wilhelmsen (2015) : Cycles of Negation in Rangi and Mbugwe
[27163] Gibson, Hannah , Andriana Koumbarou , Lutz Marten & Jenneke van der Wal (2016) : Locating the Bantu conjoint/disjoint alternation in a typology of focus marking
[26568] Gilley, Leoma (2013) : Katcha noun morphology
[7253] Gilley, Leoma G. (2000) : Singulars and plurals in Shilluk: a search for order
[7256] Gilliard, L. (1928) : Grammaire synthétique de lontomba, suivie d’un vocabulaire
[7257] Gilliard, L. (1928) : Grammaire pratique lontomba
[7259] Gillis, A. (1973) : Mwendela Kiluba: grammaire pour debutants
[7261] Gilman, Charles (1979) : Convergence in Lingala and Zairian Swahili
[7262] Gilman, Charles (1979) : Cameroonian Pidgin English: a neo-African language
[7268] Gimba, Alhaji Maina (1995) : Pluractionals in Bole
[7270] Gimba, Alhaji Maina (2001) : Verbal pluractionality in Bole
[24547] Gimba, Alhaji Maina (2000) : Bole verb morphology
[7271] Gingiss, P. (1973) : Worodugukan: a comparative and descriptive study
[7283] Girault, L. (1963) : Le verbe en dagara et les familles de verbes dérivés
[25793] Girei, Abubakar Umar (2009) : Hausa loanwords in Adamawa Fulfulde: A question of prestige or sociolinguistic necessity
[7285] Girma Halefom (1981) : Tigrigna cases and functions
[7286] Girma Mammo (1986) : Yemba verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[7288] Girmay Berhane (1991) : Issues in the phonology and morphology of Tigrigna
[7289] Gital, Garba Mohammed (1987) : Typology of dative ordering: a case study of Bausanci dative movement in Hausa dialectology
[7293] Givón, Talmy (1969) : Studies in ChiBemba and Bantu grammar
[7294] Givón, Talmy (1970) : The resolution of gender conflict in Bantu conjunction: when syntax and semantics clash
[7295] Givón, Talmy (1970) : On ordered rules and the modified base of ChiBemba verbs
[7296] Givón, Talmy (1970) : The magical number two, Bantu pronouns and the theory of pronominalization
[7297] Givón, Talmy (1970) : The SiLuyana language: a preliminary linguistic description
[7298] Givón, Talmy (1971) : On the verbal origin of the Bantu verb suffixes
[7299] Givón, Talmy (1971) : Some historical changes in the noun-class system of Bantu, their possible causes and wider applications
[7300] Givón, Talmy (1971) : Dependent modals, performatives, factivity, Bantu subjunctives and what not
[7303] Givón, Talmy (1971) : Historical syntax and synchronic morphology: an archaeologist’s field trip
[7304] Givón, Talmy (1972) : Studies in ChiBemba and Bantu grammar
[7306] Givón, Talmy (1972) : Pronoun attraction and subject postposing in Bantu
[7308] Givón, Talmy (1972) : The magical number two: Bantu pronouns and the theory of nominalization
[7309] Givón, Talmy (1972) : A note on subject postposing
[7310] Givón, Talmy (1974) : Syntactic change in Lake Bantu: a rejoinder
[7312] Givón, Talmy (1975) : Serial verbs and syntactic change: Niger-Congo
[7313] Givón, Talmy (1975) : Focus and scope of assertion: some Bantu evidence
[7314] Givón, Talmy (1976) : On the SOV reconstruction of southern Nilotic: internal evidence from Toposa
[7315] Givón, Talmy (1976) : Some constraints on Bantu causativization
[7316] Givón, Talmy (1976) : Topic, pronoun and grammatical agreement
[7317] Givón, Talmy (1979) : Language typology in Africa: a critical review
[7318] Givón, Talmy (1984) : The Krio numeral ‘one’ and the pragmatics of reference
[7311] Givón, Talmy & Alexandre Kimenyi (1974) : Truth, belief and doubt in Kinyarwanda
[7319] Givón, Talmy & Boniface Kaumba Kawasha (2001?) : Indiscrete grammatical relations: the Lunda passive
[7320] Gjerlow-Johnson, Kristine C. & Edward B. G. Ayom (1985) : The passive in Bor Dinka
[7323] Gleason jnr, Henry Allan (1960) : Bantu classes 1a and 2a
[7324] Gleeson, Joseph , Omer Awad & David Rorick (1968) : Is ka wahh u qabso: wahaa dhigey
[22905] Glidden, Suellyn (1984) : The Koh verbal system
[28326] Gluckman, John & Margit Bowler (2020) : The expression of modality in Logoori
[7328] Gluckman, Max (1942) : Prefix concordance in Lozi, lingua franca of Barotseland
[28809] Gnahore, Dalile Inés Laure (2006) : Essai sur le système verbal du gaɓʊgbʊ
[7330] Gnalibouly, Boureïma A. & Antonina Ivanovna Koval (1982) : Les questions controversées de la conjugaison verbale en peul
[7331] Gnamba, Bertin Mel (1994) : Le móbù-mri, langue aïzi d’Abra, sous-préfecture de Jacqueville: étude phonologique et grammaticale
[7507] Göbelsmann, Claus (1988) : Textanalyse zu Tempus (T), Aspekt (A) und Modalität (M) im Swahili: das TAM-System in der Prosasprache des Shabaan bin Robert
[7509] Göbelsmann, Claus (1991) : Towards a structural analysis of the Swahili TAM-formatives
[7510] Göbelsmann, Claus (1994) : Tempus, Aspekt und Modalität
[25007] Godé, Gohi Victor (2006) : Le dādɟlìwàlɩ̄ «dadjriwalé», un dialecte du godié, langue kru de la Côte d'Ivoire : phonologie, grammaire, lexique
[25008] Godé, Gohi Victor (2008) : Le dadjriwalé: langue kru de la Côte d'Ivoire
[7332] Godi, Patricia Sizani (2002) : Focus constructions in Xitsonga
[7334] Godon, E. (1998) : Aspects de la morphologie nominale du somali: la formation du pluriel
[7336] Goemaere, A. (19--) : Spraakleer van het londengese
[7339] Goemaere, A. (1984) : Grammaire du londengese
[22919] Goerling, Fritz (1985) : Marqueurs initiaux et finaux dans les contes dioula
[22920] Goerling, Fritz (1986) : Le discours exhortatif en dioula
[22921] Goerling, Fritz (1988) : Contrast in Jula discourse
[7342] Goetze, Albrecht (1942) : The so-called intensive of the Semitic languages
[27200] Goldberg, Joelle (2015) : A Brief Grammar of the Af-Somali Language
[7345] Goldenberg, Gideon (1964) : On the Amharic tense-system
[7346] Goldenberg, Gideon (1965) : Studies in Amharic syntax
[7347] Goldenberg, Gideon (1966) : [The Amharic tense-system]
[7354] Goldenberg, Gideon (1983) : Nominalization in Amharic and Harari: adjectivization
[7358] Goldenberg, Gideon (1998) : Studies in Semitic linguistics: selected writings
[26832] Goldman, Nora , Will Orman , Elodie Paquette , Kathryn Franich , Rachel Hawkes , Ariane Ngabeu & Catherine O'Connor (2015) : Interspeaker Variation in Noun Class Realization in Medumba, a Grassfields Language
[28789] Goldsmith, John & Fidèle Mpiranya (2022) : Learning Swahili morphology
[7365] Goldsmith, John Anton (1981) : The structure of wh-questions in Igbo
[7371] Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : Tone in CiRuri present continuous
[7372] Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : Bantu -a-: the far past in the far past
[7370] Goldsmith, John Anton & Firmard Sabimana (1985) : The Kirundi verb
[22523] Goldsmith, John Anton & Firmard Sabimana (1989) : The Kirundi verb
[7376] Goldsmith, John Anton , Karen Peterson & Joseph Drogo (1989) : Tone and accent in the Xhosa verbal system
[25059] Gomes, Cleonice Candida (2008) : O sistema verbal do Balanta : Um estudo dos morfemas de tempo
[7385] Gonçalves, Perpétua (1989) : A fixação do sistema de marcação casual do português em Moçambique
[7387] Gonçalves, Perpétua (1990) : A construção de uma gramática de português em Moçambique: aspectos da estrutura argumental dos verbos
[7388] Gonçalves, Perpétua (1996) : Português de Moçambique: uma variedade em formação
[7389] Gonçalves, Perpétua (2004) : Toward a unified vision of classes of language acquisition and change: arguments from the genesis of Mozambican African Portuguese
[7384] Gonçalves, Perpétua , N. Carlos & Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga (1986) : O português em Moçambique: análise de erros em construções de subordinação
[7391] Good, A. I. (1936) : Bulu handbook supplement
[25161] Good, Jeff (2010) : Topic and focus fields in Naki
[27764] Good, Jeff (2020) : Niger-Congo, with a special focus on Benue-Congo
[28603] Good, Jeff (2018) : East Benue-Congo noun classes, with a focus on morphological behavior
[28892] Good, Jeff (2022) : Reconstructing the development of the Bantu final vowels
[28001] Good, Jeff & Jesse Lovegren (2017) : Remarks on the nasal classes in Mungbam and Naki
[7392] Good, Jeff Craig (2003) : Strong linearity: three case studies towards a theory of morphosyntactic templatic constructions
[22603] Good, Jeff Craig (2005) : Reconstructing morpheme order in Bantu: the case of causativization and applicativization
[22604] Good, Jeff Craig (200-) : Whe arguments become adjuncts: negation and object preposing in Leggbó
[26237] Good, Jeff , Jesse Lovegren , Jean Patrick Mve , Carine Nganguep Tchiemouo , Rebecca Voll & Pierpaolo Di Carlo (2011) : The Languages of the Lower Fungom Region of Cameroon: Grammatical Overview
[27134] Goodness, Devet (2017) : The Morphosyntax of Shinyiha Adjective
[27657] Goprou, Djaki Carlos (2010) : Etude phonétique et phonologique du kpɔkolo, parler bété de Gagnoa
[7407] Gore, [Reverend] [Canon] E. C. (1926) : A Zande grammar
[7411] Gorman, W. A. R. (1950) : Simple Silozi: a guide for beginners
[28481] Goshu, Dabala & Ronny Meyer (2005) : Focus phenomena in Wellega Oromo
[24811] Goshu, Debela (2007) : Path in Oromo motion construction
[24803] Goshu, Debela & Ronny Meyer (2006) : Conditional expressions in Oromo
[7419] Goslin, B. du P. (1980) : The major differences between Zulu and Swazi
[7422] Gosori, K. , L. A. Noronha & Walter Schicho (1981) : Kiswahili cha kisasa [Modern Swahili]
[7428] Gottschligg, Peter (1992) : Verbale Valenz und Kasus in Ful
[7429] Gottschligg, Peter (1995) : Determination und Referenz in der Entwicklung der Nominalklassensysteme des Ful und anderer atlantischer Sprachen
[7431] Gottschligg, Peter (1997) : Zur Spezialisierung pronominaler Reliktformen im Ful
[7432] Gottschligg, Peter (1997) : Nominale Morphophonologie des Ful von Klingenheben bis Paradis: keine Rezeptionsgeschichte
[7433] Gottschligg, Peter (1998) : Nominale Formen im Adamawa-Ful
[7435] Gottschligg, Peter (2000) : La morphologie nominale peule dans le cadre dialectal et nord-(ouest)-atlantique
[27401] Goudiaby, Arame (2016) : Eléments de grammaire du gújááhár, parler baïnounck de Niaguis (Casamance)
[7437] Gouffé, Claude (1962) : Observations sur le degré causatif dans un parler haoussa du Niger
[7439] Gouffé, Claude (1964/66) : A propos de la phrase relative et de la phrase nominale en berbère et en haoussa
[7440] Gouffé, Claude (1964/66) : Les problèmes de l’aspect en haoussa, 1: introduction; le problème de l’aorist et de accompli
[7443] Gouffé, Claude (1966/67) : Les problèmes de l’aspect en haoussa, 2: le problème de l’inaccompli I et II
[7446] Gouffé, Claude (1967/69) : Les problèmes de l’aspect en haoussa, 3: l’inaccompli négatif et l’ingressif
[7447] Gouffé, Claude (1968/69) : Deux notes grammaticales sur le parler haoussa de Dogodoutchi (République du Niger)
[7449] Gouffé, Claude (1969/70) : Compléments et précisions concernant le haoussa dans le cadre de l’essai comparatif de M. Marcel Cohen
[7452] Gouffé, Claude (1970/71) : Sur les emplois grammaticalisés du verbe ‘dire’ en haoussa
[7453] Gouffé, Claude (1971) : Remarques sur le syntagme démonstratif en haoussa
[7454] Gouffé, Claude (1971) : Observations sur les emprunts au français dans les parlers haoussa du Niger
[7457] Gouffé, Claude (1975) : Redoublement et réduplication en haoussa: formes et fonctions
[7460] Gouffé, Claude (1981) : La langue haoussa
[7461] Gouffé, Claude (1988) : Fonction de la diathèse dans le verbe haoussa
[7462] Gough, David H. (1986) : Xhosa narrative: an analysis of the production and linguistic properties of discourse with particular reference to Iintsomi texts
[7463] Gough, David H. (1992) : Demonstratives and word order: aspects of discourse reference in Xhosa narrative
[7464] Gough, David H. (1993) : A change of mood: towards a re-analysis of the Dokean classification
[7465] Gough, David H. (1995) : Some problems for politeness theory: deference and directness in Xhosa performative requests
[7466] Gough, David H. (1995) : Xhosa beyond the textbook: an analysis of grammatical variation of selected Xhosa constructions
[26168] Gould, Isaac (2012) : Spatial Absence in Lamnso': A Preliminary Description of the Absentive Morpheme siiy
[28259] Gould, Isaac & Tessa Scott (2019) : On the derivation of Swahili amba relative clauses: Evidence for movement
[7468] Gould, Laurie J. (19--) : The grammar of Ikikuria
[7469] Gould, Laurie J. (1987) : Evidence for ambiguous targets in Kuria advancement strategies
[7470] Gould, Laurie J. (1988) : Liberation and Kikuria relative clauses
[7471] Goungaye Wanfiyo, Nganatouwa (1982) : Éléments de description grammaticale du gbeya
[7472] Goungaye Wanfiyo, Nganatouwa (1986) : Étude descriptive du gbeya, parler gbaya de la région de Bossangoa en République centrafricaine
[7479] Gowlett, Derek F. (1964) : Morphology of the substantive in Lozi
[7480] Gowlett, Derek F. (1967) : Morphology of the verb in Lozi
[7481] Gowlett, Derek F. (1968) : Some secret languages of children of South Africa
[7482] Gowlett, Derek F. (1970) : Verbal extensions in Mbuunda
[7489] Gowlett, Derek F. (2003) : Zone S
[7486] Gowlett, Derek F. (Ed) (1992) : African linguistic contributions presented in honour of Ernst Westphal
[7492] Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1983) : Some aspects of Logo phonology and morphology
[7494] Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : Some aspects of Kaliko phonology and morphology
[7500] Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : A Kaliko text with grammatical notes and comments
[23438] Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1972) : Ordered rules and the morphophonemics of the N-class in Swahili
[7493] Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (Ed) (1985) : African linguistics: essays in memory of M. W. K. Semikenke
[7515] Graefe, Erhart (1987) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7516] Graefe, Erhart (1988) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7517] Graefe, Erhart (1990) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7518] Graefe, Erhart (1994) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7519] Graefe, Erhart (1997) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7520] Graefe, Erhart (2001) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7521] Graffin, R. & François Pichon (1930) : Grammaire éwondo
[7528] Gragg, Gene B. (1997) : Ge‘ez (Ethiopic)
[7530] Grah, Claire (1983) : Approche systèmatique du nɩ́wɔ̄lɩ̄
[24406] Grandʼeury, Sylvie (1991) : Le Parler ngbaka minagende, langue oubanguienne du Zaïre : Unités de base, prédication et énonciation
[7537] Grannis, Oliver Culver (1970) : Relative constructions in Acholi
[7542] Grapow, Hermann (1936) : Sprachliche und schriftliche Formung ägyptischer Texte
[7544] Grapow, Hermann (1938) : Untersuchungen über Stil und Sprache des koptischen Kambysesromans
[7551] Grapow, Hermann (1950) : Zur Wortbildung des Ägyptischen
[7552] Grapow, Hermann (1952) : Untersuchungen zur ägyptischen Stilistik, I: der stilistische Bau der Geschichte des Sinuhe
[7561] Gray, G. P. (1966) : The morphology of the substantive in Herero
[28755] Gray, Hazel & Steve Nicolle (2022) : Diagramming Grammatical and Lexical Aspect The case of the Progressive, Anterior, and Resultative in Bungu (Bantu, F25)
[7563] Gray, Ian R. (1978) : Buli noun classes
[7564] Gray, Ian R. (1978) : Buli concords
[7562] Gray, Louis H. (1971) : Introduction to Semitic comparative linguistics: a basical grammar of the Semitic languages
[7559] Gray, Robert F. (1951) : A short word-list and grammatical sketch [of Mbugwe]
[7677] Grébaut, S. (1945) : Cahiers pour l’enseignement de la langue éthiopienne, I: le verbe fort trilittère qatala (schèmes et flexions)
[22875] Grebe, Karl H. (1975) : Verb clusters in Lamnsok
[22889] Grebe, Karl H. (1976) : Relational grammar applied to Nsoq
[7566] Grebe, Karl H. & Winifred Grebe (1975) : Verb tone patterns in Lamnsok
[7570] Greef, M. M. (1980) : The passive in Xhosa
[25573] Green, Christopher R. (2012) : Paradigm uniformity in Luwanga derived nouns
[26967] Green, Christopher R. (2013) : Formalizing the prosodic word domain in Bambara tonology
[26065] Green, Christopher R. & Ashley Farris-Trimble (2010) : Voice contrast and cumulative faithfulness in Luwanga Nouns
[28243] Green, Christopher R. & Evan Jones (2019) : Notes on the morphology of Marka (Af-Ashraaf)
[27951] Green, Christopher R. & Michael C. Dow (2017) : The morphophonology of nouns in Najamba (Dogon)
[7575] Green, E. Clive (1956) : An introduction to Shambala grammar
[7572] Green, Margret Mackeson (1937-1974) : Linguistic papers, chiefly concerning the Igbo language
[7576] Green, Margret Mackeson & G. Egemba Igwe (1963) : A descriptive grammar of Igbo
[7581] Green, Melanie (1997) : Focus and copular constructions in Hausa
[24764] Green, Melanie (2007) : Focus in Hausa
[7582] Green, Melanie & Philip John Jaggar (2003) : Ex-situ and in-situ focus in Hausa: syntax, semantics and discourse
[7580] Green, Michael (1987) : Coptic share pattern and its ancient Egyptian ancestors: a reassessment of the aorist pattern in the Egyptian language
[7597] Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1950) : The patterning of root morphemes in Semitic
[7599] Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1952) : The Afro-Asiatic (Hamito-Semitic) present
[7605] Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1955) : Internal a-plurals in Afroasiatic (Hamito-Semitic)
[7608] Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1959) : The origin of the Masai passive
[7613] Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1960) : An Afro-Asiatic pattern of gender and number agreement
[7638] Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1972) : Linguistic evidence regarding Bantu origin
[7642] Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1977) : Niger-Congo noun class markers: prefixes, suffixes, both or neither
[7643] Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1978) : How does a language acquire gender markers?
[7645] Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1981) : Nilo-Saharan movable k- as a stage III article
[7646] Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1981) : Nilo-Saharan movable k- as a stage III article (with a Penutian typological parallel)
[7647] Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1983) : Some areal characteristics of African languages
[7652] Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1961) : Luo: a grammar
[7653] Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1967) : Prefix and pronoun in Bantu
[23447] Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1999) : Noun class systems in African and Pacific languages
[7680] Grégoire, Claire (1975) : Les locatifs en bantou
[7684] Grégoire, Claire (1976) : Les suffixes verbaux et les finales de la conjugaison simple en laadi
[7686] Grégoire, Claire (1979) : Les voyelles finales alternantes dans la conjugaison affirmative des langues bantoues centrales
[7688] Grégoire, Claire (1980) : Les structures relative en mandé: tentative de comparaison
[7689] Grégoire, Claire (1980) : Les structure sous-jacente des relatives en mandé-nord
[7690] Grégoire, Claire (1980) : Les locatifs en bantou: reconstruction et évolution régionales
[7691] Grégoire, Claire (1983) : Quelques hypothèses comparatives sur les locatifs dans les langues bantoues du Cameroun
[7692] Grégoire, Claire (1985) : L’expression du passif en maninka
[7698] Grégoire, Claire (1994) : A Diachronic Approach to Classes 10 and 11 in Bantu With Special Reference to North-Western Languages
[7702] Grégoire, Claire (2003) : The Bantu languages of the forest
[24303] Grégoire, Claire (1981) : Morphologie de l'opposition accompli/inaccompli dans le verbe soninké
[24306] Grégoire, Claire (1987) : Morphophonologie et morphologie nominales en soninké
[7701] Grégoire, Claire & Baudoin Janssens (1999) : L’augment en bantou du nord-ouest
[7699] Grégoire, Claire & Jean-Paul Rekanga (1994) : Nouvelles hypothèses diachronique sur la cl. 10b du myènè-nkomi (B11e)
[7715] Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1999) : The formation of questions in Oromo and Somali: a comparative analysis
[7716] Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (2001) : A grammatical sketch of written Oromo
[7717] Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (2004) : Lehrbuch des Somali: eine praktische Einführung
[7706] Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine & Tamene Bitima (1994) : Lehrbuch des Oromo: eine praktische Einführung
[7708] Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine & Tamene Bitima (1995) : Übungsbuch Oromo
[7718] Griesel, G. J. (1982) : Zoeloe vir beginners
[7719] Griesel, G. J. (2001) : Irregular forms of the Zulu locativised noun
[7723] Griffin, A. W. (1937) : Grammar and exercise-book of the Kipende language
[7725] Griffini, E. (1936) : L’arabo parlato della Libia: cenni grammaticali e repertorio di oltre 10.000 vocaboli, frasi e modi di dire raccolti in Tripolitania; con appendice: primo saggio di un elenco alfabetico di tribù della Libia italiana
[27746] Grimm [Borchardt], Nadine (2015) : A Grammar of Gyeli
[27926] Grimm, Nadine (2020) : Descriptive and documentary dimensions of Gyeli numerals
[7749] Grinevald, Colette & Frank Seifart (2004) : Noun classes in African and Amazonian languages: towards a comparison
[28513] Griscom, Richard (2019) : Topics in Asimjeeg Datooga Verbal Morphosyntax
[7750] Grobbelaar, J. C. (1952) : Junior Sepedi: ’n handleiding met oefeninge vir die aanleer van Noord-Sotho vir standerd 7 en standerd 8
[7755] Groenewald, P. S. (1960) : Morfologiese verdubbeling in Noord-Sotho
[25265] Grollemund, Rebecca (2006) : Les Okandé du Gabon, locuteurs d’une langue en danger (langue bantoue du groupe B 30) - Langue et culture
[26177] Grollemund, Rebecca & Jean-Marie Hombert (2012) : Use of Plant Names for the Classification of the Bantu Languages of Gabon
[28130] Gromova, Nelli V. & Monika R. Urb [Громова, Н.В. (2020) : The morphemic structure of the Ndonde verb [Морфемная структура глагола в языке ндонде]
[7759] Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1965) : O printsipakh vydeleniya imeni sushchestvitel’nogo v yazyke suahili [On the principles of definition of the noun as a part of speech in Swahili]
[7760] Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1966) : Chasti rechi v iazykakh bantu i printsipy ikh razgranicheniia
[7761] Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1975) : The syntax of the ‘infinitive’ in Swahili (abstract)
[7764] Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1983) : On correlation of the categories of class and number in some Bantu languages
[7765] Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1988) : Die Erweiterung der Funktion einiger Nominalklassenpräfixe in den Bantusprachen
[7766] Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1988) : Leksikologiia i slovobrazovanie afrikanskikh iazykov
[7767] Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1990) : Vitenzi vipya katika Swahili [New verbs in Swahili]
[7771] Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (2004) : The infinitive as a part of speech in Swahili
[7763] Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (1978) : Osobennosti relytivnykh konstruktsii v suahili
[7768] Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (1995) : Teoreticheskaja grammatika jazyka suakheli [Swahili theoretical grammar]
[7772] Groot, Martien de (1988) : Description of the Digo verb system
[24581] Grossmann, Rebecca Suzanne (1992) : Discourse Grammar of Bandi
[7784] Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1973) : A story in |Gwi with some linguistic descriptions
[7785] Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1975) : Plural predicates in €Hòã
[7787] Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1992) : Proper argument projection in Igbo and Yoruba
[7788] Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1995) : Thematic configurationality and serial verb constructions
[27753] Grubic, Mira , Agata Renans & Reginald Akuoko Duah (2019) : Focus, exhaustivity and existence in Akan, Ga and Ngamo
[7797] Guarisma, Gladys (1969) : Études bafia: phonologie, classes d’accord et lexique bafia-français
[7799] Guarisma, Gladys (1972) : A propos de la détermination des catégories grammaticales en bafia par la méthode de l’énoncé minimal
[7800] Guarisma, Gladys (1973) : Le nom en bafia: étude syntagme nominal d’une langue bantoue du Cameroun
[7803] Guarisma, Gladys (1978) : Études vouté (langue bantoïde du Cameroun): phonologie et alphabet pratique, synthématique, et lexique vouté-français
[7807] Guarisma, Gladys (1981) : Le prédicat en bafia
[7809] Guarisma, Gladys (1982) : Le syntagme verbal à modalité de temps et à modalité d’aspect en bafia
[7811] Guarisma, Gladys (1985) : Types d’énoncés, classes de verbes et nombre de participants au procès en bafia
[7815] Guarisma, Gladys (1990) : La negation en bafia: langue bantoue A53 du Cameroun
[7818] Guarisma, Gladys (1997) : La qualification en bafia
[7819] Guarisma, Gladys (2003) : Kpa? (A53)
[25971] Guarisma, Gladys (2004) : Les indices d'accord en bantou : le cas du bafia
[27596] Guarisma, Gladys (1993) : Les compléments immédiats non-circonstanciels en bafia (rì̵-kpɑʔ, langue bantoue A50 du Cameroun)
[27597] Guarisma, Gladys (1994) : Le sujet en bafia (langue bantoue du Cameroun)
[7808] Guarisma, Gladys , Gabriel M. Nissim & Jan Voorhoeve (Ed) (1982) : Le verbe bantoue: actes de journées d’étude tenues à l’Université de Leyde (Pays-Bas), 19-21 janvier 1981, et au Centre de Recherche Pluridisciplinaire du CNRS, Ivry (France), 27 février et le 26 juin 1981
[28409] Gueche Fotso, Hugues Carlos (2019) : Morphosyntactic and Semantic Curiosities in the Naming Practices of the Nsᴐ́ʔ People
[23848] Gueche, Fotso Hugues Carlos (2004) : Noun morphology of Befang
[7837] Guédou, Georges A. G. (1976) : Xó et gbè: langage et culture chez les Fon du Dahomey
[7840] Guédou, Georges A. G. (1985) : Xó et gbè: langage et culture chez les fon (Bénin)
[7841] Guéhoun, N. Augustin (1993) : Description systématique du dida de lakota (langue kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[28532] Guérin, Maximilien (2015) : Analyse typologique et syntaxique du génitif wolof
[28739] Guérin, Maximilien (2022) : Non-finite constructions in Wolof
[26775] Guérois, Rozen (2015) : A grammar of Cuwabo (Mozambique, Bantu P34)
[27749] Guérois, Rozen & Denis Creissels (2020) : The relative verb forms of Cuwabo (Bantu P34) as contextually oriented participles
[27414] Guérois, Rozenn (2017) : Conditional constructions in Cuwabo
[28040] Guérois, Rozenn (2016) : The Locative System in Cuwabo and Makhuwa (P30 Bantu Languages)
[28579] Guérois, Rozenn (2019) : Cuwabo P34
[27528] Guérois, Rozenn & Koen Bostoen (2018) : On the origins of passive allomorphy in Cuwabo (Bantu P34)
[7825] Guerreiro, Manuel Viegas (1963) : Rudimentos de língua maconde
[7828] Guerssel, Mohamed (1983) : A phonological analysis of construct state in Berber
[7831] Guerssel, Mohamed (1986) : On Berber verbs of change: a study in transitivity alternations
[7833] Guerssel, Mohamed (1987) : The status of the lexical category preposition in Berber: implications for the nature of the construct state
[7834] Guerssel, Mohamed (1992) : The phonology of Berber derivational morphology by affixation
[7832] Guerssel, Mohamed & Ken Hale (Ed) (1987) : Studies in Berber syntax
[28592] Guest, Elizabeth (1997) : Cwaya Noun Classes
[28594] Guest, Elizabeth (1998) : Cwaya Pronouns
[7835] Gueunier, Noël-Jacques (1976) : Notes sur le dialecte malgache de l’île de Mayotte
[10812] Gugelchuk, Gary Michael (1985) : A generative-transformational analysis of the plots of Limba (West Africa) dilemma tales
[7843] Guidi, Ignazio (1924) : Elementa linguae copticae
[7845] Guidi, Ignazio (1936) : Grammatica elementare della lingua amarica, con esercizi di traduzione e glossario
[26399] Guilavogui, André Gouma (1975) : Étude morphosyntaxique du loghomagoi
[26400] Guilavogui, Catherine Koly (1976) : Étude du système nominal du loma
[7848] Guillet, Gérard (1972) : Initiation à la tonalité met à la grammaire de la langue fon
[7849] Guillet, Gérard & Michel Dujarier (1978?) : Eléments de grammaire fongbe
[7850] Guillot, R. (19--) : Petite grammaire de l’usalampasu
[7851] Guilmin, M. (1925) : Grammaire lingombe
[28021] Guitang, Guillaume (2019) : Personal pronoun encliticization in Masa
[7917] Güldemann, Tom (1992) : Ist Swahili eine monogenetische Einheit? Betrachtungen aus der Sicht peripherer Varietäten unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Verbmorphologie
[7918] Güldemann, Tom (1996) : Verbalmorphologie und Nebenprädikationen im Bantu: eine Studie zur funktional motivierten Genese eines konjugationalen Subsystem
[7919] Güldemann, Tom (1997) : Prosodic subordination as a strategy for complex sentence construction in Shona: Bantu moods revisited
[7920] Güldemann, Tom (1997) : The Kalahari Basin as an object of areal typology: a first approach
[7921] Güldemann, Tom (1997) : Prosodische Markierung als sprachliche Strategie zur Hierarchisierung verknüpfter Prädikationen am Beispiel des Shona
[7923] Güldemann, Tom (1998) : The relation between imperfective and simultaneous taxis in Bantu: late stages of grammaticalization
[7924] Güldemann, Tom (1998) : The Kalahari Basin as an object of areal typology: a first approach
[7925] Güldemann, Tom (1999) : The genesis of verbal negation in Bantu and its dependency on functional features of clause types
[7926] Güldemann, Tom (1999) : Toward a grammaticalization and typological account of the ka-possessive in southern Nguni
[7927] Güldemann, Tom (1999) : Head-initial meets head-final: nominal suffixes in eastern and southern Bantu from a historical perspective
[7930] Güldemann, Tom (2000) : Noun categorization systems in non-Khoe lineages of Khoisan
[7932] Güldemann, Tom (2002) : When “say” is not say: the functional versatility of the Bantu quotative marker ti with special reference to Shona
[7933] Güldemann, Tom (2002) : Die Entlehnung pronominaler Elemente des Khoekhoe aus dem !Ui-Taa
[7934] Güldemann, Tom (2002) : Using older Khoisan sources: quantifier expressions in Lower Nossop varieties of Tuu
[7935] Güldemann, Tom (2003) : Grammaticalization
[7936] Güldemann, Tom (2003) : Present progressive vis-à-vis predication focus in Bantu: a verbal category between semantics and pragmatics
[7937] Güldemann, Tom (2004) : Reconstruction through ‘de-construction’: the marking of person, gender and number in the Khoe family and Kwadi
[22580] Güldemann, Tom (2003) : Khoisan languages
[23523] Güldemann, Tom (2005) : Asyndetic subordination and deverbal depictive expressions in Shona
[24779] Güldemann, Tom (2008) : Quotative Indexes in African Languages: A Synchronic and Diachronic Survey
[25162] Güldemann, Tom (2010) : The relation between focus and theticity in the Tuu family
[25498] Güldemann, Tom (2007) : The Macro-Sudan belt: towards identifying a linguistic area in northern sub-Saharan Africa
[25815] Güldemann, Tom (2009) : Greenberg's “Case” for Khoisan: The Morphological Evidence
[28482] Güldemann, Tom (2004) : Welche Evidenz gibt es für eine !Ui-Sprache namens !Khuai?
[28483] Güldemann, Tom (2004) : Complex pronominals in Tuu and Ju, with special reference to their historical significance
[28897] Güldemann, Tom (2022) : Predicate structure and argument indexing in early Bantu
[28901] Güldemann, Tom & Ines Fiedler (2022) : Predicate partition for predicate-centred focus and Meeussen’s Proto-Bantu “advance verb construction”
[7928] Güldemann, Tom & Rainer Vossen (2000) : Khoisan
[26559] Gulfan, Gumma Ibrahim (2013) : Converbs in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian)
[26648] Gulfan, Gumma Ibrahim (2015) : Possessor Ascension in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian)
[7858] Guma, Samson Mbizo (1951) : A comparative study of the ideophone in Suthu
[7859] Guma, Samson Mbizo (1971) : An outline structure of Southern Sotho
[7861] Gunn, B. (1924) : Studies in Egyptian syntax
[27457] Gunnink, Hilde (2018) : A grammar of Fwe : A Bantu language of Zambia and Namibia
[27636] Gunnink, Hilde (2017) : Locative Clitics in Fwe
[27665] Gunnink, Hilde (2019) : The Fronted-Infinitive Construction in Fwe
[28756] Gunnink, Hilde (2022) : A grammar sketch of the Shetjhauba variety of Shekgalagadi
[27379] Gunnink, Hilde , Bonny Sands , Brigitte Pakendorf & Koen Bostoen (2015) : Prehistoric language contact in the Kavango-Zambezi transfrontier area: Khoisan influence on southwestern Bantu languages
[7939] Günther, Theophilus (1969) : Die Pronomina im Hottentottischen
[7866] Guthrie, Malcolm (1918-1972) : Unpublished field data, grammar and vocabulary notes for over 180 Bantu languages
[7868] Guthrie, Malcolm (1939) : Grammaire et dictionnaire de lingala: la langue universelle actuellement parlée sur la partie centrale du fleuve Congo, avec un manuel de conversation français-lingala
[7872] Guthrie, Malcolm (1948) : Gender, number and person in Bantu languages
[7873] Guthrie, Malcolm (1948) : Bantu word division: a new study of an old problem
[7875] Guthrie, Malcolm (1951) : Grammaire et dictionnaire de lingala
[7877] Guthrie, Malcolm (1956) : Observations on nominal classes in Bantu languages
[7878] Guthrie, Malcolm (1956) : Some features of the Mfinu verbal system
[7882] Guthrie, Malcolm (1960) : Teke radical structure and Common Bantu
[7883] Guthrie, Malcolm (1961) : Bantu sentence structure
[7887] Guthrie, Malcolm (1962) : The status of radical extensions in Bantu languages
[7893] Guthrie, Malcolm (1967) : Variations in the range of classes in the Bantu languages
[7894] Guthrie, Malcolm (1967) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 1: the comparative linguistics of the Bantu languages
[7895] Guthrie, Malcolm (1967/71) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages
[7896] Guthrie, Malcolm (1968) : Notes on Nzebi (Gabon)
[7897] Guthrie, Malcolm (1969) : Features of verbal structure in S. W. Fang
[7898] Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 3: a catalogue of Common Bantu with commentary
[7899] Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 4: a catalogue of Common Bantu with commentary
[7900] Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Collected papers on Bantu linguistics
[7902] Guthrie, Malcolm (1971) : The western Bantu languages
[7903] Guthrie, Malcolm (1971) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 2: Bantu prehistory, inventory and indexes
[7867] Guthrie, Malcolm (Ed) (1935) : Lingala grammar and dictionary
[7904] Guthrie, Malcolm & John F. Carrington (1988) : Lingala: grammar and dictionary
[7907] Gutt, Ernst-August (1985) : A multi-tiered approach to Silt’i verb morphology
[7911] Gutt, Ernst-August (1997) : The Silte group (East Gurage)
[7913] Guy-Grand, V.-J. (1923) : Dictionnaire français-volof, précédé d’un abrégé de la grammaire volofe
[27711] Guyindula, Gam Mukoba (1983) : Etude morphologique des formes verbales pende (Parler de Gitoto)
[7916] Guzman, Videa P. de (1987) : Indirect objects in Siswati
[7942] Gxilishe, D. S. (1992) : Conversational code switching
[25511] Gya, Daniel (2012) : Focus in Rigwe syntax
[7947] Haacke, Catherine (1970) : Die Konjunktionen im Galla: eine syntaktisch-semantische Analyse
[25686] Haacke, Wilfrid (2010) : Naro Syntax from the perspective of the desentential hypothesis – The minimal sentence
[7949] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1976) : A Nama grammar: the noun-phrase
[7950] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1977) : The so-called “personal pronoun” in Nama
[7951] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1978) : Subject deposition in Nama
[7952] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1980) : Nama “coreferential copulative sentences” reassessed
[7954] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1983) : The tone of the conditional particle ka in Nama
[7956] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1985) : Noun phrase accessibility to relativization in Herero and Nama
[7957] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1986) : Preliminary observations on a dialect of the Sesfontein Damara
[7960] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1987) : A typological survey of Nama/Damara
[7961] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1988) : How to perpertuate misconceptions of a language [= review article based on ‘Khoe-Kowap’ by Gerhard Böhm]
[7962] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (199-) : Khoekhoe
[7964] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1992) : Compound noun phrases in Nama
[7965] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1992) : Die Sprache der Nama und Damara
[7966] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1992) : Dislocated noun phrases in Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara): further evidence for the sentential hypothesis
[7969] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1995) : Instances of incorporation and compounding in Khoekhoegowab (Nama/Damara)
[7971] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] & Edward Derek Elderkin (Ed) (1997) : Namibian languages: reports and papers
[7948] Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] & John Boois (1975-1984) : //Khaa//khaasen da ge ra Namagowaba II-V [Nama school grammars]
[7985] Haberland, Eike & Marcello Lamberti (1988) : Ibaaddo ka-Bai’so: culture and language of the Bai’so
[7991] Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1991) : A historico-comparative study of Zambian Plateau Tonga and seven related lects
[8000] Haddon, Ernest B. (1935) : Notes on Swahili grammar
[8001] Haddon, Ernest B. (1937) : The perfect tense in the eastern Bantu languages
[8002] Haddon, Ernest B. (1951) : The locative in Bantu (Baganda)
[8004] Haddon, Ernest B. (1955) : Swahili lessons
[8005] Haddon, Ernest B. (1955) : Note on the verbal -e stem in East African Bantu
[8006] Haddon, Ernest B. (1955) : The verbal -e stem in eastern Bantu
[8007] Haddon, Ernest B. (1956) : Some notes on the initial vowel pre-prefix
[8003] Haddon, Ernest B. & H. E. Lambert (1954) : Notes and queries - continued
[8009] Hadermann, Pascale (1994) : Les marques -yo- et -to- dans la conjugasion de quelques langues bantoues de zone C
[8010] Hadermann, Pascale (1994) : Aspects morphologiques et syntaxiques de l’infinitif dans les langues bantoues
[8011] Hadermann, Pascale (1996) : Formes verbales complexes et grammaticalisation de la structure infinitif+verbe(conjugués) dans quelques langues bantues de zone B et H
[8012] Hadermann, Pascale (1996) : Grammaticalisation de la structure infinitif+verbe conjugué dans quelques langues bantoues
[8013] Hadermann, Pascale (1997) : L’infinitif et la fonction sujet dans quelques langues bantoues
[8014] Hadermann, Pascale (1999) : Les formes nomino-verbales de classes 5 et 15 dans les langues bantoues du Nord-Ouest
[23249] Hadermann, Pascale (2005) : Eléments segmentaux et supra-segmentaux pour marquer la fonction ‘object’ dans quelques langues bantoues
[8026] Hagège, Claude [André] (1969) : Esquisse linguistique du tikar, Cameroun
[8028] Hagège, Claude [André] (197-) : Esquisse de présentation du guidar, langue tchadique
[8030] Hagège, Claude [André] (1970) : La langue mbum de Nganha (Cameroun): phonologie, grammaire
[8032] Hagège, Claude [André] (1974) : The “adjective” in some African languages
[8033] Hagège, Claude [André] (1975) : Some contributions of central African languages to African linguistics, linguistic theory and language universals
[8035] Hagège, Claude [André] (1981) : Le mbum
[8036] Hagège, Claude [André] (1982) : The significance of central African languages for linguistic theory and universals
[8018] Hagen, Eva (1981) : Das Kagoma: Untersuchungen zu einer zentralnigerianischen Klassensprache
[28600] Hagen, Eva (1988) : Die Gong. Monographische Studie zur Kultur und Sprache der Gong (Kagoma)
[8017] Hagen, Gunther Tronje von (1940) : Lehrbuch der Bulu Sprache
[8038] Hagman, Roy Stephen (1973) : Nama Hottentot grammar
[8039] Hagman, Roy Stephen (1977) : Nama Hottentot grammar
[27306] Hagman, Roy Stephen (2002) : On the Superiority of Tonetic Over Segmental Phonetic Evidence: An Original Reanalysis of Khoekhoe Tone
[8091] Haïdara, Youssouf Mohammed (199-) : Grammaticeskaja struktura jazyka mezetniceskogo obscenija: na materiale jazyka songaï
[8094] Haïk, Isabelle & Laurice Truller (Ed) (1989) : Current approaches to African linguistics VI: proceedings of the 18th annual conference on African linguistics, Montréal
[8042] Haile Leul Yigebru (1991) : VP-complementation in Awngi
[8046] Hailu Daniel (1988) : The verb morphology of Zayse
[8047] Hailu Kassaye (1988) : Gidole verb morphology
[8045] Hailu, H. F. (1985) : Cleft constructions
[8048] Hainzl, Gerald (1996) : Grammatische Strukturen südafrikanischer Nicht-Bantu-Clicksprachen
[24157] Halaoui, Nazam (2003) : Les syntagmes nominaux en soninké
[24158] Halaoui, Nazam (2006) : Singulier et pluriel dans le nom en soninke
[24308] Halaouï, Nazam (1990) : La morphologie du numéral en soninké
[8101] Hale, Ken , Peter Uzodinma Ihìónú & Victor B. Manfredi (1995) : Igbo bipositional verbs in a syntactic theory of argument structure
[8103] Halila, Hafedh (1985) : Some syllable structure based rules of Tunisian Arabic
[8122] Haller, Beat (1989) : La relative en zulgo
[8120] Haller, Beat & John Robert Watters (1984) : Topic in Zulgo
[8119] Haller, Beat , Sylvia Hedinger & Ursula Weisemann (1981) : The verbal complex in Zulgo
[8123] Hallowes, D. P. (1942) : A grammar of Baca
[27637] Halme-Berneking, Riikka (2017) : Oshikwanyama Locative Enclitics (and their Non-locative Functions)
[8127] Halme, Riikka (2004) : A tonal grammar of Kwanyama
[26174] Halpert, Claire (2012) : Zulu Counterfactuals in and out of Conditionals
[27051] Halpert, Claire (2012) : Argument licensing and agreement in Zulu
[27172] Halpert, Claire (2016) : Prosody/syntax mismatches in the Zulu conjoint/disjoint alternation
[28795] Halpert, Claire (2022) : Overt subjects and agreement in Zulu infinitives
[28833] Halpert, Claire & Michael Diercks (2018) : More on have and need
[8128] Halwa, Lawan Danladi (1995) : Issues in the syntax of Hausa complementation
[24405] Hamani, Abdou (sd) : La Structure grammaticale du zarma : essai de systématisation.
[8129] Hamaya, Mitsuyo (1993) : Maasai auxiliaries and infinitival constructions
[8130] Hamaya, Mitsuyo (1996) : Non-embedded complement clauses in Maasai
[8131] Hambally, Mohammadu (1966) : [Description comparative de la langue littéraire haoussa et ses dialectes]
[27266] Hamibanga, Shamavu (1982) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique du tembo
[26583] Hamid Ahmed, Mohammed-Tahir (2013) : Les articles définis en bedja, dialecte du Gash
[8135] Hamilton, Mark R. (1982) : Verbal marking systems in Chadic
[22463] Hamimi, Gaya (1997) : Grammaire et conjugaison amazigh
[28900] Hamlaoui, Fatima (2022) : On subject inversion in Proto-Bantu relative clauses
[8136] Hamlyn, William Temple (1935) : A short study of the western Mandinka language
[28711] Hamm, Cameron (2013) : The Bafanji Noun Phrase
[26570] Hammarström, Harald (2013) : Noun class parallels in Kordofanian and Niger-Congo – evidence of genealogical inheritance?
[28557] Hammarström, Harald (2019) : An inventory of Bantu languages
[8143] Hammond, Michael (1988) : Templaic transfer in Arabic broken plurals
[8144] Hamouha, H. (1987) : Manuel de grammaire berbère (Kabyle)
[8145] Hamp, Eric H. (1970) : On Bantu and comparison
[8147] Hanafiou, Hamidou Seydou (1995) : Éléments de description du kaado d’Ayorou-Goungokore (parler songhay du Niger)
[23690] Hanchey, Stephen & Timothy P. Francis (1979) : Mauritanian Arabic: communication and culture handbook
[8160] Handekyn, E. (1927) : Spraakkunst der Wankutshu-taal
[8161] Hands, Arthur L. (1952) : The elements of Runyarwanda for English-speaking students
[8162] Hankievicz, S. (1928) : Praktyczna gramatyka jezyka Nianja
[8163] Hanna, H. Morcos (1967) : The phrase structure of Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[8169] Hannig, Rainer (1991) : Pseudopartizip und sd?m.n=f: der Kernbereich des mittelägyptischen Verbalsystems
[8171] Hanouz, Saïd (1969) : Grammaire berbère: la langue, les origines du peuple berbère
[23001] Hansford, Gillian (1990) : A grammar of Chumburung: a structure-function hierarchical description of the syntax of a Ghanaian languages
[26713] Hansford, Gillian F. (2010) : Red is a verb: the grammar of colour in Chumburung
[26957] Hansford, Keir L. (2012) : Widening the criteria for serial verb constructions - The case of Chumburung
[28322] Hantgan, Abbie , Serge Sagna & Stuart Davis (2020) : Moraic preservation and equivalence in Gújjolaay Eegimaa perfective reduplication
[8179] Harding, D. A. (1966) : The phonology and morphology of Chinyanja
[8180] Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1983) : Locative pseudo-subject in Shona
[8181] Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1985) : The Shona passive and government-binding theory
[8182] Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1986) : Aspects of complementation in three Bantu languages
[8183] Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1990) : Locative inversion in Chishona
[8184] Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1991) : Object asymmetries in Kitharaka
[8185] Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1993) : The applicative in Chishona and lexical mapping theory
[8186] Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1997) : Empty operator raising in Kitharaka
[8188] Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1999) : Shona monosyllabication and the prosody-syntax interface in optimality theory
[8189] Harford [Perez], Carolyn (2003) : Perfective stems in Shona
[5176] Harford [Perez], Carolyn & Katherine Alison Demuth (1999) : Prosody outranks syntax: an optimality approach to subject inversion in Bantu relatives
[8191] Hargus, Sharon , Manuel da Conceição & Susan McBurney (1999) : Noun classes and agreement in Ronga
[8194] Harjula, Lotta (2004) : The Ha language of Tanzania: grammar, texts and vocabulary
[23709] Harjula, Lotta (2006) : The Ha noun class system revisited
[25227] Harley, Matthew (2008) : Tense, Aspect and Mood in Tuwuli
[27410] Harley, Matthew (2017) : Conditionals in Tuwuli
[28146] Harley, Matthew (2020) : Aspects of the phonology and morphosyntax of Kyak, an Adamawa language of Nigeria
[26695] Harley, Matthew W. (2009) : Focus constructions in Tuwuli
[27065] Harley, Matthew Whitelaw (2005) : A descriptive grammar of Tuwuli, a Kwa language of Ghana
[8225] Harman, F. J. N. & others (1981) : Pula 1: Noord-Sothotaalkunde/Northern Sotho grammar
[8226] Harman, F. J. N. & others (1983) : Pula 2: Noord-Sothotaalkunde/Northern Sotho grammar
[8230] Harrell, Richard S. (1962) : A short reference grammar of Moroccan Arabic
[8232] Harrell, Richard S. (1965) : A basic course in Moroccan Arabic
[8258] Harries, Jeanette (1971) : Verbless sentences and ‘verbs of being’ in Tamazight
[8260] Harries, Jeanette (1974) : Tamazight basic course
[8235] Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1940) : An outline of Mawiha grammar
[8240] Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1950) : A grammar of Mwera, a Bantu language of the eastern zone, spoken in the south-eastern area of Tanganyika Territory
[8243] Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1955) : Grammar of Gesogo
[8245] Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1958) : Kumu, a sub-Bantu language
[8247] Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1959) : Nyali, a Bantoid language
[8249] Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1961) : Some grammatical features of recent Swahili prose
[8250] Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1965) : Locative agreements in Swahili
[8254] Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1969) : Swahili sentence structure
[8256] Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1970) : The phrasal predicate in Swahili
[8257] Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1970/71) : Inalienable possession in Swahili
[8259] Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1973) : Syntactic features of Swahili sentences
[8262] Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1977) : The syntax of Swahili locatives
[8266] Harris, J. S. (19--) : Grammar and vocabulary of Kiluguru
[8273] Harris, John (1987) : Mono-valency and opacity: Chichewa height harmony
[8280] Harro, Gretchen (1989) : Extensions verbales en yemba (Bamileke-Dschang)
[8278] Harro, Gretchen & Nancy Haynes (1985) : Leçons d’apprentissage de la langue yemba (dschang)
[25102] Harro, Gretchen & Nancy Haynes (1991) : Grammar sketch of Yemba
[8281] Harry, Otelemate Gaibo (1995) : Pronouns in language classification: a case study of East Ijo
[8286] Hartering, J. & C. Tokindʼino (1---) : Les Bongando nous parlent
[24765] Hartmann, Katharina & Malte Zimmermann (2007) : Focus Strategies in African Languages; The Interaction of Focus and Grammar in Niger-Congo and Afro-Asiatic
[8297] Haruna, Andrew (1997) : Separable aspect markers in Gùrdùn (Gùrùntùm)
[8299] Haruna, Andrew (2003) : A grammatical outline of Gùrdùn/Gùrùntùm (southern Bauchi, Nigeria)
[8303] Hasheela, Paavo & Wolfgang Zimmermann (1998) : Oshikwanyama grammar
[8305] Hashim, Kamal M. Z. (1980) : Sentential complements in Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[28124] Hashim, Mona , Suzan Alamin & Gertrud Schneider-Blum (2020) : Arabic borrowings in Tima
[8310] Hassan, Bello Sodangi Yaro al (1995) : CVC reduplication and the phonology and semantics of intensives in Hausa with implications for Chadic
[8311] Hassan, Bello Sodangi Yaro al (1998) : Reduplication in the Chadic languages: a study of form and function
[8309] Hassan, Mohamed Moallin (1994) : Aspects de la phonologie et de la morphologie du somali
[8315] Hasselbring, Sue (1994) : Kalanga word division readability study
[8325] Hattersley, Charles W. & Henry Wright Duta (1921) : Luganda phrases and idioms
[8326] Hattiger, Jean-Louis (1981) : Morphosyntaxe du groupe nominal dans un corpus de français populaire d’Abidjan
[8328] Hattiger, Jean-Louis (1984) : La série verbale en français populaire d’Abidjan
[8333] Hauner, Magdalena (1985) : Complex tenses and style in the novels of E. Kezilahabi
[8344] Havenga, B. (1988) : Die samestelling van die Sotho-taalgroep
[26834] Hawkes, Rachel , Elodie Paquette , Nora Goldman , Ariane Ngabeu & Catherine O'Connor (2015) : Animacy Constraints on Prepositional Objects in Medumba, a Grassfields Language
[8349] Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1976) : A semantic characterization of verbal agreement and word order in several Bantu languages
[8351] Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Homonymy versus unity of form: the particle -a in Swahili
[8352] Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1986) : Bakweri verb morphology
[23594] Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: communication and culture handbook
[23595] Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: special skills handbook
[23596] Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: grammar handbook
[8348] Hawkinson, Ann Katherine & Larry Michael Hyman (1974) : Hierarchies of natural topic in Shona
[8353] Haymanot Moges (1984) : Pronouns and pronominalization in Oromo
[8359] Hayward, Richard J. (1975) : Middle voice verb forms in eastern Cushitic
[8360] Hayward, Richard J. (1976) : A question in Oromo morphophonology
[8361] Hayward, Richard J. (1976) : Categories of the predicator in Afar, with special reference to the grammar of radical extensions
[8362] Hayward, Richard J. (1978) : The stative conjugation in ‘Afar
[8364] Hayward, Richard J. (1978) : The prefix conjugation in Afar
[8367] Hayward, Richard J. (1979) : Some inferences from an irregular imperative form in Saho
[8369] Hayward, Richard J. (1980) : Participles in ‘Afar: evidence for the restructuring of verb suffixes
[8370] Hayward, Richard J. (1981) : Nominal suffixes in Dirayta (Gidole)
[8375] Hayward, Richard J. (1984) : The proto-Omotic verb formative *d-
[8376] Hayward, Richard J. (1984) : A reconstruction of some root extensions of the eastern Cushitic verb
[8378] Hayward, Richard J. (1985) : The Arbore language: a first investigation (including a vocabulary)
[8381] Hayward, Richard J. (1988) : Is there a language with an indefinite nominative: Burji?
[8385] Hayward, Richard J. (1989) : The notion of ‘default gender’: a key to interpreting the evolution of certain verb paradigms in East Ometo, and its implications for Omotic
[8400] Hayward, Richard J. (1996) : Compounding in Qafar
[8404] Hayward, Richard J. (1998) : The origins of the North Ometo verb agreement systems
[8407] Hayward, Richard J. (1998) : Vowel reduction, tone and nominal declension in D’irayta
[8408] Hayward, Richard J. (1999) : East Ometo verb paradigms: the grammaticalization of a syntactic pattern?
[8409] Hayward, Richard J. (2000) : Afroasiatic
[8388] Hayward, Richard J. (Ed) (1990) : Omotic language studies
[8384] Hayward, Richard J. & Greville G. Corbett (1988) : Resolution rules in Qafar
[8377] Hayward, Richard J. & John Ibrahim Saeed (1984) : NP focus in Somali and Dirayta: a comparison of baa and p’a
[8394] Hayward, Richard J. & Martin Orwin (1991) : The prefix conjugation in Qafar-Saho: the survival and revival of a paradigm ; part 1
[8406] Hayward, Richard J. & Yoichi Tsuge (1998) : Concerning case in Omotic
[8415] Haywood, David (1970) : South African English pronunciation
[8429] Heath, Daniel (1991) : Tense and aspect in Makaa
[8430] Heath, Daniel (1991) : Tone in the Makaa associative construction
[8422] Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1982) : Notes on the Mekaa noun class system
[8423] Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1982) : Relative clauses in Mekaa
[8425] Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1984) : Relative clauses in Makaa
[22877] Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1994) : Preposed constituents and discontinuities in Makaa discourse
[28553] Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1996) : A preliminary grammar sketch of the Mékaa noun and verb morphology
[8432] Heath, Jeffrey (1998) : A grammar of Koyra Chiini: the Songhay of Timbuktu
[8433] Heath, Jeffrey (1999) : A grammar of Koyraboro (Koroboro) Senni: the Songhay of Gao, Mali
[22511] Heath, Jeffrey (2005) : A grammar of Tamashek (Tuareg of Mali)
[24780] Heath, Jeffrey (2008) : A Grammar of Jamsay
[24787] Heath, Jeffrey (2005) : Tondi Songway Kiini (montane Songhay, Mali): Reference grammar and TSK-English-French Dictionary
[24788] Heath, Jeffrey (1998) : Texts in Koyra Chiini, Songhay of Timbuktu, Mali
[24789] Heath, Jeffrey (1998) : Texts in Koroboro Senni, Songhay of Gao, Mali
[27202] Heath, Jeffrey (2017) : A grammar of Jalkunan (Mande, Burkina Faso)
[27380] Heath, Jeffrey (2015) : Dogon noncompositional constructional tonosyntax
[27580] Heath, Jeffrey (2019) : Pere lexicon of flora and fauna
[27581] Heath, Jeffrey (2019) : Pere lexicon [Data set]
[28283] Heath, Jeffrey & Aminata Ouattara (2021) : A Grammar of Tiefo-D of Daramandugu
[27579] Heath, Jeffrey & Brahima Tioté (2019) : A grammar of Pere (Bere, Mbre) of Côte d'Ivoire
[8436] Heath, Teresa (2003) : Makaa (A83)
[8437] Hebo, P. Agostino (1955) : Grammatica amharica
[8441] Hedinger, Robert (1977) : The noun classes of Akoose (Bakossi)
[8442] Hedinger, Robert (1980) : The noun classes of Akoose (Bakossi)
[8445] Hedinger, Robert (1981) : Pronouns in Akoose
[8447] Hedinger, Robert (1983) : Locatives in Akoose (Bakossi)
[8448] Hedinger, Robert (1984) : A comparative-historical study of the Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) of Cameroon
[8449] Hedinger, Robert (1984) : Reported speech in Akoose
[8450] Hedinger, Robert (1985) : The verb in Akoose
[8451] Hedinger, Robert (1987) : The Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) of Cameroon
[8453] Hedinger, Robert (1992) : Verbal extensions in Akoose: their form, meaning and valency changes
[26076] Hedinger, Robert (2008) : A Grammar of Akoose: A Northwest Bantu Language
[8444] Hedinger, Robert , Joseph Ekandjoum & Sylvia Hedinger (1981) : Petite grammaire de la langue mboó
[8454] Heepe, Martin (1920) : Die Komorendialekte Ngazidja, Nzwani und Mwali
[8456] Heepe, Martin (1926) : Darstellung einer Bantusprache aus den Jahren 1821-1822 von Elliott, nach einer Handschrift der Grey Library in Kapstadt
[8460] Heerden, P. W. van (1953) : Taalleerboeke en Noord-Sotho vir Transvaalse middelbare skole vir Blanke kinders tot 1951
[8464] Heikkinen, Terttu (19--) : !Xu grammar
[8467] Heikkinen, Terttu (1987) : An outline grammar of the !Xû language spoken in Ovamboland and West Kavango
[8469] Heimbeck, Cora (1987) : Lokativkonstruktionen im Bemba
[28847] Hein, Johannes (2021) : Subject encoding in Limbum
[8487] Heine, Bernd (1973) : A sketch of Turkana grammar
[8491] Heine, Bernd (1975) : Language typology and convergence areas in Africa
[8492] Heine, Bernd (1975) : The study of word order in African languages
[8497] Heine, Bernd (1976) : A typology of African languages based on the order of meaningful elements
[8504] Heine, Bernd (1978) : Some generalizations on African-based pidgin languages
[8509] Heine, Bernd (1979) : Some linguistic characteristics of African-based pidgins
[8513] Heine, Bernd (1980) : Language typology and linguistic reconstruction: the Niger-Congo case
[8516] Heine, Bernd (1980) : Determination in some East African languages
[8529] Heine, Bernd (1982) : African noun class systems
[8544] Heine, Bernd (1986) : Bemerkungen zur Entwicklung der Verbaljunkturen im Kxoe und anderen Zentralkhoisan-Sprachen
[8557] Heine, Bernd (1988) : Zur Entstehung des Klassensprachentyps: August Klingenheben und die Nominalklassenforschung
[8558] Heine, Bernd (1989) : Adpositions in African languages
[8561] Heine, Bernd (1990) : The dative in Ik and Kanuri
[8563] Heine, Bernd (1991) : The Hausa particle naa
[8565] Heine, Bernd (1991) : Auxiliaries in African languages: the Lingala case
[8573] Heine, Bernd (1994) : On the genesis of aspect in African languages: the proximative
[8575] Heine, Bernd (1997) : Grammaticalization theory and its relevance to African linguistics
[8578] Heine, Bernd (1999) : The //Ani: grammatical notes and texts
[8580] Heine, Bernd (2000) : Polysemy involving reflexive and reciprocal markers in African languages
[8582] Heine, Bernd (2000) : On the rise of new-event markers in Kxoe
[22645] Heine, Bernd (2000) : Grammaticalization chains across languages: an example from Khoisan
[26805] Heine, Bernd (2012) : A peculiar personal pronoun in Labwor
[8519] Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1980) : The non-Bantu languages of Kenya
[8524] Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1981) : The Waata dialect of Oromo: grammatical sketch and vocabulary
[8531] Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1982) : The Nubi language of Kibera, an Arabic creole: grammatical sketch and vocabulary
[8584] Heine, Bernd & Christa König (2004) : !Xun as a type B language
[22397] Heine, Bernd & Christa König (2005) : Grammatical hybrids: between serialization, compounding and derivation in !Xun (North Khoisan)
[26816] Heine, Bernd & Christa König (2010) : The Labwor language of Northeastern Uganda : a grammatical sketch
[26936] Heine, Bernd & Christa König (2015) : The !Xun Language: A Dialect Grammar of Northern Khoisan
[24766] Heine, Bernd & Derek Nurse (2007) : A Linguistic Geography of Africa
[8581] Heine, Bernd & Derek Nurse (Ed) (2000) : African languages: an introduction
[22508] Heine, Bernd & Derek Nurse (Ed) (2004) : Les langues africaines
[8538] Heine, Bernd & Franz Rottland (1983) : On the origin of gender in eastern Nilotic
[8576] Heine, Bernd & Kézié Koyenzi Lébikaza (1997) : On attributive possession in Kabiye
[25700] Heine, Bernd & Margaret Dunham (2010) : Grammaticalization in Bantu Languages with Special Reference to Swahili
[8540] Heine, Bernd & Mechthild Reh (1983) : Diachronic observations on completive focus marking in some African languages
[8542] Heine, Bernd & Mechthild Reh (1984) : Grammaticalization and reanalysis in African languages
[8515] Heine, Bernd & Rainer Vossen (1980) : Language structures in Kenya
[8523] Heine, Bernd & Rainer Vossen (1981) : Sprachtypologie
[8583] Heine, Bernd & Tania A. Kuteva (Ed) (2001) : World lexicon of grammaticalization
[8545] Heine, Bernd & Ulrike Claudi (1986) : On the rise of grammatical categories: some examples from Maa
[8548] Heine, Bernd & Ulrike Claudi (1988) : On the use of the nominal strategy for coding complex complements in some African languages
[8472] Heine, Bernd & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1968) : Grundkursus des Swahili für den Unterricht im Sprachlabor
[28003] Heine, Bernd , Christa König & Karsten Legère (2017) : A text study of discourse markers in Akie, a Southern Nilotic language of Tanzania
[8522] Heine, Bernd , Thilo C. Schadeberg & H. Ekkehard Wolff (Ed) (1981) : Die Sprachen Afrikas
[8528] Heine, Bernd , Thilo C. Schadeberg & H. Ekkehard Wolff (Ed) (1981) : Die Sprachen Afrikas. Bd 3: Nilosaharanisch
[8571] Heine, Bernd , Tom Güldemann , Christa Kilian-Hatz , Donald Andreas Lessau , Heinz Roberg , Mathias Schladt & Thomas Stolz (1993) : Conceptual shift: a lexicon of grammaticalization processes in African languages
[23041] Heins, Barbara (1999) : Preliminary observations on the Sena demonstrative system
[24747] Hellenthal, Anne-Christie (2009) : The Morphology of Adverbial Clauses in Sheko
[27918] Hellenthal, Anne-Christie (2020) : Two verbal reduplication processes in Gwama
[26447] Hellenthal, Anneke Christine (2010) : A grammar of Sheko
[23807] Hellwig, Birgit (2005) : Serial verb constructions in Goemai
[25323] Hellwig, Birgit (2011) : The Semantics of Copy Pronouns in Goemai
[25394] Hellwig, Birgit (2011) : A grammar of Goemai
[26028] Hellwig, Birgit (2012) : Lexicalization of property concepts: Evidence for language contact on the southern Jos Plateau (Central Nigeria)?
[26551] Hellwig, Birgit (2013) : Verbal morphology in Katla
[26702] Hellwig, Birgit (2010) : Different types of data: A case study of Goemai demonstratives
[27249] Hellwig, Birgit (2017) : Verbal number in Goemai (West Chadic)
[27984] Hellwig, Birgit (2018) : Verbal derivation in Katla: The comitative
[28004] Hellwig, Birgit (2017) : The goe in Goemai – The development of modifiers in a Chadic language
[26633] Hellwig, Birgit & Gertrud Schneider-Blum (2014) : Tabaq: In a State of Flux
[8596] Hellwig, Birgit & Joseph A. McIntyre (2000) : Hausa plural systems:a diachronic presentation
[24703] Henderson, Brent (2006) : Multiple Agreement, Concord and Case Checking in Bantu
[24752] Henderson, Brent (2009) : Anti-Agreement and [Person] in Bantu
[26181] Henderson, Brent (2011) : African Languages and Syntactic Theory: Impacts and Directions
[8600] Henderson, J. E. (1---) : Easy Gikuyu lessons
[8601] Henderson, James & Anne Henderson (1979) : Essentials of Yele grammar
[8603] Hendrickse, H. (1981) : The concepts ‘mood’ and ‘sentence type’ in a Herero grammar with theoretical aims
[8605] Hendrikse, A. P. (1975) : Aspects of Xhosa sentential complementation: a grammatical inquiry within a framework of modern linguistic theory
[8606] Hendrikse, A. P. (1978) : The explanatory power of the feature referential in a grammar of Xhosa
[8607] Hendrikse, A. P. (1990) : Number as a categorizing parameter in Southern Bantu: an exploration in cognitive grammar
[8611] Hendrikse, A. P. (2001) : Systemic polysemy in the southern Bantu noun class system
[8608] Hendrikse, A. P. & George Poulos (1992) : A continuum interpretation of the Bantu noun class system
[8610] Hendrikse, A. P. & George Poulos (1994) : Word categories: prototypes and continua in southern Bantu
[8609] Hendrikse, A. P. & S. N. L. Mkhatshwa (1993) : The metaphorical basis of Zulu auxiliaries
[8604] Hendrikse, A. P. & S. W. Zotwana (1975) : Topics in Xhosa relativization: some traditional analyses re-examined
[8612] Hendriksen, Fr. A. W. (1927) : Teso notes, I: the copula ka
[8613] Hendriksen, Fr. A. W. (1958) : Notes on the Teso verb
[8614] Hendrix, Melvin K. (1982) : An international bibliography of African lexicons
[8616] Hennin, R. (1---) : Kizimba--binja-sud
[8619] Henriksen, Fr. (1---) : Grammar of Teso
[24767] Henrix, Marcel , Karel van den Eynde & Michael Meeuwis (2007) : Description grammaticale de la langue Ngbaka; Phonologie, tonologie et morphosyntaxe
[28700] Henry, George (1904) : Grammar of Chinyanja, a language spoken in British Central Africa, on and near the shores of Lake Nyasa
[25701] Henson, Bonnie (2010) : Second Position Effects in Kol, a Bantu Language of Cameroon
[25081] Henson, Bonnie J. (2007) : The Phonology and Morphosyntax of Kol
[26231] Henson, Bonnie J. (2012) : The development of copulas in Kol
[24554] Henstra, Heleen (1984) : Het Naamwoord In Het Mampruli
[8757] Hérault, Georges (1967) : Quelques conjugaisons verbales en adioukrou
[8758] Hérault, Georges (1969) : Étude phonétique et phonologique de l’Adioukrou
[8762] Hérault, Georges (1976) : Quelques conjugaisons verbales en adioukrou (examples d’applications des règles tonales)
[8763] Hérault, Georges (1978) : Eléments de grammaire adioukrou
[8764] Hérault, Georges (1981) : Les langues kwa
[14213] Hérault, Georges (1983) : Systèmes des pronoms personnels et comparaison lexicale dans les langues Kwa de Côte dʼIvoire
[5768] Hérault, Georges (Ed) (1983) : Atlas des langues kwa de Côte dʼIvoire 2
[8766] Hérault, Georges (Ed) (1983) : Atlas des langues kwa de Côte d’Ivoire 1
[8631] Herbert, Robert K. (1977) : Prefix restructuring, lexical representation and the Bantu noun
[8635] Herbert, Robert K. (1978) : Morphological re-analysis in the Bantu nasal class
[8637] Herbert, Robert K. (1985) : Gender systems and semanticity: two case histories from Bantu
[8645] Herbert, Robert K. (1991) : Patterns in language change, acquisition and dissolution: noun prefixes and concords in Bantu
[8626] Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1975) : Proceedings of the 6th conference on African linguistics, held at the Ohio State University, Columbus, April 12-13, 1975
[8648] Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1993) : Not with one mouth: continuity and change on southern African language studies (C. M. Doke centenary)
[8644] Herbert, Robert K. & Senna Bogatsu (1990) : Changes in Northern Sotho and Tswana personal pronouns
[8660] Herman, H. Auguste (1939) : A short Twi grammar with English-Twi-French vocabulary
[8661] Herman, H. Auguste (1939) : A short Ewe-grammar with English-Ewe-French vocabulary
[26743] Hermann, C. (2015) : Lusiba, die Sprache der Länder Kisiba, Bugabu, Kjamtwara, Kjanja und Ihangiro, speziell der Dialekt der Bayossa im Lande Kjamtwara
[8669] Herms, Irmtraud (1986) : Die Kategorie der Belebtheit im Rahmen des Klassensystems des Swahili
[8672] Herms, Irmtraud (1989) : Zur Bildung von Diminjtiv- und Augmentattivformen im Swahili
[8674] Herms, Irmtraud (1994) : Diminutiva und Augmentativa
[8675] Herms, Irmtraud (1994) : Unpersönliche Konstruktionen
[8676] Herms, Irmtraud (1994) : Adjektiva
[8681] Herzog, Robert (1957/60) : Les compléments verbaux en somali
[8683] Hess, Charles (1---) : Notes on Sukuma
[8691] Hetherwick, Alexander (1922) : A practical manual of the Nyanja language
[8692] Hetherwick, Alexander (1932) : A practical manual of the Nyanja language
[26737] Hetherwick, Alexander (2014) : Manual of the Nyanja Language
[8693] Hetzron, Robert (1963) : Le rection du thème factitif en amharique
[8695] Hetzron, Robert (1965) : The particle bàa in northern Somali
[8697] Hetzron, Robert (1966) : Pronominalization in Amharic
[8699] Hetzron, Robert (1968) : Main verb-markers in northern Gurage
[8701] Hetzron, Robert (1969) : Third person singular pronoun suffixes in proto-Semitic
[8702] Hetzron, Robert (1969) : The evidence for perfect *y’aqtul and jussive *yaqt’ul in proto-Semitic
[8703] Hetzron, Robert (1969) : The verbal system of southern Agaw
[8705] Hetzron, Robert (1970) : Toward an Amharic case-grammar
[8707] Hetzron, Robert (1971) : Presentative function and presentative movement
[8708] Hetzron, Robert (1972) : Ethiopian Semitic: studies in classification
[8709] Hetzron, Robert (1972) : Phonology in syntax
[8710] Hetzron, Robert (1973) : The element -mm in the Amharic verbal system
[8711] Hetzron, Robert (1973/79) : Les affixes casuels couchito-sémitiques
[8713] Hetzron, Robert (1974) : An archaism in the Cushitic verbal conjugation
[8714] Hetzron, Robert (1975) : The t-converbs in western Gurage (the role of analogy in historical morphology)
[8720] Hetzron, Robert (1977) : Formal rules and historical reality
[8722] Hetzron, Robert (1978) : The nominal system of Awngi (Southern Agaw)
[8729] Hetzron, Robert (1994) : A note on genitival agreement in Awngi
[8730] Hetzron, Robert (1996) : The two futures in Central and Peripheral Western Gurage
[8732] Hetzron, Robert (1997) : Outer South Ethiopic
[8731] Hetzron, Robert (Ed) (1997) : The Semitic languages
[8696] Hetzron, Robert & Marcos Habte-Mariam (1966) : Des traits pertinents superposés en ennemor
[8739] Heusden, P. R. van (193-) : Grammaire et exercises pratiques chibemba-français
[8740] Heusing, Gerald (1991) : Fokus und Wortstellung in tschadischen Sprachen
[8741] Heusing, Gerald (1999) : Aspects of the morphology-syntax interface in four Nigerian languages
[8742] Heusing, Gerald (2000) : Defective double object constructions in Lamang (Central Chadic)
[8743] Hewer, Judy (1976) : Interrogative sentences in Kasem
[8744] Hewer, Philip L. (1976) : A lexical approach to clause series in Kasem
[8745] Hewer, Philip L. (1981) : A basic grammar of Kasem
[8746] Hewson, John & Derek Nurse (1998) : Chronogenetic staging in the Swahili verbal system
[23245] Hewson, John & Derek Nurse (2005) : The relationship of tense and aspect in the Gikuyu verb
[8747] Hewson, John , Derek Nurse & Henry R. T. Muzale (2000) : Chronogenetic staging of tense in Ruhaya
[8752] Heydorn, R. von (1970/71) : Grammar of the Loma language, with some Kono words in the vocabulary
[8753] Heydorn, R. von (1970/71) : The Vai language in Liberia
[8754] Heyler, André (1966/67) : ‘Articles’ méroitiques
[8755] Heyworth-Dunne, J. & Thomas Muir Johnstone (1961) : Spoken Egyptian Arabic
[8782] Hidden, Rudolf W. H. (1986) : The tones of monosyllabic nouns in the associative construction in Bissa
[8790] Hieda, Osamu (1991) : Word order and word order change in western Nilotic
[8791] Hieda, Osamu (1991) : Plural formation of nouns in western Nilotic
[8793] Hieda, Osamu (1992) : A grammaticval sketch of the Koegu language
[8797] Hieda, Osamu (1998) : A sketch of Koegu grammar: towards reconstructing proto-southeastern Surmic
[8798] Hieda, Osamu (2002) : [Tense and aspect in Saamia]
[26808] Hieda, Osamu (2012) : Complementation and evidential strategy in Acooli
[27204] Hieda, Osamu (2013) : A grammar of Kumam: the interaction between syntax and pragmatics
[26803] Hieda, Osamu (ed.) (2010) : Descriptive Studies of Nilotic Morphosyntax
[26812] Hieda, Osamu (ed.) (2011) : Descriptive studies of Nilotic languages
[28757] Hien, Alain N. (2022) : Number marking in Dagara and French A comparative study
[8802] Higdon, Lee (1998) : The line of importance in Gangam narrative discourse
[8803] Higdon, Lee (2001) : An overview of Gangam grammar
[23104] Higdon, Lee (1996) : Tense, aspect, and modality in Gangam narrative and hortatory discourse
[8805] Hilaire, Jean-Charles (1995) : Analyse interdialectale de la détermination verbale en peul (parlers centraux du Nigéria)
[8806] Hilberth, John (1934) : Kortfattad gbaya-grammatik
[8809] Hilberth, John (1959) : Notes sur la grammaire gbaya
[8810] Hilders, J. H. & J. C. D. Lawrance (1956) : An introduction to the Ateso language
[8811] Hilders, J. H. & J. C. D. Lawrance (1957) : An introduction to the Ateso language
[22963] Hill, Harriet (1995) : Pronouns and reported speech in Adioukrou
[8829] Hine, Sonia (19--) : Bimoba morphology
[8830] Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1973) : Prefixes, sound changes and subgrouping in the coastal Kenyan Bantu languages
[8832] Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1975) : A reconstructed chronology of loss: Swahili class 9/10
[8840] Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1981) : Northeast coastal Bantu
[8841] Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1989) : Bantu
[8837] Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Robert S. Kirsner (1980) : On the inference of ‘inalienable possession’ in Swahili
[8835] Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Sarah M. Mirza (1979) : Kiswahili, msingi wa kusema kusoma na kuandika = Swahili, a foundation for speaking, reading and writing
[8843] Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Sarah M. Mirza (1997) : Kiswahili, msingi wa kusema kusoma na kuandika = Swahili, a foundation for speaking, reading and writing
[8838] Hinnebusch, Thomas J. , Derek Nurse & Martin [Joel] Mould (1981) : Studies in the classification of Eastern Bantu languages
[8854] Hintze, Fritz (1979) : Beiträge zur meroitischen Grammatik
[22613] Hiraiwa, Ken (2003) : Relativization in Buli
[28348] Hiraiwa, Ken , George Akanlig-Pare , Samuel Atintono , Adams Bodomo , Komlan Essizewa & Fusheini Hudu (2017) : A comparative syntax of internally-headed relative clauses in Gur
[27146] Hiroshi Yoshino (2017) : Event Integration Patterns in ’Ale (East Cushitic)
[8859] Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1988) : The noun morphology of Zayse
[8860] Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1993) : Word formation in Yam
[8861] Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1994?) : Verb formation in Yam
[8862] Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1996) : An autosegmental approach to the Geez-based Amharic nouns
[8863] Hirut Wolde-Mariam (2000) : Number marking in Tirma
[27099] Hirut Wolde-Mariam (2005) : Gamo: A Dialect Variant or a Group with its Own Dialects?
[27100] Hirut Wolde-Mariam (2005) : Notes on the North Ometo Dialects: Mutual Intelligibility Tests and Structural Variations
[8867] Hiwot Tefera (1988) : Kollo verb morphology
[8868] Hiwot Teffera (2001) : The verb phrase in Gofa
[8869] Hlongwane, J. B. (1971) : The Zulu clause
[8870] Hlongwane, J. B. (1983) : The clause in the Zulu sentence
[8871] Hlongwane, J. B. (1995) : Growth of the Zulu language and its structural changes
[8872] Hlongwane, J. B. (1996) : The narrative tense in Zulu
[8873] Hoben, Susan Y. (1976) : The meaning of the second-person pronouns in Amharic
[23922] Hobgood, H. C. (1----) : Lokundo English grammar
[8875] Hobley, June (1964) : A preliminary analysis of the Bassa language
[8876] Hobley, June (1965) : Bassa verbal formations
[8878] Hobson, Carol Bonnin (2000) : Morphological development in the interlanguage of English learners of Xhosa
[8879] Hoch, Ernst (195-) : Bemba grammar notes for beginners
[8881] Hoch, Ernst (1963) : Bemba grammar with exercises
[8885] Hochegger, Herrmann (1972) : Dictionnaire buma-français, avec un aperçu grammatical
[8887] Hochegger, Herrmann (1981) : Grammaire du kikongo ya leta
[8892] Hocking, B. D. W. (1974) : All what I was taught and other mistakes: a handbook of common errors in English
[8893] Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1943) : Phonology and morphology of the noun and verb in Hausa
[8895] Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1945) : Morpheme alternants and the noun phrase in Hausa
[8896] Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1947) : An outline of Hausa grammar
[8902] Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1969) : Hausa naà- ‘to be’ or not ‘to be’?
[8903] Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1969) : Afroasiatic pronoun problems
[8905] Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1970) : The linguistic cycle
[8909] Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1971) : Afroasiatic S-causatives
[8911] Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1975) : The nominal sentence in Semitic
[8898] Hodge, Carleton Taylor & Ibrahim Umaru (1963) : Hausa basic course
[8929] Hodges, Kathryn Speed (1976) : Object relations in Kimeru causatives
[8930] Hodges, Kathryn Speed (1977) : Causatives, transitivity and objecthood in Kimeru
[8931] Hodges, Kathryn Speed & Suzanne U. Stucky (1979) : On the inadequacy of a grammatical relation referring rule in Bantu
[28311] Hodieb Jouego, Liliane (2021) : Description du wushi, langue Grassfields du Cameroun
[28317] Hodieb Jouego, Liliane (2021) : On the aspectual system of Wushi (Babessi), a Ring Grassfields Bantu language of Cameroon
[8932] Hodson, Arnold Wienholt & Crawen H. Walker (1922) : An elementary and practical grammar of the Galla or Oromo language
[8934] Hoerner, Elisabeth (1980) : Ninzam: Untersuchungen zu einer Klassensprache des zentralnigerianischen Plateaus
[8935] Hoeth, Sabine (2001) : Comportement linguistique des locuteurs du samo du sud
[22922] Hofer, Verena (1978) : Types et séquences de propositions en wobé
[25604] Hoff, Ansie (2011) : The /Xam and the Rain. Views by a Group of Southern San
[8939] Hoffmann, C. (19--) : Grundriss zu einer Sotho-Grammatik
[8941] Hoffmann, Carl F. (1955) : Untersuchungen zur Struktur und sprachlichen Stellung des Bura
[8943] Hoffmann, Carl F. (1957) : A grammar of Bura
[8944] Hoffmann, Carl F. (1963) : The noun-class system of central Kambari
[8945] Hoffmann, Carl F. (1963) : A grammar of the Margi language
[8947] Hoffmann, Carl F. (1967) : An outline of the Dakarkari noun class systems and the relation between prefix and suffix noun class systems
[8948] Hoffmann, H. B. (1968) : Grammaire de la langue somalie
[24060] Hofman, Inge (1983) : Einführung in den nubischen Kenzi Dialekt
[8966] Hofmann, Inge (1981) : Material für eine meroitische Grammatik
[9139] Höftmann, Hildegard (1971) : The structure of Lelemi language, with text and glossary
[9143] Höftmann, Hildegard (2003) : Dictionnaire fon-français, avec une esquisse grammaticale
[25002] Höftmann, Hildegard (1993) : Grammatik des Fɔn
[25597] Höftmann, Hildegarde, en collaboration avec M. Ahohounkpanzon et C. Boko (2012) : Dictionnaire Français–Fon
[8973] Hoge, J. (1932) : Ondersoekings oor die gebruik van die verkleinwoord in Afrikaans
[8974] Hohenberger, Johannes (1929/30) : Zur Lautlehre und Grammatik des Asu
[8978] Hohenberger, Johannes (1975) : The nominal and verbal affirmatives of Nilo-Hamitic and Hamito-Semitic
[8979] Hohenberger, Johannes (1976) : Zur Pluralbildung mit Vokalwechsel im Saho-Afar und in der Nandi-Gruppe
[8982] Hohenberger, Johannes (1980) : Anmerkungen zu Rainer Vossen’s Besprechung meines Buches: The nominal and verbal affirmatives of Nilo-Hamitic and Hamito-Semitic
[8983] Hohenwart-Gerlachstein, Anna (1979) : Nubienforshungen: Dorf- und Sprachstudien in der Fadídja-Zone
[8985] Holes, Clive (1995) : Modern Arabic: structures, functions and varieties
[8986] Holes, Clive (1996) : The passive in Omani Arabic
[22893] Hollingsworth, Kenneth R. (1991) : Tense and aspect in Mofu-Gadar
[22896] Hollingsworth, Kenneth R. (1986) : Modal categories in Mofu-Gadar
[8987] Hollingsworth, L. W. & Yahya Alawi (1944) : Advanced Swahili exercises
[8988] Hollingsworth, L. W. & Yahya Alawi (1953) : Advanced Swahili exercises
[23791] Holmberg, Anders (2002) : Prepositions and PPs in Zina Kotoko
[8998] Hombert, Jean-Marie (1976) : Noun classes and tone in Ngie
[9002] Hombert, Jean-Marie (1980) : Noun classes of the Beboid languages
[9003] Hombert, Jean-Marie (1980) : Le groupe noun
[9004] Hombert, Jean-Marie (1981) : From Proto-Benue-Congo to Proto-Bantu noun classes
[9020] Hombert, Jean-Marie & Larry Michael Hyman (Ed) (1999) : Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives
[9021] Hombo, Mandjwandju (1979) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue ngbandi
[9024] Homburger, Lilias (1925) : Le groupe sud-ouest des langues bantoues
[9027] Homburger, Lilias (1929) : Les préfixes nominaux dans les parlers peuls, haoussa et bantou
[9032] Homburger, Lilias (1931) : La morphologie nubienne et l’égyptienne
[9034] Homburger, Lilias (1935) : Le genre sexuel dans le sous-group Choli-Shillouk des langues nilotiques
[9036] Homburger, Lilias (1938) : Le genre dans les langues nilotiques
[9037] Homburger, Lilias (1939) : Études de linguistique négro-africaine, I: les formes verbales
[9050] Honken, Henry (1984) : Word groups in the click languages
[27787] Honken, Henry (2020) : Khoisan
[27805] Honken, Henry (2020) : ǁX’egwi
[9048] Honken, J. (1977) : Change of word order in Zhu|’hõasi
[9049] Honken, J. (1979) : Internal reconstruction in Zhu|’hõasi
[9057] Hooge, J. (1932) : Ondersoekings oor die gebruik van die verkleinwoord in Afrikaans
[9062] Hopgood, Cecil Robert (1940) : Tonga grammar, a practical introduction to the study of Citonga
[9063] Hopgood, Cecil Robert (1953) : Tonga grammar: a practical introduction to Tonga
[9064] Hopkin-Jenkins, K. (1947) : Basic Bantu
[22934] Hopkins, Brad L. (1987) : Le système aspecto-modal du Yaouré
[22959] Hopkins, Brad L. (1986) : Pronouns and pronoun fusions in Yaouré
[22960] Hopkins, Brad L. (1987) : Aperçu sur le système pronominal du yaouré (Mandé sud): les pronoms personnels
[23071] Hopkins, Brad L. (1990) : La phrase complexe en diola-fogny (ouest-atlantique): propositions relatives
[23074] Hopkins, Brad L. (1995) : Contribution a une étude de la syntaxe diola-fogny
[23587] Hopkins, David B. (1979) : Setswana: communication and culture handbook
[23588] Hopkins, David B. (1979) : Setswana: special skills handbook
[23589] Hopkins, David B. (1979) : Setswana: grammar handbook
[9070] Horn, Jeanne (1974) : Bua Sesotho
[9071] Horn, Uta (1994) : Zur Entstehung und Gebrauch des lokativsuffixes -o im Baatonum
[9072] Horn, Uta (1998) : A propos de la morphologie verbale du baatonum
[9074] Horsfall, S. (1981) : The verb in Nigerian Pidgin and in Standard English: a contrastive analysis
[9075] Horton, Alonzo E. (1941) : A grammar of the Lwena language
[9076] Horton, Alonzo E. (1949) : A grammar of Luvale
[9082] Hoskison, James Taylor (1974) : Prosodies and verb stems in Gude
[9085] Hoskison, James Taylor (1983) : A grammar and dictionary of the Gude language
[9091] Houghton, S. M. (1960) : Borana grammar notes
[9102] Houis, Maurice (1963) : Étude descriptive de la langue susu
[9105] Houis, Maurice (1966) : Aperçu sur les structures grammaticales des langues négro-africaines
[9106] Houis, Maurice (1967) : Les cátegories de noms dérivés dans un parler manding
[9107] Houis, Maurice (1968) : Pour une typologie ds séquences de propositions
[9108] Houis, Maurice (1970) : Phrases bambara: les types d’énoncés
[9109] Houis, Maurice (1970) : Réflexion sur une double corrélation typologique
[9111] Houis, Maurice (1971) : Les pronoms inclusifs
[9113] Houis, Maurice (1972) : Présentation grammaticale élémentaire du bambara
[9118] Houis, Maurice (1977) : Plan de description systématique des langues africaines
[9121] Houis, Maurice (1981) : Le bambara
[9122] Houis, Maurice (1981) : Les schèmes d’énoncés en bambara
[26755] Houméga, Munseu Alida (2009) : Le verbe blossé: étude morphosyntaxique et sémantique
[26768] Houméga, Munseu Alida (2014) : Prédication non verbale en dan de l'ouest
[9123] Houngues, Désiré & John Priestley Hutchison (1999) : Tense-aspect and serialization in Mínà
[24584] Houngues, Desire Mensanh Komi (1997) : Topics in the Syntax of Mina
[9124] Hounkpatin, B. (1984/85) : Le verbal et le syntagme verbal du fon-gbe parlé à Massé
[22923] Howard, Olive M. (1978) : The paragraph in Gagou (Gban) narrative
[9130] Howeidy, A. (1953) : Concise Hausa grammar
[9131] Howse, Millicent (1955) : Umbundu lessons 1
[22614] Hsiao, Franny (2003) : Reduplication in Buli
[9148] Hualde, José Ignacio (1989) : Double object constructions in KiRimi
[9149] Hualde, José Ignacio (1989) : Double object constructions in Kinande and case theory
[23427] Huang, Yan (2003) : Switch-reference in Amele and logophoric verbal suffix in Gokana: a generalized neo-Gricean pragmatic analysis
[9157] Hubbertz, Andrew Paul (1991) : Subject clitics and subject extraction in Somali
[9163] Hudson, Grover (1972) : Why Amharic is not a VSO language
[9172] Hudson, Grover (1979) : The Ethiopian Semitic B-type
[9175] Hudson, Grover (1984) : On non-transformational rule extension in Kanakuru
[9178] Hudson, Grover (1991) : A and B-type verbs in Ethiopian and proto-Semitic
[9183] Hudson, Grover (1997) : Amharic and Argobba
[9185] Hudson, Grover (2003) : Ethio-Semitic negative nonpast
[24825] Hudson, Grover (2005) : Highland East Cushitic languages
[24826] Hudson, Grover (2007) : Highland East Cushitic morphology
[9161] Hudson, Richard A. (1964) : A grammatical study of Beja
[9164] Hudson, Richard A. (1973) : An ‘item-and-paradigm’ approach to Beja syntax and morphology
[9166] Hudson, Richard A. (1973) : Complex symbols dominating branching structures in Beja
[9167] Hudson, Richard A. (1974) : A structural sketch of Beja
[9171] Hudson, Richard A. (1977) : Rendille syntax
[26311] Hudu, Fusheini (2013) : Dagbani tongue-root harmony: triggers, targets and blockers
[26961] Hudu, Fusheini (2012) : Dagbani focus particles: a descriptive study
[9197] Hugot, P. (1953) : Cours élémentaire de hausa
[9198] Hugot, P. (1957) : Cours élémentaire de hausa
[9200] Hulley, D. M. (1923) : Vocabulary and grammar for use in Turkana, Karamoja and Tapossa
[9201] Hullquist, C. G. (1988) : Simply Chichewa: a simple yet comprehensive approach to learning and mastering the Chichewa language
[9204] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (19--) : Esquisse du parler des Nkole, non-publié
[9205] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (19--) : Esquisse du parler des Booli, non-publié
[9219] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1938) : Praktische grammatica van het lonkundo (lomongo)
[9220] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1939) : Spraakleer van het Lonkundo
[9221] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1939) : Schets van het lontomba ; deel 1
[9224] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1940) : Schets van het lontomba ; deel 2
[9234] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Over het dialekt der Boyela ; deel 1
[9236] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1942) : Over het dialekt der Boyela ; deele 2-3
[9240] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1945) : Etsifyelaka III
[9243] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1946) : Connectieve bijzinnen in het lomongo
[9245] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1946/49) : Quelques notes supplémentaires concernant la langue lonkundo
[9248] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1949) : La négation dans les langues congolais
[9250] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1950) : La négation dans les langues congolaises
[9270] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1961) : Sur le parler doko
[9271] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1961) : Sur quelques langues bantoues du Congo
[9273] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1962) : Les idéophones du lomongo
[9274] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1965) : Grammaire du lomongo, II: la morphologie
[9275] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1966) : Grammaire du lomongo, III: la syntaxe
[9276] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1970) : Notes sur la dérivation en mongo
[9277] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1970) : Esquisse du parler des Nkengo
[9281] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1977) : Esquisse du parler des Lwankamba
[9284] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1978) : Notes sur la langue des Bafotó
[9285] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Esquisse du parler des Yenge
[9286] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Tables des matières de la syntaxe du lomongo
[9287] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Un cas de postposition chez les mongo
[9289] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1982) : Esquisse de la langue des Eleku
[9290] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1982) : Petite monographie des Bondombe
[9292] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : La langue des Mpama
[9293] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : Esquisse du parler des Emoma-Mpongo et Nkole
[9294] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : Esquisse du parler des Losikongo
[9301] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1988) : Supplément à la grammaire lomongo
[9306] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1990) : Le dialecte des Elembe
[9307] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1991) : Le dialecte des Ngelewa
[9308] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1991) : Règle et exception en lomongo
[9314] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 1: le dialecte des Losakani
[9315] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 2: un dialecte des Yongo
[9316] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 3: dialecte des Mpenge
[9317] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 4: esquisse du parler des Bosaka-Nkóle
[9318] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 5: le dialecte des Monye á Yafé
[9319] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 6: les dialectes des Ngome a Múna
[9320] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 7: les dialectes des Ntomb’a Nkó’e
[9321] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 8: le dialecte des Bosanga
[9322] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 9: le dialecte des Bamata
[9323] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 10: le dialecte des Mángilongó
[9324] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 11: le parler des Iyembe de la Lokolo
[9325] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 12: sur le parler des Bolóngó
[9327] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 1: les préfixes nominaux li- et bi- dans les dialectes móngo
[9328] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 2: le groupe présentatif en lomóngo
[9329] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 3: connectif et possessif dans les dialectes móngo
[9330] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 4: les interrogatifs dans les dialectes móngo
[9304] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Mpongo Ilonga (1989) : Les verbes en lokonda
[9228] Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf , Egide de Boeck & [Père] Basile Octave Tanghe (1940) : Tegenwoordige tijd in de congoleesche talen
[9336] Hume, D. T. (1922) : Lwena grammar for beginners
[9418] Hünnemeyer, Friederike (1985) : Die serielle Verbkonstruktion im Ewe: eine Bestandsaufname und Beschreibung des Veränderungstendenzen funktional-spezialisierter Serialisierungen
[9419] Hünnemeyer, Friederike (1990) : Beyond serial verbs, or: on the expression of causal meanings in Ewe
[22998] Hunt, Geoffrey R. (1978) : Paragraphing, identification, and discourse types in Hanga
[23497] Hunter, Linda & Matthew Joko Sengova (1979) : Spoken Mende: conversations and paradigms
[9340] Hunter, W. F. (1959) : A manual of Congo Swahili grammar
[9343] Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1920-1974) : Correspondence, seminar papers and reports
[9345] Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1927) : Grammar and vocabulary of Orusyan of north-east Uganda
[9352] Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1931/58) : Manual of Nandi language
[9355] Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1951) : Language of the Barabaig
[9356] Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1954) : Outline of Nandi grammar with short vocabulary (English-Nandi)
[9359] Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1959) : Elementary lessons in Dho-Luo (Acholi)
[9362] Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1965) : The Orusyan language of Uganda
[9367] Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1920) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9369] Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1931) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9371] Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1948) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9372] Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1951) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9378] Hurskainen, Arvi (1992) : A two-level computer formalism for the analysis of Bantu morphology
[9380] Hurskainen, Arvi (1994) : Kamusi ya Kiswahili Sanifu in test: a computer system for analyzing dictionaries and for retrieving lexical data
[9381] Hurskainen, Arvi (1994) : Quantitative analysis of Swahili noun classes
[9385] Hurskainen, Arvi (1995) : Affirmative and negative tense/aspect marking in Swahili
[9386] Hurskainen, Arvi (1996) : Disambiguation of morphological analysis in Bantu languages
[9387] Hurskainen, Arvi (1997) : A language sensitive approach to information management and retrieval: the case of Swahili
[9388] Hurskainen, Arvi (1999) : SALAMA: Swahili language manager
[9389] Hurskainen, Arvi (1999) : Suahilin peruskurssi
[9390] Hurskainen, Arvi (2000) : Noun classification in African languages
[9391] Hurskainen, Arvi (2000) : Swahilin peruskurssi
[23708] Hurskainen, Arvi (2006) : Constraint grammar in unconventional use: handling complex Swahili idioms and proverbs
[9396] Hutchinson, Larry G. (1969) : Pronouns and agreement in Temne
[9398] Hutchison, John Priestley (1971) : Coreferent pronominalization in Dire Songhay
[9399] Hutchison, John Priestley (1975) : Syntactic similarities across language families: a case from Hausa and Kanuri
[9400] Hutchison, John Priestley (1976) : Aspects of Kanuri syntax
[9401] Hutchison, John Priestley (1980) : The Kanuri associative postposition: a case for subordination
[9402] Hutchison, John Priestley (1981) : The Kanuri language: a reference grammar
[9403] Hutchison, John Priestley (1981) : Kanuri word formation and the structure of the lexicon
[9404] Hutchison, John Priestley (1981) : The role of definitization in relative clause forming strategies
[9406] Hutchison, John Priestley (1985) : Kanuri verbal nouns and the lexicon revisited
[9407] Hutchison, John Priestley (1985) : Wh-movement and relativization in two creole languages: Cape Verdean (CV) and Haitian (H)
[9409] Hutchison, John Priestley (1995) : Bivalent verb projections in Bamanankan
[9410] Hutchison, John Priestley (2000) : Predicate focusing constructions in African and diaspora languages
[9412] Huttar, George L. (1981) : Some Kwa-like features of Djuka syntax
[9421] Hvitfeldt, Robert Denier (1982) : The major syntactic structures of Xhosa: a partial transformational grammar
[29036] Hyman, Larry (2023) : The Anterior-Passive Portmanteau Suffix in Tiania
[29058] Hyman, Larry (2022) : Deverbal nominalization in Runyankore
[26029] Hyman, Larry M. (2012) : Post-Verbal subject in the Nzadi relative clause
[26851] Hyman, Larry M. (2013) : Issues in the Phonology-Morphology Interface in African Languages
[27164] Hyman, Larry M. (2016) : Disentangling conjoint, disjoint, metatony, tone cases, augments, prosody, and focus in Bantu
[28116] Hyman, Larry M. (2020) : A note on Nuba Mountain verb extensions
[28559] Hyman, Larry M. (2019) : Segmental phonology
[28606] Hyman, Larry M. (2018) : Common Bantoid verb extensions
[28607] Hyman, Larry M. (2018) : Third person pronouns in Grassfields Bantu
[28608] Hyman, Larry M. (2018) : More reflections on the nasal classes in Bantu
[28894] Hyman, Larry M. (2022) : Causative and passive high tone in Bantu: Spurious or proto?
[28220] Hyman, Larry M. , Florian Lionnet & Christophère Ngolele (2019) : Number and animacy in the Teke noun class system
[27844] Hyman, Larry M. , Nicholas Rolle , Hannah Sande , Emily Clem , Peter S. E. Jenks , Florian Lionnet , John Merrill & Nicholas Baier (2019) : Niger-Congo Linguistic Features and Typology
[26863] Hyman, Larry M. , Peter Jenks & Emmanuel-Moselly Makasso (2013) : Adjectives as Nominal Heads in Basaá
[9431] Hyman, Larry Michael (1971) : Consecutivization in Fezfez
[9439] Hyman, Larry Michael (1975) : On the change from SOV to SVO: evidence from Niger-Congo
[9445] Hyman, Larry Michael (1977) : Syntax of body parts
[9448] Hyman, Larry Michael (1979) : Tonology of the Babanki noun
[9451] Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Reflections on the nasal classes in Bantu
[9452] Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Relative time reference in the Bamileke tense system
[9453] Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Babanki and the Ring group
[9454] Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Noni (Misaje group)
[9456] Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Esquisse des classes nominales en tuki
[9457] Hyman, Larry Michael (1981) : Noni grammatical structure, with special reference to verb morphology
[9472] Hyman, Larry Michael (1985) : Dependency relations in syntax: the mysterious case of the empty determiner in Aghem
[9490] Hyman, Larry Michael (1993) : Conceptual issues in the comparative study of the Bantu verb stem
[9514] Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : Basaa (A43)
[9517] Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : Suffix ordering in Bantu: a morphocentric approach
[23252] Hyman, Larry Michael (2005) : Initial vowel and prefix tone in Kom: related to the Bantu augment?
[24101] Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : How to become a ‘Kwaʼ verb
[24671] Hyman, Larry Michael (2008) : Directional asymmetries in the morphology and phonology of words, with special reference to Bantu
[24734] Hyman, Larry Michael (2007) : Niger-Congo Verb Extensions: Overview and Discussion
[25163] Hyman, Larry Michael (2010) : Focus marking in Aghem: Syntax or semantics?
[25463] Hyman, Larry Michael (2010) : Pronoun Systems in Grassfields Bantu
[9446] Hyman, Larry Michael (Ed) (1979) : Aghem grammatical structure, with special reference to noun classes, tense-aspect and focus marking
[9450] Hyman, Larry Michael (Ed) (1980) : Noun classes in the Grassfield Bantu borderland
[9508] Hyman, Larry Michael & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1999) : Prosodic morpholog and tone: the case of Chichewa
[9463] Hyman, Larry Michael & Alessandro Duranti (1982) : On the object relation in Bantu
[9461] Hyman, Larry Michael & Bernard Comrie (1981) : Coreference and logophoricity in Gokana
[9427] Hyman, Larry Michael & Daniel J. Magaji (1970) : Essentials of Gwari grammar
[9482] Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1990/91) : The augment as an inflectional category in Luganda grammar
[9492] Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1993) : The augment in Luganda: syntax or pragmatics?
[9469] Hyman, Larry Michael & John Robert Watters (1984) : Auxiliary focus
[9455] Hyman, Larry Michael , Alessandro Duranti & Malilo Morolong (1980) : Toward a typology of direct object in Bantu
[9428] Hyman, Larry Michael , Danny Keith Alford & Elizabeth Akpati (1970) : Inalienable possession in Igbo
[9429] Hyman, Larry Michael , Erhard Friedrich Karl Voeltz & G. Tchokokam (1970) : Noun class levelling in Bamileke
[9443] Hyman, Larry Michael , Leon Carl Jacobson & Russell Galen Schuh (Ed) (1976) : Papers in African linguistics in honour of William E. Welmers
[26558] Ibrahim, Ali & Angelika Jakobi (2013) : Relative clauses in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian)
[26649] Ibrahim, Ali & Angelika Jakobi (2015) : Attributive Modifiers in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian)
[8061] Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Guillaume Segerer (Ed) (2004) : Systèmes de marques personnelles en Afrique
[9533] Iddo Aberra (2001) : The structure of simple declarative sentences
[9538] Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Aperçu sur la morphosyntaxe de la langue isangu (bantou, B42)
[9542] Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Bantu verbal extensions: a historical perspective
[9543] Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Voice through verbal extensions in the Isangu system
[9544] Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Le systeme des extensions verbales en kinyarwanda
[22809] Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2005) : What Bantu child speech data tells us about the controversial semantics of Bantu noun class systems
[22811] Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Développement de la morphologie verbale chez l’enfant: le cas extensions verbales en isangu
[22814] Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1999) : Topicalisation et perspective du patient chez l’enfant Musangu
[22815] Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2000) : Classes nominales et catégories ontologiques: l’acquisition du système isangu par les enfants
[22817] Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2001) : Emphase et thématisation en isangu
[24108] Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Evolution du système des classes nominales isangu (B42): Une lecture synchronique et diachronique des genres 5/2 et 9/10
[9541] Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck & Gabriel Mba (Ed) (2003) : Studies on voice through verbal extensions in nine Bantu languages spoken in Cameroon, Gabon, DRC and Rwanda
[9540] Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck , Myles Francis Leitch , Pierre Ondo-Mébiame & Jean-Paul Rekanga (2000) : Les classes nominales et leur semantisme dans les langues bantu du nord-ouest
[22608] Idiatov, Dmitry (2005) : The exceptional morphology of Tura numerals and restrictors: endoclitics, infixes and pseudowords
[23257] Idiatov, Dmitry (2003) : Verb structure in the Tura language (West Africa): the element |-laá|
[24216] Idiatov, Dmitry (2000) : Le sémantisme des marqueurs aspecto-temporels du bambara: une tentative d'analyse
[24312] Idiatov, Dmitry (2004) : Les participes adverbiaux de position en toura et la lexicalisation
[24313] Idiatov, Dmitry (2005) : La détermination des limites de mots: l'exemple de l'orthographe toura
[25192] Idiatov, Dmitry (2009) : A Bantu path towards lack of differentiation between 'who?' and 'what?'
[26227] Idiatov, Dmitry (2012) : Clause‑final negative markers in southeastern Bamana dialects: a contact‑induced evolution
[28903] Idiatov, Dmitry (2022) : Diachronic typology and the reconstruction of non-selective interrogative pronominals in Proto-Bantu
[9549] Idris Nikodimos (1987) : The Kunama and their language
[9550] Idris Nikodimos (1999) : Sentence structure of Kunama
[9552] Idrissi, Abdeljalil el (2000) : Verbes supports et supports à lien en arabe marocain
[9553] Idrissi, Abdeljalil el (2001) : Nominalisation et verbes de sentiment en arabe marocain
[9551] Idrissi, Ali (2000) : On Berber plurals
[9555] Ifwanga, wa Pindi (1979) : Grammaire et textes pour l’apprentissage du kikongo véhiculaire
[24478] Igue, Akanni Mamoud , Toussaint Yauvi Tchitchi , S. J. Dindi & M. Djobosso (1993) : Dictionnaire monolingue baatɔnum suivi dʼun précis grammatical
[9565] Igwe, G. Egemba (1974) : The role of affixation in the grammar of Igbo
[9562] Igwe, G. Egemba & Margret Mackeson Green (1964) : Short Igbo grammar
[9563] Igwe, G. Egemba & Margret Mackeson Green (1967) : Igbo language course, 1: Igbo language study
[9564] Igwe, G. Egemba & Margret Mackeson Green (1967) : Igbo language course, 2: Igbo dialogues and stories
[27048] Ihemere, Kelechukwu (2017) : Igbo-English intrasentential codeswitching and the Matrix Language Frame model
[26126] Ihemere, Kelechukwu Uchechukwu (2006) : A Basic Description and Analytic Treatment of Noun Clauses in Nigerian Pidgin
[9569] Ihìónú, Peter Uzodinma (1985) : On the syntax of the Igbo ‘dependent’ pronoun
[9570] Ihìónú, Peter Uzodinma (1992) : Verb compounding in Igbo: an overview
[9571] Ikamba, Monse (1987) : Éléments de grammaire sakata
[28858] Ikemou, Régina Patience & Paul Nzete (2018) : La dérivation en likwála
[27712] Ikiero, Tete Wer Seye K. (1975) : Eléments de grammaire Wóngo (Wónk) B.C.85 (Phonologie et Morphologie)
[9577] Ikomé, (1988) : La négation en langue sengele, variété de mbelo
[9580] Ikoro, Suanu M. (1994) : Numeral classifiers in Kana
[9582] Ikoro, Suanu M. (1996) : The Kana language
[26569] Ille, Enrico (2013) : Some linguistic expressions related to agricultural annual cycles in the Nuba Mountains (Miri, Krongo, Moro, Tira, Abol)
[26974] Iloene, Modesta Ijeoma & George Okedinachi Iloene (2013) : Symmetric predicates in Igbo: A semantic analysis
[9587] Ilonga, Bosenge (1991) : La finale de l’infinitif en kesengele
[9590] Imberg, Gösta (1973) : Till frågan om swahilispråkets arabiska element [On the issue of Arabic elements in the Swahili language]
[9592] Impubi, Mukwa Mfum (1994) : Le syntagme nominal en yans B85b: parler de Mikingi Kiakia: collectivité de Nkara/Niadi
[23949] Imrie, M. E. (1957) : The Basaa language: some helps and suggestions
[23776] Indakwa, John & Daudi Ballali (1996) : Beginner’s Swahili
[23592] Indakwa, John & others (1966) : Swahili: an active introduction
[28709] Ingle, Jane (2013) : The Bamunka Noun Phrase
[9598] Inglefield, P. L. , K. Ben-Hamza & T. Abida (1970) : Tunisian Arabic basic course
[9599] Ingonga, Lilian Indira (1991) : A comparative study of Ekegusii, Lulogooli, and Lwitakko: the phonological, lexical and morphosyntactic structures
[9600] Ingouacka, G.-C. & Eugène-Marie Shimamungu (1994) : Représentation du temps en bantu: système comparé du lingala et du kinyarwanda
[9603] Inkelas, Sharon (1988) : Prosodic constraints on syntax: Hausa ‘fa’
[23573] Inkelas, Sharon (1992) : The place of level-ordering in morphology
[9605] Innes, Gordon (1960) : An outline of the Grebo verbal system
[9606] Innes, Gordon (1962) : A Mende grammar
[9607] Innes, Gordon (1962) : Morphological units in Grebo
[9608] Innes, Gordon (1963) : The structure of sentences in Mende
[9609] Innes, Gordon (1964) : An outline grammar of Loko, with texts
[9612] Innes, Gordon (1966) : An introduction to Grebo
[9613] Innes, Gordon (1967) : A practical introduction to Mende
[9614] Innes, Gordon (1967) : Genitival phrases in Mande languages
[9618] Innes, Gordon (1981) : Le grebo
[26971] Insaidoo Appah, Clement Kwamina (2013) : The case against A-N compounding in Akan
[27140] Inui, Hideyuki (2017) : Converbs in Basketo
[27205] Iorio, David (2015) : Subject and object marking in Bembe
[28848] Irimia, Monica Alexandrina & Patricia Schneider-Zioga (2021) : Differential marking in Kinande
[27774] Irsay-Nagy, Balázs J. (2020) : Egyptian
[9629] Irumu, Agozia Kario (1986) : Description du logoti, langue soudanaise, centrale (Zaïre): phonologie, esquisse grammaticale et lexique logoti-français
[9633] Irvine, Judith T. (1978) : Wolof noun classification: the social setting of divergent change
[23698] Irvine, Judith T. (1975) : Wolof speech styles and social status
[9639] Ishigaki, Yukio (1972) : Cushitic (Somalia & Ethiopia)
[9641] Ishigaki, Yukio (1975) : African
[9642] Ishigaki, Yukio (1978) : Ethiopic (Ethiopia)
[26149] Isingoma, Bebwa (2012) : Triadic Constructions in Rutooro
[9646] Ismaaʻiil Galaal, Muuse Haaji (1956) : Hikmad Soomaali
[26561] Ismail, Khaleel (2013) : The noun in Tabag (Kordofan Nubian)
[24942] Ismail, Muhammed Abbaker (2007) : Noun Classes in Daju Lagawa and the Role of Stress
[9651] Israelit-Groll, Sarah (1970) : The negative verbal system of Late Egyptian
[9652] Issae, W. A. (1975?) : Tenses in Gweno
[26294] Issah, Samuel Alhassan (2013) : The function of the post verbal la in Dagbani
[26960] Issah, Samuel Alhassan (2012) : Phrasal identificational and contrastive focus in Dagbani
[26997] Issah, Samuel Alhassan (2015) : An analysis of interrogative constructions in Dagbani
[27465] Issah, Samuel Alhassan (2013) : Focus and constituent question formation in Dagbani
[27472] Issah, Samuel Alhassan (2015) : Conjoint and disjoint verb alternations in Dagbani
[9655] Isukul, Caroline (1995) : Nominal prefixes in Koló-Ogbia
[25438] Isukul, Caroline (1986) : On the Morpheme -m- in Ọ́gbị́ạ́
[9658] Ittameier, E. (1922/23) : Abriss einer Lautlehre und Grammatik des Kinilamba
[9660] Ittmann, Johannes (1935/36) : Kenyan, die Sprache der Nyang
[9661] Ittmann, Johannes (1939) : Grammatik des Duala (Kamerun)
[9663] Ittmann, Johannes (1959/60) : Skizze der Sprache des Nixenkultbundes am Kamerunberg
[22601] Ittmann, Johannes (1978) : Grammaire de duala
[9665] Iwaara, (1991) : The tense system of Lokaa
[22774] Iwara, Alexander U. (1982) : Phonology and grammar of Lokaa: a preliminary study
[9671] Iweh, O. (1983) : La phonologie et le système nominal de l’urhobo
[9677] Jackson, Ellen Marie (1980) : Aspect, tense and time shifts in Tikar
[9678] Jackson, Ellen Marie (1980) : Tikar word order and partial agreement strategies
[9680] Jackson, Ellen Marie (1987) : Direct and indirect speech in Tikar
[9679] Jackson, Michel Tah Tung (1986) : Kiswahili [o]-form clitics: a government-binding analysis
[9675] Jackson, S. K. (1967) : Shona lessons
[25164] Jacob, Peggy (2010) : On the obligatoriness of focus marking: Evidence from Tar Barma
[26624] Jacobs, Bart (2015) : Serial Verb Constructions in Papiamentu: Historical, Synchronic and Comparative Observations
[9691] Jacobs, Gillian (1970) : Bimoba syntax: a syntagmatic approach
[23016] Jacobs, Gillian (1966) : The structure of the verbal clause in Bimoba
[9687] Jacobs, John (1964) : Morfologie van het Tetetela (Kasayi, Kongo)
[9692] Jacobs, John (2000) : Classes nominales et radicaux verbaux en lombole (Katako-Kombe)
[9693] Jacobs, John & Barthélémy Omeonga (2001) : Classes nominales et radicauxc verbaux en isiamba (Tulungu, Kindu)
[9700] Jacottet, Edouard (1926) : Grammar e nyenyane ea sesotho e etselitsoeng likolo tsa lesotho
[9702] Jacottet, Edouard (1927) : Practical method to learn Sesuto with exercises and a short vocabulary
[9703] Jacottet, Edouard (1928) : Practical method to learn Sesuto with exercises and a short vocabulary
[9704] Jacottet, Edouard (1936) : Practical method to learn Sesuto with exercises and a short vocabulary
[28582] Jacottet, Edouard (1896) : Etudes sur les langues du Haut-Zambèze - première partie : grammaires soubiya et louyi
[9701] Jacottet, Edouard & Z. D. Mangoaela (1927) : A grammar of the Sesuto language
[9716] Jacquot, André (1967) : La classification nominale comme système de dérivation en laadi (Congo)
[9717] Jacquot, André (1967) : Forme du pronom objet de 2éme personne du singulier en ‘Kikongo’
[9724] Jacquot, André (1976) : Étude de phonologie et de morphologie myene
[9726] Jacquot, André (1981) : Études beembe (Congo): études linguistique; devinettes et proverbes
[9728] Jacquot, André (1982) : Étude descriptive de la langue laadi
[9729] Jacquot, André (1983) : Les classes nominales dans les langues bantoues des groupes B.10, B.20, B.30 (Gabon-Congo)
[9730] Jacquot, André (1985) : Études linguistiques laadi (République Populaire du Congo)
[26635] Jaeger, Marcus (2014) : Coordination with goon and Bisyndetic =goon in Dongolawi and Kenzi Proverbs
[9735] Jager, C. F. de (1936) : Handleiding by die studie van Sesoeto op ons skole
[25740] Jaggar, Philip J. (2010) : Relational DA as a preposition, coordinator, and subordinator in Hausa: Polysemy or homophony?
[28877] Jaggar, Philip J. (2020) : Let’s tidy up the grammar of Hausa and analyse after/behind in after class/after he arrives/he’s behind etc. as prepositions
[9737] Jaggar, Philip John (1976) : Thematic emphasis in Hausa
[9738] Jaggar, Philip John (1977) : The nature and function of auxiliary verbs in Hausa
[9739] Jaggar, Philip John (1978) : ‘And what about...?’ - topicalisation in Hausa
[9740] Jaggar, Philip John (1981) : Some unusual lexical passives in Hausa
[9741] Jaggar, Philip John (1981) : Varieties of passive in Hausa
[9742] Jaggar, Philip John (1982) : Monoverbal imperative formation in Hausa: a striking case of analogical realignment
[9743] Jaggar, Philip John (1985) : Factors governing the morphological coding of referents in Hausa narrative discourse
[9745] Jaggar, Philip John (1988) : Affected subject verbs in Hausa
[9747] Jaggar, Philip John (1992) : An advanced Hausa reader, with grammatical notes and exercises
[9748] Jaggar, Philip John (1992) : R. C. Abraham’s early insights into Hausa pre-datival verb forms
[9751] Jaggar, Philip John (1998) : Restrictive vs nonrestrictive clauses in Hausa: where morphosyntax and semantics meet
[9752] Jaggar, Philip John (2001) : Hausa
[22673] Jaggar, Philip John (1983) : Some dimensions of topic-NP continuity in Hausa narrative
[24332] Jaggar, Philip John (2006) : More on in situ wh- and Focus Constructions in Hausa
[25177] Jaggar, Philip John (2009) : Quantification and polarity: Negative Adverbial Intensifiers (‘never ever’, ‘not at all’, etc.) in Hausa
[9746] Jaggar, Philip John (Ed) (1992) : Papers in honour of R. C. Abraham (1890-1963)
[9750] Jaggar, Philip John & Muhammad M. Munkaila (1995) : Evidence against the proposal that the Hausa pre-datival final -r verb = the “Grade 5” final -r/-s verb (and an alternative analysis)
[9754] Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed (1969) : Swahili: structures, drills and readings
[9755] Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed & Bob Huitfeldt (1969) : Swahili made easy: a grammatical text and basic vocabulary in usage
[9756] Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed & Bob Huitfeldt (1970) : Swahili made easy: a grammatical text and basic vocabulary in usage
[9758] Jake, Janice L. (1980) : Object verb agreement in Tigre
[9760] Jakobi, Angelika (1990) : A Fur grammar: phonology, morphophonology, and morphology
[24813] Jakobi, Angelika (2007) : Semantics and syntax of motion verbs in Beria (Saharan)
[25651] Jakobi, Angelika (2011) : Split-S in Beria
[27254] Jakobi, Angelika (2017) : Verbal number and transitivity in Karko (Kordofan Nubian)
[26653] Jakobi, Angelika & Ahmed Hamdan (2015) : Number Marking on Karko Nouns
[27980] Jakobi, Angelika & Ali Ibrahim (2018) : Labile verbs in Tagle (Kordofan Nubian)
[26643] Jakobi, Angelika & El-Shafie El-Guzuuli (2015) : Relative Clauses in Andaandi (Nile Nubian)
[27416] Jakobi, Angelika & El-Shafie El-Guzuuli (2016) : Heterosemy of case markers and clause-linkers in Andaandi (Nile Nubian)
[28120] Jakobi, Angelika , Ali Ibrahim & Gumma Ibrahim Gulfan (2020) : Verbal Number and Grammatical Relations in Tagle
[8050] Jakobi, Angelika , Joachim Crass & Bakhit Seby Abdoulaye (2004) : Grammaire du beria (langue saharienne), avec un glossaire français-beria
[9766] Jalla, Adolphe (1937) : Elementary grammar of the Lozi language, with graduated exercises
[9768] Jama, Z. (1995) : The study of transitivity in Xhosa
[9788] Janson, Tore & Joseph Tsonope (1991) : Birth of a national language: the history of Setswana
[9801] Janssens, G. (1972) : Contribution to the verbal system in Old Egyptian: a new approach
[9802] Janssens, G. (1975) : The Semitic verbal tense system
[9810] Jantunen, Tuulikki (1960) : Kwangalikielen opas [Guide to the Kwangali language]
[9811] Jaouen, René (1990) : Exposé sommaire sur les verbes monoradicaux en giziga-sud
[9814] Jaques, Alexandre (1941) : Shangana-Tsonga ideophones and their tones
[9816] Jarosseau, Andre (1922) : Notions grammaticales sur la langue galla (ou oromo)
[9818] Jarrett, Kevin A. (1981) : The development of the Kanuri aspect system within western Saharan
[23069] Jarrett, Kevin A. (1980) : Tense/aspect/mood in Kanuri verb forms
[9821] Jarvis, Elizabeth (1981) : Some considerations in establishing the basic word order in Podoko
[9822] Jarvis, Elizabeth (1983) : Podoko verbal directionals
[9823] Jarvis, Elizabeth (1984) : Suffixes verbaux en podoko: abstraction et réalisation
[9824] Jarvis, Elizabeth (1986) : Nominal and verbal pluralisation in Podoko
[9826] Jarvis, Elizabeth (1989) : Esquisse grammaticale du podoko
[22897] Jarvis, Elizabeth (1991) : Tense and aspect in Podoko narrative discourse
[9827] Jaschke, Richard (1955) : English-Arabic conversational dictionary, with grammar, phrases and Arabic-English vocabulary, and a supplement of new words and new phrases
[9828] Jeanjaquet, J. M. (1945) : The relative-locative clause or adverbial of place in Xhosa
[9829] Jeanjaquet, J. M. (1945) : The relative clause in Xhosa
[9830] Jeater, Diana (1995) : In the beginning was whose word?
[9832] Jebbour, Abdelkrim (1996) : Morphologie et constraintes prosodiques en berbère (Tachelhit de Tiznit): analyse linguistique et traitement automatique
[9850] Jefferies, Ann A. (2000) : This is this, and here are some examples: verbalisers and extensions in Shona
[9838] Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1935) : Old Calabar and notes on the Ibibio language (Calabar)
[9853] Jelinek, Mary Eloise (1981) : On defining categories: aux and predicate in colloquial Egyptian Arabic
[9856] Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1977) : Studies in Kalabari syntax
[9857] Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1980) : A linguistic guide to spoken Kalabari
[9858] Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1983) : Defaka: Ijo’s closest linguistic relative
[9859] Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1983) : Defaka: Ijo’s closest linguistic relative
[9861] Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1989) : Ijoid
[28155] Jenkins, Sue Goddard & Jay Jenkins (2000) : A Grammar of W̃eỹ
[28156] Jenkins, Sue Goddard & Jay Jenkins (2003) : A Discourse Analysis of Wamey
[26541] Jenks, Peter (2013) : Noun phrases in Moro
[28121] Jenks, Peter (2020) : Verbal and verbless copular clauses in Moro
[27907] Jenneke van der Wal, Heleen Smits , Sara Petrollino , Victoria Nyst & Maarten Kossmann (eds.) (2020) : Essays on African languages and linguistics in honour of Maarten Mous
[27333] Jenniges, J.-M. (2017) : Traité de Kiluba-Sanga - tel qu’il est parlé au Secteur du Haut-Luapula (Katanga) et régions limitrophes
[28621] Jenniges, J.-M. (1908) : Traité de Kiluba-Sanga - tel qu’il est parlé au Secteur du Haut-Luapula (Katanga) et régions limitrophes
[9873] Jensen, Adolf (1969) : Relativsätze de Gallasprache
[9871] Jensen, Emil (1940-1943) : Osikuanjama
[9872] Jensen, Emil (1942) : Otjiherero
[9869] Jensen, Hans (1922/23) : Ausgewählte Kapitel aus der Syntax des Suaheli
[9870] Jensen, Hans (1927) : Negationspartikeln im Suaheli und in einigen anderen Bantusprachen
[27142] Jeremiah Anene Nwankwegu (2017) : Auxiliaries and Auxiliary Verb Constructions in Ìzhi Dialect of Ìgbò Language
[9875] Jernstedt, P. (1925) : Zum Gebrauch des koptischen Qualitativs
[9876] Jernstedt, P. (1927) : Das koptische Präsens und die Anknüpfungsarten des näheren Objekts
[26835] Jerro, Kyle (2015) : Revisiting Object Symmetry in Bantu
[27037] Jerro, Kyle (2017) : The locative applicative and the semantics of verb class in Kinyarwanda
[27529] Jerro, Kyle (2018) : Change-of-state paradigms and the middle in Kinyarwanda
[28816] Jerro, Kyle (2018) : Linguistic complexity: A case study from Swahili
[9893] Jespersen, [Jens] Otto [Harry] (1922) : Bantu concord
[9898] Jibril, Munzali (1991) : The sociolinguistics of prepositional usage in Nigerian English
[26669] Jockers, Heinz (1991) : Studien zur Sprache der Tiv in Nigeria
[9908] Johnson, Frederick (1922) : Notes on Kimakonde
[9909] Johnson, Frederick (1925) : Notes on Kiniramba
[9917] Johnson, Gabriel Kwawovi (1965) : Morphologie des nominaux dans la langue gê ou gêgbe (minapopo) du bas Togo
[9932] Johnson, Janet H. (1978) : Remarks on Egyptian verbal sentences
[9926] Johnson, Marion Rose (1976) : Toward a definition of the ideophone in Bantu
[9929] Johnson, Marion Rose (1977) : A semantic analysis of Kikuyu tense and aspect
[9931] Johnson, Marion Rose (1977) : A semantic description of temporal reference in the Kikuyu verb
[9935] Johnson, Marion Rose (1980) : A semantic description of temporal reference in the Kikuyu verb
[9919] Johnson, Mary Jeanette (1966) : Syntactic structures of Tamazight
[9957] Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson (1997) : Identifying, descriptive and associative copulatives in Xhosa: structure and function
[9978] Jones, Beatrice (1971) : In favor of a higher cause
[9963] Jones, Daniel (1929) : The tones of Sechuana nouns
[9979] Jones, E. Q. (1976) : A phonological and noun class analysis of Agoi
[9976] Jones, Eldred D. (1968) : Some tense, mode and aspects markers in Krio
[22679] Jong, Nicky de (2001) : The ideophone in Didinga
[9991] Jonsson, Erland (1949) : Kinyang’wezi grammatik
[9993] Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1956) : A phonological and grammatical study of literary Xhosa
[9995] Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1953) : Some features on the phonetic and grammatical structure of Baca
[9996] Jordan, Archibald Campbell (195-) : Xhosa course: a first year Xhosa course
[9997] Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1966) : A practical course in Xhosa
[9999] Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1967) : The adjective in the Nguni languages of southern Africa with special reference to Xhosa
[22999] Jordan, Dean L. (1978) : Nafaara tense-aspect in the folk tale
[27448] Jordan, Linda (2009) : A study of Shara and related Ometo speech varieties of Ethiopia
[10001] Joswig, Andreas (1995) : Die semantischen Funktionen des direkten Objekts im Swahili
[10002] Joswig, Andreas (1996) : Die grammatischen Rollen des Objekts im Swahili
[27556] Joswig, Andreas (2019) : The Majang Language
[27206] Joswig, Andreas , Fajio Mokonne , Tulua Amaro & Achim Diehl (2011) : A Brief Grammar of the Me’en Language
[10009] Jouannet, Francis (1981) : Les marques prosodiques de l’accompli et de l’inaccompli dans une langue saharienne: problèmes d’accentuation et de morphologie
[10018] Jouannet, Francis (1989) : La verbe rwandais: les formes affirmatives dans des phrases non dépendantes
[10011] Jouannet, Francis (Ed) (1983) : Le kinyarwanda (langue bantu du Rwanda): études linguistiques
[26318] Jouitteau, Mélanie (2012) : Verb doubling in Breton and Gungbe: Obligatory exponence at the sentence level
[10023] Jourdan, J. (1956) : Cours pratique d’arabe dialectal: grammaire et vocabulaire; exercices, versions, thèmes
[10024] Jourdan, J. (1956) : Corrige des exercises, versions, thèmes
[23289] Jourdan, J. (1929) : Cours pratique et complet d’arabe vulgare: grammaire et vocabulaire (dialecte tunisien)
[10021] Jourdan, P. (1935) : Notes grammaticales et vocabulaire de la daza
[10028] Juilland, Alphonse (Ed) (1977) : Linguistic studies offered to Joseph H. Greenberg on the occasion of his 60th birthday
[27143] Julius J. Taji (2017) : Object Marking Strategies in Chiyao
[10032] Junaidu, Ismail (1987) : Topicalization in Hausa
[10033] Junaidu, Ismail (1990) : The relationship between topicalisation and left-dislocation in Hausa
[10036] Junge, Friedrich (1978) : Syntaxe der mittelägyptischen Literatursprache: Grundlagen einer Strukturtheorie
[10037] Junge, Friedrich (1989) : “Emphasis” and sentential meaning in Middle Egyptian
[24781] Jungraithmayr, Hermann (2008) : Der perfekte Ton; Zur Dreidimensionalität afrikanischer Sprachen
[10047] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1966) : Zum Bau der Aspekte im Westtschadohamitischen
[10053] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1968) : The Hamitosemitic present-habitative verb stem in Ron and Mubi
[10055] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1968/69) : Hausa, Ron and Angas: a comparative analysis of the aspect systems
[10057] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1970) : On root augmentation in Hausa
[10059] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1971) : Reflections on the root structure in Chadohamitic (Chadic)
[10066] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1974) : Perfektiv- (Kurz-) und Imperfektiv- (Lang-) Stamm im Aspektsystem osttschadohamitischer Sprachen
[10071] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1975) : Die Imperfektivstamm im Migama
[10075] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1977) : Zum Verb im “Mokulu”
[10081] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1978) : Gebrochene Plurale im Mubi (Ost-Chad)
[10082] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1978/84) : The locative case in Hausa and in other Chadic languages
[10083] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1980) : Kontakte zwischen Adamawa-Ubangi und Tschad-Sprachen: zur Übertragung grammatischer Systeme
[10088] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1981) : Le daju de dar Sila
[10091] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1981) : Le daffo (ron)
[10103] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1987) : La formation des classes verbales en mokilko et en mubi
[10104] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1987) : Quelques extensions verbales en mokilko
[10108] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1988) : L’intransitivité en tchadique
[10109] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1988) : Zur Negation in afrikanischen Sprachen
[10115] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1991) : A dictionary of the Tangale language (Kaltungo, northern Nigeria), with a grammatical introduction
[10130] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1997) : Ablaut im Verbalsystem osttschadischer Sprachen
[10131] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2000) : Zum Genus im Tschadischen
[10134] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2003) : Altrilocality in Tangale and Tuareg: a common heritage feature?
[10135] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2003) : Arabic D-stem in Chadic?
[25673] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2011) : La deuxième personne du pronom en tchadique
[27940] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2013) : La langue mubi (République du Tchad). Précis de grammaire, Textes, Lexique.
[28486] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2005) : Notes sur le système verbal du Sokoro (République du Tchad)
[28487] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (2020) : Préliminaires à une étude du saba, langue tchadique orientale du Tchad (région de Melfi)
[10076] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (Ed) (1978) : Struktur und Wandel afrikanischer Sprachen
[10084] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (Ed) (1980) : Études sur le subjonctif en tchadique
[10094] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (Ed) (1982) : The Chad languages in the Hamito-Semitic-Negritic border area: papers from the Marburg Symposium, 1979
[10110] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Al-Amin Abu-Manga (1989) : Einführung in die Ful-Sprache
[10119] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & andere (1992) : Lexique migama (Guéra, Tchad); migama-français et français-migama (Guera, Tchad), avec une introduction grammaticale
[27944] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Carsten Peust (2019) : Notes on Gàlì (Miltu), a moribund Chadic language (Republic of Chad)
[10085] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & D. Miehe (Ed) (1981) : Berliner afrikanistische Vorträge: XXI. deutscher Orientalistentage, Berlin, 24.-29. März 1980
[10095] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1982) : Fonctionnement du verbe dans trois langues tchadiques
[10102] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1987) : Études tchadiques: classes et extensions verbales
[10107] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1988) : Études tchadiques: transitivité et diathèse. Actes de la 11ème réunion du Groupe d’Ètudes Tchadiques
[10113] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1990) : Études tchadiques: verbes monoradicaux, suivis d’une note sur la negation en haoussa. Actes de la 12ème réunion du Groupe d’Ètudes Tchadiques
[10117] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1991) : Phrase complexe dans les langues tchadiques
[10118] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1991) : Études tchadiques: la phrase complexe
[24782] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Philibus I. Diyakal (2008) : Lyang Lu: One Thousand and One Proverbs, Idioms and Sayings in Mushere (N. Nigeria) with a Grammatical Outline and Vocabulary
[10072] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1976) : Einführung in die Hausa-Sprache: Kursus für Kolleg und Sprachlabor
[10092] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1981) : Einführung in die Hausa-Sprache: Kursus für Kolleg und Sprachlabor
[10096] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1983) : Lexikon der Afrikanistik: afrikanische Sprachen und ihre Erforschung
[10099] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1985) : Einführung in die Hausa-Sprache: Kursus für Kolleg und Sprachlabor
[10136] Jungraithmayr, Herrmann , Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig & Anne Storch (2004) : Lehrbuch der Hausa-Sprache
[10140] Junod, Henri Philippe (1933) : Éléments de grammaire tchopi
[10138] Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1932) : Elementary grammar of the Thonga-Shangaan language
[28546] Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1896) : Grammaire ronga - suivie d'un manuel de conversation et d'un vocabulaire ronga-portugais-français-anglais
[10142] Jushmanov, N. V. (1937) : Stroj jazyka hausa [The Hausa language structure]
[10143] Justinard, L. V. (1926) : Manuel de berbère marocain (dialecte rifain)
[10144] Justo, Bolekia Boleká (1991) : Curso de lengua Bubi
[10145] Ka, Fari Silate (1977) : Description morphosyntaxique du jenngelle (parler peul du Sénégal)
[10149] Ka, Omar (1994) : Wolof phonology and morphology
[24352] Ka, Omar (1981) : La dérivation et la composition en wolof
[27713] Kabange, Mukala (2005) : Eléments de grammaire du Kizééla (L.33a) - Phonologie et Morphologie : Approiche structuraliste
[10153] Kabeya, K. (1977) : Le yaka et le luba-Kasaayi: essai de rapprochement morpho-sémantique des formes nominales et pronominales
[10155] Kaboré, Raphaël (1985) : Essai d’analyse de la langue mùuré (parler de Wàogdgó, Ouagadougou)
[10156] Kaboré, Raphaël (1988) : La morphème ho du malgache
[10157] Kaboré, Raphaël (1990) : La négation en moore
[10158] Kaboré, Raphaël (1993) : Contribution à l’étude de l’ideophonie
[10160] Kaboré, Raphaël (1997) : La qualification en moore
[10162] Kaboré, Raphaël (2000) : Repère constitutif et marqueurs énonciatifs en mòoré
[24994] Kaboré, Raphaël (1998) : La réduplication
[27598] Kabore, Raphaël (1994) : Organisation de l'énoncé en moore
[24988] Kaboré, Raphaël , Suzanne Ruelland & Suzy Platiel (1998) : Réflexions sur la négation dans quelques langues africaines
[10164] Kabungama, Yuka (1992) : Analyse des formes nominales en kisembombo
[10165] Kabungama, Yuka (1994) : Les formes pronominales en kisémbómbo
[10166] Kabuta, J. (1993) : Overzicht van de Lubà morfologie
[10168] Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1995) : De morfologie van het Lubà werkwoord
[10171] Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1998) : Het Cilubà werkwoord: morfologie
[10172] Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1998) : Inleiding tot de structuur van het Cilubà
[10173] Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1998) : Een praktische inleiding tot het Cilubà
[10174] Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1998) : Naming tenses in African languages: the so-called subsecutive in Ciluba
[22680] Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (2001) : Ideophones in Ciluba
[24968] Kadanya, James Lokuuda (2006) : Nom Derivation System in Toposa
[10177] Kadima, Marcel (1965) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue nyanga
[10179] Kadima, Marcel (1969) : Le système des classes en bantou
[10191] Kagame, Alexis (1962) : Introduction à la conjugaison du verbe rwandais
[10197] Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : A tonal study of Cilungu nouns
[10198] Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : A tonal study of Cilungu infinitives
[10199] Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : Tonal patterns of Cilungu predicate terms
[10200] Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : Tonal patterns of Cilungu imperatives
[10203] Kagaya, Ryohei (1989) : A study of the tonal system of the Gonja verbs and nouns (a dialect of the southern Pare language)
[10204] Kagaya, Ryohei (1989) : A study of the tonal system of the Mbaga dialect of the southern Pare language
[10205] Kagaya, Ryohei (1990) : Jiyuu gojun gengo deno gojun seegen: Sandawe-go no baai / Restriction on word order in a free word order language: the case of the Sandawe language
[10208] Kagaya, Ryohei (1992) : A tonal system of nouns, possessives and adjectives of the Bakueri language (on two types of basic tones)
[10211] Kagaya, Ryohei (1994) : Sandawe-go no shinkou hyougen de no go no gruupu ni tsuite: syukaku setsuji no kousetsu ni kanshite / A word group in the progressive expression of the Sandawe language: concerning the suffixation of a subject marker
[10202] Kagaya, Ryohei , Ruth Mfumbwa Besha & Yasutoshi Yukawa (1989) : Studies in Tanzanian languages
[10220] Kagaya, Ryohei? (Ed) (2001) : Verbs of the Kwaya language]
[10225] Kageyama, Taro (1977) : Conjunctions
[10227] Kagni, (1989) : Die syntaktische Relevanz der seriellen Verbalkonstruktionen in den Kwa-Sprachen
[10229] Kahari, George P. (1972) : Shona language course
[10233] Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1989) : Developments affecting the Bantu perfective in *-ile: another view
[10234] Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1990) : A note on the shape of the applicative suffix in Kiswahili
[10235] Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1997) : Structural and cohesion dimensions of style: a consideration of some Swahili texts in Maw (1974)
[10236] Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1998) : Structural and cohesion dimensions of style: a consideration of some Swahili texts in Maw (1974)
[10237] Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. , Yared Magori Kihore & Maarten Mous (Ed) (2000) : Lugha za Tanzania/Languages of Tanzania: studies dedicated to the memory of Prof. Clement Maganga
[10239] Kahindo-Lufungula, Muhesi (1973) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue kusu
[10241] Kahindo-Lufungula, Muhesi (1981) : Description syntaxique du nande
[10586] Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1939/40) : Mambila-Studie
[10589] Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1945/50) : Das Fragewort in den Bantusprachen
[10590] Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1952/53) : Klassensysteme in afrikanischen Sprachen
[10591] Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1954) : Martin van de Kimmenades Grammatik und Vokabular der Sandawe-Sprache
[10592] Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1955) : Zur Genealogie des Adjektive im Bantu
[10593] Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1956) : Konstanz und Variation in Klassensystemen afrikanischer Sprachen
[10599] Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1966) : Die örtliche Funktion der Applikativendung in Bantusprachen
[10600] Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1966/67) : Tonal behaviour in the word-structure of African class languages
[10601] Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1967) : Die Beziehungen zwischen Klassenpräfix und vokalischem Suffix am Nomen in den Bantusprachen
[10246] Kaji, Shigeki (1984) : [The morphological structure of the verb in Tembo]
[10247] Kaji, Shigeki (1985) : Tembo-go no dooshi no katsuyoo / The verb conjugation in Tembo
[27394] Kaji, Shigeki (2017) : On the intransitive usage of transitive verbs in Tooro, a Bantu language of Western Uganda
[10256] Kaji, Shigeki (Ed) (1998) : Haya
[28849] Kaldhol, Nina Hagen (2021) : Gender and headedness in nominal compounds in Somali
[10274] Kaltenbrunner, Stefan (1996) : Fanakalo: Dokumentation einer Pidginsprache
[10275] Kalugila, Leonidas (1977) : Methali za Kiswahili kutoka Afrika mashariki/Swahili proverbs from East Africa
[24557] Kam, Sié A. (1979) : Approche sur le verbe et les pronoms personnels en dian
[10282] Kamanda Kola, Roger (1989) : La conjugaison en ngbandi (langue non bantu)
[10284] Kamanda Kola, Roger (1991) : Éléments de description du zamba, langue bantoue (C.31e) du Zaïre
[10286] Kamanda Kola, Roger (1994) : Notes sur l’augment en zamba
[10288] Kamanda Kola, Roger (2003) : Phonologie et morpho-syntaxe du mono: langue oubanguienne du Congo R.D.
[24586] Kamarah, Sheikh Umarr (1994) : Phonology and Tonology in the Morphology of Temne: A Lexicalist Approach
[24620] Kamarah, Sheikh Umarr (2007) : A Descriptive Grammar of KʌThemne (Temne)
[10293] Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1973) : Esquisse de grammaire kete
[10294] Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1980) : Esquisse de grammaire kete
[10295] Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1981) : Les formes verbales négatives dans les langues bantoues
[10296] Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1982) : La négation dans les langues bantoues et européennes
[10301] Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1988) : Comportement du préfixe nominal de classe 5 en bantou
[10303] Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1991) : Les substitutifs en zone C
[10305] Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1997) : Le préfixe i- en zone C
[23246] Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (2005) : Le négatif du verbe être en bantou
[24891] Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (2003) : Substitutifs et possessifs en bantou
[27424] Kambon, Obadele , E. Kweku Osam & Nana Aba Appiah Amfo (2015) : A case for revisiting definitions of serial verb constructions: Evidence from Akan serial verb nominalization
[28257] Kambon, Obadele , Reginald Akuoko Duah & Clement I. K. Appah (2019) : Serial verb nominalization in Akan: the question of intervening elements
[10306] Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (1982) : Contrastive analysis of coordination in English and Lobire
[10307] Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (1984) : La syntaxe des énoncés complexes: coordination et subordination en lobire
[10308] Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (1993) : Are serial verb constructions in Lobire coordinate or subordinate structures?
[10309] Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (1994) : Syntax of coordination in Lobire
[10311] Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (1998) : Lobire
[10312] Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (2000) : Lobire verbal system
[10313] Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (2001) : Clausal coordination in Lobire
[23202] Kambou, Moses Kwadwo (2003) : Morphophonology of verbo-nominal roots in Lobirè
[22485] Kamil, Mohamed Hassan (2004) : Parlons afar: langue et culture
[10318] Kamitondo, E. Ndopu (1958) : Silozi note book
[10319] Kammensjö, Heléne (2004) : Discourse connectives in Arabic lecturing monologues
[10320] Kammerzell, Frank (1991) : Personalpronomina und Personalendungen im Altägyptischen
[10329] Kamoga, F. W. (1971) : Lugbara instructions
[10322] Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (19--) : Luganda elementary course
[10324] Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1969) : Lwo instructions
[10325] Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Lwo instructions
[10326] Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Lugisu instructions
[10327] Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Runyankore/Rukiga instructions
[10328] Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Lunyoro/Rutoro instructions
[10330] Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Madi instructions
[23645] Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1969) : Luganda continuation
[10323] Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi & Earl W. Stevick (1968) : Luganda basic course
[10606] Kämper, Sven (1996) : Zur Distribution von Morphemen der Negation in tschadischen Sprachen
[10331] Kamtedza, J. D. G. (1964) : Elementos da gramática cinyanja
[10333] Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1985) : Passivization in Bantu languages
[10334] Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1987) : French/vernacular code-mixing in Zaire: implications for syntactic constraints
[10335] Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1988) : ‘C-command’ and the phonology-syntax interface in Ciluba
[10336] Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1989) : Some morphosyntactic aspects of French/Bantu code-mixing
[10337] Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1989) : Theory and method of code-mixing: a cross-linguistic study
[10339] Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1994) : SiSwati-English code-switching: the matrix language principle and linguistic constraints
[10348] Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2000) : Processes of nominalization in Ciluba
[10366] Kandem, Edouard (1992) : Valeurs culturelles et alphabétisation au Cameroun
[10368] Kandybowicz, Jason (2000) : Deviant numeral constructions in Nupe: their syntax, semantics, and significance in linguistic theory
[10370] Kandybowicz, Jason (2004) : Predicate clefts, derivations and Universal Grammar
[23529] Kandybowicz, Jason (2002) : The homogeneity of Nupe verb doubling constructions
[23530] Kandybowicz, Jason (2002) : Word order and the extended projection of the Nupe verb
[25273] Kandybowicz, Jason (2008) : The Grammar of Repetition - Nupe grammar at the syntax–phonology interface
[23532] Kandybowicz, Jason & Mark C. Baker (2003) : On directionality and the structure of the verb phrase: evidence from Nupe
[28148] Kane, Fatou Cissé (2020) : Description générale de l'oniyan
[28521] Kanfome, Hervé (2018) : Etude synchronique de la phonologie et de la morphologie des formes verbales synthétiques du hula, parler mancagne de Goudomp (Sénégal)
[26770] Kanga-Eba, Danielle (2014) : La syntaxe au secours de la phonologie en tagbana
[10381] Kangira, Jairos (2001) : Transitivity in Kalanga
[10382] Kangni, Atah-Ekoué (1989) : La syntaxe de ge: étude d’un parler gbe (ewe), le ge du sud-Togo
[12644] Kangonda, Ikome (1990) : La structure interrogative du lolendo
[10383] Kangulumba, K. (1977?) : Étude phonologique et morphologique de la langue suku
[10385] Kani, Bungu (1986) : Esquisse de description d’une langue africaine: le kikongo de Matadi
[28230] Kanijo, Ponsiano Sawaka (2019) : The semantics of -ø-…-íle in Nyamwezi
[28153] Kantchoa, Laré (2005) : Description de la langue moba: approche synchronique
[24073] Kanu, Sullay Mohamed (2004) : Verbal Morphology of Temne
[24749] Kanu, Sullay Mohamed (2009) : Suffix Ordering in Temne: A Case for Morphotactics
[26257] Kanu, Sullay Mohamed (2012) : Valence-Increasing Morphology in Temne
[26258] Kanu, Sullay Mohamed (2008) : Ideophones in Temne
[24613] Kanzi-Soussou, Célestin (1992) : Le verbe en fer (kara), Etude morphologique et syntaxique du verbe dans une langue centrafricaine
[10390] Kapanga, André Mwamba (1990) : Language variation and language attitudes: a case study from Shaba Swahili
[10391] Kapanga, André Mwamba (1991) : Language variation and change: a case study of Shaba Swahili
[10392] Kapanga, André Mwamba (1992) : Discourse strategies in francophone African literary works
[10393] Kapanga, André Mwamba (1993) : Shaba Swahili and the processes of linguistic contact
[10398] Kapeliuk, Olga (1978) : Particles of concatenation and of reference in Amharic
[10399] Kapeliuk, Olga (1985) : La phrase coupée en guèze
[10400] Kapeliuk, Olga (1988) : Semantic analysis of some morphological phenomena in Amharic
[10401] Kapeliuk, Olga (1994) : Syntax of the noun in Amharic
[10402] Kapeliuk, Olga (2003) : Relative markers in Ancient Ethiopic
[10404] Kapinga, Fr. C. (1977) : Sarufi maumbo ya kiswahili sanifu: kitabu cha kwanza
[27209] Kapranova, Larisa (2011) : A Brief Grammar of the Kacipo-Balesi Language
[10411] Kapudi, Kalonga Wakuteta (1972) : Éléments de grammaire de la langue bindi: phonologie et morphologie
[10412] Kaputu, Mwaku (1985) : Synthématique de la langue yaka: parler de Panzi
[23100] Karan, Mark E. (1983) : Comparaison entre les discours narratifs kabiyè et lukpa
[28044] Kari, Ethelbert (2017) : Cognate Object Constructions in Degema
[10417] Kari, Ethelbert E. (1991) : The noun phrase in Degema
[10418] Kari, Ethelbert E. (1995) : The structure of the Degema verb
[10419] Kari, Ethelbert E. (1995) : Clitics in Degema
[10420] Kari, Ethelbert E. (1995) : Extensional suffixes in Degema
[10421] Kari, Ethelbert E. (1997) : Degema
[10424] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2000) : Ogbronuagum (the Bukuma language)
[10425] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2001) : On the grammar of clitics in Degema
[10426] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2002) : Inflection vs derivation in Degema
[10427] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2002) : On endoclitics: some facts from Degema
[10428] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2002) : The source of Degema clitics
[10429] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2002) : Cliticization, movement and second position
[10430] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2002) : Distinguishing between clitics and words in Degema, Nigeria
[10431] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2002) : Distinguishing between clitics and affixes in Degema
[10432] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2003) : Clitics in Degema: a meeting point of phonology, morphology, and syntax
[10434] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2003) : Clitic doubling: insights from Degema
[10435] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2003) : Serial verb constructions in Degema, Nigeria
[10436] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2004) : Further evidence in favour of the affixal origin of Degema clitics
[23150] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2004) : A reference grammar of Degema
[24125] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2005) : Degema subject markers: Are they prefixes or proclitics?
[26050] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2007) : The pronominal system of Odual
[26690] Kari, Ethelbert E. (2001) : The Source of Degema Clitics
[27002] Kari, Ethelbert Emmanuel (2015) : Second Position Clitics in Degema: A Reanalysis
[28912] Kari, Ethelbert Emmanuel (2021) : The Factative and Perfect Aspect Markers in Degema and Kalaḅarị
[10440] Kasanga, L. A. (1996) : The use of indigenized forms of English in Nguni’s Devil on the Cross: a linguistic and sociolinguistic analysis
[10446] Kaseka, Ambrosius (1953) : A grammar of Kiilwana (Kinyamwezi)
[10447] Kashina, Kashina (1996) : The distribution of adverbials in the Lozi clause
[10448] Kashina, Kashina (2005) : The Silozi clause: a study of the structure and distribution of its constituents
[10452] Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1972) : Town Bemba: a sketch of its main characteristics
[10463] Kashoki, Mubanga E. & Michael Mann (1978) : A general sketch of the Bantu languages of Zambia
[28228] Kasper-Cushman, Kelly (2019) : Universal quantification in the nominal domain in Kihehe
[10482] Kassan, Balaïbaou (19--) : Systeme verbale et enonciation en kabiye (Togo)
[10484] Kassie Shifere (1987) : The structure of simple declarative sentences in the Yamsa language
[10489] Kastenholz, Raimund (1979) : Die morpho-syntaktische Struktur der Verkehrssprachen Dyula aus prosodologischer Sicht
[10491] Kastenholz, Raimund (1987) : A short note on verb extensions in Mande
[10492] Kastenholz, Raimund (1987) : Das Koranko: ein Beitrag zur Erforschung der Nord-Mande-Sprachen
[10495] Kastenholz, Raimund (1987/88) : Note sur l’expression énonciative de la possession en bambara
[10497] Kastenholz, Raimund (1989) : Grundkurs Bambara (Manding) mit Texten
[10505] Kastenholz, Raimund (1998) : Grundkurs Bambara (Manding) mit Texten
[10507] Kastenholz, Raimund (2003) : Auxiliaries, grammaticalization and word order in Mande
[24252] Kastenholz, Raimund (2001) : Le jèri.kúò (langue mandé des Jéri): répartition géographique et matériel lexical
[24261] Kastenholz, Raimund (1983) : Note sur les marques prédicatives en Koranko
[25616] Kastenholz, Raimund (2011) : Diachronic and synchronic aspects of a nominal suffix *-i in Pɛrɛ
[27210] Kastenholz, Raimund (2017) : La Langue Bolgo du Guéra (Tchad): Notes de recherche et matériel lexical
[28145] Kastenholz, Raimund (2020) : Coverbs and auxiliaries in Pèdè
[10508] Kasuku-Kongini, (1984) : Langue kihungana: phonologie et syntagmatique
[10509] Katada, Fusa (1989) : The anaphoric system of Kinande
[10511] Katamba, Francis X. (1974) : Aspects of the grammar of Luganda
[10513] Katamba, Francis X. (1978) : How agglutinating is Bantu morphology
[10520] Katamba, Francis X. (2003) : Bantu nominal morphology
[10517] Katamba, Francis X. (Ed) (1991) : Lacustrine Bantu phonology
[10519] Katamba, Francis X. (Ed) (1995) : Bantu phonology and morphology
[10518] Katamba, Francis X. & Larry Michael Hyman (1991) : Nasality and morpheme structure constraints in Luganda
[10530] Katupha, José Mateus Muária (1983) : A preliminary description of sentence structure in the e-Sáaka dialect of e-Mákhuwa
[10531] Katupha, José Mateus Muária (1991) : The grammar of Emakhuwa verbal extensions: an investigation of role of extension morphemes in derivational verbal morphology and in grammatical relations
[10532] Katupha, José Mateus Muária (1992) : Language and theories of grammar: where’s the linguist of the ‘South’?
[10536] Katutula, Gaspard Kilumba (1992) : De la grammaire performative du kiluba: contribution à l’étude pragmatique des actes de parole
[10542] Kaufman, Elaine [Marlowe] (1968) : Ibibio grammar
[10545] Kavari, Jekura U. (1993) : Languages in Kaokoland and Herero dialects
[10546] Kavari, Jekura U. (1994) : Arrangements of components in Otjiherero narrative texts
[26232] Kavari, Jekura U. , Lutz Marten & Jenneke Van Der Wal (2012) : Tone cases in Otjiherero: head-complement relations, linear order, and information structure
[24828] Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2007) : A Grammar of Sidaama (Sidamo), a Cushitic Language of Ethiopia
[26810] Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2012) : Polysemy of the grammatical morpheme k̘úle in Kupsapiny and its grammaticalization from a verb of saying
[26814] Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2011) : Meanings of the spatial deictic verb suffixes in Kupsapiny, the southern Nilotic language of the Sebei region of Uganda
[26820] Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2010) : Distinction between two types of location (the location of an object and the location of an event) in Kupusapiny
[27308] Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2011) : Noun Phrases without Nouns in Sidaama (Sidamo)
[27797] Kawachi, Kazuhiro (2020) : Sidaama
[27031] Kawasha, Boniface (2017) : Remote past and phonological processes in Kaonde
[28447] Kawasha, Boniface (2021) : Imbrication Patterns of Lunda
[10550] Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2002) : Grammatical relations and relativation in Lunda
[23869] Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2003) : Lunda grammar: a morphosyntactic and semantic analysis
[24651] Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2007) : Passivization in Lunda
[24736] Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2007) : Subject-agreeing Complementizers and Their Functions in Chokwe, Luchazi, Lunda, and Luvale
[26055] Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2006) : The Structure Of Complement Clauses In Lunda
[26247] Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2008) : Relative Clauses and Subject Inversion in Chokwe, Kaonde, Lunda and Luvale
[10551] Kawoya, Vin. F. K. (1966) : Yiga kiswahili/Jifunze luganda
[22524] Kawoya, Vin. F. K. (1981) : Yiga kiswahili/Jifunze luganda
[27656] Kaye Jonathan, Jean Lowenstamm & Jean-Roger Vergnaud (1988) : Le système vocalique du kpokolo, La structure interne des éléments phonologiques: une théorie du charme et du gouvernement
[10557] Kaye, Alan S. (1976) : Chadian and Sudanese Arabic in the light of comparative Arabic dialectology
[10578] Kaye, Alan S. & Judith Rosenhouse (1997) : Arabic dialects and Maltese
[10558] Kaye, Jonathan Derek (1981) : La selection des formes pronominales en vata et en d’autres langues krou orientales
[25293] Kaye, Jonathan Derek (1981) : La sélection des formes pronominales en vata
[10567] Kaye, Jonathan Derek , Hilda Koopman , Dominique Sportiche & André Dugas (Ed) (1983) : Current approaches to African linguistics II
[10582] Kayo, Patrice , Engelbert Domche Teko & André Ngueufang (1977) : Grammaire élémentaire de la langue bamiléké
[10607] Keany, J. (1953) : Simple Saho
[10608] Kebbede Hordofa [Janko] (1981) : Nominalization patterns in Oromo
[10610] Kebbede Hordofa [Janko] (1994) : A contribution to the dialectology of Afaan Oromoo: consonantal-suffix conjugation after the glides w, y
[10614] Kebbedu Ishetu (1981) : The verb ‘to be’ in Oromo
[10615] Kebbedu Ishetu (1989) : The copula in Oromo
[10616] Kebede Michael (2001) : Morphology of Gogat
[10621] Kedrebeogo, Gérard (2000) : La morphologie du verbe en samoma
[24562] Kedrebeogo, Gérard (1989) : Le Sàmòmá (parler de Loroni, Sourou Septentrional, Burkina Faso) : phonologie, classes nominales
[10622] Keefer, Aurelia (1965) : The Anuak verb
[10628] Keegan, John Michael (1997) : A reference grammar of Mbay
[10629] Keegan, John Michael (1998) : The mandatory subject reference pronoun in Mbay
[22443] Keegan, John Michael (1986) : The phonology and morphology of Moroccan Arabic
[24795] Keegan, John Michael (2009) : The digital Mbay Language Project
[10632] Keenan, Edward L. & Cecile Marie-Agne Manorohanta (2001) : A quantitative study of voice in Malagasy
[10631] Keenan, Edward L. & Jean Paulin Razafimamonjy (2001) : Reciprocals in Malagasy
[27136] Keffyalew Gebregziabher (2017) : The Syntactic Role of nay in Tigrinya
[10634] Kefyalew Gebreselassie (2001) : The structure of simple sentences in Tigrinya
[10636] Keiling, Luiz Alfredo (1937) : Elementos de gramática mbundo
[10637] Keita, Alou (19--) : De l’expression du démonstratif en jula
[10639] Keita, Alou (1990) : Esquisse d’une analyse ethno-sémiologique du jula vernacularisé de Bobo-Dioulasso
[26403] Keita, Amadou (1977) : Étude descriptive du kakabhe
[10638] Keita, Boniface (1986) : Eléments de description du malinké de Kita (Mali)
[24236] Keïta, Boniface (1987-88) : Morphologie de la forme définie des noms en dialonke
[24237] Keïta, Boniface (1989) : Les péverbes du dialonké
[24238] Keïta, Boniface (1989) : La compacité tonale en dialonké
[24266] Keita, Boniface (1984) : Le malinké de Kita (parler de Bindougouba). Esquisse phonologique et grammaticale et liste lexicale comparative
[26919] Keita, Mamadou (2008) : Système morpho-phonologique de l'agni. Complexité vocalique, complexité tonale et récupération du gabarit en agni
[28865] Kekai, Celestina Predia & Joseph Zuobbofa Opuowei (2022) : Loaning and Conditioning in Ijaw Naming System as Strategies for Expressing Filial Relationships
[10644] Kelly, Bernhard J. (1954) : An introduction to Onitsha Igbo
[10646] Kelly, Patrick (1969) : An introduction to spoken Turkana
[10655] Kempe, A. R. & H. K. Leisegang (1922) : Igrama lesizulu
[10656] Kempen, W. (1946) : Samestellings met ‘hulle’ nie kreools nie?
[10658] Kempen, W. (1965) : Die verbale hendiadis in Afrikaans
[10659] Kempen, W. (1969) : Samestelling, afleiding en woordsortelike meerfunksionaliteit in Afrikaans
[28049] Kempf, Viktoria (2018) : Kuteb Verbal Extensions vs. Bezen Verbal Serialization – A Comparison
[28488] Kempf, Viktoria & Tamara Prischnegg (2020) : A sketch of Akum (Southern Jukunoid)
[26476] Kendall, Martha B. (1970-71) : sonrai Relative Clauses
[10660] Kendall, Martha B. & others (1980) : Soninke grammar handbook
[23630] Kendall, Martha B. & others (1980) : Soninke communication and culture handbook
[23686] Kendall, Martha B. & others (1980) : Soninke special skills handbook
[10663] Kennen, [Father] (19--) : A primer of Ki-Sukuma, compiled at the White Fathers Mission, Sumvi, Kwimba District
[10668] Kenstowicz, Michael J. (1985) : The phonology and syntax oh wh-expressions in Tangale
[23971] Kenstowicz, Michael J. (1999) : Verbal tone in Buli: a morphosyntactic analysis
[10673] Kenstowicz, Michael J. & Degif Petros Banksira (1999) : Reduplicative identity in Chaha
[10665] Kenstowicz, Michael J. & Wafaa Abdel-Faheem Batran Wahba (1980) : Clitics and the double object construction in Cairene Arabic
[10680] Kerken, Georges van der (1944) : Le Swahili, langue de grande expansion
[27921] Kerr, Elisabeth J. (2020) : The grammaticalisation of a specific indefinite determiner: Prenominal mɔ̀tɛ́ in Tunen
[10685] Kershner, Tiffany L. (2002) : The verb in Chisukwa: aspect, tense and time
[22626] Kershner, Tiffany L. (2002) : Imperfectivity in Chisukwa
[10688] Kervran, Marcel (1986) : Un parler dogon, le donno so: notes de grammaire
[10689] Kester, P. van (1937) : Grammaire lingombe
[10690] Ketakelo, Nk. (1979) : La négation en sakata en français
[28391] Keupdjio, Hermann & Martina Wiltschko (2018) : Polar Questions in Bamileke Medumba
[10695] Kganakga, Thobakgale Johannes (2004) : Agreement in Northern Sotho constructions: a morphological and semantic study
[17060] Kgosana, Ivy Mamoyahabo (2005) : Aspects of pronominalisation in Northern Sotho
[10699] Kgware, William Moshobane (1944) : The predicative noun in Tswana
[10703] Khabirov, Valeri (1975) : Le sango de Bangui: la dérivation
[10704] Khabirov, Valeri (1994) : The verbal paradigm of Sango
[25462] Khachaturyan, Maria (2010) : The syntactic approach to pronominal systems in South and South-western Mande languages
[25487] Khachaturyan, Maria (2011) : Le système prédicatif du mano de Guinée
[26908] Khachaturyan, Maria (2015) : Grammaire du mano
[27495] Khachaturyan, Maria (2017) : Bound noun plus verb combinations in Mano
[27500] Khachaturyan, Maria (2018) : A sketch of dialectal variation in Mano
[28183] Khachaturyan, Maria (2021) : Bridging caught in a crossfire: The marker of situated definiteness in Mano and language contact
[28208] Khachaturyan, Maria (2020) : A typological portrait of Mano, Southern Mande
[28209] Khachaturyan, Maria (2011) : Система глагольного спряжения языка мано (System of verbal conjugation in Mano)
[28210] Khachaturyan, Maria () : Reflexivity in Mano
[28212] Khachaturyan, Maria (2020) : Common ground in demonstrative reference: the case of Mano (Mande)
[28233] Khachaturyan, Maria (2011) : Предикативная система в мано, южные манде. Элицидация и корпусная проверка (Predicative system in Mano. Elicitation and corpus verification)
[28234] Khachaturyan, Maria (2014) : Категория именного числа в мано, южные манде. Вопросы языкознания (Category of nominal number in Mano, South Mande)
[28235] Khachaturyan, Maria (2014) : Семантика кванторных слов в мано, южные манде (Semantics of quantifiers in Mano, South Mande)
[28260] Khachaturyan, Maria (2019) : The aorist and the perfect in Mano
[28273] Khachaturyan, Maria (2014) : Grammaire de la langue mano (mandé-sud) dans une perspective typologique
[10707] Khalafallah, A. (1969) : A descriptive grammar of Saʔi:di Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[26642] Khalil, Mohamed K. (2015) : The Verbal Plural Marker in Nobiin (Nile Nubian)
[10711] Khamis, Adoum (1983) : Phonologie, esquisse grammaticale et lexique du Mango ou Mbay de Doba (langue sara du sud du Tchad)
[10714] Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1985) : Swahili verb derivation
[10716] Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1988) : A typology of gaps in Swahili sentences
[10717] Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1990) : The shape of the applicative suffix in Kiswahili
[10718] Khati, Thekiso (1992) : Intra-lexical switching or nonce borrowing? Evidence from Sesotho-English performance
[10720] Khidir, Zakaria Fadoul (1996) : Quelques characteristiques des verbes du Beria
[10721] Khidir, Zakaria Fadoul (1996) : Le systeme des pronoms personnels du Beria
[10722] Khoali, Benjamin Thakampholo (1991) : A Sesotho tonal grammar
[10723] Khoali, Benjamin Thakampholo (1993) : Cole’s Dokean model: issues and implications
[10738] Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1992) : The morphology of the direct relative in Zulu
[10739] Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1995) : CV templates in Zulu morphology: a multilinear approach
[25382] Khumalo, Langa (2009) : The Passive and Stative Constructions in Ndebele: A Comparative Analysis
[26618] Khumalo, Langa (2014) : On the Reciprocal in Ndebele
[10740] Kiango, John G. (1987) : Swahili anaphoric expressions
[10742] Kiango, John G. (2003) : Syntactic classification of Swahili verbal expressions
[10743] Kiango, John G. (2003) : Syntactic analysis of Swahili verbal expressions
[26896] Kibebe Tsehay Taye (2015) : Documentation and grammatical description of Chabu
[25304] Kîbiûbî, Z., & R. Margetts (1993) : The Verbal Morphology of Kîîtharaka
[10749] Kidima, Lukowa (1987) : Object agreement and topicality hierarchies in KiYaka
[10751] Kidima, Lukowa (1990) : Tone and syntax in Kiyaka
[10753] Kieckers, E. (1931) : Der buschmännisch-hottentottische Sprachstamm
[10754] Kieckers, E. (1931) : Die Ndonga-Gruppe
[10756] Kiessling, Roland (1988) : Die Selektor-Kategorie im Iraqw. ihre Funktion bei der PErsonalmarkierung im Satz
[10757] Kiessling, Roland (1989) : Die Rolle der Selektoren im Iraqw
[10758] Kiessling, Roland (1990) : Preverbal position as a cradle of grammatical innovation in Iraqw
[10759] Kiessling, Roland (1994) : Eine Grammatik des Burunge
[10761] Kiessling, Roland (1996) : Verbal inflectional suffixes in the West Rift group of southern Cushitic
[10762] Kiessling, Roland (1998) : Der Pluraktionalis im Datooga
[10765] Kiessling, Roland (2000) : Verb classes in Nilotic: evidence from Datooga (southern Nilotic)
[10767] Kiessling, Roland (2000) : Number marking in Datooga nouns
[10771] Kiessling, Roland (2002) : Wille, Initierung und Kontrolle: zur Morphosemantik von Experiensverben im Südkuschitischen
[10773] Kiessling, Roland (2003) : Infix genesis in South Cushitic
[10774] Kiessling, Roland (2004) : “The giraffes burst throw emerge climb pass through the roof of the hut”: verbal serialisation in the West Ring languages (Isu, Weh, Aghem)
[23325] Kiessling, Roland (2002) : Verbal plurality in Sandawe
[24654] Kiessling, Roland (2007) : The “marked nominative” in Datooga
[24943] Kiessling, Roland (2007) : Space and Reference in Datooga Verbal Morphosyntax
[25165] Kiessling, Roland (2010) : Focalisation and defocalisation in Isu
[25527] Kiessling, Roland (2012) : Extensive is up, intensive is down: the vertical directional background of the adverbials k/ vs. ts/ in Isu
[25687] Kiessling, Roland (2010) : Sandawe verbal plurality
[25897] Kiessling, Roland (2008) : Noun classification in !Xoon
[25935] Kiessling, Roland (2012) : High vowel reduplication and infix genesis in Isu (West Ring)
[27398] Kiessling, Roland (2013) : On the origin of Niger Congo nominal classification
[27707] Kiessling, Roland (2006) : Woher kommen die Infixe im Isu (Kameruner Grasland)?
[28005] Kießling, Roland (2017) : Experiencer encoding in Taa (Southern Khoisan)
[28023] Kießling, Roland (2019) : Salient features of the noun class system of Kung in a Ring perspective
[25574] Kiessling, Roland , Britta Neumann & Doreen Schröter (2012) : “What can I offer my child?” – How to impose on others in Isu (Grassfields Bantu)
[25606] Kiessling, Roland, with the assistance of B.M. Wung (2011) : Verbal Serialisation in Isu (West Ring) – a Grassfields Language of Cameroon
[25028] Kievit, Dirk & Saliem Kievit (2009) : Differential object marking in Tigrinya
[10779] Kiggen, Fr. J. (1928) : Grammar nak’Ateso
[10780] Kiggen, Fr. J. (1928) : Grammar of Teso
[10784] Kihm, Alain (1980) : Aspects d’un syntaxe historique: études sur le créole portugais de Guinée-Bissau
[10785] Kihm, Alain (1987) : Quelques points de syntaxe du manjaku
[10786] Kihm, Alain (1990) : Aspect in Kriyol and the theory of inflection
[10787] Kihm, Alain (1991) : Les constructions focalisées en wolof: approche autolexicale d’une contradiction morpho-syntaxique
[10789] Kihm, Alain (1994) : Krioyl syntax: the Portuguese-based creole language of Guinea-Bissau
[10790] Kihm, Alain (1996) : Reflexivity in Kriyol: a case of half-hearted grammaticalization
[10791] Kihm, Alain (1998) : Propositions relatives en manjaku et théorie du déplacement comme copie
[10792] Kihm, Alain (2003) : The Berber construct state as focus marking
[22652] Kihm, Alain (2000) : Wolof genitive constructions and the construct state
[23434] Kihm, Alain (1984) : Is there anything like decreolization? Some ongoing changes in Bissau Creole
[28114] Kihm, Alain (2018) : Le syntagme nominal en kriyol de Guinée-Bissau et en kinubi: comparaison morphosyntaxique et sémantico-pragmatique
[10788] Kihm, Alain & Claire Lefebvre (Ed) (1993) : Aspects de la grammaire du fongbè: études de phonologiques, de syntaxe et de sémantique
[10794] Kihore, Yared Magori (1978) : A comparative study of the noun class systems of Heiben and Kiswahili
[10795] Kihore, Yared Magori (1994) : A study of the syntax of Kiswahili verbs
[10797] Kihore, Yared Magori (2000) : Historical and linguistic aspects of Kihacha
[10798] Kihore, Yared Magori (2000) : Kiswahili for beginners
[10805] Kilian-Hatz, Christa (1989) : Contes et proverbes des pygmées Baka
[10806] Kilian-Hatz, Christa (1992) : Der Komitativ im Baka: eine Fallstudie zur Grammatikalisierung
[10807] Kilian-Hatz, Christa (1995) : Das Baka: Grundzüge einer Grammatik aus der Grammatikalisierungsperspektive
[10809] Kilian-Hatz, Christa (1997) : Die Baka-Ideophone: ihre Struktur und Funktion
[22681] Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2001) : Universality and diversity: ideophones from Baka and Kxoe
[23808] Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2005) : Serial verb constructions in Khwe (Central Khoisan)
[24880] Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2008) : A Grammar of Modern Khwe (Central Khoisan)
[25683] Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2010) : Serial verb constructions vs. converbs in Khwe
[25781] Kilian-Hatz, Christa (2009) : Topic and focus in Khwe
[10808] Kilian-Hatz, Christa & Bernd Heine (1997) : On nominal gender marking in Kxoe
[10811] Kilian-Hatz, Christa & Bernd Heine (1998) : On nominal gender marking in Kxoe
[26750] Killian, Don (2015) : Topics in Uduk Phonology and Morphosyntax
[27211] Killian, Don (2015) : Complex verbal predicates in Uduk
[10813] Kilpatrick, Eileen (1981) : Avokaya predication
[10816] Kilpatrick, Eileen (1986) : Use of genitives in Avokaya
[10817] Kilpatrick, Eileen (2000) : Participant reference in Avokaya narrative texts
[23082] Kilpatrick, Eileen (1984) : General narratives and folk tales in Avokaya
[24969] Kilpatrick, Eileen (2006) : Pronoun Sets in the Moru-Maʼdi Languages
[26064] Kilpatrick, Eileen & Leoma Gilley (2004) : The Importance Of Word Order In Explaining Tone Patterns In Avokaya Verbs
[10818] Kim, Chim-Wu & Herbert Frederick Walter Stahlke (Ed) (1971) : Papers in African linguistics
[24253] Kim, Hae-Kyung (2003) : Aspects, temps et modes en jowulu
[10820] Kim, Hak-Soo (1995) : Die Personalmorpheme der 3. Person in tschadischen Sprachen
[27486] Kimambo, Gerald Eliniongoze (2018) : The Morpho-Syntactic and Semantic-Pragmatic Realisation of Definiteness and Specificity in Swahili
[10821] Kimaro, Julian M. (1999) : Kompendium I: Swahili grammatik
[27729] Kimball, Lee (1983) : A description of the grammar of Loko
[10822] Kimenyi, Alexandre (1973) : Tense-aspect-modality systems in English and Kinyarwanda
[10824] Kimenyi, Alexandre (1976) : Subjectivization rules in Kinyarwanda
[10825] Kimenyi, Alexandre (1976) : A relational grammar of Kinyarwanda
[10826] Kimenyi, Alexandre (1977) : Possessor objectivization in Kinyarwanda
[10827] Kimenyi, Alexandre (1978) : Grammatical tone neutralization in Kinyarwanda
[10830] Kimenyi, Alexandre (1979) : Double negation and negative shift in Kinyarwanda
[10831] Kimenyi, Alexandre (1980) : A relational grammar of Kinyarwanda
[10832] Kimenyi, Alexandre (1981) : Linkless clauses in Bantu
[10833] Kimenyi, Alexandre (1985) : Doublets in Kinyarwanda: an inquiry into the process of sign-production
[10834] Kimenyi, Alexandre (1988) : Passives in Kinyarwanda
[10836] Kimenyi, Alexandre (2002) : A tonal grammar of Kinyarwanda: an autosegmental and metrical analysis
[28554] Kimenyi, Alexandre (1976) : A relational grammar of Kinyarwanda
[10837] Kimmenade, Martin van de (1954) : Essai de grammaire et vocabulaire de la langue Sandawe
[10839] Kimpempe, (1975) : L’interrogation en français et en kikongo
[24705] Kimper, Wendell A. (2006) : Question Formation in the Karonga Dialect of Tumbuka
[10848] King, Karn (1992) : Argument structure and agreement in Kiswahili determiner phrases
[10853] Kingston, John (1983) : The expansion of the Gusii verb system
[10855] Kintu, Mweme Tch. (1974) : Aspects de grammaire générative et transformationelle de lingombe (préfixes et pronoms)
[10856] Kinyalolo, Kasangati Kikuni Wabongambilu (1988) : Studies in Kilega syntax
[10857] Kinyalolo, Kasangati Kikuni Wabongambilu (1991) : Syntactic dependencies and the spec-head agreement hypothesis in Kilega
[10858] Kinyalolo, Kasangati Kikuni Wabongambilu (1992) : A note on word order in the progressive and prospective in Fon
[10859] Kinyalolo, Kasangati Kikuni Wabongambilu (1995) : Licensing in DP in Fòn
[10860] Kioko, Angelina Nduku (1994) : Issues in the syntax of Kikamba, a Bantu language
[10861] Kioko, Angelina Nduku (1995) : The Kikamba multiple applicative: a problem for the lexical functional grammar analysis
[10862] Kioko, Angelina Nduku (1999) : The syntactic status of the reciprocal and the reflexive affixes in Bantu
[10863] Kioko, Angelina Nduku (2000) : On determining the primary object in Bantu
[10866] Kioko, Angelina Nduku (2005) : Theoretical issues in the grammar of Kikamba, a Bantu language
[28531] Kipré, François Blé (2016) : « Construction directe » vs « construction indirecte » : quelle interprétation sémantique dans la relation de possession en bété ?
[10875] Kirk-Greene, Anthony H. M. & Yahaya Aliyu (1967) : Modern Hausa reader
[10879] Kirsch, Beverley & Silvia Skorge (1995) : Masithethe isiXhosa: let’s speak Xhosa
[10880] Kirubel Elias (2000) : Noun morphoogy of Geto
[10881] Kirwan, Brian Edmond Renshaw & P. A. Gore (1951) : Elementary Luganda
[10889] Kishindo, Pascal J. (1992) : On the head of the derived nominal in Chichewa
[10896] Kishindo, Pascal J. (1998) : Diminution, augmentation and pejorativeness in Icindali: the semantics of classes 5/6, 3/4, 7/8 and 21
[22478] Kishindo, Pascal J. & Allan L. Lipenga (2005) : Parlons ciyawo: langue et culture du Mozambique
[22479] Kishindo, Pascal J. & Allan L. Lipenga (2003) : Parlons chichewa: langue et culture du Malawi
[10915] Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1990) : Morphological high tones in Sesotho and Setswana
[10919] Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (2003) : Makhuwa (P30)
[10901] Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1974) : The perfect stem in Chi-Mwi:ni
[10903] Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1974) : On the interaction of phonology and morphology: a Chi-Mwi:ni example
[10905] Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1975) : The perfect stem in Chi-mwi:ni and global rules
[10906] Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1976) : On the interaction of phonology and morphology: a ChiMwi:ni example
[10908] Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1976) : The ‘object’ relationship in Chi-Mwi:ni, a Bantu language
[10910] Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1977) : The “object” relationship in chi-Mwi:ini, a Bantu language
[10916] Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Sheila Onkaetse Mmusi (1990) : The tonology of the object prefix in Setswana
[10920] Kisubika-Musoke, E. M. (1986) : Tense formation in Luganda, and some problems related to learning English
[10923] Kitching, Arthur Leonard (1932) : An outline grammar of the Acholi language
[25303] Kîthînji Kîndîkî, Stephen (2008) : Pragmatic Functions of Attitude Markers in Kîîtharaka
[28718] Kiyofon, Antoine & Patrick Duffley (2017) : Semantically-based functions of noun-class markers in Tagbana
[10934] Kiyomi, Setsuko & Stuart Davis (1992) : Verb reduplication in Swati
[10936] Kizidila, E. (1979) : Les formes verbales des ndibu: formes tabellaires absolue affirmatives
[23099] Klaver, Marquita (1999) : A look at Ife connectives
[23102] Klaver, Marquita (1995) : Two Ifé particles and their discourse function
[10943] Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (1992) : Gesprächstrategien im Swahili: linguistisch-pragmatische Analysen von Dialogtexten einer Stegreiftheatergruppe
[10944] Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (1994) : Der Diskurs im Swahili: eine Auswahl der wichtigsten Gattungen
[10939] Klein, Harriet E. Manelis (1976) : Tense and aspect in the Damara verbal system
[10946] Kleine, Christa de (1997) : The verb phrase in Afrikaans: evidence of creolization?
[28614] Kleinewillinghöfer, Ullrich (2009) : Class RE in the class system of Lɔŋtó and its historical significance
[10950] Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1990) : Monoradical verbs in Waja
[10951] Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1991) : Die Sprache der Waja (nyan wiyáù): Phonologie und Morphologie
[10952] Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1993) : Nominalklassen im Mboi und Bena Lala der Yungur-bzw. Bena-Mboi-Gruppe
[10959] Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2000) : The verb in Kusuntu
[10960] Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2000) : The noun classification of Cala (Bogong): a case of contact-induced change
[27553] Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2012) : Lexique Lɔ̀ŋtó - Français
[27554] Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2015) : Bikwin-Jen - Comparative Wordlist (Swadesh 100)
[27794] Kleinewillinghofer, Ulrich (2020) : Waja
[28689] Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (2007) : K3. Palen
[25617] Kleinewillinghöffer, Ulrich (2011) : Assoziative Konstruktionen im Vere-Gimme und Lɔŋto, Central Adamawa
[10967] Klerk, G. J. de (1968) : Die morfologie van Afrikaans
[10969] Klerk, G. J. de (1968) : Die spreiding an valensie van suffikse in Afrikaans
[10987] Klingenheben, August von (1923/24) : Die Präfixklassen des Ful
[10988] Klingenheben, August von (1924/25) : Die Permutation des Biafada und des Ful
[10992] Klingenheben, August von (1928/29) : Die Tempora Westafrikas und die semitischen Tempora
[10993] Klingenheben, August von (1929) : Die nominalen Klassensysteme des Ful
[10996] Klingenheben, August von (1933) : Der Bau der Sprache der Vai in Westafrika
[10998] Klingenheben, August von (1941) : Die Suffixklassen des Ful
[11000] Klingenheben, August von (1945/49) : Die Klassenelemente der Zahlwörter des Ful
[11001] Klingenheben, August von (1945/50) : Zur Nominalbildung im Galla ; Teile 1-3
[11004] Klingenheben, August von (1951) : Alt hamito-semitisch Genusexponenten in heutige Hamitensprachen
[11005] Klingenheben, August von (1951/52) : Zur Nominalbildung im Galla ; Teil 4
[11006] Klingenheben, August von (1956) : Die Präfix- und die Suffix-Konjugationen des Hamitosemitischen
[11010] Klingenheben, August von (1963) : Die Sprache der Ful (Dialekt von Adamawa): Grammatik, Texte und Wörterverzeichnis
[11011] Klingenheben, August von (1966) : Deutsch-Amharischer Sprachführer mit grammatischer Einführung
[28826] Kloehn, Nick (2018) : Towards a unified theory of morphological productivity in the Bantu languages: A corpus analysis of nominalization patterns in Swahili
[11019] Kluge, Angela (2000) : The Gbe language varieties of West Africa: a quantitative analysis of lexical and grammatical features
[24645] Kluge, Angela (2006) : Qualitative and quantitative analysis of grammatical features elicited among the Gbe language varieties of West Africa
[11024] Knappert, Jan (1959) : Woordscheiding en woordverdeling in literair Swahili
[11027] Knappert, Jan (1962) : The tonology of the Zulu verbs of three syllables
[11029] Knappert, Jan (1962/63) : Derivation of nouns of action in -o in Swahili
[11030] Knappert, Jan (1963) : The verb in Dhó-Álùr
[11034] Knappert, Jan (1965) : Compound nouns in Bantu languages
[11035] Knappert, Jan (1967) : Some notes on the locative -ni in Swahili
[11052] Knappert, Jan (1990) : A grammar of literary Swahili
[11054] Knappert, Jan (1999) : Grammar of literary Swahili
[28167] Kobès, Aloys (1869) : Grammaire de la langue volofe
[11057] Kock, J. H. M. (1981) : Onreëlmatige verskynsels by die werkwoordelike relatief in Noord-Sotho
[11063] Kock, J. H. M. (1984) : Relatiefomskrywing in Noord-Sotho
[11065] Kock, J. H. M. (1992) : Relatiefomskrywing in die Suid-Afrikaanse Bantoetale, met besondere verwysing na Noord-Sotho
[11066] Kock, J. H. M. (1997) : The redundancy principle: relative description in Northern Sotho
[11067] Kock, J. H. M. (2000) : Variation in Northern Sotho adjective constructions
[11060] Kock, J. H. M. & S. D. Kock (1983) : Noord-Sotho vir Standerd 6
[11061] Kock, J. H. M. & S. D. Kock (1983) : Noord-Sotho vir Standerd 7
[11062] Kock, J. H. M. & S. D. Kock (1983) : Noord-Sotho vir Standerd 8
[11064] Kock, J. H. M. & S. D. Kock (1986) : Noord-Sotho vir Standerd 9 en 10
[11059] Kock, L. J. (1981) : Die ideofoon in Suid-Sotho
[11071] Kodwo-Mensah, A. O. (1965) : Adjective formation in Ga by reduplication
[25112] Koelle, Sigismund Wilhelm (1854) : Outlines of a grammar of the Vei language, together with a Vei-English vocabulary and an account of the disovery and nature of the Vei mode of syllabic writing
[25113] Koelle, Sigismund Wilhelm (1854) : Grammar of the Bornu or Kanuri language
[28827] Koffi, Ettien (2018) : The acoustic vowel space of Anyi in light of the cardinal vowel system and the Dispersion Focalization Theory
[11079] Kogan, Leonid E. (1997) : Tigrinya
[26580] Köhler, Bernhard (2013) : Interrogative zero-marking in some Ometo languages
[11208] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1950) : Rudiments of Nuer grammar
[11212] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1956) : Das Tonsystem des Verbums im Südsotho
[11213] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1956/57) : Zur Frage der Unterschiedung der pronomina pers. conj. *ga und *gu der Einzahl der Menschenklasse im Bantu
[11215] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1958/59) : Tongestalt und Tonmuster in der Infinitivform des Verbum im Herero
[11216] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1959) : Grundzüge der Grammatik des //Kanikhoe
[11220] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1962) : Studien zum Genussystem und Verbalbau der zentralen Khoisan-Sprachen
[11222] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1963) : Observations on the Central Khoisan language group
[11226] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1971) : Noun classes and grammatical agreement in !Xû (zu-|hõa dialect)
[11231] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1973) : Grundzüge der Grammatik der Kxoe-Sprache
[11232] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1973) : Grundzüge der Grammatik der !Khung-Sprache
[11236] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1974) : Die Sprache der !Khong von Lone Tree
[11240] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1981) : La langue Kxoe
[11241] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1981) : La langue !Xû
[11244] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1987) : Khoisan languages
[11247] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1989) : Die Welt der Kxoé-Buschleute im südlichen Afrika, Bd 1: Teil I. Die Kxoé-Buschleute und ihre ethnische Umgebung
[11248] Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1991) : Die Welt der Kxoé-Buschleute im südlichen Afrika, Bd 2: Teil II. Grundlagens des Lebens
[11083] Kohnen, Fr. Bernardo (1931) : Grammatica della lingua Scilluk
[11085] Kohnen, Fr. Bernardo (1933) : Shilluk grammar, with a little Shilluk-English dictionary
[24315] Koité-Herschel, Ute (1981) : La translation du constituant verbal : le cas du xasonga
[25044] Koité-Herschel, Ute (1981) : Le xàsonga (Mali) : phonologie, morphosyntaxe, lexique xàsonga-français et textes
[11092] Kokeb Aberra (1981) : Kullo verb morphology
[11093] Kokora, Dago Pascal (1975) : Relative clause strategies in Koyo: a case for rule condition solution
[11094] Kokora, Dago Pascal (1976) : Studies in the grammar of Koyo
[11102] Koloni, Jean (1971) : Éléments de morphologie et de vocabulaire de la langue enya
[11103] Komori, J. (Ed) (1996) : Yoruba
[28357] Konan, Yannick Romain & Genoveva Puskas (2021) : On quantified DPs in Baule-Kode
[23650] Konaré, Mamadou (1971) : Sonrai basic course: final report
[11106] Koné, Dramane (1984) : Le verbe bambara: essai sur les propriétés syntaxiques et sémantiques
[11107] Koné, Dramane (1987) : Reflexions sur le dérivatif ya du jula
[11108] Koné, Dramane (1988) : Pour une caractérisation syntaxo-sémantique de la notion du verbo-nominal dans le jula de Côte d’Ivoire
[11109] Koné, Dramane (1997) : Les bases verbales ou verbo-nominales parasynthétiques jula: une première approche
[24226] Koné, Dramane (1984) : La combinatoire verbes-postpositions en bambara
[24254] Koné, Dramane (1986) : Fondements syntaxico-sémantiques des verbes d'acquisition et de transmission du jula
[24256] Koné, Dramane (1987-88) : La problématique des dénominaux de transfert en jula
[24285] Koné, Moriba (1993) : La tonalité des substantifs dans le parler mandingue de Gbéléban (N.O. de la Côte-d'Ivoire)
[11250] Könen, Fr. M. (19--) : New KiSukuma grammar
[23907] Kongne Welaze, Jacquis (2004) : Morphologie verbale du tukí
[28569] Koni Muluwa, Joseph & Koen Bostoen (2019) : Nsong B85d
[11251] König, Christa (1991) : Ist das Maa eine Tempussprache?
[11252] König, Christa (1993) : Aspekt im Maa
[11253] König, Christa (1998) : Kasus im Ik
[11255] König, Christa (2002) : Kasus im Ik
[24669] König, Christa (2008) : Khoisan Languages
[24804] König, Christa (2006) : The interaction between tense, aspect and modality in Khwe
[25501] König, Christa (2007) : The marked-nominative languages of eastern Africa
[25684] König, Christa (2010) : Serial verb constructions in !Xun
[25782] König, Christa (2009) : Focus in !Xun
[25898] König, Christa (2008) : Topic in !Xun
[26806] König, Christa (2012) : On the rise of ergative structures in Africa
[26818] König, Christa (2010) : Aspect in Labwor
[11254] König, Christa & Bernd Heine (2001) : The !Xun of Ekoka: a demographic and linguistic report
[11256] König, Christa & Bernd Heine (2003) : Location and motion in !Xun (Namibia)
[11257] König, Christa & Bernd Heine (2004) : Verb extensions in !Xun (W2 dialect)
[28193] König, Christa , Bernd Heine & Karsten Legère (2015) : The Akie language of Tanzania : a sketch of discourse grammar
[28462] König, Christa , Bernd Heine , Karsten Legère & Ingo Heine (2021) : The Akie Language of Tanzania - Texts and Dictionary
[25464] Konoshenko, Maria (2010) : Indirect Object Marking in Kpelle: Dative Pronominals and Postpositional Agreement
[27492] Konoshenko, Maria (2017) : Field Notes on Kono, a Southwestern Mande Lect of Forest Guinea
[28128] Konoshenko, Maria (2020) : Phonetics pushing syntax: S/Aux fusion and the rise of subject cross-reference in Mande
[28331] Konoshenko, Maria & Dasha Shavarina (2021) : A microtypological survey of noun classes in Kwa
[11113] Kooij, Jan & Maarten Mous (2002) : Incorporation: a comparison between Iraqw and Dutch
[11114] Koole, (1968) : Ngoni
[11116] Koopman, Adrian (1979) : The linguistic difference between nouns and names in Zulu
[11124] Koopman, Adrian (1992) : -so- and -no-: aged parents in new garb
[11128] Koopman, Adrian (1999) : Zulu language change
[11129] Koopman, Adrian (2000) : Morphological interference in Bantu adoptives
[11119] Koopman, Hilda (1983) : The syntax of verbs: from verb movement rules in the Kru languages to universal grammar
[11126] Koopman, Hilda (1992) : On the absence of case chains in Bambara
[11130] Koopman, Hilda (2001) : On the homophony of past tense and imperatives in Kisongo Maasai
[11132] Koopman, Hilda (2003) : Inside the “noun” in Maasai
[11122] Koopman, Hilda & Dominique Sportiche (1989) : Pronouns, logical variables and logophoricity in Abé
[11133] Koops, Robert (1990) : Aspects of the grammar of Kuteb (Nigeria, Jukunoid)
[25325] Koops, Robert (2011) : Focus Pronouns in Kuteb
[25771] Koops, Robert (2009) : A Grammar of Kuteb. A Jukunoid Language of East-Central Nigeria
[23060] Koops, Robert & John Theodor Bendor-Samuel (1974) : The recapitulating pronouns in Kuteb
[27680] Kootz, Anja (2019) : Zur Bedeutung des Begriffes wḥm
[11134] Kopoka, O. B. (1955) : The -e form of the verb in Standard Swahili
[27027] Korsah, Sampson (2017) : Beyond resumptives and expletives in Akan
[11140] Korse, Piet (1999) : Lusoga grammar
[11145] Korshunova, Galina Petrovna (1966) : Prilagatenlyye yazyka Khausa [Hausa adjectives]
[11144] Korshunova, Galina Petrovna & Boris Andreevich Uspensky (1966) : K tipologiyi chastey rechi v Khausa: problem prilagatelnykh [On the typology of word classes in Hausa: the problem of adjectives]
[11147] Korshunova, Galina Petrovna & Boris Andreevich Uspensky (1993) : On the parts of speech typology in Hausa: the problem of the adjective
[11259] Kós-Dienes, Dora (1984) : Sketch of the TMA system[s] of Afrikaans, Akan, Arabic (Tunisian), Tigrinya, Wolof, Yoruba
[11148] Kosack, Wolfgang (1974) : Lehrbuch der Koptischen
[11149] Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1981) : Economy in the verbal relative construction in Northern Sotho
[11150] Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1985) : Die ‘onvoltooidheids-a’ in Noord-Sotho
[11151] Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1987) : A survey of Northern Sotho grammatical descriptions since 1876
[11152] Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1988) : ‘Imperfect tense-a’ of Northern Sotho revisited
[11153] Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1993) : A historical perspective on Northern Sotho linguistics
[11154] Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1998) : Thoughts on suppletion in Northern Sotho
[28713] Kosogorova, Maria (2021) : Word or otherwise? The status of the copula no in Guinean Pular
[24864] Kossmann, Maarten (2006) : Mood/Aspect/Negation Morphemes in Tabelbala Songhay (Algeria)
[24865] Kossmann, Maarten (2007) : The borrowing of aspects as lexical tone classes: y-initial Tuareg verbs in Tasawaq (Northern Songhay)
[24866] Kossmann, Maarten (2007) : Grammatical Borrowing in Tasawaq
[25762] Kossmann, Maarten (2010) : Grammatical notes on the Berber dialect of Igli (Sud oranais, Algeria)
[26047] Kossmann, Maarten (2007) : The borrowing of aspects as lexical tone classes: y-initial Tuareg verbs in Tasawaq (Northern Songhay)
[26617] Kossmann, Maarten (2014) : The Use of the Ventive Marker dd in Figuig Berber Narratives
[27703] Kossmann, Maarten (2009) : On genitive linking in Songhay
[11156] Kossmann, Maarten G. (1989) : L’inaccompli négatif en berbère
[11157] Kossmann, Maarten G. (1994) : Grammaire du berbère de Figuig
[11158] Kossmann, Maarten G. (1997) : Grammaire du parler berbère de Figuig (Maroc oriental)
[11162] Kossmann, Maarten G. (2000?) : Esquisse grammaticale du rifain oriental
[11164] Kossmann, Maarten G. (2003) : Origin of the Berber ‘participle’
[24248] Kotchmar, Ecatherina (2007) : La morphologie des adjectifs en gban
[11168] Kotey, Paul Francis Amon (1999) : New dimensions in African linguistics and languages
[24588] Kotey, Paul Francis Amon (1969) : Syntactic Aspects of the Gã Nominal Phrase
[27336] Kotz, Ernst (2017) : Grammatik des Chasu
[11173] Kotzé, Albert E. (1985) : Herinterpretasie van die betekenis van demonstratiewe in Noord-Sotho
[11177] Kotzé, Albert E. (1988) : Morfologie van nie-predikatiewe woorde en konstruksies in Hananwa
[11180] Kotzé, Albert E. (1992) : Die morfologie van predikatiewe woorde in Hananwa
[11181] Kotzé, Albert E. (1993) : Die kopulatief in Hananwa
[11182] Kotzé, Albert E. (1995) : ’n Fonologiese en morfologiese beskrywing van Lobedu
[11185] Kotzé, Albert E. (2001) : Prominent features of Lobedu nouns and pronouns
[23398] Kotzé, Albert E. (2005) : Towards a morphological analyser for past tense forms in Northern Sotho: verb stems with final ‘m’ and ‘n’
[28073] Kotze, Albert Ewald (1995) : Fonologiese en morfologiese beskrywing van Lobedu
[11170] Kotzé, Ernst Frederick (1977) : ’n Sosiolinguistiese ondersoek na sintaktiese, morfologiese en leksikale afwykings in die Afrikaans van Xhosas
[23399] Kotzé, Petronella Maria (2005) : Towards a finite-state network for Northern Soptho deverbative nouns: the morphosyntactic rules
[15100] Kouadio NʼGuessan, Jérémie (1983) : La morphologie du nom dans les langues Kwa de Côte dʼIvoire
[26762] Kouamé, Yao Emmanuel (2011) : La formation du pluriel en éotilé
[23845] Kouankem, Constantine (2003) : Complex constructions on Bànòò
[25937] Kouankem, Constantine (2012) : Morphological and Phonologically-induced Insertion in Word Reduplication and Syntactic Repetition in Grassfields Bantu
[28421] Kouankem, Constantine (2020) : The Relative Clause in Mə̀dʉ́mbɑ̀ and the Architecture of the Left Periphery
[27015] Kouarata, Guy Noël (2014) : Variations de formes dans la langue mbochi (bantu c25)
[27548] Kouneli, Maria (2019) : The syntax of number and modification: An investigation of the Kipsigis DP
[23319] Kouoh Mboundja, Christian Josué (2004) : Bàlòng (bantu A13): description phonologique et morphologique
[26404] Kourouma, Aly Badara (1989) : Étude du champ sémantique de la dénomination des animaux domestiques en maninka
[11191] Kouwenberg, Silvia & Darlene la Charité (2004) : Echoes of Africa: reduplication in Caribbean creole and Niger-Congo languages
[11194] Koval, Antonina Ivanovna (1976) : Dejstvitel’nye sistemi jazykov Ganda i Ruanda [Active systems in Ganda and Rwanda]
[11197] Koval, Antonina Ivanovna (1994) : Sur la substantivation et pronominalisation sous le jour des donnees d’une langue au systeme pluriclasses
[11198] Koval, Antonina Ivanovna & Boureïma A. Gnalibouly (1997) : Glagol fula v tipologicheskom osveshchenii [A typological study of the Fula verb]
[11195] Koval, Antonina Ivanovna , Victor Alexeevich Vinogradov & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (Ed) (1979) : Morfonologiia i morfologiia klassov slov v iazykakh Afriki: imia, mestoimenei
[23635] Kozelka, Paul Robert (1980) : Ewe (for Togo): grammar handbook
[23689] Kozelka, Paul Robert (1980) : Ewe (for Togo): communication and culture handbook
[23694] Kozelka, Paul Robert & Yao Ete Agbovi (1980) : Ewe (for Togo): special skills handbook
[27361] Kparou, Hanoukoume Cyril (2014) : Propriétés morphosyntaxiques des idéophones en lama
[26340] Kpodo, Pascal (2013) : An Acoustic Analysis of Siwu Vowels
[27934] Kpoglu, Promise Dodzi (2019) : Possessive constructions in Tongugbe, an Ewe dialect
[28433] Kpoglu, Promise Dodzi (2021) : On Kinship Terms and Adnominal Possessive Constructions: Insights from Tongugbe a Riverine Dialect of Ewe
[26760] Kra, Kouakou Appoh Enoc (2009) : La sémantique des classes et genres nominaux dans les langues Gur, l'exemple du koulango
[11260] Kraal, Peter (1990) : On adjuncts in Shingazidja
[23741] Kraal, Pieter Jacob (2005) : A grammar of Makonde (Chinnima, Tanzania)
[11261] Kraft, Charles H. (1963) : A study of Hausa syntax
[11262] Kraft, Charles H. (1964) : A new study of Hausa syntax
[11263] Kraft, Charles H. (1964) : The morpheme naà in relation to a broader classification of Hausa verbals
[11265] Kraft, Charles H. (1966) : Workbook in intermediate and advanced Hausa (for use with the text “Cultural materials in Hausa”)
[11266] Kraft, Charles H. (1970) : Hausa sai and da: a couple of overworked particles
[11271] Kraft, Charles H. (1974) : Reconstructions of Chadic pronouns I: possessive, object and independent sets - an interim report
[11269] Kraft, Charles H. & Anthony H. M. Kirk-Greene (1973) : Hausa
[11274] Kraft, Charles H. & Anthony H. M. Kirk-Greene (1994) : Teach yourself Hausa: a complete course for beginners
[11270] Kraft, Charles H. & Marguerite G. Kraft (1973) : Introductory Hausa
[11264] Kraft, Charles H. & Salisu Abubakar (1965) : An introduction to spoken Hausa
[25618] Kramer, Raija (2011) : Die Grammatikalisierung von Demonstrativa im Fali
[26494] Kramer, Raija (2014) : Die Sprache der Fali in Nordkamerun: Eine funktionale Beschreibung.
[27966] Kramer, Raija (2018) : The clause-final marker ɓɐ in Fali (Adamawa) – Between Polarity and Orientation
[28006] Kramer, Raija L. (2017) : On locomotion, spatial orientation and lexical aspect – The functional diversity of deictic directional suffixes in Fali (“Adamawa”, North Cameroon)
[26169] Kramer, Ruth (2012) : Differentiating Agreement and Doubled Clitics: Object Markers in Amharic
[11277] Kraska-Szlenk, Iwona (199-) : The directive form in Swahili
[11278] Kraska-Szlenk, Iwona (1992) : From verb to clitic and nominal suffix: the Somali -e, -o nouns
[11283] Krelle, H. (19--) : Grammatik der Dzalamosprache
[11287] Kriegel, Sibylle (1996) : Diathesen im Mauritius- und SeychellenKreol
[11288] Kriegler, René (1997) : Textbasierte Untersuchungen zur verbalen Flexionsmorphologie im Makunduchi (Hadimu)
[11304] Krifka, Manfred (1985) : Word order and word order change in Swahili
[11305] Krifka, Manfred (1987) : Zur semantischen und pragmatischen Motivation sytaktischer Regularitäten: eine Studie zur Wortstellung und Wortstellungsveränderung im Swahili
[11306] Krifka, Manfred (1995) : Swahili
[25561] Kröger, Heidrun (2012) : Nasal assimilation in Mozambican Ngoni
[25963] Kröger, Heidrun (2008) : Algumas notas gramaticais sobre Ngoni
[11373] Kröger, Oliver (1988) : Komplementsätze im Swahili
[25166] Kröger, Olivier (2010) : Discourse function of inverted passives in Makua-Marevone narratives
[11330] Kropacek, Lubos & Hynek Burda (1980) : Svahilsko-cesky a cesko-svahilsky kapesni slovnik se strucnym prehledem svahilske gramatiky
[11333] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1964) : The morphology of the Adangme verb complex
[11340] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1970) : The Adangme verb reconsidered
[11341] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1970) : The categories of the Ga verbal group
[11343] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1971) : The language and structure of an Accra horn and drum text
[11360] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1987) : The Dangme language
[11365] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1996) : Grammar of Gurenne
[11370] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2000) : The particle la in Gurene
[11372] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2004) : Ga clauses without syntactic subjects
[23543] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2003) : Interrogative structures in Farefare
[25223] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2008) : Ga Verb Features
[27767] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (2020) : Kwa
[11349] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (Ed) (1973) : Papers in Ghanaian linguistics (Transactions of the Linguistic Circle of Accra, II)
[11361] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (Ed) (1988) : The languages of Ghana
[11364] Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther & Anthony Joshua Naden (1988) : Mande languages: Bisa
[11387] Krüger, Casper J. H. (1958) : Opmerkings oor Sotho-morfologie
[11389] Krüger, Casper J. H. (1961) : Die sintaktiese struktuur van die enkelvoudige sin in Tswana: ’n ondersoek na die vorming en gebruik van ’n aantal woordgroepsoorte in die enkelvoudige sin
[11390] Krüger, Casper J. H. (1967) : Die struktuur van die woordgroep in Tswana
[11391] Krüger, Casper J. H. (1968) : Subkategorieë van die werkwoord in Tswana
[11392] Krüger, Casper J. H. (1972) : Klassifikasie van kopulatiewe inleidende lede
[11394] Krüger, Casper J. H. (1973) : Woordanalise in Sotho
[11395] Krüger, Casper J. H. (1973) : Some notes on the hierarchy of morphological categories in Tswana nouns and verbs
[11399] Krüger, Casper J. H. (1988) : Comparisons between co-ordination and other semantic relations in Setswana
[22737] Krüger, Casper J. H. (1994) : Notes on morphology with special reference to Tswana
[23784] Krüger, Casper J. H. (2006) : Introduction to the morphology of Setswana
[11396] Krüger, Casper J. H. & J. A. du Plessis (1977) : Die Kgalagadi dialekte van Botswana
[11378] Kruger, W. J. (1970) : Die toonmorfologie van die indikatiewe werkwoord in Suid-Sotho
[11379] Kruger, W. J. (1971) : Die morfologie van werkwoordkategorieë in die Sothotale
[27455] Kruijt, Anne (2018) : The use of the ablative clitic in locative phrases in Iraqw, a Cushitic language of Tanzania
[11381] Kruisheer, Klazien (1994) : Hoofdzin en relatieve bijzin in het Swahili: een onderzoek naar woordvolgorde en zinsposities
[23046] Krüsi, Peter (1978) : Mumuye discourse structure
[26527] Krzyzanowska, Magdalena (2014) : Question about Amharic Questions with yehon: A Tentative Semantic Study
[28068] Kubayi, Sikheto Joe (2013) : Address forms in Xitsonga : a socio-pragmatic perspective
[11403] Kubeka, Isaac Sibusiso (1979) : A preliminary survey of Zulu dialects in Natal and Zululand
[23047] Kuhn, Hanna (1981) : A preliminary phonological analysis of Berom discourse
[11408] Kuijpers, Em. (1922) : Grammaire de la langue haya
[27245] Kukanda, Vatomene (1974) : Esquisse Grammaticale du Kimbundu
[29040] Kula, Nancy & Lutz Marten (2023) : Morphosyntactic variation in Bantu: The case of Setswana
[25575] Kula, Nancy C. (2012) : Nominal compounding and associative phrases in Bemba
[25705] Kula, Nancy C. & Lutz Marten (2010) : Argument Structure and Agency in Bemba Passives
[23258] Kula, Nancy Chongo (2002) : The phonology of verbal derivation in Bemba
[22633] Kula, Nancy Chongo & Rose Meleko Letsholo (Ed) (200-) : African linguistics in the new millenium: linguistic analyses
[11420] Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1993) : The status of the ideophone in Chichewa
[11421] Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1995) : Sound symbolic and grammatical frameworks: a typology of ideophones in Asian and African languages
[11423] Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1996) : Determining the grammatical category of Chichewa ideophones
[11424] Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1997) : The grammatical category of Chichewa ideophones
[11425] Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1997) : Infl-less clauses and cse theory in Chichewa ideophone sentences
[22555] Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (2000) : The ideophone predicate: a case of verbless sentences in Chichewa
[11426] Kulube, K. (1995) : Historical development of some class prefixes in Kalanga
[11428] Kumalo, Mpiyakhe B. (1992) : Traditional and modern forms of address in isiZulu
[11430] Kumbatulu, Sita (1991) : Système verbal dans quelques langues oubanguiennes
[11431] Kunene, Daniel Pune (1951) : Comparative study of the deficient verb in Sotho
[11434] Kunene, Daniel Pune (1965) : The ideophone in Southern Sotho
[11435] Kunene, Daniel Pune (1971) : Special deverbative nouns used as eulogues in Sesotho
[11439] Kunene, Daniel Pune (1978) : The ideophone in Southern Sotho
[11437] Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1974) : Nominalization in Zulu
[11438] Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1975) : Zulu pronouns and the structure of discourse
[11441] Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1986) : Acquisition of siSwati noun classes
[11443] Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1987) : A re-examination of some aspects of the benefactive (applied) extension in Swati
[11447] Kuperus, Julianna (1978) : Esquisse du système verbale de l’oro du Nigéria
[11448] Kuperus, Julianna (1982) : The morphology of (Ba-)Londo verb tenses
[11450] Kuperus, Julianna & Antoinette Mpunga wa Ilunga (1990) : Locative markers in Luba
[11451] Kuraogo, P. (1976) : Serial verb constructions and some aspects of Moore grammar: towards a case grammar solution for serialisation
[11452] Kurylowicz, Jerzy (1972) : Studies in Semitic grammar and metrics
[28248] Kusmer, Leland Paul (2019) : Prosody & the conjoint/disjoint alternation in Tshivenḓa
[11469] Küsters, Meinulf (193-) : Kibena Grammatik
[11470] Küsters, Meinulf (193-) : Kipangwa Grammatik, mit Uebungstücke
[11453] Kuteva, Tania A. (1999) : On ‘sit’/‘stand’/‘lie’ auxiliation
[11454] Kuteva, Tania A. (2001) : Areal grammaticalization: the case of the Bantu-Nilotic borderland
[11455] Kutik, Elanah J. (1983) : Noun class assignment of English loanwords in Kikuyu
[11457] Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (1985) : The tones of the Ebrié associative construction
[11463] Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (1994) : Ngiti: a Central-Sudanic language of Zaïre
[11464] Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (2003) : Bila (D32)
[28571] Kutsch Lojenga, Constance (2019) : Zimba D26
[24944] Kutsch-Lojenga, Constance (2007) : Coreference in Ngiti
[11467] Kuznetsov, P. S. (1965) : K voprosu o vydelenii imennykh klassov v suahili [On the problem of number of noun classes in Swahili]
[11468] Kuznetsov, P. S. (1968) : Zametki o strukturnych svjazjach v predelach sistemy soglasnych fonem, na materiale jazyka Ganda [Notes on the structural relations in the consonantal phoneme system, on material of the Ganda language]
[25465] Kuznetsova, Natalia (2010) : Series of personal pronouns in Guro
[28518] Kuznetsova, Natalia (2021) : Phonological wordhood issues in Guro (South Mande)
[25466] Kuznetsova, Olga (2010) : Transformation of a post-verbal pronoun in Guro into a tonal morpheme
[27135] Kuznetsova, Olga & Daria Mishchenko (2017) : Verbal Systems of Mande Languages: An Intra-genetic Typological Approach
[28517] Kuznetsova, Olga & Natalia Kuznetsova (2021) : Dictionnaire gouro-français
[22562] Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1999) : L’expression du temps chez les Bapunu du sud-Gabon
[11480] Kwofie, Emmanuel N. (1997) : An introduction to the description of the varieties of French in Africa
[11483] Kwon, Joung-Mi (1995) : Possession im Swahili
[11485] Kyota, Kutumisa B. (1999) : Eleménts morphologiques et morphotonologiques dans la construction d’un énoncé yaka
[22558] Kyota, Kutumisa B. (1986) : Eleménts morphologiques et morphotonologiques dans la construction d’un énoncé yaka
[22738] Laas, J. A. M. (1974) : Woordbou e woordanalise in Suid-Sotho
[23918] Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1986) : Éléments de grammaire otetela
[23919] Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1988) : Grammaire losindanga
[23921] Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1986) : Grammaire de la langue tetela
[22563] Labaere, Raphael (1997) : Du grouoe complétif à la proposition connectivale en tetela
[11493] Labatut, Roger (1973) : Le parler d’un groupe de peuls nomades (Nord-Cameroun): les WoDaaBe Hoorewaalde Dageeja biBBi Bii Siroma
[11494] Labatut, Roger (1976/82) : La phrase peule et ses transformations
[11499] Labatut, Roger (1990) : La négation en pulaar
[25118] Labatut, Roger (1981) : Remarques sur lʼaccompli peul
[11497] Labatut, Roger , D. MʼBodj & M. Aliou (1987) : Jam tan: initiation à la langue peule
[26304] Labelle, Marie (2008) : Pronominal object markers in Bantu and Romance
[11504] Labouret, Henri (1952) : La langue des peuls ou foulbé
[11514] Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1967) : Quelques aspects de la désintégration d’un système classificatoire (peul du sud de l’Adamawa)
[11520] Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1972) : La division du temps chez les peuls de l’Adamawa
[11522] Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1981) : Le peul
[11519] Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (Ed) (1972) : L’expression du temps dans quelques langues de l’ouest africain: études lexicales
[11528] Ladefoged, Peter , Ruth Moser Glick & Clive Criper (1972) : Language in Uganda
[11544] Lafage, Suzanne (1985) : Français écrit et parlé en pays éwé: sud-Togo
[11549] Lafkioui, Mena (1996) : La négation en tarifit
[11550] Lafkioui, Mena (2001) : Typologie des assertions affirmatives non-verbales du rifain: approche de syntaxe intégrée
[25627] Lafkioui, Mena (2011) : Études de la variation et de la structuration linguistiques et sociolinguistiques en berbère du Rif
[25763] Lafkioui, Mena (2010) : La topicalisation en berbère – formes et structures
[25845] Lafkioui, Mena (2009) : Analyses dialectométriques du lexique berbère du Rif
[25883] Lafkioui, Mena (2008) : Variation géolinguistique berbère du Rif: le cas des indices personnels verbaux
[27634] Lafkioui, Mena , Ernest Nshemezimana & Koen Bostoen (2016) : Cleft Constructions and Focus in Kirundi
[11551] Lafon, Michel (1982) : Brève présentation du système verbal et du fonctionnement d’un auxiliaire en shingazidja
[11552] Lafon, Michel (1984) : Régularité et irrégularité dans le système verbal du shingazidja (grand-comorien): la voyelle finale des thèmes verbaux (avec des références au swahili)
[11553] Lafon, Michel (1985) : Un procédé d’emphase en shingazidja
[11557] Lafon, Michel (1989) : Le comorien: essai de stratification linguistique
[11559] Lafon, Michel (1990) : La négation dans la prédication en shingazidja (grand-comorien)
[11562] Lafon, Michel (1994) : Shona class 5 revisited: a case against *ri- as class 5 nominal prefix
[11563] Lafon, Michel (1997) : L’expression de la qualité en shingazidja les adjectifs
[24457] Lafon, Michel, & Ntombi Nkoe (2006) : Zulu beginners manual
[11564] Lagae, C. R. (1921) : La langue des Azandé, I: grammaire, exercises, légendes
[11567] Lahaie, Karen (1985) : The ma- prefix in Afroasiatic
[26043] Lahrouchi, Mohamed (2008) : A Templatic Approach to Gemination in the Imperfective Stem of Tashlhiyt Berber
[11577] Lakna, Ph. (1---) : Grammaire et dictionnaire français-susu et susu-français
[28551] Laman, Karl Edward (1912) : Grammar of the Kongo Language
[11589] Lambdin, Thomas (1978) : Introduction to classical Ethiopic (Ge‘ez)
[11590] Lambdin, Thomas (1984) : Introduction to Sahidic Coptic
[23466] Lambert-Brétière, Renée (2001) : Identification des propriétés syntaxiques des constructions sérielles en fon
[24876] Lambert-Brétière, Renée (2005) : Les constructions sérielles en fon - Approche typologique
[28045] Lambert-Brétière, Renée (2017) : La multifonctionnalité des conjonctions bó et bɔ en fon
[11594] Lambert, H. E. (1952) : The Vumba verb
[11595] Lambert, H. E. (1955) : The -e verb ending in archaic Swahili
[11596] Lambert, H. E. (1957) : Ki-vumba: a dialect of the southern Kenya coast
[11597] Lambert, H. E. (1958) : Chi-chifundi: a dialect of the southern Kenya coast
[11598] Lambert, H. E. (1958) : Chi-jomvu and Ki-ngare: subdialects of the Mombasa area
[11600] Lambert, H. E. (1965) : The archaic perfect tense in Swahili
[11605] Lamberti, Marcello (1983) : The origin of the focus particles in Somali
[11617] Lamberti, Marcello (1993) : Materialen zum Yemsa
[11618] Lamberti, Marcello (1993) : Die Shinassha-Sprache: Materialen zum Boro
[11621] Lamberti, Marcello (1996) : A few remarks on verb derivation in Yemsa
[11626] Lamberti, Marcello (1999) : The pronouns of the 1st and 2nd person in Cushitic and their reconstruction
[11627] Lamberti, Marcello (2001) : The expression of prepositional phrases in Bilin
[11623] Lamberti, Marcello & Livia Tonelli (1997) : The noun system of Bilin
[11622] Lamberti, Marcello & Roberto Sottile (1997) : The Wolaytta language
[27479] Lamidi, M. T. (2017) : The Syntax of Multi-Word Expressions in Yorulish Code-Mixing
[11632] Lammond, William (1923) : Lessons in Bemba, being one hundred easy graded lessons
[11635] Lammond, William (1957) : Lessons in Bemba
[22795] Lammond, William (1953) : Lessons in Bemba
[11636] Lamothe, [Père] Charles (1966) : Esquisse du système grammatical lobi
[28125] Lamoureaux, Siri (2020) : Ethnic nationalism and gendered morality in the semiotic construction of the Moro language of Sudan
[6508] Lamoureaux, Siri van Dorn (2004) : Applicative constructions in Maasai
[27392] Lampitelli, Nicola (2017) : Pluralization, feminization and pitch accent in Djibouti Somali nouns
[11637] Lamy, Pierre (1951) : Le nombre et le genre dans la langue lélé
[11638] Lamzoudi, Mohamed (1996) : Initiation au dialecte berbere “Tachelhit” (français et arabe)
[27033] Landman, Meredith (2017) : Quantification in Logoori
[28261] Landman, Meredith (2019) : Nominal quantification in Kipsigis
[28839] Landman, Meredith & Rodrigo Ranero (2018) : Focus Marking in Kuria
[11646] Lang, Jürgen (1990) : A categoria número no crioulo caboverdiano
[11647] Lang, Jürgen (1991) : Die Kategorie Numerus im kapverdischen Kreol
[11648] Lang, Jürgen (1993) : Das Verbalsystem des kapverdischen Kreols (Variante von Santiago)
[11649] Lang, Jürgen (1994) : O interesse da linguística pelo crioulo de Cabo Verde
[11650] Lang, Jürgen (1994) : Estruturas eventualmente africanas no crioulo de Cabo Verde (Santiago)
[11651] Lang, Jürgen (1997) : O interesse da linguística pelo crioulo de Cabo Verde
[11652] Lang, Jürgen (1999) : O pronome pessoal átono da primeira pessoa do singular e a nasalidade no crioulo de Santiago (Cabo Verde)
[11653] Lang, Jürgen (2000) : Centre africain et périphérie portugaise dans le créole santiagais du Cap Vert
[11654] Lang, Jürgen (2001) : Le problème de l’origine du créole de de Santiago (Cap Vert)
[11644] Lang, Karl (1925) : Repetition, Reduplikation und Lautmalerei in der Somalisprache
[28048] Langa da Câmara, Crisófia (2018) : A selecção do vP cause em Nyungwe: uma análise à luz de Pylkkänen
[11658] Langa, David (2001) : Reduplicação verbal em Xichangana
[11660] Lange, Ron A. (1996) : Grammaticalization in Nawuri
[26950] Langhout, Bep (2015) : Grammar Sketch of the Sari Language: Noun Classes
[11663] Lanham, Leonard Walter (1953) : The copulative construction in Bantu with special reference to Zulu
[11664] Lanham, Leonard Walter (1955) : A study of Gitonga of Inhambane
[11668] Lanham, Leonard Walter (1958) : The grammatical structure of Zulu - Notes and news
[11671] Lanham, Leonard Walter (1963) : Teaching English pronunciation in southern Africa
[11675] Lanham, Leonard Walter (1967) : The pronunciation of South African English: a phonetic-phonemic introduction
[11677] Lanham, Leonard Walter (1971) : The noun as a deep-structure source for Nguni adjectives and relatives
[11665] Lanham, Leonard Walter & D. P. Hallowes (1956) : An outline of the structure of eastern Bushman
[11666] Lanham, Leonard Walter & D. P. Hallowes (1956) : Linguistic relationships and contacts expressed in the vocabulary of eastern Bushman
[11679] Lanham, Leonard Walter & Karel P. Prinsloo (Ed) (1978) : Language and communication studies in South Africa: current issues and directions in research and inquiry
[11691] Laoust, Emile (1928) : Cours de berbère marocain
[11693] Laoust, Emile (1936) : Cours de berbère marocain: dialectes du Sous du Haut et de l’Anti-Atlas
[11694] Laoust, Emile (1939) : Dialecte du Maroc central
[11695] Laoust, Emile (1939) : Cours de berbère marocain: dialectes du Maroc central (Zemmour, Beni Mtir, Beni Mguild, Zayan, Aït Sgoougou, Ichqern)
[11700] Larimore, Nancy Kaufman (1976) : A comparison of predicate complementation in Krio and English
[11701] Larisch, Klaus (1989) : Phonologische Prozesse bei der Bildung der Nominalklassen im Ful: eine EDV-gestützte Analyse von Sprachmaterial aus dem Futa-Toro-Bergland (Senegal)
[11702] Larkins, Hennah & Ellen Lombard (1999) : Die funksie en optrede van hoofwerkwoorde in Afrikaans
[11704] Laroche, Edouard Gasarabwe (1992) : Parlons kinyarwanda-kirundi: langue et culture
[11709] Larochette, Joseph (1956) : La détermination du nom dans les langues soudanaises du Congo Belge
[11710] Larochette, Joseph (1958) : Grammaire des dialectes mangbetu et medje, suivie d’un manuel de conversation et d’un lexique
[11714] Larochette, Joseph (1967) : A propos de la fonction et de l’origine des classes nominales dans les langues négro-africaines
[11718] Larsen, Iver A. (1991) : Sabaot noun classification
[25239] Larson, Martha (2010) : The Empty Subject Construction: Verb Serialization in Baule
[11727] Lasebikan, Ebenezer Latunde (1958) : Learning Yoruba
[11736] Lass, Roger (2004) : South African English
[11731] Lass, Roger & Susan Wright (1986) : Endogeny vs. contact: ‘Afrikaans influence’ on South African English
[11770] Lässig, Robert (1928) : Die Kussassi-Sprache im Westsudan
[11737] Lassort, P. (1952) : Grammaire guerzé
[11738] Last, Marco (1995) : Aspects of Chai grammar
[11739] Last, Marco & Deborah Lucassen (1998) : A gammatical sketch of Chai, a southeastern Surmic language
[26837] LaTerza, Chris , Morgan Rood , Dustin Chacón , Ruth Kramer & Jen Johnson (2015) : New Puzzles for Shifting Indexicals: An Amharic Case Study
[11743] Laughren, Mary (1973) : Analyse plérématique du tyebari (un dialecte sénoufo)
[11744] Laughren, Mary (1976) : Serial verbs
[11745] Laughren, Mary (1976) : Le nom en palaka
[11746] Laughren, Mary (1984) : Tone in Zulu nouns
[11747] Laughton, William Henry (1958) : Teachers’ handbook on language study (Meru) in standard IV for Meru schools in Kenya
[11748] Laughton, William Henry (1965) : Teaching notes for the Meru standard I reader ‘Twiteni tukathome’
[11749] Launhardt, Johannes (1973) : Guide to learning the Oromo language
[11755] Lavoie, Louise (1995) : De l’ergativité en berbère
[11758] Law-Ryan, Fr. (1---) : Grammar of the Acholi
[11757] Law, Paul & Claire Lefebvre (1995) : On the relationship between event determiners and predicate cleft in the Kwa languages: the case of Fongbe
[11756] Law, Paul & T. Veenstra (1992) : On empty operators in serial verb constructions
[24694] Lawal, Nike S. (2006) : Yoruba Pronominal Anaphor ́un and the Binding Theory
[11760] Lawal, S. Adenike (1986) : Some Yoruba quantifier words and semantic interpretations
[11761] Lawal, S. Adenike (1987) : Yoruba relativisation and the continuous segment principle
[11762] Lawal, S. Adenike (1989) : Some Yoruba quantifier words and semantic interpretations: a reply to a critique
[11763] Lawal, S. Adenike (1991) : Yoruba pe and ki: verbs or complementizers
[11764] Lawal, S. Adenike (1993) : The Yoruba serial verb construction: a complex or simple sentence?
[11768] Lax, Beverie Michaele (1996) : The verbal system of Kigiryama
[28058] Le Roux, J.C. (2009) : A grammatical analysis of the Tswana adverbial
[24246] Le Saout, Joseph (2003) : Faits de dérivation nominale en gban
[11771] Leakey, Louis Seymour Bazett (1959) : First lessons in Kikuyu
[11780] Leben, William Ronald (1977) : Parsing Hausa plurals
[11781] Leben, William Ronald (1977) : Doubling and reduplication in Hausa plurals
[11776] Leben, William Ronald (Ed) (1974) : Proceedings of the 5th annual conference on African linguistics
[11778] Leben, William Ronald & Dauda Muhammad Bagari (1975) : A note on the base form of the Hausa verb
[23884] Lebika, Francine Ngantcho (2003) : Verb morphology and the structure of IP in Mpumpung
[12147] Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1985) : Tonologie, Phonologie und Morphosyntax des Kabiye
[12149] Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1991) : Les constructions possessives prédicatives et nominales en kabiye
[12151] Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1994) : Les tons du verbe kabiyè dans les formes de l’inaccompli
[12152] Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1998) : Les verbes arguments prominents et arguments symetriques, et la forme stimuli-passive en kabiye
[12153] Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1999) : Grammaire kabiyè: une analyse systématique. Phonologie, tonologie et morphosyntaxe
[12154] Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (2000) : Les constraintes exercées par les propriétés sémantiques des verbes dans la dérivation et au niveau des catégories TAM
[22409] Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (2003) : Réanalyse: le trait locatif latent dans les substantifs et ses implications semantico-syntaxiques
[26275] Lébikaza, Kézié Koyenzi (1996-7) : Les locatifs relationnels en kabiye: Leur propriétés semantiques et morphosyntaxiques
[11794] Lebzelter, Viktor (1936) : Zur Kindesprache der Oondonga (Amboland, Südwestafrika)
[11797] Lecarme, Jacqueline (1984) : On Somali complement constructions
[11798] Lecarme, Jacqueline (1991) : Focus en somali: syntaxe et interprétation
[11799] Lecarme, Jacqueline (1995) : L’accord restrictif en somali
[11801] Lecarme, Jacqueline (1996) : Tense in the nominal system: the Somali DP
[11802] Lecarme, Jacqueline (1999) : Focus in Somali
[11804] Lecarme, Jacqueline (2002) : Gender ‘polarity’: theoretical aspects of Somali nominal morphology
[11805] Lecarme, Jacqueline (Ed) (2003) : Research in Afroasiatic grammar II: selected papers from the fifth conference on Afroasiatic languages, Paris, 2000
[11800] Lecarme, Jacqueline , Jean Lowenstamm & Ur Shlonsky (Ed) (1996) : Studies in Afro-Asiatic grammar: papers from the second conference on Afroasiatic languages Sophia Antipolis 1994
[11803] Lecarme, Jacqueline , Jean Lowenstamm & Ur Shlonsky (Ed) (2000) : Research in Afro-Asiatic grammar: papers from the third conference on Afroasiatic languages, Sophia Antipolis, 1996
[11807] Lecomte, Ernesto (1935) : Pequeno método português-cuanhama: pequeno método de aprender português para uso dos povos do cuanhama (sul de Angola)
[11808] Lecomte, Ernesto (1935) : Pequeno método de aprender português para uso dos povos do cuanhama (sul de Angola)
[11809] Lecomte, Ernesto (1938) : Elementos de gramática ganguela
[11811] Lecomte, Ernesto (1962) : Método prático de língua Mbundu, falada no distrito de Benguela
[11812] Lecoste, Baudouin (1947) : Étude sur l’origine de suffixe ‘habituel’ -ka- en kingwana
[11815] Lecoste, Baudouin (1954) : Le Ngwana, variété du Swahili
[11818] Lecoste, Baudouin (1960) : A grammatical study of two recordings of Belgian-Congo Swahili
[22615] Lee, Youngjoo (2003) : Serial verb constructions in Buli
[11825] Leeman, Bernard & informants (1994) : Ongamoi (KiNgassa): a Nilotic remnant of Kilimanjaro
[11824] Leeman, Bernard & Trilas Lauwo (1993) : Chagga. A course in the Vunjo dialect of the Kichagga language of Kilimanjaro, Tanzania: basic grammar, structural drills, elementary comprehension
[24564] Leenhouts, Inge (1983) : Téén verbs and the function of tense-aspect in narrative discourse
[22924] Leenhouts, Ingeborg C. (1978) : Overlay in Loron discourse
[22927] Leenhouts, Ingeborg C. (1983) : Function of the verb in Tenhe narrative discourse
[22935] Leenhouts, Ingeborg C. & Evelyn G. Pike (1978) : From clause to morpheme classes of Ténhé in tagmemic notation
[11828] Lefebvre, Claire (1990) : Establishing a syntactic category P in Fon
[11829] Lefebvre, Claire (1991) : Take serial verb constructions in Fon
[11830] Lefebvre, Claire (1991) : On the distribution of clausal w< in Fongbe
[11831] Lefebvre, Claire (1992) : AGR in languages without person and number agreement: the case of the clausal determiner in Haitian and Fon
[11833] Lefebvre, Claire (1992) : On the availability of predicate cleft in natural languages
[11834] Lefebvre, Claire (1992) : New facts from fongbe on the double object constructions
[11835] Lefebvre, Claire (1993) : Le clivage de prédicat: essai typologie
[11836] Lefebvre, Claire (1995) : PPs headed by the Fon preposition nÚ ‘to’ are syntactic adjuncts
[11837] Lefebvre, Claire (1995) : Les marqueurs préverbaux du fongbe et du créole haïtien: étude de sémantique comparative
[22692] Lefebvre, Claire (2004) : Coordinating constructions in Fongbe with reference to Haitian Creole
[23426] Lefebvre, Claire (1990) : Double objects in Fon
[11832] Lefebvre, Claire (Ed) (1992) : Topics on the syntax and semantics of Fongbe
[11838] Lefebvre, Claire & Anne-Marie Brousseau (2002) : A grammar of Fongbe
[11826] Lefebvre, Claire & Isabelle Haïk (Ed) (19--) : Niger-Congo syntax and semantics 2
[11839] Lefèbvre, Gustave (1940) : Grammaire de l’égyptien classique
[26154] Leffel, Timothy (2012) : Modality and Future Reference in Masalit
[11840] Leger, Jean (1971) : Grammaire dogon: tomo kan
[11841] Leger, Rudolf (1989) : Mediale Verben im Tschadischen? Eine Fallstudie anhand des Kwami
[11842] Leger, Rudolf (1990) : Monoradical verbs in Kupto
[11843] Leger, Rudolf (1990) : Monoradical verbs in Kwami
[11844] Leger, Rudolf (1991) : Grammatische Analyse einer Herkunftserzählung der Kupto
[11846] Leger, Rudolf (1994) : Eine Grammatik der Kwami-Sprache (Nordostnigeria)
[11847] Leger, Rudolf (1994) : Die Geschichte der Kwami nach einer Erzählung von Yerma Bube mit grammatischer Erläuterungen
[11849] Leger, Rudolf (1998) : Noun classes in Fulfulde
[11850] Leger, Rudolf (1998) : Grammatical gender in some southern Bole-Tangale languages: Kwami, Kupto, Kushi and Piya
[27276] Leger, Rudolf (2014) : Some observations on typological features in languages of the Bole-Tangale group
[25321] Leger, Rudolf & Ulrike Zoch (2011) : Intransitive Copy Pronouns in Chadic
[11856] Legère, Karsten (1973) : [Contrastive sketch of post-nominal constructions in Kiswahili and parts of speech in German]
[11859] Legère, Karsten (1974) : [Kiswahili pattern drills]
[11871] Legère, Karsten (1986) : Muundo wa sentenso za Kiswhahili [Kiswahili sentence structure]
[28007] Legère, Karsten (2017) : Empowering national languages – The Bantu language area
[11912] Leguil, A. (1987) : Les quatre inaccomplis du touareg de l’Adhag
[11914] Lehman, Christina (1977) : Imperatives
[23222] Lehmann, Christian (1982) : Universal and typological aspects of agreement
[23779] Lehr, Marianne , James E. Redden & Adama Balima (1966) : Moré basic course
[11925] Leibbrandt, Richard & Frank Bokhorst (1999) : An investigation of a lexical segmentation strategy for Afrikaans
[11929] Leitch, Myles Francis (1994) : Babole
[11932] Leitch, Myles Francis (2003) : Babole (C101)
[22822] Leitch, Myles Francis (2000) : Negation and existential quantification in Babole
[11935] Leith-Ross, Sylvia (1922) : Fulani grammar
[11936] Lekens, P. Benjamin (1923) : Spraakkunst der Ngbanditaal
[11940] Lelièvre, [Révérend] [Père] (1---) : Grammaire et vocabulaire Tem
[11941] Lemaréchal, Alain (1985) : Substantivité et parties du discours en kinyarwanda: le problème du prépréfixe (ou augment) dans les langues bantoues
[11943] Lemeshko, B. G. (1966) : Sprazheniye glagola v yazyke Khausa [Hausa verbal conjugation]
[11944] Lemeshko, B. G. (1969) : Stativ v yazyke Khausa [Stative in the Hausa language]
[11945] Lemeshko, B. G. (1971) : Ob otricaniyi v yazyke Khausa [On negation in Hausa]
[27569] Lemmi Kebebew Gnarie (2018) : Grammatical Description and Documentation of Bayso
[11948] Lenake, J. M. (1968) : Prof. C. M. Doke’s treatment of the indicative mood on Southern Sotho
[11950] Lenssen, T. (1984) : Studien zum Verb im Kwang
[11952] Leonard, Robert Andrew (1980) : Swahili e, ka and nge as signals of meaning
[11953] Leonard, Robert Andrew (1982) : The semantic system of deixis in standard Swahili
[11955] Leonessa, Mauro da (1928) : Grammatica analitica della lingua tigray
[16877] Leopold, Robert S. (1996) : Loma - English lexicon (Wubomai Dialect)
[11959] Lepota, Biki (2002) : Exploring the ‘conditional mood’ in Northern Sotho
[11960] Lerbak, Anna E. (19--) : Lessons in Uruund of Mwant’ Yamvu
[11967] Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1977) : Morphologie et classes nominales en mankon (Cameroun)
[11968] Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1979) : A la recherche de tons perdus: structure tonale du nom en Ngemba
[11969] Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1980) : The Ngemba group: Mankon, Bagangu, Mundum I, Bafut, Nkwen, Bambui, Pinyin, Awing
[11970] Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1982) : Extensions en mankon, langue bantoue de Grassfields
[11971] Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1983) : Système locatif mankon et classes locatives proto-bantoues
[11972] Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1983) : Notes sur l’expression de la localisation en yamba
[11975] Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (1997) : Qualification en mankon, langue bantoue des Grassfields
[24770] Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier] (2007) : Le mankon : Langue bantoue des Grassfields (Province Nord-Ouest du Cameroun)
[28194] Lesage, Jakob (2020) : A grammar and lexicon of Kam (àŋwɔ̀m), a Niger-Congo langage of central eastern Nigeria
[11981] Leslau, Wolf (19--) : Hypothesis on a Proto-Semitic marker of the imperfect in Gurage
[11985] Leslau, Wolf (1939) : Essai de reconstitution des désinences verbales du tigrigna (éthiopien septentrional)
[11986] Leslau, Wolf (1939) : La thème verbal fréquentatif dans les langues éthiopiennes
[11987] Leslau, Wolf (1941) : Documents tigrigna (éthiopien septentrional): grammaire et textes
[11990] Leslau, Wolf (1945) : Gafat documents: records of a South-Ethiopic language (grammar, text and comparative vocabulary)
[11991] Leslau, Wolf (1945) : Short grammar of Tigré
[11993] Leslau, Wolf (1945) : Verb in Tigré
[11995] Leslau, Wolf (1948) : Le problème de la gémination du verbe tchaha (gouragué)
[11996] Leslau, Wolf (1948) : Supplementary observations on Tigré grammar
[11999] Leslau, Wolf (1949) : An Ethiopian merchant’s argot
[12000] Leslau, Wolf (1949) : Notes de grammaire et d’étymologie éthiopiennes
[12006] Leslau, Wolf (1953) : The imperfect in South-East Semitic
[12007] Leslau, Wolf (1954) : Le type verbal qatälä en éthiopien méridional
[12009] Leslau, Wolf (1956) : Étude descriptive et comparative du gafat (éthiopien méridional)
[12015] Leslau, Wolf (1957) : Une hypothèse sur la forme primitive du type B en amharique
[12021] Leslau, Wolf (1958) : The verb in Harari (South Ethiopic)
[12032] Leslau, Wolf (1959) : The imperfect in South-East Semitic
[12036] Leslau, Wolf (1961) : Echo-words in Ethiopic
[12040] Leslau, Wolf (1964) : The jussive in Chaha
[12042] Leslau, Wolf (1964) : Observations on a study on the Ethiopian quasriracidals
[12043] Leslau, Wolf (1965) : Gleanings in Harari grammar ; part 1
[12044] Leslau, Wolf (1965) : An Amharic conversation book
[12047] Leslau, Wolf (1966) : Characteristics of the Ethiopic language group of Semitic languages (supplement)
[12050] Leslau, Wolf (1967) : The impersonal in Chaha
[12052] Leslau, Wolf (1967) : The jussive in Eza
[12055] Leslau, Wolf (1968) : The expression of the future in the Ethiopian languages
[12056] Leslau, Wolf (1968) : An archaic vowel of the jussive in Gurage, Gafat and Harari
[12057] Leslau, Wolf (1969) : The pseudo-gerundive in Chaha
[12061] Leslau, Wolf (1969) : The negative particle in Arabic and [schwa] in Ethiopic
[12084] Leslau, Wolf (1995) : Reference grammar of Amharic
[12085] Leslau, Wolf (1997) : Ethiopic documents: Argobba, grammar and dictionary
[12090] Leslau, Wolf (2000) : Introductory grammar of Amharic
[12092] Leslau, Wolf (2004) : The verb in Masqan as compared with other Gurage dialects
[23653] Leslau, Wolf (1969) : An Amharic reference grammar
[12083] Leslau, Wolf (Ed) (1992) : Gurage studies: collected articles
[26285] Lesley-Neuman, Diane (2012) : Morpho-phonological levels and grammaticalization in Karimojong: A review of the evidence
[12103] Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1936) : Bantu grammatical classification and linguistic nomenclature
[12106] Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1938) : Locative-class nouns and formatives in Sotho
[12108] Letele, Gladstone Llewellyn (1945) : The noun-class prefix in the Sotho group of Bantu languages
[12111] Lethem, G. (1920) : Colloquial Arabic: Shuwa dialect of Bornu, Nigeria and of the region of Lake Chad; grammar and vocabulary with some proverbs and songs
[29046] Letsholo-Tafila, Rose (2023) : Syntactic properties of Ikalanga infinitives
[26023] Letsholo, Rose (2011) : The syntactic distribution of argument and adjunct question word constructions in Ikalanga
[26035] Letsholo, Rose (2009) : The ‘forgotten’ structure of Ikalanga relatives
[26327] Letsholo, Rose (2012) : Object Markers in Ikalanga
[28548] Letsholo, Rose (2006) : Ikalanga: A Grammar Sketch
[28224] Letsholo, Rose & Ken Safir (2019) : Complement clause C-agreement beyond subject phi-agreement in Ikalanga
[24695] Letsholo, Rose M. (2006) : WH Constructions in Ikalanga: A Remnant Movement Analysis
[23544] Letsholo, Rose Meleko (2002) : Syntactic domains in Ikalanga
[23704] Letsholo, Rose Meleko (2004) : Clausal and DP-internal agreement in Ikalanga
[28041] Letsholor, Rose M. (2016) : Question Formation in ǁGana, a Khoesan Language
[22799] Letsʼeng, ʼMakhauta C. (1994/95) : Les tiroirs verbaux du sesotho: formes simples et formes complexes
[12116] Levergood, Barbara Jo (1987) : Topics in Arusa phonology and morphology
[12117] Levergood, Barbara Jo (1989) : Arusa (Maa) phrasal tonology
[22985] Levinsohn, Stephen H. (2003) : Some observations on the storyline status of gerunds in Koorete (Omotic)
[12121] Levinsohn, Stephen H. (Ed) (1994) : Discourse features of ten languages of west-central Africa
[12157] Lévy-Bruhl, Lucien (1929) : La numération chez les Bergdama
[12128] Lewis, [Reverend] A. (1955) : Unpublished notes on Pare grammar
[12131] Lewis, Marshall (1985) : Relative clauses in Anlo Ewe
[12134] Lewis, Marshall (1992) : Verb serialization in Gen and the structure of events
[12132] Lewis, Marshall & W. Masters (1987) : Better English: a handbook of common errors
[12138] Lewy, Ernst (1922) : Zu den Nebensätzen des Nama-Hottentottischen
[12142] Lexa, F. (1947/49) : Grammaire démotique
[27798] Leyew, Zelealem (2020) : Kolisi
[12143] Leynseele, Hélène van (1975) : Restrictions on serial verbs in Anyi
[12144] Leynseele, Hélène van (1977) : An outline of Libinza grammar
[12163] Lida, E. (1970/71) : Etude grammaticale de la langue logo
[12173] Ligembe, Nestory N. (2000) : The verbal movement tansformation rule in Luo
[12176] Lim, François (1997) : Description linguistique du kare (phonologie, syntaxe)
[23902] Limnyuy, Frida Kong (2004) : A generative approach to the verb morphology of Samba Leeko
[27876] Lind Sørensen, Marie-Louise & Alena Witzlack-Makarevich (2020) : Clausal complementation in Ruuli (Bantu, JE103)
[12184] Lindblom, [Karl] Gerhard (1926) : Notes on Kamba grammar, with two appendices: “Kamba names of persons, places, animals and plants” and “Salutations”
[25302] Lindblom, Gerhard (1914) : Outlines of a Tharaka Grammar, with a list of words and specimens of the language
[12189] Lindfors, Anna-Lena (2003) : The ku-marker in Swahili
[12190] Lindhé, Linda , Ɔsa Bergström & Helene Davidsson (1999) : Iká: en typologisk studie
[12191] Lindsey, Geoffrey Alan (1985) : Intonation and interrogation: tonal structure and the expression of a pragmatic function in English and other languages
[12193] Liner, Elsa Louise Cooler (1977) : Restrictive and non-restrictive relative clauses in Swahili
[12194] Liner, Elsa Louise Cooler (1978) : A set constraints in the grammars of English and Swahili
[22925] Link, Christa (1978) : Units in Wobe discourse
[12200] Liphola, Marcelino (1991) : Tom, entoação, e acento de intensidade na língua Si-Makonde: bases para um estudo morfológico
[22801] Lipou, Antoine (1983) : Du statut des “concordial elements” dans les langues bantu
[27078] Littig, Sabine (2017) : Linguistische Beschreibung des Kolbila - Eine Adamawasprache der Nordregion Kameruns
[28142] Littig, Sabine (2020) : Adpositional expression of spatiality in Adamawa languages with focus on the Samba-Duru group
[12211] Little, Greta D. (1972) : Syntactic evidence of language contact: Cushitic influence in Amharic
[12212] Little, Greta D. (1973) : Syntactic evidence of language contact: Cushitic influence in Amharic
[12213] Little, Greta D. (1978) : Word order function typology: the Amharic connection
[12214] Littmann, Enno (1931) : Die Partikel ma im Harari
[12215] Littmann, Enno (1953/54) : Die äthiopische Sprache
[23305] Litvinov, Viktor P. & Kofi H. Agbodjo (1983) : [Resultative in Ewe]
[23314] Litvinov, Viktor P. & Kofi H. Agbodjo (1988) : Resultative in Ewe
[12217] Livinhac, Leon (1921) : Grammaire luganda
[12218] Livnat, Michal Allon (1983) : The indicator particle baa in Somali
[12219] Livnat, Michal Allon (1984) : Focus constructions in Somali
[12220] Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1987) : The morphophonology of the causative in Oromo
[12222] Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1989) : Grammatical marking and final vowels in Oromo
[12227] Lloyd, B. G. (19--) : Kitchen-Kafir grammar and vocabulary
[12230] Lloyd, B. G. (1966) : Kitchen-Kafir grammar and vocabulary
[12229] Lloyd, B. S. , K. Tambadu & P. G. Imhoff (1965) : Fula basic course
[12232] Lobben, Marit (1991) : Pluralization of Hausa nouns, viewed from psycholinguistic experiments and child language data
[25636] Lobben, Marit (2011) : Agreement and relative topicality in the -aC causative / caused-motion and benefactive constructions in Hausa
[26175] Lobben, Marit (2012) : Semantic Classification in Category-Specific Semantic Impairments Reflected in the Typology of Bantu Noun Class Systems
[12234] Locati, Pino (1994) : Dicionário (verbos e não-verbos) e gramática de chiute
[12238] Lodge, Ken (1995) : Kalenjin phonology and morphology: a further exemplification of underspecification and non-destructive phonology
[12239] Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1971) : Swahili guide
[12240] Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1972) : Jifunze kusema kiswahili
[12242] Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1974) : Jifunze kusema kiswahili: a compendium for teachers and course participants
[12254] Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1985) : Verbal extensions in Bantu: the case of Swahili and Nyamwezi
[12257] Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1990) : Jifunze kusema kiswahili: a compendium for teachers and course participants
[12260] Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (1994) : Arabic grammatical loans in the languages of East Africa
[12262] Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (2000) : Oriental influences in Swahili: a study in language and culture contacts
[12264] Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (2001) : The suffixes -fu and -vu in Swahili: a preliminary analysis
[12265] Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (2002) : Verbal extensions in Bantu: the case of Swahili and Nyamwezi
[12267] Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf (2004) : Strategies of emphasis and intensity in Swahili
[22477] Loembe, Gervais (2005) : Parlons vili: langue et culture de Loango
[12271] Loggerenberg, J. C. van (1963) : Grammatika van die Kuangali-taal
[23863] Loh, Christopher Njuakom (2001) : Tonological processes in the Kom verb phrase
[12424] Löhr, Doris (1999) : Traces of a lost gender distinction? A study of Malgwa (Central Chadic) zoonymes
[12425] Löhr, Doris (1999) : Die Sprache der Malgwa - Nárá Málgwa: grammatische Erstbeschreibung einer zentraltschadischen Sprache Nordostnigerias
[12426] Löhr, Doris (2002) : Die Sprache der Malgwa (Nárá Málgwa)
[22410] Löhr, Doris (2003) : Locative-directional verbal extensions and related prepositions in Malgwa
[24854] Löhr, Doris (2007) : Predications focus in Malgwa
[25416] Löhr, Doris (2008) : Revisiting the Aspectual Domain in Malgwa (Central Chadic)
[25637] Löhr, Doris (2011) : Bəlantə zəla átə yáwe ‘sending an eagle up to water’ – Multiword expressions in Malgwa
[25742] Löhr, Doris (2010) : Coding temporal subordination in Malgwa
[25788] Löhr, Doris (2009) : Reduction of dialectal features in Kanuri as outcome of language contact
[12273] Lombaert, Ch. (1---) : Grammaire ‘lingombe’, non-publié
[12275] Lombard, Dann P. (1969) : Die morfologie van deverbatiewe naamwoorde in Noord-Sotho
[12278] Lombard, Dann P. (1977) : ’n Diakronies-tonologiese ontleding van enkele werkwoordstrukture in Noord-Sotho
[12279] Lombard, Dann P. (1978) : A brief analysis of high tone in Pedi verbs
[12280] Lombard, Dann P. (1978) : A diachronic-tonological analysis of certain rank shifted verbal structures in Northern Sotho
[12284] Lombard, Dann P. , Egidius B. van Wyk & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1985) : Introduction to the grammar of Northern Sotho
[12285] Lombard, Dann P. , Egidius B. van Wyk & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1985) : Inleiding tot die grammatika van Noord-Sotho
[26920] Lonfo, Etienne & Stephen C. Anderson (2014) : Dictionnaire ngiemboon - français - anglais
[12288] Long, Ronald W. (1971) : A comparative study of the northern Mande languages
[23631] Long, Ronald W. & Raoul S. Diomande (1968) : Dyula: instructional materials, intensive language courses, language instruction, tape recordings, workbooks
[12289] Longacre, Robert E. (1986/87) : The semantics of storyline in East and West Africa
[12290] Longacre, Robert E. (1990) : Story concerns and word order typology in East and West Africa
[25219] Longtau, Selbut R. (sd) : Tarok Language: Its Basic Principles and Grammar
[12296] Loogman, Alfons (19--) : Beknopte Swahili-spraakkunst
[12297] Loogman, Alfons (1965) : Swahili grammar and syntax
[12304] Lopes, Armando Jorge (Ed) (1992) : Proceedings of the 3rd LASU conference/workshop held at Universidade Eduardo Mondlane, Maputo, Moçambique, 14-16 August 1991
[22804] Lopes, Ilidio da Silva (1961) : Da interrogação em quimbundo
[24043] Lopis, Jeanne (1981) : Phonologie et morphologie nominale du noon Parler de Ngente
[12310] Loprieno, Antonio (1986) : Das Verbalsystem im Ägyptischen und im semitischen: zur Grundlegung einer Aspekttheorie
[12311] Loprieno, Antonio (1995) : Ancient Egyptian: a linguistic introduction
[22666] Loprieno, Antonio (2000) : From VSO to SVO? word order and rear extraposition in Coptic
[12313] Lord, Carol (1973) : Serial verbs in transition
[12314] Lord, Carol (1974) : Causative constructions in Yoruba
[12316] Lord, Carol (1976) : Evidence for syntactic reanalysis: from verb to complementizers in Kwa
[12317] Lord, Carol (1977) : How Igbo got from SOV serializing to SVO compounding
[12318] Lord, Carol (1989) : Syntactic reanalysis in the historical development of serial verb constructions in languages of West Africa
[12320] Lorenzino, Gerardo A. (1996) : Afro-Portuguese creole ‘a’: its Kwa origin and discourse pragmatics
[12321] Lorenzino, Gerardo A. (1998) : The Angolar Creole Portuguese of São Tomé: its grammar and sociolinguistic history
[23719] Louali, Naïma & Gérard Philippson (2003) : The resultative in Siwi Berber (Egypt): syllabification and effects of gutturals
[27287] Loubelo, Fidèle (1990) : Le nom en kitsa:ngi : langue bantoue du Congo
[12333] Loubser, J. E. (1954) : Aspekte van die afrikaanse spreektaalgebruik in en om Loriesfontein
[12366] Louw, J. K. (1980) : Chichewa: a practical course
[12337] Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1954) : The syntactical nature of the deficient verb in Zulu
[12344] Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1963) : ’n Vergelykende studie van die defisiënte verbum in die Ngunitale
[12348] Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1967) : Hulppredikatiewe
[12350] Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1968) : The semantic structure of classes 3, 4, 5 and 6 in Xhosa ; part 1
[12352] Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1969) : The semantic structure of classes 3, 4, 5 and 6 in Xhosa ; part 2
[12353] Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1971) : The validity of case as a semantic feature in the Bantu languages
[12354] Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1971) : The tonal paradigm of the verb in Xhosa
[12356] Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1973) : The Xhosa noun-classes
[12360] Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1976) : The influence of Khoi on Xhosa morphology
[12369] Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1984) : Word categories in Southern Bantu
[23191] Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1973) : Classes 7/8 PB ki- and bi- in Xhosa
[12342] Louw, Jacobus Abraham & J. B. Jubase (1963) : Handboek van Xhosa
[12364] Louw, Jacobus Abraham & J. B. Jubase (1978) : Handboek van Xhosa
[12335] Louw, Mrs C. S. (1930) : A manual of the Chikaranga language
[12376] Louwrens, Louis J. (1971) : Die meerwoudsmorfeem -ng in die Noord-Sothowerkwoord
[12377] Louwrens, Louis J. (1974) : Die meerwoudsmorfeem -ng by werkwoorde in Noord-Sotho
[12378] Louwrens, Louis J. (1975) : Enumeratiewe as ’n onproduktiewe klas in Noord-Sotho
[12379] Louwrens, Louis J. (1976) : Oor die sogenaamde situatief van Noord-Sotho: ’n voorlopige probleemstelling
[12381] Louwrens, Louis J. (1978) : A semantic interpretation of Northern Sotho subjunctives and the subordinator gore
[12382] Louwrens, Louis J. (1978) : Enkele morfologiese verskynsels in Lobedu
[12383] Louwrens, Louis J. (1979) : Die sintaksis van interrogatiewe naamwoorde en die interrogatiewe bepaler -fe in Suid-Sotho
[12384] Louwrens, Louis J. (1979) : Naamwoordfunksies in Noord-Sotho
[12385] Louwrens, Louis J. (1981) : ’n Perspektief op Wilkes se delesie-hipotese oor pronominalisasie in Bantoe
[12386] Louwrens, Louis J. (1981) : The relevance of the notions ‘given’ and ‘new’ discourse information in the study of North Sotho syntax
[12387] Louwrens, Louis J. (1981) : Wat spook tans in die Bantoetaalkunde? ’n Oorsig van enkele taalteoretiese tendense in die Bantoetaalkunde in Suid-Afrika sedert 1971
[12388] Louwrens, Louis J. (1982) : Remarks on some grammatical and pragmatic functions of the object concord in Northern Sotho
[12389] Louwrens, Louis J. (1983) : Definiteness and indefiniteness in Northern Sotho
[12390] Louwrens, Louis J. (1983) : ’n Funksionele interpretasie van enkele sintaktiese in Noord-Sotho
[12391] Louwrens, Louis J. (1985) : Contrastiveness and the so-called absolute pronoun in Northern Sotho
[12392] Louwrens, Louis J. (1985) : Die verhouding “Bantoetaalkunde en algemene taalwetenskap”: die dilemma van die kontemporêre Bantoegrammatikus
[12393] Louwrens, Louis J. (1987) : Some pragmatic functions of interrogative particles in Northern Sotho
[12394] Louwrens, Louis J. (1987) : Remarks on the historical background and some grammatical characteristics of Eastern Sotho
[12395] Louwrens, Louis J. (1987) : Woordvolgorde en volgordeverandering in Xhosa: ’n ondersoek na die verband tussen pragmatiek en taaltipologie
[12396] Louwrens, Louis J. (1990) : Mood and modality in Northern Sotho
[12397] Louwrens, Louis J. (1991) : Aspects of Northern Sotho
[12398] Louwrens, Louis J. (1991) : A functional interpretation of some agreement phenomena in Northern Sotho
[12399] Louwrens, Louis J. (1992) : The conceptualization of spatial relationships as expressed by locative structures in Northern Sotho
[12400] Louwrens, Louis J. (1993) : Northern Sotho colour terms and semantic universals
[12401] Louwrens, Louis J. (1994) : Aspect as an essential subcategory of the verb in Northern Sotho
[12402] Louwrens, Louis J. (1994) : Dictionary of Northern Sotho grammatical terms
[12404] Louwrens, Louis J. (1995) : Northern Sotho consecutive and habitual: mood, tense or aspect?
[12405] Louwrens, Louis J. (1996) : On the occurence of progressive -sa- in Northern Sotho verbs of state
[12403] Louwrens, Louis J. , Ingeborg M. Kosch & Albert E. Kotzé (1995) : Northern Sotho
[27298] Lovegren, Jesse (2013) : Mungbam Grammar
[27449] Lovestrand, Joseph (2018) : The background marker ná in Barayin
[22928] Lowe, Ivan , Edwin Arthur & Philip Saunders (2003) : Eventirity in Kouya
[12413] Lowe, John B. & Thilo C. Schadeberg (1996) : Bantu MapMaker version 3.1
[12415] Lowenstamm, Jean (1986) : À propos d’une hypothèse sur la forme primitive du type B en amharique
[12414] Lowenstamm, Jean & Jean-François Prunet (1985) : On certain nominal patterns in Tigrinya
[12416] Lowenstamm, Jean & Jean-François Prunet (1986) : Le tigrigna et le principe du contour obligatoire
[12419] Loze, Pierre (1922) : Elementos de leitura; ou, O primeiro livro para ensimar a lingua portugueza as criancas dos pais dos Batswa e Batonga
[12432] Luc, [Frère] (1967) : Grammaire ‘afar
[22839] Lucas, J. Olumide (1964) : Yoruba language: its structure and relationship to other languages
[12438] Lucchesi, Dante (1993) : The article systems of Cape Verde and São Tomé creole Portuguese: general principles and specific factors
[12439] Luchon, Pasquale da (1938) : Grammatica della lingua uallamo
[12537] Lück, Marlies & Linda Henderson (1993) : Gambian Mandinka: a learning manual for English speakers
[12443] Ludzi, Tabitha A. (1981) : The syntax of Eggon
[17394] Luenba, M. (19--) : Étude contrastive des formes pronominales du français et du yoombe
[12447] Luffin, Xavier (2005) : Un créole arabe: le kinubi de Mombasa, Kenya
[12451] Lukas, Johannes (1928) : Transition und Intransition im Kanuri
[12460] Lukas, Johannes (1937) : A study of the Kanuri language: grammar and vocabulary
[12470] Lukas, Johannes (1951/52) : Verbalwurzel und Verbalaffixe im Maba (Waddai)
[12472] Lukas, Johannes (1952) : Das Nomen im Tiv
[12476] Lukas, Johannes (1954/56) : Grammar of the Tula language (northern provinces, Nigeria) by a missionary, Rev. J. Hall
[12478] Lukas, Johannes (1955) : Über die Verwendung der Partikel sai im Hausa
[12480] Lukas, Johannes (1963/64) : Der II. Stamm des Verbums im Hausa
[12489] Lukas, Johannes (1970/71) : Die Personalia und das primäre Verb in Bolanci (Nordnigerien) ; Teil 1 - mit Beiträgen über das Karekare
[12490] Lukas, Johannes (1971) : Über das erweiterte Verb in Bolanci (Nordnigerien)
[12491] Lukas, Johannes (1971/72) : Die Personalia und das primäre Verb in Bolanci (Nordnigerien) ; Teil 2
[12493] Lukas, Johannes (1977) : Über den kulturhistorischen Aspekt des grammatischen Geschlechts des Wortes für “Sonne” in den tschadohamitischen Sprachen
[12494] Lukas, Johannes (1978) : Die unabhängigen Personalpronomina in der westzentralafrikanischen Sprachgruppe
[12479] Lukas, Johannes & Alfred Willms (1961/62) : Outline of the language of Jarawa in northern Nigeria (Plateau Province)
[12484] Lukas, Renate (1967/68) : Das Nomen in Bade (Nordnigerien)
[12497] Luke, Kang Kwong & Adams B. Bodomo (2003) : A comparative study of the semantics of serial verb constructions in Dagaare and Cantonese
[12498] Lukindo, Rose Florence J. (1980) : Classification of nominals in Bondei
[12499] Luksenburg, P. (1975) : The morphology of the hearing-impaired child
[12500] Lukusa, Menda T. (1991) : Affixation et sémantisme ciluba: cas de quelques affixes usuels
[12501] Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (1993) : Imbrication of extensions in Cilubà
[12502] Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (1993) : An autosegmental approach to Cilubà nominal and verbal tonology
[12504] Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (1997) : Agentive derivation in Kiswahili
[28622] Lukusa, Stephen T. M. & Kemmonye C. Monaka (2008) : Shekgalagari grammar: A descriptive analysis of the language and its vocabulary
[12510] Lumeka, Placide Raphaël (1963) : Esquisse grammaticale du kisongye
[12512] Lumsden, John S. (2000) : Cause, manner and means in Berber change of state verbs
[12511] Lumsden, John S. & L. Trigo (1987) : The causative, passive and reciprocal in Berber
[12513] Lumwamu, François (1968) : Remarques sur la détermination des classes grammaticales dans une langue à classes
[12514] Lumwamu, François (1969) : Morphologie de la langue kongo
[12515] Lumwamu, François (1970) : Sur les classes nominales et le nombre dans une langue bantu
[12516] Lumwamu, François (1970) : Contribution à l’étude de la phrase en kikongo
[12522] Lumwamu, François (1975) : La construction négative en kikongo
[12525] Lumwamu, François (1980) : La classification nominale du munukutuba
[26488] Lumwamu, François (1986) : Recherches sur la koiné Kongo
[12520] Lumwamu, François (Ed) (1974) : Essai de morphosyntaxe des parlers kongo
[12529] Lundström, L. (19--) : Cours gbaya
[27765] Lupke, Friederike (2020) : Atlantic
[26102] Lusekelo, Amani (2009) : The Structure of the Nyakyusa Noun Phrase
[28314] Lusekelo, Amani (2021) : Linguistic aspects of the forms of address in Nyakyusa
[20405] Lutskov, A. D. (1997) : Immenyye klassy v jazykakh bantu i zaimstvovannaja leksika
[26501] Lux, Cécile (2013) : Le tetserret, langue berbère du Niger: Description phonétique, phonologique et morphologique, dans une perspective comparative
[25764] Lux, Cécile & Gérard Philippson (2010) : L’accent en tetserret et en tamacheq – contacts et contrastes
[12535] Luzio, Aldo di (1972/73) : Preliminary description of the Amo language (Plateau Province, northern Nigeria)
[12545] Lydall, Jean (1988) : Gender, number and size in Hamar
[12546] Lykowska, Laura (1992) : Sentence schemata for Amharic
[12548] Lykowska, Laura (2002) : Temporal relation markers in Amharic
[12549] Lykowska, Laura (2003) : Grammaticalization of the Amharic tense system
[12551] Lyth, Richard E. (1947) : Murle grammar
[12552] Lyth, Richard E. (1971) : The Murle language: grammar and vocabulary
[25419] Maarten Mous and Martha Qorro (2008) : The Evidential Adverb hhóo in Iraqw
[12563] Mabannda, Reuben Mmboneni (2002) : Negation in Tshivenda
[12564] Mabaso, Ximbani Eric (2004) : Issues on Xitsonga verbs
[28059] Mabaso, Ximbani Eric (2009) : Issues on Xitsonga verbs
[22458] Mabik-ma-Kombil, Roger (2001) : Parlons yipuni: langue et culture des Punu du Gabon-Congo
[12574] Mabugu, P. R. (2002) : Polysemy and applicative verb construction in Chishona
[12575] Mabulwana, Spokes (2004) : Control in Xitsonga constructions: a semantic and syntactic study
[12576] Mabururu, Mogeni Tom (1994) : A comparative study of Ekegusii and Kikuria morphosyntactic features
[12581] MacBeath, [Reverend] A. G. W. (1940) : Bobangi in twenty-one lessons
[12582] Maccagnan, A. (1---) : Grammatica logbara, non-publicada
[12584] Macdonald, R. S. & Mary Wright (1939) : “Da kita:b”: a Sudanese colloquial grammar
[12588] Mace, John (1996) : Arabic today: a student, business and professional course
[12594] Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1987) : The Sesotho passive constructions
[12595] Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1987) : The Sesotho passive constructions
[12596] Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1989) : Some restrictions on the Sesotho transitivizing morphemes
[12597] Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1993) : The ordering restriction between the Sesotho applicative and causative suffixes
[12598] Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1995) : The Sesotho locative constructions
[12599] Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1996) : The Sesotho locative alternation verbs
[12600] Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (2001) : Questions in Sesotho
[12601] Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (2003) : Variation in Bantu DP structure: evidence from Sesotho
[14143] Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1985) : Tense and aspect in Sesotho
[23197] Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1990) : Sesotho causative formation and S-bar complements
[23198] Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo (1979) : Tense and aspect in Sesotho
[14142] Machobane, ʼMalillo Matshepo & Harry S. Hyman (1977) : Animacy, object and clitics in Sesotho
[22545] Machozi, Tshopo (1989) : Les parler kiswahili de Kisangani: variations morphologiques et lexicales
[12604] MacJannet, Malcolm Brooks (1949) : Chokwe-English, English-Chokwe dictionary and grammar lessons
[12617] MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (19--) : Luo basic course: grammar and exercises
[12619] MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (19--) : Unpublished notes on KiKwaya grammar
[12620] MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (19--) : Unpublished notes on KiNgereme
[23199] MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (1986) : Where do prefixes fit? Or do they? A case-study in lexicology/lexicography
[12624] Madadzhe, Richard N. (1997) : The copulative in Venda
[12625] Madadzhe, Richard N. (1999) : Cleft sentences in Venda
[12626] Madadzhe, Richard N. (2000) : The copulative verb in Venda
[12627] Madadzhe, Richard N. & T. M. Matla (2002) : The negative morphemes ha and a in Sesotho and Tshivenda
[12629] Madan, Arthur Cornwallis (1921) : A Swahili (Zanzibar) grammar
[12632] Maddieson, Ian (1972) : Verb-nominal contraction in Eggon
[28558] Maddieson, Ian & Bonny Sands (2019) : The sounds of the Bantu languages
[12635] Maddieson, Ian & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1975) : Jarawan Bantu
[12648] Maddieson, Ian & Thomas J. Hinnebusch (Ed) (1998) : Language history and linguistic description in Africa: selected papers of the 26th annual conference on African linguistics, held March 23-25, 1995, in Santa Monica, California
[28587] Maddox, H. E. (1902) : An elementary Lunyoro grammar
[12652] Maddox, Harry Edward (1938) : An elementary Lunyoro grammar
[24873] Madi, Haladi (2005) : Contribution à l'élaboration d'une description de référence du shimaoré
[12654] Madiba, M. J. S. (1941) : Thutô ya polêlô (Sesotho sa Transvaal): e ngwalêtswe sehlôpha sa V le VI
[28075] Madiba, Mbulungeni Ronald (1994) : A linguistic survey of adoptives in Venda
[12672] Maduka-Durunze, Omen N. (1984) : Igbo ideophones and the lexicon
[12674] Maduka-Durunze, Omen N. (1990) : Igbo adjectives as morphophonologized relatives
[12694] Mafoken, S. Machabe (1945) : Notes and annotations of the praise poems of certain chiefs and the structure of the praise poems in Suto
[28883] Magaji Azare, Yakubu (2020) : Phraseological units involving body-part terms: a corpus based analysis of Hausa to English translation
[12698] Maganga, Clement (1990) : A study on the morphophonology of standard Kiswahili, Kipemba, Kitumbatu and Kimakunduchi
[12699] Maganga, Clement & Thilo C. Schadeberg (1992) : Kinyamwezi: grammar, texts, vocabulary
[12700] Magba, Elizabeth Ann (1996) : The INFL constituent in the Mundani languages
[12701] Mageza, C. K. (1952) : Xipembomuso: swifanis swi endle hi M. M. Pemba
[12707] Maghway, Josephat B. (1995) : Some salient linguistic features of an Iraqu narrative text
[28550] Magnana Ekoukou, Brunelle (2015) : Description de l’ikota (B25), langue bantu du Gabon : Implémentation de la morphosyntaxe et de la syntaxe
[12717] Mahaffy, Francis E. (1940) : An outline of the phonemics and morphology of the Afar (Dankali) language
[27704] Mahamane, L. Abdoulaye (2008) : Perfect and Perfective in Hausa
[12720] Mahider Tesfu (2001) : Morphology of Malo
[12722] Mahieu, Wauthier de (1975) : Les structures sociales du groupe komo dans leur élaboration symbolique
[12724] Mahmud, Ushari Ahmad (1979) : Linguistic variation and change in the aspectual system of Juba Arabic
[12730] Maho, Jouni Filip (1993) : An overview of people and languages in Namibia
[12732] Maho, Jouni Filip (1997) : An overview of nominal morphology in Bantu languages
[12736] Maho, Jouni Filip (1998) : Implications and speculations
[12738] Maho, Jouni Filip (1998) : Few people, many tongues: the languages of Namibia
[12739] Maho, Jouni Filip (1998) : Notes on nouns and noun phrases in Iká
[12740] Maho, Jouni Filip (1998) : Typological coherence areas in subequatorial Africa
[12741] Maho, Jouni Filip (1999) : Notes on nouns and noun phrases in Iká
[12742] Maho, Jouni Filip (1999) : A (tentative) verb slot system for Shona
[12744] Maho, Jouni Filip (1999) : Analytic tables of Ge‘ez grammar (a student’s selective notes)
[12745] Maho, Jouni Filip (1999) : A comparative study of Bantu noun classes
[12746] Maho, Jouni Filip (1999) : Three Ge‘ez texts, transliterated and translated: De Abba Salâmâ/De Jared, Musico/De Tacla Haimânôt (the selective achievements of a graduate student)
[12757] Maho, Jouni Filip (2003) : Remarks on a few “polyplural” classes in Bantu
[12760] Maho, Jouni Filip (2003) : A tentative model for the diachrony of grammatical gender in Bantu languages
[23271] Maho, Jouni Filip (2005) : Draft bibliography for Niger-Congo noun class studies
[23273] Maho, Jouni Filip (2006?) : Comparative TMA morphology in Niger-Congo:the case of persistive, and some other, markers in Bantu
[23274] Maho, Jouni Filip (2006) : The linear ordering of TAM/NEG markers in Bantu, and a few historical implications
[12765] Mahulo Volebe, Akudhi (1987) : Esquisse morphologique de obilebba, dialecte de logo ti
[12766] Maia, António da Silva (1951) : Guia prático para a aprendizagem das linguas portuguesa e omumbuim (língua indígena de Gabela, Amboim, Quanza-Sul, Angola): dialecto do Kimbundo
[12767] Maia, António da Silva (1953) : Gramática de omumbuim (dialecto do kimbundu)
[12768] Maia, António da Silva (1953) : Guia prático para a aprendizagem das linguas portuguesa e omumbuim: dialecto do Kimbundo
[12770] Maia, António da Silva (1955) : Gramática prática de omumbuim, dialecto do ‘kimbundu’
[12772] Maia, António da Silva (1956) : Manual prático de conversaçâo em português e mussele, dialecto do ‘Umbundu’, Quanza-sul, Angola
[12773] Maia, António da Silva (1957) : Lições de gramática de quimbundo (português e banto) dialecto omumbuim, língua indígena de Gabela, Amboim, Quanza-sul, Angola, Africa occidental portuguesa
[12775] Maia, António da Silva (1964) : Lições de gramática de quimbundo (português e banto) dialecto omumbuim, língua indígena de Gabela, Amboim, Quanza-sul, Angola, Africa occidental portuguesa
[12777] Maia, António da Silva (1964) : Epitome de gramáticas de portuguesa e quimbunda, dialectos do Cuanza-Sul e Cuanza-Norte, Angola
[22492] Maiga, Ismaël (2001) : Parlons bambara: langue et culture Bambara
[12781] Maingard, Louis Fernand (1931) : A revised manuscript version of the Korana catechism of C. F. Wuras
[12782] Maingard, Louis Fernand (1932) : Studies in Korana history, customs and language
[12786] Maingard, Louis Fernand (1937) : The €Khomani dialect of Bushman: its morphology and other characteristics
[12787] Maingard, Louis Fernand (1957) : Three Bushman languages ; part 1: the first two Bushman languages
[12788] Maingard, Louis Fernand (1958) : Three Bushman languages ; part 2: the third Bushman language
[12789] Maingard, Louis Fernand (1961) : The central group of the click languages of the Kalahari
[12790] Maingard, Louis Fernand (1962) : Korana folktales, grammar and texts
[12791] Maingard, Louis Fernand (1963) : A comparative study of Naron, Hietshware and Korana
[12798] Maire, Jane (1984) : Remarques sur l’emploi du pronom o dans le discours dioula
[12799] Majors, Diane Richart (1993) : An analysis of intransitive/transitive Lango pairs using Localist Case Grammar
[25467] Makeeva, Nadezda (2010) : Pronoms réfléchis en kla-dan
[26781] Makeeva, Nadezda (2013) : Les préverbes en kla-dan
[27496] Makeeva, Nadezda (2017) : Conjonctions de taxis en kla-dan
[27505] Makeeva, Nadezda (2018) : Marques rétrospectives en kla-dan
[28382] Makeeva, Nadezhda & Andrey Shluinsky (2018) : Noun Classes and Class Agreement in Akebu
[28184] Makeeva, Nadezhda & Irina Ryabova (2021) : “Infinitive” class 15 in Dabida
[13294] Mäkelä, Katriina (1989) : Aqatin seereer. Guide pratique pour apprendre le seereer
[28074] Makgabutlane, Kelebohile Hilda (1996) : An investigation into lemmatization in Southern Sotho
[12802] Makhado, J. T. (1973) : A review of the moods of the Bantu languages of South Africa, with some special reference to Venda
[12803] Makhado, J. T. (1976) : The pronoun in Venda and Northern Sotho: a comparative morphological, syntactic and semantic study
[12804] Makhado, J. T. (1977) : The enumerative pronoun in Venda and Northern Sotho
[12806] Makhudu, K. Dennis Papi (1980) : An etymological and morphophonological description of Flaaitaal/Tsotsitaal: a sociolinguistic perspective
[12809] Makhudu, K. Dennis Papi (2002) : An introduction to Flaaitaal (or Tsotsitaal)
[27715] Makila, Moyo-Kayita (1981) : Esquisse de grammaire mbala - Morphologie et Syntaxe
[23279] Makolila, M. (1981) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue kimanyanga
[12822] Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1968) : Le particle -nga- et la notion de propriété dans cetaines langues bantu Congo-Brazzaville
[12825] Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1973) : Réintégration morphologique des emprunts français en langue téké de Manianga
[12827] Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1977) : Étude descriptive du fumu, dialecte teke de Ngamaba, Brazzaville
[12829] Makwela, A. O. (1973) : The role played by the phoneme, morpheme and the word in the semology of Northern Sotho
[12831] Malan, Karen C. (1981) : An investigation of non-standard English syntax in 12-year old coloured children
[12832] Malandra, Alfred (1952) : A new Acholi grammar
[12833] Malandra, Alfred (1955) : A new Acholi grammar
[12839] Malcolm, Daniel McKenzie (1949) : A Zulu manual for beginners
[12840] Malcolm, Daniel McKenzie (1956) : A Zulu manual for beginners
[12841] Malcolm, Daniel McKenzie (1960) : Zulu manual for beginners, with exercises
[12842] Malcolm, Daniel McKenzie (1966) : Zulu manual for beginners, with exercises
[12843] Malecka, Alicja (1965) : Patterns of simple sentences in Swahili
[12848] Malete, E. N. (2003) : The syntax and morphology of the negative morpheme /ha/ in Sesotho
[22498] Malherbe, Michel & Grace Mesoppirr Sicard (2005) : Parlons massaï
[12850] Malherbe, W. A. (1932) : Tiv-English dictionary with grammar notes and index
[12856] Malikongwa, Albert G. T. K. (19--) : Short manuscript grammar of Kalanga
[28520] Maliman, G. (2005) : Esquisse phonologique et organisation des formes verbales simple de la conjugaison non périphrastique du houla
[12860] Malka, Jean-Guy (1974) : Étude constrastive du hausa standard et du parler hausa de Filinge (Kurfey, Rép. du Niger)
[12861] Malka, Jean-Guy (1977) : Le parler hausa de Filingué (Kurfey, République du Niger): phonologie, morphologie, lexique
[12862] Malka, Jean-Guy (1978/84) : Tsarin lokatan hausar filinge
[12863] Malka, Jean-Guy (1990) : La langue haoussa (parler de Filingué, Kourfey, République du Niger)
[7047] Mallam Garba, Maman (1995) : Les “pronoms” kanuri: quelques problèmes de définition et hypothèses étymologiques
[12865] Mallon, A. (1926) : Grammaire copte avec une bibliographie, chrestomathie et vocabulaire
[12866] Malo, Shadrak (1952) : Dholuo (Acholi) without tears/Dholuo maonge luya
[12867] Malong, Rowbone (1978) : Ah big yaws? A guard to sow theffricun innglissh
[12872] Malundama, Disuka (1976) : Éléments de grammaire et de vocabulaire lingombe
[12873] Malzac, [Révérend] [Père] V. (1926) : Grammaire malgache
[12874] Malzac, [Révérend] [Père] V. (1960) : Grammaire malgache
[12875] Mamet, M. (1955) : La langue ntomba, telle qu’elle est parlée au lac ntomba et dans la région avoisinante (Afrique centrale)
[12876] Mamet, M. (1960) : Le langage des Bolia
[12877] Mamet, M. (1962) : La légende d’Iyanja: texte ntomba, précédée d’une révision des formes verbales
[12878] Mamet, M. (1973) : Les idéophones du lontomba
[12880] Mammeri, Mouloud (1967) : Études berbères, I: précis de grammaire berbère (morphologie)
[12881] Mamphwe, C. T. (1987) : The ideophone in Venda
[12882] Mampuru, Deborah M. (1991) : The habitual mood in Northern Sotho
[12884] Manahlot Demissie (1977) : Nominal clauses in Amharic
[12885] Manahlot Demissie (1988) : Some notes on Amharic performative verbs
[12890] Manessy, Gabriel (1960) : La morphologie du nom en bwamu (bobo-oulé), dialecte de Bondoukuy
[12892] Manessy, Gabriel (1962) : Observations sur la classification nominale dans les langues négro-africaines du Soudan et de la Guinée
[12893] Manessy, Gabriel (1962) : Nom et verbe dans les langues mandé
[12896] Manessy, Gabriel (1963) : Les particulares affirmatives postverbales dans le groupe voltaïque
[12897] Manessy, Gabriel (1963) : Structure de la proposition relative dans quelques langues voltaïques
[12898] Manessy, Gabriel (1964) : La relation genitive dans quelques langues mandé
[12899] Manessy, Gabriel (1964) : L’alternance consonantique initiale en manya, kpelle, loma, bandi et mende
[12900] Manessy, Gabriel (1964) : Remarques sur la formation du pluriel en bandi, loma, mende et kpelle
[12901] Manessy, Gabriel (1964) : Détermination et prédication en kpelle
[12902] Manessy, Gabriel (1964) : Adjectifs épithètes et adjectifs conjoints dans les langues voltaïques
[12904] Manessy, Gabriel (1965) : Les substantifs à préfixe et suffixe dans les langues voltaïques ; partie 1
[12905] Manessy, Gabriel (1965) : La classification nominale dans les langues voltaïques: observations et hypothèses
[12906] Manessy, Gabriel (1965/66) : Le verbe dans les langues du groupe tem: essai d’interprétation génétique
[12907] Manessy, Gabriel (1966) : Les substantifs à préfixe et suffixe dans les langues voltaïques ; partie 2
[12908] Manessy, Gabriel (1966) : Recherches sur la morphologie du verbe senufo
[12909] Manessy, Gabriel (1966) : Essai de typologie du verbe voltaïque
[12912] Manessy, Gabriel (1967) : Évolution de la classification nominale dans les langues gurunsi (groupe voltaïque)
[12915] Manessy, Gabriel (1968) : Remarques sur l’expression de l’injonction directe dans les langues voltaïques
[12917] Manessy, Gabriel (1969) : L’actualisation du prédicat dans les langues négro-africaine
[12919] Manessy, Gabriel (1971) : Langues voltaïques sans classes nominales
[12920] Manessy, Gabriel (1971) : Survivance et disparition des classes nominales dans les langues voltaïques
[12925] Manessy, Gabriel (1977) : Processes of pidginization in African languages
[12931] Manessy, Gabriel (1978) : De la définition du mot dans les langues voltaïques
[12937] Manessy, Gabriel (1984) : Bantou et créole: l’agglutination de l’article français
[12939] Manessy, Gabriel (1985) : Français, créoles français, français régionaux
[12940] Manessy, Gabriel (1985) : La flexion verbale en français d’Afrique et dans quelques autres variétés populaires
[12941] Manessy, Gabriel (1985) : La construction sérielle dans les langues africaines et les langues créoles
[12943] Manessy, Gabriel (1986) : Remarques sur la pluralisation du nom en créole et dans les langues africaines
[12961] Manessy, Gabriel (1996) : La détermination nominale en senoufo
[12962] Manessy, Gabriel (1996) : Structure morphologique des bases nominales et verbales en proto-senoufo
[12910] Manessy, Gabriel (Ed) (1967) : La classification nominale dans les langues négro-africaines: actes du colloque international CNRS, Aix-en-Provence, 3-7 juillet 1967
[12894] Manessy, Gabriel & Serge Sauvageot (Ed) (1963) : Wolof et sérèr: études de phonétique et de grammaire descriptive
[12964] Manfredi, Victor B. (1987) : Antipassive and ergative in Igbo
[12966] Manfredi, Victor B. (1989) : Igboid
[12967] Manfredi, Victor B. (1990) : Moved vs. in situ ‘verb focus’ in Kwa
[12969] Manfredi, Victor B. (1992) : A typology of Yoruba nominalizations
[12971] Manfredi, Victor B. (1993) : Verb focus in the typology of Kwa/Kru and Haitian
[12965] Manfredi, Victor B. (Ed) (1988) : Niger-Congo syntax and semantics 1
[12973] Manfredi, Victor B. & Karl H. Reynolds (Ed) (1995) : Niger-Congo syntax and semantics 6: proceedings of the 1993 Niger-Congo Workshop, Boston University
[12974] Mangat, Alice W. (2001) : Swahili for foreigners
[12977] Mangoche, M. V. B. (1975) : A visitor’s notebook of Chichewa
[12978] Mangoche, M. V. B. (1990) : Chichewa guide for tourists
[12979] Mangoche, M. V. B. (1997) : Chichewa guide for tourists
[12976] Mangoche, M. V. B. & J. P. B. Loga (Ed) (1972) : Muuni wa Chichewa
[12994] Mann, Charles C. (1993) : Polysemic functionality in pidgins and creoles: the case of fò in Anglo-Nigerian Pidgin
[12989] Mann, Michael (1976) : Supplementary indexes to Guthrie’s Comparative Bantu
[12990] Mann, Michael , Mubanga E. Kashoki & John Lisle Wright (1977) : Language in Zambia: grammatical sketches, I: Bemba, Town Bemba and Kaonde
[13003] Mansuur, Cabdalla Comar (198-) : Bahda afafka kushitik iyo taarìíkhda af-soomaaliga
[13006] Mansuur, Cabdalla Comar (1989) : Le lingue cuscitiche e il somalo
[13007] Mansuur, Cabdalla Comar & Annarita Puglielli (1999) : Barashada naxwaha af soomaaliga/Somali school grammar
[13008] Mansuur, Cabdalla Comar & Annarita Puglielli (1999) : Furahalayliyada ‘Barashada naxwaha af soomaaliga’/Answers to exercises in ‘Somali school grammar’
[13009] Mantel-Niecko, Joanna (1969) : Les verbes de type A/B-C en amharique: analyse sémantique comparée
[13010] Mantovani, Mario A. (1963) : An introduction to the Karimojong language
[13011] Mantovani, Mario A. (1985) : A new Karimojong grammar
[13012] Mantovani, Mario A. (1992) : The value in English of the Karimojong verbal tense
[28906] Manu-Barfo, Esther Desiadenyo (2020) : A Descriptive Grammar of the Dòmpò Language of Ghana
[13014] Manuka, Mokonda (1986) : Formes verbales comparées des dialectes ngombe des zones de Basankusu, de Bolomba et d’Ingende
[25284] Manus, Sophie (2003) : Morphologie et tonologie du símákòòndè (parlé par les communautés d‘origine mozambicaine de Zanzibar et de Tanga (Tanzanie))
[27169] Manus, Sophie (2016) : The conjoint/disjoint alternation in Símákonde
[13015] Maouani, Assouma Matié (1992) : [The functional approach the to the description of the Lokpa (Dompago) language in comparison to Russian]
[13016] Mapanje, Jack (1983) : On the interpretation of aspect and tense in Chiyao, Chichewa and English
[13017] Maphike, P. R. S. (1981) : The “consecutive tense” in Southern Sotho
[13020] Marantz, Alec (1993) : Implications of asymmetries in double object constructions
[13064] Marçais, Philippe (1956) : Le parler arabe de Djidjelli (nord constantinois, Algérie)
[13065] Marçais, Philippe (1977) : Esquisse grammaticale de l’arabe maghrebin
[13025] Marchal-Nasse, Colette (1979) : Esquisse de la langue tsogo: phonologie, morphologie
[13028] Marchese, Lynell (1977) : Subordinate clauses as topics in Godié
[13029] Marchese, Lynell (1977) : The verbal system in Godie: a daughter dependency approach
[13030] Marchese, Lynell (1978) : La subordination en godié
[13031] Marchese, Lynell (1978) : Subordination in Godié
[13032] Marchese, Lynell (1979) : Atlas linguistique kru: essai de typologie
[13033] Marchese, Lynell (1979) : Tense/aspect and the development of auxiliaries in Kru languages
[13036] Marchese, Lynell (1983) : Assertive focus and the inherent focus nature of negatives and imperatives: evidence from Kru
[13038] Marchese, Lynell (1984) : Tense innovation in the Kru language family
[13040] Marchese, Lynell (1985) : Pronominalization and the appearance of full noun referents in Godie discourse
[13041] Marchese, Lynell (1986) : Tense/aspect and the development of auxiliaries in Kru languages
[13042] Marchese, Lynell (1989) : Kru
[22674] Marchese, Lynell (1988) : Sequential chaining and discourse structure in Godie
[22911] Marchese, Lynell (1982) : Basic aspectual categories in Proto-Kru
[22914] Marchese, Lynell (1984) : Exbraciation in the Kru language family
[22926] Marchese, Lynell (1978) : Time reference in Godié
[22940] Marchese, Lynell (1978) : Le developpement des auxiliaries dans les langues kru
[22943] Marchese, Lynell (1980) : Les types de négation dans la famille kru et une particularité du système godié
[22961] Marchese, Lynell (1986) : The pronominal system of Godie
[22942] Marchese, Lynell (Ed) (1980) : Communications présentées au premiere colloque international sur les langues kru
[13034] Marchese, Lynell & Anna Schnukal (1982) : Nigerian Pidgin English of Warri
[13043] Marconnès, Francisque A. (1931) : A grammar of central Karanga, the language of old Monomotapa as at present spoken in central Mashonaland, Southern Rhodesia
[13048] Marcy, Georges (1931) : Essai d’une théorie générale de la morphologie berbère
[13049] Marcy, Georges (1931/34) : Note sur le pronom relatif-démonstratif en berbère
[13051] Marcy, Georges (1933) : Note sur l’instabilité dialectale du timbre vocalique berbère et la conjugaison des verbes de type neg
[13052] Marcy, Georges (1934/37) : Au sujet du nom berbère du Fer
[13054] Marcy, Georges (1935) : Notes linguistiques relatives à la terminologie marocaine indigenè des vents
[13055] Marcy, Georges (1936) : Note sur le pronom relatif-sujet et le pseudo-participe dans les parlers berbères
[13056] Marcy, Georges (1937/40) : Remarques sur le pronom suffixe de la 3ème pers. dans les parlers berbères
[13058] Marcy, Georges (1939) : Fonctions originales dans les parlers berbères des pronoms démonstratifs-relatifs id/in
[13059] Marcy, Georges (1940) : Observations sur le relatif futur en touareg Ahaggar
[13062] Marcy, Georges (1945) : L’origine du nom de l’Île de Fer
[26060] Marfo, Charles & Adams Bodomo (2005) : Information Structuring In Akan Question-Word Fronting And Focus Constructions
[24148] Marfo, Charles Ofosu (2005) : Akan focus and topic constructions and the prosody-syntax interface
[13068] Marggraff, M. M. (1997) : Verb stems as stylistica in D.B.Z. Ntuli’s Ucingo
[27936] Marggrander, Anna (2018) : A Grammar of Dũya - A Plateau Language of Central Nigeria
[13071] Marivate, C. T. D. (1982) : The ideophone in Tsonga
[13072] Marivate, C. T. D. (1985) : The ideophone as a syntactic category in the southern Bantu languages
[23303] Marivate, C. T. D. (1982) : The ideophone in Tsonga
[13075] Markos, Bekele (1986) : The syntactic analysis of simple affirmative sentences in Kembata
[13078] Marlo, Michael R. (2002) : Reduplication in Lusaamia
[13079] Marlo, Michael R. (2004) : Prefixal reduplication in Lusaamia: evidence from morphology
[26041] Marlo, Michael R. (2008) : Tura Verbal Tonology
[26245] Marlo, Michael R. (2009) : Kayo verbal tonology
[26483] Marlo, Michael R. (2014) : Exceptional patterns of object marking in Bantu
[27069] Marlo, Michael R. (2007) : The verbal tonology of Lunyala and Lumarachi: Two dialects of Luluyia (Bantu, J.30, Kenya)
[27347] Marlo, Michael R. (2015) : Exceptional Properties of the Reflexive in Bantu Languages
[27374] Marlo, Michael R. (2015) : On the number of object markers in Bantu languages
[27601] Marlo, Michael R. (2013) : Verb Tone in Bantu Languages - Micro-Typological Patterns and Research Methods
[28560] Marlo, Michael R. & David Odden (2019) : Tone
[23103] Marmor, Thomas W. (1980) : A comparison of Kabiye adult and child narrative discourse
[13085] Marshad, Hassan [Ahmed] & S. M. Suleiman (1991) : A comparative study of Swahili ni and Arabic kana as copulative elements
[23428] Marshall, J. (1999) : An analysis of second-language Xhosa in a farming community in South Africa
[13092] Marten, Lutz (2000) : Agreement with conjoined noun phrases in Swahili
[13095] Marten, Lutz (2003) : The dynamics of Bantu applied verbs: an analysis at the syntax-pragmatics interface
[13096] Marten, Lutz (2003) : Dynamic and pragmatic partial agreement in Luguru
[13097] Marten, Lutz (2005) : The dynamics of agreement and conjunction
[25576] Marten, Lutz (2012) : Agreement in locative phrases in Luganda
[13093] Marten, Lutz & Deograsia Ramadhani (2001) : An overview of object marking in Kiluguru
[27368] Marten, Lutz & Nancy C. Kula (2014) : Benefactive and substitutive applicatives in Bemba
[27296] Martin, Marieke (2012) : A grammar of Wawa : an endangered language of Cameroon
[26838] Martinović, Martina (2015) : Information Structure of Copular Sentences in Wolof
[13102] Martins, João Vicente (1990) : Elementos de gramática de utchokwe
[13103] Martins, Manuel dos Anjos (1991) : Elementos da língua nyungwe: gramática e dicionário (nyungwe-português-nyungwe)
[13104] Martinus, Efraim Frank (1997) : The kiss of a slave: Papiamentu’s West-African connections
[13106] Martroux, L. (1924) : Lexique fãn-français
[13110] Masa ma Mateka (1973) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue kizeela: phonologie et morphologie
[13111] Masasire, Albert , Ann Jefferies & Michel Lafon (Ed) (1994) : Grammatical classification of headwords: ALLEX project report of the grammar team
[13114] Masele, Balla F. Y. P. (1996) : Tense and aspect in Jinakiiya, Kimunasukuma and Kidakama dialects of the Kisukuma-Kinyamwezi languages
[13117] Masele, Balla F. Y. P. & Derek Nurse (2003) : Stratigraphy and prehistory: Bantu zone F
[13118] Masera, Carlo (1936) : Primi elementi di grammatica caffina e dizionario italiano-caffino e caffino-italiano
[13119] Mashabela, P. H. D. (1973) : The relative in Northern Sotho
[13126] Mashka, Z. (1966) : Versuch einer formalen Darstellung der Worttypen mit vollständiger Wurzelreduplikation in Hausa
[13127] Masiea, J. R. (1970) : The order of sequence of verbal extensions in Southern Sotho
[24191] Masiuk, Nadine (1985) : Different types de constructions de l'énoncé à schème verbal du bambara
[24194] Masiuk, Nadine (1986) : La particule de focalisation dè du bambara
[24199] Masiuk, Nadine (1987-88) : Note sur la description des particules du bambara
[24210] Masiuk, Nadine (1994) : L'emploi des particules, des formes pronominales fortes, et de l'extraposition en bambara - parler de Bamako
[27728] Maslinsky, Kirill (2020) : Positional skipgrams for Bambara: a resource for corpus-based studies
[23313] Maslova, Elena [Sergeevna] (2007) : Reciprocals and polyadic: remarkable reciprocals in Bantu
[13130] Masoko, W. (1983) : Maana na mpangilio wa umbo “ki” katika Kiswahili
[13132] Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1975) : Verbal morphology in Ci-Ruri
[13133] Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1975) : Umbo-nomino katika Kiruri [Nominal structure in Ruri]
[13137] Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1985) : The semantic and morphological characterization of KWA in Kiswahili
[13145] Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (2000) : Ci-Ruri verbal inflection
[13150] Massenbach, Gertrud von (193-) : Wörterbuch des nubischen Kunûzi-Dialekts mit einer grammatischen Einleitung
[13151] Massenbach, Gertrud von (1961) : Eine grammatische Skizze des Dongolawi
[13154] Massih, George Abd al (1990) : Dictionary of Arabic grammar terminology: al-khalil
[23308] Masunaga, Kiyoko (1983) : The applied suffix in Kikuyu
[28720] Mata, R. (2015) : Noun Class Agreement and the Elements of the Noun Phrase in Gitonga-Inhambane
[13158] Matambirofa, F. (2000) : Some aspects of the architecture of the possessive noun in Bantu
[13159] Mateene, Kahombo C. (1963) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue hunde
[13163] Mateene, Kahombo C. (1971) : Les rôles syntaxiques du pronom de classe en hunde
[13164] Mateene, Kahombo C. (1971) : L’accord dans la phrase et la proposition copulatives d’identité en hunde, français, lingala et swahili
[13168] Mateene, Kahombo C. (1980) : Essai de grammaire générative et transformationalle de la langue nyanga
[13173] Mateene, Kahombo C. (1992) : Essai de grammaire du kihunde: syntaxe, morphologie et phonologie mélangées
[13175] Mateene, Kahombo C. (1998) : Matéya ma Kiswahili na Lingála / Masomo ya Lingala kwa Kiswahili
[28079] Matfunjwa, Muzi Nkanyiso (2016) : Nature of possession in Siswati : a socio-cultural analysis
[26053] Mathangwane, Joyce T. & E. Kweku Osam (2006) : Grammatical relations in Ikalanga
[13179] Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole (1998) : Allomorphy and the morphology-syntax distinction in Ikalanga
[13185] Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole (2001) : Suffix ordering in the Ikalanga verb stem: a case against The Repeated Morph Constraint
[13186] Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole (2002) : Reduplicatives and their tonology in Ikalanga
[13188] Mathews, William R. (1982) : Basic Somali grammar
[13191] Mathivha, M. E. R. (1966) : The toneme patterns of the Venda noun
[23330] Mathivha, M. E. R. (1968) : The toneme patterns of the Venda noun
[13196] Mathonsi, N. N. (2001) : Prepositional and adverb phrases in Zulu: a linguistic and lexicographic problem
[25709] Mathonsi, Nhlanhla N. (2010) : A Headword Identification Problem of Nouns in Zulu Dictionaries
[13200] Matiki, Alfred J. I. (1999) : The aspectual system of Chiyao
[13201] Matiki, Alfred J. I. (2000) : A functional categoriality of adjectives in Chichewa and Chiyao
[13202] Matiki, Alfred J. I. (2001) : On type frequency, loanwords, and noun classification in Chichewa
[13204] Matondo, Masangu (2000) : Verb-stem reduplication and tones in Kisukuma
[13205] Matondo, Masangu (2001) : The interaction of high tones and verb-stem reduplication in Kisukuma
[25315] Matondo, Masangu (2003) : Tone and Prosodic Morphology in Kisukuma
[13209] Matovu, Catherine Nakibuuka (1992) : A synchronic description of Lusoga in terms of its relatedness to Luganda
[13210] Matovu, Kasalina Byangwa N. & others (1994) : Luganda self-instructing learner’s manual
[13216] Matshan-ma-mena, Azokate (1984) : Esquisse morpho-syntaxique des anthroponymes sakata
[13217] Matsinhe, Sozinho Francisco (1991) : Reflexives in Xitsonga
[13219] Matsinhe, Sozinho Francisco (1994) : The status of verbal affixes in Bantu languages with special reference to Tsonga: problems and possibilities
[13221] Matsushita, Shuji (1973) : Personal pronoun and verb structure in Gwandara (Northern Nigeria)
[13228] Matsushita, Shuji (1995) : /aC/ as a focus marker in Sokoto Hausa (Sakkwatancii)
[13222] Matsushita, Shuji (Ed) (1974) : Hausa (West Africa)
[13224] Matsushita, Shuji (Ed) (1979) : Hausa
[13233] Mattuone, M. (1970) : Etude phonologique et morpho-syntaxique de la langue lendu
[13235] Matumo, Zacharia I. (1994) : Chart of Kalanga grammatical division
[22616] Matushansky, Ora (2003) : Adjectives in Buli
[13242] Maurer, Philippe (1995) : L’angolar: un créole afro-portugais parlé à São Tomé: notes de grammaire, textes, vocabulaires
[13243] Maurer, Philippe (1997) : Tense-aspect-mood in Principense
[13245] Maw, Joan (1968) : Swahili sentence structure
[13246] Maw, Joan (1970) : Sentences in Swahili: a study of their internal relationships
[13247] Maw, Joan (1970) : Some problems in Swahili clause structure
[13249] Maw, Joan (1974) : Tone-groups and clause structure in Swahili
[13251] Maw, Joan (1976) : Focus and the morphology of the Swahili verb
[13252] Maw, Joan (1985) : Twende! A practical course in Swahili
[13255] Maw, Joan (1992) : Narrative in Swahili: sentence structure, intonation and the storyteller
[13256] Maw, Joan (1999) : Swahili for starters: a practical introductory course
[7738] Mawoso, Ts. T. (1979) : La relativisation en yaka: essai de grammaire générative naturelle
[13261] Maxamuud Insaamya, Cabdullaahi Xaaji , Cumar Aw Nuux Maxamed , Axmed Cartan Xaange , Xuseen Shiikh Axmad , Muuse Haaji Ismaaʻiil Galaal , Maxamed Shire Maxamed & Jaamar Axmed Axmed (1973) : Aasaaska naxwaha af soomaaliga [Foundations of Somali grammar]
[22575] Maxey, J. (1994) : Relative clauses in Vute
[13262] Maxwell, J. Lowry (1956) : Yau da gobe: a Hausa grammar for beginners
[13263] Maxwell, J. Lowry (1963) : Yau da gobe: a Hausa grammar for beginners
[13266] Mayala, Nsebeng-Kimanese (1991) : L2 learners’ knowledge of verb form-function relationships at different stages in the acquisition of English as a second language: a study of college learners’ interlanguage in Zaire
[13267] Mayanga, Tayeye (1985) : Grammaire yansi
[13271] Mayevu, G. S. (1973) : Preliminary remarks on the subjectival concord in Tsonga
[13273] Mayr, [Reverend] [Father] Franz (1928) : Easy English for natives in Rhodesia
[13272] Mayr, J. (1924) : Dravidische Nominalsuffixe und ihre afrikanischen Parallellen
[13287] Mazrui, Alamin M. (1983) : The passive transformation in Swahili
[13288] Mazrui, Alamin M. (1991) : Variation in Swahili tense-aspect marking: evidence from Kimvita
[13293] Mazzuki, Daniel (19--) : Jizunze Kiswahili, kwa njia ua Kiiraqw
[13301] Mba-Nkoghe, Jules (1999) : Description linguistique du fang du Gabon (parler atsi): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe, lexique
[13302] Mba-Nkoghe, Jules (1979) : Phonologie et classes nominales en fang (langue bantoue de la zone A)
[13319] Mbá, B. M. (1986) : The perfective aspect markers in the Nsúká group of dialects
[25945] Mba, Gabriel (2012) : La Réduplication en ghómaàlaà‘
[26273] Mba, Gabriel (1996-7) : Les extensions verbales en ghɔmalaʔ
[13298] Mba, Gabriel & Blasius Agha-ah Chiatoh (2003) : Verbal extensions in Kom
[13300] Mba, Gabriel & Justine Atemajong Njika (2003) : Verbal extensions in Nngwe
[13299] Mba, Gabriel & Prosper Djiafeua (2003) : Les extensions verbales en ngiemboon
[13297] Mba, Gabriel & Vernyuy Francis Ndzenyuy (2003) : Verbal extensions in Lamnso
[13304] Mbaabu, Ireri & Kibande Nzuga (2003) : Sheng-English dictionary: deciphering East Africa’s underworld language
[7740] Mbadu, Mwamba di M. (1979) : Les catégories verbales en français et en yoombe
[13305] Mbaga, K. & Wilfred Howell Whiteley (1961) : Formality and informality in Yao speech
[26985] Mbah, Boniface M. & Evelyn Mbah (2014) : Rv applicative in Igbo
[13310] Mbambali, Mbeko (1983) : Éléments de la grammaire casuelle ngbandi
[27388] Mberamihigo, Ferdinand , Gilles-Maurice de Schryver & Koen Bostoen (2016) : Entre verbe et adverbe : Grammaticalisation et dégrammaticalisation du marqueur épistémique umeengo/umeenga en kirundi (bantou, JD62)
[28440] Mberamihigo, Ferdinand , Gilles-Maurice de Schryver & Koen Bostoen (2020) : Entre modalité et conditionnalité L’analyse de corpus du préfixe verbal oo- en kirundi (bantou, JD62)
[28775] Mberia, Kithaka wa (2015) : Misrepresentations and Omissions in Kiswahili Phonology
[27329] Mbiavanga, Fernando (2017) : The (Anti-)Causative Alternation in Kikongo
[28057] Mbiavanga, Fernando (2008) : An analysis of verbal affixes in Kikongo with special reference to form and function
[23864] Mbiydzenyuy Sala, Bonaventura (1999) : Aspects of clefting in Lamnso’
[7742] Mbom, Betrade B. (1990) : Tense and aspect in Basaa
[13334] Mboyo, Claude & André Motingea Mangulu (2002) : Quelques formes incorrectes dans l’esquisse grammaticale de la langue des Elinga
[13337] Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (1998) : Kenyang lexicon
[13339] Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (2002) : The Denya noun class system
[24037] Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (2000) : Kenyang segmental phonology
[25445] Mbuagbaw, Tanyi Eyong (1996) : Denya Phonology
[13340] Mbudi, Mbosongo (1981) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de lyondo (parler tetela C.71)
[13341] Mbulamoko-Nzenge, Moveambe (1973) : Verbe et personne: les substituts et marques de la personne verbale en latin, espagnol, français, allemand, lingála, et ngbandi
[13346] Mbuyi-Kabandanyi (1972) : Éléments de grammaire kete: phonologie et morphologie
[13354] McCallum Jones, Ross (1998) : The Boko/Busa language cluster
[13355] McCallum Jones, Ross (2000) : Coreference marking in Boko: logophoricity or not?
[13356] McCallum Jones, Ross (2004) : Busa dictionary
[13357] McCallum Jones, Ross (2004) : Bokobaru dictionary
[13358] McCallum Jones, Ross (2004) : Boko dictionary
[13362] McCarthy, John J. & Alan Price (1990) : Foot and word in prosodic morphology: the Arabic broken plural
[13363] McCawley, James D. (1970) : A note on tone in Tiv conjugation
[13365] McClelland, Clive W. (2000) : The interrelations of syntax, narrative, structure and prosody in a Berber language
[13367] McConvell, P. (1977) : Relativisation and the ordering of cross-reference rules in Hausa
[22971] McCord, Michael S. (1989) : Acoustical and autosegmental analyses of the Mayogo vowel system
[22627] McGarrity, Laura W. & Robert Dale Botne (2002) : Between agreement and case marking in Lamnso
[24933] McGill, Stuart (2007) : The Cicipu noun class system
[25468] McGill, Stuart (2010) : Person and gender: competing agreement paradigms in Cicipu
[13372] McGill, Stuart , Samuel Fembeti & Michael Toupin (1999) : A grammar of Sisaala-Pasaale
[13374] McGinnis, Martha & Donna B. Gerdts (2003) : A phrase-theoretical analysis of Kinyarwanda multiple applicatives
[13375] McGough, Fr. (1---) : Manuscript grammar of Teso
[13376] McGrath, Donovan & Lutz Marten (2003) : Colloquial Swahili: a complete course for beginners
[27369] McGregor, William B. (2014) : Numerals and number words in Shua
[13378] McGuirk, Russell (1986) : Colloquial Arabic of Egypt
[7744] Mchombo, Sam A. (1980) : Dative and passive in Chichewa: an argument for surface grammar
[13379] Mchombo, Sam A. (1978) : A critical appraisal of the place of derivational morphology within transformational grammar, considered with primary refernce to Chichewa and Swahili
[13381] Mchombo, Sam A. (1986) : A reanalysis of verb-object agreement as pronominal incorporation in Chichewa
[13382] Mchombo, Sam A. (1991) : Reciprocalization in Chichewa: a lexical account
[13384] Mchombo, Sam A. (1993) : A formal analysis of the stative construction in Bantu
[13385] Mchombo, Sam A. (1993) : On the binding of the reflexive and the reciprocal in Chichewa
[13387] Mchombo, Sam A. (1997) : Contributions of African languages to generative grammar
[13388] Mchombo, Sam A. (1998) : Chichewa (Bantu)
[13389] Mchombo, Sam A. (1999) : Argument structure and verbal morphology in Chichewa
[13390] Mchombo, Sam A. (2001) : Chichewa verbal organization and the study of cognition
[13391] Mchombo, Sam A. (2003) : Choppin’ up Chichewa: theoretical approaches to parsing an agglutinative language
[13383] Mchombo, Sam A. (Ed) (1993) : Theoretical aspects of Bantu grammar
[13386] Mchombo, Sam A. & Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga (1994) : The syntax and semantics of reciprocal construction in Ciyao
[13380] Mchombo, Sam A. & Francis B. Moto (1981) : Tone and the theory of syntax
[7748] Mchombo, Sam A. & R. Ngalande (1980) : Reciprocal verbs in Chichewa: a case of lexical derivation
[13394] McHugh, Brian David (1987) : Syntactic structure, empty categories and phrasal phonology in Chaga
[13398] McIntosh, Mary (1984) : Fulfulde syntax and verbal morphology
[13400] McIntyre, Joseph A. (1983) : Hierarchical contexts of Hausa imperative/subjunctive
[13401] McIntyre, Joseph A. (1983) : The length of yi in pre-IO position and the choice between cêe and cèe
[13402] McIntyre, Joseph A. (1988) : A NAG-ging question in Hausa: remarks on the syntax and semantics of the plural noun of agent
[13403] McIntyre, Joseph A. (1989) : Is Hausa zoo a grade 6 verb of motion?
[13404] McIntyre, Joseph A. (1990) : Is Hausa jee a grade 4 verb of motion?
[13406] McIntyre, Joseph A. (1993) : Das Hausa-Verb: Syntax und interne Rekonstruktion
[13407] McIntyre, Joseph A. (1995) : It’s still NAG-ging: compounds in Hausa
[13408] McIntyre, Joseph A. (1995) : Transitive verbs in Hausa: nominalisation strategies and time-stability
[13409] McJannet, M. B. (1949) : Chokwe-English dictionary and grammar lessons
[13410] McKee, Robert G. (1991) : ‘Here’, ‘there’, ‘yonder’ and beyond with Meje aspect
[24972] McKee, Robert Guy (2006) : The Meegye Connective bhe as a Discourse Developmental Marker
[13413] McKinney, Carol Virginia (1979) : Plural verb roots in Kaje
[23048] McKinney, Norris P. (1978) : Participant identification in Kaje narratives
[13417] McLaren, James (1936) : A Xhosa grammar
[13419] McLaren, James (1944) : A Xhosa grammar
[13420] McLaren, James (1948) : A Xhosa grammar
[13423] McLaughlin, Fiona (1992/94) : Consonant mutation in Sereer-Siin
[13424] McLaughlin, Fiona (1997) : Noun classification in Wolof: when affixes are not renewed
[13426] McLaughlin, Fiona (2004) : Is there an adjective class in Wolof?
[24930] McLaughlin, Fiona (1992) : Noun Classification in Seereer-Siin
[25242] McPherson, Laura (2008) : A descriptive and theoretical account of Luganda verbal morphology
[27494] McPherson, Laura (2017) : The morphosyntax of adjectives in Seenku [sos]
[26201] McPherson, Laura & Mary Paster (2009) : Evidence for the Mirror Principle and Morphological Templates in Luganda Affix Ordering
[13435] McWhorter, John H. (1992) : Ni and the copula system in Swahili: a diachronic approach
[13436] McWhorter, John H. (1994) : From focus marker to copula in Swahili
[13441] Mdee, James Salehe (1985) : The problems of translating derivational affixes in [a] bilingual dictionary, English-Kiswahili
[13445] Mdhladhla, G. C. S. & A. H. S. Mbata (1933) : A Zulu manual for native primary schools
[13447] Mdontswa, Pumla V. & Mary C. Bill (1996) : The comparative function in Zulu
[13450] Mechelen, [Bruder] [Adalbert] R. van (1949) : De bijwoordelijke functie in het Tshiluba ; deel 1
[13451] Mechelen, [Bruder] [Adalbert] R. van (1949) : Stamverdubbeling met bijwoordelijke functie in Tshiluba
[13452] Mechelen, [Bruder] [Adalbert] R. van (1950) : De bijwoordelijke functie in het Tshiluba ; deele 2-3
[13453] Mechelen, [Bruder] [Adalbert] R. van (1952) : Het polysynthetisch aspect v.h. Tshiluba ; deele 1-4
[13454] Mechelen, [Bruder] [Adalbert] R. van (1953) : Het polysynthetisch aspect v.h. Tshiluba ; deele 5-7
[13455] Medeghini, A. (194-) : Grammatica acioli: un sunto elaborato sullo ‘studio’ di P. Crazzolara
[13465] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (19--) : Notes non-publié sur le bubi: liste des verbes
[13466] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1943) : Syntaxis van het Tshiluba (Kasayi) ; deele 1-2
[13467] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1946/47) : Syntaxis van het Tshiluba (Kasayi) ; deel 5
[13469] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes buyu, non-publié
[13470] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes fuliro, non-publié
[13471] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes vira, non-publié
[13472] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1952) : Esquisse de la langue ombo (Maniema-Congo Belge)
[13475] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1954) : Linguistische schets van het bangubangu
[13479] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1954) : Werkwoordafleiding in mongo en oerbantoe
[13486] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1959) : Essai de grammaire rundi
[13487] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1960) : Éléments de grammaire lega
[13488] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1962) : Notes de grammaire luba-kasayi (non-publié)
[13489] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1960) : Les tons de l’infixe du bantou
[13490] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1961) : Le ton des extensions verbales en bantou
[13493] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1962) : De tonen van subjunktief en imperatief en het bantoe
[13499] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1965) : Reconstructions grammaticales du bantou
[13502] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1966) : Syntactic tones of nouns in Ganda: a preliminary synthesis
[13503] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1967) : Bantu grammatical reconstructions
[13507] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1971) : Notes on conjugation and tone in Yao
[13508] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1971) : Relative clauses in Bantu
[13516] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1978) : Relative structures in Bantu
[23336] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1944/45) : Syntaxis van het Tshiluba (Kasayi) ; deele 3-4
[23337] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1957) : Syntaxis van het Tshiluba (Kasayi) ; deel 6
[23338] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1958) : Syntaxis van het Tshiluba (Kasayi) ; deel 7
[23341] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1946/47) : Over een werkwoordvorm in het Tshiluba (Kasayi)
[23342] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes bembe, non-publié
[23343] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes binja-nord, non-publié
[23344] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes binja-sud, non-publié
[23345] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1952) : Notes de grammaire rundi (non-publié)
[23346] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1971) : Zur Morphotonologie des Yaka
[23347] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1976) : Noun class systems in Niger-Congo
[23348] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1977) : Trois pronominaux du mbala
[23349] Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1980) : Problèmes spécifiques de grammaire comparée du bantou: exposé introductif
[13515] Meeussen, Achille Emiel & autres (1977) : Aspects preliminaires de l’étude du punu
[13500] Meeussen, Achille Emiel & F. Sebassoni (1965) : Notes binja-sud, non-publié
[27608] Meeussen, Achille Emile (2014) : Tones of the Subjunctive and the Imperative in Bantu
[13519] Meeuwis, Michael (1995) : The Lingala tenses: a reappraisal
[13521] Meeuwis, Michael (1997) : Imminence and volition in Lingala grammar
[13522] Meeuwis, Michael (1998) : Lingala
[13527] Meeuwis, Michael (2001) : Tense and aspect in Lingala, and Lingala’s history: some feedback on Nurse
[13528] Meeuwis, Michael (2001) : La ‘Grammaire et vocabulaire du lingala, ou langue du haut-Congo’ d’Egide de Boeck de 1904: commentaires historiques, presentation et texte
[25393] Meeuwis, Michael (2010) : A Grammatical Overview of Lingála
[13529] Meeuwis, Michael & Honoré Vinck (2003) : Contribution à l’histoire du lingala: l’essai sur la langue congolaise d’Emeri Cambier (1891) - situation historique et texte intégral
[23913] Meeuwis, Michael & Honoré Vinck (1993) : Contribution à l’histoire du lingala: l’essai sur la langue congolaise d’Emeri Cambier (1891)
[13532] Meier, Paul E. (1969) : The relative clause in Izi
[13533] Meier, Paul E. , Inge Meier & John Theodor Bendor-Samuel (1975) : A grammar of Izi, an Igbo language
[13536] Meijer, G. , Perpétua Gonçalves & N. Carlos (1982) : A língua portuguesa em Moçambique: elementos para uma análise de erros
[28585] Meinhof, Carl (1901) : Das Tši-venda
[13549] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1921/22) : Was können uns die hamitischen Sprachen für den Bau des semitischen Verbums lehren?
[13556] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1928) : Die Sprache der Suaheli
[13558] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1928/29) : Versuch einer grammatischen Skizze einer Buschmannsprache
[13564] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1930) : Der Koranadialekt des Hottentottischen
[13569] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1936) : Die Entstehung der flektierender Spracher
[13570] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1937) : Die Sprache der Herero in Deutsch-Südwestafrika
[13572] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1938) : Der Ausdruck der Kasus-Beziehungen in afrikanischen Sprachen
[13573] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1938/39) : Die Sprache der Bira
[13574] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1940/41) : Entstehung und Gebrauch der Lokativendung in Bantusprachen ; Teil 1
[13575] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1941) : Die Sprache der Suaheli
[13576] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1941/42) : Entstehung und Gebrauch der Lokativendung in Bantusprachen ; Teil 2
[13578] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1943/44) : Das Heiban in Kordofan
[13579] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1948) : Grundzüge einer vergleichenden Grammatik der Bantusprachen
[13580] Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1968) : Die Sprache der Herero
[13582] Meinhold, Gottfried & Roman Stopa (1975) : 17 Sätze in Nama-Hottentottisch, gesprochen von Eliphas Eiseb (Okahandja, Südwestafrika)
[13586] Meissner, Antje (2000) : Some remarks on the morphology of Maa animal names
[13585] Meissner, Antje & Anne Storch (Ed) (2000) : Nominal classification in African languages
[13593] Mekonnen Daniel (2001) : Pronouns and pronominalization in Shinasha
[13594] Mekonnen Gemmechu (1988) : The morphophonemics of Zay
[13596] Mel, Gnamba Bertin (1994) : Le móbù-mri (langue aizi d’Abra, sous-préfecture de Jacqueville): étude phonologique et grammaticale
[13597] Mel, Gnamba Bertin (1997) : Les formes du pluriel dans un parler bété (langue kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[13604] Melis, Antonio (1999) : Description du Masa (Tchad): phonologie, syntaxe et dictionnaire encyclopédique
[24862] Melis, Antonio & Roberto Ajello (2008) : Dictionnaire Gizey-Français, suivi dʼune liste lexicale Français-Gizey
[13605] Meltzer, Edmund Stephen (1980) : Problems of adjectival constructions in Old and Middle Egyptian
[13612] Melzian, Hans J. (1960) : Manuskript einer Bini-Grammatik
[13598] Melʼcuk, Igor A. (1997) : Grammatical cases, basic verbal construction and voice in Maasai: toward a better analysis of the concepts
[13600] Melʼnikov, Guennady [Prokofievich] & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (1994) : Revealing the determinanta and classification of Bantu morphemes ; part 1
[13601] Melʼnikov, Guennady [Prokofievich] & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (1994) : Revealing the determinanta and classification of Bantu morphemes ; part 2
[28617] Ménard, F. (1908) : Grammaire kirundi
[25678] Mendisu, Binyam Sisay (2010) : Aspects of Koorete Verb Morphology
[26531] Mendisu, Binyam Sisay (2014) : Grammaticalization of Existential Auxiliaries in Koorete
[13622] Mengistu Amberber (1984) : The verb morphology in Xamtanga (Agew)
[13623] Mengistu Amberber (1989) : The structure of the noun phrase in Khamtanga
[13624] Mengistu Amberber (1992) : The status of bound possessive pronominals in Khamtanga
[13626] Mengistu Amberber (2001) : Verb classes and transitivity in Amharic
[13627] Mengistu Amberber (2003) : The grammatical encoding of ‘thinking’ in Amharic
[13630] Menne, Martinus (1992) : Konkordanzmorphologie der Klassengruppe 1/2 im Benue-Kongo: zur Verbreitung von präverbalen a- und pränominalen u-
[13634] Mensah, Eyo O. & Offiong A. Offiong (2004) : On Efik nouns
[27344] Menuta, Fekede (2015) : Kontatsuwa Grammar
[13638] Mercer, Samuel Alfred Browne (1961) : An Egyptian grammar, with chrestomathy and glossary
[13642] Mercier, H. (1956) : Grammaire arabe
[13643] Mereu, Lunella (1999) : Agreement, pronominalization and word order in pragmatically-oriented languages
[28174] Méric, Jean-Jacques (2021) : Essais d’analyse syntaxique automatique dans Corbama, le Corpus de référence Bambara
[13645] Meriggi, Piero (1928/29) : Versuch einer Grammatik des |Xam-Buschmännischen
[13649] Merlevede, Andrea (1995) : Een schets van de fonologie en morfologie van het Bondei gevolgd door een Bondei-Engels en Engels-Bondei woordenlijst
[13650] Merlo, Christian & Pierre Vidaud (1967) : Unité des langues négro-africaines
[13652] Merrifield, Louise Margaret (1977) : A survey of some aspects of classes 1a, 2a and 2b
[28436] Merrill, John T. M. (2021) : The evolution of consonant mutation and noun class marking in Wolof
[13656] Mertens, Joseph (1938) : Les badzing de la Kamtsha, II: grammaire de l’idzing de la Kamstha
[13659] Merwe, D. F. van der (1941) : On the morphology and semasiology of the Sotho verbal stem, with special reference to derivative verbal species
[13660] Merwe, D. F. van der & Isaac Schapera (1943) : A comparative study of Kgalagadi, Kwena and other Sotho dialects
[13664] Merwe, H. J. J. H. van der (1967) : Afrikaanse taalkwessies
[13661] Merwe, H. J. J. M. van der (1951) : An introduction to Afrikaans
[13665] Merwe, H. J. J. M. van der (Ed) (1968) : Afrikaans, sy aard en ontwikkeling
[13667] Meselech Melkie (1985) : Interrogative sentences in Amharic
[13668] Meseret Tesfaye Abebe (1983) : Kunama (Marda) verb inflections
[13669] Meseret Teshome (1985) : The verb phrase in Amharic
[13670] Mesfin Haile Giorgis (1986) : The structure of dependent sentences in Sidamo
[13672] Mesfin Kebede (2000) : Compounding in Kafa
[13675] Messerschmidt, H. J. , J. J. E. Messerschmidt & D. P. Thulo (2003) : A human-assisted computer generated LA-grammar for simple sentences in Southern Sotho
[13678] Mesthrie, Rajend (1987) : From OV to VO in language shift: South African Indian English and its OV substrates
[13683] Mesthrie, Rajend (1991) : Syntactic variation in South African Indian English: the relative clause
[13690] Mesthrie, Rajend (1999) : Syntactic change in progress: semi-auxiliary busy in South African English
[6795] Mettouchi, Amina (1992) : Pour une réévalution de la valeur de l'aoriste intensif dans le système verbal kabyle
[13698] Mettouchi, Amina (2000) : Accompli et négation en kabyle
[13699] Mettouchi, Amina (2001) : La forme ad+aoriste en berbère (kabyle)
[23156] Mettouchi, Amina (1992) : Un exemple de liaison inter-énoncés en kabyle: les marqueurs i et ara
[23158] Mettouchi, Amina (1994) : Les interrogatives partielles et leurs relais en berbère (kabyle)
[23159] Mettouchi, Amina (1995) : Détermination verbale et négation en kabyle
[23160] Mettouchi, Amina (1995) : Aspect et négation: recherche d’invariants et étude énonciative de l’incidence de la modalité négative sur l’aspect en berbère (kabyle)
[23161] Mettouchi, Amina (1996) : La négation dans les langues du Maghreb, synthèse
[23162] Mettouchi, Amina (1996) : Remarques sur la négation en berbère (kabyle)
[23163] Mettouchi, Amina (1998) : Aspect et négation: remarques sur l'inaccompli et la négation en anglais et en berbère (kabyle)
[23164] Mettouchi, Amina (1998) : La particule D en berbère (kabyle): transcatégorialité des marqueurs énonciatifs
[23165] Mettouchi, Amina (1999) : Le “t” n’est-il qu‘une marque de féminin en berbère (kabyle)
[23166] Mettouchi, Amina (1995/98) : Négation, co-énonciation et référenciation: le marqueur ara en kabyle de l’ouest
[23167] Mettouchi, Amina (2001) : La grammaticalisation de ara en kabyle: négation et subordination relative
[23169] Mettouchi, Amina (2003) : Contrastive focalization on clefts in Taqbaylit Berber
[23170] Mettouchi, Amina (2002) : Négations non-verbales et asymétrie aspectuelle au regard de la négation: unité d’un système?
[23171] Mettouchi, Amina (2003) : Diathèse, dérivation et aspect en kabyle (berbère)
[23172] Mettouchi, Amina (2003) : Focalisation contrastive et structure de l’information en kabyle (berbère)
[23173] Mettouchi, Amina (2004) : Diathesis, aspect and stativity in Taqbaylit Berber
[25187] Mettouchi, Amina (2009) : The system of negation in Berber
[25668] Mettouchi, Amina (2011) : Démonstratifs et construction de la référence en kabyle
[28917] Mettouchi, Amina (2015) : Aspect-Mood and discourse in Kabyle (Berber) spoken narratives
[25167] Mettouchi, Amina & Axel Fleisch (2010) : Topic-focus articulation in Taqbaylit and Tashelhit Berber
[23168] Mettouchi, Amina & Naïma Louali (2002) : Structures intonatives en berbère: l’énoncé prédicatif à particule d
[23174] Mettouchi, Amina , N. Smail & Naïma Louali (2004) : Intonational structures in Berber: the non-verbal predicative d+XP in Tarifit and Taqbaylit
[13702] Mewis, Catherine el Solami (1987) : Lehrbuch des Somali
[13703] Mewis, Catherine el Solami (1988) : On classifying Somali nouns by their plural classes
[13709] Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke (1972) : Studien zur Morphologie und Syntax des Musgu (Nordkamerun)
[13710] Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke (1973/74) : Quantitative Untersuchungen zum I, II und IV Verbalstamm im Hausa
[24052] Meyer, [P.] G. (2001) : Eléments de grammaire du badiaranke : parler de la région de Koundara, Guinée
[24061] Meyer, [P.] G. (2001) : Lexique badiaranke-français: parler de la région de Koundara, Guinée
[25058] Meyer, [P.] G. (1983) : Lexique élémentaire Malinké-Français, suivi dʼéléments de grammaire. Dialecte maninkaa du Niokolo (sous-préfecture de Bandafassi)
[27945] Meyer, Emmi (2020) : A Study of Mambila – Emmi Meyer’s Mambila-Studie - Translated, edited and updated to mark the eightieth anniversary of the original publication
[13708] Meyer, Ronny (2005) : Das Zay: deskriptive Grammatik einer Ostguragesprache (Äthiosemtisch)
[26536] Meyer, Ronny (2014) : Finiteness in Gurage Languages
[27570] Meyer, Ronny (2006) : Wolane: descriptive grammar of an East Gurage Language
[13715] Meyers, Laura Frances (1974) : The Hausa particle ‘ko’: an uncertainty modality
[13716] Meyers, Laura Frances (1974) : The particles sai and har: ‘only, ‘even’ and ‘until’ in Hausa
[13719] Meziani, Ahmed (1983) : Modality in English and Maroccan Arabic
[13721] Mfaume, Gideon Evans (1983) : A depedency grammar approach to the study of word order change in Swahili declarative sentences
[13726] Mfonyam, Joseph (1988) : Tone in the Bafut noun phrase
[27215] Mfoutou, Jean-Alexis (2009) : Grammaire et lexique Munukutuba : Congo-Brazzaville, République démocratique du Congo, Angola
[27717] Mfum-Ekong, Adiate (1979) : Esquisse grammaticale yansi (parler ntsambaan) - Phonologie et Morphologie
[13732] Mfuwa, Ndonga (1995) : Systématique grammaticale du kisikongo (Angola)
[13733] Mgullu, Richard S. (1990) : The structure of Kiswahili sentences: a transformational generative approach
[13734] Mgullu, Richard S. (1999) : Mtalaa wa Isimu: fonetiki, fonolojia na mofolojia ya Kiswahili
[28060] Mhute, Isaac (2011) : The Shona subject relation
[13741] Michaëlis, Suzanne (1993) : Temps et aspect en créole seychellois: valeurs et interférences
[13742] Michaëlis, Suzanne (1993) : Komplexe Syntax im Seychellen-Kreol
[13745] Michel, C. , O. Lhomme , T. Grossi & S. Pourchet (1989) : Modélisation du pluriel brisé en tigrigna
[13747] Michuki, D. N. (1966) : Masomo ya kiswahili, a Kiswahili course for beginners
[26612] Mickala Manfoumbi, Roger (2005) : Le morphème -ánu en PUNU (B43)
[13748] Mickala-Manfoumbi, Roger (1994) : Essai de grammaire pove: langue bantoue du groupe B.30
[13749] Mickala-Manfoumbi, Roger (2001) : Le morphème -ánù en punu (B43)
[26188] Midtlyng, Patrick J. (2011) : The Effects of Speech Rate on VOT for Initial Plosives and Click Accompaniments in Zulu
[9208] Miehe, Gudrun (2004) : Les pronoms personnels dans les langues gur
[13754] Miehe, Gudrun (1979) : Die Sprache der älteren Swahili-Dichtung
[13755] Miehe, Gudrun (1983) : Die Nominalklassen in den kameruner Graslandsprachen: ein Diskussionsbeitrag zur Klassifikation der bantoiden Sprachen
[13758] Miehe, Gudrun (1989) : Les extensions verbales en swahili et dans les langues voisines
[13760] Miehe, Gudrun (1989) : Verbal extensions in Swahili and neighbouring languages
[13764] Miehe, Gudrun (1994) : Les classes nominales en kpatogo et en khi (komono)
[13768] Miehe, Gudrun (1998) : Der Progressiv und verwadte Bildungen im Kaanga
[13771] Miehe, Gudrun (2000) : The use of nga and its composite form in some pre-Standard Swahili texts
[24632] Miehe, Gudrun (2008) : Ja̰a̰ne
[24663] Miehe, Gudrun (1983) : Die Nominalklassen des Abuan
[25069] Miehe, Gudrun (2001) : Lʼimpératif en kããnsa (Burkina Faso)
[28634] Miehe, Gudrun (2012) : C1. Dagara Cluster
[28635] Miehe, Gudrun (2012) : C2. Farifari (Gurene): Comparative notes
[28639] Miehe, Gudrun (2012) : C6. Dagbani
[28640] Miehe, Gudrun (2012) : C7. Mampruli
[28641] Miehe, Gudrun (2012) : C8. Oti-Volta West: Comparative notes
[28661] Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : B1. Kaasa
[28663] Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : B3. Khisa (Komono)
[28664] Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : B4. Gbatogso (Kpatogoso, Padorho)
[28665] Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : B5. Kaansa-Dogose: Comparative notes
[28670] Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : D2. Jaane (Dyan)
[28671] Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : D3. Lobiri-Jaane: Comparative notes
[28679] Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : G6. Tyebari (Cebari, Nyenere)
[28680] Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : G7. Palaka (Pilara)
[28681] Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : G8. Fodonon
[28682] Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : G9. Tagbana (Tagwana)
[28683] Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : G10. Nafaanra (Pantera)
[28684] Miehe, Gudrun (2007) : G11. Senufo languages: Comparative notes
[28669] Miehe, Gudrun & Florian Tham (2007) : D1. Lobiri
[13762] Miehe, Gudrun & Johannes Stöckle (1992) : A short introduction to the Mungaka grammar
[24771] Miehe, Gudrun & Kerstin Winkelmann (2007) : Noun Class Systems in Gur Languages; Vol. I Southwestern Gur Languages (without Gurunsi)
[28623] Miehe, Gudrun , Brigitte Reineke & Kerstin Winkelmann (eds) (2012) : Noun Class Systems in Gur Languages. Vol. II: North Central Gur Languages
[13769] Miehe, Gudrun , Brigitte Reineke , Manfred von Roncador & Kerstin Winkelmann (Ed) (1998) : Actes du premier colloque international sur les langues gur, Ouagadougou, 3-7 mars 1997. Partie 2: grammaire, discours et comparaison
[28624] Miehe, Gudrun , Ulrich Kleinewillinghöfer , Manfred von Roncador & Kerstin Winkelmann (2012) : Overview of noun classes in Gur (II) (revised and enlarged version)
[28657] Miehe, Gudrun , Ulrich Kleinewillinghöfer , Manfred von Roncador & Kerstin Winkelmann (2007) : Overview on noun classes in Gur
[27739] Miestamo, Matti , Kati Helenius & Jukka Kajala (2019) : Use of the augment in negatives and other irrealis contexts in isiNdebele
[13773] Mietzner, Angelika (1996) : Zu Possession in nilotischen Sprachen
[24815] Mietzner, Angelika (2007) : Location, motion and movement in Keyo
[25528] Mietzner, Angelika (2012) : Spatial orientation in Nilotic languages and the forces of innovation
[25772] Mietzner, Angelika (2009) : Räumliche Orientierung in nilotischen Sprachen. Raumkonzepte – Direktionalität – Perspektiven
[27077] Mietzner, Angelika (2016) : Cherang’any - A Kalenjin Language of Kenya
[28197] Migeod, Frederick William Hugh (1914) : A Grammar of the Hausa Language.
[13814] Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2001) : Two kinds of reduplication in Ju|’hoansi
[13809] Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda & Bonny [Eva] Sands (1999) : !Kung as a linguistic construct
[13793] Miller, C. (1983/84) : Aperçu du système verbal en Juba Arabic
[13799] Miller, Catherine (1993) : Restructuration morphosyntaxique en Juba-Arabic et Ki-Nubi: à propos du débat universaux/substrat et superstrat dans les études créoles
[13800] Miller, Catherine (1999) : Grammaticalization and embedding in Juba Arabic
[13801] Miller, Catherine (2001) : Grammaticalisation du verbe dire et subordination en Juba Arabic
[13795] Miller, Cynthia (1986) : Connectives in Murle epistolary texts
[13802] Miller, Cynthia (2001) : Evidence for ergativity in Shilluk
[24947] Miller, Cynthia L. & Leoma G. Gilley (2007) : Evidentiality and Mirativity in Shilluk
[13791] Miller, W. R. (1939) : Wata biu-Hausa grammar
[26405] Millimono, Tamba (1978) : Le phénomène linguistique de la substitution en kisiei
[22512] Mimouni, Zohra (1997) : Noun and verb forms in Algerian Arabic: a neuropsycholinguistic study
[5349] Mingas, Amélia Arlete (1994) : Etude grammaticale de l’iwoyo (Angola)
[26295] Mingas, Amélia Arlete (1989) : Bibliographie et analyse critique de quelques descriptions antérieures du kikoongo ; II. Projet de thèse ; III. Esquisse phonologique de l'oyo (Angola)
[13825] Minwyelet Getahun (1984) : The noun phrase in Kefa
[13834] Mirt, Heide (1970/71) : Zur Morphologie des Verbalkomplexes im Mandara
[28312] Misago, Manoah-Joël , Epimaque Nshimirimana & Pascal Tuyubahe (2021) : Usages grammaticaux du verbe -guma ‘rester’ en kirundi (JD62) : Une étude linguistique basée sur un corpus
[13835] Mischke, Gerda E. (1994) : Neuter verbal extensions in Southern Sotho
[13836] Mischke, Gerda E. (1997) : The Southern Sotho relative in discourse
[13837] Mischke, Gerda E. (1998) : The reference status of Southern Sotho predicative nouns
[13838] Mischke, Gerda E. (1998) : Southern Sotho verbal relative constructions
[13839] Mischke, Gerda E. (1998) : The Southern Sotho relative in discourse
[13840] Mischke, Gerda E. (1999) : A discourse-pragmatic investigation of the interrelationship between the function and structure of Southern Sotho relative clauses
[28064] Mischke, Gertruida Elizabeth (1997) : The Southern Sotho relative in discourse
[13841] Mischlich, Adam (19--) : Hausa
[25470] Mishchenko, Daria (2010) : Pronominal system of the Looma language: the Woi-Balagha dialect
[13843] Mistry, Karen S. & Grace Gare (1969) : An introduction to spoken Setswana
[26840] Mitchell, Alice (2015) : Extra-Ordinary Morphology in an Avoidance Register of Datooga
[28009] Mitchell, Alice (2017) : The pragmatics of a kinship term – The meaning and use of íiyá ‘mother’ in Datooga (Nilotic)
[13845] Mitchell, T. F. (1952) : The active participle in an arabic dialect of Cyrenaica
[13846] Mitchell, T. F. (1953) : Particle-noun complexes in a Berber dialect (Zuara)
[13847] Mitchell, T. F. (1956) : An introduction to Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[13848] Mitchell, T. F. (1962) : Colloquial Arabic: the living language of Egypt
[25773] Mitchell, T.F. (2009) : Zuaran Berber (Libya). Grammar and Texts
[13850] Mitelela, Rosa (2004) : As variacoes alomorficas do prefixo da classe 7 em Shimakonde
[13854] Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (2001) : A linguistic analysis of Cinsenga, a Bantu language spoken in Zambia and Malawi
[13856] Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (2003) : The effect of extensions, enclitics and object markers on verbal tone in Cinsenga
[13857] Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (2004) : A grammar of Cingoni-Nsenga: a Central Bantu language spoken in Zambia
[28753] Mitterhofer, Bernadette (2013) : Lessons from a Dialect Survey of Bena: Analysing Wordlists
[13860] Miyamoto, M. (Ed) (1985) : Swahili
[13864] Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (1972) : An outline of the morphology of substantives in Ndau, with a preliminary note on Ndau phonology
[13868] Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (1989) : Factores sociolinguísticos no estabelecimento de um sistema ortográfico: a experiência zimbabweana
[13871] Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (1995) : Shona
[13873] Mkanganwi, Kumbirai G. (2002) : Shona (derivational) morphology: an observation in search of a theory
[13876] Mkhatshwa, S. N. L. (1991) : Metaphorical extensions as a basis for grammaticalization with special reference to Zulu auxiliary verbs
[27895] Mkochi, Winfred (2019) : Encoding the plural-honorific suffix -ani and the imperfective anga in Malawian CiTonga (N.15)
[13880] Mkude, Daniel J. (1974) : A study of Kiluguru syntax with special reference to the transformational history of sentences with permuted subject and object
[13883] Mkude, Daniel J. (1995) : Towards a semantic typology of the Swahili language
[13884] Mkude, Daniel J. (1996) : Prototypicality and the syntax of possession in Swahili
[13885] Mkude, Daniel J. (1996) : Agentless versus non-agentive passives in Swahili
[13887] Mkude, Daniel J. (2004) : The impact of Kiswahili on Kiluguru
[23138] Mkude, Daniel J. (2005) : The passive construction in Swahili
[13890] Mlacha, Shaaban A. K. (1991) : The construction of a story grammar in Kiswahili prose fiction
[13894] Mmadike, (1996) : The Igbo emphatic reflexive pronoun and the binding theory
[13895] Mmbi, N. M. (1989) : Question formation in Venda
[13899] Mncube, Francis Stephen Mabutha (1955) : Xhosa manual
[13901] Moabelo, Daniel Boy (2004) : The impact of pronominalisation on communication, with special reference to Northern Sotho
[13903] Mobeze, Bombwa (1984) : Essai phonologique et morphologique de la langue genza
[13906] Modini, Paul (1985) : A note on object relative clauses in Bantu
[13911] Moeketsi, Rosemary H. (1994) : The versatile nature of the Sourthern Sotho demonstrative
[13912] Moeketsi, Rosemary H. & C. F. Swanepoel (1995) : Southern Sotho: only study guide for SSE202-Y (a functional approach to aspects of syntax and semantics)
[13910] Moeketsi, Rosemary H. , Gerda E. Mischke , L. J. Kock , T. A. Sibeko & C. F. Swanepoel (1994) : Southern Sotho study guide 2 for SST102-X (a functional approach to aspects of morphology)
[13919] Mogapi, Kgomotso (1979) : Thutapuo ya Setswana: mephato I-III
[13920] Mogapi, Kgomotso (1981) : Thutapuo ya Setswana: mephato IV le V
[13921] Moges Yigezu (1984) : Hadiya verb morphology
[27101] Moges Yigezu (2005) : Some Observations on the Pronouns of Hamar: A Comparative Perspective
[13925] Moges Yigezu, & Teshome Yehaulashet (1995) : Anfillo: a sketch of grammar and lexicon
[26170] Moghaddam, Safieh (2012) : Focus Constructions in Lamnso'
[572] Mohamadou, Aliou (1985) : La morphologie du constituant nominal en fulfulde, parler de l’Adamawa
[13931] Mohamadou, Aliou (1985) : La morphologie du constituant nominal en fulfulde, parlers de l’Aadamaawa
[13932] Mohamadou, Aliou (1990) : Remarques sur la négation assertive en peul
[13933] Mohamadou, Aliou (1991) : Classificateurs et représentation des propriétés lexicales en peul: parlers de l’Aadamaawa
[13934] Mohamadou, Aliou (1994) : Les approches sémantiques de la classification nominale en peul
[13935] Mohamadou, Aliou (1994) : Classificateurs et représentation des propriétés lexicales en peul: parlers de l’Aadamaawa
[13936] Mohamadou, Aliou (2000) : Topicalisation et détermination du terme topique en peul
[24995] Mohamadou, Aliou (1998) : Fonctionnement morphologique et interprétation sémantique d'un système classifîcatoire : l'exemple du peul
[27049] Mohamadou, Aliou (2014) : Le verbe en peul
[13942] Mohamed Khamis, Said Ahmed (1984) : The forgotten ki- in Kiswahili
[13943] Mohamed Khamis, Said Ahmed (1988) : The forgotten ki- in Swahili
[13945] Mohamed Khamis, Said Ahmed (1991) : Kiteuzi -ji
[13937] Mohamed, Youssof (1993) : Introduction à l’étude morpho-syntaxique du locatif en comorien
[13938] Mohamed, Youssof (1994) : Introduction à la subordination complétive en comorien
[13951] Mohammed, A. (1977) : Aspects of the syntax and semantics of noun modification in Hausa
[13954] Mohammed, A. (1991) : The tense system of Hausa
[13957] Mohammed, A. (1995) : NP-construction in Hausa: a semantic view
[13953] Mohammed, Mohammed Abdullah (1986) : Ellipsis: a contrastive study of Swahili and English discourse
[13959] Mohammed, Mohammed Abdullah (2001) : Modern Swahili grammar
[13961] Mohlala, Linkie (2003) : The Bantu attribute noun class prefixes and their suffixal counterparts, with special reference to Zulu
[14309] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1967) : Die Sprache der Dciriku: Phonologie, Prosodologie und Morphologie
[14310] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1968) : Some concepts underlying language description: a reply to A. E. Meeussen’s review of my monograph ‘Die Sprache der Dciriku’
[14329] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1981) : Die Bantusprachen im engeren Sinn
[14338] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1985) : Forschungsbericht über Feldstudien zum dialektalen Vergleich der pronominalsysteme unter den Bantusprachen des kenianischen Küstenbereichs von Juli bis September 1983
[14342] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1986) : Grundzüge der textmorphologischen Struktur und Analyse afrikanischer Erzählungen
[14345] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1990) : Dialektrometrische Berechnungen mit Hilfe des Computers
[14351] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1994) : Derivation: Verbal- und Nominalableitungen
[14366] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (2005) : A grammatical sketch of Rugciriku
[25529] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (2012) : Directionality as a basic principle in Otjiherero verb constructions
[14347] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Bernd Heine (1991) : Swahili Übungsbuch
[14354] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Bernd Heine (1995) : Swahili Übungsbuch
[14357] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Bernd Heine (1999) : Swahili Übungsbuch
[24034] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Jekura U. Kavari (2008) : Reference Grammar of Herero (Otjiherero). Bantu Language of Namibia. With a Glossary Otjiherero-English-Otjiherero
[14312] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Jürgen Christoph Winter (1970) : Zur Bedeutungsanalyse der unterschiedlichen Nominalklassenzugehörigkeit von Verwandtschaftsbezeichnungen im Dciriku: eine sozialanthropologisch-linguistische Untersuchung
[14365] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Karl Peter Shiyaka-Mberema (2005) : A dictionary of the Rumanyo language: Rumanyo-English/English-Rumanyo, including a grammatical sketch
[14346] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg , Bernd Heine & Hassan Adam (1991) : Swahili Grundkurs
[14349] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg , Bernd Heine & Hassan Adam (1993) : Swahili Grundkurs
[14353] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg , Bernd Heine & Hassan Adam (1995) : Swahili Grundkurs
[14358] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg , Bernd Heine & Hassan Adam (1999) : Swahili Grundkurs
[14364] Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg , Lutz Marten & Jekura U. Kavari (2002) : A grammatical sketch of Herero (Otjiherero)
[13963] Mohmed, Aliyu (1977) : Aspects of the syntax and semantics of noun modification by adkectives in Hausa
[13970] Moinaesha, Cheikh (1981) : Morphologie du verbe dans la langue comorienne (G-C)
[13973] Mojapelo, Mampaka (2003) : The external arguments of weather verbs in Northern Sotho
[13978] Mokgokong, Pothinus C. (1975) : Context as determinant of meaning with special reference to Northern Sotho
[13980] Mokoena, Aubrey D. (1998) : Sesotho made easy: a step-by-step guide
[25137] Mokrani, Soraya (2005) : Eléments nouveaux en vue de la description de la langue samayé (B25)
[13984] Mol, Frans (1997) : Lessons in Maasai: a grammar of Maasai language
[13990] Molembo, Masimo (1987) : Formes verbales comparées des langues motembo et lingombe
[13996] Molinaro, Luigi (1925) : Appunti di grammatica della lingua madi
[13997] Molitor, W. (1---) : Carnet des notes manuscrites sur le cours de Kiswahili du Père Colle
[13998] Mollard, P. W. (1955) : Elementary Swahili instructional course
[14373] Möller, L. A. (1988) : ’n Semantiese representasie (SR) van enkele duitse plekname (PN) in sintaktiese verband: ’n voorlopige beskouing
[28706] Möller, Mirjam (2016) : The noun class system in Mmen: A center Ring Grassfields Bantu language
[28707] Möller, Mirjam (2011) : The noun phrase in Kwere: A Bantu language of Tanzania
[28710] Möller, Mirjam (2012) : The noun and verb in Mmen - a Center Ring Grassfields Bantu language
[14001] Molnárfi, László (1997) : Zur Diskurskomponente in der Sprechsprache: vir als Rhemamarkier im Afrikaans
[22661] Molnárfi, László (2004) : On the interpretation of multiple negation in spoken and written Afrikaans
[14004] Moloi, Francina L. (2001) : Acquisition of English L2 tense, aspect and agreement by Sesotho-speaking children
[14006] Molokoane, Emelda Mmabatho (2004) : The interrogative in Northern Sotho: a study of the relation between form and meaning
[14010] Moloto, Ernest Sedumeni (1979) : The qualificative in Tswana
[14015] Mommer, Kerri Ellen (1986) : Theoretical issues concerning inherent aspect and the perfect in English, Cebaari and Swahili
[29041] Monaka, Kemmonye Collete (2023) : Linguistic variations among the dialects of Shekgalagari
[14017] Mondi-Vudri, Apima Atinda (1988) : Parlers logo, lugbara, et lendu: étude comparée de verbaux en groupe moru-mangbetu
[14018] Monem, Mufid al-Guindi Abd al (1974) : Diccionario español-arabe de verbos, gramatica y temas de conversación
[28262] Monich, Irina & Matthew Baerman (2019) : Stem modification in Nuer
[14042] Moñino, Yves (1970) : Dérivation et composition dans le vocabulaire technique ngbaka-ma’bo (République Centrafricaine)
[14050] Moñino, Yves (1987) : Le verbe dans 17 parlers gbaya-manza
[24441] Moñino, Yves (2007) : Les rôles du substrat dans les créoles et dans les langues secrètes: le cas du palenquero, créole espagnol de Colombie.
[24442] Moñino, Yves (2007) : Convergencias lingüísticas iberocongolesas en palenquero: ʔintegrarse a la sociedad mayoritaria o distinguirse de ella?
[25469] Moñino, Yves (2010) : La structuration du systeme pronominal en proto-gbaya
[14022] Monsen, R. B. (1972) : Semantic preliminaries to lexicography: a study of the Hausa verb
[28876] Montébran, Aurore (2020) : Asymmetries in negation in the Atlantic languages: a preliminary comparison
[14040] Montgomery, Christine Anne (1966) : The morphology of Sebei
[25277] Montlahuc, Marie-Laure (2000) : Eléments de description du chaga oriental
[27406] Moodie, Jonathan (2017) : Conditional constructions in Lopit, an Eastern Nilotic language
[28203] Moodie, Jonathan & Rosey Billington (2020) : A Grammar of Lopit: An Eastern Nilotic Language of South Sudan
[22751] Moomo, David (1998) : Quotation forms in Ebira narratives
[24731] Moore, Kevin Ezra (2007) : Lexical Resources in Wolof and English for Talking of Time in Terms of Space
[25001] Moore, Kevin Ezra (2000) : Spatial experience and temporal metaphors in Wolof: point of view, conceptual mapping, and linguistic practice
[14061] Moore, R. A. C. (1966) : Verbal derivations in Swahili
[14064] Moosally, Michelle Jamila (1999) : Subject and object coordination in Ndebele: and HPSG analysis
[24589] Moosally, Michelle Jamila (1998) : Noun Phrase Coordination: Ndebele Agreement Patterns and Cross-Linguistic Variation
[14071] Morapedi, Setumile (2001) : Analysis of errors in tense and aspect use: the case of Botswana secondary school learners of English as a second language
[27063] Morapedi, Setumile (2007) : The syntax of locative inversion and related constructions in Setswana : an approach to information structure in lexical functional grammar
[27064] Morapedi, Setumile (2010) : The syntax of locative inversion and related constructions in Setswana : an approach to information structure in lexical functional grammar
[14078] Moreira, Alexandre (1924) : Practical grammatical notes of the Sena language
[14085] Moreno, Martino Mario (1938) : Introduzione alla lingua ometo
[14088] Moreno, Martino Mario (1939) : Grammatica teorico-pratica della lingua galla, con esercizi
[14090] Moreno, Martino Mario (1940) : Manuale di sidamo: grammatica, esercizi, testi, glossario
[14094] Moreno, Martino Mario (1948) : L’azione del cuscitico sul sistema morfologico delle lingue semitiche dell’Etiopia
[14095] Moreno, Martino Mario (1949) : L’action du couchitique sur le système morphologique des langues sémitiques de l’Éthiopie
[14096] Moreno, Martino Mario (1951) : Nozioni di grammatica somala
[14099] Moreno, Martino Mario (1955) : Il Somalo della Somalia: grammatica e testi del benadir, darod e dighil
[14101] Moreton, Rebecca L. & Henry Marcel Bôt Ba Njock (1975) : Je parle basaá: manuel d’initiation au basaá en 265 cycles
[27550] Moreton, Rebecca L.et al. (1968) : Cameroon Basaa.
[14103] Morgan, Daniel Ray (1996) : Overview of grammatical structures of Ndut: a Cangin language of Senegal
[22974] Morgan, David J. (1994) : Semantic constraints on relevance in Lobala discourse
[14105] Morgenthaler, E. (19--) : Exercises de ronga
[14106] Morimoto, Yukiko (2000) : Discourse configurationality in Bantu morphosyntax
[14107] Morimoto, Yukiko (2002) : Prominence mismatches and differential object marking in Bantu
[27166] Morimoto, Yukiko (2016) : The Kikuyu focus marker nĩ: Formal and functional similarities to the conjoint/disjoint alternation
[10683] Morin, Didier (2004) : Approche systématique des pronoms en afar
[14108] Morin, Didier (1977) : Le nom en afar du sud
[14111] Morin, Didier (1986) : Typologie grammaticale du couchitique: le cas de l’afar et du somali
[14112] Morin, Didier (1988) : Le problème de l’infinitif en afar
[14113] Morin, Didier (1989) : A propos du système nominal du somali
[14114] Morin, Didier (1991) : Marques et relations en somali: le problème des “déclinaisons”
[24448] Morin, Didier (2005) : Prosodie du texte de style oral, lʼexemple dʼune langue accentuelle: lʼafar
[24461] Morin, Didier (2005) : Progressivité, simultanéité, antériorité en afar-saho
[24909] Morin, Didier (2008) : Connexité linéaire et connexité configurée : l'exemple du joncteur oo en somali
[14120] Morino, Tsuneo (1976) : Swahili (Kenya & Tanzania)
[14119] Morino, Tsuneo (Ed) (1976) : Swahili
[14121] Morino, Tsuneo (Ed) (1979/80) : [Basic verb contrastive examples: Japanese-Swahili]
[14122] Morino, Tsuneo (Ed) (1985) : Swahili in 3 days
[14127] Moritz, Walter (1969) : Nama im Gespräch - Nama in gesprek
[14129] Moritz, Walter (1969/70) : Die Nama-Sprache bei Johannes Heinrich Schmelen
[14135] Moritz, Walter (1972) : Nama im Gespräch: Übungsbuch in der Namasprache mit Vokabeln in Deutsch und Afrikaans
[25395] Morley, Eric A. (2010) : A grammar of Ajagbe
[14145] Morreira, A. (1924) : Practical grammatical notes of the Sena language
[14147] Morris, Edward G. & Ronald A. Snoxall (1930) : A Luganda-Swahili handbook
[14150] Morris, Henry Francis R. (1963) : A note on Lunyole
[14148] Morris, Henry Francis R. & Brian Edmond Renshaw Kirwan (1957) : A Runyankore grammar
[27489] Morris, Pamela (2016) : Tone in the pronominal system in Bissa Barka
[14155] Morrison, Megan (2001) : Plurality and multiplicity in Èdó and English
[26841] Morrison, Michelle (2015) : Dialect Variation in a Minority Language: The Case of Bena
[14151] Morrison, W. M. (1930/31) : Grammar of the Buluba-Lulua language spoken in the upper Kasai and Congo basin
[14157] Morse, Mary Lynn [Alice] (1976) : A sketch of the phonology and morphology of Bobo (Upper Volta)
[14159] Mortier, R. (1940) : Woordvorming in het mbanza
[14172] Moscati, Sabatino (1980) : Introduction to the comparative grammar of the Semitic languages
[14170] Moscati, Sabatino , Anton Spitaler , Edward Ullendorff & W. van Soden (1964) : Introduction to the comparative grammar of the Semitic languages
[14171] Moscati, Sabatino , Anton Spitaler , Edward Ullendorff & W. van Soden (1969) : Introduction to the comparative grammar of the Semitic languages
[14173] Moser, Rex E. (1974) : Foregrounding in the Sunjata, the Mande epic
[14180] Moser, Rosmarie (2004) : Kabba, a Nilo-Saharan language of the Central African Republic
[14183] Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1977) : Nomino za Kivunjo Chaga [The nominal category in Kivunjo Chaga]
[14184] Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1985) : Grammatical relations in Swahili discourse
[14185] Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1987) : A functional typology of ni in Kivunjo (Chaga)
[14186] Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1992) : The category adjective in KiVunjo-Chaga
[14187] Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1992) : Time markers in KiVunjo-Chaga
[14188] Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1993) : Time-stability: the case of adjectives in KiVunjo-Chaga
[14189] Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1993) : Ideophones in KiVunjo-Chaga
[14190] Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1994) : Time reference in KiVunjo-Chaga
[14191] Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1995) : Locatives in Kivunjo-Chaga
[14192] Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (1998) : Word order in multiple object constructions in KiVunjo-Chaga
[14193] Moshi, Lioba [Priva] (2000) : Reciprocals in Kivunjo-Chaga
[14197] Mothibatsela, N. (1984) : The demonstrative: a comparative survey
[14198] Motingea Mangulu, André (1981) : La négation en lingombe et en français: étude confrontative
[14200] Motingea Mangulu, André (1983) : Quelques procédés syntaxiques en lingombe
[14202] Motingea Mangulu, André (1985) : Quelques caractéristiques morphologiques des langues ngbaka (minagende) et ngbandi
[14203] Motingea Mangulu, André (1987) : Elargissement du radical en lingala
[14204] Motingea Mangulu, André (1988) : Éléments de grammaire lingombe, avec une bibliographie exhaustive
[14205] Motingea Mangulu, André (1989) : Esquisse grammaticale du lonkutsu
[14209] Motingea Mangulu, André (1989) : Notes sur le parler des Bapotó-Móngo de Lisala
[14210] Motingea Mangulu, André (1990) : Parlers riverains de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire: éléments de structure grammaticale
[14211] Motingea Mangulu, André (1990) : Esquisse du parler des Ohendo
[14212] Motingea Mangulu, André (1990) : Esquisse de la langue des Mokpá (Haut-Zaïre)
[14215] Motingea Mangulu, André (1992) : Esquisse de trois parlers de la Lokenye (basho, woji et atsulu)
[14216] Motingea Mangulu, André (1992) : Le parler des Indanga: un des dialectes móngo les plus méridionaux
[14221] Motingea Mangulu, André (1994) : Esquisse de la langue des Elingá: le parler de Losélinga
[14222] Motingea Mangulu, André (1994) : Notes sur le parler des pygmées d’Itendo (zone de Kiri/Maindombe)
[14225] Motingea Mangulu, André (1995) : Esquisse de l’ebango: langue bantoue du groupe C40
[14226] Motingea Mangulu, André (1996) : Étude comparative des langues ngiri de l’entre Ubangi-Zaire
[14227] Motingea Mangulu, André (1996) : Esquisse du kinija-sud: langue bantoue de la frontière C-D
[14228] Motingea Mangulu, André (1996) : Le lingala du Pool Malebo ; partie 1 : éléments de phonologie et de morphologie
[14229] Motingea Mangulu, André (1996) : Le lingala du Pool Malebo ; partie 2
[14230] Motingea Mangulu, André (1997) : La langue des Lokalo-Ngombe du territoire de Bokungu
[14231] Motingea Mangulu, André (1998) : Esquisse du parler des Byambe et des Lofoma (losaka)
[14233] Motingea Mangulu, André (2001) : Notes sur le parler séngele de Mbélo
[14235] Motingea Mangulu, André (2002) : Le parler des Bendza d’Aketi, dialecte ngombe de la province orientale
[14237] Motingea Mangulu, André (2003) : Le parler buja des Yambuli (Bantou C.37)
[14238] Motingea Mangulu, André (2004) : Esquisse du ketiene, petite unité du bantou B.80
[23247] Motingea Mangulu, André (2005) : Extensions formelles et suffixes dérivatifs en bantou du groupe C30
[23404] Motingea Mangulu, André (2004) : Notes grammaticales et textes poto sur la base de Stapleton (1903)
[23572] Motingea Mangulu, André (1991) : Notes mabémbé (bantou C.30)
[23706] Motingea Mangulu, André (2003) : Esquisse de l’egbuta: une langue en passe d’extinction au nord du Congo-Kinshasa
[24893] Motingea Mangulu, André (2001) : Notes sur la langue des Genja (bantou C.40), part I
[24894] Motingea Mangulu, André (2001) : Notes sur la langue des Genja (bantou C.40), part II
[24898] Motingea Mangulu, André (2005) : Leboale et lebaate: langues bantoues du plateau des Uélé, Afrique Centrale
[26265] Motingea Mangulu, André (2012) : Contributions aux études linguistiques sur le haut Congo : Esquisses du soa, Mbesa, Tofoké et lokelé
[26266] Motingea Mangulu, André (2008) : Aspects du Bongili de la Sangha-Likouala: suivis de L’esquisse du parler Énga de Mampoko, Lulonga
[26267] Motingea Mangulu, André (2006) : Lingála courant : Grammaire Pédagogique de Référence
[24892] Motingea Mangulu, André & Mwamakasa Bonzoi (2008) : Aux sources du lingála : cas du mbenga de Mankanza ‒ nouvel Anvers
[27337] Motingea Mangulu, André & Placide Ohaki Omeloko Pango (2017) : Le parler tɛtɛla des Asambálá (Bantou C.70, République démocratique du Congo) - Un cas d’évolution linguistique non-généalogique
[14239] Moto, Francis B. (1980) : A preliminary study of some pitch features and tone in Chichewa, with special reference to the verbal system
[14241] Moto, Francis B. (1999) : The tonal phonology of Bantu ideophones
[28080] Motse-Mogara, Budzani Gabana (2011) : A comparative study of the verb structure in northern, central and southern khoesan: the case of Ju/’hoansi, Naro and !Xóõ
[14245] Mouandza, Jean-Daniel (2002) : Éléments de description du iyaa (parler bantu du Congo-Brazzaville)
[14250] Mouchet, Jean (1954) : Esquisse grammaticale du parler juman
[14251] Mouchet, Jean (1967) : Le parler daba
[24895] Mouchet, Jean (1958) : Contribution à lʼétude du Gula (Tchad)
[14248] Mouchet, Jean & E. Erickson (1951) : Esquisse grammaticale du masana
[14254] Mouguiama-Daouda, Patrick (1988) : Éléments de description du mpongwè: phonologie, morphologie du système nominal et pronominal
[5042] Moujib, Ilham Dupont (2004) : La morphologie nominale et verbale en soninké
[14257] Mould, Martin [Joel] (1971) : The agreement of nominal predicates in Luganda
[14259] Mould, Martin [Joel] (1973) : Comparative syntax and language subgrouping: a progress report
[14261] Mould, Martin [Joel] (1974) : The syntax and semantics of the initial vowel in Luganda
[14262] Mould, Martin [Joel] (1976) : Comparative grammar reconstruction and language subclassification: the North Victorian Bantu languages
[14265] Mould, Martin [Joel] (1977) : On the productivity of derivational morphology and lexical representations: manner adverbs in Luganda
[14271] Mourchid, Younes (1998) : The acquisition of case-marking in a Moroccan Arabic as a first language
[27937] Mourigh, Khalid (2016) : A Grammar of Ghomara Berber (North-West Morocco)
[14274] Mous, Maarten (1993) : A grammar of Iraqw
[14279] Mous, Maarten (2000) : Counter-universal rise of infinitive-auxiliary order in Mbugwe (Tanzania, Bantu F34)
[14281] Mous, Maarten (2001) : Basic Alagwa syntax
[14283] Mous, Maarten (2003) : Nen (A44)
[14286] Mous, Maarten (2004) : The making of a mixed language: the case of Ma’a/Mbugu
[14287] Mous, Maarten (2004) : A grammatical sketch of Mbugwe, Bantu F34, Tanzania
[22690] Mous, Maarten (2004) : The grammar of conjunctive and disjunctive coordination in Iraqw
[22694] Mous, Maarten (1992) : Unpublished Alagwa grammatical sketch
[23250] Mous, Maarten (2005) : The innovative character of object-verb word order in Nen (Bantu A44, Cameroon)
[23815] Mous, Maarten (1997) : On ela alternation in Mbugu: the limits of allomorphy
[27076] Mous, Maarten (2016) : Alagwa – a South Cushitic Language of Tanzania - Grammar, Texts and Lexicon
[27799] Mous, Maarten (2020) : Iraqw
[28567] Mous, Maarten (2019) : Language contact
[28862] Mous, Maarten (2022) : Tone and the Verbal Systems of Nyokon
[14277] Mous, Maarten & Martha P. Qorro (2000) : The middle voice in Iraqw
[26013] Mous, Maarten & Martha Qorro (2010) : The syntactic function of a scope marking suffix in Iraqw
[14291] Moweni, Kemboli Njokelu (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue kikaonde
[14293] Moxley, Jeri (1998) : Semantic structure of Swahili noun classes
[23862] Moye, Judith Fonyuy (2003) : Reduplication in Kom: a morpho-syntactic study
[14296] Moyo, Bolemo wa (19--) : Essai d’une morphologie comparée des formes nominales et pronominales des langues mbole et ngando
[28704] Mpairwe, Y. & G. K. Kahangi (2013) : Runyankore-Rukiga Grammar - A Modern Student's Guide
[14378] Mpandajila, Mwana Batente (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue kete-nord
[14381] Mphande, Lupenga (1979) : Aspects of morphology of chiTumbuka and its classifier system
[14383] Mphande, Lupenga & Curtis Rice (1994) : ChiTumbuka ideophones
[14384] Mphande, Lupenga & Curtis Rice (1995) : Chitumbuka ideophones
[14387] Mpingo, Ntunge Nb. (1974) : Éléments de grammaire générative et transformationelle du bolia
[14388] Mpiranya, Fidèle (199-) : Perspective focntionelle en linguistique comparee des langues bantu: correspondance phonologique, lexicale et morphosyntaxique enter le kinyarwanda et kiswahili
[14396] Mpunga wa Ilunga, Antoinette (1972) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue hemba
[22540] Mpunga wa Ilunga, Antoinette (1983) : Reconstruction tonale des morphèmes verbaux dans la conjugaison absolutive affirmative en bantou
[14399] Mreta, Abel Yamwaka (1998) : An analysis of tense and aspect in Chasu: their form and meaning in the affirmative constructions
[22682] Msimang, Christian Themba & George Poulos (2001) : The ideophone in Zulu: a re-examination of conceptual and descriptive notions
[14409] Msutu, P. T. (1994) : The argument structure of deverbal nominals in Xhosa
[14414] Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1987) : Tone shift principles in the Chichewa verb: a case for a tone lexicon
[14419] Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1990) : Verb morphology and tone assignment in Chiyao
[14424] Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (1993) : Verb structure and tone in Chiyao
[25932] Mu'azu, Mohammed Aminu , Jidda Hassan Juma'a & Suleman Tebu (2012) : A descriptive grammar of the Bassa-nge language
[27302] Mu’azu, Mohammed Aminu (2009) : A Grammar of the Kilba Language
[26732] Mu’azu, Mohammed Aminu & Hannatu Ibrahim Polo (2015) : Modern Tula-English-Hausa Dictionary
[27303] Mu’azu, Mohammed Aminu & Katwal Pemak Isah (2010) : A Grammar of the Miship Language
[28611] Mua, Benjamin (2015) : Mmen Language Grammar Sketch
[14436] Mudau, B. H. & E. F. Leuvhani (19--) : Tshivenda grammar notes
[14438] Mudemu, Emmanuel (19--) : Teach yourself Kihehe
[14440] Mudzi, Alice Kathleen M. (1976) : The effect of English on CiTonga, a Bantu language of Zambia
[14441] Mudzielwana, Ntsundeni Ezekiel (2002) : The aspect morpheme in Tshivenda
[25444] Mudzingwa, Calisto (2010) : Shona Morphophonemics: Repair Strategies In Karanga And Zezuru
[14443] Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1978) : A reconsideration of Lingala temporal inflections
[14446] Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1980) : Bantu class prefixes: inflectional or derivational?
[14447] Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1980) : Number, countability and markedness in Lingala li-/ma- noun class
[14449] Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1987) : An issue in pre-clefting: evidence from Atlantic creoles and African languages
[14450] Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1988) : Formal evidence of pidginization/creolization in Kituba
[14452] Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1989) : La créolisation en bantou: les cas du kituba, du lingala urbain et du swahili du Shaba
[14453] Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1990) : Time reference in Kituba
[14454] Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1990) : African languages, African linguistics and linguistic theory: a commentary on the plenary session papers
[14459] Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1994) : Restructuring, feature selection and markedness: from Kimanyanga to Kituba
[14460] Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1997) : Kitúba
[14458] Mufwene, Salikoko S. (Ed) (1993) : Africanisms in Afro-American language varieties
[14444] Mufwene, Salikoko S. & Eyamba Georges Bokamba (1979) : Are there modal-auxiliaries in Lingala?
[14457] Mufwene, Salikoko S. & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (Ed) (1993) : Topics in African linguistics: selections of papers presented at the twenty-first annual conference on African linguistics, University of Georgia, April 1990
[26555] Mugaddam, Abdelrahim Hamid & Ashraf Kamal Abdelhay (2013) : Exploring the sociolinguistic profile of Tima in the Nuba Mountains of Sudan
[14462] Muganda, Bernard K. (1970) : Speaking Swahili/Kusema Kiswahili: a grammar and a reader
[14463] Mugane, John Muratha (1996) : Bantu nominalization structures
[14464] Mugane, John Muratha (1997) : A paradigmatic grammar of Gikuyu
[14465] Mugane, John Muratha (1998) : Gikuyu NP morpho-syntax
[14467] Mugesera, Léon (1982) : Dérivation préfixale et suffixale en kinyarwanda
[14470] Mughazy, Mustafa Abd-Elghafar (2001) : Adjectival passives and thematic roles in Egyptian Arabic: a cognitive-semantic approach
[22658] Mughazy, Mustafa Abd-Elghafar (2003) : Discourse particles revisited: the case of wallahi in Egyptian Arabic
[14476] Muhammed, Aliyu (1978/84) : Adjective ordering in Hausa
[14477] Muhammed, D. (Ed) (1990) : Hausa metalanguage
[14479] Mukama, R. G. (1978) : On ‘prepositionality’ and ‘causativity’ in Swahili
[14480] Mukama, Ruth (1985) : The primary mode of nga/nge in Swahili syntax
[14482] Mukama, Ruth (1986) : The syntax of kwani and kwa nini in Swahili
[14485] Mukama, Ruth (1990) : The case of the truant logical subject in Swahili syntax
[14489] Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1953) : Some reflexions on a Nigerian class language (Jarawa)
[14490] Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1956) : Zur Sprache der Jo-p-Adhola, nach Quellen von P. Walser
[14491] Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1957) : Die Suffixkonjugation im Ful
[14493] Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1962) : Anlautswechsel, nominale und verbale Formen im Ful
[14495] Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1963) : Some reflexions on a Nigerian class language
[14510] Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1974) : Gemeinsame Nominalklassen in einigen westatlantischen Sprachen
[14511] Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1976/77) : A study of Western Nigritic
[14515] Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1983) : Pronouns and prefix conjugation in Chadic and Hamito-Semitic
[24089] Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1948) : Die Sprache der Kissi in Liberia
[24359] Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1983) : Die Nominalklassen im Serer und im Ful
[14530] Mukash-Kalel (1972) : Esquisse de la langue kete dialecte de kapang: phonologique et morphologique
[14531] Mukash-Kalel (1982) : Le kanyok, langue bantoue du Zaïre: phonologie, morphologie, syntagmatique
[14534] Mukoshy, I. A. (1978/84) : Hausa plurals
[14535] Mukoshy, I. M. (1984) : The sounds and morphemes of Fulfulde: an examination of Fulfulde phonology and morphology
[14536] Mukubingwa, (1997) : Morphèmes verbaux du binja-sud
[14539] Mulaudzi, P. Abraham (1996) : A descriptive analysis of the morphology of the Tshiguvhu dialect of Venda
[14542] Mulaudzi, P. Abraham (2000) : The ‘two way’ formation: the diminutive nouns in the Tshiguvhu dialect of Venda
[28071] Mulaudzi, Phalandwa Abraham (1996) : A descriptive analysis of the morphology of the Tshiguvhu dialect of Venda
[14551] Mulira, Enoch M. K. (1952) : Verb tone classes in Luganda
[14552] Mulira, Enoch M. K. (1952) : Luganda lessons
[14553] Mullen, Dana Shirly (1986) : Issues in the morphology and phonology of Amharic: the lexical generation of pronominal clitics
[14555] Muller, A. (1970) : Cours d’arabe dialectale tunisien
[14682] Müller, Emil (1947) : Wörterbuch der Djaga-Sprache (Madjame-Mundart) gesprochen am Kilimandjaro in Ostafrika
[25948] Müller, P. (2012 [1905]) : Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tem-Sprache (Nord-Togo)
[28702] Müller, P. (1905) : Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tem-Sprache (Nord-Togo)
[25420] Mulugeta Seyoum (2008) : A Brief Description of the Function of the Morpheme -ká in Dime
[27091] Mulugeta Seyoum (2010) : Declarative versus Interrogative Constructions in Dime
[27092] Mulugeta Seyoum (2011) : Some Notes on Gender in Dime
[27093] Mulugeta Seyoum (2008) : Case Marking in Dime
[27105] Mulugeta Seyoum (2009) : Aspect Marking in Dime
[27107] Mulugeta Seyoum (2012) : Some Notes on social, cultural and linguistics aspects of Dime
[27111] Mulugeta Seyoum (2013) : Some Aspects of Definite Marker in Dime
[27117] Mulugeta Seyoum (2015) : Copula Construction in Dime
[27122] Mulugeta Seyoum (2016) : Notes on Dime Personal Naming System
[14565] Mundalamo, Rabelani Phyllis (2002) : The ideophones in Tshivenda: a syntactic and semantic analysis
[27216] Mundeke, Léon (2006) : Eléments de phonologie et de morphologie de la langue mbuun (B.87): approche structuraliste
[27237] Mundeke, Léon (2011) : Etude morphosyntaxique de la langue mbuun (B87) (parler d’Elyob)
[24159] Munkaila, , Muhammad M. (2003) : Double Object and Indirect Object Constructions in Hausa
[25374] Munkaila, Mohammed M. (2003) : Morphological Causative and Indirect Object Interface in Hausa
[14569] Munkaila, Muhammad M. (1990) : Indirect object constructions in Hausa
[14570] Munkaila, Muhammad M. (2003) : On the distinction between double object and indirect object constructions in Hausa
[23456] Munkaila, Muhammad M. (2004) : On double object constructions in Hausa
[14574] Munro, Pamela (2002) : Pronominalization in Wolof and Haitian Creole
[14575] Munseke, Mʼvula (1974) : Aspects de la grammaire générative et transformationelle de la langue lokonda C.74
[14576] Munyandamutsa, R. (1967) : Esquisse de la phonologique et morphologique de la langue ndembu
[14577] Munyarugero, Nkiko (1975) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue luba-shaba
[14581] Muraoka, T. & B. Porten (1998) : A grammar of Egyptian Aramaic
[14582] Muratori, Fr. Carlo (19--) : Unpublished sketch of Madi grammar: English notes of Madi grammar from ‘Appunti di grammatica della lingua madi’ of Fr. L. Molinaro, enlarged and phonetized
[14584] Muratori, Fr. Carlo (1938) : Grammatica lotuxo
[28103] Murhi-Orhakube, Constantin Bashi (2005) : Parlons mashi - République Démocratique du Congo
[28104] Murhi-Orhakube, Constantin Bashi (2012) : Grammaire du mashi : Phonologie, morphologie, mots grammaticaux et lexicaux
[25305] Muriungi, Peter Kinyua (2005) : WH-Questions in Kitharaka
[25380] Muriungi, Peter Kinyua (2010) : Accounting for the Three Readings of the Causative Morpheme in Kîîtharaka
[14595] Murphy, M. Lynne (1997) : Agreement as non-directional: an approach to Bantu concord
[14607] Murray-Jardine, G. (1927) : Abridged Swahili grammar
[14604] Murray, Henriette van der Merwe (1977) : A stratificational analysis of Afrikaans syntax and morphology
[14597] Murray, Margaret A. (1920) : Elementary Egyptian grammar
[14602] Murray, Margaret A. (1927) : Elementary Coptic (Sahidic) grammar
[14611] Musa, Fatima (1982) : The morphosyntax of Egbura
[14614] Musada, Augustin (1996) : Éléments de description du tuki (langue bantoue du Cameroun, A62)
[14620] Musengezi, Habakuk (Ed) (1999) : Beginning Shona
[14640] Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1991) : The suffixal tense marker -ire in the Kinande verb stem: evidence for a stratally organized phonology
[14644] Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1995) : Prosodic circumscription of morphological domains: the case of Kinande verbal forms
[14647] Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (2000/01) : Interaction of imbrication and reduplication in Kinande
[22522] Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (1989) : Tonal evidence for an INFL cycle in the Kinande verb
[23248] Mutaka, Ngessimo M. (2005) : Harmonization of nominal classes in Bantu Zone A and Grassfields Bantu languages
[24107] Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & and Zachée Bitjaa Kody (2000-01) : Vowel Raising in Basaa Verbal Forms
[14648] Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & Beban Sammy Chumbow (Ed) (2001) : Research mate in African linguistics: focus on Cameroon. A fieldworker’s tool for deciphering the stories Cameroonian languages have to tell, in honor of Professor Larry M. Hyman
[14637] Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & Larry Michael Hyman (1990) : Syllables and morpheme integrity in Kinande reduplication
[14646] Mutaka, Ngessimo M. & Pius Ngwa Tamanji (2000) : An introduction to African linguistics
[14651] Mutanda, A. (1964) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue mbala (formes nominales et pronominales composées)
[14656] Muthiani, Joseph (1971) : Discrepancies of imposed grammar
[14665] Mutombo Huta, D. (1973) : Ebauches de grammaire de la langue bembe et du dialecte kalamba: yi de la langue luba kasayi
[14668] Mutonyi, Nasiombe (1996) : Tense, aspect and Bukusu verb tones
[14669] Mutonyi, Nasiombe (2000) : Aspects of Bukusu morphology and phonology
[29080] Mutuakakenga, Tshibola Mvita (1985) : Essai de description du mbagaɲi (L 22)
[14671] Muwoko, Ndolo Obwong (1990) : Terminologie grammaticale du lingala
[14672] Muwoko, Ndolo Obwong (1991) : Les recherches linguistiques descriptives au département de français-linguistique africaine de l’I.S.P./Mbandaka
[14673] Muwoko, Ndolo Obwong (1991) : Petit lexique de la terminologie grammaticale du lingala
[14677] Muzale, Henry R. T. (1998) : A reconstruction of the Proto-Rutaran tense/aspect system
[28024] Mve, Patrick , Nelson C. Tschonghongei , Pierpaolo Di Carlo & Jeff Good (2019) : Cultural distinctiveness and linguistic esoterogeny – The case of the Fang language of Lower Fungom, Cameroon
[14686] Mvukiye, Béatrice (2003) : Acquisition de dispositifs morphosyntaxiques pour le signalement d’informations “connue” et “nouvelle” en kirundi langue maternelle
[27412] Mwamzandi, Mohamed (2017) : A corpus study of Swahili conditionals
[28797] Mwamzandi, Mohamed (2022) : The pragmatics of Swahili relative clauses
[28840] Mwamzandi, Mohamed (2018) : A corpus study of the Swahili demonstrative position
[14691] Mwangi, Phyllis W. (2001) : Verb morphology in Gikuyu in the light morpho-syntactic theories
[14690] Mwangi, Serah (2001) : The syntax and semantics of causative affixes in Central Kenya Bantu
[14692] Mwangi, Serah (2003) : Prepositions in Kenyan Engolish: a corpus-based study in lexico-grammatical variation
[14693] Mwangi, Serah (2004) : Prepositions vanishing in Kenya
[14694] Mwangoka, Ngapona & Jan Voorhoeve (19--) : Cursus Ki-Nyakyusa
[14704] Mweela, J. S. (1---) : Cipele: Tonga primer
[14705] Mwegerano, Anderson M. J. , Nestory D. Kipfumu & Pamphili Chubwa (1997) : Tugaanire mugiha/Tuzumgumwe katika Kiha [Let’s speak in Ha]
[28166] Mwinlaaru, Isaac Nuokyaa-Ire (2016) : A Systemic Functional Description of the Grammar of Dagaare
[14713] Mwisiya, M. W. (1977) : Introduction to Silozi grammar
[14715] Mwosa, Janis Marzinzik (1977) : The effectiveness of programmed instruction in teaching the use of uncountable nouns to Kenyan adults
[14716] Myachina, Ekaterina Nikolaevna (1960) : Yazyk Suahili [The Swahili language]
[14717] Myachina, Ekaterina Nikolaevna (1981) : The Swahili language: a descriptive grammar
[14731] Myers-Scotton, Carol (1967) : Semantic and syntactic subcategorization in Swahili causative verb shapes
[14732] Myers-Scotton, Carol (1967) : Aspects of the Swahili extended verb system, with special reference to some deep structure syntactic and semantic relations
[14733] Myers-Scotton, Carol (1969) : A look at the Swahili of two groups of up-country speakers
[14734] Myers-Scotton, Carol (1970) : The perception of Swahili competence among two groups of the working population in Kampala
[14744] Myers-Scotton, Carol (1979) : The context is the message: morphological, syntactic and semantic reduction and deletion in Nairobi and Kampala varieties of Swahili
[14745] Myers-Scotton, Carol (1981) : Extending inalienable possession: the argument for an extensive case in Swahili
[14746] Myers-Scotton, Carol (1981) : Rethinking inalienable possession in Swahili: the extensive case
[14750] Myers-Scotton, Carol (1984) : Roots in Swahili? A locative copula becomes a stative marker
[14751] Myers-Scotton, Carol (1985) : Language universals and syntactic changes in Swahili as a second language
[14759] Myers-Scotton, Carol (1993) : Building the frame in code-switching: evidence from Africa
[15986] Myers-Scotton, Carol & Gregory John Orr (1980) : Learning Chichewa
[14718] Myers, Amy (1971) : Assertion and presupposition in Kikuyu
[14719] Myers, Amy (1971) : On the similarities between interrogatives and emphatics in Kikuyu and English
[14721] Myers, Amy (1975) : Complementizer choice in selected Eastern Bantu languages
[14723] Myers, Scott P. (1992) : The morphology and phonology of INFL in Bantu
[14725] Myers, Scott P. (1995) : The phonological word in Shona
[14727] Myers, Scott P. (1998) : AUX in Bantu morphology and phonology
[14762] Mynors, (1---) : Unpublished grammar of Moru
[14765] Mzamane, Godfred Isaac Malunga (1949) : A consice treatise on Phuthi with special reference to its relationship with Nguni and Sotho
[14767] Mzolo, D. (1968) : The Zulu noun without the initial vowel
[25099] MʼBodj, Chérif (2008) : Topicalisation et focalisation en balante so:fa
[26588] MʼBodj, Chérif (1983) : Recherches sur la phonologie et la morphologie de la langue saafi (le parler de Boukhou)
[27365] MʼBodj, Chérif (2011) : Description synchronique du balante soːfa (Guinée-Bissau)
[12554] Mʼlanhoro, J. (19--) : Le jimini: étude morphologique précédée d’une esquisse phonologique
[14779] Naba, Jean-Claude (1994) : Le gulmanchema - essai de systématisation: phonologie, tonologie, morphophonologie nominale, système verbal
[24560] Naba, Jean-Claude (1991) : Le gulmanchema - essai de systématisation: phonologie, tonologie, morphophonologie nominale, système verbal
[27217] Nabirye, Minah (2016) : A corpus-based grammar of Lusoga
[26155] Nada, Gbegble (2012) : Modality in Ewe: A Functional Exploration of Epistemic Adverbs
[14785] Naden, Anthony Joshua (1970) : The syntax and semantics of Bisa
[14786] Naden, Anthony Joshua (1973) : The grammar of Bisa: a synchronic description of the Lebir dialect
[14793] Naden, Anthony Joshua (1982) : Existence and possession in Bisa
[14796] Naden, Anthony Joshua (1986) : Western Oti-Volta pronoun systems
[14799] Naden, Anthony Joshua (1989) : Gur
[23002] Naden, Anthony Joshua (1986) : Première note sur le konni
[22503] Naït-Zerrad, Kamal (2001) : Grammaire moderne du kabyle
[23151] Naït-Zerrad, Kamal , Dymitr Ibriszimow & Rainer Vossen (Ed) (2004) : Nouvelles études berbères: le verbe et autres articles - actes du “2. Bayreuth-Frankfurter Kolloquium zur Berberologie”, 2002
[14824] Nakagawa, Hirosi (1998) : Gui-go no meishi keitairon / Nominal morphology in /Gui
[14826] Nakamura, Masanori (1997) : Object extraction in Bantu applicatives: some implications for minimalism
[14827] Nakamura, Yumiko (1999) : Possessor-raising in Bantu languages
[27098] Nakano, Akio (2006) : Fundamental Dialogues in Tigrinya
[14830] Nakano, Akio (Ed) (1979) : Egyptian Arabic
[14833] Nakano, Akio (Ed) (1995) : Amharic
[26809] Nakao, Shuichiro (2012) : Revising the substratal/adstratal influence on Arabic creoles
[23486] Nakuma, Constancio (2001) : Name morphology and significance among the Dagaaba of Ghana
[14837] Nallino, Carlo ALfonso (1939) : L’arabo parlato in Egitto: grammatica, dialoghi e raccolta di vocaboli
[28339] Namyalo, Saudah , Alena Witzlack-Makarevich , Anatole Kiriggwajjo , Amos Atuhairwe , Zarina Molochieva , Ruth Mukama & Margaret Zellers (2021) : A Ruruuli-Lunyala–English dictionary and grammar sketch
[14846] Nankwenya, I. A. J. (1979) : Galamala wa Chichewa [Grammar of Chichewa]
[14849] Nartey, Jonas N. A. (1982) : Code-switching, interference or faddism: language use among educated Ghanaians
[27676] Nartey, Mark (2018) : Clausal Coordination in Gã: The Case of nì
[28117] Naser, Angelo Ali & Sharon Rose (2020) : Ideophones in Moro
[26543] Naser, Angelo Ngaloka (2013) : Moro literacy education and language development
[14852] Nash, Jay A. (1992) : Aspects of Ruwund grammar
[23927] Nashipu, Julius Pepandze (2005) : The morpho-syntax of Baba 1
[25530] Nassenstein, Nico (2012) : Directionality in Lingala
[27257] Nassenstein, Nico (2017) : Pluractional marking in Bunia Swahili (Ituri Kingwana)
[27683] Nassenstein, Nico (2018) : Politeness in Kisangani Swahili
[23909] Nassuna, Ndzengue Lucia (2001) : Yamba: a morphosyntactic study of the basic sentence
[25711] Nasukawa, Kuniya (2010) : Prosodic Affiliation of NC Sequences in Lungu (Cilungu)
[14858] Nato, Lerato Thandie (1985) : The description of the Setswana adjective
[23455] Naumann, Christfried (2001) : Vergleich demonstrativer Formative ausgewählter Berbersprachen
[23904] Nchare, Abdoulaye Laziz (2005) : Une analyse minimaliste et dérivationelle de la morphosyntaxe du shupamen
[26485] Nchare, Abdoulaye Laziz (2012) : The Grammar of Shupamem
[26486] Nchare, Abdoulaye Laziz (2011) : The Syntax of Agreement in the Shupamem DP and Greenberg’s Universal 20
[14859] Nchimbi, Fokas Alois (2004) : Locative expressions in Matengo
[14860] Ndahi, K. (1977) : The place of grammar in the teaching of English
[14861] Ndamba, Josué (1977) : Syntagme nominal et groupe nominal en vili (langue bantou du Congo)
[14862] Ndamba, Josué (1980) : Nouvelles considerations sur la classification nominale en bantu
[23942] Ndamsah, I. G. (1991) : A morpho-syntactic study of the Nkwen verb
[23938] Ndangam, Augustine (1972) : Mungaka: a grammatical sketch of its verbal group
[25199] Ndao, Dame (2011) : Phonologie, morphologie et structures syntaxiques du pepel
[25577] Ndao, Dame (2012) : Dérivation et réduplication en pepel
[27691] Ndao, Dame (2015) : La relative en pepel
[28415] Ndao, Dame & Mohamadou Hamine Wane (2020) : Le Morphème Multifonctionnel –Oh en Noon
[27402] Ndao, Dame , Lamine Bodian , Arame Goudiaby & Sokhna Bao Diop (2016) : La négation en guñaamolo, langue atlantique parlée au Sénégal
[14864] Ndayiragije, Juvénal (1992) : Structure syntaxique des clivées en fòn
[14865] Ndayiragije, Juvénal (1993) : Clivage du prédicat en fongbè
[14866] Ndayiragije, Juvénal (1993) : Bló ‘faire’ en fongbè
[14867] Ndayiragije, Juvénal (1993) : Syntaxe et semantique du clivage du prédicat en fongbe
[25215] Ndayiragije, Juvénal (2006) : the ergativity parameter: a view from antipassive
[25216] Ndayiragije, Juvénal (2003) : Théories linguistiques et réciprocité en Chichewa : la leçon du kirundi
[26146] Ndayiragije, Juvénal , Emmanuel Nikiema & Parth Bhatt (2012) : The Augment in Kirundi: When Syntax Meets Phonology
[23875] Ndedje, René (2003) : La morphologie nominale du mengambo
[14869] Ndembe-Nsasi, D. (1972) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue lwalwa
[23852] Ndi, Germain Télesphore (2001) : Esquisse d’une analyse syntaxique de la phrase búlù: approche générative
[14871] Ndiaye, Moussa D. (1995) : Phonologie et morphologie des alternances en wolof: implications théoriques
[14872] Ndiaye, Moussa D. (2004) : Éléments de morphologie du wolof: méthodes d’analyses en linguistique
[26597] Ndiaye, Moussa D. (1994) : Esquisse d’une morphologie du wolof
[25181] Ndimele Ozo-mekuri (2009) : Negation marking in Igbo
[14873] Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1987) : Echie verb morphology
[14874] Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1991) : Questions in GB syntax
[14875] Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1994) : On the so-called Igbo dependent pronoun
[14876] Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1995) : On the phonosyntactic dimension of negation
[14877] Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1995) : The morphological features of the Echie verb
[14878] Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1996) : On the ‘Kwaness’ of Nigerian Pidgin: insights from verb serialization
[14880] Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1999) : On the typology of questions: the Echie example
[14881] Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (2000) : Echie
[14882] Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (2000) : Where have all the Igbo prepositions gone?
[28492] Ndimele, Ozo-Mekuri (2001) : Move-Alpha in Igbo Multiple Wh-construction as a Violation of Superiority Condition & (Non-) Complement Asymmetry
[14885] Ndinga Oba, Antoine (1973) : Contribution à l’étude du système phonologique et des syntagmes nominaux mbosi
[14886] Ndinga Oba, Antoine (1974) : Note sur quelques aspects des problèmes posés par les emprunts faits par le lingala aux langues étrangères: problèmes phonologiques et morpho-syntaxiques
[22489] Ndinga Oba, Antoine (2004) : Les langues bantoues du Congo-Brazzaville: étude typologique des langues du groupe C20 (mbosi ou mbochi)
[25440] Ndiola Tsuata, Laurence (2008) : La syntaxe du ŋ̀gʲɛ̃̀mbɔ̃̀ɔ̃̀ŋ : étude fonctionnelle des types de questions
[28533] Ndione, Augustin (2015) : Incidences sémantiques de la suffixation sur la réduplication verbale en wolof
[14890] Ndjérassem, Mbai-Yelmia Ngabo (1982) : Phonologie, morphologie et catégories grammaticales du ngambay de Bénoye
[14894] Ndolo, Pius (1972) : Essai sur la tonalité et la flexion verbale du gimbala
[14899] Ndombo, Pierre , Pierre Lemb & François de Gastines (1971) : Le basáa par la grammaire: manuel de basáa à l’usage des classes de 6e et 5e
[14903] Ndumbu, J. M. G. & Wilfred Howell Whiteley (1962) : Some problems of stability and emphasis in Kamba one-word tenses
[23865] Ndzenyuy, Vernyuy Francis (1997) : Reduplication in Lamnso’
[25936] Neba, Ayu'nwi N. (2012) : Sources of tones and patterns of their assignment to reduplicated forms in Bafut
[25578] Neba, Ayu’nwi N. (2012) : The realization of tense/aspect tones in Bafut
[14905] Nebel, P. Arturo (1936) : Dinka dictionary, with abridged grammar
[14906] Nebel, P. Arturo (1948) : Dinka grammar (Rek-Malual dialect) with texts and vocabulary
[24563] Nébié, Bétéo Denis () : Ecrire le nuni : transcription, grammaire et lexique
[28519] Nedcky, Albinou (2011) : Pratiques et représentations des parlers mancagnes de Goudomp (Sénégal)
[24635] Nédellec, Brigitte (2008) : Naténi
[14908] Nedjar, Bahmani (1988) : Grammaire fonctionelle de l’arabe du Coran
[14911] Neethling, Siebert Jacob (1972) : Die ideofoon in Xhosa
[14912] Neethling, Siebert Jacob (1979) : Die Xhosa iintsomi: ’n strukturele benadering
[14917] Nega Ararso (1984) : The verb morphology of Kefa
[14918] Negrini, P. (19--) : Päri grammar
[14919] Negussie Wolde-Selassie (1982) : Major problems in learning Amharic
[14920] Neha Araraso (1984) : The verb morphology of Kefa
[23660] Neises, Jackson & Noelle Smith (1995) : Zarma: technical language manual for AFSI/NRM volunteers
[28304] Nelson, Deborah , Roderic Casali , Tina Ensz , Jill Francis , Donald Chomiak & Jonathan Janzen (2016) : A Preliminary Overview of Gonja Phonology
[14927] Nemukula, Ndishvhelafhi Alpheus (2002) : Politeness in Tshivenda
[14931] Nettle, Daniel (1998) : The Fyem language of northern Nigeria
[24036] Nettle, Daniel (1998) : Materials from the South Eastern Plateau Languages of Nigeria (Fyem, Hórom and Mabo-Barukul)
[14933] Neukom, Lukas (1995) : Description grammaticale du nateni (Bénin): système verbal, classification nominale, phrases complexes, textes
[14934] Neukom, Lukas (2004) : Esquisse grammaticale du mbèlimè, langue voltaïque du Bénin
[23553] Neukom, Lukas (2003) : Forms of clause combining in Nateni
[25579] Neukom, Lukas (2012) : The suffix -ɗo in Kenga – Ventive and past, one or two functions?
[25721] Neukom, Lukas (2010) : Description grammaticale du kenga (langue nilo-saharienne du Tchad)
[14936] Neumann, Sabine (1995) : Static spatial relations in SheNgologa (SheKgalagadi)
[14938] Neumann, Sabine (1999) : The locative class in Shengologa (Kgalagadi)
[14937] Neumann, Sabine & Thomas Widlok (1996) : Rethinking some universals of spatial language using controlled comparison
[14944] Newell, H. W. (1933) : Unpublished notes on the Ki-Swahili as spoken by the K.A.R.
[28231] Newkirk, Lydia (2019) : Logophoricity in Ibibio
[28798] Newkirk, Lydia (2022) : Unifying prolepsis and cross-clausal cliticization in Lubukusu
[14969] Newman, Bonnie (1976) : Deep and surface structure of the Longuda clause
[14981] Newman, Bonnie (1978) : The Longuda verb
[28851] Newman, Elise (2021) : vP infinitives in Wolof: On Ā-movement to Spec vP
[23049] Newman, John F. (1978) : Participant orientation in Longuda folk tales
[14949] Newman, Paul (1967) : Feminine plurals in Hausa: a case of syntactic overcorrection
[14950] Newman, Paul (1968) : Ideophones from a syntactic point of view
[14951] Newman, Paul (1970) : A grammar of Tera: transformational syntax and texts
[14954] Newman, Paul (1971) : The Hausa negative markers
[14955] Newman, Paul (1971) : Transitivity and intransitivity in Chadic languages
[14957] Newman, Paul (1971) : A grammar of Dera
[14962] Newman, Paul (1973) : Grades, vowel-tone classes and extensions in the Hausa verbal system
[14967] Newman, Paul (1975) : Proto-Chadic verb classes
[14972] Newman, Paul (1976/77) : The formation of the imperfective verb stem in Chadic
[14978] Newman, Paul (1977) : Chadic extensions and pre-dative verb forms in Hausa
[14985] Newman, Paul (1979) : Explaining Hausa feminines
[14986] Newman, Paul (1979) : Grammatical restructuring in Hausa: indirect objects and possessives
[14993] Newman, Paul (1982) : Grammatical restructuring in Hausa: indirect objects and possessives
[14994] Newman, Paul (1983) : The efferential (alias ‘causative’) in Hausa
[14997] Newman, Paul (1986) : Tone and affixation in Hausa
[14998] Newman, Paul (1987) : Hausa and the Chadic languages
[15003] Newman, Paul (1990) : Nominal and verbal plurality in Chadic
[15006] Newman, Paul (1991) : Facts count: an empiricist looks at indirect objects in Hausa
[15010] Newman, Paul (1992) : The previous reference marker in Hausa: R. C. Abraham’s insights and new analyses
[15014] Newman, Paul (2000) : The Hausa language: an encyclopedic reference grammar
[15016] Newman, Paul (2002) : Chadic and Hausa linguistics: selected papers of Paul Newman with commentaries
[14999] Newman, Paul & Robert Dale Botne (Ed) (1989) : Current approaches to African linguistics V
[14977] Newman, Paul & Roxana Ma Newman (Ed) (1977) : Papers in Chadic linguistics: papers from the Leiden colloquium on the Chadic language family
[14966] Newman, Paul & Russell Galen Schuh (1974) : The Hausa aspect system
[14956] Newman, Roxana Ma (1971) : A case grammar of Ga’anda
[14970] Newman, Roxana Ma (1976) : The two relative continous markers in Hausa
[14980] Newman, Roxana Ma (1977) : Y-prosody as a morphological process in Ga’anda
[23897] Nforbi, Emmanuel (1993) : Oku verb morphology: tense, aspect and mood
[23867] Nforgwei, Samuel Tabah (2004) : A study of the phonological, morphological and syntactic processes in the standardisation of Limbum
[15025] Ngalamulume, Bululu (1977) : Éléments de grammaire salampasu: phonologie et morphologique
[15031] Ngalasso, Mwatha Musanji (1993) : Les procédés répétifs en kikongo: le redoublement et la réduplication
[25443] Ngang, David (1999) : Les pronoms en karang
[23883] Ngangoum, Emilienne (2002) : Noun morphology and the internal structure of the nominal construction in Mpumpung
[15032] Ngangoum, F. (1970) : Le bamileke des fe’fe’: grammaire descriptive usuelle
[23874] Nganmou, Alise (1991) : Modalites verbales: temps, aspect et mode en medumboo
[23502] Ngantchui, Evelyne (2002) : Topic structures in Batoufam
[15036] Ngara, Emmanuel A. (1983) : Non-contrastive errors in African English: types and significance
[15040] Ngcongwane, S. D. (1985) : Fanakalo and the Zulu language
[15041] Ngcongwane, S. D. (1987) : Some instances of language mixing in South Africa
[15043] Nges, Chia Emmanuel (1976) : Kom tenses and aspects
[27173] Ngoboka, Jean Paul & Jochen Zeller (2016) : The conjoint/disjoint alternation in Kinyarwanda
[23943] Ngoin, T. J. (1997) : The internal structure of the noun phrase in Kom
[15056] Ngom, Fallou (2003) : Wolof
[27035] Ngonyani, Deo & Nancy Jumwa Ngowa (2017) : The productivity of the reversive extension in Standard Swahili
[24702] Ngonyani, Deo S. (2006) : Resumptive Pronominal Clitics in Bantu Languages
[26865] Ngonyani, Deo S. (2013) : Surrogate Imperatives in Bantu Languages with Postverbal Negative Particles
[15060] Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1996) : The morphosyntax of applicatives (Bantu, Ndendeule, Swahili)
[15061] Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1997) : VP ellipsis in Ndendeule and Swahili applicatives
[15062] Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1998) : Towards a typology of applicatives in Bantu
[15063] Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1998) : Properties of applied objects in Kiswahili and Kindendeule
[15064] Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1999) : The constituent structure of Kindendeule applicatives
[15065] Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1999) : A descriptive grammar of Kindendeuli
[15066] Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2000) : VP ellipsis in Kindendeule
[15068] Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2001) : Evidence for headraising in Kiswahili relative clauses
[15070] Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2003) : A grammar of Chingoni
[27351] Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2016) : Pairwise Combinations of Swahili Applicative with other Verb Extensions
[27413] Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2017) : Conditionals in Ndendeule
[23297] Ngonyani, Deogratias S. & P. Githinji (2006) : The asymmetric nature of Bantu applicative constructions
[23887] Ngue Um, Emmanuel (2002) : Morphologie verbale du mvùmbò
[15072] Nguendjio, Emile-Gille (1992) : Temps et aspect de la langue bangwa
[23843] Nguendjio, Emile-Gille (1989) : Morphologie nominale et verbale de la langue bangwa
[24103] Nguendjio, Emile-Gille (2005) : Lʼexpression de la possession en langue màsà
[26937] Nguendjio, Emile-Gille (2014) : A Descriptive Grammar of Bangwà: a Grassfields Language of Cameroon
[23876] Ngum, Comfort Che (2004) : Verbal extensions in Meta’
[23872] Ngum, Lucresse Rachelle (1997) : Structure syntaxique de la phrase mankon: approche générative
[15073] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1987) : A comparative study of Shona and Yao noun classes
[15074] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1988) : A comparative study of some aspects of transitivity in Shona and Ciyao
[15075] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1989) : Grammatical agreement in Bantu languages: a case of Yao
[15081] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1992) : Agreement strategies of the conjoined NP in Ciyao
[15082] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1997) : Class 5 allomorphy in Ciyao
[15083] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1997) : Lexical phonology and morphology of the Ciyao verb stem
[15084] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1998) : Imbrication in Ciyao
[15086] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1999) : Constraints on suffix ordering in Ciyao
[15087] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (1999) : Restrições na combinação e ordem dos sufixos verbais em Ciyao
[15092] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (2000) : Phonology and morphology of the Ciyao verb
[15093] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (2001) : The verb stem reduplication in Ciyao
[15097] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela (2002) : Apontamentos de linguística descritiva das línguas bantu
[15096] Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela & Eduardo Vitorino (2002) : Recent past tense in Amakhuwa
[27039] Ngunga, Armindoo Saúl Atelela , Fábio Bonfim Duarte & Quesler Fagundes Camargos (2017) : Differential object marking in Mozambican languages
[15098] Ngwenya, Alfred (1992) : The static and dynamic elements of Tsotsi language with special reference to Zulu: a sociolinguistic study
[15099] Ngwenya, Alfred (1996) : The static and dynamic elements of Tsotsitaal, with special reference to Zulu: a sociolinguistic research
[15021] Ngʼelechei, C. A. (1966) : Kitaput ap grama ne bo Kalenjin
[15102] Nhial, Abdon Agaw Jok (1975) : Ki-Nubi and Arabic: a comparative study
[15104] Nhlapo, Jacob M. (1945) : Nguni and Sotho: a practical plan for the unification of the South African Bantu languages
[28523] Niang, Oumar (2021) : Réanalyse des formes des marqueurs de classe du pulaar (peul) sous l’éclairage de la réduplication
[28524] Niang, Oumar (2021) : Morphologie flexionnelle et dérivationnelle en pulaar (peul) du Foûta Tôro
[27748] Niangui, Arlette (1996) : Description phonologique du moyi (langue bantu du groupe C - Congo)
[25580] Nichols, Peter (2012) : Persistive and alterative – dual-time aspects in siSwati
[15122] Nicolaï, Robert (1983) : Position, structure and classification of Songhay
[15123] Nicolaï, Robert (1984) : Preliminaires a une étude sur l’origine du Songhay: materiaux, problematique et hypothesis
[15124] Nicolaï, Robert (1986) : Types d’emprunts, normes et fonctions de langue. Étude de cas: le songhay véhiculaire
[15130] Nicolaï, Robert (1990) : Parentés linguistiques (à propos du songhaï)
[15142] Nicolaï, Robert & Petr Zima (1997) : Songhay
[15149] Nicolas, F. (1953) : La langue berbère de Mauritanie
[15150] Nicole, Jacques (1979) : Esquisse phonologique du nawdm ou les bases d’une orthographe pratique de cette langue
[15151] Nicole, Jacques (1980) : Phonologie et morphophonologie du nawdm, parler de Niamtougou (Togo)
[15154] Nicole, Jacques (1983) : Morphologie du nominal et du verbal en nawdm (langue gur du Togo)
[15157] Nicole, Jacques (1998) : Les emprunts lexicaux en nawdm: presentattion d’un morphème inserteur
[15158] Nicole, Jacques (1999) : Les classes nominales dans les langues voltaïques: esquisse d’un cadre de description
[15159] Nicole, Jacques (2000) : “La chèvre ne me mange pas bien”: syntaxe et discourse dans la phrase simple en nawdm
[22411] Nicole, Jacques (2003) : Diathèses en nawdm (voltaïque, Togo)
[23112] Nicole, Jacques (1983) : Contribution à l’étude de faits prosodiques supérieures: exemple d’analyse d’une conversation en nawdm
[28619] Nicole, Jacques (2018) : Grammaire du nawdm
[26228] Nicolle, Steve (2012) : Semantic-pragmatic change in Bantu -no demonstrative forms
[26484] Nicolle, Steve (2014) : Discourse functions of demonstratives in Eastern Bantu narrative texts
[27403] Nicolle, Steve (2017) : Conditional constructions in African languages
[28305] Nicolle, Steve (2017) : Sequentiality and conditionality as temporal and logical contingency: Clause combining in Digo (Bantu E.73)
[15161] Nicolle, Steve M. (1996) : Conceptual and procedural encoding in relevance theory: a study with reference to English and Kiswahili
[15163] Nicolle, Steve M. (2003) : Distal aspects in Bantu
[28307] Nicolle, Steve , Brittney Balfour , Bryanne Friesen , Nick Toews & Jesse Workman (2018) : Selected narrative discourse features in Kisi, a Bantu language of Tanzania
[15167] Nielsen, Thelma Henkes (1974) : Early stages in the non-native acquisition of English syntax: a study of three children from Zaire, Venezuela and Saudi Arabia
[15168] Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (19--) : Die wonder van Afrikaans
[15170] Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1934) : Oor die afrikaanse taal: ’n bydrae oor sy ontwikkeling na aanleiding van enige versterkingswyses
[15173] Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1949) : Oor Afrikaans
[15176] Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1953) : Oor Afrikaans
[15186] Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1965) : Iets naders oor die ontkenning in Afrikaans
[15187] Nienaber, Petrus Johannes (Ed) (1965) : Taalkundige opstelle
[27320] Niggli, Urs & Ida Niggli (2007) : Esquisse grammaticale du ninkãrɛ au Burkina Faso
[15206] Nikiéma, Norbert (1978) : Cours pratique d’initiation à la grammaire du mooré, 2: les phrases emphatiques, la coordination, les phrases complétives, les chaines verbales, les phrases en sã ou en sê, relations diverses
[15207] Nikiéma, Norbert (1980) : Èd góm mooré: la grammaire du moore en 50 leçons
[15211] Nikiéma, Norbert (1989) : Structures radicales et processus morphologique en moore
[15212] Nikiéma, Norbert (1989) : Du non cumul des fonctions quantificatives et classificatoires dans les suffixes du mooré
[15213] Nikiéma, Norbert (1990) : La méthode de détermination des cátegories grammaticales de Bouquiaux & Thomas (1976): quelques réflexions critique à partir de difficultés d’application
[24546] Nikiema, Norbert (1978, 1980) : Ed góm mooré : cours pratique dʼinitation à la grammaire du mooré
[28493] Nikiema, Norbert (2002) : Gradin et harmonies vocaliques en mooré
[24732] Nikitina, Tatiana (2007) : Time Reference of Aspectual Forms in Wan (Southeastern Mande)
[25471] Nikitina, Tatiana (2010) : Logophoricity and number in Wan (Southeastern Mande)
[25482] Nikitina, Tatiana (2009) : The function and form of action nominalization in Wan
[26024] Nikitina, Tatiana (2011) : Categorial reanalysis and the origin of the S-O-V-X word order in Mande
[28110] Nikitina, Tatiana (2019) : Missionary descriptions of Mande languages: verbal morphology in 19th century grammars
[28132] Nikitina, Tatiana (2019) : Verb phrase external arguments in Mande
[28127] Nikitina, Tatiana & Alexandra Vydrina (2020) : Reported speech in Kakabe: Loose syntax with flexible indexicality
[24657] Nikitina, Tatiana V. (2008) : Locative terms and spatial frames of reference in Wan
[27044] Nilsson, Morgan (2017) : Somali gender polarity revisited
[15221] Nishio, Tetsuo (Ed) (1992) : Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[15223] Nishiyama, Kunio (1998) : Serial verbs and V-V compounds
[15225] Nissim, Gabriel M. (1975) : Grammaire bamileke
[15226] Nissim, Gabriel M. (1977) : Je parle bamileke
[15227] Nissim, Gabriel M. (1981) : Le bamiléké-ghomálá’ (parler de Bandjoun, Cameroun): phonologie, morphologie nominale, comparaison avec des parlers voisins
[15228] Niyibizi, S. M. (1987) : Esquisse structurale du sengele
[15229] Niyongabo, Marie Florida (1999) : Sémio-syntaxe comparée du français et du kirundi
[15230] Niyonkuru, Lothaire (1978) : Phonologie et morphologie du giphende
[15233] Nizet, R. P. (1938) : Notions de grammaire et d’analyse kikongo
[27438] Njantcho Kouagang, Elisabeth (2018) : A grammar of Kwakum
[28568] Njantcho Kouagang, Elisabeth & Mark Van de Velde (2019) : Kwakum A91
[4301] Njie, Codu Mbassy (1979) : Description syntaxique du wolof, dialecte de Gambie
[15237] Njie, Codu Mbassy (1982) : Description syntaxique du wolof de Gambie
[15236] Njie, Sering (19--) : Le wolof de Gambie: (1) le systeme phonologique; (2) la classification nominale; (3) la conjugaison
[25940] Njika, Justina Atemajong (2012) : Nweh Reduplication Patterns
[15240] Njoroge, Martin Chege (1996) : Morpho-syntactic errors in the written English of first year undergraduate students in Kenya
[15244] Nkabinde, A. C. (1975) : A revision of the word categories in Zulu
[15245] Nkabinde, A. C. (1978) : The relative in Zulu
[23541] Nkabinde, A. C. (1988) : Word order in Zulu
[27718] Nkabuwakabili, A. (1986) : Esquisse de la langue boa (C44)
[27001] Nkamigbo, Linda Chinelo & Cecilia Amaoge Eme (2015) : Intrinsic Fundamental Frequency in Igbo
[15250] Nkangonda, Ikome (1988) : La négation en langue sengele, variété de Mbelo
[15251] Nkangonda, Ikome (1990) : La structure interrogative du lolendo
[15252] Nkangonda, Ikome (1991) : La structure de relatif en lolendo
[15254] Nkanira, P. (1984) : La représentation et l’expression du temps grammatical en kirundi: essai de description psychomécanique
[15255] Nkazi, L. (1957) : Citonga note book
[15256] Nkemleke, D. A. (2005) : Must and should in Cameroon English
[22451] Nkemnji, Michael (1995) : Heavy pied-piping in Nweh
[23602] Nkemnji, Michael (1994) : On Nweh adjectives that show up as nouns
[15261] Nkiko, Munya-Rugero (1975) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue luba-shaba (parler de Kasongo Nyembo)
[22550] Nkiko, Munya-Rugero & autres (1976) : Phonèmes et morphèmes du swahili: analyse diachronique et synchronique
[15262] Nkiko, Munya-Rugero & B. Kempf (1977) : Système verbal du tembo: classe des morphèmes verbaux et catégories verbales
[15264] Nkiko, Munya-Rugero , M. Busane , Mudekereza & L. Njinya-Mujinya (1983) : Éléments de grammaire swahili à l’usage des enseignants et des élèves des écoles normales
[23223] Nkiko, Munya-Rugero , M. Busane , Mudekereza & L. Njinya-Mujinya (1986) : Éléments de grammaire swahili à l’usage des enseignants et des élèves des écoles normales
[15267] Nkondo, Curtis P. N. (1973) : The adjective in Tsonga and Northern Sotho
[15268] Nkondo, Curtis P. N. (1973) : The compound noun in Tsonga: a synchronic study of its derivation, usage and structure
[15269] Nkondo, Curtis P. N. (1981) : Xiletelo xa Xitsonga
[28025] Nkongho, Magdaline Bakume (2019) : The semantic system of Proto Nyang noun classes
[15271] Nkosi, Nyiko Norman (2004) : A critical analysis of the morphological, syntactic and semantic significance of moods in Xitsonga
[15273] Nkulu, Kabuya (1999) : The noun classes and concord of Congo Copperbelt Swahili
[15275] Nkusi, Laurent (1976) : Analyse syntaxique du kinyarwanda, y compris ses dialectes et avec reference speciale a la syntaxe des formes simples de la literature orale rwandaise
[15276] Nkusi, Laurent (1983) : L’augment aurait-il un sens en kinyarwanda?
[15277] Nkusi, Laurent (1985) : La prédication en kinyarwanda
[27555] Nlabephee, Othaniel (2017) : A phonological comparative study of the jen language cluster
[28923] Nlabephee, Othaniel (2023) : Dza Lexicon
[15280] Noël, E. (1935) : Elements de grammaire kikemba
[15279] Noel, P. (1923) : Petit manuel français-kanouri
[15281] Nogueira, A. (1947) : Monografia sôbre a tribu banhun
[15286] Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1959) : Temas de linguística banta: apontamentos de sintaxe ronga
[15288] Noll, Jacob (1---) : Grammatik der Kuangali-Sprache
[15289] Nomura, Masuhiro (1995) : A descriptive note on Malagasy verbal complementation and the binding hierarchy, with special reference to the occurence of the complementizer fa
[26804] Noonan, Michael (2013) : Linguistic Materials of Lango
[15293] Noonan, Michael [Paul] (1981) : Lango syntax
[15294] Noonan, Michael [Paul] (1981) : “tê” and the structure of Lango narrative discourse
[15296] Noonan, Michael [Paul] (1992) : A grammar of Lango
[15291] Noonan, Michael [Paul] & Edith L. [Woock] Bavin (1978) : The passive analog in Lango
[15292] Noonan, Michael [Paul] & Edith L. [Woock] Bavin (1978) : The semantic basis of complementation in Lango
[15295] Noonan, Michael [Paul] & Edith L. [Woock] Bavin (1981) : Parataxis in Lango
[15299] Nordbustad, Fröydis (1988) : Iraqw grammar: an analytical study of the Iraqw language
[15300] Nordfeldt, Martin (1939) : A Galla grammar
[15301] Nordlander, Johan (1997) : Towards a semantic of linguistic time: exploring some basic time concepts with special reference to English and Krio
[15302] Noreira, A. (1924) : Practical grammatical notes of the Sena language
[15304] Norman, J. C. (Ed) (1993) : Languages and literature
[22617] Norris, Rebecca L. (2003) : Embedded clauses in Buli
[25550] Norton, Russell (2012) : Non-concatenative morphology in Dinka and Arabic – Augmentation and replacement
[27992] Norton, Russell (2018) : Classifying the non-Eastern-Sudanic Nuba Mountain languages – Evidence from pronoun categories and lexicostatistics
[28136] Norton, Russell & Nlabephee Othaniel (2020) : The Jen language cluster: A comparative analysis of wordlists
[15310] Norton, Russell J. (2000) : The noun classes of Asheron
[15314] Noske, Manuela (1991) : Metrical structure and reduplication in Turkana
[15319] Nosova, O. P. (1972) : O lokative v Luganda [Locatives in Luganda]
[15321] Noss, Philip A. (1973) : Introduction to Gbaya
[15322] Noss, Philip A. (1975) : The ideophone: a linguistic and literary device in Gbaya and Sango with reference to Zande
[15324] Noss, Philip A. (1977) : Compounding to To: the dynamics of a closed pidgin
[15325] Noss, Philip A. (1981) : Gbaya: phonologie et grammaire, dialecte yaayuwee
[15326] Noss, Philip A. (1985) : The ideophone in Gbaya syntax
[15327] Noss, Philip A. (1991) : The tense system of Fulfulde
[15329] Noss, Philip A. (1999) : The ideophone: a dilemma for translation and translation theory
[22683] Noss, Philip A. (2001) : Ideas, phones and Gbaya verbal act
[24590] Noss, Philip Andrew (1969) : The Gbaya Predicate
[15331] Nougayrol, Pierre (1979) : Le day de Bouna (Tchad), 1: phonologie, syntagmatique nominale, synthématique
[15334] Nougayrol, Pierre (1989) : La langue des Aiki dits Rounga (Tchad et République Centrafricaine): esquisse descriptive et lexique
[15338] Nougayrol, Pierre (1999) : Les parlers gula (République Centrafricaine, Soudan, Tchad): éléments de grammaire comparative et lexique
[24449] Nougayrol, Pierre (2006) : Tones and Verb Classes in Bongo
[24628] Nougayrol, Pierre (2008) : Bongo
[15339] Nouhi, Youssef (1996) : Wh-constructions in Moroccan Arabic
[15341] Novelli, Bruno (1985) : A grammar of the Karimojong language
[15342] Novelli, Bruno (1987) : Small grammar of the Karimojong language
[15343] Novotna, Jana (2000) : Reduplication in Swahili
[25251] Novotná, Jana (2005) : A Grammar of Ndamba
[15344] Noye, Dominique (1971) : Un cas d’apprentissage linguistique: acquisition de la langue par les jeunes Peuls du Diamaré (Nord-Cameroun)
[15346] Noye, Dominique (1974) : Cours de foulfouldé, dialecte peul du Diamaré, Nord-Cameroun: grammaire et exercises, textes, lexiques peul-français et français-peul
[15348] Noye, Dominique (1976) : Comportement morphologique et syntaxique des noms de parents et de relations en peul (dialecte du Diamré, Nord-Cameroun)
[15349] Noye, Dominique (1980) : Diminutifs hypocoristiques en peul
[15352] Nsangu, Dhienda (1972) : Le suku et le laadi: essai de rapprochement des systèmes verbaux
[27720] Nsayi, Bernard (1984) : Approche du kibeembe: première et deuxième articulations
[15354] Nseme, Clédor (1989) : L’emphase en duala
[15357] Nseme, Clédor (2003) : Les extensions verbales en duala
[15358] Nsengimana, Joseph (Ed) (1982) : Linguistique et sémiologie des langues au Rwanda
[27174] Nshemezimana, Ernest & Koen Bostoen (2016) : The conjoint/disjoint alternation in Kirundi (JD62): A case for its abolition
[15365] Nsoh, Ephraim Avea (2002) : Classifying the nominal in the Gurene dialect of Farefare of northern Ghana
[25154] Nsoh, Ephraim Avea (2009) : The structure of partitive constructions in the Gurenɛ dialect of Farefari
[15372] Nsuka-Nkutsi, François (1982) : Les structures fondamentales du relatif dans les langues bantoues
[15373] Nsuka-Nkutsi, François (1986) : Formatifs et auxiliares dans les langues bantoues: quelques critères de détermination
[15370] Nsuka-Nkutsi, François (Ed) (1980) : Eléments de description du punu
[15369] Nsuka, F. (1969) : Éléments de phonologie et de la morphologique de la langue lwena (luvale)
[23900] Ntagne, S. & G. Sop (1975) : Pé nké ngwa’nye ne jí’té ghòmálá’ / Manuel de bamiléké à l’usage de la classe de 6e
[15374] Ntahokaja, Jean-Baptiste (1994) : Grammaire structurale du kirundi
[15379] Nti, Seth Kofi (1999) : Akan adjectives: a morpho-syntactic study
[21748] Ntondo, Zavoni (1991) : Éléments de description du kwanyama langue bantoue d’Angola (R21)
[15399] Nurse, Derek (1970s) : A phonological and morphological sketch of 15 of the principal languages of Tanzania
[15419] Nurse, Derek (1979) : Makonde
[15433] Nurse, Derek (1983) : The proto-Sabaki verb system and its subsequent development
[15449] Nurse, Derek (1988) : The borrowing of inflectional morphology: tense and aspect in Unguja
[15452] Nurse, Derek (1989) : Change in tense and aspect: evidence from northeast coast Bantu languages
[15464] Nurse, Derek (1997) : Prior pidginization and creolization in Swahili?
[15469] Nurse, Derek (2000) : Inheritance, contact and change in two East African languages
[15470] Nurse, Derek (2000) : Diachronic morphosyntactic change in western Tanzania
[15474] Nurse, Derek (2003) : Aspect and tense in Bantu languages
[15476] Nurse, Derek (2003) : Tense and aspect in Chaga
[24735] Nurse, Derek (2007) : The Emergence of Tense in Early Bantu
[25229] Nurse, Derek (2008) : Tense and Aspect in Bantu
[28269] Nurse, Derek (2019) : When Northern Swahili met southern Somali
[15410] Nurse, Derek (Ed) (1979) : Description of sample Bantu languages of Tanzania
[15412] Nurse, Derek & A. N. G. Nalingʼigwa (1979) : Nilyamba
[15423] Nurse, Derek & Clement Maganga (1979) : Nyamwezi
[15421] Nurse, Derek & Daniel J. Mkude (1979) : Lugulu
[15413] Nurse, Derek & E. M. Ntabaye (1979) : Ha
[15455] Nurse, Derek & Franz Rottland (1991/92) : Sonjo: description, classification, history
[15414] Nurse, Derek & G. K. Puja (1979) : Nyaturu
[24648] Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (2006) : Common tense-aspect markers in Bantu
[15473] Nurse, Derek & Gérard Philippson (Ed) (2003) : The Bantu languages
[15468] Nurse, Derek & Henry R. T. Muzale (1999) : Tense and aspect in Great Lakes Bantu languages
[15425] Nurse, Derek & Herman M. Batibo (1979) : Sukuma
[15422] Nurse, Derek & I. A. M. Makombe (1979) : Note on Hehe
[15420] Nurse, Derek & J. S. M. Mwangomango (1979) : Nyukyusa
[28891] Nurse, Derek & John R. Watters (2022) : Tense in Proto-Bantu
[15415] Nurse, Derek & M. J. Bushiri (1979) : Yao
[15416] Nurse, Derek & M. R. Kizara (1979) : Zalamo
[28562] Nurse, Derek & Maud Devos (2019) : Aspect, tense and mood
[15424] Nurse, Derek & Ruth Mfumbwa Besha (1979) : Shamba(l)a
[15417] Nurse, Derek & S. M. Mazengo (1979) : Gogo
[15411] Nurse, Derek , Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo & Gérard Philippson (1979) : Haya
[15418] Nurse, Derek , R. M. Mfugale , J. M. L. Hawanga & E. Lugalla (1979) : Bena
[15400] Nurse, George Trevor (1974) : Verb species relationships of some Nyanja ideophones
[15480] Nussbaum, Loren V. & Jean Léonce Doneux (1972) : Jamgum wolof. Pour parler wolof: cours intensif de wolof pour locuteurs français - livre du maître
[15481] Nussbaum, Loren V. & Jean Léonce Doneux (1977) : Njamgum wolof. Pour parler wolof: cours intensif de wolof pour locuteurs français - livre du maître
[23600] Nussbaum, Loren V. & others (1969) : Understanding and speaking siSwati
[15479] Nussbaum, Loren V. , William W. Gage & Daniel Varre (1970) : Dakar Wolof: a basic course
[27987] Nüsslein, Ulrike (2018) : Number marking in Julut
[28207] Nüsslein, Ulrike (2020) : A Grammar of Kordofanian Julut - with Particular Consideration of the Verbal Morphology
[15489] Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1976) : Stativity, ergativity and the -rV suffixes in Igbo
[15491] Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1976) : Noun phrase sentential complementation in Igbo
[15492] Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1983) : Towards an Igbo literary standard
[15494] Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1984) : Stative verbs in Ìgbo syntax
[15495] Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1985) : Inherent complements in Ìgbo
[15496] Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1987) : The argument structure of Igbo verbs
[15497] Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (1995) : Topic, focus and move-alpha in Igbo
[15493] Nwáchukwu, P. Akujuoobi (Ed) (1983) : Readings on the Igbo verb
[15486] Nwaozuzu, G. I. (1991) : Igbo nominal compounds: a semantico-typological analysis
[28429] Nweya, Gerald Okey (2021) : Articulated Structure of the Igbo Tense Phrase Domain
[15500] Nwokedi, Fidelma (19--) : Essai de recherche en analyse contrastive: le syntagme nominale en igbo et en français
[24591] Nyaggah, Lynette Behm (1990) : Cross-Linguistic Influence in Kenyan English: the Impact of Swahili and Kikuyu On Syntax
[15514] Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso (1957) : Learn Zulu
[15515] Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso (1964) : Learn Zulu
[15516] Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso (1968) : Learn Zulu
[15517] Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso (1970) : Learn more Zulu
[15519] Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso (1972) : Learn Zulu
[15520] Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso (1990) : Learn Zulu
[15521] Nyerere, Julius K. & Arthur Wille (1955?) : Zanaki language course
[28422] Nyinondi, Onesmo Simon & Amani Lusekelo (2020) : Lexical Verbs Expressing Modality in Bantu Language: The Case of Runyambo and Luguru
[15523] Nylander, Dudley K. (1984) : The relation between the middle tone and “Empty Category Principle” violations in Krio
[15524] Nylander, Dudley K. (1985) : Serial verbs and the Empty Category Principle in Krio
[15525] Nylander, Dudley K. (1985) : A new analysis of the Krio cleft predicate
[15526] Nylander, Dudley K. (1985) : Factivity, presupposition and the relativized predicate in Krio
[15527] Nylander, Dudley K. (1997) : Some myths about serial verbs
[15528] Nylander, Dudley K. (1999) : The structure of tense phrase in creole languages: a case study (Krio)
[15529] Nylander, Dudley K. (2002) : Binding, coreference, and disjoint reference in Krio
[23435] Nylander, Dudley K. (1984) : Wh-phrases, relative clauses, and case assignement om Krio
[24324] Nylander, Gustavus R. (1814) : Grammar and vocabulary of the Bullom language
[15530] Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1987) : Argument bearing affixes in Bari
[15532] Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1991) : Applicative constructions in Bari
[15534] Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1996) : Word order in Proto-Nilotic
[15536] Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1997) : The functions of reduplication in Bari
[15531] Nyombe, Bureng G. V. & Robert Fiengo (1987) : Binding, pronominals and anaphors in Bari
[27924] Nyst, Victoria & Heleen Smits (2020) : Equal addenda numerals in Kordofanian : Lumun number words and gestures
[26711] Nzang Bie, Yolande (2010) : L’Expression du bénéfactif et ses implications syntaxiques dans les langues du groupe bantu A70
[15539] Nzang-Bie, Yolande (1989) : Eléments de description du m̀mǎlá, langue bantu de zone A
[15540] Nzang-Bie, Yolande (1995) : Le connectif dans les langues bantu: analyses synchroniques et perspectives diachroniques
[15541] Nzang-Bie, Yolande (2003) : Les extensions verbales en havu, langue bantu de zone J.52
[22823] Nzang-Bie, Yolande (2000) : Les phénomenes tonals dans le syntagme nominale de détermination: le cas des langues bantu du nord-ouest
[22824] Nzang-Bie, Yolande (2001) : L’augment en fang-ntumu
[26249] Nzang-Bie, Yolande (2008) : La dérivation causative dans les langues bantu du groupe A70
[15542] Nzema, Egbula (1986) : Formes verbales comparées des dialectes ngombe des zones de Budjala et de Kungu
[15543] Nzete, Paul (1975) : Les nominaux en lingala: morphologie et fonctions
[14769] Nʼdiaye-Corréard, Geneviève (1970) : Etudes fca ou balante (dialecte ganja): systéme des classes nominales, lexique fca-français, et textes
[14770] Nʼdiaye-Corréard, Geneviève (1973) : Notes sur le verbe fca
[14771] Nʼdiaye-Corréard, Geneviève (2003) : Structure des propositions et système verbal en wolof
[24618] Nʼdiaye-Corréard, Geneviève (1969) : Le système des classes du Fca, ou Balante (dialecte Ganja)
[25017] Nʼdiaye-Corréard, Geneviève (1985) : La proposition subordonnée à un syntagme nominal en balante
[14772] NʼGuessan, Jérémie Kouadio (1996) : Description systematique de l’attie de Memni (langue Kwa de Cote d’Ivoire)
[14777] NʼGuessan, Jérémie Kouadio (2000) : Les séries verbales en baoulé: questions de morphosyntaxe et de sémantique
[22487] NʼGuessan, Jérémie Kouadio (2004) : Parlons baoulé: langue et culture de Côte d’Ivoire
[15573] Obeidat, Hussein Ali & N. Kapanga (1988) : The behavior of non-terms in Shaba Swahili: a relational approach
[28772] Oben, Tabe Florence (2021) : Cognate Objects and the Transitivity Requirements in Kenyang
[28773] Oben, Tabe Florence (2014) : Grammaticalisation of Subject Pronouns and the Emergence of Preverbal Particles: Effects on Kenyang Morphosyntax
[28774] Oben, Tabe Florence (2015) : Adverbs in Kenyang
[15574] Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1987) : Conversational strategies: towards a phonological description of projection in Akyem-Twi
[15575] Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1989) : Conversational strategies: towards a phonological description of turn-taking in Akan
[15580] Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1999) : Requests in Akan discourse
[15582] Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1999) : Conversational strategies in Akan: prosodic features and dicourse categories
[15584] Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (2000) : A grammar of Akan
[26745] Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (2008) : Efutu Grammar
[28802] Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (2022) : Discursive strategies for managing bad news: Exemplification from Akan (Ghana)
[23783] Obeng, Samuel Gyasi & Cecilia Sem Obeng (Ed) (2006) : From linguistics to cultural anthropology: aspects of language, culture and family issues in Ghana (West Africa)
[23796] Obeng, Samuel Gyasi & Emmanuel Koffi Yankey (2006) : Negation in Nzema
[5503] Obhidhibho, Djuruni (1983) : La phrase lugbara. Essai de sémantique énonciative
[24339] Obhidhibho, Djuruni (1983) : La phrase lugbara, Essai de sémantique énonciative
[26975] Obiamalu, Greg O. (2013) : On the role of tone in Igbo negation
[26990] Obiamalu, Greg O. & Davidson Mbagwu (2014) : Semantax of V+nye verbal complex in Igbo
[15591] Obianim, Sam J. (1950) : Ewegbe nguti mumya [An Ewe grammar]
[15593] Obíládé, Anthony O. (1976) : The nominal phrase in West African Pidgin English
[15594] Obíládé, Anthony O. (1977) : Some syntactic signals for presupposition and factuality in Yoruba
[15596] Obíládé, Anthony O. (1979) : Pronoun choice and social semiotics in a bilingual situation with specific reference to Nigerian Pidgin and Yoruba
[23780] Obolensky, Serge , Debebow Zelelie & Mulugeta Andualem (1964) : Amharic: basic course
[15602] Ochola, Eunita D. A. (1999) : Is there a passive in Dholuo?
[27061] Ochwaya-Oluoch, Yvonne E. (2003) : A study of the phonology and morphology of Lunyala
[15611] Odden, David [Arnold] (1983) : Aspects of Didinga phonology and morphology
[15612] Odden, David [Arnold] (1984) : Formal correlates of focusing in KiMatuumbi
[15625] Odden, David [Arnold] (1990) : Syntax, lexical rules and postlexical rules in Kimatuumbi
[15627] Odden, David [Arnold] (1991) : The intersection of syntax, semantics and phonology in Kikongo
[15634] Odden, David [Arnold] (1996) : The phonology and morphology of Kimatuumbi
[15646] Odden, David [Arnold] (2003) : Rufiji-Ruvuma (N10, P10-P20)
[27604] Odden, David & Lee Bickmore (2014) : Melodic Tone in Bantu - Overview
[15653] Odendal, François F. (1965) : Morfeemprobleme in Afrikaans
[15654] Odendal, François F. , C. P. Hauptfleisch & J. E. Loubser (Ed) (1974) : Taalkunde: ’n lewe. Studies opgedra aan Prof. Dr W. Kempen by geleentheid van sy 65ste verjaardag
[15661] Odhner, Joh Dunbar (1981) : English-Lingala manual
[15663] Odjidja, J. R. Ablorh (1968) : Ga for beginners
[27012] Odoje, Clement (2016) : Human Evaluation of Yorùbá-English Google Translation
[28609] Odom, Shannon Ronit & Holly Robinson (2016) : The Grammar Basics of Jita
[15666] Odumuh, Adama E. (1981) : Aspects of the semantics and syntax of “Educated Nigerian English”
[15673] Oelke, Julius (193-) : Grammatik des Kibena
[15674] Ofobuike, N. & C. N. Ngobili (1983) : A comparative study of Órumbà and standard dialects
[23795] Ofori, Seth (2006) : Recent/remote-past marking in Akan: a multi-tiered account
[26090] Ofori, Seth Antwi (2011) : On the Basic Focus Marker, and the Basic Focus Sentence, in Akan (Twi)
[26320] Ofori, Seth Antwi (2013) : A prosodic analysis of monosyllabic and disyllabic verb reduplication in Twi (Akan)
[26686] Ofori, Seth Antwi (2008) : Numeral compounding in Akan (Twi): a multi-tiered account
[26963] Ofori, Seth Antwi (2012) : CVCV verb truncation in Akan (Twi)
[27055] Ofori, Seth Antwi (2010) : A morphophonological analysis of onomatopoeic ideophones in Akan (Twi)
[28396] Ofori, Seth Antwi (2019) : Rules and rule relations in Akan day names
[15675] Ofuani, O. A. (1979) : Tense aspect in the verb system of Nigerian Pidgin
[15676] Ofuani, O. A. (1984) : On the problem of time and tense in Nigerian Pidgin
[15677] Ofuya, Adekunbi (1978) : A syntactic analysis of Yoruba English interlarding
[24799] Ogechi, Nathan Oyori (2005) : Does Sheng have a Kiswahili grammar?
[15692] Ogie, E. (1975) : A descriptive grammar of Edo
[15693] Ogie, Ota (1987) : Verb and noun classification in Edo
[15694] Ogie, Ota (1991) : Verb serialization in Edo
[15695] Ogie, Ota (2001) : Some comments on Edo syntax
[15696] Ogilvie, H. L. (1947) : Helps to the study of Hausa
[15698] Ogouamba, P. A. (1990) : Étude morpho-syntaxique du verbe en mpongwé, parler B11 du Gabon
[15699] Ogunbowale, P. O. (1970) : The essentials of the Yoruba language
[24121] Ogunkeye, Olufunmilayo (2004) : Incorporation in Yoruba
[22741] Ogúnwálé, Joshua Abiodun (1985) : Aduge verbs
[15703] Ogwana, John (1986) : Etude comparée de quelques points de morpho-syntaxe du français et du swahili
[23944] Ogwana, John (1996) : Grading Swahili sentence patterns and structures
[15704] Ogwùéléka, O. S. (1978) : Open vowel suffixes in Ìgbo
[15705] Ogwùéléka, O. S. (1987) : Thematic roles and syntactic processes in Igbo
[28406] Oha, Amechi Boniface & Samuel Adebayo Ajuwon (2019) : Igbo and Yorùbá Verbs of Cooking
[15721] Ohly, Rajmund (1964) : Jezyk suahili
[15723] Ohly, Rajmund (1966) : Exocentric function of noun in Swahili
[15724] Ohly, Rajmund (1967) : Syntactic group and compound word in the Swahili language: attempt at classification
[15730] Ohly, Rajmund (1984) : Linguistic differentials in Herero and Swahili: a case study in paradigmatic economy
[15731] Ohly, Rajmund (1984) : The dynamics of the verbal stem in Herero
[15735] Ohly, Rajmund (1985) : Herero: academic handbook
[15736] Ohly, Rajmund (1985) : The exclamation mark “!” in Kiswahili
[15742] Ohly, Rajmund (1988) : Sociolectal divergence in dialectometrics
[15747] Ohly, Rajmund (1990) : The Herero language: an outline
[15756] Ohly, Rajmund (1999) : A grammatical sketch of Herero
[23465] Ohly, Rajmund (196-) : Abstract nouns within the system of noun class 14 in Swahili
[26044] Ojwang’, Benson Oduor (2008) : Encoding Polar Questions in Dholuo
[23184] Ojwangʼ, Benson Oduor (1998) : The syntax and semantics of ellipsis in Dholuo coordinate sentences
[15770] Okanlawon, Bidemi O. (1987) : A study of the acquisition of the article system of English by Nigerian learners
[15773] Oke, David O. (1974) : Syntactic correlates of notionally defined adverbial types in Yoruba
[26962] Okeke, Chukwuma O. (2012) : Traces in the Igbo language
[15775] Okello, Betty Jenny (1975) : Some phonological and morphological processes in Lango
[15777] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1960) : On parts of speech classification in Swahili
[15781] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1965) : Morphemnaya struktura imeni sushchestvitel’nogo i glagola v yazyke suahili
[15782] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1966) : [Morphemic structure of auxiliaries and of so-called adverbs in the Swahili language]
[15787] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1974) : Status konstructus v yazyke suahili
[15788] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1975) : Some structural changes in Bantu languages due to their specific communicative functions (abstract)
[15792] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1979) : Morfonologija i morfologija klassov slov v jazykach Afriki: imja. mestoimenie [Morphonology and morphology of word classes in African languages: nouns and pronouns]
[15793] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1982) : Structural changes in the Bantu languages and their communicative and functional status
[15794] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (1985) : Soglasovatel’nye klassy v vostochnyx i juzhnyx jazykax bantu: kommunikativnyj status i grammaticheskaja struktura [Concord classes in eastern and southern Bantu languages]
[15778] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1961) : Iazyk zulu [The Zulu language]
[15780] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1965) : Afrikanskaya filologiya: sbornik statei
[15784] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1972) : Tipologiia glagola v afrikanskikh iazykakh
[15786] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1974) : Voprosy afrikanskoi filologii
[15790] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1977) : Mladopismennye jazyki Afriki: voprosy fonologii i grammatiki
[15791] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1978) : Problemy fonetiki, morfologii i sintaksia afrikanskikh iazykov
[15795] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1987) : Imennye klassy v jazykax Afriki
[15783] Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna & Boris Andreevich Uspensky (Ed) (1972) : Problemi afrikanskogo yazikoznaniya: tipologiia, komparativistika, opisanie iazykov
[15796] Okidi, Festo (2000) : Acholi for beginners: grammar; Acholi-English, English-Acholi
[15798] Oko, Okoji R. (1992) : The grammar of question formation in Yala language
[22778] Oko, Okoji R. (1986) : Tense and aspect in Yala
[15804] Okolo, Bertram Agodichukwu (1989) : Silence and ritual response in Igbo discourse
[15806] Okolo, Bertram Agodichukwu (2002) : Conversational roles and social functions of code-switching among Igbo bilinguals
[15808] Okonkwo, M. N. (1980) : A complete course in Igbo grammar
[15813] Okoth Okombo, Duncan (1991) : Valency in Dholuo: towards a uniform account of transitive and intransitive constructions
[15815] Okoth Okombo, Duncan (1997) : A functional grammar of Dholuo
[24592] Olanike, Olajumoke Ola (1995) : Optimality in Benue-Congo Prosodic Phonology and Morphology
[28527] Olaogun, Simeon O. (2018) : Yes/no and Wh-Questions in Ǹjò̩-Kóo1 : A Unified Analysis
[28541] Olaogun, Simeon O. (2016) : Information Structural Categories of the Ǹjò̩-Kóo Language in Akoko North-West of Ondo state, Nigeria
[27221] Olaosebikan, Ifeoluwa Eunice (2011) : Aspects of Kuturmi verb phrase
[15825] Olawsky, Knut J. (1997) : Dagbani as a tonal language
[15826] Olawsky, Knut J. (1998) : Psycholinguistic experiments on Dagbani number classes
[15827] Olawsky, Knut J. (1999) : Aspects of Dagbani grammar, with special emphasis on phonology and morphology
[15828] Olawsky, Knut J. (2002) : What is a word in Dagbani?
[15829] Olawsky, Knut J. (2004) : What is a noun? What is an adjective? Problems of classification in Dagbani
[15834] Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich (1954) : Yazyk Hausa: kratkii ocherk grammatiki, khrestomatiya i slovar
[15835] Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich (Ed) (1961) : Suahili-Russko slovar [Swahili-Russian dictionary]
[15836] Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich (Ed) (1961) : Russko-Suahili slovar
[15837] Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich (Ed) (1963) : Kamus na Hausa-Rashanci/Khausa-Russkiy slovar [Hausa-Russian dictionary]
[23183] Ole-Kotikash, Leonard (2000) : The derivational morphology of the Maa noun
[15841] Olimba, B. (1983) : L’expression du “passé” en lugbara d’Aringa
[15842] Olinick, J. O. (1967) : A transformational generative grammar of certain noun phrases in Swahili
[15843] Oliobi, V. C. (1986) : Eléments de description de l’igbo d’Onitsha
[15845] Oliveira, Márcia Santos Duarte de (2005) : Perguntas de constituinte em Ibibio e a teoria de tipo oracional: aspectos da periferia à esquerda com ênfase em foco
[28263] Ollennu, Yvonne Akwele Amankwaa (2019) : Negation coding in Ga
[28776] Ollennu, Yvonne Akwele Amankwaa (2016) : Property Concepts in Ga
[28292] Olney, Hannah (2021) : The Determiner in Makary Kotoko Narrative Discourse: Attention Guidance and Salience
[15854] Olpp jnr, Johannes (1963) : Einführung in die Namasprache
[15855] Olpp jnr, Johannes (1964) : Nama-grammatika
[15856] Olpp jnr, Johannes (1977) : Nama-grammatika
[15857] Olson, Howard S. (1951) : Rudiments of Rémi grammar
[15859] Olson, Howard S. (1963) : Unpublished notes on the Hadza language
[15865] Olson, Kenneth S. (2001) : The phonology and morphology of Mono
[15871] Oluikpe, Benson O. (1979) : Noun phrase in legal English: a grammatical sketch
[15873] Oluikpe, Benson O. & G. I. Nwaozuzu (1995) : Igbo nominal compounds: fact or fiction?
[15876] Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1976) : The syntax and semantics of the Itsekiri verb
[15880] Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1990) : Tony Obilade and pronoun choice in Nigerian Pidgin: a critique
[22783] Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1982) : Tense and aspect in Itsekiri
[15883] Omar, Alwiya S. (1990) : Grammatical and anaphoric relations in Kiswahili: functions of the subject and object prefixes
[15884] Omar, Alwiya S. (1992) : Opening and closing conversations in Kiswahili: a study of the performance of native speakers and learners
[15882] Omar, H. (1988) : Eléments de description de l’oromo
[15887] Omar, Sh. Yahya Ali & P. J. L. Frankl (1997) : Ethnic groups and their assignment within the Swahili noun class system (with special reference to Mombasa)
[15890] Omatete, Alonse Dikonda (1974) : Grammaire générative et transformationelle de la tetela C.71
[15892] Omatete, Alonse Dikonda (1982) : Description du verbe dans la morphologie de la langue tetela
[26984] Omego, Christie U. (2014) : Analysis of lexical opposites in Owere-Igbo
[15899] Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1976) : A grammar of Tonga: a research proposal
[15902] Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1981) : The verb ‘to be’ in Dholuo syntax
[15903] Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1982) : The major syntactic structures of Dholuo
[15904] Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1983) : Serial verbs in Dholuo: a transformational analysis
[15905] Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1986) : Reduplication as a linguistic phenomenon from a case study of Dholuo
[15906] Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1991) : Comp and question in Dholuo
[15907] Omondi, Lucia Ndongʼa (1991) : Syntax and semantics of the verb “to marry” in Dholuo
[15915] Omoruyi, O. Thomas (1986) : On the internal structures of words in Edo
[15916] Omoruyi, O. Thomas (1986) : Adjectives and adjectivization processes in Edo
[15917] Omoruyi, O. Thomas (1989) : Focus and question formation in Edo
[15918] Omoruyi, O. Thomas (1989) : Negation in Edo
[27222] Onana Nkoa, Jean Roland (2007) : Morphologie verbale du nulíbíe
[15924] Onawongo, Emany A. O. (1980) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue tetela C.71 (parler de Loja): phonologie et morphologie
[15925] Ondo-Mébiame, Pierre (1986) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique du seki
[15926] Ondo-Mébiame, Pierre (1989) : Esquisse de description du isangu, parler bantu du groupe B.40
[26611] Ondo-Mebiame, Pierre (2005) : Les suffixes verbaux de dérivation en Fang-Ntumu
[26613] Ondo-Mebiame, Pierre (2005) : La catégorie grammaticale de nom en fàŋ-mә̀kɛ̌
[15930] Ongaye, Oda Orkaydo (2000) : The structure of simple sentences in Konso
[26446] Ongaye, Oda Orkaydo (2013) : A grammar of Konso
[26585] Ongaye, Oda Orkaydo (2013) : Conditional clauses in Konso
[27927] Ongaye, Oda Orkaydo (2020) : The structure and interpretations of the imperative in Konso
[27350] Ongaye, Orkaydo Oda & Maarten Mous (2016) : Subject clitics in Konso
[26469] Ongoïba, Oumarou-Samba (1988) : Étude phonologique du Dogon, variante Ğamsaj (Mali)
[15931] Oni, J. O. (1975) : A tentative analysis of the phonology and noun classes of Bette
[25688] Ono, Hitomi (2010) : |Gui kinship verbs? Verbs and nouns in |Gui and linguistic differences found among its kinship terms
[15936] Onukawa, Monday C. (1992) : The rV4: a prolific diachronic derivational suffix in Igbo
[15937] Onukawa, Monday C. (1992) : Aspects of the semantics and syntax of the Igbo gerundive nominal
[15938] Onukawa, Monday C. (1993) : A study of the Igbo de-nominal reduplicated noun
[15939] Onukawa, Monday C. (1995) : A re-analysis of the so-called Igbo desentential nominals
[15942] Onukawa, Monday C. (1999) : The order of extensional suffixes in Igbo
[26723] Onumajuru, E.M. (2011) : Towards a classification of Igbò verbs: the problem of stative verbs in the Orlu dialect of Igbò
[15943] Onumajuru, Emeka Michael (1985) : Le système verbal de l’igbo (parler d’Orlu)
[15944] Onuoha, Philip C. (1990) : Syntax and semantics of verb compounding in Igbo
[15948] Onwueméne, Michael C. (1981) : Arvee-three: the meaning of an Igbo verbal suffix
[15949] Onwueméne, Michael C. (1984) : The latency of the -rV3 suffix in northwestern Igbo
[28393] Onwukwe, Chimaobi (2018) : Spatial Deixis in Ibeme Dialect of Igbo
[15953] Onyeche, Joseph Ifeanyi (2002) : Changes in Ika: an exploratory study of a language and a community/Ógbehuto ri íka: ndamî nlele asusu le ali íka
[15957] Oomen, Antoinete (1977) : Aspects of the Rendille language: focus in the Rendille clause
[15959] Oomen, Antoinete (1978) : Focus in the Rendille clause
[15960] Oomen, Antoinete (1981) : Gender and plurality in Rendille
[15963] Oosthuysen jnr, J. C. (1958) : Leer self Xhosa
[15964] Oostrum, O. van & M. S. B. Kritzinger (1923) : Afrikaanse spraakkuns
[23789] Oprima, Florin (2002) : Notes on VP syntax
[15971] Orano, Marcello (1931) : Elementi per lo studio della lingua somala: grammatica con 65 verbi coniugati per esteto, frasario e dizionario dei vocaboli più usati nelle due forme parlate più comunemente
[15972] Orano, Marcello (1936) : La lingua somala parlata nella Somalia settentrionale e nell’Ogaden
[15973] Orchardson, J. Q. (1---) : A grammar of Kipsigis
[15974] Ordenneau, P. B. (1---) : Grammaire runyankore
[11279] Oréal, Elsa (2004) : Les marques personnelles en ancien égyptien : morphologie et fonction
[24462] Oreal, Elsa (2007) : Fracture dʼactance et dynamique morphosyntaxique: le renouvellement du perfectif en Ancien égyptien
[24911] Oréal, Elsa (2008) : Les formes de la dépendance entre syntaxe et énonciation : la solution égyptienne
[26871] Orie, Ọlanikẹ Ọla (2013) : From Conventional Gestures to Sign Language: The Case of Yoruba Sign Language
[15979] Orie, Olanike-Ola (1999) : Benue-Congo prosodic phonology and morphology in optimality theory
[15983] Orie, Olanike-Ola (2002) : Yoruba names and gender marking
[27395] Orkaydo, Ongaye Oda & Maarten Mous (2017) : The semantics of pluractionals and punctuals in Konso (Cushitic, Ethiopia)
[15987] Orr, Gregory John (1987) : Aspects of the second language acquisition of Chichewa noun class morphology
[15989] Orwig, Carol (1987) : Les extensions verbales en nugunu
[15990] Orwig, Carol (1989) : Extensions verbales en nugunu
[15991] Orwig, Carol (1991) : Les temps en nugunu
[22894] Orwig, Carol (1991) : Relative time reference in Nugunu
[15993] Orwin, Martin (1995) : Colloquial Somali: a complete language course
[15998] Os, L. W. van (1930) : Afrikaans self-taught by the natural method with phonetic pronunciation
[26728] Osam, E. Kweku , Reginald A. Duah & Afua M. Blay (2011) : The so-called postpositions in Akan: A reconsideration
[16001] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1988) : The structure of Akan newpaper editorials: the case of Wonsuom
[16002] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1990) : Participant identification in Akan negatives
[16003] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1993) : The loss of the noun class system in Akan
[16004] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1993/96) : Animacy distinctions in Akan grammar
[16005] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1994) : From serial verbs to prepositions and the road between
[16006] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1996) : The history of Akan complementizers
[16007] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1997) : Serial verbs and grammatical relations in Akan
[16008] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (1998) : Complementation in Akan
[16009] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (2000) : The status of indirect object in Akan
[16010] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (2002) : Reflexive marking and related functions in Akan
[16011] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (2003) : An introduction to the verbal and multi-verbal system of Akan
[24658] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (2008) : Verbal alternations in Akan
[25222] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (2008) : Akan As An Aspectual Language
[27028] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku (2017) : Valency changing processes in Akan
[24593] Osam, Emmanuel Kweku Ahen (1994) : Aspects of Akan Grammar: A Functional Perspective
[16015] Osman, Madina C. & R. David Paul Zorc (1992) : Somali handbook
[22637] Osman, Mariam H. (1990) : Bound anaphora in Egyptian Arabic
[16017] Osnitskaya, Elena Alekseevna (1963) : Kratkiy ocherk gramatiki yazyka Khausa [An outline of the grammar of the Hausa language]
[16018] Osnitskaya, Elena Alekseevna (1966) : Inversiya adresata deistviya v prostom i slozhnom predlozheniyi yazyka Khausa [Inversion du destineur et de l’addressé dans la phrase simple et composée de la langue haoussa]
[16019] Osnitskaya, Elena Alekseevna (1971) : Genitivnyye konstrukciyi v chadochamititskikh yazykach [Genitive constructions in Chadohamitic languages]
[16021] Ossai-Emeli, Cecilia Ijeuwa (1976) : A descriptive contrastive analysis of English and Igbo verb systems
[27882] Osu, Sylvester N. (2018) : Quand le dictionnaire donne à voir la culture
[16025] Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (1995) : Étude du quelques particules verbales dans la langue ikwere
[16026] Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (1995) : La particule verbale -ru en ikwere: une forme, deux marquers
[16027] Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (1998) : Opérations énonciatives et problématique du repérage: cinq particulares verbales ìkwéré
[16028] Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (2000) : Negation marking in Ikwere
[16029] Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (2000) : La focalisation en ìkwéré
[16030] Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (2002) : The meaning of the meaningless morpheme kè in Ikwere
[24912] Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu (2008) : La nature de la relation entre propositions dans une construction de type parataxe en ikwere
[28538] Osu, Sylvester Nhneanothu & George N. Clements (2009) : Les nasales en ikwere
[16032] Otaala, Laura Ariko (1981) : Phonological and semantic aspects of Ateso derivational verbal morphology
[16033] Otaala, Laura Ariko (1983) : An examination of the meaning of ideophones in Ateso
[16038] Otten, Dirk (1995) : Temporale und lokale Adverbien und Adverbialen im Oshindonga (Owambosprache Namibias)
[16040] Ottenheimer, Harriet Joseph & H. Primrose (1989) : ShiNzwani ideophones
[16046] Otto, Eberhard (1951) : Über die Demonstrativa und Nominalbildung im Altägyptischen
[24396] Ouedraogo née Diop, Awa (1984) : Essai de description du nanerge, langue senufo parlée en Haute-Volta
[16055] Ouhalla, Jamal (1988) : The syntax of head movement: a study of Berber
[16056] Ouhalla, Jamal (1989) : Clitic movement and the ECP: evidence from Berber and Romance languages
[16057] Ouhalla, Jamal (1993) : Negation, focus and tense: the Arabic maa and laa
[16058] Ouhalla, Jamal (1994) : Focus in Standard Arabic
[16059] Ouhalla, Jamal (1994) : Verb movement and word order in Arabic
[16060] Ouhalla, Jamal (1996) : The construct state in Berber
[16061] Ouhalla, Jamal (1997) : Genitive subjects and the VSO order
[16063] Oumara Yaro, Bourahima (1993) : Eléments de description du zarma
[25042] Ouoba, Bendi Benoît (1982) : Description systématique du gulmancema : Phonologie - Lexicologie - Syntaxe
[16067] Ourso, Méterwa A. (1989) : Phonological processes in the noun class system of Lama
[27364] Ourso, Méterwa A. & Hanoukoume Cyril Kparou (2014) : Traits syntaxiques des formes verbales homophones-homotones en lama : Polysémie ou homonymie ?
[16070] Ouwehand, Mariette (1965) : Everyday Tsonga
[16072] Overdulde, C. M. (1975) : Apprendre la langue rwanda
[16073] Overdulde, C. M. & Irene Jacob (1998) : Twige Iinyarwanda: manuel d’apprentissage de la langue rwanda
[22460] Overdulde, C. M. & Irene Jacob (2000) : Initiation au kinyarwanda: manuel d’apprentissage de la langue rwandaise
[16074] Overschelde, G. van (1967) : Méthode pour apprendre le kinyarwanda
[24594] Overton, Harold J. (1972) : A Generative - Transformational Grammar of the Kikuyu Language Based On the Nyeri Dialect
[16077] Owens, Jonathan (1977) : Aspects of Nubi grammar
[16080] Owens, Jonathan (1982) : Case in the Booran dialect of Oromo
[16081] Owens, Jonathan (1984) : A short reference grammar of eastern Libyan Arabic
[16082] Owens, Jonathan (1985) : A grammar of Harar Oromo (Northeastern Ethiopia), including a text and a glossary
[16083] Owens, Jonathan (1985) : The Oromo causative: lexical grammar without lexical rules
[16084] Owens, Jonathan (1985) : The origins of East African Nubi
[16086] Owens, Jonathan (1988) : The foundations of grammar: an introduction to medieval Arabic grammatical theory
[16087] Owens, Jonathan (1988) : Nominal relations in systemic dependency grammar
[16089] Owens, Jonathan (1990) : East African Nubi: bioprogram vs inheritance
[16090] Owens, Jonathan (1990) : Early Arabic grammatical theory: heterogeneity and standardization
[16091] Owens, Jonathan (1991) : Nubi, genetic linguistics and language classification
[16092] Owens, Jonathan (1993) : A grammar of Nigerian Arabic
[16096] Owens, Jonathan (1997) : The Arabic grammatical tradition
[28400] Owoahene, Samuel Acheampong , Samuel Awinkene Atintono & Samuel Alhassan Issah (2019) : The morpho-syntactic characterization of Likpakpaanl reflexive pronouns
[16103] Owólabí, D. Kola O. (1976) : Noun-noun constructions in Yoruba: a syntactic and semantic analysis
[16106] Owólabí, D. Kola O. (1995) : More on Yoruba prefixing morphology
[16109] Owuri, S. I. (1983) : Question formation in Ebira
[28799] Owusu, Augustina (2022) : Tense and aspect in Akan serial verb constructions
[28229] Owusu, Augustina P. (2019) : A closer look at the Akan determiner bi: An epistemic indefinite analysis
[26853] Oyèláràn, Ọlásopé & Ọládiípọ̀ Ajíbóyè (2013) : The Challenge of Syntactic Categories: Focus on the Yorùbá Language
[16126] Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1972) : Some hachneyed aspects of the phonology of the Yoruba verb phrase
[16128] Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1981) : On the scope of the serial verb construction in Yoruba
[16129] Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1982) : On the scope of the serial verb construction in Yoruba
[23747] Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1992) : Tense/aspect in Òwérò
[23751] Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1992) : The category AUX in the Yorùbá phrase structure
[23495] Oyetade, Solomon Oluwole (2000) : The verb ‘go’ in Akoko Yoruba
[29067] Oyinloye, Mayowa Emmanuel (2023) : An Alignment-Based Account of Affixation in Yorùbá
[16134] Oyoyoh, O. I. (1943) : A summary of study in Effik-Ibibio language with particular reference to orthography
[15555] OʼBrien, Daniel (1980) : Subsidiarity in Tonga (Zambian) tense forms
[15554] OʼBrien, Richard J. & Wim A. M. Cuypers (1975) : A descriptive sketch of the grammar of Sebei
[15556] OʼBryan, Margie (1974) : The role of analogy in non-derived formations in Zulu
[15562] OʼLeary, de Lacey (1974) : Colloquial Arabic
[15564] OʼNeil, Joseph (1935) : A Shona grammar, Zezuru dialect
[15566] OʼNeil, Joseph (1950) : A grammar of the Sindebele dialect of Zulu
[15569] OʼRiordan, Sean & John Coffey (1982) : Lumko course in Southern Sotho
[15568] OʼRiordan, Sean & Terrence McGuckin (1972) : The Lumko programmed instruction course in Tswana
[15567] OʼRiordan, Sean , M. Mathiso , Anthony S. Davey , S. V. Bentele , Benjamin Ezra Nuttall Mahlasela & Leonard Walter Lanham (1969) : Lumko Xhosa self-instruction course
[27025] Pacchiarotti, Sara (2017) : The syntactic status of objects in Mooré ditransitive constructions
[28515] Pacchiarotti, Sara (2018) : Bantu Applicative Construction Types Involving *-ID: Form, Functions, and Diachrony
[28895] Pacchiarotti, Sara (2022) : Reconstructable main clause functions of Proto-Bantu applicative *-ɪd
[28712] Pacchiarotti, Sara & Koen Bostoen (2021) : The evolution of the noun class system of Ngwi (West-Coastal Bantu, B861, DRC)
[22938] Paesler, Wolfgang (1989) : How to distinguish statement and question in Beng
[25039] Pageaud, Paul (1972) : Lexique bété
[16143] Pahl, Helga (1990) : Kasus im Hausa
[16140] Pahl, Herbert Walter (1978) : The functions of the verbal extensions in Xhosa
[16138] Pahl, Herbert Walter (Ed) (1967) : IsiXhosa (Xhosa)
[16137] Pahl, Herbert Walter & E. W. M. no Mesatywa (Ed) (1957) : Ulwimi lwesi Xhosa
[16145] Pahlen, Klaus W. (Ed) (1994) : Proceedings of the Kalanga research conference, April 5-6, 1994
[16154] Painter, Colin (1966) : Linguistic field notes from Banda and language maps of the Guang speaking areas of Ghana, Togo and Dahomey
[16158] Painter, Colin (1970) : Gonja: a phonological and grammatical study
[16166] Palayer, Pierre (1989) : La langue sar (sud du Tchad)
[16167] Palayer, Pierre (1992) : Un syntagme nominal épithétique immédiat en sar (Tchad)
[16161] Palayer, Pierre , Maurice Fournier & E. Moundo (1970) : Éléments de grammaire sar (Tchad)
[27362] Pali, Tchaa (2013) : Le morphème /rə-/ et la problématique des idéophones en lama
[28536] Pali, Tchaa (2014) : L’item « yɛ » du miyobé (Togo/Bénin) : verbe plein, auxiliaire ou auxiliant ?
[16172] Palmer, Frank R. (1955) : The ‘broken plurals’ of Tigrinya
[16174] Palmer, Frank R. (1957) : The verb in Bilin
[16175] Palmer, Frank R. (1958) : The noun in Bilin
[16177] Palmer, Frank R. (1959) : The verb classes of Agaw (Awiya)
[16179] Palmer, Frank R. (1960) : The ‘derived forms’ of the Tigrinya verb
[16180] Palmer, Frank R. (1962) : The morphology of the Tigre noun
[16181] Palmer, Frank R. (1965) : Bilin ‘to be’ and ‘to have’
[16182] Palmer, Frank R. (1966) : Word classes in Bilin
[16185] Palmer, Frank R. (1974) : Some remarks on the grammar and phonology of the ‘compound verbs’ in Cushitic and Ethiopian Semitic
[16186] Paluku, André Mbula (1998) : Description grammaticale du kitalinga (langue bantu du nort-est du Zaïre)
[23294] Panetta, Ester (1943) : L’arabo parlato a Bengasi
[24230] Paperno, Denis (2005) : Les pronoms personnels en beng
[26792] Paperno, Denis (2014) : Grammatical sketch of Beng
[16199] Paradis, Carole (1986) : Phonologie et morphologie lexicales: les classes nominales en peul (fula)
[16200] Paradis, Carole (1986) : Morphological and phonological investigations in Fula: class markers
[16202] Paradis, Carole (1992) : Lexical phonology and morphology: the nominal classes in Fula
[16207] Park, Jae-Ick (1995) : Minimality effects in Swahili
[16209] Park, Jae-Ick (1997) : Minimal word effects with special reference to Swahili
[16220] Parker, Elizabeth (1985) : The Mundani verb
[16221] Parker, Elizabeth (1985) : Mood, tense and aspect in Mundani
[16222] Parker, Elizabeth (1985) : Relative clauses in Mundani
[16225] Parker, Elizabeth (1986) : Mundani pronouns
[16226] Parker, Elizabeth (1989) : Le nom et le syntagme nominal en mundani
[22876] Parker, Elizabeth (1992) : Realis/irrealis morphology and the consecutive verb construction in Mundani
[22890] Parker, Elizabeth (1991) : Complex sentences and subordination in Mundani
[22891] Parker, Elizabeth (1991) : Conditionals in Mundani
[16212] Parker, Enid M. (1967) : Afar pedagogical grammar (lessons 17-36)
[16211] Parker, T. F. (1951) : Let’s talk together: timwane, tumfwane, a lu twane, tumvwane
[16229] Parkin, B. (1974) : Language-switching in Nairobi
[16233] Parkvall, Mikael (2000) : Out of Africa: African influences in Atlantic Creoles
[16234] Paroz, R. A. (1946) : Elements of Southern Sotho
[16235] Paroz, R. A. (1957) : Elements of Southern Sotho
[16237] Parreira, A. A. (1930) : Vocabulário do dialecto shisena
[28264] Parrish, Alicia & Cara Feldscher (2019) : On the structure of splitting verbs in Yoruba
[16242] Parsons, Frederick William (1955) : Abstract nouns of sensory quality and their derivatives in Hausa
[16243] Parsons, Frederick William (1959) : Case in Hausa
[16244] Parsons, Frederick William (1960) : An introduction to gender in Hausa
[16245] Parsons, Frederick William (1960/61) : The verbal system in Hausa: forms, functions and grades
[16246] Parsons, Frederick William (1961) : The operation of gender in Hausa: the personal pronoun and genitive copula
[16247] Parsons, Frederick William (1962) : Further observations on the ‘causative’ grade of the verb in Hausa
[16248] Parsons, Frederick William (1963) : The operation of gender in Hausa: stabilizer, dependent nominals and qualifiers
[16250] Parsons, Frederick William (1971/72) : Suppletion and neutralization in the verbal system of Hausa (the causative, the dative and irregular verbs)
[16252] Partmann, Gayle (1974) : Derivation and simplification by adolescent Dioula speakers
[26899] Pascalau, Petru (2015) : A Brief Grammar of the Kistane Language
[16255] Pasch, Helma (1985) : Die deverbale Derivation im Sango
[16256] Pasch, Helma (1985) : Possession and possessive classifiers in ‘Dongo-ko
[16257] Pasch, Helma (1987) : Die Mba-Sprachen: die Nominalklassensysteme und die genetische Gliederung einer Gruppe von Ubangi-Sprachen
[16260] Pasch, Helma (1988) : Die Entlehnung von Bantu-Präfixen in eine Nichtbantu-Sprache
[16269] Pasch, Helma (1995) : Kurzgrammatik des Ewe
[16270] Pasch, Helma (1997) : Sango
[24816] Pasch, Helma (2007) : Grammar of location and motion in Zande
[25330] Pasch, Helma (2011) : Zande Attributes and Pronoun Copying
[25531] Pasch, Helma (2012) : Two multifunctional locative and directional prepositions in Zande
[25581] Pasch, Helma (2012) : From anaphoric pronoun to copula in Zande
[26798] Pasch, Helma (2014) : Number and numerals in Zande
[27258] Pasch, Helma (2017) : Verbal plural in Zande
[27795] Pasch, Helma (2020) : Zande
[16259] Pasch, Helma & Talmy Givón (1988) : Verb complementation in Sango
[16262] Pasch, Helma & Talmy Givón (1990) : Complementation in Sango
[26032] Paster, Mary (2010) : The verbal morphology and phonology of Asante Twi
[26057] Paster, Mary (2006) : Aspects Of Maay Phonology And Morphology
[28828] Paster, Mary (2018) : Gender Instability in Maay
[28919] Paterson, Rebecca (2015) : Narrative uses of the U̱t-Ma'in (Kainji) Bare Verb form
[28575] Patin, Cédric , Kassim Mohamed-Soyir & Charles Kisseberth (2019) : Ngazidja G44a
[25296] Patman, Frankie (1995) : A Functional Account of Syntactic Similarities in Nugunu
[25297] Patman, Frankie (1998) : Syntactic encoding of informational distinctions in Nugunu
[16279] Paul, Ileana M. (2000) : Malagasy clause structure
[16282] Paulian, Christiane (1975) : Le kukuya, langue teke du Congo: phonologie et classes nominales
[16285] Paulian, Christiane (1997) : L’expression de la qualité en küküa
[16286] Paulian, Christiane (1998) : La dérivation verbale dans une langue bantu atypique : le cas du küküa
[16289] Pauwels, J. L. (1959) : Die expletieve ontkenning nie(t) aan het van de zin in het Zuinederlands en het Afrikaans - Appendix
[16290] Pauwels, J. L. (1974) : Expletief nie en andere herhaalingswoorden als zinsafsluiters
[16291] Pawlak, Nina (1975) : The semantic problems of ‘intensive’ forms in Hausa verbs
[16292] Pawlak, Nina (1978) : Gramatyka jezyka hausa w cwiczeniach [Grammar of Hausa in exercises]
[16293] Pawlak, Nina (1986) : Expressing spatial relations in the Hausa language
[16295] Pawlak, Nina (1989) : Gramatyka jezyka hausa: fonologia i fonetyka, morfologia
[16296] Pawlak, Nina (1995) : Particles in Chadic: retentions and innovations in marking grammatical functions
[16297] Pawlak, Nina (2001) : Diachronic typology of locative phrases in Chadic
[16298] Pawlak, Nina (2003) : Locative prepositions in Chadic: lexical or grammatical morphemes
[22415] Pawlak, Nina (2003) : The structural features of Plateau Hausa
[27955] Pawlak, Nina (2017) : ‘To be’ and ‘not to be’ in Hausa: The question of grammar and communication
[28315] Pawlak, Nina (2021) : Hausa phraseologisms as a structural property of language and cultural value
[16299] Pawlitzky, Christine (2000) : Die Funktion der Präposition katika im Swahili
[16304] Payne, Doris L. (1995) : Verb initial languages and information order
[16305] Payne, Doris L. (1997) : The Maasai external possessor construction
[16306] Payne, Doris L. (1998) : Maasai gender in typological perspective
[23185] Payne, Doris L. (2004) : Functions of Maa peê+low tone: a case study of discourse driven polysemy
[28914] Payne, Doris L. (2015) : Aspect and thematic clause combining in Maa (Nilotic)
[24750] Payne, Doris L. & Derek Olsen (2009) : Maa (Maasai) Nominalization: Animacy, Agentivity and Instrument
[16302] Payne, Doris L. , Mitsuyo Hamaya & Peter Jacobs (1994) : Active, inverse and passive in Maasai
[16301] Payne, John (1993) : The headedness of noun phrases: slaying the nominal hydra
[23073] Payne, Stephen (1992) : Une grammaire pratique avec phonologie et dictionnaire de kwatay (parler du village de Diémbéring, basse Casamance, Sénégal)
[25092] Payne, Stephen (2000) : Kaadiksiyoneer - lexique kwatay-français
[25093] Payne, Stephen (1995) : Kaadiksiyoneer kite kuwaataay ni kifaranse
[26959] Pazzack, Adam Peter (2012) : Natural gender classifiers in Dagbani
[16309] Pazzi, Roberto (1981) : Dictionnaire de la langue gen, avec grammaire et recueil de textes ancestraux
[29005] Peacock, Wesley (2018) : Nkonya – English Dictionary
[16313] Pearson, Matthew (2001) : T-marking on Malagasy obliques: tense, aspect, and the position of PPs
[16314] Peck jnr, S. M. (1988) : Tense, aspect and mood in Guinéa-Casamance Portuguese Creole
[16316] Pedro, José Domingos (1993) : Étude grammaticale du kimbundu (Angola)
[16321] Peled, Yishai (1992) : Conditional structures in classical Arabic
[16323] Pelletier, Corinne A. & A. Neil Skinner (1981) : Adamawa Fulfulde: an introductory course
[16326] Pelling, James N. & Pamela Pelling (1974) : Lessons in Ndebele
[16327] Pelling, Pamela (1975) : Ndebele work book
[16328] Pemagbi, Joe (1989) : Still a deficient language? A description and glossary of the ‘New English’ of Sierra Leone
[16331] Peng, Long (1991) : Swati and Kikuyu reduplication: evidence against exhaustive copy
[16334] Peng, Long (2003) : Local conjunction and Kikuyu consonant mutation
[16340] Pennacchietti, Fabrizio A. (1987) : Topicalizazzione e focalizzazione: note sul’articolazione interna della frase dichiarativa in Somalo
[25670] Pennachietti, Fabrizio (2011) : Il sistema preposizionale del berbero nefûsi di Fassâto
[27673] Penner Toews, Carmela Irene (2015) : Topics in Siamou Tense and Aspect
[16341] Penrice, John (1973) : A dictionary and glossary of the Kor-An, with copious grammatical references and explanations of the text: Arabic-English
[24294] Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2004) : La morphologie verbale du mwan (Côte-d'Ivoire)
[25472] Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2010) : Pronouns and pronominal compounds in Mwan
[25488] Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2011) : Nominalization in Mwan
[26782] Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2013) : L’espace déictique dans la langue mwan
[26905] Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2016) : Les moyens anaphoriques du récit traditionnel : le cas du mwan
[28180] Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2021) : Logophoric strategy in San-Maka
[28743] Perekhvalskaya, Elena (2022) : Caritive constructions in Mwan
[16430] Pérez, Gaspar & Lorenzo Sorinas (1928) : Gramatica de la lengua Benga
[16348] Perkins, Harry Lee (1980) : Studies in the verbal systems of the Ethiopia dialects
[16349] Perl, Matthias (1982) : Acerca de alguns aspectos históricos do Português crioulo em Africa
[22798] Perl, Matthias (1989) : Portugiesisch und Crioulo in Afrika: Geschichte, Grammatik, Lexik, Sprachentwicklung
[16352] Perl, Matthias (Ed) (1989) : La langue portugaise en Afrique
[16350] Perl, Matthias & Hans Schäfer (1983) : Zur Entwicklung des Portugiesischen in Afrika - unter besonderer berücksichtigung Moçambiques
[22989] Perrett, Denise L. (1993) : The switch-reference phenomena in Hadiyya: a labeled deductive system perspective
[24383] Perrin, Loïc-Michel (2005) : Des représentations du temps en wolof
[24637] Perrin, Loïc-Michel (2008) : Wolof
[24659] Perrin, Loïc-Michel (2008) : Lʼéconomie du système des subordonnées temporelles et hypothétiques du wolof
[25533] Perrin, Loïc-Michel (2012) : L’expression du temps en wolof – langue atlantique parlée au Sénégal
[26892] Perrin, Loïc-Michel (2015) : Les classes nominales en basari
[27906] Perrin, Loïc-Michel (2019) : Description grammaticale du basari (oniyan)
[16357] Perrin, Mona J. (19--) : Mambila grammar sketch
[16358] Perrin, Mona J. (19--) : Transitivity in Mambila
[16361] Perrin, Mona J. (1974) : Direct and indirect speech in Mambila (Nigeria and Cameroon)
[22892] Perrin, Mona J. (1994) : Rheme and focus in Mambila
[23050] Perrin, Mona J. (1978) : Who’s who in Mabila folk tales?
[16364] Perrot, Jean (Ed) (1981) : Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne, I : les langues de l’Afrique subsaharienne
[16365] Perrot, Jean (Ed) (1981) : Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne, II: pidgin et créoles
[16366] Perrott, Daisy Valerie (19--) : Short Zigua grammar
[16368] Perrott, Daisy Valerie (1951) : Teach yourself Swahili
[16369] Perrott, Daisy Valerie (1957) : Teach yourself Swahili
[27638] Persohn, Bastian (2017) : Locative and Extra-locative Clitics in Nyakyusa
[27687] Persohn, Bastian (2016) : When the present is in the past and what is normal is to come: Old and new present tenses in Nyakyusa
[27883] Persohn, Bastian (2018) : Basic motion verbs in Nyakusa: lexical semantics and associated motion
[28323] Persohn, Bastian (2020) : A description of the Xhosa construction ya ‘go’ plus subordinate imperfective
[28813] Persohn, Bastian (2017) : The Verb in Nyakyusa: A focus on tense, aspect, and modality
[28814] Persohn, Bastian (2020) : The Verb in Nyakyusa: A focus on tense, aspect, and modality
[27635] Persohn, Bastian & Maud Devos (2017) : Post-final Locatives in Bantu: Axes of Variation and Non-locative Functions
[28050] Persohn, Bastian & Rasmus Bernander (2018) : A Note on the Present Tenses in some Southern Tanzanian Bantu Languages
[22912] Person, Ingrid (1975) : Clauses in Loron
[16378] Persson, Andrew M. (1981) : Clause-types in Jur-Modo
[24474] Persson, Andrew M. (1979) : A Dialect Study of the Jur Beli Cluster
[16382] Persson, Andrew M. & Janet Persson (1984) : Sudanese colloquial Arabic for beginners
[16384] Persson, Andrew M. & Janet Persson (1991) : Modo-English dictionary with grammar
[23961] Persson, Andrew M. & Janet Persson (1980) : Collected field reports on aspects of Ligbi grammar
[23092] Persson, Andrew M. , Janet Persson & Ahmad Hussein (1980) : Sudanese colloquial Arabic for beginners
[16374] Persson, J. A. (1924) : Lidangalila nya gubili
[16376] Persson, J. A. (1932) : Outlines of Tswa grammar
[16383] Persson, Janet (1984) : Some notes on Jur Mödö demonstratives
[28265] Pesetsky, Jonathan (2019) : Animacy is a presupposition in Swahili
[16386] Peter, Ursula (1990) : Description systématique du waama (langue voltaïque du Bénin): phonologie, grammaire
[16388] Peters, Ann (1966) : A computer-oriented generative grammar of the Xhosa verb
[16392] Peterson, Thomas Howe (1971) : Mooré structure: a generative analysis of the tonal system and aspects of syntax
[16397] Petrácek, Karel (1965) : Phonetik, Phonologie und Morphologie der Berti-(Siga) Sprache in Dar Fur (Sudan)
[16398] Petrácek, Karel (1966) : Morphologie (Nomen, Pronomen) der Berti-(Siga) Sprache in Dar Fur (Sudan)
[27075] Petrollino, Sara (2016) : A grammar of Hamar - A South Omotic Language of Ethiopia
[16422] Petzell, Malin (2000) : Kimwani
[16423] Petzell, Malin (2002) : A sketch of Kimwani, a minority language of Mozambique
[16425] Petzell, Malin (2003) : What is the function of the pre-prefix in Kagulu?
[16427] Petzell, Malin (2004) : LFG vs transformational theories: a comparison of certain phenomena in Bantu languages
[24038] Petzell, Malin (2008) : The Kagulu Language of Tanzania. Grammar, Texts and Vocabulary
[25712] Petzell, Malin (2010) : Further Analysis of Negation in Kagulu
[26339] Petzell, Malin & Harald Hammarström (2013) : Grammatical and Lexical Comparison of the Greater Ruvu Bantu Languages
[28574] Petzell, Malin & Lotta Aunio (2019) : Kami G36
[27939] Peust, Carsten (2016) : Supplements to West Dangla grammar
[27941] Peust, Carsten (2014) : A morphological sketch of West Dangla (Chad)
[16436] Pflug, Felicitas (1989) : Die pronominale Funktion des Selektors in der Iraqw-Sprache
[16443] Philippson, Gérard (1983) : Observations sur une étude récente de morphologie verbale de la langue comorienne
[16448] Philippson, Gérard (1989) : Quelques données sur le mwani (Mozambique): eléments de phonologie comparative et présentation du système verbal
[28889] Philippson, Gérard (2022) : Double reflexes in north-western Bantu and their implications for the Proto-Bantu consonant system
[16454] Philippson, Gérard & Derek Nurse (2000) : Gweno, a little known Bantu language of northern Tanzania
[16455] Philippson, Gérard & Marie-Laure Montlahuc (2003) : Kilimanjaro Bantu (E60 and E74)
[28566] Philippson, Gérard & Rebecca Grollemund (2019) : Classifying Bantu languages
[16465] Phiri, Anacklet [George] (1980) : A description of derivational forms in Tumbuka
[16466] Pia, John Joseph (1965) : Somali sounds and inflections
[16467] Pia, John Joseph & R. D. Molitor (1966) : Beginning in Somali
[16472] Picabia, Lélia (1992) : La morphologie du démonstratif en comorien
[16473] Picabia, Lélia (1992) : Préliminaires morpho-syntaxique à l’étude du comorien
[16475] Picabia, Lélia (1994) : Le sujet locatif en comorien
[16476] Picabia, Lélia (1995) : Typologie des phrases copulatives en grand comorien
[16477] Picabia, Lélia (1996) : La proposition finie en grand comorien: analyse des unites fonctionelles
[16478] Picabia, Lélia (1997) : Le traits du pronom-accords en grand comorien
[16474] Picabia, Lélia (Ed) (1994) : Syntaxe des langues africaines
[16471] Picabia, Lélia & Djae Ahamada Chanfi (1990) : Morphologie des classes nominales en comorien
[16470] Picabia, Lélia & Sidigui Ba (1988) : Description du système verbal peul
[16480] Picard, André (1957) : Du prétérit intensif en berbère
[16481] Picard, André (1960) : De quelques faits de stylistique dans le parler berbère des Irjen (Kabylie - Algérie)
[25695] Pichl, Walter J. (1977) : Vocabulaire ndut
[25769] Pichl, Walter J. (1981) : Abrégé de Grammaire laala
[25775] Pichl, Walter J. (1981) : Textes laala
[25931] Pichl, Walter J. (1979) : Abrégé de grammaire ndout
[25984] Pichl, Walter J. (1981) : Vocabulaire laala
[25985] Pichl, Walter J. (sd) : Noun Classes and Accordance in Limba
[25987] Pichl, Walter J. (1957) : Die Sprache der Wolof in Senegambien
[16492] Pichon, François (1950) : Petite grammaire ewondo, avec exercises appropriés, suivie dmun petit manuel de conversation et d’un lexique
[24549] Pickering, Roland (1968, 1974) : Dompago grammar
[16499] Pienaar, Pierre de Villiers (1947) : Die afrikaanse spreektaal
[23051] Pike, Kenneth Lee (1968) : Indirect vs direct discourse in Bariba
[16505] Pike, Kenneth Lee (Ed) (1966) : Tagmemic and matrix linguistics applied to selected African languages
[16506] Pike, Kenneth Lee (Ed) (1970) : Tagmemic and matrix linguistics applied to selected African languages
[16507] Pilaszewicz, Stanislaw (1971) : Jezyk hausa
[16512] Pillinger, Steve (Ed) (1995) : Afí Rendille abán: Rendille grammar outline
[16513] Pillinger, Steve & Letiwa Galboran (1999) : A Rendille dictionary, including a grammatical outline and an English-Rendille index
[16514] Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1957) : Glagolnaya systema yazyka Khausa [The Hausa verbal system]
[16516] Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1960) : Les verbes auxiliaires en haoussa
[16518] Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1969) : The changing form (Grade 2) of the verb in Hausa
[16519] Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1972) : On the role of tonal contrast in the Hausa verb
[16520] Pilszczikowa-Chodak, Nina (1972) : Tone-vowel height correlation and tone assignment in the patterns of the verb and noun plurals in Hausa
[16522] Piper, Klaus (1977) : Elemente des Suku: zur Phonologie und Morphologie einer Bantusprache
[16523] Piper, Klaus (1989) : Aspektstruktur im Pahouin: zur verbalen Morphologie nordwestlicher Bantusprachen
[28346] Pires de Oliveira, Roberta & Jair Martins (2017) : Preliminary remarks on the nominal phrase in Cape Verdean: The semantics of bare nouns cross-linguistically
[16526] Pires Prata, António (1960) : Gramática da língua macua e seus dialectos
[16532] Piron, Pascale (1990) : Eléments de description du kota, langue bantoue du Gabon, B.25
[16533] Piron, Pascale (1995) : Identification lexicostatistique des groupes bantoïdes stables
[16535] Piron, Pascale (1996) : Classification interne du groupe bantoïde
[25938] Pius N. Tamanji (2012) : Reduplication, word categories and sentence structure in Bafut
[16540] Planert, Wilhelm (1927) : Die Schnalzsprachen
[16543] Platiel, Susanne (1972) : L’expression du temps en samo
[16544] Platiel, Susanne (1974) : Description du parler samo de Toma (Haute Volta): phonologie, syntaxe
[16547] Platiel, Susanne (1982) : Les structures morpho-syntaxiques du san
[16549] Platiel, Susanne (1990) : La négation en san
[16550] Platiel, Susanne (1992) : De l’importance des transformations syntagmatiques dans l’évolution d’un système
[24298] Platiel, Suzy (1987-88) : A propos du système vocalique en san
[24299] Platiel, Suzy (1990) : Les sous-catégories du procès en san : diathèse et composition
[24300] Platiel, Suzy (1981) : La formation des verbes en san
[24302] Platiel, Suzy (1983) : Les procédés de formation de noms en San
[16553] Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1950) : Schizzo morfologico dello sinasa
[16554] Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1953) : Ergänzungen zu Abessinische Studien von Carl Brockelmann
[16556] Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1955) : Die Hilfselemente der Konjugation in den kuschitischen Sprachen (Zusammenfassung)
[16557] Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1957) : Die Hilfselemente der Konjugation in den kuschitischen Sprachen
[16558] Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1958) : Die determinativen Elemente der sog. kuschitischen Sprachen
[16559] Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1959) : Der Kausativ der sogenannten kuschitischen Sprachen
[16561] Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1962) : Grammatik der Alaba-Sprache
[16565] Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma (1965) : Die verbalen Bildungen in den sog. kuschitischen Sprachen
[16570] Plessis, H. G. W. du (1974) : Komplementwerkwoorde en werkwoordkomplemente
[1028] Plessis, J. A. du (1978) : The noun in Kwangali
[16567] Plessis, J. A. du (1963) : Die morfologie van die naamwoord en voornaamwoord in die Sothotale: ’n vergelykende studie
[16568] Plessis, J. A. du (1968) : Die foneem as spreidingskategorie in die Suid-Afrikaanse bantoetale, met besondere verwysing na Venda
[16572] Plessis, J. A. du (1978) : IsiXhosa 4
[16583] Plessis, J. A. du (1995) : Sesotho syntax
[16584] Plessis, J. A. du (1989) : Distribution of the complementizer ukuba in the Xhosa sentence
[16587] Plessis, J. A. du (1990) : Complementizers and nouns in Xhosa
[16590] Plessis, J. A. du (1992) : The selection of moods in ukuba-sentences by matrix verbs in Xhosa
[16593] Plessis, J. A. du (1996) : The semantics of ergative constructions in Zulu and Xhosa
[16594] Plessis, J. A. du (1997) : The semantics of ergative constructions in Zulu and Xhosa
[22736] Plessis, J. A. du (1991) : Intransitive verbs in Sesotho
[23378] Plessis, J. A. du (1979) : Bepalers by die naamwoord in Kwangali
[23379] Plessis, J. A. du (1979) : Die lineêre volgorde van die prefigale elemente in die Xhosa-werkwoord
[23380] Plessis, J. A. du (1979) : Die werkwoord in Kwangali
[23381] Plessis, J. A. du (1979) : PS-rules for VP in Xhosa
[23382] Plessis, J. A. du (1980) : Bywoorde en vrae in Kwangali
[23383] Plessis, J. A. du (1980) : Die wekrwoord thi in Xhosa en re in Sesotho
[23384] Plessis, J. A. du (1982) : Transitivity in Sesotho and Xhosa
[23385] Plessis, J. A. du (1982) : Die situatief in Xhosa
[23386] Plessis, J. A. du (1983) : The quantifier onke in Xhosa
[23387] Plessis, J. A. du (1983) : The noun phrase in Xhosa
[23388] Plessis, J. A. du (1984) : Subject, object, complement, and the noun phrase in Xhosa
[23389] Plessis, J. A. du (1985) : The structure of nominal modifiers in Xhosa
[23390] Plessis, J. A. du (1985) : Some possibilities of the Absolute Pronoun in Xhosa
[23391] Plessis, J. A. du (1985) : The copulative in Xhosa
[23392] Plessis, J. A. du (1986) : Present tense in Xhosa: what does it mean?
[23393] Plessis, J. A. du (1989) : The category COMP and the complementizer ukuba in Xhosa
[16585] Plessis, J. A. du & Marianna W. Visser (199-) : Tswana syntax
[16588] Plessis, J. A. du & Marianna W. Visser (1992) : Xhosa syntax
[16591] Plessis, J. A. du & Marianna W. Visser (1993) : Co-ordination and the subjunctive in Xhosa
[23394] Plessis, J. A. du & Marianna W. Visser (1996) : Northern Sotho syntax
[23395] Plessis, J. A. du , N. E. Nxumalo & Marianna W. Visser (1995) : Tsonga syntax
[16592] Plessis, J. A. du , N. M. Musehane & Marianna W. Visser (1995) : Venda syntax/Divhafhungo la Tsivenda
[16595] Plumley, J. M. (1948) : An introductory Coptic grammar
[24271] Plungian, Vladimir (1991) : Existe-t-il des traits mandé dans la typologie du dogon?
[16596] Plungian, Vladimir A (1992) : [The verb in an agglutinating language (the case of Dogon)]
[16597] Plungian, Vladimir A. (1995) : Dogon
[22668] Plungian, Vladimir A. (2000) : Agentive nouns in Dogon: neither derivation nor inflection?
[26697] Plunkett, Gray C. (2009) : An overview of Foodo, a linguistic island in Benin
[16598] Podi, Napo (1995) : Esquisse comparative de l’àkàsilimi et du bàasàal (famille gur, Togo)
[16599] Podobinska, Zofia (199-) : Constructions causatives en swahili
[22878] Pohlig, Annie W. & James N. Pohlig (1994) : Further thoughts on four discourse particles in Mandara
[25365] Pohlig, James N. (1981) : The Mbe verb : a description of the verb system of Mbe, a language of Northern Cross River State, Nigeria
[16603] Poidi, Napo (1995) : Esquisse comparative de l’àkàsìlìmí et du bàásàal (famille gur: Togo)
[27979] Pointner, Lena (2018) : Verbal number in Tabaq
[16605] Polacek, Zdenek (1989) : Functional sentence perspective in Amharic: preliminary notes
[16607] Polak-Bynon, Louise (1964) : Lolemi: un programme de dépouillement de grammaires bantoues
[16609] Polak-Bynon, Louise (1967) : Kategorieën van de vervoeging in het Shi
[16610] Polak-Bynon, Louise (1971) : Notes shi, non-publié
[16611] Polak-Bynon, Louise (1975) : A Shi grammar: surface structures and generative phonology of a Bantu language
[16615] Polak-Bynon, Louise (1983) : L’infixe réfléchi en bantou
[16616] Polak-Bynon, Louise (1986) : Les infixes (‘préfixes objets’) du bantou et leur réconstruction
[16619] Poletto, Robert (1998) : Syntax and tone on Runyankore
[16620] Poletto, Robert (1998) : Topics in Runyankore phonology
[16621] Poletto, Robert (1999) : Default lexical tone interaction in Runyankore verbs
[16623] Poll, J. D. P. van der (1970) : Die lokatief in Xhosa en die ander Nguni-tale: ’n deskriptiewe en vergelykende analise
[16626] Polomé, Edgar C. (1959) : Cours de linguistique appliquée aux langues africaines: 1. phonétique et phonoligie; 2. morphologie
[16633] Polomé, Edgar C. (1967) : Swahili language handbook
[16634] Polomé, Edgar C. (1968) : Lubumbashi Swahili
[16637] Polomé, Edgar C. (1971) : The Katanga (Lubumbashi) Swahili Creole
[16647] Polomé, Edgar C. & Charles Peter Hill (Ed) (1980) : Language in Tanzania
[16665] Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1938) : Études de grammaire gouragué
[16666] Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1944) : Études de syntaxe copte
[16667] Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1951) : Notes on Gurage grammar
[16668] Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1960) : Syntax amharique et syntaxe turque
[16669] Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1960) : The Coptic conjugation system
[16670] Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1987) : Grundlagen des koptischen Satsbau
[16673] Pommerol, Patrice Jullien de (1999) : J’apprends l’arabe tchadien
[22504] Pommerol, Patrice Jullien de (1999) : Grammaire pratique de l’arabe tchadien
[16675] Ponelis, F. A. (1967) : Die hulpwerkwoord in Afrikaans
[16676] Ponelis, F. A. (1968) : Grondtrekke van die afrikaanse sintaksis
[16677] Ponelis, F. A. (1969) : Bysinne in Afrikaans
[16682] Ponelis, F. A. (1975) : Die ontwikkeling van hulpwerkwoordgroepe: hulpwerkwoord en infinitiefsin
[16683] Ponelis, F. A. (1976) : Kanttekening by Keenan se teorie van die proposisiestruktuur
[16684] Ponelis, F. A. (1979) : Afrikaanse sintaksis
[16685] Ponelis, F. A. (1980) : Die lang presensvorm en klousvlakke in Noord-Sotho
[16689] Pongweni, Alec J. C. (1990) : The pronunciation of English vowels by Shona speakers: problems and causes
[16688] Pongweni, Alec J. C. & Juliet Thlondhlana (Ed) (1987) : LASU conference proceedings, Harare, 1987. The role of linguistics in communication for development: proceedings of the 2nd Linguistics Association for SADCC Universities conference, held at the University of Zimbabwe, 2-5 September 1987
[22850] Pope, Kathrin (1993) : The use of subordinate clauses in Waama and how this affects translation
[16693] Poplack, S. & Sali A. Tagliamonte (1996) : Nothing in context: variation, grammaticization and past time marking in Nigerian Pidgin English
[16694] Poplinsky, Jury Konstantinovich (1994) : Problems of interpretation of non-verbal sources on the ethnohistory of North Africa and Sahara
[16695] Popoola, R. O. (1980) : Aspects of Ogori morphotonology
[27223] Popoola, Rasheed Olanrele (1980) : Aspects of Ogori morphotonology
[26952] Porkhomovsky, Victor (2016) : The Hausa Subjunctive in the Hamito-Semitic context
[27782] Porkhomovsky, Victor (2020) : Ethio-Semitic
[16696] Porkhomovsky, Viktor Jakovlevich (1974) : Nekotorye osobennosti foneticheskoi struktury slova v yazyke hausa
[16700] Port, Robert F. (1972) : The systems of attention and participants in Swahili
[16701] Port, Robert F. (1981) : The applied suffix in Swahili
[16707] Possoz, E. (1939) : Le préfixe ya
[16715] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1978) : Die kopulatiewe in Zulu met verwysing na ander Bantoetale
[16716] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1980) : Relatives and adjectives as nouns in copulative wordgroups with special reference to Zulu
[16717] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1982) : A review of the so-called be/-ba past tenses of Zulu
[16718] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1983) : Werkwoordkategorieë in Zulu
[16719] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1984) : Tyd en tempus met verwysing na Zulu
[16720] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1987) : Relevancy and applicability of terminology concerning the essential verb categories in the African languages
[16721] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1988) : Basis for tense analysis in African languages
[16722] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1988) : Identifying copulative in Zulu and Southern Sotho
[16723] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1990) : Time reference in Zulu
[16724] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1993) : The hierarchy of the essential verb categories in Zulu
[16725] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1993) : The expression of spatial relations in the African languages
[16726] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1994) : Word-based vs root-based morphology in the African languages
[16727] Posthumus, Lionel C. (1999) : Can the deictic centre be shifted?
[16728] Posthumus, Lionel C. (2000) : The so-called adjective in Zulu
[16729] Posthumus, Lionel C. (2000) : When does ‘become’ become ‘be’?
[16710] Posthumus, M. J. (1957) : Die vry preadjunk in Afrikaans
[16711] Posthumus, M. J. (1961) : Proef van ’n morfeemtelling in Afrikaans ; deel 1
[16712] Posthumus, M. J. (1962) : Proef van ’n morfeemtelling in Afrikaans ; deel 2
[16714] Posthumus, M. J. (1963) : Boustene van Afrikaans
[16734] Potgieter, Ewart F. (1950) : Inleiding tot die klank- en vormleer van Isindundza: ’n dialek van suid-Transvaalse Ngoeni-Ndebele
[16738] Potyka, Franz (1985) : Zur Forschung des Verbalkomplexes im Bantu: eine grundlegende Revision des Tempus/Aspektsystems im Chibemba
[16739] Poulos, George (1971) : The verbal radical in Venda
[16740] Poulos, George (1975) : The morphology of the verb in Venda
[16742] Poulos, George (1982) : Issues in Zulu relativization
[16743] Poulos, George (1984) : A typological approach to Bantu linguistic studies
[16744] Poulos, George (1985) : Typological trends in South-Eastern Bantu
[16745] Poulos, George (1985) : Instances of semantic bleaching in South-Eastern Bantu
[16746] Poulos, George (1990) : A linguistic analysis of Venda
[16751] Poulos, George (1999) : Grammaticalisation in south-eastern Bantu and the linguistic ‘dynamics’ underlying this process
[16752] Poulos, George (1999) : Learn Zulu in the New South Africa
[16753] Poulos, George (2002?) : Learn to speak Zulu
[16750] Poulos, George & Christian Themba Msimang (1998) : A linguistic analysis of Zulu
[16747] Poulos, George & Louis J. Louwrens (1994) : A linguistic analysis of Northern Sotho
[16749] Poulos, George & Sonja E. Bosch (1995) : Zulu
[16760] Power, G. (1921) : Hausa-English grammar
[24075] Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2007) : Etudes atlantiques comparatives: questions de méthodologie
[24083] Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2003) : On paradigm morphology, as illustrated on „dimension” classes in Fula
[25473] Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2010) : Analogical changes in Niger-Congo pronominal systems
[25817] Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2009) : Niveaux linguistiques et problèmes de reconstruction dans les langues atlantiques
[26879] Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2015) : Diachronie des classes nominales atlantiques : morphophonologie, morphologie, sémantique
[27446] Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2018) : The numeral system of Proto-Niger-Congo: A step-by-step reconstruction
[27834] Pozdniakov, Konstantin (2013) : Protolanguage and prototype: a “proto-letter” and a “proto-spirit” in noun classes of Niger-Congo
[26893] Pozdniakov, Konstantin & Stéphane Robert (2015) : Les classes nominales en wolof – fonctionnalités et singularités d’un système restreint
[16763] Pozdniakov, Konstantin Igorevich (1988) : Proto-Fula-Serer noun class system
[16766] Pozdniakov, Konstantin Igorevich (1993) : Sravnitel’naja grammatika atlanticeskix jazykov: imennye klassy i fono-morfologija [A comparative grammar of the Atlantic languages: noun classes and morphophonology]
[28732] Pozdniakov, Konstantin Igorevich (2022) : Proto-Fula–Sereer: Lexicon, morphophonology, and noun classes
[25458] Pozdniakov, Konstantin , Valentin Vydrin & Alexander Zheltov (2010) : Personal Pronouns in Niger-Congo Languages
[16773] Prasse, Karl-G. (1972) : Manuel de grammaire touarègue (tahaggart), I-III: phonétique, ecriture, pronom
[16774] Prasse, Karl-G. (1973) : Manuel de grammaire touarègue (tahaggart), VI-VII: verbe
[16775] Prasse, Karl-G. (1974) : Manuel de grammaire touarègue (tahaggart), IV-V: nom
[25722] Prasse, Karl-G. (2010) : Tuareg Elementary Course (Tahăggart)
[16778] Prasse, Karl-G. & E. Agg-Albostan Ag-Sidiyan (1985) : Tableux morphologiques (dialecte touareg de l’Adrar du Mali (berbère)): Tesaten ën-tmawiten (Tamashaq, Adagh, Mali)
[16788] Preez, Petronella M. du (1991) : Die possessief in Nord-Sotho
[16789] Preez, Petronella M. du (1993) : The syntax and semantics of part-whole relationships in Northern Sotho
[16790] Preez, Petronella M. du (1993) : Die gemarkeerde possessiewe konstruksie in Noord-Sotho
[16791] Preez, Petronella M. du (1997) : Deiksis in Noord-Sotho
[26005] Pretorius, Laurette & Sonja Bosch (2009) : Exploiting Cross-Linguistic Similarities in Zulu and Xhosa Computational Morphology
[16798] Pretorius, Laurette & Sonja E. Bosch (2003) : Computational aids for Zulu natural language processing
[22735] Pretorius, Willem Jacobus (2005) : ’n Dimensionele grammatiese beskrywing van hulpwerkwoorde in Noord-Sotho
[16803] Price, E. W. (1944) : The tonal structure of the Ngombe verb
[23000] Price, Norman (1978) : Nchimburu narrative events in time
[16800] Price, Thomas (1940) : Nyanja linguistic problems
[16801] Price, Thomas (1941) : The elements of Nyanja for English-speaking students
[16802] Price, Thomas (1943) : The elements of Nyanja for English-speaking students
[16805] Price, Thomas (1946) : The elements of Nyanja for English-speaking students
[16806] Price, Thomas (1953) : The elements of Nyanja for English-speaking students
[16807] Price, Thomas (1957) : The elements of Nyanja for English-speaking students
[16809] Price, Thomas (1962) : The elements of Nyanja for English-speaking students
[16812] Priebusch, Martin (1935) : Bena-Hehe-Grammatik
[3801] Prignitz Carriere, Gisèle (1998) : Aspects lexicaux, morphosyntaxiques et stylistiques du français parlé au Burkina Faso, periode 1980-1996
[16817] Prince, E. (1947) : Ngombe grammar
[16819] Prinsloo, C. W. (1936) : Klank- en vormleer van Sekoni
[16822] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1979) : Lokatiefvorming in Noord-Sotho
[16824] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1981) : ’n Kritiese oorsig van bestaande beskouinge oor lokatiefvorming in Bantoe met besondere verwysing na Noord-Sotho
[16825] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1981) : Lokatiewe voorsetselgroepe in Noord-Sotho
[16826] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1981) : ’n Semantiese analise van lokatiewe in Noord-Sotho
[16843] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1984) : Die sintaksis van lokatiewe in Noord-Sotho
[16849] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1984) : Woordvolgorde en volgordeverandering in Noord-Sotho
[16850] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1985) : Beginsels waarop taatipologie en tipologiese verandering berus
[16851] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1985) : Semantiese analise van die vraagpartikels na en afa in Noord-Sotho
[16852] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1986) : Ontwikkeling van prefikse, suffikse en voorstetsels in Noord-Sotho
[16853] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1987) : Perspektief op pronominalisasie in Noord-Sotho
[16855] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1988) : Taaltipologiese verandering by vraagpartikels in Noord-Sotho
[16856] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1989) : Invloed van diskoersfaktore en taaltipologiese verandering op die sintaksis van vraagwoorde in Noord-Sotho
[16858] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1992) : Prescriptiveness versus descriptiveness: an approach for Northern Sotho lexicography
[16859] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1992) : Lemmatization of reflexives in Northern Sotho
[16862] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1994) : Lemmatization of verbs in Northern Sotho
[16864] Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus & R. H. Gouws (1996) : Formulating a new dictionary convention for the lemmatization of verbs in Northern Sotho
[16844] Prinsloo, Karel P. & M. C. J. van Rensburg (Ed) (1984) : Afrikaans: stand, taak, toekoms
[26900] Prisecaru, Luminţa (2015) : A Brief Grammar of the Ale Language
[16871] Progovac, Ljiljana (1993) : Non-augmented NPs in Kinande as negative polarity items
[25621] Prokhorov, Kirill (2011) : Tonal head-marking in the Mombo noun phrase
[26788] Prokhorov, Kirill (2014) : Focalization particles in Bambara
[27645] Prokhorov, Kirill (2018) : Focus Marking and Topicality in Mombo
[24062] Prost, [R. P.] André (1974) : Notes sur le kamara de Bouna
[16876] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1967) : Le moba
[16881] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1950) : La langue bisa: grammaire et dictionnaire
[16882] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1953) : Les langues mandé-sud du groupe mana-busa
[16883] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1956) : La langue sonay et des dialectes
[16886] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1963) : La langue des Anufom de Sansanné-Mango
[16887] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1963) : Les classes nominales en Bassari-Tobote
[16888] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1964) : Contribution à l’étude des langues voltaïques
[16893] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1967) : Le lɔghɔma
[16898] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1971) : Eléments de sembla
[16908] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1974) : Description sommaire du kulango (dialecte de Bouna, Côte d’Ivoire)
[16910] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1976) : Essai de description grammatical de la langue boko ou boussa de Ségbana (Dahomey)
[16911] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1980) : Connotations spatiales affectants un processus verbal
[24231] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1983) : Essai de description grammaticale du dialecte bobo de Tansila, Haute- Volta
[24268] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1982) : Des pluriels exclusif et inclusif “nous” dans les langues mande
[25038] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1980) : La langue des Kouroumba ou akurumfe
[16880] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André & F. Jaquinod (1958) : La langue des Bo ou Boko
[16884] Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André & L. Girault (1958) : Abrégé de langue dagara: grammaire et dictionnaire
[16916] Pruitt, V. G. & Winifred Kellersberger Vass (1965) : A textbook of the Tshiluba language
[16920] Prunet, Jean-François & Degif Petros Banksira (1996) : L’interaction entre schèmes et racines en chaha
[16921] Przezdziecki, Marek (1999) : Object raising in Yorùbá
[16925] Puèch, Gilbert (1988) : Augment et préfixe nominal en ngubi
[16931] Puglielli, Annarita (1984) : Derived nouns in Somali [part 1]
[16936] Puglielli, Annarita (1997) : Focus systems in Cushitic languages
[16928] Puglielli, Annarita (Ed) (1981) : Sintassi della lingua somala
[16929] Puglielli, Annarita (Ed) (1984) : Aspetti morfologici, lessicali e della focalizzazione
[16934] Puglielli, Annarita (Ed) (1992) : Grammatica della lingua somala per le scuole medie superiori
[16933] Puglielli, Annarita & Biancamaria Bruno (1988) : Middle voice in Somali
[16930] Puglielli, Annarita & Ciise Maxamed Siyaad (1984) : La flessione del nome
[16939] Pulleyblank, Douglas (1986) : Clitics in Yoruba
[16944] Pulleyblank, Douglas & Akinbiyi M. Akinlabí (1988) : Phrasal morphology in Yoruba
[26850] Pulleyblank, Douglas & Blake Allen (2013) : Issues in the Phonology-Phonetics Interface in African Languages
[16950] Puplampu, D. A. (1945) : Outlines of Adangme grammar in English and in Adangme
[16952] Puplampu, D. A. (1953) : Adangme manner of speech: a study of the Adangme language
[25582] Purvis, Tristan Michael (2012) : Left Dislocation in Dagbani – A preliminary survey
[16961] Qorro, Martha P. (1982) : Tense and aspect of the English and Iraqw verb
[16964] Quaireau, André (1987) : Description de l’agni des parlers Moronou, Ndénié et Bona
[26988] Quarcoo, Millicent Akosua (2014) : Copula verbs in Twi/English codeswitching
[16969] Quinot, H. (1926) : Petite grammaire de la langue kiluba (tshiluba) du Congo Belge (province du Kasaï)
[16972] Quint-Abrial, Nicolas (2000) : Grammaire de la langue cap-verdienne: étude descriptive et comréhensive du créole afro-portugais des Îles du Cap-Vert
[22462] Quint-Abrial, Nicolas (2003) : Parlons capverdien: langue et culture
[24450] Quint, Nicolas (2006) : Un bref aperçu des racines africaines de la langue capverdienne
[24451] Quint, Nicolas (2007) : Le capverdien, la langue du Cap-Vert
[24463] Quint, Nicolas (2004) : Interacç̥es morfológicas entre verbo e objecto no crioulo da ilha de Santiago (República de Cabo Verde)
[24904] Quint, Nicolas (2008) : Coordination et parataxe en capverdien moderne
[26544] Quint, Nicolas (2013) : Integration of borrowed nouns in Koalib, a noun class language
[26889] Quint, Nicolas (2015) : Le système des classes nominales en nyun de Djifanghor
[27772] Quint, Nicolas (2020) : Kordofanian
[28620] Quint, Nicolas (2021) : Classes nominales dans deux langues Niger-Congo : le baïnouck djifanghorois (atlantique) et le koalib (kordofanien)
[27983] Quint, Nicolas & Siddig Ali Karmal Koko (2018) : Koalib ideophones: A first overview of their main characteristics
[16977] Quintão, José Luís (1951) : Gramática de xironga (landim)
[16978] Quintino, Fernanco Rogado (1951) : Algunas notas sobre a gramática Balanta
[25010] Quintino, Fernanco Rogado (1961) : Conhecimento da língua Balanta, atreavés da sua estrutura vocabular
[22465] Quitout, Michel (1997) : Grammaire berbère (rifain, tamazight, chleuh, kabyle)
[22467] Quitout, Michel (1999) : Initiation à l’arabe maghrébin
[22468] Quitout, Michel (2001) : Parlons l’arabe dialectal marocain
[22469] Quitout, Michel (2002) : Parlons l’arabe tunisien
[16981] Raabbi, Maxamed Xaaji Xuseen (1995) : Naxwaha cusub ee afsoomaaliga/Al-nahwa al-jadid lillughad bilsomalyah [The new grammar for the Somali language]
[16982] Rabaovolilona, Lucie (19--) : Lexique-grammaire des composes du malgache: les adverbes de temps
[16983] Rabdi, Larbi (2004) : Le parler d’Ihbachen (Kabylie orientale, Algérie): esquisse phonologique et morphologique
[16984] Rabenilaina, Roger Bruno (19--) : Lexique-grammaire du malgache: constructions transitives et intransitives
[16985] Rabenilaina, Roger Bruno (1983) : Morpho-syntaxe du malgache: description structurale du dialecte bara
[22609] Racine-Issa, Odile (2002) : Description kikae, parler swahili du sud Zanzibar, suivie de cinq contes
[25873] Racine-Issa, Odile (2009) : Structures et emplois de la possession inaliénable en swahili standard
[25702] Racine-Issa, Odile & Sû-tôôg-nooma Kukka Kabore (2010) : Intricate Relations in Standard Swahili – The Syntax of Three Argument Constructions
[16992] Rademeyer, J. H. (1931) : Die taal van die Griekwas en Rehoboth-Basters
[16993] Rademeyer, J. H. (1938) : Kleurlings-Afrikaans: die taal van die Griekwas en Rehoboth-Basters
[16995] Raen, Konstanse (1981) : Aperçu sur la phonologie et la grammaire pere
[17003] Raidt, Edith H. (1969) : Die gebruik van vir in objekskonstruksies
[17006] Raidt, Edith H. (1976) : Die herkoms van objekskonstruksies met vir
[17007] Raidt, Edith H. (1983) : Einführung in Geschichte und Struktur des Afrikaans
[17011] Rajemisa-Raolison, R. (1966) : Grammaire malgache
[27224] Raji, B. T. (1986) : Aspects of the phonology of Ikaramu
[17013] Rakotoalimanana, Herizo David (19--) : Structure morphosyntaxique et modelisation informatique de la langue malgache
[17014] Ralalaoherivony, Baholisoa Simone (19--) : Lexique-grammaire du malgache: constructions adjectivales
[17016] Ramone, Pascalis M. (1992) : Ditransitive applied verbs in Southern Sotho
[17017] Ramone, Pascalis M. (1997) : The preposition in Southern Sotho
[17028] Ramushashi, Munyadziwa Constance (2004) : A linguistic analysis of the derivation of feminine terminology in Tshivenda
[17029] Randal, Scott (1995) : Nominal morphology in Tennet
[17030] Randal, Scott (1998) : A grammatical sketch of Tennet
[17031] Randal, Scott (2000) : Does Tennet have postpositions?
[17032] Randal, Scott (2000) : Tennet’s ergative origins
[17033] Randriabelone, Jeanette (1985) : La langue malgache: études et applications grammaticales
[17034] Randriamasimanana, Charles (1981) : A study of the causative constructions of Malagasy
[22431] Randriamasimanana, Charles (1986) : The causatives of Malagasy
[28267] Ranero, Rodrigo (2019) : Deriving an object dislocation asymmetry in Luganda
[17035] Ranger, A. Sidney B. (1928) : Chinsenga handbook: a manual of the Nsenga language spoken in the protectorate of Northern Rhodesia
[17036] Ranjivason, Jean Théodore (19--) : Morpho-syntaxe du malgache: étude des formes predicatives verbales sihanaka
[17052] Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1936/94) : Eléments de grammaire gisira
[17053] Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1937) : Initiation a l’ebongwe (langage des négrilles)
[17054] Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1937) : Essai de grammaire tsogo
[17055] Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1937/96) : Éléments de grammaire ébongwé (langue des pygmées)
[17056] Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1950) : Éléments de grammaire fang
[17058] Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1995) : Éléments de grammaire fang
[17059] Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1996) : Éléments de grammaire ghetsöghö
[17063] Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1936) : An introduction to Twi
[17064] Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1943) : Die Bedeutung der grammatischen Töne im Zeitwort der südlichen Guang-Sprachen in Westafrika
[17066] Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1948) : An introduction to Twi
[17068] Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1957) : The Gonja language (Guang Studien II)
[17069] Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1966) : Pronomen und Verbum im Glavda und Yaghwatadaxa in den nordwestlichen Mandarabergen Nordostnigeriens
[17070] Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1966) : Die Gurenne-Sprache in Nordghana
[17075] Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1977) : Miszellen zum Guáng - Kwa-Sprachen in Ghana, Togo und Dahomey (Guang-Studien VIII)
[17076] Rascher, Anna (1955) : Der Aufbau des Satzes im Luhaya
[17077] Rascher, Anna (1956) : Leitfaden zum Erlernen des Ruhaya
[17078] Rascher, Anna (1958) : Guide for learning the Ruhaya language
[17079] Rascher, Anna (1966/67) : Spruchweisheit der Haya ; Teile 1-2
[17080] Rascher, Anna (1967/68) : Spruchweisheit der Haya ; Teil 3
[17086] Ratcliffe, B. J. & [Sir] Howard Elphinstone (1932) : Modern Swahili
[17087] Ratcliffe, B. J. & [Sir] Howard Elphinstone (1932) : A new English-Swahili phrase book
[17088] Ratcliffe, Robert R. (1992) : The ‘broken’ plural problem in Arabic, Semitic and Afroasiatic: a solution based on the diachronic application of prosodic analysis
[17089] Ratcliffe, Robert R. (1999) : The “broken” plural problem in Arabic and comparative Semitic: allomorphy and analogy in non-concatenative morphology
[22655] Ratcliffe, Robert R. (2002) : The broken plural system of Moroccan Arabic: diachronic and cognitive perspectives
[23629] Raulin, George (1966) : Kanouri
[24314] Ravenhill, Philip (1982) : The Wan language
[17097] Rawda Siraj (1983) : Silti verb conjugation
[17099] Raz, Shlomo (1977) : Complex verbal expressions of time-relations in Tigre
[17100] Raz, Shlomo (1980) : Tigre syntax and Semitic Ethiopian
[17101] Raz, Shlomo (1983) : Tigre grammar and texts
[17102] Raz, Shlomo (1989) : Areal features as a further criterion in elucidating the term ‘Ethiopian Semitic’
[17103] Raz, Shlomo (1997) : Tigré
[17115] Redden, James E. (1979) : A descriptive grammar of Ewondo
[17113] Redden, James E. & F. Bongo (1963) : Lingala basic course
[17114] Redden, James E. & N. Owusu (1963) : Twi: basic course
[17117] Reeder, JeDene (1998) : Pagibete, a northern Bantu borderlands language: a grammatical sketch
[28570] Reeder, JeDene (2019) : Pagibete C401
[17121] Reh, Mechthild (198-) : Die Krongo (níino mó-dì) Sprache
[17125] Reh, Mechthild (1983) : Krongo: a VSO language with postpositions
[17126] Reh, Mechthild (1985) : On phonetic contrast as a conditioning factor of syllabic erosion: the case of the passive verb forms in Dholuo
[17127] Reh, Mechthild (1985) : Die Krongo-Sprache (nìino mó-dì): Beschreibung, Texte, Wörterverzeichnis
[17129] Reh, Mechthild (1986) : Were have all the prefixes gone?
[17130] Reh, Mechthild (1991) : Frequentative derivation in Anywa: present-day reflexes of a proto-Nilotic suffix
[17131] Reh, Mechthild (1993) : Zur Interdependenz von Lexikalisierungsmustern unf grammatischer Struktur
[17132] Reh, Mechthild (1994) : A grammatical sketch of Deiga
[17133] Reh, Mechthild (1996) : Anywa language: description and internal reconstruction
[22662] Reh, Mechthild (2003) : Function of the preposition kuom in Dholuo
[17140] Reichart, A. & Meinulf Küsters (1926) : Elementary Kiswaheli grammar, or introduction to the East African language and life
[17141] Reichmut, Macário (1947) : Língua de Quelimane: gramática, leitura, vocabulário
[17142] Reichmuth, Stefan (1983) : Der arabische Dialekt der Shukriyya im Ostsudan
[28107] Reid, Tatiana (2010) : Aspects of phonetics, phonology and morphophonology of Thok Reel
[17144] Reidhead, Paris W. (1947) : Note on the Ganza language: a preliminary descriptive analysis
[22849] Reimer, A. Jeanette (1983) : Étude préliminaire sur le système des genres nominaux en gangam
[17147] Reineke, Brigitte (1972) : The structure of the Nkonya language, with texts and glossary
[17148] Reineke, Brigitte (1986) : Subordinative Verknüpfungen im (Akuapem-)Twi
[17149] Reineke, Brigitte (1995) : Demonstrativsysteme in Gursprachen
[17150] Reineke, Brigitte (1996) : L’aspect en ditammari
[17151] Reineke, Brigitte (1998) : Des constructions relatives dans les langues de l’Atakora
[17152] Reineke, Brigitte (2000) : Les systém aspectual du ditammari reconsidéré
[22412] Reineke, Brigitte (2003) : Interaction de l’aspect et du temps en ditammari
[28628] Reineke, Brigitte (2012) : B1. Byali
[28629] Reineke, Brigitte (2012) : B2. Ditammari
[28630] Reineke, Brigitte (2012) : B3. Mbelime
[28632] Reineke, Brigitte (2012) : B5. Waama: Comparative notes
[28633] Reineke, Brigitte (2012) : B6. Atakora: Comparative notes
[28631] Reineke, Brigitte & Brigitte Nédellec (2012) : B4. Nateni
[24401] Reinhard, Pierre (1984) : Le Ben
[24402] Reinhard, Pierre (1984) : Description de la langue Moba (parler Ben)
[17153] Reintges, Chris H. (2000) : The licensing of gaps and resumptive pronouns in older Egyptian relatives
[17154] Reintges, Chris H. (2001) : Aspects of the morphosyntax of subjects and objects in Coptic Egyptian
[22656] Reintges, Chris H. (2003) : The syntax of special inflection in Coptic interrogatives
[25757] Reintges, Chris H. (2010) : A descriptive analysis of the Coptic conjunctive conjugation
[17155] Rekanga, Jean-Paul (1989) : Essai de grammaire gunu (langue bantoue du Cameroun, A62)
[17156] Rekanga, Jean-Paul (2000) : Essai de grammaire himba (langue bantoue du Gabon, B36)
[27387] Remijsen, Bert , Cynthia L. Miller-Naudé & Leoma G. Gilley (2016) : The morphology of Shilluk transitive verbs
[25737] Renaudier, Marie (2012) : Dérivation et valence en sereer - Variété de Mar Lodj (Sénégal)
[26891] Renaudier, Marie (2015) : Les classes nominales en sereer
[29014] Rengkat, Fleesin Buba & Matthew Harley (eds.) (2020) : Pyam – English Dictionary
[17162] Renier, A. R. (1954) : Grammaire africaine: kiswahili
[17163] Renisio, A. (1932) : Étude sur les dialectes berbères des Beni Iznassen, du Rif et des Senhaja de Sraïr: grammaire, textes et lexique
[17165] Rennison, John Richard (1980) : Singular more marked than plural? Some evidence from Koromfe
[17168] Rennison, John Richard (1985) : The morphophonology of three Koromfe noun classes
[17169] Rennison, John Richard (1986) : On the semantic content of noun classes
[17175] Rennison, John Richard (1997) : Koromfe
[17178] Rennison, John Richard (2000) : The verbal morphology of western Koromfe
[17179] Renon, A. (1944) : La vivante grammaire: manuel pratique d’arabe dialectal tunisien
[17188] Retord, Georges L. A. (1970) : L’agni, variété dialectale sanvi
[17189] Retord, Georges L. A. (1971) : Les différents parlers anyi et le baoulé
[17190] Retord, Georges L. A. (1972) : L’agni, variété dialectale sanui: phonologie, analyse tomographiques, documents
[17191] Retord, Georges L. A. (1981) : L’agni
[17192] Retsö, Jan (1983) : The finite passive voice in modern Arabic dialects
[17193] Retsö, Jan (1989) : Diathesis in the Semitic languages: a comparative morphological study
[17195] Retsö, Jan (1991) : De semitiska språken, med en orientering om de afroasiatiska språken [The Semitic languages, with a guide to the Afroasiatic languages]
[17196] Retsö, Jan (1992) : De arabiska talspråken: en introduction [The Arabic spoken languages: an introduction]
[17199] Rey-Hulman, Diana (1972) : Schéma d’analyse socio-linguistique de la notion de temps chez les Tyokossi
[17200] Reynolds, Karl H. (1985) : A theoretical approach to Swahili inflection
[17202] Reynolds, Karl H. (1989) : The structure of the Kiswahili nominal
[17201] Reynolds, Karl H. & Carol M. Eastman (1989) : Morphologically based agreement in Swahili
[17204] Rheinallt Jones, John David & Clement Martyn Doke (Ed) (1937) : Bushmen of the southern Kalahari
[17206] Rheinhardt, Joseph (1949/50) : A grammar of Kuria
[26843] Rialland, Annie , Martial Embanga Aborobongui , Martine Adda-Decker & Lori Lamel (2015) : Dropping of the Class-Prefix Consonant, Vowel Elision and Automatic Phonological Mining in Embosi (Bantu C 25)
[17217] Ribeiro, [Padre] Armando (1965) : Gramática changana (tsonga)
[17218] Ribero, P. (1922) : Elementi di lingua ndogo
[17220] Ricci, Lanfranco (1971/72) : Materiali per la lingua Mekan
[22618] Richards, Norvin (2003) : Some notes on temporal and conditional adjuncts in Buli
[17227] Richards, Russell (1981) : Les langues des Grassfields du Cameroun: bibliographie critique avec notes sur la langue noni
[17230] Richardson, Irvine (1957) : Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland
[17233] Richardson, Irvine (1963) : Examples of deviation and innovation in Bemba
[17237] Richardson, Irvine (1967) : Linguistic evolution and Bantu noun class systems
[17240] Richmond, C. (19--) : Masai grammar
[25532] Richter gen. Kemmermann, Doris (2012) : Directional verbs in Mbembe
[26296] Richter gen. Kemmermann, Doris (2012) : A grammar of Mbembe
[26910] Richter gen. Kemmermann, Doris (2014) : A grammar of Mbembe
[17247] Richter, Renate (1987) : Lehrbuch der amharischen Sprache
[17249] Richter, Renate (1995) : Zur Rektion und Kollokation im Amharischen
[17250] Rickard, David T. (1970) : Kru grammar: a preliminary study
[17251] Riddle, Elizabeth (1975) : Relational grammar and some aspects of Swahili syntax
[17257] Riebstein, P. E. (1923) : Éléments de grammaire ewe
[25713] Riedel, Kristina (2010) : Coordination and Subject/Object Marking in Sambaa
[26202] Riedel, Kristina (2009) : Object Marking in wh-questions in Bantu
[27396] Riedel, Kristina & Mark de Vos (2017) : Swahili coordinated infinitives and non-canonical case-marking
[17260] Rietkerk, Dieke (2000) : Tone on Mbelime verbs
[17268] Ringe, Peter C. (1948) : A simple Alur grammar and Alur-English-Alur vocabularies
[17270] Ritter, Thomas (1995) : Das Verbalsystem der königlichen und privaten Inschriften XVII. Dynastie bis einschliesslich Amenophis III
[17275] Roba Dame (1989) : Noun morphology of Burji
[17278] Roberge, Paul T. (2000) : Etymological opacity, hybridization and the Afrikaans brace negation
[17280] Robert, Stéphane (1990) : Aperçu et réflexions sur la négation en wolof
[17281] Robert, Stéphane (1991) : Approche énonciative du système verbal: le cas du wolof
[17282] Robert, Stéphane (2000) : Le verbe wolof ou la grammaticalisation du focus
[24453] Robert, Stéphane (2006) : Deictic space in Wolof: discourse, syntax and the importance of absence
[25168] Robert, Stéphane (2010) : Focus in Atlantic languages
[27325] Robert, Stéphane (1989) : Système verbal et énonciation en wolof
[28738] Robert, Stéphane & Sylvie Voisin (2022) : Why eight causative suffixes in Wolof?
[17294] Roberts-Kohno, R. Ruth (1996) : Kikamba verb stems tonology
[17296] Roberts-Kohno, R. Ruth (1999) : Kikamba verb stem tonology
[24595] Roberts-Kohno, R. Ruth (2000) : Kikamba Phonology and Morphology
[27620] Roberts-Kohno, Ruth (2014) : Melodic Tones in Kikamba
[23440] Roberts, D. (1971) : Remarks on J. J. Christie’s “Locative, possessive and existential in Swahili”
[26525] Roberts, Dave (2013) : La conjugaison des verbes en kabiyè (Togo) : tableaux types, règles d'emploi et index kabiyè-français et français-kabiyè des verbes
[23554] Roberts, David (2003) : Tone spreading in the Kabiye associative noun phrase
[28401] Roberts, David (2019) : The Tone of Kabiye Verbal Extensions
[28445] Roberts, David (2021) : Polarity, Low Tone Spread, and Underspecification in the Kabiye Verb Phrase
[17286] Roberts, Ian (1985) : Serial verbs and government binding theory
[17285] Roberts, Linda & Marjorie Wolontis (1974) : Conjunction and concord in Bantu
[17287] Roberts, Louis (1987) : Das Sonderproblem des Passivs bei Reflexiven Verben: Einfluss des dynamischen medio-passivs auf das Somali
[17288] Roberts, Stéphane (1991) : Approche énonciative du système verbal: le cas du wolof
[28195] Robinson, Charles H. (1897) : Hausa Grammar
[17301] Robinson, Charles Henry (1953) : Hausa grammar
[22874] Robinson, Clinton D. W. (1980) : The internal structure of a Gunu narrative text
[25299] Robinson, Clinton D. W. (1980) : Participants in Gunu narrative discourse
[17302] Robinson, J. O. S. (1974) : Focus presupposition and WH-questions in Ìgbo
[17303] Robinson, J. O. S. (1976) : His and hers morphology: the strange case of Tarok possessives
[17309] Roble, A. & Elke Mähner (1989) : Robles Wörterbuch der deutschen und somalischen Sprache
[29077] Rochant, Neige (2023) : A Bilectal Grammar of Baga Pukur: An Atlantic language of Guinea
[17311] Rodegem, Firmin M. (1958) : Initiation au Kirundi
[17312] Rodegem, Firmin M. (1959) : Rundi de base
[17317] Rodegem, Firmin M. (1963) : Répertoire des formes grammaticales
[17320] Rodegem, Firmin M. (1967) : Précis de grammaire rundi
[17322] Rodegem, Firmin M. (1970) : Syntagmes complétifs spéciaux en rundi
[17323] Rodegem, Firmin M. (1983) : L’expressivité dans les invariables indépendants et les tics verbaux en rundi
[17325] Rodewald, Michael K. (1994) : Word division test results
[17326] Rodewald, Michael K. (1994) : Suprasegmental features and orthographic considerations in Ikalanga
[17327] Rodewald, Michael K. (1994) : Word division options for Ikalanga
[24596] Rodewald, Michael Kenneth (1989) : A Grammar of Bandi and Mende Tone
[17329] Rodgers, Jonathan (1962) : Transformational approach to the Luganda verb
[17332] Roeder, Gunther (1926) : Ägyptisch: praktische Einführung [...] mit Lesestücken und Wörterbuch
[24362] Rogers, H. (1970) : The Sherbro Noun Class System
[24597] Rogers, Henry Edwin (1967) : The Phonology and Morphology of Sherbro
[17544] Röhl, Karl (1927) : Eine fast verloren gegangene Klasse des Ur-Bantu
[17547] Röhl, Karl (1941) : Swahili
[27144] Roland Kiessling and Stefan Bruckhaus (2017) : Associated Locomotion in Datooga (Southern Nilotic)
[17337] Roland, [Dom] Hadelin (1937) : Grammaire de la langue kisanga
[25474] Rolle, Nicholas (2010) : Non-participant personal pronouns in Esan: Feature geometry and reflexes of structure
[26171] Rolle, Nicholas (2012) : The Post-nominal Pronoun Construction in Esan
[27029] Rolle, Nicholas & Ethelbert E. Kari (2017) : Degema clitics and serial verb constructions at the syntax/phonology interface
[28759] Rolle, Nicholas Revett (2022) : Unpacking portmanteaux: Non-linear morphology in the Ebira STAMP system
[17344] Rombi, Marie-Françoise (1981) : Première approche du parler shimaore de la langue comorienne
[17345] Rombi, Marie-Françoise (1983) : Le shiamore: première approche d’un parler de la langue comorienne (Ile de Mayotte, Comores)
[17349] Rombi, Marie-Françoise (1996) : La négation dans les langues bantu
[12723] Rombi, Marie-Françoise & Jacqueline M.C. Thomas (2006) : Un continuum prédicatif ‒ Le cas du gbanzili (République Centrafricaine)
[17350] Rommel, Inge (1969) : Zur Syntax von Relativsatz und Attribut in den Bantusprachen
[17351] Rommel, Inge (1974) : Studien zur Syntax des Amharischen: Substrat- und Adstratwirkung
[17353] Roncador, Manfred von (1992) : Types of logophoric marking in African languages
[17355] Roncari, G. & Mario A. Mantovani (1973) : Appunti di grammatica karimojong
[17357] Rongier, Jacques (19--) : Description de l’ewe
[17360] Rongier, Jacques (1998) : L’inaccompli en senoufo de Kolia
[22481] Rongier, Jacques (2004) : Parlons éwé: langue du Togo
[22482] Rongier, Jacques (2002) : Parlons avikam: une langue de Côte d’Ivoire
[22483] Rongier, Jacques (2002) : Parlons sénoufo
[22484] Rongier, Jacques (1992-1996) : Apprenons l’éwé
[25287] Rongier, Jacques (2003) : Documents lexicaux donnés au LLACAN par l’auteur
[17367] Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1995) : Shaba Swahili
[17368] Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1995) : The status and use of the French complementizer QUE in Shaba Swahili discourse: a structural-functionalist account
[17369] Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1996) : Cohesion through contrast: discourse structure in Shaba Swahili/French conversations
[17370] Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1997) : Shaba Swahili: partial creolization due to second language learning and substrate pressure
[17373] Rooy, Bertus van & Rigardt Pretorius (2003) : A word-class tagset for Setswana
[17375] Rooyen, Christian S. van (1971) : Die transitiewe gebruik van intransitiewe werkwoorde in Zulu
[17377] Rooyen, Christian S. van (1973) : Die kousatief in Zoeloe
[17378] Rooyen, Christian S. van (1984) : A reassessment of the moods in Zulu
[17384] Rop, Albert Jozef de (1956) : Syntaxis van het Lomóngo
[17388] Rop, Albert Jozef de (1958) : Grammaire du lomongo: phonologie et morphologie
[17391] Rop, Albert Jozef de (1963) : Introduction à la linguistique bantoue congolaise
[17393] Rop, Albert Jozef de (1971) : Esquisse de grammaire mbole
[17395] Rop, Albert Jozef de (1994) : Corrigenda et addenda à la Grammaire du lomóngo (Léopoldville, 1958)
[17396] Roper, E. M. (1928) : Tu Bedawie: an elementary handbook for the use of Sudan government officials
[17397] Rosato, Michele (1980) : Didinga grammar and dictionary (Sudan-Equatoria)
[17398] Rose, J. Macdonald (1944) : Pocket Chinyanja
[17405] Rose, Sarah (2001) : Tense and aspect in Kuria
[17406] Rose, Sarah , Christa Beaudoin-Lietz & Derek Nurse (2002) : A glossary of terms for Bantu verbal categories, with special emphasis on tense and aspect
[17403] Rose, Sharon (1997) : Theoretical issues in comparative Ethio-Semitic phonology and morphology
[17407] Rose, Sharon (2003) : The formation of Ethiopian Semitic internal reduplication
[17408] Rose, Sharon (2003) : Triple take: Tigre and the case of internal reduplication
[23425] Rose, Sharon (1991) : Inflectional affix order in Ethio-Semitic and phonological form
[26540] Rose, Sharon (2013) : The morphological structure of the Moro verb
[27370] Rose, Sharon , Farrell Ackerman , George Gibbard , Peter Jenks , Laura Kertz & Hannah Rohde (2014) : In-situ and ex-situ wh-question constructions in Moro
[23859] Rosendall, Elias Patrick (1998) : Aspects of Gbari grammar
[17411] Rosenhouse, Judith (1978) : On the complexity of some types of complex sentences in urban Moroccan Arabic and some other Arabic dialects
[26741] Rosenhuber, P.S. (2015) : Die Basá-Sprache
[17415] Rosenthal, Sam (1999) : The prosodic base of the Hausa plural
[17416] Ross, Ren (1977) : Le swahili populaire de Lubumbashi
[17419] Rossel, Gerda (1988) : Een schets van de fonologie en morfologie van het Cigogo
[17424] Rossing, Melvin Olaf (1978) : Mafa-Mada: a comparative study of Chadic languages in north Cameroon
[17548] Rössler, Otto (1950) : Verbalbau und Verbalflexion in den Semitohamitischen Sprachen: Vorstudien zu einer vergleichenden Semitohamitischen Grammatik
[17549] Rössler, Otto (1969) : Afrikanische Klassensprachen und afroasiatische Genussprachen
[17428] Roth-Laly, Arlette (1979) : Esquisse grammaticale du parler arabe d’Abbéché
[24634] Rothmaler, Eva (2008) : Kanuri
[25652] Rothmaler, Eva (2011) : Can we speak of converbs in Kanuri?
[17433] Rottland, Franz (1970) : Die Verbformen des Yanzi
[17437] Rottland, Franz (1979) : Die südnilotischen Sprachen: eine vergleichende Untersuchung
[17441] Rottland, Franz (1981) : The segmental morphology of proto-Southern Nilotic
[17442] Rottland, Franz (1982) : Die südnilotischen Sprachen: Beschreibung, Vergleichung und Rekonstruktion
[17445] Rottland, Franz (1983) : Southern Nilotic (with an outline of Datooga)
[17451] Rottland, Franz (1990) : A sketch of Shinasha morphology
[17452] Rottland, Franz & Lucia Ndongʼa Omondi (Ed) (1991) : Proceedings of the 3rd Nilo-Saharan linguistics colloquium, Kisumu, Kenya, August 4-9, 1986
[17471] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1975) : Le verbe en gbaya: étude syntaxique et sémantique (République Centrafricaine)
[17472] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1987) : La détermination nominale en gbaya kara ’bodoe
[17473] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1991) : L’expression de la possession en gbaya ’bodoe
[17474] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1993) : La négation en gbáyá ‘bòdòè
[17475] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1993) : Les personnels et les modalités de vouvoiement en gbaya ‘bodoe (Centrafrique)
[17476] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1994) : L’expression de la qualification: l’exemple du gbaya ’bodoe de Centrafricaine
[17477] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1995) : Le gbaya
[17479] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1999?) : Parlons Gbaya
[17480] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2000) : Hiérarchie dans l’énoncé gbaya (langue oubanguienne de Centrafrique)
[22684] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2001) : Le statut des idéophones en gbaya
[24631] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2008) : Gbaya
[24906] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (2008) : Les marqueurs de discours en gbaya
[24991] Roulon-Doko, Paulette (1998) : La phrase complexe : l'exemple du gbaya
[17482] Rousseau, H. J. (1937) : Die invloed van Engels op Afrikaans
[17487] Roux, A. (1935) : Le verbe dans le parler berbère des Ighezran, Beni Alaham et Marmoucha
[17493] Roux, A. (1949-1951) : L’épreuve de grammaire au brevet de berbère: quelques conseils
[17484] Roux, J. J. le (1921) : Handleiding in het Afrikaans voor Nederlanders
[17485] Roux, J. J. le (1923) : Oor die afrikaanse sintaksis
[17489] Roux, J. J. le (1939) : Praatjies oor ons taal
[17491] Roux, J. J. le (1947) : Die bou van die afrikaanse taal
[17492] Roux, J. J. le (1949) : Praatjies oor ons taal
[17488] Roux, T. H. le (1937) : Afrikaanse taalstudies
[17498] Roux, T. H. le (1965) : Afrikaanse taalstudies
[17499] Roux, T. H. le (1969) : Afrikaanse taalstudies
[26783] Rovenchak, Andrij & Solomija Buk (2013) : Masadennin (The Little Prince in Bamana): Experimental online concordance with parallel French and English texts
[17517] Rowe, Jennifer (1991) : The conditional particle ka in Waama (Bénin)
[17522] Rowland Oke, Mary (2003) : Description systematique de la langue obolo-andoni
[17521] Rowland, Ron (1966) : Sissala noun groups
[17523] Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1954) : Types of word junction in Yoruba
[17524] Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1959) : A grammar of Gambian Mandinka
[17528] Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1969) : Teach yourself Yoruba
[17529] Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1970) : Ideophones in Yoruba
[17530] Rowling, F. (1921) : Guide to Luganda prose composition
[17531] Roxburgh, J. A. (1967) : Morphology of the substantive in Tshwa
[17532] Roxburgh, J. A. (1980) : Segmental phonology and morphology in Kwanyama
[17540] Royen, Gerlach (1929) : Die nominalen Klassifikations-Systeme in den Sprachen der Erde: historisch-kritische Studie mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des Indogermanischen
[17541] Rozhanskij, Fʼodor Ivanovich (1993) : [Verbal constructions with spatial arguments]
[17542] Rozhanskij, Fʼodor Ivanovich (2000) : A Songhay grammar
[24949] Rozhanskiy, Fedor (2007) : Morphology and Phonology of Noun Paradigms in Songhay
[17568] Rubben, E. (1928) : Leçons pratiques de lingala
[17570] Rubongoya, L. T. (1999) : A modern Runyoro-Rutooro grammar
[17571] Rudd, Philip W. (2004) : “Haya, Basi”/“Okay so” markers of management and interaction in Swahili conversation
[17572] Rude, Noel (1983) : Ergativity and the active-stative typology in Loma
[17577] Ruelland, Suzanne (1987) : Déterminations interne et externe en tupuri
[17580] Ruelland, Suzanne (1990) : La négation en tupuri
[17581] Ruelland, Suzanne (1992) : Description du parler tupuri de Mindaore (Tchad): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[17582] Ruelland, Suzanne (1997) : La qualification en tupuri
[17583] Ruelland, Suzanne (2000) : Topicalisation et focalisation en tupuri
[24908] Ruelland, Suzanne (2008) : Parataxe et dépendance en tupuri
[24993] Ruelland, Suzanne (1998) : Je pense et je parle comme je suis (le corps, le monde et la parole en tupuri)
[17585] Rufaʼi, Abba (1977) : Grammatical agreement in Hausa
[17586] Rufaʼi, Abba (1978/84) : On the progressive aspect in Hausa
[17588] Rufaʼi, Abba (1983) : Defining and non-defining relative clauses in Hausa
[17589] Rufaʼi, Abba (1985) : Another look at Hausa plurals
[26640] Ruffini, Giovanni (2014) : Idiom and Social Practice in Medieval Nubia
[17594] Rugege, Geoffrey (1981) : The infinitive in Kinyarwanda
[17595] Rugege, Geoffrey (1984) : A study of Kinyarwanda complementation
[25714] Rugemalira, Josephat (2010) : The -ag- TAM Marker and the Boundary between Cliticization and Affixation in Bantu
[17598] Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (1991) : What is a symmetrical language? Multiple object constructions in Bantu
[17599] Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (1993) : Bantu multiple “object” constructions
[17600] Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (1993) : Runyambo verb extensions and constraints on predicate structure
[17601] Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (1995) : Verb extensions in Runyambo
[17602] Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (1997) : The upper limit contraint on argument structures
[17604] Rugemalira, Josephat Muhozi (2004) : Locative arguments in Bantu
[17606] Rugero, Geoffrey , Nkiko Munya & Kabange Mukala (1987) : Hypothese du morpheme verbal discontinu -id-e
[27721] Ruhekenya, Jumapili (1988) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue nyindu
[17610] Rundgren, Gustav Frithiof (1959) : Intensiv und Aspektkorrelation: Studien zur äthiopischen und akkadischen Verbalstammbildung
[17611] Rundgren, Gustav Frithiof (1963) : Erneuerung des Verbalaspekts im Semitischen
[23284] Rundgren, Gustav Frithiof (1955/56) : Über Bildungen mit s- und n-t-Demonstrativen im Semitischen: Beiträge zur vergleichenden Grammatik der semitischen Sprachen
[17612] Runsewe, Oluremi I. (1980) : The noun classes and tone system of Loke
[17616] Rupya, John (1958) : KiMambwe grammar: an outline
[17617] Rurangwa, I. M. (1982) : Éléments de description du ngungwel, langue bantoue du Congo
[17618] Rurangwa, I. M. (1987) : Enquête linguistique sur le bubi, langue bantu insulaire de Guinée Equatoriale: phonologie et système des classes
[27812] Rusch, Maren (2020) : Conversation analysis
[17622] Ruskin, Edward Algernon (1934) : A grammar of the Lomongo language
[17623] Ruskin, Edward Algernon & Lily Adèle [Waldron] Ruskin (1937) : Notes on the grammar of Lingombe, with vocabulary
[28552] Ruskin, Edward Algernon & Lily Adèle [Waldron] Ruskin (1903) : Outlines of the grammar of the Lomongo language
[17629] Russell, Joan (1985) : Swahili quasi-passives: the question of context
[17635] Russell, Joan (1996) : Teach yourself Swahili: a complete guide for beginners
[23431] Russell, Joan (1992) : From reanalysis to convergence: Swahili -amba
[17634] Russell, Joan & Rehema Rajabu (1995) : Bilingual writers and the syntactic elaboration of Swahili
[17625] Russell, Michael (1952) : Nyanja note book
[17626] Russell, Michael (1958) : Nyanja note book
[17627] Russell, Michael (1964) : Nyanja note book
[17642] Rust jnr, Friedrich (1965) : Praktische Namagrammatik, auf Grund der Namagrammatiken von H. Vedder und J. Olpp
[27722] Rutinigirwa, Kahinyuza (1975) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue lele
[17647] Ruzicka, Karel F. (1950/53) : Ucebnice swahilstiny [Swahili textbook]
[17649] Ruzicka, Karel F. (1956) : Infinitive in Swahili
[17650] Ruzicka, Karel F. (1959) : Locative formations in Swahili, I: morphology of the locative
[17651] Ruzicka, Karel F. (1960) : Locative formations in Swahili, II: syntax of the locative
[17652] Rwakazina, Alphonse-Marie (1966) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue taabwa: phonologie et morphologie
[17653] Rwakazina, Alphonse-Marie (1971) : Formes verbales en bantou
[17657] Rycroft, David K. (1963) : Tone in Zulu nouns
[17658] Rycroft, David K. (1973) : SiSwati language manual
[17661] Rycroft, David K. (1981) : Essential SiSwati
[17659] Rycroft, David K. & A. B. Ngcobe (1979) : Say it in Zulu
[28586] s.a. (1854) : A Grammar of the Bakĕle language
[17669] Saa, Fouad (1995) : Aspects de la morphologie et de la phonologie du berbère parlé dans le ksar Zenaga à Figuig (Maroc)
[17671] Saah, Kofi K. (1992) : Null object constructions in Akan
[24147] Saah, Kofi K. (2004) : A survey of Akan adverbs and adverbials
[25235] Saah, Kofi K. (2010) : Relative Clauses in Akan
[27954] Saah, Kofi K. (2017) : The null 3rd person object pronoun and the syntax of Akan
[17673] Sabbadini, Ettore (1958) : Considerazioni sulle lingue Massai e Luganda [A Luganda grammar, da Ethel O. Ashton, E. M. K. Mulira, E. G. M. Ndawula & A. N. Tucker]
[24696] Sabel, Joachim & Jochen Zeller (2006) : wh-Question Formation in Nguni
[17675] Sabimana, Firmard (1986) : The relational structure of the Kirundi verb
[17678] Sachnine, Michka (1982) : Le lamé (vùn-dzèpào): un parler zimé du Nord-Cameroun (langue tchadique)
[17680] Sachnine, Michka (1990) : Aperçu sur la négation en yoruba
[17682] Sachnine, Michka (1997) : L’expression de la qualité en yoruba
[24055] Sachot (Santos), Rosine (1996) : Le mey : langue ouest-atlantique de Guinée
[22464] Sadiqi, Fatima (1997) : Grammaire berbère
[22654] Sadiqi, Fatima (2002) : The syntax of small clauses in Moroccan Arabic
[17687] Sadler jnr, Wesley L. (1949) : The Looma language
[17688] Sadler jnr, Wesley L. (1951) : Untangled Loma: a course of study of the Looma language of the Western Province, Liberia, West Africa
[17689] Sadler jnr, Wesley L. (1964) : Untangled CiBemba (a language of Northern Rhodesia, Central Africa)
[24096] Sadler jnr, Wesley L. (2006) : A Complete Analysis of the Lɔɔma Language - Interior Liberia, West Africa
[17690] Saeed, John Ibrahim (1982) : Central Somali: a grammatical outline
[17691] Saeed, John Ibrahim (1983) : The syntactic status of quantifiers in Somali
[17692] Saeed, John Ibrahim (1984) : The syntax of focus and topic in Somali
[17693] Saeed, John Ibrahim (1987) : Somali reference grammar
[17694] Saeed, John Ibrahim (1988) : An argument for the category adjective in Somali
[17695] Saeed, John Ibrahim (1992) : R. C. Abraham and Somali grammar: tone, derivational morphology and information structure
[17696] Saeed, John Ibrahim (1993) : Somali reference grammar
[17697] Saeed, John Ibrahim (1993) : Adpositional clitics and word order in Somali
[17698] Saeed, John Ibrahim (1995) : The semantics of the middle voice in Somali
[17699] Saeed, John Ibrahim (1996) : Head-marking and pronominal clitics in Somali
[17700] Saeed, John Ibrahim (1999) : Somali
[17701] Saetherø, Eli (1995) : The semantic function of “minimal verbs” in the Kwa languages
[17702] Saetherɔ, Eli (1997) : Minimal verbs in Akan: a study of the contribution of the verb and constructions in meaning
[17703] Safari, Joseph F. (1987) : Swahili made easy
[17706] Safir, Ken (2004) : On person as a model for logophoricity
[27046] Safir, Ken & Naga Selvanathan (2017) : Niger-Congo transitive reciprocal constructions and polysemy with reflexives
[25196] Sagna, Serge (2008) : Formal and semantic properties of the Gújjolaay Eegimaa (A.k.a Banjal) nominal classification system
[26030] Sagna, Serge (2010) : Issues in noun classification and noun class assignment in Gújjolay Eegimaa (Banjal) and other Jóola languages
[26307] Sagna, Serge (2012) : Physical properties and culture-specific factors as principles of semantic categorisation of the Gújjolaay Eegimaa noun class system
[26333] Sagna, Serge (2011) : Semantic categorisations in the Gújjolaay Eegimaa collectives and distributives
[27886] Sagna, Serge (2019) : A typological overview of Eegimaa (Jóola Banjal)
[28368] Sagna, Serge (2017) : Morphological alternation and event delimitation in Eegimaa
[28861] Sagna, Serge (2022) : Cross-categorial classification : nouns and verbs in Eegimaa
[17715] Sakaedani, Haruko (1998) : [Imperfect form in Egyptian colloquial Arabic]
[26866] Sakyi, Joana Portia (2013) : Modal Adverbs and Predicative Modal Adjectives in Akan
[5054] Salah Ud Deen, Kamil Ud Deen (2002) : The acquisition of Nairobi Swahili: the morphosyntax of inflectional prefixes and subjects
[17723] Salaun, N. (1978) : Chichewa intensive course
[17724] Saleh, Ali (1979) : Cours d’initiation à la langue comorienne
[25512] Salffner, Sophie (2012) : Tense, aspect and manner encoding in Ikaan
[25968] Salffner, Sophie (2009) : Tone in the phonology, lexicon and grammar of Ikaan
[28361] Salffner, Sophie (2017) : West African languages enrich the frequency code: Multi-functional pitch and multi-dimensional prosody in Ikaan polar questions
[17725] Salib, M. B. (1981) : Spoken Arabic of Cairo
[17726] Salim, Ahmed Ali (1971) : Living Swahili: a complete language course, conversation manual & common usage dictionary
[17730] Sall, Adjaratou Oumar (2004) : L’extension verbale en wolof: le cas du suffixe -e
[24378] Sall, Adjaratou Oumar (2005) : La subordination en wolof : description syntaxique
[17732] Saloné, Sukari B. (1977) : Continuous
[17733] Saloné, Sukari B. (1979) : Typology of conditionals and conditionals in Haya
[17735] Saloné, Sukari B. (1983) : Conditional sentences in Swahili
[23584] Saloné, Sukari B. (2002) : Event semantics, type shifting and passive in Swahili
[17737] Samain, A. (1924) : La langue kisonge: grammaire, vocabulaire, proverbes
[17739] Samarin, William John (1955) : Sango: an African lingua franca
[17743] Samarin, William John (1965) : Perspective on African ideophones
[17745] Samarin, William John (1966) : The Gbeya language: grammar, texts and vocabularies
[17746] Samarin, William John (1967) : A grammar of Sango
[17747] Samarin, William John (1967) : Determining the meanings of ideophones
[17748] Samarin, William John (1967) : Basic course in Sango
[17750] Samarin, William John (1970) : Field procedures in ideophone research
[17752] Samarin, William John (1971) : Survey of Bantu ideophones
[17766] Samarin, William John (1990/91) : The origins of Kituba and Lingala
[17767] Samarin, William John (1991) : Intersubjective and intradialectal variation in Gbeya ideophones
[17771] Samarin, William John (1994) : The dynamics of morphotactic change in Sango
[17772] Samarin, William John (1999) : Plurality and deference in Urban Sango
[17774] Samarin, William John (2001) : The past and present in marking future in Sango
[22685] Samarin, William John (2001) : Testing hypotheses about African ideophones
[24361] Samarin, William John (1951) : A Tentative Analysis of the Pluralization of Kisi Nouns
[17770] Samarin, William John & James A. Walker (1994) : Verb-marking in Sango
[17776] Samb, Amar (1983) : Initiation à la grammaire wolof
[17777] Sambeek, Jan van (19--) : Manuscripts of Kiha grammar
[17778] Sambeek, Jan van (1933) : Manuscript of Safwa grammar
[17779] Sambeek, Jan van (194-) : Petite grammaire kiha/Grammaire kiha
[17780] Sambeek, Jan van (1941) : Grammaire abrégée kiha
[17782] Sambeek, Jan van (1955) : A Bemba grammar
[26425] Sambieni, Coffi (2012) : Sémantique et emploi des verbes de position et de localisation dans les langues gur Oti-Volta-Orientales
[26729] Sambiéni, Coffi (2012) : L’intégration des emprunts français et anglais dans le système classificatoire nominal du byali, gur oriental, Benin
[27372] Sambiéni, Coffi (2014) : Sémantique multidimensionnelle et fonctions des classes nominales: l’exemple du biali, langue gur Oti-Volta-orientale, Bénin
[27791] Sambieni, Coffi (2020) : Biali
[24932] Sambou, Pierre (2007) : Morphosyntaxe du joola karon
[25097] Sambou, Pierre (2008) : Topicalisation et focalisation en joola karon
[28371] Sambou, Pierre (2017) : Passifs Non Canoniques dans Quelques Langues Atlantiques du Sénégal
[24051] Sambou, Pierre-Marie (1979) : Diola kasa esuulaalur : phonologie, morphophonologie et morphologie. Thèse de doctorat de troisième cycle
[24360] Sambou, Pierre-Marie (1976) : Phonologie du nom diola-kasa essulaalu
[25020] Sambou, Pierre-Marie (1985) : La relative en jóola
[25098] Sambou, Pierre-Marie (2008) : Topicalisation et focalisation en jóola ésuulaaluʔ
[25195] Sambou, Pierre-Marie (1982) : La description du système verbal du joola
[28094] Samie, Thierry de (2009) : Etude linguistique du constituant verbal en kirundi - suivi de dictionnaire des lexèmes verbo-nominaux du kirundi
[17790] Sampson, Douglas L. (1997) : The pronouns of Banda-Tangbago of Sudan
[17794] Samuelson, R. C. A. (1925) : Zulu grammar
[17795] Samule Urago (1983) : Nominalization patterns in Wolayta
[28808] Sande, Hannah (2014) : Verb movement and Lowering in Guébie
[28811] Sande, Hannah (2020) : Guébie (Côte d’Ivoire, Ivory Coast) - Language Snapshot
[28818] Sande, Hannah (2018) : Classification of Guébie within Kru
[28800] Sande, Hannah & Virginia Dawson (2022) : Counting mass nouns in Guébie
[17797] Sander-Hansen, Constantin Emil (19--) : Negative Konstruktionen im Alt- und Mittelägyptischen
[17798] Sander-Hansen, Constantin Emil (1941) : Über die Bildung der Modi im Altägyptischen
[17799] Sander-Hansen, Constantin Emil (1956) : Studien zur Grammatik der Pyramidtexte
[17800] Sander-Hansen, Constantin Emil (1963) : Ägyptische Grammatik
[17802] Sanderson, George Meredith (1920) : Notes on
[17803] Sanderson, George Meredith (1922) : A Yao grammar
[17804] Sanderson, George Meredith & W. B. Bithrey (1925) : An introduction to Chinyanja
[17806] Sanderson, George Meredith & W. B. Bithrey (1939) : An introduction to Chinyanja
[17807] Sanderson, George Meredith & W. B. Bithrey (1953) : An introduction to Chinyanja
[17809] Sanderson, George Meredith & W. B. Bithrey (1958) : An introduction to Chinyanja
[17811] Sandilands, Alexander (1940) : The first Setswana grammar
[17812] Sandilands, Alexander (1953) : Introduction to Tswana
[17813] Sandilands, Alexander (1958) : The ancestor of Tswana grammars
[17822] Sands, Bonny [Eva] (1992) : Fieldwork notes on Sandawe
[17823] Sands, Bonny [Eva] (1992/95) : Unpublished fieldnotes on Hadza
[17819] Sands, Bonny [Eva] , Ian Maddieson & Peter Ladefoged (1991) : Unpublished fieldnotes on Hadza
[17820] Sands, Bonny [Eva] , Ian Maddieson & Peter Ladefoged (1991) : Sandawe fieldnotes
[17832] Sanfo [Sanon], Virgine (1994) : Les procès nominaux en bobo
[24295] Sangare, Aby (1983) : Note sur les prédicatifs et le systeme tonal du parler de Kong
[24409] Sangare, Aby (1984) : Dioula de Kong (Côte dʼIvoire) : Phonologie, grammaire, lexique et textes.
[24284] Sangare, Aby & Kalilou Tera (2007) : Problemes de lexicographie francais-langues africaines : le cas du mandingue
[26407] Sano, Mohamed Lamine (1974) : Étude du système nominal du maninka
[23850] Sanou, Dafrassi Jean-François (1978) : La langue bobo de Tondogosso (bobo-dioulasso), Haute-Volta: phonologie, morphologie, syntagmatique
[17835] Santandrea, Stefano (1946) : Grammatichetta Giur
[17838] Santandrea, Stefano (1961) : Comparative outline-grammar of Ndogo-Sere-Tagbu-Bai-Bviri
[17839] Santandrea, Stefano (1963) : A concise grammar outline of the Bongo language
[17841] Santandrea, Stefano (1964) : A note on Kare grammar
[17842] Santandrea, Stefano (1965) : Languages of the Banda and Zande groups: a contribution to a comparative study
[17845] Santandrea, Stefano (1969) : Note grammaticali e lessicali sul gruppo Feroge e sul Mundu (Sudàn)
[17846] Santandrea, Stefano (1970) : Brief grammar outlines of the Yulu and Kara languages
[26326] Santandrea, Stefano (1957) : An elementary study of the Golo language
[17857] Santos, Eduardo dos (1962) : Elementos de gramática quioca
[17854] Santos, João de Almeida (1962) : As classes morfológicas nas linguas “bantu”: a “minha tese”
[17855] Santos, João de Almeida (1962) : Gramática comparada dos falares bantos angolanos
[17858] Santos, João de Almeida (1964) : Classes bantas e protobanto: un apontamento
[17851] Santos, P. Luiz Feliciano dos (1941) : Gramática da língua chope
[17852] Santos, P. Luiz Feliciano dos (1946) : Guia de conversação português-chope
[17861] Santos, R. (1977) : Phonologie et morphotonologie de la langue wèy (koñagi)
[25021] Santos, Rosine (1985) : La relative en mey
[24333] Sanvito, Silvia (2006) : La construction possessive en tchadique central
[17871] Sapir, J. David (1965) : A grammar of Diola-Fogny, a language spoken in the Basse-Casamance region of Senegal
[17872] Sapir, J. David (1971) : West Atlantic: an inventory of the languages, their noun class systems and consonant alternation
[27290] Sarry, Ouleymatou Sarr (1986) : Le verbe en Ñoominka, un dialecte seereer (parler de Jinda)
[27032] Sarvasy, Hannah (2017) : The future in Logoori oral texts
[17875] Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1973) : Elemente der Galla-Sprache (Borana Dialekt)
[17876] Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1974) : Notes on the structure of Galab
[17878] Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1974) : Ein Subjektskasus im Agaw
[17885] Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1980) : Ostkuschitische und semitische Verbalklassen
[17886] Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1981) : Die semitischen Sprachen
[17887] Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1981) : Die kuschitischen Sprachen
[17889] Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1981) : ‘Basic word order’ and functional sentence perspective in Boni
[17893] Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1984) : Case in Cushitic, Semitic and Berber
[17894] Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1984) : The pragmatics of noun incorporation in eastern Cushitic languages
[17896] Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (2003) : Cushitic adpositions and Semitic
[22691] Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1977) : A note on WH movement
[17882] Sasse, Hans-Jürgen & Helmut Straube (1977) : Kultur und Sprache der Burji in Südäthiopien: ein Abriss
[17898] Sato, Max & Celia Swann (1999) : Tiyeni! Chichewa language course for newcomers to Malawi
[26031] Satre, Scott (2010) : The consecutive morpheme in Bamileke-Ngomba
[17899] Satyo, Sizwe C. (1985) : Topics in Xhosa verbal extension
[17900] Satyo, Sizwe C. (1992) : Beyond morphological concatenations: issues in the syntax and semantics of multiply-extended verbs in Xhosa
[17901] Satzinger, Helmut (1968) : Äthiopische Parallellen zum ägyptischen sdm-f
[17903] Sauda, Sheikh (1978) : Masomo ya bidii: a Swahili intensive course
[17909] Sauvageot, Serge (1963) : Les classes nominales et leurs fonctions dans le groupe sénégalo-guinéen ou ouest-atlantique
[17910] Sauvageot, Serge (1965) : Description synchronique d’un dialecte wolof: le parler du Dyolof
[17911] Sauvageot, Serge (1967) : Note sur la classification nominale en baïnouk
[17912] Sauvageot, Serge (1974) : Aspects, modes et conditionnement syntactique dans la relation objectale
[17913] Sauvageot, Serge (1981) : Le wolof
[24607] Sauvageot, Serge (2008) : Le système nominal du baynunk - une langue atlantique au contact du mande
[25065] Sauvageot, Serge (1987 ?) : Esquisse du système verbal du BAINOUK
[25066] Sauvageot, Serge (2001) : De quelques procédés de mise en relief en baynuŋk
[25972] Sauvageot, Serge (2004) : De quelques marqueurs syntaxiques ou affixes de voix en baynunk
[17914] Sauvant, Emile (1925) : Petit manuel bambara
[22459] Sauzet, Patrick & Anne Zribi-Hertz (Ed) (2003) : Typologie des langues d’Afrique et universaux de la grammaire
[17919] Savà, Graziano (2003) : Ongota (Birale), a moribund language of Southwest Ethiopia
[26440] Savà, Graziano (2005) : A Grammar of Ts’amakko
[26441] Savà, Graziano (2005) : A Grammar of Ts’amakko
[27915] Savà, Graziano (2020) : Case clitics in Ts’amakko (East Cushitic, Ethiopia)
[17918] Savà, Graziano & Mauro Tosco (2000) : A sketch of Ongota, a dying language of southwest Ethiopia
[17917] Savage, G. A. R. (1956) : The essentials of Lwo (Acoli)
[27141] Savić, Stefan & Mark de Vos (2017) : Tense and Aspect of isiXhosa: Recent Past Forms with and without the Auxiliary Verb be
[17925] Sawka, Kenneth Stanley (2001) : Aspects of Mayogo grammar
[17931] Scantamburlo, Luigi (1981) : Gramática e dicionário da língua criol da Guiné-Bissau
[25063] Scantamburlo, Luigi (1996 ?) : Apontamentos gramaticais da língua bijagó da ilha de Canhabaque
[27236] Scantamburlo, Luigi (2013) : O léxico do crioulo guineense e as suas relações com o português: o ensino bilingue português-crioulo guineense
[27650] Scantamburlo, Luigi (1999) : Dicionário do Guineense. Volume I, Introdução e notas gramaticais
[27651] Scantamburlo, Luigi (2002) : Dicionário do Guineense : Dicionário guineense-português / Disionariu guinensi-purtuguis
[17939] Schachter, Paul (1974) : A non-transformational account of serial verbs
[17941] Schachter, Paul (1992) : Comments on Bresnan and Kanerva’s “Locative inversion in Chichewa: a case study of factorization in grammar”
[17945] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1977) : Der Kohortativ “Dual” und Plural in den Bantusprachen
[17958] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1982) : Les suffixes verbaux séparatifs en bantou
[17960] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1984) : A sketch of Swahili morphology
[17961] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1985) : A small sketch of Ewe
[17962] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1985) : Classificatie van naamwoorden en dingen in het bantoe
[17963] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1985) : The development of case and focus in Umbundu
[17968] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1989) : Kordofanian
[17969] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1989) : Les trois constructions relatives en Swahili Standard
[17973] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1990) : A sketch of Umbundu
[17974] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1990) : Schon - noch - nicht - mehr: das Unerwartete als grammatische Kategorie im Kiswahili
[17976] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1992) : A sketch of Swahili morphology
[17977] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1994) : Die extensive Extension im Bantu
[17980] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1995) : Object diagnostics in Bantu
[17988] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2003) : Derivation
[25105] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (1981) : Die Geschichte der Nominalklassen des Laru, Kordofanisch
[25475] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2010) : Pronouns and Concords in Ebang (Heiban, Kordofanian)
[26545] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2013) : Comparative constructions in Ebang (Heiban)
[26556] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2013) : Rashad survey data
[27994] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2018) : Core Kordofanian
[28119] Schadeberg, Thilo C. (2020) : Tmesis in Ebang (Heiban, Kordofanian)
[26014] Schadeberg, Thilo C. / Kossmann, Maarten (2010) : Participant reference in the Ebang verbal complex (Heiban, Kordofanian)
[17985] Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Francisco Ussene Mucanheia (2000) : EKoti: the Maka or Swahili language of Angoche
[28561] Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Koen Bostoen (2019) : Word formation
[17970] Schadeberg, Thilo C. & P. S. E. Elias (1989) : AINI: a morphological parser for Kiswahili
[17947] Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Philip Elias (1979) : A description of the Orig language (Southern Kordofan), based on the notes of Fr. Carlo Muratori
[17957] Schadeberg, Thilo C. , Norbert Cyffer , Inge Hofmann & Franz Rottland (1981) : Nilosaharanisch
[23556] Schaefer, Nancy (2003) : This is how our ancestors began: expository discourse in Farefare
[23613] Schaefer, Nancy (1977) : The use of recorded text material for stories in Frafra primer construction
[18003] Schaefer, Ronald P. (1995) : On the discourse function of possessor movement in Emai prose
[18004] Schaefer, Ronald P. (1997) : Talmy’s schematic core and verb serialization in Emai: an initial sketch
[22686] Schaefer, Ronald P. (2001) : Ideophonic adverbs and manner gaps in Emai
[26197] Schaefer, Ronald P. (2009) : Why Do Descriptive Fieldwork? Dictionaries, Precedence and Verb Argument Order
[26054] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2006) : On Emai vbi verbs
[26157] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2012) : Emai Separation Verbs and Telicity
[26291] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2013) : Demarcating Emai dative constructions
[27632] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2016) : Articulating Emai Change of State and Stativity
[27953] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2017) : Emai serial verb domains: Symmetrical and asymmetrical
[28435] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis O. Egbokhare (2019) : Class Marking in Emai : Retention, Reduction, and Transformation of Inflectional Resources
[28922] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Francis Oisaghaede Egbokhare (2015) : Aspectual and storyline tension in Emai’s (Edoid) narrative template
[18001] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (199-) : An initial Emai reference grammar
[18006] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (1998) : Emai’s temporal adverbs
[18007] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (1999) : Toward a typology of aspect for Emai
[18008] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (1999) : Emai’s postverbal modifier classes: an initial analysis
[18009] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2002) : On Emai’s causative motion parameters
[18010] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2002) : On the status of DO/SAY verbs with Emai ideophones
[18011] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2003) : On the properties of Emai’s khi copula construction
[18012] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2004) : Emai contact constructions: beyond verbs in series
[24662] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2008) : A preliminary assessment of Emai posture verb parameters
[25169] Schaefer, Ronald P. & Oisaghaede Francis Egbokhare (2010) : Topic and focus construction asymmetry
[17996] Schaefer, Ronald P. & R. Masagbor (1984) : The forms of negation in North Ibie and their functions
[18013] Schaffer, Ruth Thiers (1955) : Twelve lessons in Masai: twelve lessons in Engutuk o Imaasae; twelve lessons in the mouth of the Ilmaasae
[18016] Schalkwyk, Helena van (1988) : Teach yourself Afrikaans
[26319] Schang, Emmanuel (2012) : Reduplication in São Tomense: Issues at the syntax-semantics interface
[18022] Schapera, Isaac (1929) : Bushman languages
[18023] Schapera, Isaac (1929) : Comparative grammar of the Khoisan languages
[18024] Schapera, Isaac (1930) : The Khoisan peoples of South Africa: Bushmen and Hottentots
[18025] Schapera, Isaac (1930) : The Khoisan languages
[18027] Schapera, Isaac & D. F. van der Merwe (1942) : Notes on the noun classes of some Bantu languages of Ngamiland: Yeei, Subia, Gova and Gcereku
[18032] Schaub, R. P. (1962) : Grammaire lari
[18036] Schaub, Willi (1985) : Babungo
[18045] Schenkel, Wolfgang (1975) : Die altägyptische Suffixkonjugation: Theorie der innerägyptische Entstehung aus Nomina actionis
[18046] Schenkel, Wolfgang (1984) : Zur Rekonstruktion der deverbalen Nominalbildungen des Ägyptischen
[18048] Schenkel, Wolfgang & Rainer Hannig (1984) : Aus der Arbeit an einer Konkordanz zu den altägyptischen Sargtexten, II: zur Pluralbildung des Ägyptischen
[26901] Schiattarella, Valentina (2015) : Le berbère de Siwa : documentation, syntaxe et sémantique
[27679] Schiattarella, Valentina (2019) : A contribution to the documentation of Siwi (Berber)
[27957] Schiattarella, Valentina (2017) : Berber Texts from Siwa (Egypt) – including a Grammatical Sketch
[28327] Schiattarella, Valentina (2020) : Noun modifiers and the n preposition in Siwi Berber (Egypt)
[18052] Schicho, Walter (1980) : Kiswahili von Lumumbasi: Sprachverwendung und Sprachwertung am Beispiel einer afrikanischen Gross-stadt
[18053] Schicho, Walter (1982) : Syntax des Swahili von Lubumbashi
[18054] Schicho, Walter (1988) : Tense vs aspect in Sango and Swahili of Lubumbashi
[18055] Schicho, Walter (1990) : AUX, creole und Swahili von Lubumbashi
[18057] Schicho, Walter (1992) : Non-acceptance and negation in the Swahili of Lubumbashi
[18058] Schicho, Walter (1994) : Modalität und Sprecherintention
[18060] Schillebeeckx, I. (1925) : Grammaire et vocabulaire lingala-budja
[25241] Schladt, Mathias (1998) : Reciprocals in Bantu languages: a case of grammaticalization
[18068] Schlee, Günther (1978) : Sprachliche Studien zum Rendille: Grammatik, Texte, Glossar
[18071] Schlee, Günther (1988) : The causative in Rendille
[23452] Schmaling, Constanze (2001) : Modalpartikeln im Hausa/Gishirin Hausa
[23790] Schmidt, Bodil Kappel (2002) : Zina Kotoko tense/aspect
[18084] Schmidt, Bodil Kappel , David [Arnold] Odden & Anders Holmberg (Ed) (2002) : Some aspects of the grammar of Zina Kotoko
[18113] Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (1998) : Die Fragestellung der Abgrenzung diskreter Wortarten, untersucht am Beispiel der Nomen, Adjektive und Verben im Hausa
[18114] Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2004) : Verbal extensions in Alaaba (Highland East Cushitic, Ethiopia)
[24775] Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2007) : A Grammar of Alaaba; A Highland East Cushitic Language of Ethiopia
[24830] Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2006) : Case in Alaaba (Highland East Cushitic)
[24831] Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2007) : The ‘copulaʼ in Alaaba
[26554] Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2013) : Personal pronouns in Tima
[27256] Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2017) : Once or more often? On pluractionality marking in Tima
[27986] Schneider-Blum, Gertrud (2018) : Constituent focus and selective marking in Tima
[28118] Schneider-Blum, Gertrud & Birgit Hellwig (2020) : Property concepts in Tabaq: More than one road can lead to Rome
[18115] Schneider-Zioga, Patricia (1995) : Specifier/head agreement in Kinande
[26846] Schneider-Zioga, Patricia (2015) : Additive Focus in Kinande
[26847] Schneider-Zioga, Patricia (2015) : The Linker in Kinande Re-examined
[27005] Schneider-Zioga, Patricia & Philip Ngessimo Mutaka (2015) : Copular Clauses in Kinande
[27006] Schneider-Zioga, Patricia & Philip Ngessimo Mutaka (2015) : Small Clauses and Secondary Predication in Kinande
[27007] Schneider-Zioga, Patricia & Philip Ngessimo Mutaka (2015) : The Linker in Kinande: A Predication Relation
[28336] Schneider-Zioga, Patricia & Philip Ngessimo Mutaka (2021) : The syntax and semantics of helping: Sociative causation in Kinande
[18105] Schneider, Gilbert Donald (1963) : First and second steps in Wes Kos
[18107] Schneider, Gilbert Donald (1966) : West African Pidgin English: a descriptive linguistic analysis with texts and glossary from the Cameroon area
[18108] Schneider, Gilbert Donald (1967) : West African Pidgin English: an overview (phonology, morphology)
[28296] Schneider, Lauren (2017) : Negation Patterns in the Kwa Language Group
[18103] Schneider, R. (1959) : L’expression des compléments de verbe et de nom et la place de l’adjective épithète en guèze
[18136] Scholz, Hans-Jörgen & Chris Scholz (1972) : Let’s go forward - let’s read and write Ebira
[28196] Schön, Rev. James Frederick (1862) : Grammar of the Hausa Language.
[24842] Schreiber, Henning (2008) : Copula constructions in Mande ‒ an overview
[25624] Schreiber, Henning (2011) : S-AUX-O-V-X in Manding and Mande
[27766] Schreiber, Henning (2020) : Mande
[18148] Schreiber, Peter A. & Frank Anshen (1974) : Arabic topicalization: alternative approaches
[26443] Schrock, Terrill (2014) : A grammar of Ik (Icetod) Northeast Uganda’s last thriving Kuliak language
[27155] Schrock, Terrill (2017) : The Ik language: Dictionary and grammar sketch
[18158] Schröder, Helga (2004) : The relevance of verbal morphology in Toposa discourse
[23024] Schröder, Helga (2002) : Word order in Toposa: an aspect of multiple feature-checking
[24806] Schröder, Helga (2006) : Antipassive and ergativity in Western Nilotic and Surmic
[25083] Schröder, Helga (2008) : Word Order in Toposa: An Aspect of Multiple Feature-Checking
[27875] Schröder, Helga (2020) : The Syntax and Semantics of Clause-Chaining in Toposa
[18154] Schröder, Helga & Martin Schröder (1986) : The Toposa verb
[18157] Schröder, Martin (1989) : The Toposa verb in narrative discourse
[18151] Schroeder, Johannes (1936) : Formenlehre des Ge-Dialektes der Ewesprache mit einer Einleitung über Laute und Töne
[18167] Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & Rachélle Gauton (2002) : The Zulu locative prefix ku- revisited: a corpus-based approach
[7359] Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de , Elsabé Taljard , M. P. Mogodi & S. Maepa (2004) : The lexicographic treatment of the demonstrative-copulative in Sesotho sa Leboa: an exercise in multiple cross-referencing
[18170] Schubert, Klaus (1971/72) : Zur Bedeutung und Anwendung der Verbalparadigmen im Hausa und Kanuri ; Teile 1-3
[18171] Schubert, Klaus (1972/73) : Zur Bedeutung und Anwendung der Verbalparadigmen im Hausa und Kanuri ; Teil 4
[18174] Schuetz, G. H. (1965) : Sprachführer tunesisch-arabisch
[18175] Schuh, Russell Galen (1971) : Reconstruction of the syntax of subject emphasis in certain Chadic languages
[18176] Schuh, Russell Galen (1971) : Verb forms and verb aspects in Ngizim
[18179] Schuh, Russell Galen (1972) : Aspects of Ngizim syntax
[18182] Schuh, Russell Galen (1974) : A note on inalienable possession in Hausa
[18184] Schuh, Russell Galen (1974/75) : Nunation and gender in Bade
[18186] Schuh, Russell Galen (1976) : The Chadic verbal system and its Afroasiatic nature
[18188] Schuh, Russell Galen (1977) : Bade/Ngizim determiner system
[18189] Schuh, Russell Galen (1977) : West Chadic verb classes
[18190] Schuh, Russell Galen (1978) : Bole/Tangale Languages of the Bauchi Area (Northern Nigeria)
[18194] Schuh, Russell Galen (1981) : Type of genitive constructions in Chadic
[18195] Schuh, Russell Galen (1982) : Questionned and focused subjects and objects in Bade/Ngizim
[18198] Schuh, Russell Galen (1983) : The Bolanci verbal system
[18199] Schuh, Russell Galen (1983) : Bolanci genitives
[18200] Schuh, Russell Galen (1983) : Kilba equational sentences
[18203] Schuh, Russell Galen (1989) : Gender and number in Miya
[18206] Schuh, Russell Galen (1995) : Avatime noun classes and concord
[18208] Schuh, Russell Galen (1998) : A grammar of Miya
[18213] Schuh, Russell Galen (2003) : The functional unity of the Hausa and West Chadic subjunctive
[18215] Schuh, Russell Galen (2003) : A comparative study of West Chadic verbal suffixes
[25425] Schuh, Russell Galen (2008) : Finding Cognates in West Chadic
[18210] Schuh, Russell Galen & Alhaji Maina Gimba (2001) : Substantive and anaphoric ‘thing’ in Bole, with remarks on Hausa ‘abu/abin’
[26740] Schuler, Eugen (2015) : Die Sprache der Bakwiri
[18222] Schulz, Regina & others (199-) : Middle Egyptian
[18230] Schumann, Theda (1983) : Gender markers in Masa
[18231] Schumann, Theda (1999) : Zur Masa-Verbalmorphologie
[18233] Schuring, Gerhard K. (1971) : Die diminutiewe en augmentatiewe agtervoegsels in Noord-Sotho
[18234] Schuring, Gerhard K. (1974) : Naswana ya moshate: diminusie en vroulikheid in Noord-Sotho
[18244] Schwartz, Linda (1989) : Asymmetrical syntax and symmetrical morphology in African languages
[18245] Schwartz, Linda (1989) : Thematic linking in Hausa asymmetric coordination
[18246] Schwartz, Linda (1991) : Category asymmetries in Hausa asymmetric coordination
[18247] Schwarz, Anne (1995) : Untersuchungen zum nominalen Klassensystem des Buli (Nord-Ghana)
[18248] Schwarz, Anne (1999) : Preverbal negative markers in Buli
[18249] Schwarz, Anne (2000) : Perfective verb tone in Buli
[23581] Schwarz, Anne (2004) : Aspekte der Morphosyntax und Tonologie im Buli, mit Schwerpunkt auf dem Buli vom Wiaga
[24753] Schwarz, Anne (2009) : How Many Focus Markers Are There in Konkomba?
[24923] Schwarz, Anne (2007) : The Particles lé and lá in the Grammar of Konkomba
[25155] Schwarz, Anne (2009) : To be or not to be? About the copula system in Buli (GUR)
[25170] Schwarz, Anne (2010) : Verb-and-predication focus markers in Gur
[27026] Schwarz, Anne (2017) : All-in-one and one-for-all: Thetic structures in Buli grammar and discourse
[28625] Schwarz, Anne (2012) : A1. Buli
[28626] Schwarz, Anne (2012) : A2. Konni
[28627] Schwarz, Anne (2012) : A3. Buli-Konni: Comparative notes
[23441] Schwarz, Florian (2003) : Focus marking in Kikuyu
[18250] Schweeger-Hefel, Annemarie & Wilhelm Staude (196-) : Vocabulaire raisonné kurumfe-français, suivi d’éléments de grammaire
[18254] Schwellnus, Paul E. (1931) : Thlalosa-polêlô: grammar ya Sesotho se se bolêlwaxo dileteng tsha Transvaal
[18256] Schwellnus, Paul E. (1935) : Luvenda gramer: Phenda-luambo ya u talukanya Tshivenda
[18255] Schwellnus, Theodor (1933) : Ndende ya luambo lwa Tshivenda
[18257] Schwenter, Scott (1998) : Discontinuous remoteness in Dagaare
[24363] Scott, J. P. L. (1956) : An Introduction to Temne Grammar
[18272] Scruggs, Terri R. (1980) : Notes on African linguistics
[18274] Scruggs, Terri R. (1983) : Les système des classes en nomande
[18276] Scupin, Inger (1999) : Ausgewählte Aspekte des Hausa in Ghana
[18278] Seaborn, Bibiana Nalwindi (1979) : Bua Setswana: a ten week introduction to speaking Setswana
[18279] Sebasoni, Servilien (1967) : La préfinale du verbe bantou
[18280] Sebba, Mark (1984) : Serial verbs: something new out of Africa
[18281] Sebba, Mark (1995) : Some remarks on Ju|’hoan serial verbs
[18283] Sebeok, Thomas Albert (Ed) (1971) : Current trends in linguistics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa
[27227] Sebineni, Alphonsine Flore (2008) : Le système des classes nominales du nùbácá
[18284] Seck, Aliou Ngoné (19--) : Recherches comparatives sur les determinants morphematiques du wolof et du français: étude syntactique et referentielle
[18286] Seck, Aliou Ngoné (2003) : L’interrogation en wolof
[23636] Sedlak, Philip Alan Stephen (1980) : Kabiye grammar handbook
[23693] Sedlak, Philip Alan Stephen (1980) : Kabiye communication and culture handbook
[23692] Sedlak, Philip Alan Stephen & Essogoye Jassor (1980) : Kabiye special skills handbook
[18387] Segerer, Guillaume (1997) : La langue bijogo
[18388] Segerer, Guillaume (2000) : La focalisation en bijogo
[18389] Segerer, Guillaume (2000) : Description de la langue bijogo (Guinee Bissau)
[18390] Segerer, Guillaume (2002) : La langue bijogo de Bubaque (Guinée Bissau)
[24627] Segerer, Guillaume (2008) : Bijogo
[25006] Segerer, Guillaume (2009) : A Database on personal pronouns in African languages
[26876] Segerer, Guillaume (2016) : Some Hypotheses About Possible Isolates within the Atlantic Branch of the Niger-Congo Phylum
[26880] Segerer, Guillaume (2015) : Les classes nominales en keerak (joola de Kabrousse)
[26883] Segerer, Guillaume (2015) : Les classes nominales en manjaku
[26951] Segerer, Guillaume (2017) :
[28736] Segerer, Guillaume (2022) : La présentation des systèmes de classes nominales des langues Niger-Congo
[18291] Segopolo, B. O. (1992) : The adverb in Tswana
[23053] Seibert, Uwe (1998) : Das Ron von Daffo (Jos-Plateau, Zentralnigeria): morphologische, syntaktische, und textlinguistische Strukturen einer westtschadischen Sprache
[18295] Seibert, Uwe & Erin Shay (Ed) (2003) : Motion, direction, and location in languages: in honor of Zygmunt Frajzyngier
[18296] Seidel, August (1941) : Suahili Konversations-Grammatik, nebst einer Einführung in die Schrift und den Briefstil der Suaheli
[18297] Seidel, August (1941) : Schlüssel zur Suaheli Konservations-Grammatik
[28695] Seidel, August (1898) : Grundzüge der Sprache von Usindja
[24054] Seidel, Frank (2008) : A Grammar of Yeyi. A Bantu Language of Southern Africa
[24817] Seidel, Frank (2007) : The distal marker -ka- and motion verbs in Yeyi
[26251] Seidel, Frank (2008) : The hodiernal past domain and the concept of recentness in Yeyi
[28920] Seidel, Frank (2015) : Rethinking narrative tenses based on data from Nalu (Atlantic) and Yeyi (Bantu)
[18301] Seidl, Amanda Hallie & A. Dimitriadis (1997) : The discourse function of object marking in Swahili
[25244] Seidl, Amanda Hallie & A. Dimitriadis (2003) : Statives and reciprocal Morphology in Swahili
[18303] Seifu Metaferia (1969/70) : Verbal system and derivatives in Kotina (Oromo)
[18307] Seitar, Joseph (1---) : Kiro-Meru vocabulary and grammatical constructions
[18308] Seitz, Gitte (1993) : Ikulu: Untersuchungen zu einer zentralnigerianischen Klassensprache
[18310] Sekhukhune, Phatudi D. (1986) : Pragmatics of discourse in Northern Sotho: a functional approach
[18311] Sekhukhune, Phatudi D. (1988) : Discourse analysis and speech varieties in Northern Sotho: a sociolinguistic study
[27437] Selezilo, Apollinaire (2008) : Description systématique du Ngbaka manza de Bogangolo en République centrafricaine
[18314] Sellery, A. (1927) : Skeleton grammar of Zaramo
[22669] Selvik, Kari-Anne (2001) : When a dance resembles a tree: a polysemy analysis of three Setswana noun classes
[18317] Semedo, Manuel Brito (Ed) (1997) : A colocação dos clíticos no português em Maputo
[18318] Semenkova, Liudmila Alekseevna & Nina Grigorevna Fedorova (1989) : Glagol v suakhili: semanticheskie, sintaksicheskie i pozitsoonnye osobennosti osnovnykh suffiksal’nykh glagol’nykh form
[18320] Semsdorf, G. (1---) : Kibena
[18321] Senait Mulugeta (1984) : Pronouns in Wolayitta
[18326] Sengani, T. M. (1988) : Aspects of discourse reference in Venda
[18327] Senghor, Léopold Sédar (1943) : Les classes nominales en wolof et les substantifs à initiales nasales
[18329] Senghor, Léopold Sédar (1947) : L’article conjonctif du wolof
[18330] Senghor, Léopold Sédar (1963) : La dialectique du nom-verbe en wolof
[18333] Sengova, Matthew Joko (1981) : A classification of tense, aspect and time specification in the verb system of Mende
[18337] Sepota, Moloko (2000) : The morphological, semantic and syntactic significance of the Northern Sotho applied suffix
[18338] Sepota, Moloko (2001) : The overloading of Northern Sotho prepositions
[23580] Seriki, Lékiatou Idrissou (1993) : Le système verbal du foodo
[18346] Serrano, G. (1937) : Lingua amarica. Metodo facile per impararla senza maestro in poco tempo: grammatica teorico; pratica conversazione; corrispondenza; vocabolario italo-amarico e viceversa; raccolta di manoscritti)
[18348] Serzisko, Fritz (1982) : Numerus/Genus-Kongrünz und das Phänomen der Polarität am Beispiel einiger ostkuschitischer Sprachen
[18350] Serzisko, Fritz (1984) : Der Ausdruck der Possessivität im Somali
[18351] Serzisko, Fritz (1984) : Possession in Somali
[18352] Serzisko, Fritz (1985) : Nepek’a Longoriainie nda Arwakori/A quarrel between Longorie and Arwakori: an Ik dialogue
[18353] Serzisko, Fritz (1985) : Reciprocal constructions and symmetric predicates in Somali
[18355] Serzisko, Fritz (1988) : On bounding in Ik
[18356] Serzisko, Fritz (1989) : A structural comparison of the Kuliak languages
[18357] Serzisko, Fritz (1992) : Sprechhandlungen und Pausen: diskursorientierte Sprachbeschreibung am Beispiel des Ik
[18358] Serzisko, Fritz (1993) : Lokalisierung im Ik: Beobachtungen zur Verwendung deiktischer Elemente in narrativen Texten
[18359] Serzisko, Fritz (1993) : Prädikationskomplex und Paragraph am Beispiel des Ik
[18363] Sesep, NʼSial Bal-a-Nsien (1978) : Le métissage français-lingala au Zaïre: essai d’analyse différentielle et sociolinguistique de la communication bilingue
[18367] Sethe, Kurt (1929) : Bemerkungen zu W. Till’s Achmimisch-koptischer Grammatik
[18368] Sethe, Kurt (1929) : Zur Erklärung der koptischen nominalverben der Eigenschaftswörter
[18373] Setshedi, Jacob Edia (1973) : The problem of the verb stem preceded by go-
[18374] Setshedi, Jacob Edia (1975) : The auxiliary verbs and the deficient verbs in Tswana
[18375] Setshedi, Jacob Edia (1980) : Tswana through the medium of English or Afrikaans
[18377] Seume, Dirk (1991) : Die Nomen-Verb-Distribution im Bambara
[18379] Severn, Beth (1956) : Kikongo language manual
[18382] Seydou, Christiane (1972) : Eléments d’analyse de la notion de temps dans la langue des peuls du Niger
[18384] Seydou, S. (1990) : De la négativité à l’altérité la particule naa dans un dialecte peul
[24922] Seyoum, Mulugeta (2008) : A Grammar of Dime
[27916] Seyoum, Mulugeta (2020) : Case marking in Tsaratsa
[18397] Shamukuni, D. M. (196-) : Grammar of Subiya
[18402] Sharman, John Compton (1956) : The tabulation of tenses in a Bantu language: Bemba, Northern Rhodesia
[18403] Sharman, John Compton (1963) : Nominal and pronominal prefixes in Bemba
[18404] Sharman, John Compton (1963) : Morphology, morphophonology and meaning in the single-word verb-forms in Bemba
[18405] Sharman, John Compton (1970) : Internal and external inconsistencies in Malcolm Guthrie’s “Comparative Bantu” (I,1) and other works: a preliminary critique of the Guthrie hypothesis for nuclear Bantu
[18401] Sharman, John Compton & Achille Emiel Meeussen (1955) : The representation of structural tones, with special reference to the tonal behaviour of the verb in Bemba, Northern Rhodesia
[18407] Sharp, A. E. (1954) : A tonal analysis of the disyllabic noun in the Machame dialect of Chaga
[18409] Sharpe, M. R. L. (1960) : Everyday Sesotho grammar
[18411] Shaw, Archibald (1924) : A note on some Nilotic languages
[18412] Shaw, Archibald (1924) : The Dinka accusative of respect
[28200] Shay, Erin (2021) : A Grammar of Giziga: A Chadic Language of Far North Cameroon
[28198] Shay, Erin & Lazare Wambadang (2019) : A Grammar of Pévé
[18413] Shcheglov, Y. K. (1965) : Logicheskiy subyekt i predikat i sposoby ikh vydeleniya v yazyke Khausa [The logical subject and predicate and the way how to underline them in the Hausa language]
[18414] Shcheglov, Y. K. (1967) : Iz morfologiyi yazyka Khausa: obrazovaniye mnozhestvennogo chisla [From the Hausa morphology: the study of plural forms of nouns]
[18415] Shcheglov, Y. K. (1970) : Ocherk grammatiki yazyka Khausa [A grammar sketch of Hausa]
[18416] Sheedy, Cory R. C. (2001) : Grammatical tones in Èdó: an optimality theoretic account
[18417] Shegaw Wedaj (2001) : Verb phrase in simple sentences of Alaba
[18418] Shekwo, J. A. (1979) : Fundamentals of the Gbagyi language
[18419] Sheleme Ketata (1989) : Noun morphology of Kambata
[18420] Shenk, J. R. (196-) : A new Ndebele grammar
[18421] Shepardson, Kenneth N. (1982) : An integrated analysis of Swahili augmentative-diminutives
[25653] Sheriff, Bosoma & Muhammad Fannami (2011) : Tapping the untapped. A critical analysis of Kitabuwa Kanuribe 1-5
[23003] Sherwood, Barbara (1982) : A grammatical description of Nawuri
[18427] Shifare Rufael (2001) : Verb phrase in simple sentences of Saho
[18430] Shikur Getu (1989) : Verb morphology of Mesqan
[18431] Shikur Getu (1999) : Morphology of Zay
[18432] Shimamungu, Eugène-Marie (1991) : Systématique verbo-temporelle du kinyarwanda
[18433] Shimamungu, Eugène-Marie (1992) : De la grammaire de l’ewondo à une théorie du mot: essai de linguistique guillaumienne dans le domaine bantu
[18434] Shimamungu, Eugène-Marie (1993) : Ordre des mots dans la phrase simple et mecanisme de predication en kinyarwanda
[18435] Shimamungu, Eugène-Marie (1993) : Forme et sens: réponse à Alain Lemaréchal
[18436] Shimamungu, Eugène-Marie (1993) : Suffixation et diathèse verbale en kinyarwanda
[22457] Shimamungu, Eugène-Marie (1998) : Le kinyarwanda: initiation à une langue bantu
[18441] Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1968) : An outline of the I-búnú noun class system
[18443] Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1971) : Comparative Jukunoid: an introductory survey
[18451] Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1980) : A Jukun grammar
[18452] Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1980) : Comparative Jukunoid
[18457] Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1983) : The Zing dialect of Mumuye: a descriptive grammar
[18458] Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1983) : Die Jarawan-Bantusprachen des Bundesstaates Bauchi, Nordnigeria
[18459] Shimizu, Kiyoshi (Ed) (1984) : Yoruba
[18460] Shimron, Joseph (2003) : Semitic languages: are they really root-based?
[26902] Shinagawa, Daisuke (2014) : A grammatical sketch of Chaga-Rombo (Bantu E623)
[18462] Shirer, W. L. (1939) : Dagbane grammar
[26868] Shirtz, Shahar & Doris L. Payne (2013) : The Problem of 'Head' in Maa (Maasai) Nominal Phrases
[22667] Shisha-Halevy, Ariel (2000) : Stability in clausal/phrasal pattern constituent sequencing: 4000 years of Egyptian (with some theoretical reflections, also on Coptic)
[18466] Shivutse, E. (1972) : Suaheli für Sie
[18467] Shlonsky, Ur (1987) : Focus constructions in Berber
[18468] Shlonsky, Ur & M. Sigler (1987) : Unexceptional case marking
[26787] Shluinsky, Andrey (2014) : Verbal prefixes mà- and rà- in Susu and lexical features of verbal stems
[28135] Shluinsky, Andrey (2020) : Reduction of noun class suffixes in Akebu
[28760] Shluinsky, Andrey (2022) : Conjoined subjects and verbal agreement resolution in Akebu
[18471] Shopen, Timothy & Mamadou Konaré (1970) : Sonrai causatives and passives: transformational versus lexical derivations for propositional heads
[26189] Shosted, Ryan K. (2011) : Articulatory and Acoustic Characteristics of Whistled Fricatives in Changana
[22868] Showalter, Catherine J. (1986) : Pronouns in Lyélé
[23899] Shu, Abedhego Che (1993) : The noun class system of Oroko east
[23255] Shultz, George (1997) : Kom language: grammar sketch
[18487] Sibanda, E. S. (1991) : Causative, applicative and passive in siSwati: an incorporation approach
[18488] Sibanda, E. S. (1993) : The ECP and agreement in Siswati
[18489] Sibanda, Galen (2004) : Verbal phonology and morphology in Ndebele (Zimbabwe)
[27038] Sibanda, Galen (2017) : The Ndebele applicative construction
[27723] Sibatu, Ikamanya (1977) : Aspects de la syntaxe du kilengôla: lexicalisation et sérialisation
[18491] Sibertin-Blanc, Jean-Luc (1980) : Sur quelques aspects des dialectes comoriens en contraste avec le kiswahili
[18492] Sibiya, A. K. (1966) : An elementary course in siSwati
[18493] Sibiya, A. K. (1975) : An elementary course in siSwati
[18495] Sibomana, Leonidas (1980) : Aspects of Tiv morphophonemics
[18497] Sibomana, Leonidas (1981) : Tonal lexicalization of Tiv nouns
[18498] Sibomana, Leonidas (1981) : Tarok II: das Nominalklassensystem
[18499] Sibomana, Leonidas (1981) : Tarok III: das Verbalsystem und der Sats
[18500] Sibomana, Leonidas (1983) : Tonal structures of Tiv verbs
[18502] Sibomana, Leonidas (1986) : An outline of Nkem language
[24404] Sibomana, Leonidas (2008) : Le Zarma parlé esquisse grammaticale, lexique, textes
[26099] Sidibe née Ouedraogo, Alimata (2010) : Procédés de pluralisation et marques du pluriel dans une langue dite « mixte » : le tasawaq d’Ingall
[18531] Siertsema, Berthe (1986) : Prefixes in present day Yoruba
[28855] Sikuku, Justine & Michael Diercks (2021) : Object marking in Lubukusu: Information structure in the verb phrase
[18533] Silberbauer, George B. (19--) : Sketch of |Gwikxwisa grammar
[18536] Sillery, Anthony (1932) : A sketch of the Kikwaya language
[18537] Sillery, Anthony (1936) : Notes for a grammar of the Kuria language
[18543] Silva, A. Maja da (1964) : Epitome de grammaticas portuguesa e quimbundu
[18547] Silva, Izione Santoas (1985) : Variation and change in the verbal system of Capeverdean Crioulo
[18548] Silva, João Gomes da (1993) : Variation linguistique et norme: étude de cas des pratiques correctives des professeurs de portugais à Maputo
[18553] Silver, Pamela S. & Scott R. Krause (1977) : A reanalysis of the class 5 prefix in Shona
[18554] Silverman, David P. (1975) : Interrogative constructions with jn and jn-jw in Old and Middle-Egyptian
[18558] Silverstein, R. O. (1976) : A strategy for utterance production in Hausa
[18559] Sim, Ronald J. (1976) : A linguistic sketch: phonology and morphology of the word in Konso
[18565] Sim, Ronald J. (1985) : The morphological structure of some main verb forms in Hadiyya
[18567] Sim, Ronald J. (1988) : The diachronic derivation of the verb in northern highland East Cushitic
[18569] Sim, Ronald J. (1989) : Predicate conjoining in Hadiyya: a head-driven PS grammar
[18570] Sim, Ronald J. (1991) : Hadiyya’s other causative?
[18560] Sim, Ronald J. & Margaret Sim (1978) : A grammar sketch of Daasenech
[18571] Simango, Silvester Ron (1995) : The syntax of Bantu double object constructions
[18576] Simango, Silvester Ron (2003) : Reanalysing past tense categories in Bantu
[26176] Simango, Silvester Ron (2012) : The Semantics of Locative Clitics and Locative Applicatives in ciCewa
[28545] Simango, Silvester Ron (2006) : CiNsenga: A Grammar Sketch Version 1.0
[28547] Simango, Silvester Ron (1999) : Lexical and syntactic causatives in Bantu
[12435] Siméone-Senelle, Marie-Claude (2004) : Caractéristiques des pronoms et marques personnelles en afro-asiatique
[23535] Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude (200-) : La détermination en dahalik, langue afrosémitique d’Eryhtrée
[23536] Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude (200-) : Some characteristics of Dahalik, a newly discovered Afro-Semitic language spoken in Eritrea
[23537] Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude (2005) : A survey of the Dahalik language, an Afro-Semitic language spoken exclusively in Eritrea
[24454] Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude (2005) : La détermination du nom en dahalik, langue afro-sémitique parlée en Erythrée
[18580] Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude , Martine Vanhove & Makki Houmedgaba (2000) : La focalisation en afar
[18582] Simeoni, Antonio (1978) : Päri, a Luo language of southern Sudan: small grammar and vocabulary
[18584] Simire, G. O. (2004) : The status of kom and the time-aspect-modality system of Anglo-Nigerian Pidgin
[18586] Simmons, Donald (1965) : Oron noun morphology
[18587] Simmons, Donald (1956) : Oron verb morphology
[18588] Simmons, Donald (1957) : Ibibio verb morphology
[26408] Simmy, Georges Gnayon (1976) : Étude comparative des systèmes nominaux du kpèlèèwo et du lôghômagoi
[27363] Simnara, Komi (2013) : La qualification en lama
[28206] Simnara, Komi (2019) : L’expression des émotions en Lama (Gur, Togo)
[18598] Simoni, I. (1---) : Kpara small grammar
[18599] Simons, Pamela (1982) : Nè... be marking in Lele: a cleft construction
[18600] Sims, George W. (1955) : Supplement to lessons on Bemba (Lammond)
[18601] Sims, George W. (1959) : An elementary grammar of Cibemba
[23639] Sinclair, William C. & others (1968) : Beginning Kpelle: a course for speakers of English
[18606] Sindani, M. (1986) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue kitalinga
[24367] Sindlinger, Daniel (1975) : A preliminary Grammar of the Gola Language, part 1
[24369] Sindlinger, Daniel (1977) : A preliminary Grammar of the Gola Language, part 2
[24370] Sindlinger, Daniel (1985) : Appendum to a preliminary Grammar of the Gola Language
[24366] Sindlinger, Daniel & Sano Seyi (1973) : A Survey of the Gola Language
[18614] Singler, John Victor (1984) : Variation in tense-aspect-modality in Liberian English
[18616] Singler, John Victor (1988) : The place of variation in the formal expression of inflectional processes: evidence from Kru Pidgin English
[18617] Singler, John Victor (1989) : Plural marking in Liberian settler English 1820-1980
[18619] Singler, John Victor (1990) : The impact of decreolization upon T-M-A: tenselessness, mood and aspect in Kru Pidgin English
[23030] Singler, John Victor (1980) : Verb suffixes in Klao
[18618] Singler, John Victor (Ed) (1990) : Pidgin and creole tense-mood-aspect systems
[22791] Sirlinger, [Father] E. (1942) : Unpublished grammar of the Goemai language
[25367] Sirri, Gladys Atanga (1998) : WH-Movement in Oshie
[23570] Sirya, Stephen , J. Muramba , Stephen Nzomo , A. Mtawali & R. P. Margetts (1993) : The verbal morphology of Kigiryama
[27228] Sitali, Georgina Nandila (2008) : Some aspects of the semantics and syntax of adverbial clauses in Lozi: A corpus-based study
[18633] Sitoe, Bento (1996) : The semantics and syntax of the Tsonga verbs kuwà ‘fall’ and kuntlúlá ‘jump’, and their relatives
[18636] Sitoe, Bento (2000) : Motivação semântica e sociocultural na organização das classes nominais: sua influência sobre sintaxe (o caso de Changana)
[18646] Skinner, A. Neil (1958) : Hausa for beginners
[18647] Skinner, A. Neil (1967) : The Hausa particle àmma: an etymological note
[18649] Skinner, A. Neil (1967) : Hausa personal pronouns
[18653] Skinner, A. Neil (1970) : Kàmaa: an example of free variation in Hausa?
[18657] Skinner, A. Neil (1974) : Hausa wani/wata/wadansu and its semantic features
[18659] Skinner, A. Neil (1975) : The Hausa genitive morpheme as an exponent of gender: a query
[18670] Skinner, A. Neil (1995) : Evidence for earlier nominal suffixation in Afroasian
[18665] Skinner, Margaret Gardner (1977) : Gender in Pa’a
[18666] Skinner, Margaret Gardner (1979) : Aspects of Pa’anci grammar
[18678] Slabbert, Sarah & Carol Myers-Scotton (1997) : The structure of Tsotsitaal and Iscamtho: code switching and in-group identity in South African townships
[18684] Slavíková, Magdalena (1969) : A statistical analysis of Swahili morphology: a basis for the algorithmization of the teaching process
[18697] Smirnova, Mirra Aleksandrovna (1960) : Yazyk Khausa [The Hausa language]
[18698] Smirnova, Mirra Aleksandrovna (1969) : K voprosu o perechodnosti v yazyke Khausa [On the problem of transitivity in Hausa]
[18700] Smirnova, Mirra Aleksandrovna (1982) : The Hausa language: a descriptive grammar
[25515] Smith Paterson, Rebecca (2012) : The semantics of ut Ma’in noun classes
[18717] Smith, David [Martin] (1969) : The Kapsiki language
[18707] Smith, Edwin W. (1948) : Addendum to “The Ila-speaking peoples of northern Rhodesia”
[28618] Smith, Edwin W. (1907) : A handbook of the Ila language (commonly called the Seshukulumbwe) spoken in North-Western Rhodesia, South-Central Africa: comprising grammar, exercises, specimens of Ila tales, and vocabularies
[18703] Smith, Edwin W. & Andrew Murray Dale (1920) : The Ila-speaking peoples of northern Rhodesia
[18722] Smith, Jennifer L. (1987) : Rhetorical questions in Waama
[18710] Smith, Neil Voyne (1964) : A phonological and grammatical study of the verb in Nupe
[18713] Smith, Neil Voyne (1967) : An outline grammar of Nupe
[18715] Smith, Neil Voyne (1969) : The Nupe verb
[18718] Smith, Neil Voyne (1970) : Repetition of the verb in Nupe
[25337] Smith, Rebecca Dow (2007) : The Noun Class system of UT-Ma’in, A West Kainji Language Of Nigeria
[25625] Smits, Heleen (2011) : Lumun noun classes and number
[26550] Smits, Heleen (2013) : The locative-applicative suffix in Lumun
[27285] Smits, Heleen (2017) : A grammar of Lumun : a Kordofanian language of Sudan
[27988] Smits, Heleen (2018) : Negation in Lumun
[26747] Smoes, Christopher L. (2010) : A Sketch Grammar of the Kemezung Language
[27889] Smolders, Joshua A.G. (2019) : Nominal and verbal number in Bilugu Opo
[18728] Smuts, Johann (1967) : Woordskikking van die lede van ’n predikaat met twee of meer nominale werkwoordvorme in Afrikaans
[18732] Sneguireff, I. L (1933) : [The number of nominal prefixes in Zulu]
[18735] Snider, Keith L. (1988) : The noun class system of proto-Guang and its implications for internal classification
[28728] Snider, Keith L. (2021) : Floating tone noun class prefixes in Mada (Nigeria)
[24477] Snyman, J. W. & J. C. le Roux (1973) : Tswana (special) : Guide 1 for STW100-H
[18748] Snyman, Jan Winston (1970) : An introduction to the !Xû (!Kung) language
[18753] Snyman, Jan Winston (1974) : The Bushman and Hottentot languages of Southern Africa
[18767] Snyman, Jan Winston , J. C. le Roux & M. le Roux (1991) : Tswana for beginners
[18777] Socquet, [Msgr] (1952) : Manuel-grammaire mossi
[25253] Solé, Maria-Josep , Larry M. Hyman & Kemmonye C. Monaka (2010) : More on post-nasal devoicing: The case of Shekgalagari
[24297] Solomiac, Paul (1992) : La nasalite vocalique en samogho de samoghohiri
[24874] Solomiac, Paul (2007) : Phonologie et Morphosyntaxe et du dzùùngoo de Samogohiri
[26490] Solomiac, Paul (2014) : Phonologie et morphosyntaxe du dzùùngoo de Samogohiri
[27408] Solomiac, Paul (2017) : Le conditionnel en Dzuungoo de Somogohiri
[12999] Solomon, Beverly A. (1972) : A structural analysis of sentence types in Moroccan urban dialects
[26204] Soltan, Usama (2009) : Agree in the Functional Domain: Evidence from the Morphosyntax of Positive and Negative Imperatives in Standard Arabic
[18783] Somé, D. J. (1983) : Description de la langue dagara de Haute Volta
[18782] Somé, Pénou-Achille (1982) : Systématique du signifiant en dàgàrà: variété wúlé
[18780] Somé, Zomomenibé (19--) : Esquisse du système verbal du dagara-wule: syntaxe, syntagmatique, morphologie et sémio-syntaxe
[24550] Somé, Zomomenibé (1984) : Introduction à lʼétude de la prédication en dagara-wule (identification, situation, attribution)
[18811] Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (2003) : Western Savanna (K, R)
[26158] Sommer, Gabriele & Abel Lupapula (2012) : Comparing Address Forms and Systems: Some Examples from Bantu
[26409] Somparé, Idrissa (1974) : Essai de comparaison des systèmes nominaux du maninka et du soso
[24919] Somte, Madeleine (2006) : Structure du syntagme déterminatif en ngam
[18813] Sonaiya, Remi (1997) : Opérer une mise en relation entre deux états: le marqueur ‘TI’ en Yoruba
[18816] Soors, M. (1927) : Le Suaheli usuel: guide de conversation à l’usage des fonctionnaires et agents territoriaux au Congo Belge
[18818] Soro, Tenena Moise (1986) : On Senari tense and aspect: an analysis of the Cebaari of Korhogo
[27377] Souag, Lameen (2015) : Non-Tuareg Berber and the genesis of nomadic Northern Songhay
[27803] Souag, Lameen (2020) : Songhay languages
[27415] Souag, Lameen & Marijn van Putten (2016) : The origin of mid vowels in Siwi
[26410] Souaré, Soriba (1979) : Étude comparative des systèmes nominaux du maninka et du dyakhanka
[26262] Soubrier, Aude (2013) : Description de l'ikposso uwi
[26700] Soubrier, Aude (2009) : Emergence d’une marque de causation en ikposo ? (kwa, Togo)
[27281] Soucková, Katerina (2011) : Pluractionality in Hausa
[27066] Soukka, Inger Maria (1999) : A descriptive grammar of Noon : a Cangin language of Senegal
[18824] Soukka, Maria (2000) : A descriptive grammar of Noon, a Cangin language of Senegal
[26411] Soumah, Jean Raymond (1990) : Essai de comparaison de quelques parlers baga : le fonctionnement des classes nominales en sitemu, mandori et pukur
[18828] Sousa Bella, L. de (1946) : Apontamentos sobre a língua dos Balantas de Jabadá
[23062] Soutar, Jean & Kenneth Lee Pike (1982) : Texts illustrating the analysis of direct versus indirect quotations in Bariba (Africa)
[18829] Sova, Liubovʼ Zinovʼevna (1966) : ‘Defektivnye glagoly’ v yazyke Zulu [Defective verbs in Zulu]
[18830] Sova, Liubovʼ Zinovʼevna (1987) : Evoliutsiia grammaticheskogo stroia v iazykakh bantu
[18833] Sow, Alfâ Ibrâhîm (1981) : Les procédés d’intensification en fulfulde (parlers peuls de Guinée)
[25024] Sow, Alfâ Ibrâhîm (1966) : Remarques sur les infixes de dérivation dans le fulfulde du Foûta-Djalon (Guinée)
[26412] Sow, Hadiatou (1975) : La dérivation et la recherche d'une méthode de création de mots nouveaux en kisiei
[26413] Sow, Mamadou Alsény (1989) : Esquisse du système verbal du mikifore
[18834] Soyoye, Festus Ayo (19--) : Étude contrastive des systemes verbaux du yoruba et du français
[18844] Spagnolo, Fr. Lorenzo M. (19--) : Toposa grammar and dictionary
[18848] Spagnolo, Fr. Lorenzo M. (1933) : Bari grammar
[18853] Spears, Richard A. (1965) : The structure of Farahan-Maninka
[18856] Speiser, E. A. (1936) : Studies in Semitic formatives
[18857] Spellenberg, Friedrich (1922) : Die Sprache der Bo oder Bankon in Kamerun
[18858] Spence, Justin (1997) : Feature checking and subject position in Kiswahili tensed relative clauses
[18873] Spiegelberg, W. (1925) : Demotische Grammatik
[18874] Spiegelberg, W. (1927) : Zu der Pluralbildung auf e im Koptischen
[18877] Spitulnik, Debra A. (1987) : Semantic superstructruring and infrastructuring: nominal class struggle in Chibemba
[18878] Spitulnik, Debra A. (1989) : Levels of semantic structuring in Bantu noun classification
[18881] Spitulnik, Debra A. (2001) : Levels of semantic structuring in Bemba noun classification
[18885] Sportiche, Dominique (1982) : Bete reciprocals and clitic binding
[18888] Spratt, David & Nancy Spratt (1972) : Kusal syntax
[22880] Spreda, Klaus W. (1994) : Notes on markers of parallelism in Meta’
[28615] Spreda, Klaus W. (2000) : The noun in Metta
[18894] Spuy, Andrew van der (1993) : An outline of Zulu phrase structure
[18895] Spuy, Andrew van der (1993) : Dislocated noun phrases in Nguni
[18896] Spuy, Andrew van der (1995) : Morphological case-marking in Zulu
[18897] Spuy, Andrew van der (1997) : Syntactic traces in Zulu
[18898] Spuy, Andrew van der (2001) : In defence of the Zulu adjective
[18899] Ssabalangira, J. T. K. (1927) : Grammar Enganda
[24704] Ssekiryango, Jackson (2006) : Observations on Double Object Construction in Luganda
[18900] Sseruwagi, Januarius (2001) : Die Luganda-Sprache: eine praktische Einführung
[27444] St Croix, F. W. de (1998) : Fulfulde-English dictionary
[18902] Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1969) : Die beginvokaal van die naamwoordprefiks in Zoeloe
[18904] Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1973) : The initial vowel of the noun in Zulu
[18905] Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1973) : Adjektiewe en relatiefstamme in Zulu as soortlike naamwoorde
[18906] Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1974) : Die ideofoon in Zulu
[18907] Staden, Paul Michael Siegfried von (1977) : Some remarks on ideophones in Zulu
[18914] Staden, W. J. van (1988) : Rang- en kategorieverskuiwing in Noord-Sotho met spesiale verwysing na die bywoord en die voegwoord
[18915] Staden, W. J. van (1990) : Rang- en kategorieverskuiwing in Noord-Sotho met spesiale verwysing na die voegwoord
[18918] Stafford, Roy Lawrence (1967) : An elementary Luo grammar with vocabularies
[18920] Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1970) : Serial verbs
[18922] Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1971) : The noun prefix in Ewe
[18923] Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1973) : Ross’ constraints and related problems in Yoruba
[18924] Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1974) : Pronouns and islands in Yoruba
[18925] Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1974) : Serial verbs as adverbs: a reply to Paul Schachter
[18927] Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1976) : The noun prefix in Yoruba
[18928] Stahlke, Herbert Frederick Walter (1984) : Derivational conditions on morpheme structure in Ewe
[18930] Stallcup, Kenneth Lyell (1978) : A comparative perspective on the phonology and noun classification of three Cameroon Grassfields Bantu languages: Moghamo, Ngie and Oshie
[18931] Stallcup, Kenneth Lyell (1980) : Noun classes in Esimbi
[18932] Stallcup, Kenneth Lyell (1980) : A brief account of nominal prefixes and vowel harmony in Esimbi
[18933] Stallcup, Kenneth Lyell (1980) : The Momo languages
[18936] Stanford, Ron[ald] (1967) : The Bekwarra language of Nigeria: a grammatical description
[18937] Stanford, Ron[ald] & Lyn Stanford (1970) : Collected field reports on the phonology and grammar of Chakosi
[23603] Stanley-Thorne, Carol (1995) : Noun classes in Tikar
[18939] Stanley, Carol (1982) : Form and function of adjective elements in Tikar
[18940] Stanley, Carol (1982) : Direct and reported speech in Tikar narrative
[18941] Stanley, Carol (1991) : Description phonologique et morphosyntaxique de la langue tikar
[27053] Stanton, Juliet (2011) : A Grammatical Sketch of Saafi
[18942] Stappers, Leo (19--) : Kanyoka
[18948] Stappers, Leo (1951) : Notes kete
[18956] Stappers, Leo (1955) : Schets van het budya
[18957] Stappers, Leo (1958) : L’emploi des personnels isolés (substitutifs) en ciluba
[18959] Stappers, Leo (1963) : Notes hungana
[18960] Stappers, Leo (1964) : Morfologie van het songye
[18961] Stappers, Leo (1965) : Het hoofdtelwoord in de Bantoe-talen
[18962] Stappers, Leo (1967) : Het passief suffix -u- in de Bantoe-talen
[18963] Stappers, Leo (1967) : Esquisse grammaticale du boma, non-publié
[18965] Stappers, Leo (1971) : Esquisse de la langue lengola
[18966] Stappers, Leo (1973) : Esquisse de la langue mituku
[18967] Stappers, Leo (1986) : Substitutiv und Possessiv im Bantu
[18968] Stappers, Leo (1986) : Kanyok: eine Sprachskizze
[18969] Stappers, Leo (1989) : Boma: eine Sprachskizze
[18973] Staudacher-Valliamee, Gillette (2004) : Grammaire de créole réunionnais
[18974] Stauffer, Daniel Ray (1997) : Essential elements of Songhay grammar
[26442] Steeman, Sander (2012) : A grammar of Sandawe : a Khoisan language of Tanzania
[18976] Steere, Edward (1934) : Swahili exercises
[28386] Steffman, Jeremy (2018) : Nominal Inflection in the Safané Dialect of Dafing: Ternary Quantity Contrasts and Morphologically Conditioned Phonology
[18977] Stegen, Oliver (2002) : Derivational processes in Rangi
[25715] Stegen, Oliver (2010) : What Can Stylistic Comparison of Rangi Stories Tell Us About Grammatical Description?
[18979] Steimer, Carl (1960) : Lärobok i Swahili
[18986] Steindorff, Georg (1921) : Kurzer Abriss der koptischen Grammatik
[18987] Steindorff, Georg (1951) : Lehrbuch der koptischen Grammatik: Schrift- und Lautlehre, Formenlehre, Satzbau und die Sätze, mit Ergänzungen und berichtungen vermehrt und einer Bibliographie
[23359] Steindorff, Georg (1930) : Koptische Grammatik, mit Chrestomathie, Wörterverzeichnis, und Literatur
[18990] Stennes, Leslie H. (1967) : A reference grammar of Adamawa Fulani
[18992] Stephens, J. E. M. (1953) : Derivations of some Teso place names (Uganda)
[18994] Sterk, Jan P. (1976) : The Hohumono noun class system
[18995] Sterk, Jan P. (1977) : Elements of Gade grammar
[18996] Sterk, Jan P. (1978) : The noun class system of Gade (Nigeria)
[18999] Sterk, Jan P. (1994) : Gade-English dictionary, including English-Gade reference dictionary and summary of Gade grammar
[19006] Stevenson, Roland C. (1952) : A survey of the phonetics and grammatical structure of the ‘Nuba’ mountain languages, with particular reference to Otoro, Katcha and Nyimang
[19007] Stevenson, Roland C. (1956/57) : A survey of the phonetics and grammatical structure of the Nuba mountain languages, with particular reference to Otoro, Katcha and Nyimang ; parts 1-2
[19008] Stevenson, Roland C. (1957/58) : A survey of the phonetics and grammatical structure of the Nuba mountain languages, with particular reference to Otoro, Katcha and Nyimang ; parts 3-5
[19010] Stevenson, Roland C. (1969) : Bagirmi grammar
[19013] Stevenson, Roland C. (1983) : Adjectives in Nyimang, with special reference to k- and t- prefixes
[24053] Stevenson, Roland C. (1943) : The Otoro language
[25853] Stevenson, Roland C. (2009) : Tira and Otoro. Two Kordofanian Grammars
[19016] Stevenson, Roland C. & Marvin Lionel Bender (1999) : Uduk grammar and lexicon
[19015] Stevenson, Roland C. , Franz Rottland & Angelika Jakobi (1992) : The verb in Nyimang and Dinik
[19017] Stevick, Earl W. (1959) : Inflection of the Manyika verb
[19027] Stevick, Earl W. (1966) : The substantive paradigms of Manyika
[23626] Stevick, Earl W. (1963) : Bambara basic course
[19032] Stevick, Earl W. & Fred[erick] Katabazi Kamoga (1970) : Luganda pretraining program
[19018] Stevick, Earl W. & Kingston Machiwana (1960) : Manyika step-by-step
[19023] Stevick, Earl W. & Linda Hollander (1965) : Chinyanja: basic course
[19021] Stevick, Earl W. & Olaleye Aremu (1963) : Yoruba basic course
[19020] Stevick, Earl W. , J. G. Mlela & F. N. Njenga (1963) : Swahili basic course
[19025] Stevick, Earl W. , M. Mataranyika & L. Mataranyika (1965) : Shona basic course
[19024] Stevick, Earl W. , Raymond Setukura & others (1965) : Kirundi basic course
[19033] Stewart, James (1921) : Outlines of Kaffir grammar, with ptactical exercises
[19034] Stewart, James (1928) : Kaffir phrase book
[19038] Stewart, John Massie (1962) : An analysis of the structure of the Fante verb
[19039] Stewart, John Massie (1963) : Some restrictions on objects in Twi
[19040] Stewart, John Massie (1963) : Twi tenses in the negative
[19056] Stewart, John Massie (1971) : Onwards from Guthrie’s Comparative Bantu
[19057] Stewart, John Massie (1972) : The languages
[19071] Stewart, John Massie (1989) : Kwa
[19077] Stewart, Osumuyimen Thompson (1997) : Object agreement and the serial verb construction: some minimalist considerations
[19043] Stewart, William A. , Cheikh Babov , Dorothy Pedtke & others (1966) : Introductory course in Dakar Wolof
[19084] Steyn, Elna C. (1991) : Vraagwoorde en vraagpartikels in Noord-Sotho
[19085] Steyn, Elna C. (1992) : A pragmatic reinterpretation of interrogative particles in Northern Sotho
[19086] Steyn, Elna C. & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (1995) : Interrogative words in Northern Sotho appearing in the subject or initial sentence position
[19082] Steyn, Jacob C. (1968) : Enkele sintaktiese kenmerke van sommige woordklasse in Afrikaans
[19092] Stigler, L. (1978/84) : AUX, NEG, MAI and the underlying structure of gerundive nominals
[19095] Stirnimann, Hans (1983) : Praktische Grammatik der Pangwa-Sprache (SW-Tanzania)
[25988] Stirtz, Timothy (2011) : Lumun Narrative Discourse Analysis
[26445] Stirtz, Timothy (2012) : A grammar of Gaahmg, a Nilo-Saharan language of Sudan
[24976] Stirtz, Timothy M. (2006) : Possession of Alienable and Inalienable Nouns in Gaahmg
[26481] Stirtz, Timothy M. (2014) : Body-part adpositions in Gaahmg: Grammaticalized forms with person-marker vowels
[27373] Stirtz, Timothy M. (2014) : Ergative, antipassive and other verb derivational morphemes in Gaahmg
[19096] Stofberg, Yvonne R. (1978) : Migili grammar
[25830] Stolbova, Olga (2009) : Plurality in Chadic: Some active and frozen models
[19103] Stolte, E. (1951) : Analyse und Synthese der Entwicklungsgeschichte des ägyptischen Verbs
[19110] Stoop, Henk (19--) : Lolinga
[19111] Stoop, Henk (1976) : Gesogo-grammatika
[19112] Stoop, Henk (1977) : Le lyombo, un dialecte des topoke
[19113] Stoop, Henk (1989) : Le connectif du sogo (C53)
[19114] Stoop, Henk (1989) : Les préfixes du sogo (C53)
[19130] Stopa, Roman (1961) : Passive voice on the background of other morphological processes in African languages
[19131] Stopa, Roman (1962) : Bushman as a language of primitive type
[19132] Stopa, Roman (1962) : Lautliche und grammatische Probleme der Khoisansprachen
[19144] Stopa, Roman (1971) : A contribution to the genesis of the Bantu linguistic type
[19156] Storch, Anne (1997) : Where have all the noun classes gone? A study of Jukun
[19157] Storch, Anne (1999) : Das Hone und seine Stellung im Zentral-Jukunoid
[19161] Storch, Anne (2004) : Traces of a secret language: circumfixes in Hone (Jukun) plurals
[24722] Storch, Anne (2007) : Grammatical Change and Emblematic Features in Western Nilotic
[24977] Storch, Anne (2006) : Aspect and Evidentiality in Luwo
[25180] Storch, Anne (2009) : Negation in Jukun
[25324] Storch, Anne (2011) : Copy Pronouns and Pragmatics in Northern Jukun
[25513] Storch, Anne (2012) : Jukun verbal nouns
[26796] Storch, Anne (2014) : Counting chickens in Luwo
[26799] Storch, Anne (2014) : A Grammar of Luwo - An anthropological approach
[26800] Storch, Anne (2005) : The Noun Morphology of Western Nilotic
[26801] Storch, Anne (2010) : Morphosyntax of Luwo
[26802] Storch, Anne (2010) : Grammatical Categories of the Noun in Chopi (South Lwoo)
[27272] Storch, Anne (2014) : Don’t get me wrong here, but I think I may have seen this – knowledge, concealment and perception in Maaka
[19158] Storch, Anne & Yao Koffi (2000) : Noun classes and consonant alternation in Akebu (Kègbèrekê)
[25320] Storch, Anne , Gratien G. Atindogbé & Roger M. Blench (Eds) (2011) : Copy Pronouns - Case Studies from African Languages
[19167] Störk, Lothar (1981) : Ägyptisch
[25286] Storoshenko, Dennis Ryan (2009) : Investigating the Shona Reflexive zvi
[19162] Storto, Gianluca (2003) : Agreement in Masai and the syntax of possessive DPs (I)
[19163] Story, Robert (1937) : Unpublished materials on the Ki|hazi dialect of Bushman
[25783] Stoyanova, Marina (2009) : Topic and focus constructions in Somali and Berber
[26172] Strabone, Andrew & Sharon Rose (2012) : Morphophonological Properties of Moro Causatives
[19168] Strandquist, Rachel (2004) : A DistinctForm approach to reduplication in Mauritian Creole
[19170] Straube, Helmut (1957) : Das Dualsystem und die Halaka-Verfassung der Ometo-Völker Südäthiopiens
[19173] Strazny, Philipp (2000) : On Bantu agreement
[19181] Stricker, B. H. (1936) : Trois études de phonétique et de morphologie coptes
[23663] Stricker, B. H. (1940) : A study in Medieval Nubian
[19183] Stroganova, I. P. (1950) : Khrestomatiya yazyka suahili [Swahili chrestomathy]
[19184] Stroganova, I. P. (1952) : Process razvitija imennoj klassifikacii v jazykax bantu
[19201] Ström, Eva-Marie (1993) : Number formation in Burunge, including a Burunge-English and an English-Burunge wordlist
[24886] Stroomer, Harry (2008) : A Grammar of Boraana Oromo (Kenya). Phonology, Morphology, Vocabularies
[19187] Stroomer, Harry J. (1987) : A comparative study of three Oromo dialects in Kenya: phonology, morphology and vocabulary
[19188] Stroomer, Harry J. (1988) : On the base form and the non-base form of words in the Boorana, Orma and Waata dialects of Oromo
[19190] Stroomer, Harry J. (1995) : A grammar of Boraana Oromo (Kenya): phonology, morphology, vocabularies
[26744] Struck, Bernhard (2015) : Die Gbaya-Sprache (Dar-Fertit)
[19204] Struyf, P. Ivo (1939) : Esquisse de grammaire du kidinga de Mukene Mbel
[19208] Stuart, P. A. (1932) : A Zulu grammar for beginners
[19209] Stuart, P. A. (1940) : A Zulu grammar for beginners
[19210] Stucky, Suzanne U. (1976) : Locatives as objects in Ciluba: a function of transitivity
[19211] Stucky, Suzanne U. (1978) : How a noun system may be lost: evidence from Kituba (lingua franca Kikongo)
[19212] Stucky, Suzanne U. (1978) : Locative phrases and alternative concord in Tshiluba
[19214] Stucky, Suzanne U. (1981) : Word order variation in Makua: a phrase structure grammar analysis
[19215] Stucky, Suzanne U. (1981) : Word order freedom and the status of the verb phrase in Makua
[19216] Stucky, Suzanne U. (1985) : Order in Makua syntax
[19218] Stumme, Hans (1927) : Eine sonderbare Anwendung von Akkusativkonfixen im Berberischen
[19219] Stump, Gregory T. (1992) : The adjacency condition and the formation of diminutives in Mwera and Kikuyu
[19220] Stump, Gregory T. (1993) : Reconstituting morphology: the case of Bantu preprefixation
[19224] Sudlow, David (2001) : The Tamasheq of north-east Burkina-Faso: notes on grammar and syntax including a key vocabulary
[25643] Sudlow, David (2011) : The Tamasheq of North-East Burkina Faso. Notes on Grammar and Syntax including a Key Vocabulary
[28461] Sudlow, David (2021) : Tashelhiyt Berber Verbs - Understanding Berber Verbs by Studying Tashelhiyt Berber Verb Forms.
[19227] Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (1996) : Some methodological issues for the analysis of everyday conversations among the |Gui
[28921] Suggett, Colin (2015) : The Factative and the Perfective-Inchoative in Cuurammã (Turka, Gur)
[19232] Sukumane, Joyce B. G. (1986) : Objects and causative constructions in Siswati
[28066] Suleh, Everlyn Achieng' (2014) : A morphosyntactic analysis of ambiguity of mood in Dholuo : minimalist programme aproach (1995)
[28779] Sulemana, Abdul-Razak (2022) : Temporal Remoteness Markers in Buli
[28796] Sulemana, Abdul-Razak (2022) : Obligatory controlled subjects in Bùlì
[28734] Sumbatova, Nina & Valentin Vydrin (2021) : N-initial nouns in Landuma and their counterparts in Mande
[19239] Sumner, A. T. (19--) : Grammar for beginners (Mende)
[19240] Sumner, A. T. (1921) : A handbook of the Sherbro language
[19241] Sumner, A. T. (1922) : A handbook of the Temne language
[19245] Sundberg, W. (1930) : Grammatiska anteckningar till Kisakata [Grammatical notes to Kisakata]
[19250] Surugue, Bernard (1978) : Études gurmance (Niger): phonologie, classes nominales et lexique
[19251] Surugue, Bernard (1979) : Études gulmance (Haute-Volta): phonologie, classes nominales, lexiques
[19254] Suzman, Susan M. (1982) : Strategies for acquiring Zulu concord
[19255] Suzman, Susan M. (1985) : Learning the passive in Zulu
[19256] Suzman, Susan M. (1987) : Passives and prototypes in Zulu children’s speech
[19257] Suzman, Susan M. (1991) : Language acquisition in Zulu
[19259] Suzman, Susan M. (1995) : The discourse origin of agreement in Zulu
[19260] Suzman, Susan M. (1996) : Acquisition of noun class systems in related Bantu languages
[19261] Suzman, Susan M. (1999) : Learn Zulu the way children do
[22665] Suzman, Susan M. (2002) : Morphological accessibility in Zulu
[19264] Svolacchia, Marco & Annarita Puglielli (1999) : Somali as a polysynthetic language
[19263] Svolacchia, Marco , Lunella Mereu & Annarita Puglielli (1995) : Aspects of discourse configurationality in Somali
[19266] Swackhamer, Jeanette & Elizabeth Jarvis (1981) : Notes on the internal structure of Podoko narrative discourse
[19272] Swanepoel, C. F. (1970) : Sintagmatiese kombineerbarheid van verbale suffikale morfeme in Suid-Sotho
[19274] Swanepoel, C. F. (1979) : Mathe le leleme
[19273] Swanepoel, S. A. (1975) : Die hulpwerkwoorde van Tswana: ’n morfologiese, valensionele en semantiese beskrywing
[19286] Swets, Francine (1989) : Grade 2 verbs with indirect objects in the Dogondoutchi dialect of Hausa
[19288] Swift, Lloyd B. & E. W. A. Zola (1963) : Kituba basic course
[19287] Swift, Lloyd B. , A. Ahaghotu & E. Ugorji (1962) : Igbo basic course
[19289] Swift, Lloyd B. , K. Tambadu & P. G. Imhoff (1965) : Fula basic course
[19290] Swilla, Imani N. (1981) : The noun class system and agreement in Chindali
[19292] Swilla, Imani N. (1998) : Tenses in Chindali
[26414] Sy, Mariama (1973) : Étude des dérivatifs de la langue soso et recherche d'une méthode de création de mots nouveaux
[19296] Sy, Mariame Iyane (2003) : Noun formation and noun classification in Wolof
[19297] Syea, Anand (1985) : Empty categories in Mauritian Creole
[19298] Syea, Anand (1994) : The development of genitives in Mauritian Creole
[19299] Syea, Anand (1997) : Copula, wh-trace and the ECP in Mauritian Creole
[26415] Sylla, Aboubacar (1981) : Étude du système verbal du landuma
[19300] Sylla, Yèro (1979) : Grammatical relations and Fula syntax
[19301] Sylla, Yèro (1982) : Grammaire moderne du pulaar
[19302] Sylla, Yèro (1993) : Syntaxe peul: contribution à la recherche sur les universaux du langage
[24104] Tabah, Emmanuel (2006) : The structure of negative constructions in Nfaw
[19310] Tabi-Manga, Jean (1992) : De la grammaire de l’ewondo à une théorie du mot: essai linguistique guillaumienne dans le domaine bantu
[19321] Tadadjeu, Maurice (1980) : Le dschang
[19322] Tadadjeu, Maurice (1980) : Le dschang: les classes nominales
[19314] Tadadjeu, Maurice & M. Tegomo-Nguetse (1972) : Lenang
[19332] Taddese Mengistu (1984) : The noun phrase in Awngi
[27833] Tadesse Sibamo Garkebo (2014) : Documentation and Description of Hadiyya (A Highland East Cushitic Language of Ethiopia)
[19334] Tagliamonte, Sali A. (1999) : The story of kom in Nigerian Pidgin English
[19333] Tagliamonte, Sali A. , S. Poplack & E. Eze (1997) : Pluralization patterns in Nigerian Pidgin English
[19335] Taha Yassin (1990) : The focus system in Oromo: a functional grammar approach
[19336] Tahsas Kebebew (1986) : The structure of the simple affirmative sentences in Silti
[25886] Taifi, Miloud (2008) : Les lubrifiants discursifs à valeur modalisante en berbère (tamazight)
[25426] Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2008) : Les verbes dérivés à préfixe “S” en berbère: le cas du zénaga, entre grammaire et lexique
[25672] Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2011) : L’énoncé négatif en berbère zénaga
[25767] Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2010) : Ordre, injonction, souhait et serment en zénaga (étude comparative)
[27796] Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2020) : Zenaga
[28111] Taine-Cheikh, Catherine (2019) : L’expression de la comparaison d’égalité et de la similitude en arabe Hassāniyya : Points de vue typologique et diachronique
[19338] Tait, David (1954) : Konkomba nominal classes (with a phonetic commentary by P. D. Strevens)
[27013] Táíwò P., Oyè & Michael Terhemen Angitso (2016) : In-Situ and Ex-Situ Focusing in Tiv
[24122] Taiwo, Oye (2006) : Negative markers in Ao and Standard Yoruba
[28403] Taiwo, Oye & Akintoye Samson Japhet (2019) : Personal Pronouns in the Ìlàjẹ Dialect of Yorùbá
[19342] Tak, Jin-Young (2002) : Gender resolution in Kilega
[19343] Tak, Jin-Young (2003) : Verbal reduplication in some Bantu languages: a diachronic approach
[25348] Takacs, Gabor (2010) : Some Berber Etymologies VI
[25427] Takács, Gábor (2008) : Lexica Afroasiatica VII
[25400] Takács, Gábor (Ed) (2008) : Semito-Hamitic festschrift for A.B. Dolgopolsky and H. Jungraithmayr
[19346] Takassi, Issa (1998) : L’identifications des classes nominales ncam
[19347] Takassi, Issa (2000) : Les marqueurs aspectuels dans les langues gurma: le cas du moba et du nc’am
[22417] Takassi, Issa (2003) : Étude comparative des classes nominales dans trois langues gurma: le gurma-tône, le moba et le ncam
[23557] Takassi, Issa (2003) : Les constructions verbales sérielles en ncam
[19357] Takizala, Alexis (1972) : Focus and relativization: the case of Kihung’an
[19358] Takizala, Alexis (1973) : Focus and relativization: the case of Kihung’an
[19359] Takizala, Alexis (1974) : On the similarity between nominal adjectives and possessive forms in Kihungan
[19360] Takizala, Alexis (1974) : Studies in the grammar of Kihungan
[19361] Talaat, Hala Mohamed (1987) : The verb phrase in Egyptian Arabic
[19364] Taljaard, P. C. (1986) : Prefixes and suffixes in Proto-Bantu
[19365] Taljaard, P. C. & Sonja E. Bosch (1988) : Handbook of Isizulu
[19369] Taljaard, P. C. & Sonja E. Bosch (1993) : Handbook of Isizulu
[19367] Taljaard, P. C. , J. N. Khumalo & Sonja E. Bosch (1991) : Handbook of Siswati
[28069] Taljaard, Petrus Cornelius (1997) : The Pai language of Eastern Mpumalanga and its relationship to Swati
[19371] Taljard, Elsabé (1991) : Markering van die indirekte objekrelasie in dubbeloorganklike strukture in Noord-Sotho
[19372] Taljard, Elsabé (1992) : Linksverplasing van direkte en indirekte objekte in Noord-Sotho
[19373] Taljard, Elsabé (2001) : A diachronic perspective on variable copulative prefixes with special reference to Sepedi
[19375] Taljard, Elsabé (2003) : ‘To be (with)’ or ‘to have’? A case for gramaticalisation in Northern Sotho
[22739] Taljard, Elsabé (1999) : Die kopulatief van Noord-Sotho: ’n nuwe perspektief
[19374] Taljard, Elsabé & Louis J. Louwrens (2003) : On the modal status of Northern Sotho conditionals
[26123] Taljard, Elsabé & Sonja E. Bosch (2006) : A Comparison of Approaches to Word Class Tagging: Disjunctively vs. Conjunctively Written Bantu Languages
[27349] Taljard, Elsabé , Gertrud Faaß & Sonja Bosch (2015) : Implementation of a Part-of-Speech Ontology: Morphemic Units of Bantu languages
[26989] Tamanji, Pius N. (2014) : Grammatical functions of the nasal prefix in Bafut
[27706] Tamanji, Pius N. (2006) : Concord and DP Structure in Bafut
[19380] Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (2001) : Issues in the syntax of Grassfields Bantu languages
[19381] Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (2002) : Negation, verb movement and word order in Bafut
[19383] Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (2004) : Verb extensions in Bafut
[23939] Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (1991) : The Bafut noun phrase: a government and binding analysis
[24111] Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (2000-01) : Agreement and the Internal Syntax of Bafut DPs
[25282] Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (2010) : A Sketch Grammar of the Bafut Language
[25776] Tamanji, Pius Ngwa (2009) : A Descriptive Grammar of Bafut
[19382] Tamanji, Pius Ngwa & Gabriel Mba (2003) : A morphophonemic study of verbal extension in Bafut
[24164] Tamanji, Pius Ngwa & Gratiana L. Ndamsah (2004) : Constituent structure of the associative construction in Grassfields Bantu
[28226] Tamba, Khady (2019) : The syntax of experiencers in Sereer-siin
[19385] Tamirat Jiffar (1988) : Verb morphology of Dizi: some inflections and derivations
[19386] Tamm-Koptjevskaja, Maria (1984) : Some Bantu tense systems
[24173] Tanda, Vincent Ambe & Ayuʼnwi N. Neba (2005) : Negation in Mokpe and Two Related Coastal Bantu Languages of Cameroon
[19392] Tanghe, J. (1929) : Mabale stories, with a few notes on Mabale grammar ; part 1
[19393] Tanghe, J. (1929) : Mabale stories ; part 2
[19395] Tanghe, J. (1931) : Mabale stories ; part 3
[19398] Tanghe, J. (1944) : Le Swahili, langue de grande expansion
[23291] Tapiero, N. (1971) : Manuel d’arabe algérien
[19402] Taranto, Gina (2001) : Alternating [r] and [n] in Chaha: interacting phonology and morphology
[27293] Tarbutu, Muktar Musa (2004) : Bade-English-Hausa Dictionary (Gashua Dialect)
[19403] Tarnagba, Nocwindé (1985) : Le groupe nominal en bisa
[19408] Tassa, Okombe-Lukumbu (1975) : Esquisse de l’emprunt linguistique tetela approche transformationelle
[22687] Tassa, Okombe-Lukumbu (2001) : La formation des radicaux déidéophoniques et des idéophones déverbatifs en tetela (dialecte ewango)
[19410] Tastevin, [Révérend] [Père] Constant F. (1947) : Petite clef des langues africaines: essai de manuel de linguistique africaine suivant une méthode analytique intégrale
[28613] Tatang, Joyce Yasho (2016) : Aspects of Kung Grammar
[19417] Tavares, José Lourenço (1940) : Das línguas e dialectos bântos de Angola
[19419] Tavestin, R. P. C. (1953) : De l’africanité des préfixes nominaux et verbaux du malgache
[19420] Tawu-Asu, R. (1977) : Introduction to the study of the Bokyi language
[19422] Tayech Sime (1985) : Syntax of simple declarative sentences in Harari
[19445] Taylor, Carrie (1986) : Extensions du radical en nomáantè
[19441] Taylor, Charles V. (1972) : Some functions of the initial vowel in Nkore-Kiga
[19443] Taylor, Charles V. (1977) : Presuppositional clauses in Nkore-Kiga (Uganda)
[19446] Taylor, Charles V. (1985) : Nkore-Kiga
[19425] Taylor, Frank William (1921) : A first grammar of the Adamawa dialect of the Fulani language (Fulfulde)
[19426] Taylor, Frank William (1923) : A practical Hausa grammar, with exercises, vocabularies, and specimen examination papers
[19433] Taylor, Frank William (1953) : Grammar of the Adamawa dialect of the Fulani language
[19437] Taylor, Frank William (1959) : A practical Hausa grammar, with exercises, vocabularies, and specimen examination papers
[19449] Taylor, John R. (1996) : The syntax and semantics of locativised nouns in Zulu
[19450] Taylor, John R. (1997) : The morphology of locativised nouns in Zulu
[22649] Taylor, John R. (1998) : Double object constructions in Zulu
[19447] Taylor, Karen (1991) : Proto-Chadic sentential complementation after verbs of perception
[19448] Taylor, Nicholas (1994) : Gamo syntax
[19452] Tchagbale, M. Zakari (1976) : Phonologie et tonologie du tem; avec fascicule complémentaire: Noms, infinitifs et texte
[19453] Tchagbale, M. Zakari (1984) : Rapport entre la phonologie et la morphologie dans l’analyse linguistique: exemple du tem
[19455] Tchagbale, M. Zakari (1998) : Le verbe tem
[19456] Tchagbale, M. Zakari (2000) : L’infinitif tem, statut et structure
[23558] Tchagbale, M. Zakari (2003) : Les relateurs à consonne n: parenté génétique, transcatégorialité et problématique de la coordination en tem
[24552] Tchagbale, M. Zakari (1998) : Etude systématique du tem, langue gur parlée au Togo
[28534] Tchagbalé, Zakari & Kouakou Appoh Enoc Kra (2015) : Le koulango, une langue gur à deux genres
[19460] Tchitchi, Toussaint Yauvi (1972) : Langue aja
[19461] Tchitchi, Toussaint Yauvi (1976) : Nouveau guide pratique aja
[19462] Tchitchi, Toussaint Yauvi (1984) : Systématique de l’ajagbe
[19464] Tchitchi, Toussaint Yauvi (1995) : Aspects du foodo et du gbé ; partie 2: syntagme coordinatif et occurences du [kú] dans les parlers gbè
[19467] Teberh Anania (1989) : Noun morphology of Dizi
[19475] Teisseres, Urbain (1957) : Méthode pratique pour apprendre l’omyènè
[28088] Tekatpa, Lucien Fotso Tuekam (2016) : Dictionnaire phonétique bamiléké et proverbes - clés pour la compréhension
[19476] Teke, Georg T. (1987) : Syntaxe du metta: une regle de topicalisation
[19477] Teke, Georg T. (1988) : TOP as a super category
[19478] Teke, Georg T. (1991) : The pronominal trace - alias resumptive pronoun - as a violation of RES (NIC) and SSC: the case of Metta and Yoruba
[19479] Teke, Georg T. (1992) : More evidence to show that TOP is a grammatical category: the rule of move into TOP
[19480] Teke, Georg T. (1995) : Case assignment in Mwaghavul, Tiv and Metta
[19481] Tekie, Alibekit (1992) : Blina ktabetdi gbra gabuxwdi/Blin language: introductory phonetics and grammar
[19482] Tekle, Ghiorghis Yohannes Aftay (1992) : Blinna gaaba gug/Blin grammar in Blin language
[19483] Telemans, Guido Mathias (1978) : A morphotactical sector analysis of the Swahili verb with implications for the teaching of English to speakers of Swahili
[19486] Temesgen Negassa (1985) : The structure of independent and dependent sentences in Oromo
[19487] Temesgen Negassa (1992) : Oromo word formation
[19490] Temu, C. W. (1974) : Swahili phonetical word building resources
[24067] Tendeng, Odile (2007) : Le Gusiilay: un essai de systématisation
[19497] Tenenbaum, Sarah (1977) : Left- and right-dislocation
[27024] Teo, Amos (2017) : The coding of identifiability in Mooré
[26607] Tepowa, Adebiyi (1904) : Notes on the (Nembe) Brass Language
[24227] Tera, Kalilou (1984) : Contribution à l'étude du futur en bambara et en jula tagbusi
[19503] Terblanche, H. J. (1972) : Regte Afrikaans
[19510] Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1972) : Le zarma (République du Niger). Étude du parler djerma de Dosso: phonologie, synthématique et syntagme nominal
[19512] Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1979) : La langue zarma: étude grammaticale (phonologie, syntaxe)
[19514] Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1981) : Le zarma
[19515] Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1981) : Economie d’un système: unités et relations syntaxiques en zarma (Niger)
[27595] Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1991) : La double construction de l'objet en zarma (Niger)
[19516] Tesfaye Aberra (1990) : The structure of the noun phrase in Kistaninya
[28159] Tesfaye Baye Assefa (2005) : A descriptive grammar of Burji
[19518] Tesfaye Tewelde (1993) : Word formation in Tigrinya
[19520] Teshome Yehaulashet (1992) : Verb complements in Harari
[19521] Teshome Yimer (1989) : The syntax of simple clauses in Zayse
[26904] Teshome, Belay (2015) : A Grammar of Khimt’anga
[19529] Teufel, Johann Karl (1969) : Lieferte das persische oder eine neuindische Sprache das Vorbild für die zusammengerückten Verben im Suaheli?
[19530] Teye, Emmanuel Tetteh-Dzeagu (1979) : Analusis of syntactic fluency in the written English of Ghanaian secondary school students
[19531] Tezerra Allene (1970) : Form and conjugation of the verb in Agaw
[19533] Thack, Sharon V. (1980) : Kasem: a case of the justification of the rules
[23622] Thack, Sharon V. & David J. Dwyer (1981) : Kpelle: a reference handbook of phonetics, grammar, lexicon, and learning procedures
[23695] Thack, Sharon V. & others (1981) : A learner directed approach to Kpelle: a handbook on communication and culture with dialogs, texts, cultural notes, exercises, drills, and instructions
[19537] Thalmann, Peter (1989) : Éléments de grammaire kroumen tepo (parler Kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[22969] Thalmann, Peter (1980) : A propos des particles n??/n?? en kroumen tépo
[19544] Thayer, James Edward (1973) : The deep structure of the sentence in Sara-Ngambay dialogues, including a description of phrase, clause and paragragh
[19547] Thayer, James Edward (1978) : The deep structure of the sentence in Sara-Ngambay dialogues, including a description of phrase, clause and paragraph
[19538] Thayer, James Edward & Julien Maraby (1966) : Sara basic course
[19539] Thayer, James Edward & Julien Maraby (1966) : Sara intermediate course
[19541] Thayer, Linda Jean & James Edward Thayer (1971) : 50 lessons in Sara-Ngambay
[6230] Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1983) : Towards a grammar of Subiya
[6231] Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1988) : Towards a grammar of Suviya
[6235] Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1993) : A diachronic study of Fula conjugations
[6236] Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1994) : The etymological relationship between the benefactive and causative suffixes in Fula
[6237] Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1995) : Fula imperfective forms in a grammaticalization perspective
[6238] Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1998) : Fula imperfective forms in a grammaticalization perspective
[6239] Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1999) : Pre-Fula ‘relative *N’
[19555] Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1983) : Meidob Nubian: phonology, grammatical notes and basic vocabulary
[19558] Theron, Anna Sophia (1974) : Aspekte van meerfunksionaliteit in Afrikaans
[28082] Thetso, 'Madira Leoniah (2018) : The distribution and interpretation of the qualificative in seSotho
[19566] Thiele, Petra (1991) : Kabuverdianu: Elementaria seiner TMA-Morphosyntax im lusokreolischen Vergleich
[19567] Thiene, Gaetano da (1939) : Dizionario della lingua galla con brevi nozioni grammaticali
[19599] Thomas, Elaine (1966) : Preliminary paradigm of some Degema independent clauses
[19605] Thomas, Elaine (1978) : A grammatical description of the Engenni language
[23054] Thomas, Elaine (1969) : A grammatical description of the Engenni language
[19598] Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1963) : Le parler ngbaka de Bokanga: phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[19603] Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1976) : Classes et genres nominaux en aka (langue bantoue des pygmés de Mongoumba, Centrafrique)
[19607] Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1980) : Interprétation “significative” du système de classification nominale en aka
[19611] Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1981) : Le ngbaka-ma’bo
[19615] Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. (1988) : Du ngbaka à l’aka en quête des catégories
[19601] Thomas, Jacqueline M. C. & Luc Bouquiaux (1967) : La détermination des cátegories grammaticales dans une langue a classes
[25970] Thomas, Jacqueline M.C. (2004) : Les indices de classes d'accord en bantou sont-ils variables ou non ? Exemples de l'aka.
[22975] Thomas, John Paul (1992) : A morphophonology of Komo: non-tonal phenomena
[27356] Thomas, John Paul (2011) : A Morphophonology of Komo: Non-tonal Phenomena
[19577] Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1920) : Prefixes and pronouns in Limba
[19585] Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1921) : The plural in Biafada
[19587] Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1921/22) : Duplex stems in Sudanic languages
[19588] Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1921/22) : Determination and indetermination in Sudanic languages
[19589] Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1924) : On the position of the dependent genetive
[19590] Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1924) : The genitive in Dinka
[24412] Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1916) : Anthropological report on Sierra Leone. Part 3: Timne grammar and stories
[19627] Thompson, E. David (1983) : Kunama: phonology and noun phrase
[19628] Thompson, E. David (1989) : Kunama verb phrase
[23623] Thompson, Katrina Daly & Antonia Folarin Schleicher (2001) : Swahili learners’ reference grammar
[19629] Thomson, Thomas Davidson (1947) : A practical approach to Chinanja
[24445] Thormoset, David (2007) : Phonological Reconstruction and the Aghem Central Vowels
[19631] Thornell, Christina (1986) : Frågekonstruktioner i sangospråket [Interrogative constructions in Sango]
[19632] Thornell, Christina (1987) : Wh-flyttning i sangospråket
[19635] Thornell, Christina (1989) : Sammansättningar i sangospråket [Compounds in Sango]
[19642] Thornell, Christina (2002) : A preliminary sketch of time, aspect and mood in Kikerebe
[19644] Thornell, Christina (2003) : Data on the verb phrase in Mpiemo
[19645] Thornell, Christina (2004) : The noun phrase in the Kerebe language
[24056] Thornell, Christina (2007) : “Boulettes de graines de courge, pêche, hospitalité ̀”. Enregistrements transcrits et annotés pour une documentation du mpiemo (langue bantoue de la République Centrafricaine et du Cameroun)
[25716] Thornell, Christina (2010) : Morphology of Plant Names in the Mpiemo Language
[19641] Thornell, Christina & Mechtild Tronnier (1999) : Morphological function, syllabic and phonetic form of nasal+plosive combinations in the Bantu language Mpiemo
[19651] Thornton, F. D. P. (1992) : Arabic grammar: Arabic-English pocket dictionary
[19652] Thwala, Nhlanhla (1995) : A generative grammar of SiSwati: the morphology and syntax of nouns and verbs
[19656] Thwing, Rhonda (1987) : The Vute noun phrase and the relationship between Vute and Bantu
[19655] Thwing, Rhonda & John Robert Watters (1987) : Focus in Vute
[19654] Thwing, Ronald & Rhonda Thwing (1980) : Manuel pour lire et écrite la langue vútè
[19659] Tidjani, Abdou Serpos (1945) : Le nom Yoruba (Dahomey)
[19669] Tifshet Lemma (1982) : Noun morphology of Kunama
[19674] Till, Walter C. (1926) : Die Überrestedes altägyptischen unbetonten (älteren) Pronomen absolutum im Koptischen
[19675] Till, Walter C. (1927) : Indeterminierte Ausdrücke mit dem bestimmten Artikel im Koptischen
[19678] Till, Walter C. (1928) : Achmimisch-koptische Grammatik mit Chrestomathie und Wörterbuch
[19679] Till, Walter C. (1930) : Koptische Chrestomathie für den fayumischen Dialekt, mit grammatischer Skizze und Anmerkungen
[19681] Till, Walter C. (1931) : Koptische Dialektgrammatik mit Lesestücken und Wörterbuch
[19683] Till, Walter C. (1955) : Koptische Grammatik (saïdischer Dialekt), mit Bibliographie, Lesestücken und Wörterverzeichnissen
[19684] Till, Walter C. (1961) : Koptische Grammatik
[2191] Tilmatine, Mohand (2001) : Ya-t-il un thématiseur en berbère?
[26502] Tima Language Committee (2013) : Nayayirak tamaa dumurik [Speak Tima!]
[19690] Timmons, Claude & Christian Dunn (1989) : La sélection morphophonologique des classes en kpokolo
[19691] Timyan-Ravenhill, Judith (1977) : A discourse-based grammar of Baule: the Kode dialect
[25218] Timyan-Ravenhill, Judith (1975) : The definite particle nĩ in Baule
[19694] Tingbo, Th. (1971) : Étude grammaticale de la langue mbanja
[26416] Tinguiano, Jeannot Saa (1977) : L'expressivité en kisiei
[19701] Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1958) : Ndonga opas [A guide to Ndonga]
[19703] Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1960) : Praktiese Ndonga
[19704] Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1965) : Oompango dhOshindonga: ooform I-III
[19705] Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1971) : Praktiese Ndonga
[19706] Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1975) : Praktiese Ndonga
[19707] Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1977) : Ndongan kielen oppikirja [Textbook of the Ndonga language]
[19713] Tischauser, Georg (1992) : Mungaka (Bali) dictionary
[19714] Tisserant, Charles (1930) : Essai sur la grammaire banda
[23940] Titanji, (1988) : An introduction to the study of Bali-Nyonga
[19727] Todd, Loreto (1991) : Talk Pidgin: a structured course in West African Pidgin English
[26200] Toews, Carmela (2009) : The Expression of Tense and Aspect in Shona
[25050] Togola, Naby I. Baba (1984) : Le parler bambara du Baninko : phonologie - esquisse grammaticale - lexique et textes oraux transcrits
[19729] Tomiche, Nada (1964) : Le parler arabe du Caire
[19730] Tomori, S. H. O. (1967) : A study in the syntactic structures of the written English of British and Nigerian grammar school pupils
[19736] Tonelli, Livia (1999) : The Garre of Somalia: a sketch of its linguistic features
[23945] Tongo, W. M. (1993) : The Medumba noun phrase
[19834] Tönjes, Herrmann (1954) : Kwanyama grammar and syntax
[19742] Tonsi, A. el (1982) : Egyptian colloquial Arabic: a structure review
[19743] Tonsi, A. el , L. al Sawi & S. Massoud (1986) : An intensive course in Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[19745] Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1974) : Sistema immehykh klassov v jazyke lingala
[19750] Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1987) : Korrelacija klassov v jazykax bantu [Noun class correlations in Bantu languages]
[19751] Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1994) : Jazyk lingala
[19752] Toporova, Irina Nikolaevna (1997) : Typology and Bantu noun classes
[28722] Tornay, Serge (1970) : Une contribution à l'étude du kalenjin: recherches sur le parler des Keyo du Kenya
[19755] Toronzoni, Ngama-Nzombio Tra Ndele (1989) : Description du ngbandi, langue oubanguienne du nord-ouest du Zaïre
[19756] Toronzoni, Ngama-Nzombio Tra Ndele (1992) : Les sous-catégories verbales en ngbandi
[26279] Toronzoni, Ngama-Nzombio Tra Ndele (2004) : Esquisse du Bomboma (langue bantu de zone C)
[26300] Toronzoni, Ngama-Nzombio Tra Ndele (1985) : Description du bomboma: langue bantoue de la zone C.
[27381] Torrence, Harold & Jason Kandybowicz (2015) : Wh- question formation in Krachi
[19759] Torrence, William Harold (2003) : Verb movement on Wolof
[28591] Torrend, J. (1900) : Grammatica do Chisena - A Grammar of the Language of the Lower Zambezi
[19760] Torrend, Julius (1922) : Cibalo I-III
[19761] Torrend, Julius (1923) : A primer for the Bene-Mukuni
[19764] Torrend, Julius (1931) : Proper nouns in Rhodesian Tonga
[19765] Torrend, Julius (1932) : Nkanga grammar ka Citonga
[19766] Torrend, Julius (1932) : A grammar of the Rhodesian Tonga: introductory to the English-Vernacular dictionary of Bantu Botatwe; and supplement to a comparative grammar of South African Bantu languages
[19768] Torrend, Julius (1936) : The classifications of common nouns in the Rhodesian Tonga
[22826] Toscano, Maddalena & Seleman Simon Sewangi (2005) : Discovering usage patterns for the Swahili amba-relative forms cl. 16, 17, 18: using corpus data to support autonomous learning of Kiswahili by Italian speakers
[19772] Tosco, Mauro (1989) : Schizzo grammaticale del dialetto Karre di Qoryooley
[19773] Tosco, Mauro (1991) : A grammatical sketch of Dahalo, including texts and a glossary
[19777] Tosco, Mauro (1993) : Copula, focus, cleft, etc., in southern Somali
[19778] Tosco, Mauro (1993) : The preverbal particles of a southern Somali dialect
[19780] Tosco, Mauro (1994) : The historical syntax of East Cushitic: a first sketch
[19782] Tosco, Mauro (1994) : On case marking in the Ethiopian language area (with special reference to subject marking in East Cushitic)
[19783] Tosco, Mauro (1995) : A pidgin verbal system: the case of Juba Arabic
[19784] Tosco, Mauro (1996) : The Northern Highland East Cushitic verb in an areal perspective
[19785] Tosco, Mauro (1996) : The strange case of the Dirayta subject case
[19786] Tosco, Mauro (1997) : Af Tunni: grammar, texts and glossary of a southern Somali dialect
[19787] Tosco, Mauro (1997) : Focus and verbal system in Dhaasanac (East Cushitic, south-west Ethiopia)
[19788] Tosco, Mauro (1998) : A parsing view on inconsistent word order: articles in Tigre and its relatives
[19793] Tosco, Mauro (2001) : The Dhaasanac language: grammar, texts and vocabulary of a Cushitic language of Ethiopia
[19794] Tosco, Mauro (2001) : The short past in Dhaasanac
[19797] Tosco, Mauro (2004) : Between zero and nothing: transitivity and noun incorporation in Somali
[24328] Tosco, Mauro (2001) : The Dhaasanac language : grammar, texts and vocabulary of a Cushitic language of Ethiopia
[25171] Tosco, Mauro (2010) : Why contrast matters: Information structure in Gawwada (East Cushitic)
[25584] Tosco, Mauro (2012) : The grammar of space of Gawwada
[27776] Tosco, Mauro (2020) : East Cushitic
[19776] Tosco, Mauro & Jonathan Owens (1993) : Turku: a descriptive and comparative study
[19798] Toselli, Fr. Giovanni (1939) : Elementi di lingua magi: grammatica e dizionario
[19799] Tossa Comlan, Zéphirin (1994) : Adjonctions et séries verbales dans les langues gbe
[19800] Totty, L. A. (1---) : Suk grammar
[19801] Touba, Théophile (1984) : A la découverte du sango: une analyse des unités et structures de première articulation
[19802] Toulmond, Léon (1937) : Essai de grammaire d’ébudja
[19804] Touré, Aboubacar (1989) : Eléments de phonologie et de morphologie de la langue sòòsó
[19806] Touré, Aboubacar (1994) : Éléments de description de la langue soso
[22488] Touré, Aboubacar (2004) : Parlons soso: langue et culture de peuple de la Guinée maritime
[26418] Touré, Aboubacar (1974) : Étude comparative du soso et du dyalunka (étude complète)
[26419] Touré, Laye (1976) : Étude du système nominal wamey
[19805] Touré, Mohamed & Kadidia Touré (1993) : Bambara Übungsbuch: Dialoge, Sätze mit Schlüssel, Vokabeln
[19807] Touré, Mohamed & Kadidia Touré (1996) : Bambara Übungsbuch: Dialoge, Sätze mit Schlüssel, Vokabeln
[26421] Touré, Yaya (1976) : Étude morphosyntaxique du kpeleewoo
[12734] Tourneux, Henry (2004) : Les marques personnelles en kotoko et en mafa/wandala
[19810] Tourneux, Henry (1978) : Le mulwi ou vulum de Mogroum (Tchad): phonologie, éléments de grammaire
[19815] Tourneux, Henry (1987) : Peut-on parler d’extension verbale en munjuk?
[19816] Tourneux, Henry (1988) : La transitivité en munjuk (Tchad)
[19819] Tourneux, Henry (1995) : Le système aspectual des langues dites “kotoko”
[19824] Tourneux, Henry (2000) : La formation du pluriel en kotoko
[19825] Tourneux, Henry (2003) : L’encodage de la localisation, de la direction et du movement dans les langues “kotoko”
[19826] Tourneux, Henry (2004) : Évolution morphologique et syntaxique du parler des jeunes “kotoko” de Goulfe (Cameroun)
[25831] Tourneux, Henry & Adam Mahamat (2009) : Les marqueurs relatifs dans les langues dites « kotoko »
[19827] Tourville, José (1991) : Licensing and the representation of floating nasals
[19831] Toweett, Taaitta (1975) : Kalenjin nouns and their classification, with notes on phonology and a noun list appendix
[19832] Toweett, Taaitta (1979) : A study of Kalenjin linguistics
[19837] Traill, Anthony (1970) : Transformational grammar and the case of an Ndebele-speaking aphasic
[19841] Traill, Anthony (1974) : Agreement systems in !Xõ
[19859] Traill, Anthony (1984) : Rramalebauya - linguistic and language studies in Africa: essays in honour of Desmond T. Cole
[19870] Traill, Anthony (1994) : A !Xóõ dictionary
[19873] Traill, Anthony (1994) : Structural typology and remote relationships between Zhu and !Xóõ
[27864] Traoré, Daouda (2015) : Le senar (langue senufo du Burkina Faso): elements de description et d'influence du jula vehiculaire dans un contexte de contact de langues
[26109] Traoré, Kalifa & Nadine Bednarz (2008) : Mathématiques construites en contexte : une analyse du système de numération oral utilisé par les Siamous au Burkina Faso
[26422] Traoré, Kanny (1973) : Étude morphosyntaxique de la langue djalunka
[19891] Traoré, Karime (1983) : Dafing: Beiträge zu Phonologie und Wortbildung einer Mande-Sprache
[27674] Traoré, Kotalama (1984) : Éléments de phonologie dimensionnelle du seme
[27675] Traoré, Kotalama (1985) : Recherche sur la structure de l’énoncé seme
[19900] Treece, Rick (1986) : What is a Bantu noun class?
[19905] Treis, Yvonne (2000) : Komplexe sätze im Kxoe (Namibia)
[19906] Treis, Yvonne (2000) : NP coordination in Kxoe (Central Khoisan)
[24057] Treis, Yvonne (2008) : A Grammar of Kambaata. Part I: Phonology, Nominal Morphology, and Non-verbal Predication
[24818] Treis, Yvonne (2007) : Motion events in Kambaata
[24833] Treis, Yvonne (2006) : Form and function of case marking in Kambaata
[24834] Treis, Yvonne (2007) : Copulas in Kambaata
[24835] Treis, Yvonne (2008) : Relativization in Kambaata (Cushitic)
[26091] Treis, Yvonne (2011) : Expressing Future Time Reference in Kambaata
[26324] Treis, Yvonne (2012) : Categorial hybrids in Kambaata
[26793] Treis, Yvonne (2014) : Number in Kambaata
[27279] Treis, Yvonne (2011) : Polysemous agent nominals in Kambaata (Cushitic)
[27696] Treis, Yvonne (2012) : Kambaata children’s songs and word games: Or what can we learn about the grammar of Kambaata by analysing marginal literature genres?
[28012] Treis, Yvonne (2017) : “They are only two, like the teats of a donkey” – Kambataa denumerals revisited
[28112] Treis, Yvonne (2019) : Similative and equative demonstratives in Kambaata
[27892] Treis, Yvonne & Deginet Wotango Doyiso (2019) : “Issues and maize bread taste good when they're cool”: Temperature terms and their metaphorical extensions in Kambaata (Cushitic)
[22936] Tresbarats, Chantal & Renée Vick (1992) : Esquisse linguistique de l’abidji
[19919] Trifkovic, Mirjana (1969) : Le mancagne: étude phonologique et morphologique
[19920] Trifkovic, Mirjana (1973) : Syntaxe du lendu
[19926] Trigger, Bruce G. (1968) : Two notes on Meroitic grammar
[19930] Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1975) : Relational grammar and Chichewa subjectivization rules
[19931] Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1976) : Relational grammar and Chichewa subjectivization
[19932] Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1977) : Causatives and instruments
[19933] Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1977) : Locatives
[19934] Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1979) : Topicality: an alternative to the relation view of Bantu passive
[19935] Trithart, [Mary] Lee (1983) : The applied affix and transitivity: a historical study in Bantu
[19945] Tröbs, Holger (1998) : Funktionale Sprachbeschreibung des Jeli (West-Mande)
[19946] Tröbs, Holger (2004) : Progressive and habitual aspect in Central Mande
[24626] Tröbs, Holger (2008) : Bambara
[24630] Tröbs, Holger (2008) : Duun
[24890] Tröbs, Holger (2009) : Sprachtypologie, TAM-Systeme und historische Syntax im Manding (West-Mande)
[27968] Tröbs, Holger (2018) : Some notes on the TAM system of Jeli
[28013] Tröbs, Holger (2017) : SEINS-Konstruktionen in afrikanischen Sprachen
[28498] Tröbs, Holger (2004) : Some notes on one-argument identificational clauses in Manding (Western Mande, Niger-Congo)
[24279] Troebs, Holger (2003) : On the origin of some predicative markers in imperfective constructions in Manding
[26784] Troebs, Holger (2013) : Polysemy patterns of two postpositions marking class-membership and property assignment in Jeli (Central Mande)
[26786] Troebs, Holger (2014) : Some notes on the encoding of property concepts in Vai from a typological and comparative Central Mande perspective
[19939] Troesch, J. (1953) : La négation dans le dialecte fiote
[19942] Tronnier, Mechtild & Christina Thornell (2000) : On the initial aggregation of nasality and stops in the Bantu language Mpiemo
[19943] Trotter, D. (1921) : A grammatical guide, and numerous idioms and phrases for beginners in the Ewe dialect
[19950] Trutenau, H. Max J. (1973) : The verb status of the NP-linker in Ga
[19953] Trutenau, H. Max J. (Ed) (1976) : Languages of the Akan area: papers in western Kwa linguistics and on the linguistic geography of the area of Ancient Begho (Transactions of the Linguistic Circle of Accra, III)
[19957] Tsakou, Michel (1976) : Les classes nominales en ngyemboon: premier cours d’introduction à la linguistique
[19960] Tsandi, E. E. (19--) : Éléments de morphologiques lugbara
[19961] Tsegay Tafere (1987) : Derivation of nouns in Tigrigna
[19963] Tsegereda Tekle Okubamichael (1984) : The noun phrase in Tigrinya
[24400] Tshibangu Wa Mashinda, K. (1986) : Etude linguistique du kéte (langue bantoue L.21 du Zaïre) : phonologie-unités syntaxiques, syntagmatique.
[22552] Tshimvundu, Zezeze Kalonji (1981) : Étude morpho-lexicale du vocabulaire de la métallurgie et des minéraux au Zaïre
[19970] Tshisungu, Wa Tshisungu (1993) : Analyse linguistique de marqueurs conversationnels en Swahili
[19974] Tsonope, Joseph (1987) : Semantics of Sesotho causatives
[19975] Tsonope, Joseph (1987) : A relational grammar analysis of the syntax of Setswana causative constructions
[19978] Tsonope, Joseph (1988) : The acquisition of Setswana noun class and agreement morphology: with special reference to demonstratives and possessives
[19979] Tsonope, Joseph (1991) : Impersonal passives in Setswana
[19980] Tsonope, Joseph (1991/92) : Historical implications for the Bantu prefix/concord relationship: evidence from Setswana child language
[19984] Tsonope, Joseph (1993) : Children’s acquisition of Bantu noun class prefixes
[28584] Tsoué, Paméla Carmelle (2017) : Etude des marqueurs verbaux du lètɛ̀ɣɛ̀, langue bantoue parlée au Gabon (B71a)
[23870] Tsuata, Laurence Ndiola (2004) : Morphologie nominale du mámbìlà
[27096] Tsuge, Yoichi (2006) : On the Galila Dialect of the Aari Language
[27102] Tsuge, Yoichi (2005) : Notes on Some Modal and Aspectual Morphemes in Aari
[19991] Tubiana, Joseph (1951/54) : Formations nominales en agaw occidental
[20003] Tubomeshi, A. (1966) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue minungu
[20004] Tucho, Yigazu , R. David Paul Zorc & Eleanor C. Barma (1996) : Oromo newspaper reader: grammar sketch and lexicon
[20016] Tucker, Archibald Norman (1938) : The meaning and value of comparative Bantu philology
[20030] Tucker, Archibald Norman (1955) : The verb in Shilluk
[20037] Tucker, Archibald Norman (1958) : Some problems of junction in Lango
[20040] Tucker, Archibald Norman (1960) : Notes on Konzo
[20066] Tucker, Archibald Norman (1981) : Le dinka (agar)
[20068] Tucker, Archibald Norman (1981) : Le pokot
[20071] Tucker, Archibald Norman (1983) : Noun class affixes renewal in southern West Atlantic
[20073] Tucker, Archibald Norman (1994) : A grammar of Kenya Luo (Dholuo)
[20029] Tucker, Archibald Norman & John Tompo Ole Mpaayei (1955) : A Maasai grammar with vocabulary
[20035] Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1957) : Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland, 4: languages of the eastern section, Great Lakes to Indian Ocean
[20043] Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1962) : Noun classification in Kalenjin: Päkot
[20045] Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1964) : Noun classification in Kalenjin: Nandi-Kipsigis ; part 1
[20047] Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1965) : Noun classification in Kalenjin: Nandi-Kipsigis ; part 2
[20048] Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1966) : Linguistic analyses: the non-Bantu languages of north-eastern Africa
[20053] Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1970) : Tonal classification of nouns in Ngazija
[27346] Tuerlings, William (2008) : Longandó dictionary - Longandó-English, English-Longandó
[20081] Tuller, Laurice [Anne] (1981) : On nominal inflection in Hausa
[20083] Tuller, Laurice [Anne] (1984) : Datives in Hausa
[20084] Tuller, Laurice [Anne] (1986) : Bijective relations in universal grammar and the syntax of Hausa
[20085] Tuller, Laurice [Anne] (1990) : L’hypothèse inaccusative et les verbes de “degré 3” et de “degré 7” en haoussa
[20086] Tuller, Laurice [Anne] (1990) : Restricted argument structure in Hausa
[26079] Tunviken, Jonas (compiled by) (2010) : Meta’-English Dictionary and English-Meta’ Index
[20093] Turchetta, Barbara (1998) : On the application of the notion of grammaticalization to West African Pidgin English
[27884] Turner, Darryl (2018) : The interaction of number and gender in Katcha
[27976] Turner, Darryl (2018) : Prepositions and pronominal case in Katcha
[28122] Turner, Darryl (2020) : Towards a unified analysis of Katcha nominal modifiers
[20107] Turton, David A. (1981) : Le mun (mursi)
[20111] Twahirwa, André (1991) : Perspective fonctionnelle de la phrase comparée: contribution à une syntaxe du français et du kinyarwanda-kirundi
[28721] Twala, Edith Khanyisile (1992) : The noun class system of Isizulu
[20113] Twilingiyimana, Chrysogone (1984) : Éléments de description du doko
[20119] Tyler, Andrea (1985) : Swahili relative clauses: a generalized phrase structure grammar analysis
[20130] Ubels, Edward H. (1983) : Mood and aspect in Karang
[28866] Ubon, Akpan Eyonsa & Gerald Okey Nweya (2022) : The Structure of Ibibio Determiner Phrase
[26673] Uchechukwu, Chinedu (2007) : The phenomenon of ideophonic pairing in Igbo
[24161] Udofot, Inyang (2002) : The Intonation of Nigerian English
[20137] Ugot, Mercy I. (2003) : Affixation in Agwuagune
[20149] Ullendorff, Edward (1965) : An Amharic chrestomathy: introduction, grammatical tables, texts, Amharic-English glossary
[20156] Ulrich, Charles H. (1999) : Verb root structure in Lama
[20158] Umaru, A. & D. Bello (1970) : An introduction to classical Hausa and the major dialects
[20159] Umeasiegbu, T. O. (1978) : The derivation of agentive nominals in Igbo
[23890] Umenjo, Andoumbene Florence (1997) : Reduplication in Ngie
[20173] Ungerer, H. J. (1975) : Die kwalifikatiewe van Zoeloe
[20175] Unseth, Peter (1986) : Word order shift in negative sentences of Surma languages
[20176] Unseth, Peter (1986) : Reduplication in Majang
[20177] Unseth, Peter (1987) : A typological anomaly in Surma languages
[20178] Unseth, Peter (1988) : Majang nominal plurals, with comparative notes
[20181] Unseth, Peter (1989) : A grammatical sketch of Majang
[20182] Unseth, Peter (1989) : An initial comparison and reconstruction of case suffixes in Surmic languages
[20184] Unseth, Peter (1991) : Reduplication in Majang
[20185] Unseth, Peter (1991) : Possessive markers in Surmic languages
[20186] Unseth, Peter (1992) : The four forms of the genitive in Majang
[20187] Unseth, Peter (1994) : Verbal negation in Majang
[20189] Unseth, Peter (1997) : An archaic Surmic causative prefix
[20190] Unseth, Peter (1998) : Two old causative affixes in Surmic languages
[25717] Urmanchieva, Anna Yu. (2010) : Grammaticalization of Narrative Patterns in Ngindo Verbal Morphology
[20197] Urua, Eno-Abasi E. (1990) : Aspects of Ibibio phonology and morphology
[20208] Uwaláàka, [Sister] M. Ann Angela (1981) : Syntax and semantics of the Igbo verb: a case grammar analysis
[20209] Uwaláàka, [Sister] M. Ann Angela (1982) : Igbo ‘consecutivization’ revisited
[20210] Uwaláàka, [Sister] M. Ann Angela (1988) : The Igbo verb: a semantico-syntactic analysis
[20211] Uwaláàka, [Sister] M. Ann Angela (1991) : Wh-movements in Igbo
[20212] Uwaláàka, [Sister] M. Ann Angela (1995) : The resumptive pronoun strategy in Igbo
[20213] Uwaláàka, [Sister] M. Ann Angela (1995) : X°-movement and Igbo complex predicates
[28543] Uwalaka, M.A. (1991) : Wh-movement in Igbo
[20216] Uzar, Henning (1989) : Studies in Gumuz: Sese phonology and TMA system
[26092] Vahoua, Kallet Abréam (2011) : L’instabilite de la Voyelle /ʌ/ dans un Parler Bete (Langue kru de Cote D’ivoire)
[27653] Vahoua, Kallet Abréam (2017) : Le ton grammatical du kpɔ̍kʋ̀gbʋ̀, parler kru de Côte d’Ivoire
[27654] Vahoua, Kallet Abréam (2003) : La syntaxe du kpɔ̍kʋ̀gbʋ̀, parler bété de la sous-préfecture de Gagnoa
[27655] Vahoua, Kallet Abréam (1998) : La morphologie du verbe en kpɔ̍kʋ̀gbʋ̀, parler bété de la sous-préfecture de Gagnoa
[20218] Vail, Hazel Leroy (1971) : The noun classes of Tumbuka
[20219] Vail, Hazel Leroy (1972) : Aspects of the Tumbuka verb
[20220] Vail, Hazel Leroy (1972) : The noun classes of Ndali
[20221] Vail, Hazel Leroy (1976) : The grammar of the Tumbuka language
[20222] Vaillant, M. (1967) : Esquisse grammaticale du lobiri
[20223] Valente, José Francisco (1964) : Gramática umbundu, a língua do centro de Angola
[28131] Valentin Vydrin (2020) : The neutral aspect in Eastern Dan
[20224] Valinande, Nzama [Kambale] (1984) : The structure of Kinande
[20227] Valkhoff, Marius F. (1960) : Contributions to the study of Creole, 3: some notes on creole French
[20238] Vallaeys, André (1988) : Grammaire logo, suivi d’un choix de textes
[20239] Vallaeys, André (1991) : La langue mondo: esquisse grammaticale, textes et dictionnaire
[22861] Vallette, René (1989) : Charting verbs for dicourse analysis
[22862] Vallette, René (1985) : Un morphème de classe supplementaire en fulfulde (dialecte du jelgooji, Burkina Faso)
[22863] Vallette, René (1988) : La focalisation en fulfulde
[28583] Van Acker, Auguste (1907) : Dictionnaire kitabwa-français et français-kitabwa
[28724] Van Acker, Sifra (2018) : A Pilot Study of Kisamba (Bantu, L12a, DRC): Phonology, Morphology, Wordlist and some Texts
[28727] Van Acker, Sifra & Koen Bostoen (2020) : Inheritance and contact in the genesis of Gisamba (Bantu, L12a, DRC): A diachronic phonological approach
[26298] Van De Velde, Mark (2006) : Multifunctional agreement patterns in Bantu and the possibility of genderless nouns
[26299] Van De Velde, Mark (2013) : The Bantu connective construction
[28563] Van de Velde, Mark (2019) : Nominal morphology and syntax
[28899] Van de Velde, Mark (2022) : Agreement on Proto-Bantu relative verb forms
[27131] Van de Velde, Mark & Dmitry Idiatov (2017) : Morphological Classes and Gender in Ɓə́ná-Yungur
[26021] Van de Velde, Mark & Odette Ambouroue (2011) : The grammar of Orungu proper names
[28555] Van de Velde, Mark , Koen Bostoen , Derek Nurse & Gérard Philippson (2019) : The Bantu Languages - Second edition
[26738] van der Burgt, J.M.M. (2014) : Eléments d'une Grammaire Kirundi
[28697] van der Burgt, Joannes Michael M. (1902) : Éléments d'une Grammaire Kirundi
[26016] van der Wal, Jenneke (2010) : Makhuwa non-subject relatives as participial modifiers
[26067] van der Wal, Jenneke (2009) : Word order and information structure in Makhuwa-Enahara
[26068] van der Wal, Jenneke (2008) : Agreement in thetic sentences in Bantu and Romance
[26069] van der Wal, Jenneke (2006) : Predicative tone lowering in Makhuwa
[26070] van der Wal, Jenneke (2011) : Focus excluding alternatives: conjoint/disjoint marking in Makhuwa
[26072] van der Wal, Jenneke (2010) : Functions of demonstratives in Makhuwa narratives
[26229] Van Der Wal, Jenneke (2012) : Space, time, condition: grammaticalisation of a demonstrative in Makhuwa
[26625] van der Wal, Jenneke (2015) : A note on the (non-existing) passive in Matengo
[27874] van der Wal, Jenneke & Allen Asiimwe (2020) : The Tonal Residue of the Conjoint/Disjoint Alternation in Rukiga
[29062] van der Wal, Jenneke & Amani Lusekelo (2022) : The V and CV augment and exhaustivity in Kinyakyusa
[27160] van der Wal, Jenneke & Larry M. Hyman (2016) : The Conjoint/Disjoint Alternation in Bantu
[27161] van der Wal, Jenneke & Larry M. Hyman (Eds) (2016) : Introduction
[27040] van der Wal, SaudahJenneke & Namyalo (2017) : The interaction of two focus marking strategies in Luganda
[26637] van Gerven Oei, Vincent W.J. (2014) : Remarks toward a Revised Grammar of Old Nubian
[26077] Van Otterloo, Karen (2011) : The Kifuliiru Language, Volume 1: Phonology, Tone, and Morphological Derivation
[26078] Van Otterloo, Roger (2011) : The Kifuliiru Language, Volume 2: A Descriptive Grammar
[27914] Van Pinxteren, Bert (2020) : Is Iraqw an easy language to learn?
[26491] Van Putten, Marijn (2014) : A Grammar of Awjila Berber (Libya), Based on Paradisi’s Work
[27263] van Putten, Saskia (2017) : Motion in serializing languages revisited: The case of Avatime
[27283] van Putten, Saskia (2014) : Information structure in Avatime
[27286] van Putten, Saskia (2016) : Discourse functions of focus marking in Avatime
[27384] van Putten, Saskia (2016) : Discourse functions of focus marking in Avatime
[27750] van Putten, Saskia (2020) : Perception verbs and the conceptualization of the senses: The case of Avatime
[20241] Vandame, [Révérend] [Père] Charles (19--) : Lexique baguirmien-français, suivi de la grammaire baguirmienne
[20242] Vandame, [Révérend] [Père] Charles (1961) : Manuel d’initiation au ngambay
[20243] Vandame, [Révérend] [Père] Charles (1963) : Le ngambay-moundou: phonologie, grammaire et textes
[20244] Vandame, [Révérend] [Père] Charles (1968) : Grammaire kenga
[26547] Vanderelst, John (2013) : Personal pronouns in Dagik (Talodi, Kordofanian)
[26938] Vanderelst, John (2016) : A Grammar of Dagik: A Kordofanian Language of Sudan
[27255] Vanderelst, John (2017) : Pluractionals in Dagik
[27989] Vanderelst, John & Ibrahim Kannu (2018) : Phonological rules and orthography development – A case study
[9087] Vanhoudt, Bettie (1987) : Éléments de description du leke, langue bantoue de zone C
[9088] Vanhoudt, Bettie (1992) : Description du bisa de Zabré, langue mandé du groupe sud-est
[9089] Vanhoudt, Bettie (1992) : Les pronoms personnels du bisa
[24098] Vanhoudt, Bettie (1999) : Lexique bisa-français, suivi d'un index français-bisa
[25049] Vanhoudt, Bettie (1992) : Description du bisa de Zabré, langue mandé du groupe sud-est
[20247] Vanhove, Martine (2000) : Notes sur les verbes statifs en afar de Tadjoura (Djibouti)
[20248] Vanhove, Martine (2004) : “Dire” et finalité en bedja: un cas de grammaticalisation
[24456] Vanhove, Martine (2007) : The independent personal pronouns in Beja: Synchronic functions and diachronic perspective
[24907] Vanhove, Martine (2008) : Enoncés hiérarchisés, converbes et prosodie en bedja
[27159] Vanhove, Martine (2017) : Le bedja
[27777] Vanhove, Martine (2020) : North Cushitic
[28109] Vanhove, Martine (2019) : Finite verb forms in Beja (Cushitic): Labels vs functions, a historical perspective
[20258] Vansina, Jan (1959) : Esquisse de grammaire bushong
[20270] Veary, Victor (1960) : Ngambai structure and grammar
[20273] Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1923) : Die Bergdama
[20274] Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1925) : Fourteen reading sheets for beginners in Nama
[20275] Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1925) : Zwölf Lesetafeln für Anfängers in Otjiherero
[20281] Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1958) : Einführung in die Hererosprache
[20282] Veen, Lolke J. van der (1986) : Note en vue d’une description phonologique et morphologique de la langue pouvi (Gabon)
[20283] Veen, Lolke J. van der (1986) : De l’espace vocalique et des tons en pouvi: notes descriptives
[20285] Veen, Lolke J. van der (1991) : Étude comparée des parlers du groupe okani (B.30 Gabon)
[20286] Veen, Lolke J. van der (1991) : Le système tonal du ge-via (Gabon)
[20292] Veen, Lolke J. van der (2003) : The B30 language group
[20293] Veiga, Manuel (1982) : Diskrison strutural di lingua kabuverdianu
[20294] Veiga, Manuel (1995) : O crioulo de Cabo Verde: introdução à gramática
[20295] Veiga, Manuel (2000) : La creole du Cap-Vert: étude grammaticale, descriptive et contrastive
[27985] Veit, Nataliya (2018) : The verbal derivational morpheme -aa in Tima
[23251] Velde, Mark van de (2005) : The order of noun and demonstratives in Bantu
[20301] Velten, Carl (1932) : Praktische Suaheli-Grammatik
[20303] Velten, Carl (1938) : Taschenwörterbuch der Suaheli-Sprache, nebst einer Skizze der Grammatik
[28698] Velten, Carl (1901) : Grammatik des Kinyamuesi: der Sprache der Wanyamuesi in Deutsch-Ostafrika, speciell des Dialektes von Unyanyembe, nebst einem Wortverzeichnis kinyamuesi-deutsch und deutsch-kinyamuesi
[20304] Ven, Jostein (2000) : Swahili verbal expressions and their intercation with argument structure in the derivation of verb forms
[20306] Venter, Willem Marthinus , Joseph Motlhasedi N. Ntsime & Ernest Sedumeni Moloto (1959) : An elementary handbook and language guide to learn Setswana without a tutor
[20308] Venturini, Onorino (1981) : Lições de língua lomwe
[20311] Verbeken, A. (1928) : Abrégé de grammaire tshiluba
[20312] Verbeken, A. (1944) : Petit cours de swahili pratique
[20313] Vercueil, F. C. (1966) : Die klank- en vormleer van Phalaborwa: ’n beskrywende studie
[20314] Vercueil, F. C. (1981) : Die ontkenning in Noord-Sotho
[25428] Vergari, Moreno (2008) : How to Express “Adjectives” in Saho
[24616] Vergari, Moreno & Roberta Vergari (2003) : A basic Saho-English-Italian dictionary, with an English-Saho Index and Grammatical Notes (by Giorgio Banti and Moreno Vergari)
[26263] Vergari, Moreno & Roberta Vergari (2007) : A basic Saho-English-Italian dictionary
[20316] Vergote, Jozef (1973/86) : Grammaire copte: introduction, phonétique et phonologie, morphologie synthèmatique (structure des sémantèmes)
[20319] Verhoeven, Pierre (19--) : Grammaire kinyaturu, non-publié
[20320] Verhoeven, Pierre (1926) : Grammaire iraqw
[20325] Vermeersch, [Frère] Gabriel (1921) : Étude du tshiluba
[20323] Vermeersch, Gabriel (192-) : Étude des langues congolaises bantoues avec applications au tshiluba
[20328] Vermeulen, Gieljam Jan Gabriel (1976) : Die infinitief in Tswana
[20330] Vermunt, Cornelius (19--) : KiLuguru grammar
[20332] Vermunt, Cornelius (1978) : A sketch of Kiluguru grammar
[20335] Verpoorten, (19--) : Grammaire lonkundo
[20339] Versteegh, Cornelis H. M. (1993) : Arabic grammar and Qur’aanic exegesis in early Islam
[20338] Versteegh, Kees (1984) : Pidginization and creolization: the case of Arabic
[20341] Versteegh, Kees (1997) : The Arabic language
[20344] Vetoshkina, Tatiana Lʼvovna (1988) : Negation in the Agaw languages: problems of reconstruction
[20348] Viana, Miguel Jose (1961) : Dicionario de português-chi-yao e chi-yao-português; elementos de gramática
[22937] Vick, Renée (1990) : Le système aspecto-modale de l’abidji
[20349] Victor, N. (1937) : The essentials of Swahili
[20353] Viergutz, Signe (1993) : Sprachliche Diskriminierung von Frauen in einer Sprache ohne Genus? Das Beispiel des Kiswahili
[28140] Vigeland, Friederike (2020) : The numeral system in Longuda
[20356] Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens (1973) : Die konjugasie en die werkewoord in Ndonga
[20365] Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens (1979) : Die kopulatief in Ndonga en Kwanyama
[20359] Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens (Ed) (1975) : Oshike? Otjike? Alltägliche Redensarten und Fragen im Farmbetrieb und Haushalt mit einer kurzen Übersicht über die Lautlehre des Ndonga und Herero
[20355] Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1973) : Ndonga I: manual for Ndonga
[20357] Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1973-1975) : Ndonga
[20358] Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1974) : Ndonga I: manual for Ndonga
[20361] Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1975) : Ndonga II: workbook for grammar
[20362] Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1975) : Ndonga III: guide to the reader
[20366] Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1980) : Workbook: Oshiwambo excercises and key to be used with the Handbook of Oshiwambo
[20364] Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens , Petrus Amakali & Dirk Ziervogel (1978) : A handbook of Oshiwambo
[27404] Viljoen, Melanie (2017) : Conditional constructions in Buwal
[20382] Villiers, André de (1976) : English-speaking South Africa today
[20373] Villiers, Meyer de (1951) : Werkwoordsvorme in Afrikaans in die verlede tyd
[20374] Villiers, Meyer de (1954/55) : Absolute and relative tenses: empathy in Afrikaans (South African Dutch)
[20376] Villiers, Meyer de (1960) : Nederlands en Afrikaans
[20378] Villiers, Meyer de (1968) : Die grammatika van tyd en modaliteit
[20384] Villiers, Meyer de (1978) : Nederlands en Afrikaans
[20385] Villiers, Meyer de (1983) : Afrikaanse grammatika vir volwassenes: kerngrammatika vir onderwysers en studente
[20399] Vincke, Jacques L. (1966) : Aspects de la phonologie et de la morphologie de la langue lunda (ruund)
[20402] Vinet, Marie-Thérèse (1994) : Non-verbal predication and the checking of a functional D head in Moroccan Arabic and in Berber
[20404] Vinogradov, Victor Alexeevich (1993) : [Categorial typology and language type]
[25477] Vinogradov, Victor Alexeevich (2010) : Местоимение в грасслэндских языках (Камерун)
[23195] Vinogradov, Victor Alexeevich (Ed) (1997) : Osnovy afrikanskogo yazykoznaniya: imennyye kategorii [Foundations of the African linguistics: nominal categories]
[20403] Vinogradov, Victor Alexeevich & A. S. Cernicenko (1969) : Fono-morfologija imennych klassov v Ganda [Morphophonology in nominal classes in Ganda]
[20409] Vishnevskaya, L. Y. (1973) : Morfologicheskii kauzativ v yazyke Hausa
[25685] Visser, Hessel (2010) : Verbal compounds in Naro
[29042] Visser, Hessel (2023) : The manifold uses of –a in Naro, including comments on a.
[20416] Visser, Hessel & Coby Visser (1993) : Naro in a quarter of an hour
[25719] Visser, Marianna (2010) : Definiteness and Specificity in the Xhosa Determiner Phrase
[20412] Visser, Marianna W. (1984) : Aspects of empty categories in Xhosa within the theory of government and binding
[20413] Visser, Marianna W. (1985) : Aspects of empty categories in Xhosa within the theory of government and binding
[20414] Visser, Marianna W. (1987) : Empty pronominals in Xhosa syntax
[20415] Visser, Marianna W. (1989) : The syntax of the infinitive in Xhosa
[20418] Visser, Marianna W. (1997) : The thematic structure of event nominals in Xhosa
[20419] Visser, Marianna W. (1997) : The thematic structure of event nominals in Xhosa
[20425] Visser, Marianna W. (2002) : The category DP in Xhosa and Northern Sotho
[20426] Vitale, Anthony John (1976) : A transformational syntax of Swahili: the case for a structure-preserving model
[20427] Vitale, Anthony John (1977) : Function-marking in a positional language: the Swahili locative re-examined
[20428] Vitale, Anthony John (1979) : Spoken Swahili
[20430] Vitale, Anthony John (1981) : Swahili syntax
[20436] Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1971) : Towards the syntax of the ideophone in Zulu
[20437] Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1971) : Surface constraints and agreement resolution: some evidence from Xhosa
[20439] Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1976) : Inalienable possession in Sotho
[20440] Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1977) : Proto-Niger-Congo verb extensions
[20444] Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (2004) : Verb extensions in Fer
[23821] Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1980) : The etymology of the Bantu perfect
[20438] Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (Ed) (1974) : Proceedings of the 3rd annual conference on African linguistics, 7-8 April 1972
[22671] Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (Ed) (2005) : Studies in african linguistic typology
[20443] Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl & Christa Kilian-Hatz (Ed) (2001) : Ideophones
[20448] Vogler, Pierre (1987) : Le parler vata (Côte d’Ivoire)
[26575] Voigt, Rainer (2013) : On Cushitic verbal innovation in Oromo
[20449] Voigt, Rainer Maria (1974) : Die Hilfsverben der begrenzten Dauer im Tegrenna unter Berücksichtigung des Tigre und des Amharischen
[20450] Voigt, Rainer Maria (1977) : Das tigrinische Verbalsystem
[20452] Voigt, Rainer Maria (1984) : Die Form des Reflexivstammes und der ersten Person Singular im Kuschitischen
[20454] Voigt, Rainer Maria (1985) : Die beiden Präfixkonjugationen des Ostkuschitischen
[20457] Voigt, Rainer Maria (1987) : The two prefix-conjugations in East Cushitic, East Semitic and Chadic
[20459] Voigt, Rainer Maria (1987) : Derivatives und Flektives t in Semitohamitischen
[20460] Voigt, Rainer Maria (1988) : Zur Bildung des Präsens im Bedauye
[20461] Voigt, Rainer Maria (1988) : Einige Überlegungen zum “Aspektsystem” des Bedauye
[20468] Voigt, Rainer Maria (1996) : Zur Gliederung des Kuschitischen: die Präfixkonjugationen
[20472] Voigt, Rainer Maria (1999) : Amareñña
[20475] Voisin-Nouguier, Sylvie (2002) : Relations entre fonctions syntaxiques et fonctions sémantiques en wolof
[24387] Voisin-Nouguier, Sylvie (2006) : Applicatif et emphase
[24388] Voisin-Nouguier, Sylvie (2006) : Lʼinfinitif en wolof
[26622] Voisin, Sylvie (2015) : Sur l'origine du suffixe du pluriel dans le groupe Nyun-Buy
[26887] Voisin, Sylvie (2015) : Les classes nominales en kobiana
[27669] Voisin, Sylvie & Mamour Dramé (2019) : L'inaccompli dans différentes vatiétés du wolof
[27284] Voll, Rebecca (2017) : A grammar of Mundabli, A Bantoid (Yemne-Kimbi) language of Cameroon
[20476] Voller, [Canon] (1---) : Lugbara exercises
[20477] Volschenk, Philippus Albertus (1968) : Herero: volwasse onderwys, met oefeninge
[20478] Volschenk, Philippus Albertus (1968) : Herero: a morphological survey
[25586] von Heyking, Beatrix (2012) : The functioning of personal pronouns in Belanda Boor
[26498] Von Heyking, Beatrix (2013) : A Grammar of Belanda Boor: Phonology and Morphology
[26819] von Heyking, Beatrix (2010) : The noun morphology of Belanda Bor
[24812] von Heyking, Beatrix & Anne Storch (2007) : Motion in Northern Lwoo: Luwo and Boor comparative case studies
[28637] von Roncador, Manfred (2012) : C4. Nnotre
[28638] von Roncador, Manfred (2012) : C5. Safalba: Comparative notes
[20479] Vondrasek, Rose (1999) : Ronga relative clauses and noun phrase accessibility
[20481] Voorhoeve, Jan (19--) : A grammar of Safwa: preliminary draft based on previous research by J. van Sambeek, checked by C. K. Mwachusa
[20483] Voorhoeve, Jan (1963) : La classification nominale dans le bangangté
[20484] Voorhoeve, Jan (1965) : The structure of the morpheme in Bamileke
[20485] Voorhoeve, Jan (1967) : Personal pronouns in Bamileke
[20486] Voorhoeve, Jan (1968) : Noun classes in Bamileke
[20490] Voorhoeve, Jan (1971) : Tonology of the Bamileke noun
[20493] Voorhoeve, Jan (1974) : Locatives in Bangante - Bamileke
[20496] Voorhoeve, Jan (1980) : Le pronom logophorique et son importance pour la reconstruction du proto-bantou (PB)
[20498] Voorhoeve, Jan (1980) : Limbum
[20499] Voorhoeve, Jan (1980) : Kenyang
[20500] Voorhoeve, Jan (1980) : Noun classes in Adere
[20501] Voorhoeve, Jan (1982) : La ton du verbe en ngwo
[20502] Voorhoeve, Jan (1982) : L’auxiliaire en ngwo
[22587] Voorhoeve, Jan (1980) : La dérivation verbale en basaa
[20487] Voorhoeve, Jan & Paul Polydoor de Wolf (Ed) (1969) : Benue-Congo noun class systems
[20505] Vorbichler, Anton (1965) : Die Phonologie und Morphologie des Balese (Ituri-Urwald, Kongo)
[23787] Vos, Mark Andrew de (2002) : Notes on noun morphology and clefting constructions in Kotoko
[20525] Vossen, Rainer (1983) : Comparative eastern Nilotic
[20528] Vossen, Rainer (1985) : Encoding the object in the finite verb: the case of //Ani (Central Khoisan)
[20530] Vossen, Rainer (1986) : Some observations on nominal gender in Naró
[20543] Vossen, Rainer (1990) : Die Khoe-Sprachen: ein Beitrag zur Erforschung der Sprachgeschichte Afrikas
[20547] Vossen, Rainer (1991/92) : Strukturveränderung als Folge von Mehrsprachigkeit? Die Nominalklassenpräfixe der Bantusprachen Ngamilands
[20550] Vossen, Rainer (1994) : Zur historischen Rekonstruktion der nominalen Genus-Numerus-Suffixe in den Khoe-Sprachen
[20552] Vossen, rainer (1997) : Die Khoe-Sprachen: ein Beitrag zur Erforschung der Sprachgeschichte Afrikas
[20554] Vossen, Rainer (1998) : Forms and functions of *!’o in some Khoe languages
[20557] Vossen, Rainer (2000) : Khoisan languages, with a grammatical sketch of //Ani (Khoe)
[27761] Vossen, Rainer (2020) : African language types
[27804] Vossen, Rainer (2020) : Cara
[28014] Voßen, Rainer (2017) : On the reconstruction of Proto-LOTUKO obstruents
[23893] Voutsa, Léopoldine (2003) : Morphologie verbale du ngombale
[20570] Vycichl, Werner (1952) : Das berberische Perfekt
[20572] Vycichl, Werner (1952) : Ein Nomen Actoris im Ägyptischen: der Ursprung der sogen. emphatischen Konjugation
[20573] Vycichl, Werner (1953) : Das personliche Fürwort im Bedja und im Tigre
[20574] Vycichl, Werner (1953) : Der bestimmte Artikel in der Bedja-Sprache: seine Beziehungen zur Ägyptischen und Berberischen
[20576] Vycichl, Werner (1953) : Die ägyptischen Pronominalendungen
[20577] Vycichl, Werner (1954) : Die Aufbau der ägyptischen Pronomina nt-f, nt-s, etc.
[20578] Vycichl, Werner (1957) : L’article defini du berbère
[20587] Vycichl, Werner (1990) : L’origine des verbes monoradicaux en haoussa
[20588] Vycichl, Werner (1992) : Der Ursprung der Partikel ad- zur Bildung des Konjunktivs, des Optativs und des Futurum im Berberischen
[20589] Vycichl, Werner (1995) : Zur vergleichenden Morphologie hamitosemitischer Sprachen
[20590] Vycichl, Werner (2005) : Berberstudien & A sketch of Siwi Berber (Egypt)
[20591] Vydrin, Valentin (1987) : Yazyk looma
[20592] Vydrin, Valentin (1994) : Traces of nominal classification in the Mande languages: the Soninke case
[20595] Vydrin, Valentin (2001) : Esquisse contrastive du Kagoro (Manding)
[24155] Vydrin, Valentin (2005) : Pronoms personnels gouro
[24163] Vydrin, Valentin (2003) : Areal and genetic features in West Mande and South Mande phonology: In what sense did Mande languages evolve?
[24206] Vydrin, Valentin (1990) : Les adjectifs prédicatifs en bambara
[24215] Vydrin, Valentin (1999) : Les parties du discours en bambara : un essai de bilan
[24217] Vydrin, Valentin (2000) : Le sémantisme de TAM en bambara: une postface l'article de Dmitri Idiatov
[24235] Vydrin, Valentin (2007) : Les adjectifs en dan-gwèètaa. Suivi des Annexes: Fonctions syntaxiques des formes des adjectifs
[24269] Vydrin, Valentin (2004) : La réduplication des adjectifs dans les langues mandé
[24290] Vydrin, Valentin (1998) : Sur l'écriture mandingue et mandé en caractères arabes (mandinka, bambara, soussou, mogofin)
[25130] Vydrin, Valentin (2009) : Esquisse de la langue lélé (groupe mokolé)
[25185] Vydrin, Valentin (2009) : Negation in South Mande
[25211] Vydrin, Valentin (2006) : Toward the reconstruction of the phonological type and the noun morphology of Proto-Mande [in Russian]
[25212] Vydrin, Valentin (2006) : Personal pronouns in South Mande languages [in Russian]
[25478] Vydrin, Valentin (2010) : Co-ordinative pronouns in Southern and South-Western Mande: A second compound pronouns area in Africa?
[26953] Vydrin, Valentin (2016) : Toward a Proto-Mande reconstruction and an etymological dictionary
[27506] Vydrin, Valentin (2018) : Where corpus methods hit their limits: The case of separable adjectives in Bambara
[27790] Vydrin, Valentin (2020) : Dan
[28286] Vydrin, Valentin (2021) : Esquisse de grammaire du dan de l'Est (dialecte de Gouèta)
[28355] Vydrin, Valentin (2021) : Deverbal and deadjectival nominalization in Dan: Not as different as one might think. A reply to Baker & Gondo (2020)
[28742] Vydrin, Valentin (2022) : Genitival constructions in Eastern Dan
[28873] Vydrin, Valentin (2020) : Clause chaining in Bambara
[24211] Vydrin, Valentin, avec la collaboration de Coulibaly, Adama (1994) : Verbes réfléchis bambara. Première partie : Pronoms réfléchis. Groupements sémantico-syntaxiques des verbes non-réfléchis
[24212] Vydrin, Valentin, avec la collaboration de Coulibaly, Adama (1995) : Verbes réfléchis bambara. Deuxième partie : Classification des verbes réfléchis
[24843] Vydrina, Alexandra (2008) : Vowel length in the Kakabe language
[25479] Vydrina, Alexandra (2010) : A reflexive pronoun in Kakabe
[28274] Vydrina, Alexandra (2017) : A corpus-based description of Kakabe, a Western Mande language : prosody in grammar
[28324] Vydrina, Alexandra (2020) : Operator focus in discourse and grammar: The two perfectives in Kakabe
[26785] Vydrine, Valentin (2013) : Goo : présentation d’une langue
[20597] Wa, Tshisungu (1993) : Analyse linguistique de marqueurs conversationnels en swahili
[24819] Waag, Christine (2007) : Location and motion in Fur
[24978] Waag, Christine (2006) : The Marker -si in Fur
[25270] Waag, Christine (2010) : The Fur Verb and its Context
[20599] Waard, J. de (1972) : Notes sur le système verbal dans les langues “guiziga” et “podoko”
[20601] Waarden, Catrien van (1991) : Bibliography on the Bakalanga, their culture and their language
[27019] Wade, Sophie (2016) : Les marqueurs discursifs et syntaxiques dans la cohérence du discours mənik
[20605] Wager, Janet Stephanie (1975) : A constraint on complements in Swahili
[22435] Wager, Janet Stephanie (1977) : Topicalization in Moroccan Arabic
[22439] Wager, Janet Stephanie (1984) : Complementation in Moroccan Arabic
[20606] Wagner, D. (1985) : Objects in Gokana
[20609] Wagner, Ewald (1997) : Harari
[20607] Wagner, Joachim (1988) : Untersuchungen zur Grammatik des Hadza
[20608] Wagner, Joachim (1991/92) : Unpublished Hadza fieldnotes
[20612] Wahba, Wafaa Abdel-Faheem Batran (1984) : Wh-constructions in Egyptian Arabic
[20618] Waite, Jeffrey (1986) : Remarks on tense and aspect in Isle-de-France creole
[20620] Wakasa, Motomichi (2001) : Gerund in Amharic
[27088] Wakasa, Motomichi (2008) : A Descriptive Study of the Modern Wolaytta Language
[27097] Wakasa, Motomichi (2006) : Numerical Expressions in Wolaytta
[27103] Wakasa, Motomichi (2005) : The Person-Name Noun in Wolaytta
[27104] Wakasa, Motomichi (2005) : “Definite” and “indefinite” in the Common Noun in Wolaytta
[28898] Wald, Benji (2022) : On reconstructing the Proto-Bantu object marking system
[20622] Wald, Benji [Victor] (19--) : Sandawe fieldnotes
[20623] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1970) : Relativization in Umbundu
[20624] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1973) : Syntactic change in the lake area of Northeast Bantu
[20625] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1975) : Variation in the system of tense markers of Mombasa Swahili
[20626] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1975) : Animate concords in northeast coastal Bantu: its linguistic and social implications as a case of grammatical convergence
[20627] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1976) : Comparative notes on past tenses in Kenyan northeast Bantu languages
[20628] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1979) : The development of the Swahili object marker: a study of the interaction of syntax and discourse
[20629] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1981) : On the evolution of the tense marker na in eastern Bantu (summary)
[20630] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1985) : The influence of Arabic on the syntax of Swahili discourse
[20631] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1987) : Swahili and the Bantu languages
[20633] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1992) : Bantu languages
[20634] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1993) : Longterm evolution of the syntax of discourse and the Swahili person markers
[20635] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1994) : East Coast Bantu and the evolution of constraints on passivization
[20636] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1997) : The o tense marker in the decline of the Swahili auxiliary focus system
[20637] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1998) : Issues in the north/south syntactic split of East Bantu
[20638] Wald, Benji [Victor] (2001) : Substratal and superstratal influences on the evolution of Swahili syntax: Central Coast Bantu and Arabic
[22670] Wald, Benji [Victor] (1997) : Varbrul and the human/inanimate polarization of the Swahili object marker
[28298] Walker, John (2013) : Comparative Tense and Aspect in the Mara Bantu Languages: Towards a Linguistic History
[27978] Walker, Katherine (2018) : Nominal number in Tabaq
[20639] Walker, W. Seymour (1921) : The Siwi language: a short grammar of the Siwi language [...] together with a short description of the oasis of Siwa
[20644] Walling, E. (1937) : Notes on the grammar of Longando
[20667] Waltenburg, H. (195-) : Shambala grammar
[26906] Walters, Josiah Keith (2015) : A Grammar Sketch of Dazaga
[26909] Walters, Josiah Keith (2016) : A Grammar of Dazaga
[28693] Walther, Konrad (1900) : Beiträge zur Kenntnis des Moshi-Dialekts des Ki-Chagga
[20668] Waltisberg, Michael (2001) : Die St-Stämme des Altäthiopischen
[20671] Walusimbi, Livingstone (1976) : Relativization and focusing in Luganda and Bantu
[20672] Walusimbi, Livingstone (1997) : Relative clauses in Luganda
[20670] Walusimbi, Livingstone & Talmy Givón (1970) : Conjoined and stacked restrictive relative clauses: deep and not-so-deep constraints in light of Luganda data
[27282] Wane, Mohamadou Hamine (2017) : La grammaire du noon
[20684] Wanger, A. (1925) : Die drei Formen des Zulusubstantivs
[20681] Wanger, P. Willibald (1920) : Richtlinien für eine vergleichende Grammatik der Ntu-Sprachen ; Teile 1-2
[20682] Wanger, P. Willibald (1921) : Richtlinien für eine vergleichende Grammatik der Ntu-Sprachen ; Teil 3
[20683] Wanger, P. Willibald (1921) : Richtlinien für eine vergleichende Grammatik der Ntu-Sprachen ; Teil 4
[20685] Wanger, P. Willibald (1927) : Scientific Zulu grammar
[23652] Warburton, Irene , Prosper Kpotufe , Roland Glover & Catherine Felten (1968) : Ewe basic course
[20698] Ward, Ida Caroline (1936) : An introduction to the Ibo language
[20699] Ward, Ida Caroline (1937) : Practical suggestions for the learning of an African language in the field
[20709] Ward, Ida Caroline (1952) : An introduction to the Yoruba language
[20720] Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1931/32) : Das Gitonga
[20728] Warnier, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Noun-classes, lexical stocks and multilingualism and the history of the Cameroon Grassfields
[20731] Warsama, Solomon & Roy Clive Abraham (1951) : The principles of Somali
[20732] Waseka, Lungumbu Bweni (1988) : La conjugaison en lega
[23410] Washburn, Paul (2001) : A minimalist approach to Khoekhoe declaratives
[28835] Wasike, Aggrey (2018) : Adjectives in Lubukusu
[20736] Watkins, Mark Hanna (1937) : A grammar of Chichewa: a Bantu language of British Central Africa
[25318] Watkins, Mark Hanna (1933) : A Chichewa grammar - Bantu language of British Central Africa.
[20738] Watson, K. (1974) : Identity deletion phenomena in Lango
[26929] Watson, Rachel (2015) : Kujireray: morphosyntax, noun classification and verbal nouns
[20739] Watson, Richard (1984) : Juba Arabic for beginners
[20740] Watson, Richard (1989) : An introduction to Juba Arabic
[20742] Watson, Richard L. (1997) : OV word order in Ma’di?
[28602] Watters, John (2018) : East Benue-Congo
[27447] Watters, John (Ed) (2018) : East Benue-Congo: Nouns, pronouns, and verbs
[20745] Watters, John Robert (1979) : Focus in Aghem: a study of its formal correlates and typology
[20746] Watters, John Robert (1979) : Focus in Aghem: a study of its formal correlates and typology
[20747] Watters, John Robert (1980) : The Ejagam noun class system: Ekoid Bantu revisited
[20748] Watters, John Robert (1981) : A phonology and morphology of Ejagham, with notes on dialect variation
[20749] Watters, John Robert (1983) : The expression of the locative semantic function in (Western) Ejagham
[20754] Watters, John Robert (2000) : Syntax
[20757] Watters, John Robert (2003) : Grassfields Bantu
[22886] Watters, John Robert (1985) : The inclusive/exclusive distinction in Ejagham
[25172] Watters, John Robert (2010) : Focus and the Ejagham verb system
[20751] Watters, John Robert & Jacqueline [Warnier] Leroy (1989) : Southern Bantoid
[26428] Watters, Kathie Swanson (1993) : The Status and Function of Tone in Tira
[20764] Weakley, Alastair James (1973) : An introduction to Xhosa ideophone derivation and syntax
[20767] Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (Ed) (1983) : Taalseminaar 83: die funksionalisme
[20778] Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] & E. Kembo Sure (Ed) (2001) : African voices: an introduction to the languages and linguistics of Africa
[20783] Weber, E. Alfred Wilhelm (1988) : Introduction to Kalanga/Lilima grammar
[20784] Weber, Elizabeth G. (1988) : The Bondei object pronoun in clefts and pseudo-clefts
[24338] Weber, Heather Leona (1994) : A syntactic and morphological sketch of Logbara
[26634] Weber, Kerstin & Petra Weschenfelder (2014) : Reflections on Old Nubian Grammar
[20786] Webster, Eric J. (19--) : Boran grammar
[20787] Webster, Eric J. (1960) : The particle in Boran
[20797] Wedekind, Charlotte (1985) : Burji verb morphology and morphophonemics
[20790] Wedekind, Klaus (1973) : An outline of the grammar of Busa (Nigeria)
[20798] Wedekind, Klaus (1985) : Gedeo (Derasa) verb morphology and morphophonemics
[23055] Wedekind, Klaus (1987) : Relevance in conversations in Busa (Nigeria): barking up the wrong moon
[28499] Wedekind, Klaus & Abuzeinab Musa (2006-2007) : Beja (Bidhaawyeet): The verb system
[25430] Wedekind, Klaus & Mahmud Mohammed (2008) : A Beja Saga in Four Dialects: Lexical and Other Differences
[24776] Wedekind, Klaus , Charlotte Wedekind & Musa Abuzeinab (2007) : A Learnerʼs Grammar of Beja (East Sudan); Grammar, Texts and Vocabulary (Beja-English and English-Beja)
[20822] Wedland, Ernst Richard (1979) : Stylistic form and communicative function in the Nyanja radio narratives of Julius Chongo
[26939] Wéga Simeu, Abraham (2016) : Grammaire descriptive du pólrì : Eléments de phonologie, morphologie et syntaxe
[24888] Wegener, Wolfgang (2008) : Basalsprachvergleich. Methoden zum Nachweis entfernter Sprachverwandschaft mit Nachweis semantisch-lautlicher Entsprechungen bezüglich der ursprünglichen Wortbildungsprozesse zwischen dem Indogermanischen und dem Masa-Zweig des Tschadischen
[20823] Weghsteen, J. (1953) : Kiswahili: sarufi na kazi na sarufi
[20828] Weier, Hans-Ingolf (1985) : Basisdemonstrativa im Bantu
[20832] Weiss, [P.] Henri (1939) : Grammaire et lexique diola du Fogny (Casamance)
[24872] Weiss, Doris (2009) : Phonologie et morphosyntaxe du maba
[24951] Weiss, Doris (2007) : Maba Verb Root and Pronouns
[28293] Weiss, Jonathan (2020) : A Description of Pimbwe (Bantu, Tanzania): Phonology, Grammar and Discourse
[20837] Weldyesus, Weldu Michael (2004) : Locative predication in Tigrinya
[20838] Wellens, Inneke Hilda Werner (2003) : An Arabic creole in Africa: the Nubi language of Uganda
[20840] Welman, C. W. (1925) : A preliminary study of the Nzima language
[20861] Welmers, Beatrice F. & William Everrett Welmers (1968) : Igbo: a learner’s manual
[23642] Welmers, Beatrice F. & William Everrett Welmers (1964) : Igbo
[20842] Welmers, William Everrett (1946) : A descriptive grammar of Fanti
[20843] Welmers, William Everrett (1948) : Spoken Kpelle
[20849] Welmers, William Everrett (1952) : Notes on the structure of Saho
[20853] Welmers, William Everrett (1959) : Analysis of flounder: a study of Kpelle syntax
[20857] Welmers, William Everrett (1963) : Associative a and ka in Niger-Congo
[20859] Welmers, William Everrett (1968) : Efik
[20867] Welmers, William Everrett (1970) : The derivation of Igbo verb phrases
[20870] Welmers, William Everrett (1971) : The typology of the proto-Niger-Kordofanian noun class system
[20873] Welmers, William Everrett (1976) : A grammar of Vai
[24617] Welmers, William Everrett (1969) : The Morphology of Kpelle Nominals
[20864] Welmers, William Everrett & Beatrice F. Welmers (1969) : Noun modifiers in Igbo
[20875] Wendland, Ernst (1975) : Lexical recycling in Chewa discourse
[20878] Wenhold, H. (1933) : Setsoana grammatical terminology
[20879] Weninger, Stefan (1993) : Ge‘ez (Classical Ethiopic)
[20880] Weninger, Stefan (1999) : Ge‘ez (Classical Ethiopic)
[26538] Weninger, Stefan (2014) : Wandering along the Border of Finiteness: The Ge’ez and Tigrinya Converb(s) in a Diachronic Perspective
[27233] Wenji, Sunday K. , Alaska D Galadim & Jonathan Wɛbe (2017) : Eshap Ekoro Avɛ ne Egyeta Avɛ ne Enyankpa / Parts of Speech in the Nyankpa Language
[20881] Wente, Edward Frank (1959) : The syntax of verbs of motion in Egyptian
[20884] Wentzel, Petrus Johannes (1961) : Die fonologie en morfologie van westelike Shona
[20888] Wentzel, Petrus Johannes (1981) : The relationship between Venda and Western Shona
[20890] Wentzel, Petrus Johannes (1983) : Nau dzabaKalanga, III: the relationship between Venda and Western Shona
[20892] Wentzel, Petrus Johannes (1987) : Ikalanga grammar
[20887] Wentzel, Petrus Johannes (Ed) (1980) : Proceedings of the 3rd African languages congress of UNISA
[20891] Wentzel, Petrus Johannes & George Poulos (1986) : Aspects of Venda grammar
[20893] Were, Gideon S. (1967) : The tense system of Gusii
[22932] Werle, Johannes-Martin (1976) : Remarques sur la structure d’information en bété (langue kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[20895] Werle, Johannes-Martin & Dagou Justin Gbalehi (1976) : Phonologie et morphologie du bété de la région de Guibéroua
[20897] Werner, Alice (1920) : Zulu exercises
[20904] Werner, Alice (1930) : A first Swahili book
[20907] Werner, Alice (1932) : Zulu grammar - Correspondence to the editor
[20899] Werner, Alice & M. H. Werner (1927) : A first Swahili book
[20908] Werner, Roland (1987) : Grammatik des Nobiin (Nilnubisch): Phonologie, Tonologie und Morphologie
[20910] Werner, Roland (1993) : Tìdn-áal: a study of Midob (Darfur-Nubian)
[20912] Wesana-Chomi, E. (1974) : Subordinate adverbial clauses in English and Swahili: a descriptive-comparative study
[20913] Wesana-Chomi, E. (1978) : A note on the apparent problem in the description of copula constructions in Kiswahili
[20914] Wesana-Chomi, E. (1986) : The status of nga, nge and ki in Kiswahili
[20915] Wesana-Chomi, E. (1989) : On the classification of sentences in Swahili
[23439] Wesana-Chomi, E. (1972) : Swahili sentence structure
[20917] Wescott, Roger W. (1962) : A Bini grammar, 2: morphology
[20922] Wescott, Roger W. (1977) : Ideophones in Bini and English
[20923] Wessels, B. (1986) : Fanakalo: lingua franca of the mining community
[20924] Wessels, B. (1987) : Fanakalo: lingua franca of the mining community
[20925] Wessetsky, W. (1945) : Über die Verwendung des Schriftzeichnes sp 2 als Hervorhebung des vorangehenden Wortes oder Satzes
[20926] Westcott, W. H. (1---) : Concise grammar of Luna Inkongo
[20928] Westermann, Diedrich (1921) : Die Gola-Sprache in Liberia: Grammatik, Texte und Wörterbuch
[20929] Westermann, Diedrich (1921) : A grammatical guide and numerous idioms and phrases for beginners in the Ewe dialect
[20931] Westermann, Diedrich (1922) : Die Sprache der Guang in Togo und auf der Goldküste und fünf anderen Togosprachen
[20934] Westermann, Diedrich (1925) : Die Kpelle-Sprache in Liberia: grammatische Einführung, Texte und Wörterbuch
[20951] Westermann, Diedrich (1930) : A study of the Ewe language
[20953] Westermann, Diedrich (1933) : Die Animere-Sprache in Togo
[20960] Westermann, Diedrich (1935) : Nominalklassen in den westafrikanischen Klassensprachen und in den Bantusprachen
[20965] Westermann, Diedrich (1939) : Die Ewe-Sprache in Togo: eine praktische Einführung
[20969] Westermann, Diedrich (1942) : Die Frage im Ewe
[20971] Westermann, Diedrich (1943/44) : Der Wortbau des Ewe
[20972] Westermann, Diedrich (1944) : Form und Funktion der Reduplikation in einigen westafrikanischen Sprachen
[20974] Westermann, Diedrich (1947) : Pluralbildung und Nominalklassen in einigen afrikanischen Sprachen
[20984] Westermann, Diedrich (1961) : Die Ewe-Sprache in Togo: eine praktische Einführung
[28696] Westermann, Diedrich (1903) : Die Logba-Sprache in Togo
[20950] Westermann, Diedrich & Hans J. Melzian (1930) : The Kpelle language in Liberia: grammatical outline, coloquial sentences and vocabulary
[20985] Westhuizen, P. J. W. S. van der (1972) : Tydsaanduiding in die Gobabis-!Xû
[20986] Westhuizen, P. J. W. S. van der (1979) : Tydsaanduiding in die Gobabis-!Xû
[20990] Westley, David (1982) : Rethinking the Hausa ‘relative’
[20994] Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1945) : The indicative mood and its classification in Southern Bantu
[20995] Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1945) : Unpublished field notes on Nama and Naron
[20997] Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1946) : A scientific analysis of the phonetics, morphology and syntax of the Venda language
[20998] Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1950) : The stative conjugation in Zulu, Sotho and Venda
[20999] Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1951) : The tone of verb stems in Xhosa
[21001] Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1955) : The sentence in Venda
[21005] Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1958) : An introductory comparative study of negation in Bantu
[21015] Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1966) : Linguistic research in SWA and Angola
[21016] Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1968) : Sentence analysis, word categories and identification in southern African languages
[21018] Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1971) : The click languages of southern and eastern Africa
[21023] Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes , J. R. Masiea , S. M. Tindleni , H. M. Jimba , I. V. Mzileni & M. T. Matiela (1974) : The verbal extensions in southern Bantu languages: a descriptive and comparative classification
[21011] Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes , M. Notshweleka & S. M. Tindleni (1964) : Tonal profiles of Xhosa nominals
[24407] Wetshemongo, Kamomba Michel (1996) : Systématique grammaticale de lʼotetela (langue bantu du Zaïre)
[25750] Wetter, Andreas (2010) : Das Argobba. Eine deskriptive Grammatik der Varietät von Shonke und T’ollaha (Zentraläthiopien).
[25754] Wetter, Andreas (2010) : Converbs in Argobba
[21029] Weydling, Georg (1942) : Einführung ins Hausa
[23420] Whaley, Lindsay J. (1995) : Kinyarwanda topics and object-subject reversal
[21032] White, Charles Matthew Newton (1944) : The noun prefixes of the west-central zone of Bantu languages
[21034] White, Charles Matthew Newton (1947) : A comparative survey of the verb forms in the West Central Bantu group (Lunda, Lwena, Chokwe and Luchazi)
[21035] White, Charles Matthew Newton (1949) : A short Lwena grammar
[21039] White, Charles Matthew Newton (196-) : A Chokwe grammar
[27050] Whitehead, John (1899) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bobangi language - as spoken over a part of the Upper Congo, West Central Africa
[21044] Whitehead, John & L. F. Whitehead (1928) : Manuel de Kingwana
[21047] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1951) : Introduction to the study of Makonde
[21049] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1953) : Studies in Iraqw: an introduction
[21051] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1955) : Kimwita: an inquiry into dialectal status and characteristics
[21052] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1955) : The structure of Kuria verbal and its position in the sentence
[21054] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1956) : A practical introduction to Gusii
[21060] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1959) : Kinship terminology and the initial vowel
[21061] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1959) : An introduction to rural dialects of Zanzibar ; part 1
[21063] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1960) : The tense system of Gusii
[21064] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1960) : Linguistic hybrids - Notes and news
[21065] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1960) : An introduction to rural dialects of Zanzibar ; part 2
[21066] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1960) : The verbal radical in Iraqw
[21067] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1961) : Shape and meaning in Yao nominal classes
[21068] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1961) : Further problems in the study of Swahili sentences
[21069] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1961) : Some problems of the syntax of sentences in a Bantu language of East Africa
[21076] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1965) : Notes on the Ci-Miini dialect of Swahili
[21078] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1966) : A study of Yao sentences
[21081] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1967) : Swahili nominal classes and English loan-words: a preliminary survey
[21084] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1968) : Some problems of transitivity in Swahili
[21091] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1970) : Notes on the syntax of the passive in Swahili
[21095] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1972) : Case complexes in Swahili
[21086] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell & J. D. Mganga (1969) : Focus and entailment: further problems of transitivity in Swahili
[21071] Whiteley, Wilfred Howell & M. G. Muli (1962) : Practical introduction to Kamba
[21107] Wichser, Magdalena (1994) : Description grammaticale du kar, langue sénoufo du Burkina-Faso
[21108] Widlok, Thomas (1995) : The “irrealis” at work in Hai//om
[21115] Wielligh, Gideon Retief von (1925) : Ons geselstaal
[21116] Wiering, Elisabeth (1974) : The indicative verb in Doowaayaayo
[22870] Wiering, Marius & Elisabeth Wiering (1994) : The Doyayo language: selected studies
[21119] Wiese, H. (1933) : Igrama lesizulu
[21124] Wiesemann, Ursula (1986) : Aspect and mood as a nine-cell matrix
[22852] Wiesemann, Ursula (1988) : Niger-Congo noun class systems
[16536] Wiesemann, Ursula , Daniel Boursier & Jean Mokoto (1984) : Le syntagme nominale en bangando
[21127] Wiesmann, H. (1927) : Fortsetzung eines Relativsatzes durch eine Hauptsatz- bzw. Demonstrativsatzkonstruktion im Koptischen
[21129] Wightwick, Jane & Mahmoud Gaafar (1986) : Colloquial Arabic of Egypt
[21130] Wightwick, Jane & Mahmoud Gaafar (2004) : Colloquial Arabic of Egypt: the complete course for beginners
[21135] Wilde, L. de (1944) : Études relatives aux langues bantoues en Afrique du Sud
[21137] Wildsmith-Cromarty, Rosemary (2003) : Do learners leran Zulu the way children do? A response to Suzman
[28573] Wilhelmsen, Vera (2019) : Mbugwe F34
[24599] Wilhoit, Laura Kikue (1999) : A Principles and Parameters Approach To Loma Grammar
[21139] Wilken, Pam & Refilwe M. Malimabe (1994) : Understanding everyday Setswana: a vocabulary and reference book
[21140] Wilkendorf, Patricia (1986) : The marking of tense in Nomaande
[21141] Wilkendorf, Patricia (1988) : Negation in Nomaándé
[21143] Wilkendorf, Patricia (1991) : Le système temporel et aspectuel de la langue nomaande
[22869] Wilkendorf, Patricia (1994) : Cohesion and dicontinuities in Nomaande expository discourse
[21144] Wilkes, A. (1971) : Die agtervoegsels van die werkwoord in Zulu
[21145] Wilkes, A. (1973) : Werkwoorde met die resiprokale agtervoegsel in Zulu: ’n grammatiese studie
[21146] Wilkes, A. (1974) : Oor die sogenaamde ekslusiewe kwantitatiewe in Zulu
[21147] Wilkes, A. (1976) : Oor die voornaamwoorde van Zulu met besondere verwysing an die sogenaamde demonstratiewe en absolute voornaamwoorde
[21148] Wilkes, A. (1978) : Some notes on the semantic case relations in sentences with applicative verbs in Zulu
[21150] Wilkes, A. (1987) : Comments on the function of the abbreviated absolute pronouns in Zulu grammar
[21151] Wilkes, A. (1988) : Zulu grammar and the new school syllabuses for Zulu
[21152] Wilkes, A. (1991) : Laying to rest certain myths concerning the subjunctive past tense in Zulu
[23542] Wilkes, A. & Nyiko Norman Nkosi (1995) : Teach yourself Zulu: a complete course for beginners
[21156] Wilkie, M. B. (1930) : Gã grammar, notes and exercises
[21157] Wilkins, W. & Alexandre Kimenyi (1975) : Strategies for constructing a definite description: some evidence from Kinyarwanda
[26331] Wilkinson, Sarah & Wolfgang Berndt (2011) : Esquisse de grammaire de la langue karone
[21162] Will, Hans-Georg (1989) : Sketch of Me’en grammar
[21163] Will, Hans-Georg (1991) : Attribution in Me’en
[21165] Will, Hans-Georg (1993) : Adverbial clauses and topicalization in Me’en
[21167] Will, Hans-Georg (1998) : The Me’en verb system: does Me’en have tenses?
[21168] Will, Izabella (2001) : Syntactic accommodation within the verbal phrase in Hausa
[21170] Willemen, J. (1928) : Dhopadhola grammar
[21171] Willems, Emil (1950) : Le tshiluba du Kasaï pour débutants
[21172] Willems, Emil (1955) : Le tshiluba du Kasaï pour débutants
[21173] Willems, Emil (1970) : Le tshiluba du Kasaï pour débutants
[21175] Willems, Emil (1988) : Le tshiluba du Kasaï
[27905] Willemsen, Jeroen (2014) : A grammatical sketch of Tiv.
[21184] Williams, Charles [Kemp] F. (1989) : Chadic diachronic syntax: reconstruction of word order in Proto-Chadic
[21178] Williams, Wayne Richard (1971) : Serial verb constructions in Krio
[21181] Williams, Wayne Richard (1975) : Variation in the Krio speech community
[21182] Williams, Wayne Richard (1976) : Linguistic change in the syntax and semantics of Sierra Leone Krio
[21189] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1963) : The syntax of verbs of motion in Ijo
[21192] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1965) : A grammar of the Kolokuma dialect of Ijo
[21198] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1968) : An introduction to Ìká and Úkwuàni
[21203] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1969) : A grammar of the Kolokuma dialect of Ijo
[21210] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1970) : Some alternative proposals for the Igbo completive phrase
[21215] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1971) : The Benue-Congo languages and Ijo
[21254] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1985) : How to become a Kwa language
[21256] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1986) : Niger-Congo: SVO or SOV?
[21257] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1986) : The Igbo associative and specific constructions
[21266] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1991) : The tense system of Izon
[24665] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1969) : Dẹgẹma: A Test of the New Proposals for Comparing Noun-Class Systems
[21249] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] & A. O. Timitimi (Ed) (1983) : Short Izon-English dictionary
[21275] Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] & Roger M. Blench (2000) : Niger-Congo
[27407] Williamson, Travis & Eric Larson (2017) : Form and function of conditional constructions in the Gumuz language of Metekel zone
[26156] Willie, Willie U. & Mfon E. Udoinyang (2012) : The Missing Component in Ibibio Linguistic Time
[21278] Willmore, John Selden (1927) : Handbook of spoken Egyptian Arabic, comprising a short grammar and an English Arabic vocabulary of current words and phrases
[21281] Willms, Alfred (1966) : Die Beziehungen zwischen dem Status des Nomens und den Personalsuffixen im Berberischen Südmarokkos
[21283] Willms, Alfred (1972) : Grammatik der südlichen Berberdialekte
[21284] Willms, Alfred (1972) : Einführung in das Vulgararabische von Nordwestafrika
[28890] Wills, Jeffrey (2022) : Sorting out Proto-Bantu *j
[21288] Wils, J. (1935) : De nominale klassificatie in de afrikaanse negertalen
[21289] Wils, J. (1937) : Die Entwicklung des kuschitischen Kasussystems
[21297] Wilson, G. McL. (1951) : Unpublished notes on the language of the Barabaig
[21328] Wilson, Janet (2002) : From preposition to plural marker and more: grammaticalization of Kuche banà
[24600] Wilson, Janet Evelyn (2003) : Transparency and Spreading of Tense, Aspect, and Mood in Kuche Narrative Discourse
[24601] Wilson, Janet Evelyn (1996) : A Phonological Grammar of Kuche
[21314] Wilson, Peter M. (1970) : Simplified Swahili
[21324] Wilson, Peter M. (1985) : Simplified Swahili
[21302] Wilson, William André Auquier (196-) : A concise Temne grammar
[21307] Wilson, William André Auquier (1961) : An outline of the Temne language
[21309] Wilson, William André Auquier (1963) : Relative construction in Dagbani
[21313] Wilson, William André Auquier (1968) : An interpretation of the Temne tone system
[21315] Wilson, William André Auquier (1970) : Verbal sequence and case markers in Dagbani
[21320] Wilson, William André Auquier (1976) : Préposition ou verbe? Marques de cas en dagbani
[21326] Wilson, William André Auquier (1989) : Atlantic
[24156] Wilson, William André Auquier (2000-01) : W.A.A. Wilson on Creisselsʼ Mandinka Grammar
[24179] Wilson, William André Auquier (2007) : Guinea Languages of the Atlantic Group
[28829] Winchester, Lindley (2018) : Egyptian Arabic broken plurals in DATR
[21334] Winkelmann, Kerstin (1994) : Les classes nominales et le système d’affixation en khe (langue voltaïque)
[21335] Winkelmann, Kerstin (1998) : Die Sprache der Cefo von Daramandugu (Burkina Faso)
[21336] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2000) : Temps et aspects en cefo
[24561] Winkelmann, Kerstin (1996) : Die Sprache der Cɛfɔ von Daramandougou
[25072] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2001) : Les vestiges des classes nominales en tyefo
[28636] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2012) : C3. Moore
[28642] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2012) : D1. Akasele
[28645] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2012) : D4. Konkomba (Likpakpaln)
[28647] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2012) : D6. Ncam
[28648] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2012) : D7. Gurma: Comparative notes
[28662] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : B2. Dogose
[28666] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : C1. Khe
[28667] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : C2. Dogosu
[28668] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : C3. Khe-Dogosu: Comparative notes
[28672] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : E. Baatonum
[28685] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : H. Cefo
[28686] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : I. Viemo
[28687] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : K1. Samwe (Wara)
[28688] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : K2. Samu (Natioro)
[28690] Winkelmann, Kerstin (2007) : K4. Samu group: Comparative notes
[25183] Winkelmann, Kerstin & Gudrun Miehe (2009) : Negation in Gur: Genetic, areal and unique features
[28644] Winkelmann, Kerstin & Manfred von Roncador (2012) : D3. Gulmancema
[21339] Winstanley, B. H. (1---) : A Kiluguru grammar
[21341] Winston, F. D. D. (1962) : The nominal class system of Loke
[21346] Winston, F. D. D. (1973) : Mood, polarity and aspect in Òhúhu Ìgbo verbs
[26912] Winters, James & Patricia Winters (2004) : A grammar of Oniyan
[24326] Wintz, [R.P.] Ed. (1909 [reprint 1968]) : Dictionnaire français-dyola et dyola-français, précédé dʼun essai de grammaire
[21359] Wise, Hilary (1975) : A transformational grammar of spoken Egyptian Arabic
[21360] Wissing, D. P. (1971) : Fonologie en morfologie van die simplekse selfstandige naamword in Afrikaans: ’n transformasioneel-generatiewe beskrywing
[21362] Wisskirchen, A. (1935) : Grammatische Studien zum Kwambi
[21367] Wit, Helene E. Duyvené de & R. M. Ntuli (1997) : Die onderrig van taalhandelinge: voorstelle met betrekking tot metodologie
[21370] Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Notions de grammaire et élements de vocabulaire de kempe
[21371] Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Notions de grammaire et vocabulaire de keboma/mushie
[21372] Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Notes de vocabulaire et de grammaire de kedia, non-publié
[21373] Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Étude comparée dialectale des dialectes de kesakata
[21374] Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Grammaire de kesakata, non-publié
[21375] Witte, R. P. J. de (1950) : Over het Kesakata
[21377] Witte, R. P. J. de (1953) : Une nouvelle grammaire du Kikongo
[21378] Witte, R. P. J. de (1955) : Taalstudie bij de Basakata
[27847] Witzlack-Makarevich, Alena & Hirosi Nakagawa (2019) : Linguistic Features and Typologies in Languages Commonly Referred to as ‘Khoisan’
[21382] Woidich, M. (1968) : Negation und negative Sätze im Ägyptischen-Arabischen
[21383] Woidich, M. (1975) : Zur Funktion des aktiven Partizeps im Kairenischen-Arabischen
[21497] Wójtowicz, Beata (2003) : Grammaticalization of auxiliary verbs in Swahili
[27338] Woldemariam, Hirut (2001) : Demonstratives in Dawuro
[27339] Woldemariam, Hirut (1999) : The Linguistic Description of the Gamo Language
[27340] Woldemariam, Hirut (1999) : The Linguistic Description of the Dawuro Language
[27341] Woldemariam, Hirut (1999) : The Linguistic Description of the Gofa Language
[27343] Woldemariam, Hirut (2005) : Reexamining the Position of Ganta
[27345] Woldemariam, Hirut (2005) : The Orthography for Wolaitta, Gamo, Gofa and Dawuro: Problems and Recommendations
[27310] Wolf, Franz. (1907) : Grammatik des Kögbörikö
[21390] Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1971) : The noun class system of proto-Benue-Congo
[21391] Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1978/79) : Materialen zum Pedi-Sprachkurs
[21393] Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1981) : Das Niger-Kongo (ohne Bantu)
[21394] Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1981) : Zur Herkunft der Verbalextensionen im Fang
[21395] Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1983) : The ku/a-gender in Bantoid, Benue-Congo and Niger-Congo
[21396] Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1985) : Die Menschenklassen in den nordwestatlantischen Sprachen
[21398] Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1986) : The verbal particle -naa in Nongaare Fulani
[21400] Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1993) : The Fula particle don and its congeners: comparative notes on their grammaticalization processes
[21401] Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1994) : English-Fula dictionary: a multilingual approach (Fulfulde, Pulaar, Fulani)
[28836] Wolfe, Andrew, Tajeldin Abdalla Adam (2018) : Optional ergativity and information structure in Beria
[28191] Wolff, Ekkehardt H. (2015) : The Lamang Language and Dictionary: Documenting Gwàɗ Làmàŋ - Endangered Central Chadic Language in Northeastern Nigeria
[25070] Wolff, Ekkehart (2001) : Tonal Rhymes in Hausa Revisited
[21411] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1972) : Die Verbalphrase des Laamang (Nordostnigeria): eine Studie zur Morphologie tschadischer Sprachen
[21416] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1976/77) : Verb bases and stems in Migama
[21418] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1977) : Patterns in Chadic (and Afroasiatic?) verb base formations
[21420] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1979) : Grammatical categories of verb stems and the marking of mood, aktionsart and aspekt in Chadic
[21421] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1980) : Sprachkunst der Lamang
[21422] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1981) : Die tschadischen Sprachen
[21423] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1981) : Die omotischen Sprachen
[21424] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1981) : Die Berbersprachen
[21425] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1981) : Le laamang
[21430] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1983) : A grammar of the Lamang language (Gwàd Làmàng)
[21431] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1984) : Simple and extended verb stems in Hausa: towards an internal reconstruction of the old Hausa verbal system
[21433] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1987) : Consonant-tone interference and current theories on verbal aspect system in Chadic languages
[21435] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1989) : Morphophonology of the verb-initial consonant in Maba
[21437] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1991) : Verbo-nominals in Hausa
[21438] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1991) : On the morphology of the verb-initial consonant in Maba (Nilosaharan)
[21440] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1992) : Hausa-Plurale in diachronischer Perspektive
[21441] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1992) : Historical properties and dynamics of the verbal system in western Saharan (Kanuri, Tubu)
[21442] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1993) : Referenzgrammatik des Hausa: zur Begleitung des Fremdsprachenunterrichts und zur Einführung in das Selbststudium
[21443] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (1995) : Proto-Chadic determiners and nominal plurals in Hausa
[21449] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2003) : Referenzgrammatik des Hausa
[24337] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2006) : Suffix Petrification and Prosodies in Central Chadic (Lamang-Hdi)
[24857] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2007) : Reduplication, aspect, and predication focus in Central Chadic : What Lamang and Hdi tell about Malgwa verb morphology
[25176] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2009) : The impact of clause types and focus control, aspect, modality, and referentiality on negation in Lamang and Hdi (Central Chadic)
[25375] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2003) : Predication Focus in Chadic Languages
[25739] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2010) : Clause linking in some Central-Chadic languages
[27835] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2019) : The Cambridge Handbook of African Linguistics
[28500] Wolff, H. Ekkehard (2020) : Contact-induced disturbances in personal pronoun systems in the Chadic–Benue-Congo convergence zone in Central Nigeria
[21419] Wolff, H. Ekkehard & Hilke Meyer-Bahlburg (1979) : Morphologie und Semantik der erweiterten Verbalstämme in der Sprache des Afuzare (Zarek)
[21436] Wolff, H. Ekkehard & Sousama Hassana Alidou (1989) : Desegmentalization and tone in Tubu: “definite” marking in the Daza dialect of Tasker (Niger)
[21407] Wolff, Hans (1963) : Noun classes and concord in Berom
[21451] Wolfson, Nessa (1992) : Intercultural communication and the analysis of conversation
[21454] Wolters, P. A. (1921) : Grammaire luganda
[21455] Womersley, Harold (1932) : First lessons in Kiluba
[27342] Wondimu Gaga Gashe (2006) : Some Aspects of Sociolinguistic, Phonological and Morphological Descriptions of Gamo Dialects
[27108] Wondwosen Tesfaye (2012) : Passivization in Afaan Oromoo
[21456] Wondwosen, Tesfaye Abire (1983) : The simple declarative sentences in Sidamo
[21457] Wondwosen, Tesfaye Abire (1993) : Verb complements in Gidole
[28308] Wondwosen, Tesfaye Abire (2006) : Aspects of Diraytata Morphology and Syntax: A Lexical-Functional Grammar Approach
[28309] Wondwosen, Tesfaye Abire (2015) : A Grammar of Mosittacha
[21458] Woo, Florence Fung Lam (2001) : Serial verb constructions in Èdó and Cantonese
[21459] Wood, Marilyn (1992) : Expressing gratitude in Zulu: a speech act study emphasising communicative competence
[21467] Woodward, [Reverend] Herbert Willoughby (1926) : An outline of Makua grammar
[28699] Woodward, H. W. (1902) : Collections for a handbook of the Zigula language
[21469] Wookey, Alfred John (1921) : Secwana grammar with exercises: English into Secwana and Secwana into English
[21470] Wookey, Alfred John (1929) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21471] Wookey, Alfred John (1945) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21472] Wookey, Alfred John (1948) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21473] Wookey, Alfred John (1953) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21474] Wookey, Alfred John (1956) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21475] Wookey, Alfred John (1963) : Tswana-English phrasebook (Puisanyo ya sekgowa le setswana), with a short introduction to grammar and a vocabulary
[21476] Wookey, Alfred John (1969) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21477] Wookey, Alfred John (1975) : Setswana-English phrasebook (Puisanyo ya Sekgowa le Setswana), with a vocabulary and short introduction to grammar
[21478] Woolford, Ellen (1991) : Two subject positions in Lango
[21479] Woolford, Ellen (1999) : Animacy hierarchy effects on object agreement
[21480] Woolford, Ellen (1999) : Agreement in disguise
[21481] Woolford, Ellen (2001) : Conditions on object agreement in Ruwund
[22631] Woolford, Ellen (1995) : Why passive can block object marking
[21483] Worbe, A. (1962) : Étude de l’arabe du Tchad
[21489] Worsley, A. (1925) : Sudanese grammar
[21490] Worsley, P. M. (1954) : Noun classification in Australian and Bantu: formal or semantic?
[21492] Worukwo, Glory (1983) : The verbal system of Ikwere (based on the Ogbakiri dialect)
[21509] Wright, Douglas Scott (1995) : The verbal system of Logo (Logoti)
[3102] Wright, Frank (1999) : Nuer noun morphology
[28708] Wright, Jennifer (2009) : The Noun and Verb Phrase in Chrambo (Bambalang)
[21500] Wright, John Lisle (1958) : Kaonde note book, with an elementary grammar of the language
[21504] Wright, John Lisle (1977) : Kaonde: a brief description of the language
[25245] Wright, John Lisle (2007) : An outline of Kikaonde Grammar
[21506] Wright, Susan (1987) : “Not now” not “just now”: the interpretation of temporal deictic expressions in South African English
[21499] Wright, William & Carl Paul Caspari (1933) : A grammar of the Arabic language
[21502] Wright, William & Carl Paul Caspari (1974) : A grammar of the Arabic language
[26287] Wu, Tong (2012) : Prenominal relative clauses in Ethiopian languages: from inside and from outside
[21516] Wubneh Bekele (2003) : Noun phrase in Ochollo
[21517] Wungʼa, Lomani Onadikondo (1973) : Aspects et structures du hema
[21522] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1953) : Die kopulatiewe van Noord-Sotho
[21523] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1955) : Die kopulatiewe van Noord-Sotho
[21524] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1957) : An augmentative noun class in Tsonga
[21525] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1957) : Potential and progressive constructions in Northern Sotho
[21526] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1958) : Woordverdeling in Noord-Sotho en Zoeloe: ’n bydrae tot die vraagstuk van woordidentifikasie in die Bantoetale
[21527] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1961) : Die woordklasse van Noord-Sotho
[21530] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1967) : Northern Sotho
[21534] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1969) : Die indeling van die Sotho-taalgroep
[21535] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1973) : Verbal nouns in Northern Sotho
[21537] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1980) : Assosiatiewe meerwoude in Noord-Sotho
[21538] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1981) : Saamgestelde tye, modi en aspekte in Noord Sotho
[21539] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1986) : Consecutive and relative in Northern Sotho: a problem in grammatical analysis
[21540] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1987) : Linguistic theory and grammatical description: the case of the verb categories of Northern Sotho
[21541] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1987) : Pro-clitic bô- of Northern Sotho
[21544] Wyk, Egidius B. van (1993) : C. M. Doke: a critical review by a believing outsider
[21542] Wyk, Egidius B. van & M. J. Bushney (1989) : Linguistiese eienskappe van spreekworde in Noord-Sotho
[21543] Wyk, Egidius B. van , P. S. Groenewald , Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo , J. H. M. Kock & Elsabé Taljard (1992) : Northern Sotho for first-years
[21548] Xashi Moxamud, Ibrahim & Moxamed Xashi Xidhkayome (1998) : Qawacidka luuqadda somaaliga [Grammar of the Somali language]
[26288] Yaachis, Mi'eessaa , Lenief Heimstead & Robbin Clamons (2012) : Locationals in Oromo
[26036] Yaachis, Mi’eessaa & Robbin Clamons (2009) : Symbolic indexing in Oromo
[24398] Yacouba, Diagana (1990) : Eléments de grammaire du Soninke
[21551] Yago, Zakaria (1990) : Les classes nominales en tafire
[21552] Yaguello, Marina & Jean-Léopold Diouf (1991) : J’apprends le wolof: damay jàng wolof
[21561] Yakovleva, Irina Paolovna (1959) : Ocherki sintaksisa yazyka Suahili [Sketches on the syntax of Swahili]
[21562] Yakovleva, Irina Paolovna (1961) : Jazyk ganda [The Ganda language]
[21563] Yakovleva, Irina Paolovna (1969) : Morfologicheskij kauzativ v jazyke Suaxili
[26312] Yakpo, Kofi (2009) : A Grammar of Pichi
[26313] Yakpo, Kofi (2009) : A Grammar of Pichi
[26314] Yakpo, Kofi (2010) : Gramática del Pichi
[26315] Yakpo, Kofi (2013) : Pichi
[26316] Yakpo, Kofi (2012) : Reiteration in Pichi: Forms, functions and areal-typological perspectives
[29072] Yakub, Mohammed (2023) : Ethno-Pragmatic Implications of Food and Consumption-Related Proverbs in Nzema
[29060] Yakub, Mohammed & Cecilia Tomekyin (2022) : The Semantics and Metaphorical Extensions of PԐ (To cut) in Nzema Communication
[21564] Yalemdesta Mulugeta (2003) : Pronouns and pronominalization in Zayse
[21565] Yalkouye, Kindié (1991) : Tipologija afrikanskogo licnogo imeni: na materiale jazyka dogon [The typology of African personal names: the case of Dogon]
[21566] Yalwa, L. D. (1994) : Complementation of Hausa aspectual verbs
[21570] Yanco, Jennifer J. (1984) : Modifiers in Bantu: evidence from spoken Lingala
[21572] Yanco, Jennifer J. (1985) : Language contact and grammatical interference: Hausa and Zarma in Niamey, Niger
[26766] Yangra Aboi, François (2012) : Le cas et ses occurrences en abouré ; une approche morpho-syntaxique de la question
[21579] Yankey, Emmanuel Koffi (2000) : The organization of Nzema conversational interaction
[21585] Yebuah, Victoria (1997) : Aspects of the syntax of Larteh
[21587] Yelbert, Jonathan Ekow (1996) : Étude des énoncés comportant “se” dans la langues akan: invariance et variations
[25875] Yelbert, Yonathan (2009) : Construction de la relation intersubjective à l'aide des particules de discours: le cas de l'Akan
[21589] Yembeline, Kodangba (1990) : Le verbe en ngbundu
[21590] Yembeline, Kodangba (1991) : Structure des numéraux en bantu (lingombe) et en non-bantu (ngbaka minangende, ngbandi, ngbundu, mono, mbanza)
[23894] Yemmene, Patrice Aimé (2001) : Esquisse de la morphologie nominale du ngómbàlé
[21592] Yeneneh Tessema (1986) : The simple declarative sentences in Burji
[23898] Yensi, Agnes Mbibeh (1996) : The noun class system of Oku
[26771] Yeo, Kanabein Oumar (2014) : La composition nominale en senoufo: entre morphologie, syntaxe et sémantique. l'exemple du nyarafolo
[21593] Yesigat Assaye (1988) : Dorze verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[27467] Yevudey, Elvis (2013) : The pedagogic relevance of codeswitching in the classroom: Insights from Ewe-English codeswitching in Ghana
[21595] Yillah, Mohamed Sorie (1975) : Temne complementation
[24090] Yillah, Mohamed Sorie (1992) : Temne phonology and morphology
[24602] Yillah, Mohamed Sorie (2011) : Temne Phonology and Morphology
[21597] Yilma Tiruneh (1984) : Burji verb morphology
[24691] Yimam, Baye (2006) : The Interaction of Tense, Aspect, and Agreement in Amharic Syntax
[21598] Yirga Ejigu (1986) : The structure of simple declarative sentences in Hadiyya
[21599] Yisma Tsige (2001) : The structure of simple sentences in Gofa
[21600] Yitbarek Ejigu (1970) : [The verb in Wolamigna]
[21602] Yoda, Sumikazu (2005) : The Arabic dialect of the Jews in Tripoli (Libya): grammar, text, and glossary
[21606] Yokwe, Eluzai Moga (1987) : The tonal grammar of Bari
[21608] Yoneda, Nobuko (1997) : Herero-go tekiyou kei no kinou / The primary function of the applicative in Herero
[25720] Yoneda, Nobuko (2010) : Topical Hierarchy and Grammatical Agreement in Matengo (N13)
[27175] Yoneda, Nobuko (2016) : Conjoint/disjoint distinction and focus in Matengo (N13)
[21610] Yosef Gebre-Yohannes (1988) : The structure of simple declarative sentences in Bilin
[27112] Yoshino, Hiroshi (2013) : Preliminary Survey on ’Alle Verbal System
[27115] Yoshino, Hiroshi (2014) : Event Integration Patterns in ʻAlle
[21611] Young, T. Cullen (1923) : Notes on the speech and history of the Tumbuka-Henga peoples
[21612] Young, T. Cullen (1932) : Notes on the speech of the Tumbuka-Kamanga peoples in the northern province of Nyasaland
[24836] Yri, Kjell Magne (2006) : Decategorialization of nouns as prepositions in Sidaamú ʼafo and Amharic
[24837] Yri, Kjell Magne (2007) : Nouns and adjectives in Sidaamú ʼafo
[26581] Yri, Kjell Magne (2013) : A peculiarity of copula and case marking in Sidaamú xafó – Signalling modified/unmodified head
[21618] Yri, Kjell-Magne (1981) : Short course in Sidaamu ‘afo
[21621] Yu, Ella Ozier (1991) : Theoretical aspects of noun classes in Lama
[23946] Yuh, Peter (1986) : The noun class system of Kom
[24116] Yuka, Constantine (2006) : Parametric binarity and Lamnsoʼ WH-constructions
[28879] Yuka, Constantine (2020) : On the shi- evaluative prefix in Lamnsoꞌ Lendzemo
[21626] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1985) : Kikuyu-go meishi kusento sairon / A second tentative analysis of Kikuyu nouns
[21627] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1986) : Luvale-go dooshi akusento shiron / A tentative analysis of Luvale verbs
[21628] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1986) : Nkoya-go dooshi akusento shiron [A tentative analysis of Nkoya verbs]
[21632] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : A tonal study of Luvale verbs
[21633] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : A tonal study of Mwenyi verbs
[21634] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : A tonal study of Lozi verbs
[21635] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : A tonal study of Nkoya verbs
[21636] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : A tonal study of Ila verbs
[21637] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1987) : Ila-go dooshi akusento shiron / A tentative analysis of Ila verbs
[21639] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Machame verbs
[21640] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Sukuma verbs
[21641] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Nilamba verbs
[21642] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Nyaturu verbs
[21643] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Nyiha verbs
[21644] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Makonde verbs
[21656] Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1998) : Herero-go dooshi akusento shiron / A tentative analysis of Herero verbs
[21647] Yukawa, Yasutoshi , Ryohei Kagaya & Shigeki Kaji (1992) : Studies in Cameroonian and Zairean languages
[21631] Yukawa, Yasutoshi , Simooya Jerome Hachipola & Ryohei Kagaya (1987) : Studies in Zambian languages
[27145] Yukiko Morimoto (2017) : Interplay between TAM Marking and Focus in Bantu
[21667] Yunsheng, L. & L. Gencai (1983) : English-Swahili conversations
[21668] Yushmanov, N. V. (1937) : Stroi yazyka Hausa
[21670] Yusuf, Harun al Rashid (1978/84) : Co-locational use of the Hausa word sha
[21675] Yusuf, Harun al Rashid (1991) : Aspects of the morphosyntax of functional categories in Hausa
[21671] Yusuf, Ore (1985) : A functional explanation for the ni!-NP construction in Yoruba
[21672] Yusuf, Ore (1987) : Verb phrase serialization in Yoruba in discourse perspective
[21673] Yusuf, Ore (1990) : Yoruba copula ni
[21674] Yusuf, Ore (1990) : Participant coding in Yorùbá: the syntactic function of ní
[21676] Yusuf, Ore (1992) : Variant orders and discourse use of bleached verbs in Yoruba
[23750] Yusuf, Ore (1992) : On the use of serial verbs
[25094] Yvoire, Emmanuel B. dʼ (1987) : Le ku-wá:t+a:y, parler du village de Diembéring
[21681] Zaborski, Andrzej (1974) : On the Hamito-Semitic suffix -ay in Cushitic
[21685] Zaborski, Andrzej (1975) : The verb in Cushitic
[21687] Zaborski, Andrzej (1976) : The Semitic external plural in an Afroasiatic perspective
[21689] Zaborski, Andrzej (1978) : Some internal plurals in Cushitic
[21695] Zaborski, Andrzej (1983) : Note on the relative chronology of the Cushitic verb and genetic classification of the Cushitic languages
[21697] Zaborski, Andrzej (1984) : Remarks on the verb in Ometo
[21699] Zaborski, Andrzej (1986) : The morphology of the nominal plural in the Cushitic languages
[21704] Zaborski, Andrzej (1988) : The relative chronology of the Cushitic verbal systems reconsidered
[21705] Zaborski, Andrzej (1988) : Remarks on the verb in Beja
[21707] Zaborski, Andrzej (1989) : Cushitic independent pronouns
[21708] Zaborski, Andrzej (1989) : Denominal suffix conjugations in Beja
[21709] Zaborski, Andrzej (1990) : Preliminary remarks on case morphemes in Omotic
[21712] Zaborski, Andrzej (1991) : Insights into Proto-Cushitic morphology
[21713] Zaborski, Andrzej (1992) : Traces od dual in Beja?
[21715] Zaborski, Andrzej (1996) : Intensive verbs and the present in Cushitic
[21720] Zaborski, Andrzej (Ed) (2001) : New data and new methods in Afroasiatic linguistics: Robert Hetzron in memoriam
[21710] Zaborski, Andrzej & Mohammed Ali (1990) : Handbook of the Oromo language
[21725] Zaenen, Annie (1984) : Double objects in Kikuyu?
[29061] Zahran, Aron & Eva-Marie Bloom Ström (2022) : Against expectations – the rise of adverbs in Swahili phasal polarity
[27692] Zamacona, Carlos Gracia (2015) : Tests on verbal Aktionsart applied to Ancient Egyptian
[21734] Zani, Z. (1954) : A comparative note on the possessive in chi-Digo
[21735] Zappa, Giuseppe Castelnuova del (1938) : Grammatica della lingua cunama, Asmara
[25756] Zaugg-Coretti, Silvia (2010) : Switch-reference in Yemsa (Omotic, Ethiopia)
[24875] Zavoni, Ntando (2003) : Eléments de description du ngangela
[28175] Zavyalova, Olga (2021) : An anthropological analysis of Bamana fairy tales (Антропологический анализ сказок бамана)
[21750] Zawawi, Sharifa M. (1971) : Kiswahili kwa kitendo
[21751] Zawawi, Sharifa M. (1979) : Loan words and their effect on the classification of the Swahili nominals
[21754] Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (1989) : The relative clause in Awngi
[21755] Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (1993) : The case system in Gumuz
[21763] Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (1998) : Code-switching: Amharic-English
[21769] Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (2003) : The Kemantney language: a sociolinguistic and grammatical study of language replacement
[21768] Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew, & Bernd Heine (2003) : Comparative constructions in Africa: an areal dimension
[21771] Zeller, Jochen (2004) : Relative clause formation in the Bantu languages of South Africa
[24928] Zeller, Jochen (2003) : Word-level and phrase-level prefixes in Zulu
[25784] Zeller, Jochen (2009) : On clitic left dislocation in Zulu
[26148] Zeller, Jochen (2012) : Instrument Inversion in Zulu
[27760] Zeller, Jochen (2020) : Syntax
[28446] Zeller, Jochen (2021) : ‘Not’ in focus: objects under negation in Zulu
[27451] Zeller, Jochen & J. Paul Ngoboka (2018) : Agreement with locatives in Kinyarwanda: a comparative analysis
[27171] Zeller, Jochen , Sabine Zerbian & Toni Cook (2016) : Prosodic evidence for syntactic phrasing in Zulu
[21773] Zeni, Leone Enrico (1966) : Gramática da língua ecwabo
[26849] Zentz, Jason (2015) : Bantu Wh-agreement and the Case against Probe Impoverishment
[21780] Zéphirin, Comlan (1994) : Adjonctions et séries verbales dans les langues gbe
[28138] Zheltov, Alexander (2020) : Plurality marking in Leko and Yendang groups (Adamawa, Niger-Congo) with some reference to noun classification
[28179] Zheltov, Alexander (2021) : Incorporation and “formal incorporation” in analytic languages: Mande languages and typology of incorporation
[21781] Zheltov, Alexander Jurievich (1992) : Morphological opposition of verbal affixes in the Swahili language
[21782] Zheltov, Alexander Jurievich (1993) : [Morphemic paradigms in the Swahili language system (essay of verbal affixes study)]
[21783] Zheltov, Alexander Jurievich (1995) : Swahili verbal affixes: semantic oppositions
[21784] Zheltov, Alexander Jurievich (1997) : Semantic oppositions and paradigmatic analysis of Swahili noun classes
[25480] Zheltov, Alexander Jurievich (2010) : 1 and 2 person in Niger-Congo languages: together or separately, and who is “higher” in the latter case
[24247] Zheltov, Alexandre (2005) : Le système des marqueurs de personnes en gban: Morphème syncrétique ou syncrétisme des morphèmes ?
[27922] Zhen Li (2020) : A note on the functional passive in Teke-Kukuya (Bantu B77, Congo)
[21787] Zhukov, Andrei (1966) : O nekotorich grammaticeskich kategorijach imeni suscestvitelnogo v jazykach Bantu [On some grammatical categories of nouns in Bantu languages]
[21790] Zhukov, Andrei (1997) : Semantic opoositions and paradigmatic analysis of Swahili noun classes
[21791] Zhurinskij, Alfred Naumovich (1987) : Sootnoshenie sistem imennyx klassov iskonnyx i zaimstvovannyx slov v jazykax bantu
[21792] Zhurinskij, Alfred Naumovich (1995) : Correspondences between noun class systems of vernacular and loan words in the Bantu languages
[21793] Zhurkovskii, B. V. (1966) : Ideofony kak chast’ rechi v afrikanskikh [Ideophones as a part of speech in African languages (based on Hausa)]
[21794] Zhurkovskii, B. V. (1969) : Reduplikatsiya i ideofona v yazyke Hausa [Reduplication of ideophones in the Hausa language]
[21795] Zhurkovskii, B. V. (1972) : Tipologiya ideofona v Hausa [Typology of the ideophone in Hausa]
[21798] Zhurkovskii, B. V. (1977) : Predvaritel’noe opisanie ideofonov v jazyke Alur [Preliminary description of ideophones in the Alur language]
[21801] Ziegelmeyer, Georg (1999) : Areale Merkmale im weiteren Tschadseebereich: die Partikeln sai und duwo/tukuna/tawon.s
[25175] Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2009) : Negation of non-indicative mood in Hausa, Fulfulde and Kanuri
[25656] Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2011) : On argument focus in Kanuri
[25743] Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2010) : Retention and innovation: On adverbial subordination in Gashua Bade
[25790] Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2009) : The Hausa particle koo: A widely spread formative in northern Nigeria
[27250] Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2017) : On verbal and nominal plurality in languages of the Bade-Ngizim group
[27689] Ziegelmeyer, Georg (2015) : On the adjective class in Gashua Bade
[21804] Ziervogel, Dirk (1948) : Note on the noun classes of Swati and Nrebele
[21805] Ziervogel, Dirk (1948) : Lokatiefvorming met pre- en suffikse in die Bantoetale
[21806] Ziervogel, Dirk (1949) : Noord-Sotho-leerboek: leestukke en ’n woordelys met oefeninge en vertaling
[21807] Ziervogel, Dirk (1952) : A grammar of Swazi (siSwati)
[21808] Ziervogel, Dirk (1953) : Noord-Sotho leerboek, met oefeninge en vertalings benewens leestukke en ’n woordelys
[21809] Ziervogel, Dirk (1954) : The Eastern Sotho: a tribal, historical and linguistic survey (with ethnographical notes) of the Pai, Kutswe and Pulana Bantu tribes in the Pilgrim’s Rest District of the Transvaal Province
[21811] Ziervogel, Dirk (1955) : Notes on the language of the eastern Transvaal Bushmen
[21812] Ziervogel, Dirk (1955) : A grammatical sketch of the language of the !Ko Bushmen, from material collected by H.-J. Heinz
[21814] Ziervogel, Dirk (1958) : Aspek as uitdrukkingsmiddel van handeling
[21815] Ziervogel, Dirk (1959) : A grammar of Northern Transvaal Ndebele
[21816] Ziervogel, Dirk (1960) : Handboek van Noord-Sotho
[21819] Ziervogel, Dirk (1961) : ’n Vergelykende benadering van die omskrywingskonstruksie in die Suid-Afrikaanse Bantoetale
[21826] Ziervogel, Dirk (1967) : A grammar of Northern Transvaal Ndebele
[21828] Ziervogel, Dirk (1969) : Voornaamwoorde
[21832] Ziervogel, Dirk (1971) : The Bantu locative
[21834] Ziervogel, Dirk (1973) : Die pronominale afleiding in Sotho
[21838] Ziervogel, Dirk & E. J. Mabuza (1976) : A grammar of the Swati language: siSwati
[21817] Ziervogel, Dirk & R. Sh. Dau (1961) : A handbook of the Venda language
[21821] Ziervogel, Dirk & R. Sh. Dau (1965) : Key to the exercises in the handbook of the Venda language
[21836] Ziervogel, Dirk et al. (Ed) (1973) : Papers of the Africa Languages Congress, University of South Africa, 22-23 March 1973
[21827] Ziervogel, Dirk , Dann P. Lombard & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1969) : Handboek van Noord-Sotho
[21830] Ziervogel, Dirk , Dann P. Lombard & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1969) : A handbook of the Northern Sotho language
[21825] Ziervogel, Dirk , Jacobus Abraham Louw & J. Ngidi (1967) : A handbook of the Zulu language
[21840] Ziervogel, Dirk , Jacobus Abraham Louw & P. C. Taljaard (1976) : A handbook of the Zulu language
[21844] Ziervogel, Dirk , Jacobus Abraham Louw & P. C. Taljaard (1985) : A handbook of the Zulu language
[21833] Ziervogel, Dirk , Petrus Johannes Wentzel & T. N. Makuya (1972) : A handbook of the Venda language
[21843] Ziervogel, Dirk , Petrus Johannes Wentzel & T. N. Makuya (1981) : A handbook of the Venda language
[28581] Ziesler, Y. & K. Demuth (1995) : Noun class prefixes in Sesotho child-directed speech
[5170] Ziesler, Y. & Katherine Alison Demuth (1994) : Noun class prefixes in Sesotho child-direct speech
[21849] Zima, Petr (1967) : On syntactic alternation of verbal forms in Hausa
[21851] Zima, Petr (1969) : A contribution to the analysis of verbal forms in a WNW Hausa dialect
[21853] Zima, Petr (1970) : Le problème de la classification nominale dans les langues africaines
[21854] Zima, Petr (1971) : Some problems of word order and grammar in Hausa
[21855] Zima, Petr (1972) : Problems of categories and word classes in Hausa: the paradigm of case
[21858] Zima, Petr (1974) : Final vowel duration of grade 6 verbs in Hausa: a phonetic problem with grammatical implications
[21869] Zima, Petr (1992) : The role of Songhay for new trends in diachronic linguistics/linguistic kinship (review article)
[21876] Zima, Petr (1998) : Dialecte marginal ou pidgin vernacularisé? Le cas du dendi (songhay)
[25179] Zima, Petr (2009) : Songhay verbal negation in its dialectal and areal context
[25785] Zima, Petr (2009) : Focus and focality as a grammatical category in the languages of West Africa
[21871] Zima, Petr , Stanislava Bouskova & J. Urbanová (Ed) (1994) : Deuxième table ronde internationale du réseau diffusion lexicale en zone sahelo-saharienne: projet Langue, espace et le temps, Prague, 23-28 Août 1993
[21880] Zimmermann, Wolfgang (1971) : Die selfstandige naamwoord in Kwanyama: ’n oorsig oor die vorm en inhoud
[21882] Zimmermann, Wolfgang (1978) : Enkele gedagte oor die kwalifiseerende krag van klasprefikse in die Suidwestale
[21887] Zimmermann, Wolfgang & Paavo Hasheela (1998) : Oshikwanyama grammar
[28063] Zivenge, William (2009) : Phonological and morphological nativisation of english loans in Tonga
[21888] Zoch, Ulrike (2000) : Genus im Hausa von Kumasi (Ghana)
[26523] Zoch, Ulrike (2013) : Perfectives in the Bole-Tangale languages
[27252] Zoch, Ulrike (2017) : Pluractionals in Bole-Tangale languages (West-Chadic)
[27809] Zoch, Ulrike (2020) : Experiencer constructions
[21889] Zogbo, Gnoléba Raymond (1981) : Description d’un parler bete (Daloa): morpho-syntaxe et lexicologie
[22480] Zogbo, Gnoléba Raymond (2004) : Parlons bété: une langue de Côte d’Ivoire
[22944] Zogbo, Gnoléba Raymond (1980) : La négation en bété (parler de Daloa)
[21785] Zolkovskij, Alexandr Konstantinovich (1971) : Syntaxis somali
[24174] Zondo, J. (1982) : Some aspects of the ideophone in Ndebele
[22486] Zongo, Bernard (2004) : Parlons mooré: langue et culture des Mossis
[21891] Zoppke, Barbara (1990) : Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Grammatik des Nomaánté
[21892] Zorc, R. David Paul & Abdullahi A. Issa (1990) : Somali textbook
[21895] Zorc, R. David Paul & David Mokabe (1998) : Sotho newspaper reader, reference grammar, and lexicon
[21896] Zorc, R. David Paul & Louisa Baghdasarian (200-) : Kinyarwanda and Kirundi comparative grammar
[21897] Zotwana, S. Z. (1991) : Xhosa in context: from novice to intermediate
[21899] Zoungrana, Ambroise (1987) : Esquisse phonologique et grammaticale du bolon (Burkina-Faso): contribution à la dialectologie mandé
[21901] Zouré, Auguste (1978) : Rapport d’activité de la commission pour l’enseignement, l’orthographe et la grammaire: sous-commission bissa
[21903] Zouré, Auguste (1981) : La formation du diminutif des noms bissa barka
[21904] Zouré, Auguste (1989) : Esquisse de categorie grammaticale du bissa-barka
[21908] Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Charlemagne Adopo (1992) : The syntax of Attie pronominals
[21911] Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Jean-Francois Hanne (1994) : La structure du groupe nominal et la syntaxe des relatives en bambara de Bamako
[21912] Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Jean-Francois Hanne (1995) : Pronoms, déterminants et relatives (bambara de Bamako)
[21905] Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Louis-Jacques Li Pook Tan (1987) : Gouvernement et syntagme verbal: à propos de la troncation verbale en créole mauricien
[21906] Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Louis-Jacques Li Pook Tan (1988) : Copule et prédication en créole mauricien
[21907] Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Robert Ndiki-Mayi (1989) : Préliminaires à l’étude syntaxique du basaa (Cameroun)
[21909] Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Sidonie Bingaba-Ngaima (1993) : Pronoms et déterminants: les faits du sango
[21910] Zribi-Hertz, Anne & Sidonie Bingaba-Ngaima (1994) : Les pronoms topicaux du sango et la théorie du liage
[21915] Zuengler, Jane E. (1982) : Kenyan English
[21917] Zufan Berhanu (1989) : The noun morphology of Ari
[21921] Zungu, E. M. (2000) : A comparative phonological and morphological analysis of the North and South Lala dialects of Tekela Nguni
[21920] Zungu, P. J. (1989) : Hlangwini: a Tekela dialect
[21922] Zwart, Jan-Wouter (1997) : Rethinking subject agreement in Swahili
[24954] Zwarts, Joost (2007) : Number in Endo-Marakwet
[21924] Zwernemann, Jürgen (1957/58) : Untersuchungen zur Sprache der Kasena
[21925] Zwernemann, Jürgen (1958) : Remarques sur la structure classificatoire et sur une ancienne classe du lyele
[21927] Zwernemann, Jürgen (1967) : Versuch einer Analyse der nominalen Klassifizierung in einigen Gur-Sprachen
[22721] Zwicky, Arnold M. & Geoffrey K. Pullum (1983) : Phonology in syntax: the Somali oprional agreement rule
[21932] Zyhlarz, Ernst (1926) : Das Verbum im Kondjara
[21933] Zyhlarz, Ernst (1928) : Das Verbum im Kondjara: Verbesserungen und Zusätze
[21934] Zyhlarz, Ernst (1928) : Grundzüge der nubischen Grammatik im christichen Frühmittelalter (Altnubisch): Grammatik, Texte, Kommentar und Glossar
[21938] Zyhlarz, Ernst (1931/33) : Ältere und jüngere Pluralbildung in Berberischen
[21949] Zyl, D. P. J. van (1940) : Die vorm van die kwalifikatief in die Bantoetale van die Unie
[21950] Zyl, H. J. van (1941) : Thika-polêlô: dithutô tsa mphatô wa pele dikôlông tsa barutisi le Std. VI le VII